Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN ETHNIC MINORITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN - APPRAISAL DRAFT, NOVEMBER 2004 - VOLUME 1: INTRODUCTION AND CROSS-CUTTING ISSUES VOLUME 2: NAKAI PLATEAU ­ EMDP AND RAP VOLUME 3: DOWNSTREAM AREAS ­ EMDP AND RESETTLEMENT AND COMPENSATION FRAMEWORK VOLUME 4: PROJECT LANDS RESETTLEMENT (ACQUISITION AND COMPENSATION) FRAMEWORK Preface This document is the Appraisal Draft (November 2004) of the Social Development Plan. This Appraisal draft supersedes the earlier Advanced Draft of May/July 2004. It has been drafted to incorporate as mush as possible the comments and advice from World Bank, Asian Development Bank, Agence Française de Développement and the NT2 Project Panel of Experts. This draft will be used as a basis for Appraisal by the IFI's. Comments arising from this Appraisal, and any remaining comments of other stakeholders, will then be thoroughly reviewed and as appropriate, incorporated into the final SDP. This Social Development Plan is drafted in four volumes. The present volume is the second and includes the Nakai Plateau Ethnic Minority Development Plan and Resettlement Action Plan. For further description of the four volumes, see Chapter 1. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN - APPRAISAL DRAFT, NOVEMBER 2004 - Summary Table of Content VOLUME 1: INTRODUCTION AND CROSS CUTTING ISSUES Vol. 1 Chapters: 1 Introduction 2 Project Description 3 Legal and Policy Framework 4 Public Consultation, Participation and Disclosure 5 Health Impact Assessment and Public Health Action Plan 6 Organisational Framework and Responsibilities 7 Institutional Capacity Building and Staff Training 8 Risk Management Framework, Monitoring and Evaluation 9 EMDP Executive Summary Appendices: A Concession Agreement (Schedule 4, Part 1, Social and Resettlement Component and Schedule 7, Part 2, Termination Obligations) B Relevant Safeguard Policies of IFIs (WB and ADB) C National Legal and Policy Documents D Legal Instruments specific to the NT2 Project (Social Component) E IAG and POE Comments on the SDP F National Public Consultation Workshop G Bibliography VOLUME 2: NAKAI PLATEAU ­ EMDP AND RAP VOL. 2 PART 1: INTRODUCTION 10 Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements 11 Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau VOL. 2 PART 2: ETHNIC MINORITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE NAKAI PLATEAU 12 Ethnicity and Project Planning 13 EMDP Baseline Data 14 Participation 15 Mitigation Measures 16 Institutional Arrangements and Capacity 17 Monitoring and Evaluation 18 Scheduling and Financing VOL. 2 PART 3: RESETTLEMENT ACTION PLAN FOR THE NAKAI PLATEAU 19 Resettlement Site Selection and Land Tenure 20 Resettlement Infrastructure Development 21 Agriculture and Livestock Development 22 Irrigation System Planning 23 Forestry Management and Utilisation, Nakai Resettlement Area 24 Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 25 Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios ­ Transition to Stability 26 Social Development and Community Strengthening 27 Consolidated Schedule of Plateau Resettlement Activities 28 Summary of Plateau/Reservoir Resettlement Budget Appendices: H Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration, Socio-economic Survey I Demonstration Farms J Pilot Village Experience K Agriculture and Livestock Development Modeling L Nakai Plateau Forestry Background Documents M Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning VOLUME 3: DOWNSTREAM AREAS ­ EMDP AND RESETTLEMENT AND COMPENSATION FRAMEWORK VOL. 3 PART 1: INTRODUCTION 29 Introduction and Executive Summary 30 Baseline Data 31 Description of Environmental Impacts 32 Description of Livelihood Impacts VOL. 3 PART 2: ETHNIC MINORITY DEVELOPMENT PLAN 33 Ethnicity and Project Planning 34 Livelihoods and Ethnicity 35 Local Consultation and Participation 36 Mitigation Process Framework 37 Institutional Arrangements and Capacity 38 Monitoring and Evaluation 39 Scheduling and Financing VOL. 3 PART 3: MITIGATION AND COMPENSATION FRAMEWORK 40 Mitigation and Compensation Programme 41 Monitoring, Evaluation and Grievance Procedures Appendices: N Xe Bangfai Socio-economic Survey (2001) VOLUME 4: PROJECT LANDS ­ RESETTLEMENT (ACQUISITION AND COMPENSATION) FRAMEWORK 42 Introduction 43 Preparation of Project Land Resettlement (Acquisition and Compensation) Plan 44 Camp Followers Management Plan Appendices: O Report on Baseline Study Phase 1, Methodology P Impacted Villages, Land and Assets Assessed to Date Q Preliminary Ethnic Minority Baseline Data and Analysis Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements CHAPTER 10 GEOGRAPHICAL FRAMEWORK, DESCRIPTION OF IMPACTS AND ENTITLEMENTS Table of Content 10 GEOGRAPHICAL FRAMEWORK, DESCRIPTION OF IMPACTS AND ENTITLEMENTS......................................................................................................1 10.1 INTRODUCTION, OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES ...........................................................1 10.2 GEOGRAPHICAL FRAMEWORK...................................................................................... 2 10.2.1 Surrounding areas................................................................................................................................................2 10.2.2 Geology ................................................................................................................................................................7 10.2.3 Climate..................................................................................................................................................................7 10.3 PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE INUNDATION.............................10 10.4 SOCIAL IMPACTS RELATED TO THE NAKAI RESERVOIR..............................................10 10.4.1 Loss of Houses..................................................................................................................................................10 10.4.2 Loss of Agricultural Land and Vegetable Gardens.......................................................................................10 10.4.3 Loss of Forest Land..........................................................................................................................................11 10.4.4 Loss of Fishing Grounds .................................................................................................................................11 10.4.5 Loss of Cultural Heritage.................................................................................................................................12 10.5 MITIGATION AND ENTITLEMENTS.............................................................................12 10.5.1 Entitlements.......................................................................................................................................................12 10.5.2 Relocation...........................................................................................................................................................13 10.5.3 Livelihood Options...........................................................................................................................................15 10.5.4 Infrastructure and Facilities .............................................................................................................................15 List of Tables Table 10-1: Indicative Agricultural Lands to be Inundated by the Reservoir, by Village........................11 Table 10-2: Legal Entitlements as Defined in the Concession Agreement................................................12 Table 10-3: Nakai Plateau Villages, Current Location Elevation and Households to be Relocated......14 List of Figures Figure 10-1: Topographic Map of Nakai Plateau Pre-Inundation.................................................................. 3 Figure 10-2: Map of Nakai Plateau at Full Supply Level Showing Old and New Villages. ........................ 4 Figure 10-3: Geographic Features Surrounding the Nakai Plateau (Reservoir and Resettlement Area) . 5 Figure 10-4: Districts and Provinces in the Nakai Plateau Area ..................................................................... 6 Figure 10-5: Geology of the Nakai Plateau and Surroundings........................................................................ 8 Figure 10-6: Geological Cross-section of Nakai Plateau and Surroundings.................................................. 9 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements 10 GEOGRAPHICAL FRAMEWORK, DESCRIPTION OF IMPACTS AND ENTITLEMENTS 10.1 INTRODUCTION, OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES The construction and operation of NT2 Project will result in impacts, both beneficial and adverse, to the biophysical, socio-economic and cultural environments of the Project Area. On the Nakai plateau, 1,149 households with approximately 6,340 persons will be relocated from 16 out of the 17 villages over the period 2005-07, due to the inundation to create the Nakai Reservoir. Improving the welfare of families living on the Nakai Plateau has been a joint objective of NTPC and GOL ever since the mandate for the Project's development was agreed to in 1993. The evaluation of sites for resettlement and interaction with the PAP has proceeded in parallel with the development of engineering, environmental and financial plans. Various livelihood programme activities will be offered to Plateau households being affected by the reservoir, including: · The Agriculture and Livestock Development Programme, · The Forestry Development Programme, and · The Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Programme, · The provision of new houses, electricity, domestic water, roads and services. All of the key parties - GOL and NTPC, the financiers, and most of all, the people who live in the project area - have an interest in ensuring that resettlement is implemented in such a way that all families involved are better off than before as a result of the Project. GOL and NTPC have agreed that the approach put forward by the World Bank in its relevant Safeguard Policies is a blueprint for the NT2 Project, with the added goal that all families are to be better off soon after relocation, rather than simply restored to their former living conditions. This is considered an appropriate and feasible objective given the amount of time given to planning, consultation and training prior to the physical relocation of the people, and the considerable budgets allocated to resettlement and social development. Thus, this Social Development Plan (SDP) has been prepared in accordance with the World Bank Safeguard Policies: Operational Policy on Involuntary Resettlement (OP 4.12), Operational Policy on Cultural Property (OP 4.11) and Operational Directive on Indigenous People (OD 4.20), and more recently the ADB Policies on Indigenous Peoples (versions of 1998), Involuntary Resettlement (version of 2003) and Policy on Gender and Development (OM F2). The primary aim of these IFI Policies, and the NT2 plans to address them, is to minimize the impacts on the affected population, to adequately compensate those who are adversely affected by the Project, and to ensure that resettlement is planned and implemented in a culturally sensitive and optimal manner. In summary, the SDP has been developed under the following guiding principles; · Funding is to be assured, the SDP being fully financed by the Project as an essential expenditure; · Resettlement planning to be integrated with project design; · GOL to develop and adopt the appropriate policies to ensure high standards of resettlement; · Resettled people to have their living standards and income earning capacity improved; · People to be resettled will play an active role in the design, planning and implementation; · The social and cultural cohesion of villages will be maintained and resettlement sites as near as possible to original villages; · Traditional organizational structures, religious beliefs and resource use will be incorporated into resettlement planning and implementation; · Appropriate consultation and participatory methods, utilizing local knowledge, to be used in developing production systems that suit the people's needs and the environment, and which avoid dependency on project or government agencies; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements · Housing, community buildings, access roads and electricity will be provided in all resettlement sites, · Irrigation and domestic use water will be supplied; and · The planning, implementation and compensation processes will be open and transparent. 10.2 GEOGRAPHICAL FRAMEWORK 10.2.1 Surrounding areas The Nam Theun 2 Project (NT2) involves the inundation of part of the Nakai plateau to form a reservoir of maximum surface area of 450 km2 and minimum surface area of about 100 km2 (See Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2 for current and post-inundation geography of the Nakai Plateau area). The Nakai plateau is situated at about 530 EL, and the two features of particular relevance to the plateau resettlement program are: (a) the future Nakai Reservoir; and (b) the Resettlement Area, as defined in PM Decree 193 as about 20,000 ha of (largely) forested land on the southern shore of the future reservoir. This future Nakai Reservoir, and the Resettlement Area, are surrounded by the following geographical features (illustrated in Figure 10-3): · To the north - northeast is the Nakai Nam Theun National Protected Area (NPA), containing also much of the Nam Theun 2 Watershed, an area of about 3,554 km2, largely forested, but also inhabited by about 1,100 families in 31 villages, in 5 main river valleys; · To the south-east, and after the drop-off the plateau escarpment, is a large area of limestone karst, which has been designated as the Phu Hin Poun NPA. Between the plateau escarpment drop-off and this limestone large karst area there are two flat valleys inhabited by rice growing villages; · To the north-west, and surrounding the north-western part of the reservoir, is the Nam Theun - Phou Hin Poun corridor, connecting the two NPAs mentioned above; · Directly south of the resettlement area, down the plateau escarpment, is the flat rice growing areas of the Gnommalath plain, surrounded also by limestone karst. Administratively, the Plateau (and future reservoir and resettlement Areas) is almost entirely located in Nakai District (see Figure 10-4), which itself is surrounded by 4 other Districts, and also borders directly with Vietnam. To the south, Nakai District borders Gnommalat District and to the north Khamkeut District. Nakai District is a new District, as up to the early 1990s Nakai District was part of Gnommalath District and the boundary between the two districts is still in the process of being determined. District maps show that the northern boundary of Gnommalath District actually extending up to the plateau. This is because at the time that Nakai was separated from Gnommalath, Gnommalath villages requested that they still be given access to some forest on the plateau. This boundary is now under review. Also at the time that Nakai District was formed, some villages in the lowland area to the west (between the plateau escarpment and the limestone karst of Phu Hin Poun NPA) were included in Nakai District. However, an electricity line and a road have recently been supplied to these lowland villages from Gnommalath District. In addition, access to these lowland villages from Nakai is via the Nam Malou basin, which will be flooded by the future Nakai reservoir. Thus, it is most likely that this lowland area and its villages may be excised from Nakai District and added to Gnommalath District. Two of the affected villages, Sop Hia and Nam Nian, are currently located on the north western edge of the plateau, and near the Nakai Dam site, and are actually just inside Khamkeut District of Bolikhamxai Province, on the border with Nakai District. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Figure 10-1: Topographic Map of Nakai Plateau Pre-Inundation. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Figure 10-2: Map of Nakai Plateau at Full Supply Level Showing Old and New Villages. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Figure 10-3: Geographic Features Surrounding the Nakai Plateau (Reservoir and Resettlement Area) . November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Figure 10-4: Districts and Provinces in the Nakai Plateau Area November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements 10.2.2 Geology The main geological feature of the Nakai Plateau is the basin on which the Plateau is formed, which is sitting on bedrock of middle and upper Jurassic period bedrocks and composites, overlain by lower Cretaceous sandstones, mudstones and siltstones, overlain in places by mid-Cretaceous to Tertiary period halite and gypsum. The middle of the area - the flat plateau itself - is formed by Quaternary alluviums. The Resettlement Area will be established mainly on soils derived from the bedrock of Lower Cretaceous period, which is composed of fine to medium grained micaceous, quartzose sandstone with some gradation to mudstone and siltstone (see Figure 10-5 and Figure 10-6). 10.2.3 Climate The climate of the area is influenced by the southwest monsoon (wet season) which normally affects the area from May to October; and by the northeast monsoon (dry season) lasting from November until April (see Chapter 21, Section 2). The average annual rainfall over the Plateau is approximately 2,600 mm per year and at the dam site approximately 2,800 mm per year. Rainfall distribution is markedly seasonal with over 88 % falling between April and September during the southwest monsoon, and only 12 % falling between October and March during the northeast monsoon. This causes substantially high flows in the Nam Theun in the months of July and August (SMEC March 2003). Climatological data from Nakon Phanom plain, Thailand (across the Mekong River from Thakhek) indicates reduced temperatures from November to February with an average minimum of 14.7 °C in January. The hottest month is April when temperatures rise to 34.5 °C on the Nakon Phanom plain. Limited data indicates that mean temperatures on the Nakai Plateau are about 3-4 °C cooler, although the temperature difference appears to be higher during the dry season and lower during the wet season. Mean Relative Humidity (RH) declines to below 70 % during the dry season, and exceeds 80 % during the wet season, with a maximum mean of 87 % RH in August. RH data collected by SMEC in 2003 at more elevated locations in the region suggest humidity on the Nakai Plateau is likely to be similar to the Nakon Phanom plain (Thai side of the Mekong River) in the dry season, and probably significantly higher in the wet season. The Thakhek region is more seriously affected by the winter monsoon than other regions of Lao PDR. The summer monsoon reaches the region unhindered after crossing the overheated plains of Thailand. The monsoon wind speeds of highest frequency are between 2 and 4 on the Beaufort Scale (less than 26 km/h). The strongest winds are usually only felt during intense periods of the northeast monsoon. On average, 10 to 12 north-east monsoon events occur each year, generating wind up to approximately 100 km/h. On average, 7 to 10 South China sea typhoons occur each year, and some of these may pass over the ranges and affect the plateau, maybe once or twice a year. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Figure 10-5: Geology of the Nakai Plateau and Surroundings For legend to geological symbols, see Figure 10-6. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Figure 10-6: Geological Cross-section of Nakai Plateau and Surroundings Cross-sections A, B and C refer to Figure 10-5. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements 10.3 PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE INUNDATION The immediate impact of inundation is that up to 450 km2 of the Nakai Plateau will become covered by the Nakai Reservoir. This will affect forests, wood lands and agricultural land, and some wetlands, and the terrestrial and aquatic life currently inhabiting the area. At its lowest level at the end of the dry season, the reservoir will recede to a surface area of about 80-100 km2. For more details on these impacts, refer to the Environmental Assessment and Management Plan (EAMP). The crest of the Nakai Dam itself is at 538 EL, but due to back-up effect, the actual level of the water in the reservoir when reservoir is full at Nakai Dam, at 538 EL, maybe be a little more than 538 EL. In addition, in some wetter years, more water will be flowing into the reservoir than is released through the turbines, and thus water will overflow at the Nakai Dam (riparian flow). Thus, in these years, when the reservoir level at the Nakai Dam is > 538 EL, somewhere between 538 to 539.5, depending on the severity of the wet season, the level of the middle and upper areas of the reservoir would be correspondingly higher, somewhere between 538+ EL to 39.5+ EL. For this reason, the inundation cut-off levels for the two main (social) impacts of inundation have been decided as: · 538 EL for agricultural lands, on the assumption that these lands can withstand some degree of inundation, in some years; and · 540 EL for housing or other permanent structures, on the assumption that these structures should never be affected by flooding. 10.4 SOCIAL IMPACTS RELATED TO THE NAKAI RESERVOIR The main social impacts resulting from the inundation of the plateau to form the Nakai Reservoir will be loss of houses, agricultural lands and vegetable gardens, forest land, fishing grounds and some small areas cultural heritage. Much of the SDP Volume 2 is dedicated to planning the resettlement of the fifteen (15) villages currently located in the area of the future reservoir, and the two (2) villages located on the edge of the reservoir, and thus partly affected. These villages host about 1,029 households with approximately 5,678 persons (as of 2003). For a detailed description of the villages and households, which will be affected by the formation of the Nakai Reservoir, see Chapter 11 (Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau). An outline of the mitigation and entitlements is provided in Section 10.5. The Plateau will also be the site of some of the construction activities on Project Lands, such as the Nakai Dam, Headrace Channel, Intake Structure, construction of the relocated section of Road 8B, construction of saddle dams at crest level 542.5 EL, and some tunnelling works. The impacts and mitigation of their construction is discussed in Volume 4 of this SDP. 10.4.1 Loss of Houses Inundation will affect houses in 16 villages of the plateaus 17 villages (see Table 10-1). In Oudomsouk, about 94 houses (1998 figure) will be affected and in Phonphanpek no houses will be affected as they are located above the 540 EL. In Nakai Tai and Nakai Neua, there are some houses that are above 540 EL and thus not affected - although they may still wish to move a short distance depending on the location and layout of the new village, while in the 13 other villages, all houses will be affected and villagers therefore entitled to the full relocation package. 10.4.2 Loss of Agricultural Land and Vegetable Gardens In 2002, the total area under paddy cultivation on the Nakai plateau was 91 ha in wet season and 35 ha in dry season, in seven and five of the 17 villages, respectively1. This area will be inundated by the Nakai Reservoir. It should be noted however, and as can be seen from Table 10-1 that the productivity of these 1Nakai District Agricultural Office Rice Production Survey, 2002 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements rice fields is very low - averaging 1.1 t/ha for paddy and abut 0.55 t/ha for upland rice, although these figures do come form a year in which flooding and pest depredation took a heavy toll., as is often the case. Villagers also cultivated about 434 ha of upland rice field (15 villages), and about 86 ha of corn, 49 ha of cassava and 4 ha of vegetables2. The majority of these areas will also be lost to inundation. Table 10-1: Indicative Agricultural Lands to be Inundated by the Reservoir, by Village. Wet season paddy Dry season rice Upland rice area final area final area final planted production planted production planted production no Village HH Persons ha kg ha kg ha kg Nakai District, Khammouane Province - plateau villages 1 Phonphanpek 73 472 31.00 16,213 2 Nongboua 31 157 15.00 - 3 Sop on 84 429 18.53 2,180 4 Bouama 56 300 2.00 1,200 2 2,150 22.67 1,796 5 Phonesavang 27 159 9.25 7,939 6 Sopma 46 166 23.63 9,452 7 Done 115 726 29.75 14,270 5 5,900 40.40 54,700 8 Khone khen 42 246 12.00 13,500 34.70 28,020 9 Ka Oy 24 153 50.94 5,750 10 Sop Phene 43 230 39.00 13,600 11 Nakai Neua 79 376 18.00 13,716 18 18,500 19.12 1,863 12 NakaiTai 174 832 19.98 16,289 8 10,500 35.93 36,043 13 Nongbouakham 40 286 3.00 0,7 2 2,200 18.00 300 14 Thalang 64 329 47.00 9,993 15 Oudomsouk 0 0 ?? ?? 898 4,861 84.73 58,975 34.25 39,250 405.17 187,849 Khamkeut District, Bolikhamsay Province 16 Nam Nian 23 130 3 5,350 7 5,530 17 Sop Hia 56 316 37 23,050 79 446 3 5,350 44 28,580 10.4.3 Loss of Forest Land Forest land is presently used as a source of timber for construction, firewood and of non-timber forest products (NTFPs). Parts of these resources are accessed from within the future inundated area and parts (especially for the NTFPs) come from above the inundation areas, in the Nakai Nam Theun NPA. Refer to the EAMP for detailed information on the loss of forests. 10.4.4 Loss of Fishing Grounds The Nam Theun and it's tributaries are sources of fish and aquatic products, which make up 4 % of income and 6 % of imputed income (1998 census data). Fish and aquatic products are thus an important source of animal protein for many villagers. While current fishing grounds will be lost - inundated - it is expected that the new Nakai Reservoir will be productive and more than compensate for this loss. 2These figures are incomplete as they only cover around half of the villages. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements 10.4.5 Loss of Cultural Heritage According to preliminary surveys there are no archaeological or historical sites in the area to be inundated3. However, a few villages have temples, which will be moved to the new village according to specific cultural procedures. Most graves will be flooded, but villagers have confirmed that they wish to let the graves remain where they are as long as appropriate ceremonies and offerings are made to the ancestors' spirits. These spirits can be moved if proper procedures are followed4. 10.4.6 Health Impacts Possible impacts on villagers health are discussed in detail in Chapter 5. 10.4.7 Impacts of Construction period Impacts related to the construction period on the Nakai plateau, including the increase in populations during this time, are discussed in detail a Chapter 44 10.5 MITIGATION AND ENTITLEMENTS 10.5.1 Entitlements The legal entitlements of the PAP affected by the inundation to create the Nakai Reservoir are specified in the Concession Agreement, Schedule 4, Part 1, and shown in Table 10-2. Table 10-2: Legal Entitlements as Defined in the Concession Agreement. 1. Housing: · the labour and transportation cost associated with the dismantling of existing house and constructing new one · provision of new materials for construction of new house · electrical wiring and basic fixtures · minimum housing area not less than existing area or 42m², whichever is the greater · households with 7 or more persons containing two families have the option to have two houses · sheds, other outbuildings and fencing will be provided to the household 2. House/Farm Land: · 0.5 ha per household · up to 0.15 ha of rice land per household in off village location, to be developed/allocated on a community basis. In the event less land is available, other livelihood options will provide replacement. [In the October 2002 CA, this rice land was to be in an 'off village' location and allocated on a community basis. However, wherever possible, this 0.16 ha will be continuous with the above mentioned 0.5 ha, and thus a total of 0.66 ha of irrigated land will be developed and improved] · land provided with survey, and joint title to husband and wife · house to be constructed in location acceptable to owner. 3. Infrastructure: · irrigation water to the house/farm lot boundary and distribution system · irrigation to rice lands · year-round household water supply · electricity to the house · road access to house/farm lot · school access within 3km · clinic access within 5km 3Stephen Sparkes (1997): Observations Relating to the Resettlement of People on the Nakai Plateau. 4Stephen Sparkes (1997): Observations Relating to the Resettlement of People on the Nakai Plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements 4. Services: · transportation of all household assets to new location · health check of all household members prior to and after move · access to RMU for advice · access to Grievance Procedure for complaints 5. Cash: · one-time cash allowance to cover moving time, disturbance ­ USD 15 per person · compensation for fruit trees lost at district prevailing market prices in case no acceptable replacement trees provided; compensation for standing crops at market prices. 6. Production Assistance: · effective access to a range of feasible production and income generation options to meet pre-determined household income target, including production forest and Reservoir fisheries · tools to work the farm land and forest land · planting materials for 3 years after preparation of farm lot, including fruit tree saplings · fertiliser and other agro-chemicals for 3 years after preparation of farm lot · training in farming, forest management and fisheries techniques · agricultural advice for 5 years after preparation of farm lot · access to identified forests for collection of non-timber forest products · access to identified Reservoir drawdown areas · skills training for wage labour jobs · household budgeting training · income support program during implementation period, at 440 kg of rice per person · households with economically inactive members and other vulnerable households to participate in the production benefits from communal forests through the provision of a basic needs allowance as determined by the village. 7. Departees: Those wishing to permanently leave the District and not move to a resettlement site will receive a one - time payment for the value of the land, trees, production, and structures lost, plus transportation and disturbance allowances. Besides the entitlement to 0.66 ha of irrigated agricultural land (point 2 above), it has been decided to allocate two further cropping zones for the purposes of developing and sustaining agriculture production, the reservoir drawdown areas; and 'upland' areas currently under degraded forests. Following research and development of rainfed agriculture systems, and if they are shown to be ecological sustainable and productive, the followings entitlements may be further provided in the two zones, as follows; (a) at least 0.5 ha per resettler family of extra rainfed cropping and grazing area, depending on the labour availability and ability of any family to work the land; and (b) at least 1 ha for the first new generation from resettler families, To give effectiveness to these entitlements, and obligations on the part of NTPC, a range of programs have been developed and budgets (and trailed in Ban Nong Boua, the Pilot village). These programs are detailed in Chapters 19 to 28, and summarised below. 10.5.2 Relocation The proposed NT2 Resettlement Area is situated on the south west shore of the Nakai Reservoir. Figure 10-2 shows the NT2 Resettlement Area and the proposed locations of the resettled villages. Efforts have been made to select these resettlement sites within existing traditional territories to ensure cultural continuity and familiarity, which will reduce disruption or stress that may be created by the resettlement process (see Chapter 19). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements Table 10-3 shows the distance the resettlers will have to move to their new village locations. Ten of the villages will be moving 3.5 km or less from their current location. Three will move 10-15 km, while two villages will remain at their present location. For the two villages in Khamkeut District a decision on relocation site is still to be made. The resettlement sites comply with village desires to be near the future reservoir, near an all-weather road, near their present locations, near the forest and near land that can be used for growing rice. Because all the sites are adjacent to Nakai Reservoir, they will have access to the drawdown area, which is expected to be agriculturally productive in the dry season as the reservoir recedes, and also has potential for grazing. Table 10-3: Nakai Plateau Villages, Current Location Elevation and Households to be Relocated. Estimated HH's to be % HH's Distance to Elevation Total relocated to be New Village Name of Village (in 1998) HHs (El<538**) Relocated Site (km) Nakai District 1 Ban Oudomsouk 533-550 248 94 38 % - 2 Ban Thalang 529-539 50 50 100 % 0.5 3 Ban Nong Boua Kham 528-549 55 55 100 % 2.9 4 Ban Nakai Tai 531-547 148 148 100 % 0.6 5 Ban Nakai Neua 531-548 63 63 100 % 0.9 6 Ban Sop Phene 526-531 41 41 100 % 12.2 7* Ban Sop Ma 526-528 14 14 100 % 10.6 (hamlet: B. Hat Khamphane 527-529 18 18 100 % 13.2 (hamlet: Ban Keng Gnao) 527-530 14 14 100 % 4.8 8* Ban Nong Boua (includes 525-535 28 28 100 % 1.8 hamlets: Sailom & Pamanton) 9 Ban Phonphanpek (B Jat San) > 540 93 0 0 % - 10 Ban Boua Ma 528-531 53 53 100 % 2.0 11 Ban Phonsavang 531-532 22 22 100 % 3.0 12* Ban Sop On 528-531 65 65 100 % 3.3 13 Ban Done 528-531 88 88 100 % 2.7 14 Ban Khone Khen 529-531 37 37 100 % 2.0 15 Ban Ka Oy 536-539 26 26 100 % 10.5 Khamkeut District 16 Ban Sop Hia 519-533 53 53 100 % + 17 Ban Nam Nian 529-532 17 17 100 % + TOTALS 1,133 886 (population as of May 1998) * Several hamlets on the Plateau are officially recognised as one village, therefore they will be relocated as one village ** Number of Households as of May 1998 *** The abandoned hamlets of Ban Pakkatan May, Ban Nya Long and Ban Tham On are now not included + To be decided November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements About 650 ha of land will be converted to sustainable, irrigated agriculture land, which will be developed in mainly degraded, unstocked forest already highly disturbed by shifting cultivation and past logging activities. Therefore, most resettlement sites will require minimal clearing of vegetation. The establishment of agricultural livelihoods and construction of resettlement sites give rise to some environmental concerns and these are addressed in Environmental Assessment and Management Plan (EAMP). The construction of the villages will provide skilled work for the people to be resettled, and this will assist in their participation in determining their own priorities and preferences for village and house layout. Chapter 19 of this SDP details the site selection process and villager preferences. 10.5.3 Livelihood Options The SDP presents four main livelihoods options: · for agriculture, · livestock raising, · reservoir fisheries, and · commercial forestry These four main livelihood options have been designed with the objectives of providing maximum flexibility to the resettlers in terms of: (a) adapting to changes in farming systems and other livelihoods, and (b) income rehabilitation. The livelihood options for the relocated villagers are fully discussed in Chapters 21 to 25. In addition to direct farm, forest or fisheries based livelihoods, the villagers, especially those with spare labour or specific skills, will be supported and trained to seek an income and livelihood from a range of other service or business enterprises )off-farm employment), such as: · tailoring and weaving; · small machine repair and spare parts shops (pushbikes, motorbikes, power tillers, etc.); · small goods shops; · marketing - buying and selling local produce (fish, vegetable, crops, etc.); · processing of locally produced produce; · employment on the NPVFA; · employment in the NT2 project facilities (guards, gardeners, boatmen, etc.); · taxi and boat taxi drivers; · other service related to tourism; and · construction-related unskilled and semi-skilled labour. 10.5.4 Infrastructure and Facilities NTPC is committed to providing both the infrastructure and facilities for the resettled communities. Each resettled family will be provided with 0.5 ha of cleared land for crops, vegetable gardens, fruit trees and 0.16 ha for irrigated rice fields, a total of 0.66 ha of irrigated agricultural land. NTPC will be responsible for the installation, and the GoL will support (with funds from the Social and Environmental Remediation Fund, SERF) the operation and maintenance of a reliable pumped irrigation water supply to these agricultural lands. A separate house block of approximately 0.12 - 0.15 ha will also be provided, in a village layout, and NTPC will support the villagers to construct new houses for each family. Domestic water supply systems November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 10: Geographical Framework, Description of Impacts and Entitlements will be developed and electricity will be supplied to the houses. Furthermore, roads, schools and community buildings will be constructed. A transformer with sufficient capacity to supply up to 20 MW will be located at the power station at a cost of about USD 1.3 million. This will facilitate the use of electric irrigation pumps and will provide a more economic, convenient and reliable electric water supply. This power supply should also lead to improvements in nutrition and hygiene and in education. ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau CHAPTER 11 BASELINE DATA ­ NAKAI PLATEAU Table of Content 11 BASELINE DATA ­ NAKAI PLATEAU..................................................................1 11.1 DATA COLLECTION METHODS....................................................................................1 11.1.1 Baseline Surveys ................................................................................................................................................1 11.1.2 Participatory Approaches.................................................................................................................................1 11.2 DEMOGRAPHIC BASELINE .......................................................................................... 2 11.2.1 Villages Affected by the Reservoir..................................................................................................................2 11.2.2 Households Affected by the Reservoir ­ `Eligibility by Impact'................................................................2 11.2.3 Household Eligibility in terms of `Cut-off Date'..........................................................................................3 11.2.4 Population growth ............................................................................................................................................6 11.2.4.1 Prediction of Households eligible for Relocation and House Construction Program............8 11.2.4.2 Households eligible for the Irrigated Agriculture Program ........................................................8 11.2.4.3 Households eligible for the Forestry and Fisheries Programs....................................................9 11.2.5 Occupations of Plateau populations.............................................................................................................10 11.2.6 Potentially Vulnerable Populations...............................................................................................................10 11.3 ETHNIC BASELINE.....................................................................................................13 11.4 HOUSEHOLD INCOME ...............................................................................................15 11.5 LIVELIHOOD ACTIVITIES...........................................................................................15 11.5.1 Agricultural Production..................................................................................................................................15 11.5.2 Livestock and Animal Husbandry ................................................................................................................18 11.5.3 Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFP).........................................................................................................20 11.5.4 Forestry Resources of the Resettlement Area.............................................................................................21 11.5.5 Fisheries............................................................................................................................................................22 11.6 EDUCATION...............................................................................................................22 11.7 GENDER.....................................................................................................................23 List of Tables Table 11-1: Historic Demographic Data of Plateau Households (1995 ­ 1998), and 2003 Census and Eligible Households......................................................................................................................... 5 Table 11-2: Households Eligible to Participate in Housing Re-establishment Program and Irrigated Agriculture Programme (figure in brackets). Shading indicates number of households at time of commencement of activity for specific village............................................................... 8 Table 11-3: Households Eligible to Participate in NT2 Forestry and Reservoir Fisheries Programs. Shading indicates population at time of commencement of activity. ...................................... 9 Table 11-4: Categories of Potentially Vulnerable Households.....................................................................12 Table 11-5: Cash and Imputed Household Incomes on the Nakai Plateau...............................................15 Table 11-6: Rice Deficiency on the Nakai Plateau, 1996 ..............................................................................16 Table 11-7: Comparison of Rice Growing Areas, Nakai Plateau, 1996 and 2002 ....................................17 Table 11-8: Rice Growing Areas Destroyed by Flood and Elephants, Nakai Plateau 2002 ...................18 Table 11-9: Livestock Numbers in Villages to be Resettled, 1998 and 2002.............................................18 Table 11-10: Sale of Buffaloes and Cattle in Nakai District, 2000-2004. .....................................................20 Table 11-11: Land use/Forest type within the Resettlement Area................................................................21 Table 11-12: Forest Land in the Resettlement Area by Forest Type ............................................................22 Table 11-13: Educational Levels and Literacy on the Nakai Plateau ............................................................23 Table 11-14: Division of Labour between Men and Women.........................................................................23 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau List of Figures Figure 11-1: Illustration of Population Increase - Natural and Migratory, on the Nakai Plateau, 1998 to 2003 .................................................................................................................................................... 7 Figure 11-2: Occupational Pattern among Adult Population (Excluding Civil Servants), Nakai Plateau, 1998 ..................................................................................................................................................11 Figure 11-3: Distribution of Buffaloes among Nakai Plateau Households.................................................19 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau 11 BASELINE DATA ­ NAKAI PLATEAU 11.1 DATA COLLECTION METHODS 11.1.1 Baseline Surveys Since 1994, all villages to be relocated have been visited several times in order to obtain data and information relating to village livelihoods and to inform villagers of the impacts the Project will have on them. The Public Consultation, Participation and Disclosure (PCPD) Process (see Chapter 4) is continuing throughout the resettlement and livelihood development processes to help identify needs and solutions to potential problems. Various methodologies have been employed in assembling more quantitative baseline data for the residents of the Nakai Plateau, which would be sued for planning and then implementation purposes. The baseline data collected in surveys and questionnaires to date consist of: 1. Household surveys of economic assets were first carried out by the LWU in 1995 and then by CARE, using Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA) techniques in 1996. These studies listed the assets and the main socio-economic features of residents of the Nakai Plateau. 2. The Notification and Assets Registration was conducted by the RMU in October 1998. These formed the baseline of all entitled households on the Nakai Plateau (see Appendix H). The census included an assessment of potential assets that would lost due to inundation, including land area, population, houses, fruit trees, cattle, wells, roads, etc. The results of this census formed the basis for eligibility for entitlements, and for calculating compensation for individuals, households and villages as described in the various iterations of the RAP/SDP. 3. At the same time as the Census, a socio-economic survey was carried out using a random sample of 320 households, and this formed the basis for developing the economic target and the livelihood rehabilitation plan for the resettlers (see Chapter 25 and Appendix H). 4. The 2003 population census undertaken to determine the rate of increase in eligible populations (natural growth) and new immigrants. It was later decided that this would also be the new cut-off date census for plateau populations. 5. An on-going assessment of the productive capacity of the proposed new resettlement areas (in terms of both the land, forest and water resources), and the subsequent identification of land use options and selection of resettlement sites (see Chapter 19). The methodologies for each of the surveys differ to some extent. The NTPC survey produced statistical records of the affected populations, while the CARE study utilized Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA) techniques and examined themes relating to livelihood and ethnicity. The PCPP reports were the result of applying Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) techniques, which recorded villagers' attitudes and expectations as well as updating statistical information on population and household numbers Baseline data and feedback from participants will continue to be collected from ongoing studies and fieldwork on all aspects of proposed livelihoods, and from the pilot village and demonstration farms experience. 11.1.2 Participatory Approaches In addition to surveys, a number of participatory approaches have been used to collect qualitative data and to facilitate a realistic interpretation of survey data. Both anthropological and consultation team field visits utilized participatory methods (CARE 1996, NTEC 1997 and 1998). The following participatory methods were used throughout the preparation of the RAP: · In-depth interviews of individuals and families were carried out on several occasions in order to obtain additional information relating to individual household economics, social organization, cultural practices, gender relations and resource use. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau · Discussions with local leaders were carried out on several occasions throughout the consultation process and during all studies in order to update statistics on village population, migration patterns and relationships between traditional and formal positions of authority within the villages. · Discussion with ritual practitioners was carried out in order to assess cultural practices, rituals relating to relocation, territorial spirits and religious beliefs that could affect resettlement. · Participant observation was conducted in all villages during anthropological field visits starting from 1996 onwards, and by PCPP Teams in 1997 and 1998 and by consultation teams in 2004. This involved staying in villages for several days and nights in order to observe first-hand village life and routines and to establish trust and affirm conclusions of the quantitative surveys. Informal discussions were held with many villagers in order to gain insights into local aspirations and the potential challenges of the resettlement plan. Study teams comprised government officials from the RMU, LWU and Institute for Cultural Research, Ministry of Information and Culture as well as consultant anthropologists. · Participatory rural appraisal techniques were used in 1997 and 1998 as part of the gender- sensitive consultation process. This involved land use mapping, designing "dream villages", prioritizing livelihood options, village layout, and house designs. Groups of men and women discussed various aspects of the draft resettlement plans and provided feedback. The above described participatory approaches and methods have also been utilized during the recent consultations of June-August 2004 as described in Chapter 4. All these various types of data have been cross-checked and integrated into the resettlement plans in an attempt to fulfil the consultation and planning criteria in regard to consideration of the cultural and socio- economic needs of ethnic minorities as required under OD 4.20 and ADB Policy on consultations. 11.2 DEMOGRAPHIC BASELINE 11.2.1 Villages Affected by the Reservoir The villages affected by inundation of the Nakai Plateau have changed little since the mid 1990s. The main changes relate to abandoned hamlets (Ban Nya Long, Ban Tham On and Ban Pakkatan May) and relocated hamlets. These hamlets are small settlements which are not officially recognized as a village, but are part of a larger village. Thus, as of 2003, there are 17 recognized villages, of which 15 will be fully affected by reservoir inundation and 2 villages partially affected (see Section 11.2.2). In Phonphanpek and Oudomsouk villages, only a part of the village population will be affected and eligible for the various livelihood programmes in that only some of the houses in Oudomsouk are below 540 EL and will thus be relocated, while very few Phonphanpek village houses are below 540 EL. 11.2.2 Households Affected by the Reservoir ­ `Eligibility by Impact' Results of population (and socio-economic) surveys conducted from 1995 to 1998 by CARE International, PCPP teams and the RMU are summarized in Table 11-1, together with a survey conducted out by Nakai District assisted by RMU and NTPC in 2003. The number of affected households has increased Note: there are two type of `eligibility': both because of natural population increase and (a) eligible in terms of being impacted ­ flooded ­ by some in-migration into the region but also due to the project (some families in Oudomsouk and experience gained in designing and conducting Phonephanpek are not impacted and thus not surveys, leading to more comprehensive data eligible); and collection on the Plateau in the 1998 and 2003 (b) eligible in terms of a Project cut-off date. Census undertakings. The RMU Census of October 1998 is the most detailed effort to collect population and socio-economic information. The 2003 census was equally detailed, but it concentrated only populations. In both cases the surveys identified total persons and households, and thus impacted fully or partially by the project. Of the 17 Plateau villages, 15 will be fully impacted and thus fully eligible, and 2 partially impacted. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau In Oudomsouk, it was estimated in 1998 that of the 283 families in the town, 94 families' dwellings were to be inundated. However, it is not clear if the level of inundation used was 538n EL or 540 EL. 538 EL is the crest height of the Nakai dam, and it is assumed that agricultural land can be developed down to this elevation. However, in those years in which water will flow over (through) the Nakai dam (when water flowing into the Nakai reservoir is more than is being released via the turbines, the reservoir height may be at higher than 538 EL, somewhere between 538 EL and about 539 + because of backwater effect, and depending on the amount of 'excess' rain in any wet season. Thus, it has been decided that houses should not be constructed below 540 EL. Based on this, it can be assumed that houses (or other structures) currently existing below 540 EL would be subject to inundation and thus must be relocated. Irrespective of whether the 1998 Census used 538 EL or 540 EL, the actual definition of these levels in 1998 was based on 5 m interval contour lines derived from aerial photos and some spot survey heights. Topographic surveys being undertaken in 2004 will provide more accurate maps with 0.5 m contours and thus a clearer picture of which dwellings and other buildings are below 540 EL. Thus, these 94 families registered in 1998, and which have now naturally expanded to 110 is, at this stage, an estimate only. Also in 1998, 25 families of Ban Oudomsouk were assessed to have agricultural land that would be inundated. Again, this figure is indicative only, and the Oudomsouk families whose agricultural lands will be inundated, and thus eligible for the livelihood restoration program, will only be know following the detailed topographic survey. Ban Phonephanpek villagers are a combination of: a) Families resettled in 1993 under a BPKP scheme, in which families from the Plateau and watershed were invited to join the BPKP reforestation program, as labourers. Unfortunately, this program was not successful and the families, once moved into Phonephanpek village, were left without a livelihood. They thus resorted to shifting cultivation and gathering of forest products, often from as far as the southern edge of the Nakai Nam Theun NBCA. These families live in the 45 houses constructed in the hamlet Ban Jut Sun by BPKP, using softwoods, and the houses are now in poor condition, and electricity was never supplied to these villages. b) Families from other sources, not living in the Ban Jut Sun, but spread out over the general area They may be farmers, public servants, business people, or a combination. Ban Phonephanpek is above the 540 EL level, and will thus not require actual relocation, but the NT2 Project will assist to repair their houses, install cement footings, and provide electricity. Of other families in Phonphanpek, a certain ­ currently undefined ­ number of dwellings may be inundated at below 540 EL and thus require relocation. With respect to agricultural lands, the current planning assumes that most of the village's agricultural lands will be inundated and thus the villagers will be eligible to participate in the livelihood restoration program. This needs to be confirmed. 11.2.3 Household Eligibility in terms of `Cut-off Date' Up until early 2004, the 1998 census was regarded as the NT2 Projects cut-off date for eligibility and inclusion in the plateau resettlement program. Only those families registered in 1998, plus the natural growth of these families and establishment of new families from at least one member of these original eligible families would be eligible. New immigrants after that date would not be eligible. A population census was conducted in August 2003 in order to: (a) establish the rate of natural growth of eligible families, (b) establish how many non-eligible immigrants ­ those entering the plateau after the 1998 census ­ where on the plateau. The census was undertaken by District staff, led by the District police (who are responsible for records of populations, issuance of household books and citizen cards) and the District administration, following training from NTPC staff. The results of that census are shown in Table 11-1. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau During this 2003 census, the registration lists and the assets registration books issued in the 1998 census were used by the team, with each family, to decide if they were eligible in terms of the 1998 census. That is, all the villagers aware fully aware that, as of the actual time of the census in 2003, the policy was that new immigrants (unrelated to level 1 to 1998 eligible families) would not be eligible for the resettlement program ­ in accordance with the policy at that time. Following review of the data and the issues by GOL, NTPC and IFI's, a decision was made to accept all people residing on the plateau (all those who are actually impacted by the project) as of the 2003 census date as those eligible for participation in the resettlement program. That is, not only the 1998 eligible families, their progeny and their new families, but also new immigrants would now be eligible. This 2003 census date is the latest and most reasonable census to judge cut-off as, starting in early 2004, various people have and continue to enter the plateau to seek opportunities related to the PCA activities. The program to disclosure and inform all those eligible as of July 2003, and inform that any new immigrants after that date would not be considered, except if adjudicated on a case by case basis by the NT2 Project Grievance Committee, will follow the following steps: (i) The Resettlement Committee issues a notice of the cut off date. (ii) The NTPC produces: (a) a village by village list of all families and family members of eligible families as of 2003; (b) a village by village book of eligible family members, for use by each VRC; (c) a family registration card. (iii) Consultation teams, together with relevant District authorities will then: · convene a meeting in each village to explain (a) the new cut-off date, and (b) any family can make a claim (grievance) if they feel they should be included on the census list; · ensure that the village lists are posted in the Village Notice Board and Village Consultation Centres; · ensure that the census book is provided to the VRC; and · ensure that each family registration card is delivered to each family. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau Table 11-1: Historic Demographic Data of Plateau Households (1995 ­ 1998), and 2003 Census and Eligible Households. Historical Data Results of 2003 Census and Eligibility Social / Cultural No. HH, 2003 Census Eligible Households Research Emigrated Old Naturally Housing + Livelihood Institute, CARE Survey PCPP Survey households households increased Immigrated livelihood Programmes No. Village February 1995 February 1996 April 1997 1998 Census 1998-2003 remaining households households Total programmes Housing only only (a) (c) (d = a - c) (e) (f) (g = d+e+f) (h) (i) (j) 1 Khone Khen 36 36 36 37 2 35 8 1 44 44 2 Done 81 87 88 89 4 85 28 3 116 116 3 Sop On (incl. old Nikhom 3) 62 58 62 66 2 64 27 2 93 93 4 Ka Oy n/a 23 24 26 4 22 4 3 29 29 5 Phonsavang 28 29 28 25 6 19 8 3 30 30 6 Sop Ma / Hat Khampane / Kaeng 38 34 38 47 7 40 15 9 64 64 7 Sop Phene 40 40 38 43 4 39 10 2 51 51 8 Boua Ma 48 39 39 53 12 41 15 4 60 60 9 Nong Boua / Sailom / Pamanton hamlets ) 28 40 35 28 0 28 2 0 30 30 10 Phonphanpek n/a n/a 51 85 16 69 21 12 102 0 102 11 Oudomsouk* 167 n/a 234 283 67 216 2 8 226 94 28 12 Nakai Tai 134 130 130 147 4 143 34 1 178 178 13 Nakai Neua 59 58 58 67 2 65 15 3 83 83 15 Nong Boua Kham 48 41 53 42 7 35 0 12 47 47 14 Thalang 28 37 35 52 6 46 13 5 64 64 16 Sop Hia 24 51 34 54 9 45 8 2 55 55 17 Nam Nian 24 24 14 16 0 16 5 5 26 26 Pakkatan Mai n/a (w Sop Hia) Village abandoned Nya Long n/a 4 Village abandoned Tham On n/a 12 Village abandoned TOTAL n/r n/r 997 1,160 152 1,008 215 75 1,298 970 94 130 n/a: not available Total, Total, n/r: not relevant (due to missing data) Housing Livelihood Programme Programme (h + i) (h + j) Total eligible per livelihood programme, 2003: 1,064 1,100 *) Numbers of eligible households for Oudomsouk are indicative only due to out-migration between 1998 and 2003 and subject to re-surveying of houses and land in relation to the 538 and 540 meter levels.. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau 11.2.4 Population growth Past growth In general, the populations of the Plateau villages to be relocated have grown at a fairly consistent rate, although in and out migrations are probably more common on the Plateau than in other areas of rural Lao. There has been some in-migration from the Ban Lak Sao area recorded in the Bolikhamxay Province villages of Ban Nam Nian and Ban Sop Hia. There has also been a significant increase in population in Ban Oudomsouk, the Nakai District centre, from 167 households in 1995 to 283 at the time of the 1998 census. Several households from villages located on the Plateau have relocated to Ban Oudomsouk to be close to markets and services. In-migration from the Nakai Nam Theun NBCA is also a factor, although not as significant as in-migration from other areas. As described above, the population as of August 2003 is the baseline or cut-off population of eligible households. However, by the time that relocation and the development of the modified livelihoods are initiated, these populations will have grown due to (a) births and (b) marriages. Such natural growth in the number of eligible families must be accounted for in the planning of the various livelihood programmes in the SDP. Predicted future growth The future projections for illegible populations for each of the housing and livelihood programs (see Table 11-2 and Table 11-3) are based on the 2003 figures multiplied by an assumed average rate of natural increase in population of 3 % per annum (but not including in-migration). The eligible population projections shown in the various livelihood activity support programmes differ depending on the year that the village is actually relocated and particularly the year that the particular livelihood program comes on stream. However, it should be noted that irrespective of predicted population increases, the housing and livelihood programs will be provided to all and any eligible persons present at the time that the actual program is implemented. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau Figure 11-1: Illustration of Population Increase - Natural and Migratory, on the Nakai Plateau, 1998 to 2003 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau 11.2.4.1 Prediction of Households eligible for Relocation and House Construction Program Households eligible for new housing will be, logically enough, those that are predicted to be flooded by the Nakai Reservoir. This will include all households in 15 villages, and around 40 % of the households in Oudomsouk village. Ban Phonphanpek will not be flooded and villagers from this village are therefore not eligible for new housing. The number of houses to actually be moved and re-established will depend on the natural growth of households in each village, at the time of relocation ­ which will be phased over 2 years. Using: (a) the 2003 census data as the baseline or cut off date for population/household numbers; and (b) an average growth rate of 3.0 % per year the current scheduling for house relocation, the number of households, which may need relocation, in 2005 and 2006 (including those already moved under the pilot village program) will be about 1,149 in total, as shown in Table 11-2. Table 11-2: Households Eligible to Participate in Housing Re-establishment Program and Irrigated Agriculture Programme (figure in brackets). Shading indicates number of households at time of commencement of activity for specific village. Total Eligible HHs, cf. Expected number of households assuming 3.0 % annual growth rate Mid 2003 census 2004 2005 2006 Village Housing Irrigation Housing Irrigation Housing Irrigation Housing Irrigation Khonken 44 45 47 48 Don 116 119 123 127 SopOn 93 96 99 102 KaOy 29 30 31 32 PhonSawang 30 31 32 33 Sopma 64 66 68 70 Sopphen 51 53 54 56 Bouama 60 62 64 66 Nongboua 30 31 32 33 Phonephanpek a) 0 102 0 105 0 108 0 111 Oudomsouk b) 94 28 97 29 100 30 103 31 Nakai Tai 178 183 189 195 Nakai Neua 83 85 88 91 Nongbouakham 47 48 50 51 Thalang 64 66 68 70 Sophia 55 57 58 60 Namnian 26 27 28 28 Total 1,064 1,100 1,096 1,133 1,129 1,167 1,163 1,202 Total eligible per year 30 0 453 666 705 a) For Phonephanpek, there will be no households eligible for the Housing Programme but 111 for the Irrigated Agriculture Programme b) In Oudomsouk, an estimated 103 households eligible for the Housing Programme and 31 for the Irrigated Agriculture Programme in 2006. 11.2.4.2 Households eligible for the Irrigated Agriculture Program Households eligible to participate in the irrigated agriculture program will be all households from 15 Plateau villages plus all households from Phonphanpek and about 28 households from Oudomsouk in 2003. It is assumed that none of the remaining households in Oudomsouk have agriculture, forestry or fisheries activities, which will be affected by the reservoir. The number of households to actually be given a plot of irrigated land, and to participate in other aspects of the irrigated agriculture program will again depend on (a) the natural growth of households in each November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau village and (b) the time of relocation and development of the agricultural land, which will also be phased over 2 years. Using an average growth rate of 3.0 % per year, and based on the current scheduling for village relocation, the number of households, which may participate in the agricultural development program, starting from 2005-2006, plus the already moved pilot village, will be about 1,188 households (see Table 11-2). 11.2.4.3 Households eligible for the Forestry and Fisheries Programs Those eligible to participate in the Community Commercial Forestry Program will be all those villages and households affected, in some way, by reservoir flooding, including all the households of Phonphanpek village and those households of Ban Oudomsouk whose rural based livelihoods are impacted by the flooding. The Forestry program has commenced already in 2004, and all villages are included in this activity as of that date, as this program is independent of the date of relocation. In 2004, the number of households to actually participate in and benefit from the forestry program was 1,133 as shown in Table 11-3. That is, there will be 1133 shares of the Community Forestry issued to the 1,133 eligible families. The forestry entitlement - the right to receive a dividend from the profits of forestry on the Resettlement Area activities - is not only provided to all resettler families, but it can be handed down from generation to generation, but sharing of an original families 'share' amongst the new generation. These shares can be inherited but not sold. Table 11-3: Households Eligible to Participate in NT2 Forestry and Reservoir Fisheries Programs. Shading indicates population at time of commencement of activity. Expected number of households assuming 3.0 % annual growth rate Mid 2003 Village census 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Forestry Fisheries Khonken 44 45 47 48 50 51 53 Don 116 119 123 127 131 134 139 SopOn 93 96 99 102 105 108 111 KaOy 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 PhonSawang 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Sopma 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 Sopphen 51 53 54 56 57 59 61 Bouama 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 Nongboua 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Phonephanpek 102 105 108 111 115 118 122 Oudomsouk 28 29 30 31 32 32 33 Nakai Tai 178 183 189 195 200 206 213 Nakai Neua 83 85 88 91 93 96 99 Nongbouakham 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 Thalang 47 48 50 51 53 54 56 Sophia 55 57 58 60 62 64 66 Namnian 26 27 28 28 29 30 31 Total 1,100 1,133 1,169 1,204 1,240 1,274 1,315 Similar to the forestry program, the Reservoir Fisheries Program will come on-line at the one time (some time after reservoir filling) and all Plateau villages and households affected, in some way, by reservoir flooding and staying on the Plateau will be eligible. In 2003, the number of houses thus eligible was 1,100. The number of households to actually participate in and benefit from the fisheries program will be those eligible as of 2009, when the Nakai Reservoir will be filled and the reservoir fisheries program initiated. As shown in Table 11-3, this is estimated to be 1,315 households. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau 11.2.5 Occupations of Plateau populations The RMU Census of October 1998 also investigated the occupations of all plateau persons at that time. The data for adult persons, as represented in Figure 11-2 shows that in most villages, farmers make up more than 80 % of the adult population. Oudomsouk and partly Phonephanpek have relatively more villagers who are occupied with other activities such as construction, service and trading, small business, forestry employment and handicraft. The figures exclude school children, students, house wives, civil servants and unemployed. 11.2.6 Potentially Vulnerable Populations Some Project-affected households may be particularly vulnerable for a number of reasons, including the following characteristics: · Widow headed households; · Handicapped persons as household members, or as head of the family; · Female headed households (but working-age males as members); · Male head of household being over 60; · Single person households. The 1998 census found that approximately 207 households or approximately 23 percent of the resettler population on the Nakai Plateau qualify as Potentially Vulnerable Households (PVH) in one or more of these categories (see Table 11-4). Although there is no evident correlation in the table between current economic circumstances and vulnerability, poverty is still considered likely to increase a family's potential vulnerability. As the majority of all affected households are below the Lao poverty line, income levels will be monitored during implementation and economic vulnerability will be considered in the overall livelihood planning process. Given this additional focus on economic vulnerability, the preliminary categorization presented in Table 11-4 should be considered merely as a conservative benchmark estimate. Another factor affecting vulnerability may be ethnicity. Although the livelihood systems of all ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau are similar, some of the Vietic groups have only recently taken up swidden agriculture and discontinued their traditional hunting and gathering. The Ahoe of Sop Hia and other villages were resettled on the Plateau 20 years ago after the Second Indochina War and have adapted after a long period of settlement in lowland areas during the war. However, a few Kri and Phông families are recent arrivals from the catchment area and are likely to find adaptation to the proposed livelihood system more challenging. They may lack the necessary skills, knowledge and experience in farming techniques, have the lowest levels of rice self-sufficiency, and may still rely on hunting and gathering to some extent. The majority of the Vietic groups on the Plateau are not considered particularly vulnerable ­ less that 20 families are recent arrivals (within the last 10 years). Special measures for dealing with the special characteristics and needs of potentially vulnerable households are presented in Chapter 26. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau Figure 11-2: Occupational Pattern among Adult Population (Excluding Civil Servants), Nakai Plateau, 1998 Number of people 350 300 250 Handicapped or Elderly Person 200 M aking Handicrafts 150 Trader (including small shop) 100 Forestry / Sawmill Emp. Construction / Service Sector / M isc Emp. 50 Farmer 0 oukS en au y na n O hanpekP opS angwaS ma O Ma pane noT Lang Ni aiH Do neK opS aoyN iaTiak Ka hamK heneP ouaB m opS Na honP udomO honP hamKtaH engK Neiak Na haT ouaB LomiaS Na opS ongN manaP honK ongbouaN November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau Table 11-4: Categories of Potentially Vulnerable Households Affected Number Category Total Definition Community HH of PVH PVH % 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Categories Category Head of Household Balance of Household Ban Phonephanpek 0 2 1 1 2 1 Male over 60 in 2003 Insufficient able-bodied Ban Ka Oy 26 6 23 2 3 1 2 8 2 Female (not widow) working age males. * Ban Sop Hia 54 8 15 4 1 2 1 8 3 Widow Ban Keng Gnao 14 2 14 1 1 2 4 Handicapped Ban Sop Ma 15 3 20 1 1 1 3 5 Person under 16 Ban Phonsavang 25 4 16 3 1 3 1 1 9 6 Single person - Ban Boua Ma 53 14 26 9 2 2 1 3 17 7 - Two or more handicapped persons Ban Hat Khamphane 18 4 22 1 1 1 1 4 8 Non-Lao - Ban Nong Boua 8 1 13 1 1 Ban Pamanton 7 0 0 0 * For a 4 person household or less, "insufficient" is defined as less Ban Nong Boua Kham 42 6 14 5 1 2 8 than 2. Similarly for a 5-8 person household, it is less than 3 and for Ban Oudomsouk 94 22 23 12 3 1 1 1 7 25 a household in excess of 8 persons, less than 4. Ban Sop On 66 19 29 10 4 5 2 2 1 24 Ban Thalang 52 8 15 3 2 3 2 10 Ban Sailom 13 4 31 1 1 2 1 5 Ban Nakai Tai 147 37 25 22 6 7 7 9 4 55 Ban Done 89 25 28 11 1 9 6 3 6 36 Ban Sop Phene 43 10 23 5 1 3 3 2 1 15 Ban Khone Ken 37 10 27 3 4 3 2 2 14 Ban Nakai Neua 67 20 30 8 5 7 1 4 25 Ban Nam Nian 16 2 13 1 1 1 3 Grand Total 886 207 23 102 33 48 28 36 18 7 272 Notes: 1. # not included in Totals. 2 Some individual households match more than one category. 3. Villages arranged in ascending order of current per head income. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau 11.3 ETHNIC BASELINE The population of the Nakai Plateau and a number of groups in the downstream areas qualify as "indigenous peoples" or ethnic minorities according to World Bank criteria as outlined in Operational Directive 4.20 and ADB's policy on Indigenous Peoples. These groups exhibit aspects of a distinct social and cultural identity in comparison with the majority Tai-Lao ethnic groups. In the Lao PDR, the term "ethnic group" (xon phao) is used to describe all groups in the country, but a distinction can be made between the major group (Lao Loum), who primarily inhabit lowland areas, cultivate paddy rice, practice Buddhism and are more developed in terms of integration into the mainstream economy, and other - minority - groups (xon phao noy). The NT2 Project area is populated by a range of ethnic groups, including various Lao Loum types and groups that belong to the Mon-Khmer (Lao Theung) ethno-linguist group. A detailed account of ethnicity is provided in Chapter 12. According to Chapter 12 there are five main ethnic groups on the Plateau: · Brou or Makong of the West Kautic branch of the Mon-Khmer ethno-linguistic family, belong to the official classification of Mon-Khmer, commonly referred to as Lao Theung (upland Lao). · Tai Bo, who may well have originally been Vietic but have adopted Tai-Lao culture and languages, also classified Tai-Lao (referred to as Lao Loum or lowland Lao) macro-group. · Upland Tai groups, mostly Tai Moey and Tai Mène, who are recent arrivals. · Vietic groups (Ahoe, Kri, Phông, and other smaller groups) belonging to the Mon-Khmer ethno- linguistic family. · A few members of the Sek ethno-linguistic group, an ancient branch of the Tai-Kadai language family, originally from what is now the Nakai-Nam Theun NPA. Characteristics of the ethnic group communities affected by the NT2 Project which indicate that they qualify under the World Bank policies on indigenous peoples include: 1. All villagers indicate the desire to remain on the Plateau, indicating a strong sense of belonging to the region and attachment to the resources available in the forests and rivers. In addition, there are demarcations of territory according to the range of influence of territorial spirits (phi muang). 2. All Nakai groups define themselves as distinct cultural groups by name, but there is also a tendency for villagers to class themselves as Lao Theung, with the exception of the Tai in-migrants, in relation to the dominant culture of the lowlands. The actual differences between the various groups on the Plateau are less important than differences with the Lao Loum lowlanders. 3. The indigenous languages on the Plateau and in downstream areas are being replaced by Tai and Lao dialects that are mutually intelligible for lowlanders. There are, however, still many bilingual speakers. 4. The number of customary social and political institutions has been reduced with the integration into the Lao State. There are, however, councils of elders (thau khon) who oversee socio-cultural events such as marriages, funerals and collective rituals. In addition, in several villages there are hereditary positions of mediums (mo thiem) and ritual priests (mo phi) who perform local rituals and ceremonies, which differ from lowland rituals to some extent. 5. All the communities affected by the proposed resettlement have primarily subsistence-oriented economies consisting of upland rice, livestock and forest products. The surpluses of forest products and occasionally livestock are sold to merchants in Ban Oudomsouk for cash or bartered for rice. Few families have much in the way of consumer goods but demand is growing. The population of the Nakai Plateau that is to be resettled is presented in terms of ethno-linguistic categories in Table 12-2 and Table 12-3. The ethnic groups of the Nakai Plateau should be considered as November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau "indigenous peoples", according to the World Bank OD 4.20 and ADB Policy on Indigenous Peoples.1 The distinctions between groups are perhaps less significant than the contrast between the inhabitants of the Nakai Plateau and the dominant lowland cultures. The process of integration of these groups into the dominant culture has been occurring for some time and is ongoing. The Project will likely accelerate this process, and local villagers express a desire to see progress and to improve their standards of living, as revealed by the consultation process since 1997. It would not be possible to insulate these ethnic minorities culturally and economically from the outside or from the influence of outsiders. A preferable approach is to offer them the social and economic means with which they can participate in national development on a par with the majority groups in towns and in lowland areas to the south of the Nakai Plateau. Economic improvement can only serve to preserve the social structure of villages and preserve some of the cultural diversity of the region. Measures to strengthen existing village structures and aspects of local cultures such as house design have been integrated into the RAP. Ritual procedures concerning moving houses and villages will be incorporated into the resettlement process. Brou or Makong and the various Vietic speakers are all recognized by the Lao government as ethnic minorities. The Tai Bo appear to be a hybrid group, classified officially as Lao Loum but often referring to themselves as Lao Theung and indigenous to the Nakai Plateau (Tai Nakai). The distinctions between the groups, however, are becoming difficult to define due to increased inter-marriage, the common use of Lao language, the adoption or hybridisation of Lao culture ­ which is not so different from their original cultures in many respects. The area has been subjected to numerous, and often significant in- and outward, migrations over the last 200 years, so that the distinctions between ethnic minorities has become less clearly defined. In addition, the people of the Plateau have long been exposed to localized social disruption due to war, invasion, epidemics and physical relocation due to the practice of shifting cultivation. One can speak of a "Nakai culture", a kind of melting-pot culture, consisting of a shared material culture, common socio-religious beliefs and livelihood systems. There are a number of bilingual speakers but the majority speaks dialects of Tai languages akin to lowland Lao dialects. Upland Tai groups have migrated mostly from Khamkeut to the Plateau after 1995. The ethnic situation on the Plateau is further complicated by the considerable intermarriage and a shared culture. Most of the original distinguishing features of the ethnic minorities such as language, material culture, house design and ritual practice have merged. In many cases, families of these ethnic minorities exist in name only, with little or no distinguishing features from their immediate neighbours on the Plateau. Hence the emphasis is on the differences between the Nakai Plateau peoples and the dominant majority Lao culture rather than between the Nakai Plateau ethnic minorities themselves. Health and education facilities on the Plateau are scarce, and the physical isolation of many of the villages, some of which are only accessible by boat, make it even more difficult for children to go to school and for sick people to see a doctor or health worker. Of the 20 communities (villages and hamlets) expected to be resettled, only 7 villages have schools, two of which have not been operational since 1997 due to lack of teachers. Even when children have access to school, they often stop attending at an early age in order to help their families economically. The district centre of Ban Oudomsouk is populated by recent migrants from all over the country. The majority are Tai Lao and Lao Kaleung from Khammouane Province to the south and Tai from Bolikhamxay Province to the north. These migrants work mainly as wage labourers in construction and forestry as well as running the majority of restaurants and shops in town. 1 The exception is a number of recent economic in-migrants from Khamkerd who have arrived in the villages of Sop Hia and Nam Nian over the last ten years and recent Lao in migration to Plateau, mainly to Oudomsouk and Phonphanpek. These groups, although they are not `ethnic minorities', will still be entitled to all the benefits of the resettlement and rehabilitation package. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau 11.4 HOUSEHOLD INCOME Table 11-5 shows the cash and imputed household income on the Nakai Plateau based on two household surveys ­ CARE in 1996 and the RMU in 1998. Comparison of the two surveys shows a fourfold increase in average household income in a little over two years in local currency. However, inflation between 1996 and 1998 was high and accounts for approximately 50 percent of the nominal increase of Kip 1.4 million. Average household income in both years is still well below the national poverty line of US$ 780 (in 2004) for the average Plateau-family size of 5.3 persons. Table 11-5: Cash and Imputed Household Incomes on the Nakai Plateau Average HH Income Average HH Income Activity in 1996 (Kip) % in 1996 in 1998 (Kip) % in 1998 A. Cash Income: Agriculture and livestock 83,000 18 411,951 22 Wildlife 18,000 4 8,803 0 NTFPs 97,000 21 99,257 5 Fishing 23,000 5 84,926 4 Wages 36,000 8 203,947 11 Jewellery and Handicrafts N.A. 29,571 2 A. Total cash income 257,000 56 828,454 44 B. Computed Income: Rice production 140,000 30 541,813 29 Rice for work/donations N.A. 80,998 4 Wildlife 31,000 7 34,050 2 NTFPs N.A. 19,902 1 Fishing 34,000 7 106,753 6 Agriculture N.A. 223,165 12 Livestock N.A. 32,020 2 Handicrafts 1,705 0 B. Total Imputed Income 205,000 44 1,040,406 56 Total income (A+B) 462,0001 100 1,868,8602 100 1Equivalent to US$ 462 at 1996 exchange rates 2Equivalent to US$ 449 at 1998 exchange rates The methodology in the second survey was more thorough and included several items not taken into account in the first survey, such as rice for work, agricultural production and livestock as part of imputed income. In addition there has been domestic price inflation and a devaluing of the Kip in comparison to the US Dollar so that there is a slight decrease in dollar terms from US$ 462 to US$ 449. Some changes in the sources of income should be noted. There is a marked increase in wage labour as well as income from work for rice programs. This contrasts with the decrease in reliance on NTFPs, most likely due to a scarcity of some items on the Nakai Plateau. In addition, some affected areas of Oudomsouk and Phonphanpek (Ban Jat San) villages were included in the 1998 survey for the first time. 11.5 LIVELIHOOD ACTIVITIES 11.5.1 Agricultural Production Plateau communities have traditionally had a mixed economy that included swidden rice, fish, livestock, hunting and gathering forest products, all primarily for household use. In recent years, increases in November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau population, a shortened swidden cycle, and exposure to cash commodities, have spawned more intensive and extensive exploitation of the forest for its marketable products. Soil fertility, labour availability, access to a reliable water supply and the availability of draft animals and manure are all factors contributing to yield. Average yields in the area are generally in the range of 0.8 ton per hectare for upland and 1.5 to 2.0 tons per hectare for rainfed paddy rice. Paddy production is restricted by the availability of fertile non- flooded flat land. Vegetables are mainly grown on swidden fields close to the homestead, in the garden plots next to the house or along riverbanks. The main crops include cabbage, cucumbers, tomatoes, lettuce, beans and pumpkin. Tobacco is sometimes grown in these gardens, mostly for home consumption. With the aid of mechanical power and/or access to a reliable water supply for irrigation, maximum land use could be expanded beyond the present average cultivation area, which is probably less than one hectare per family. The size of family land-holdings varies from 0.4 ha to 2.4 ha. Generally, large holdings are less intensively cultivated, due largely to a lack of available labour and/or draft power (buffalo and/or power tillers). The shift from an almost entirely subsistence economy to a somewhat more commercial one has been promoted by in-migrants. These newcomers arrived when Oudomsouk village became the Nakai District centre in the early 1990s, as labour for earlier government sponsored logging, or came in search of land or other economic benefits. They generate a buying market for items such as vegetables, meat and forest products. Even with the growth in other sectors, agriculture still dominates the Plateau economy, with rice being the main crop grown. Although all villagers attempt to grow rice, only 17 % of families are able to produce sufficient rice for a full year (see Table 11-6), and about half of all families have a rice deficit for more than six months. Most families consider rice cultivation their main `occupation', probably testifying more to the cultural significance of rice than to its occupational dominance. There is no major difference in rice deficiency between ethnic groups. The only tendency towards less deficiency is for the Vietic group, which has 39 % of households with rice sufficiency and `only' 31 % with rice deficiency for 6-8 months. Table 11-6: Rice Deficiency on the Nakai Plateau, 1996 Percentage of households rice deficient by number of months Deficit Deficit Deficit Deficit Ethnic group Sufficient <3 m 3-6m 6-8 m >8m Total Bo 17 6 15 62 0 100 Brou 6 17 34 19 21 97 Vietic 39 10 20 31 0 100 New Villages 32 16 9 13 27 97 Average 17 12 22 36 13 100 The total cultivated area in 2002 was approximately 700 ha, with rice accounting for about 80 % of this (see Table 11-7). Paddy rice is not a large contributor to total production (< 20 %) due to the low yields associated with this type of cultivation under rainfed conditions. Upland rice production also continues to decline because of government policy to reduce shifting agriculture, poor soils and alternating flood and drought. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau Table 11-7: Comparison of Rice Growing Areas, Nakai Plateau, 1996 and 2002 Paddy Upland Rice Other Upland Crops Area - Wet Season Area - Dry Season Area - Wet season Area No. HH 1996 2002 1996 2002 1996 2002 Corn Cassava Vegetables Main Ethnic ha / ha / ha / ha / ha / ha / Village Groups 1996 2002 ha HH ha HH ha HH ha HH ha HH ha HH ha ha ha Nakai District 1 Ban Nakai Tai Bo 148 174 9.0 0.06 20.0 0.11 0 8.0 0.05 59.0 0.4 35.9 0.21 n.r. n.r. n.r. 2 Ban Sop Phene Bo 41 43 0 0 0 0 44.0 1.1 39.0 0.91 n.r. n.r. n.r. 3 Ban Sop On 4/ Bo, Brou 65 84 1.0 0.02 0 0 0 60.0 0.9 18.5 0.22 4.0 5.0 3.0 4 Ban Sop Ma 2/ Bo, Brou 46 46 0 0 0 0 41.0 0.9 23.6 0.51 n.r. n.r. n.r. 5 Ban Nakai Neua Bo, Lao, Brou 63 79 18.0 0.29 18.0 0.23 3.0 0.05 18.0 0.23 16.0 0.3 19.1 0.24 8.0 3.0 0.5 6 Ban Thalang Bo, Phouthai 50 64 0 3.0 0.05 0 0 43.0 0.9 47.0 0.73 16.0 8.0 n.r. 7 Ban Done Brou 88 115 44.0 0.50 29.8 0.26 0 5.0 0.04 41.0 0.5 40.4 0.35 18.0 12.0 n.r. 8 Ban Khone Khen Brou 37 42 6.0 0.16 12.0 0.29 0 0 29.0 0.8 34.7 0.83 11.0 4.0 n.r. 9 Ban Phonsavang Brou 22 27 0 0 0 0 15.0 0.7 9.3 0.34 n.r. n.r. n.r. 10 Ban Ka Oy Brou 26 24 0 0 0 0 17.7 0.7 50.9 2.12 n.r. n.r. n.r. 11 Ban Boua Ma Brou, Bo 53 56 0 2.0 0.04 0 2.0 0.04 22.0 0.4 22.7 0.41 6.0 4.0 n.a. 12 Ban Nong Boua 3/ Brou, Bo 28 31 0 0 0 0 20.0 0.7 0 0.00 15.0 8.0 n.r. 13 Ban Phonphanpek Brou, Lao, Vietic 93 73 0 0 0 0 n.a. 31.0 0.42 n.a. n.a. n.a. 14 Ban Nong Bouakham Lao, Brou, Bo 55 40 0 3.0 0.08 0 2.0 0.05 22.0 0.4 18.0 0.45 4.0 2.0 0.2 15 Ban Oudomsouk mixed 248 360 n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. n.a. Khamkeut District 16 Ban Sop Hia Ahoe, Phouthai , 53 56 0 0 0.00 0 0 32.0 0.6 37.0 0.66 1.0 1.0 n.r. 17 Ban Nam Niam Phouthai, others 17 23 0 3.0 0.18 0 0 13.0 0.8 7.0 0.30 3.0 2.0 n.r. Total 1,133 1,337 78.0 0.07 91 0.07 3.0 35 0.03 475 434 0.32 86.0 49.0 3.7 Sources: Socio-Economic and Cultural Survey, Nam Theun 2 Project Area (1996) Care International/Lao PDR; NT2 RMU Rice Production Surveys 2002 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau In 1996, there was virtually a total crop failure on the Plateau due to flooding in September. Even in normal rainfall years, a significant proportion of the planted area is totally lost to flooding, and yield reductions from both prolonged inundation and elephant damage can be expected (see Table 11-8). According to this survey only 192 tons of the 983 tons required (20 %) can be obtained from the Plateau. Table 11-8: Rice Growing Areas Destroyed by Flood and Elephants, Nakai Plateau 2002 Area un- Total production incl. losses to harvestable flooding & elephants1 Annual Total area due to Harvestable Milled Total rice rice planted flooding area Un-milled rice rice required deficiency Crop ha ha ha t t/ha t t t WS Paddy 90.8 30.0 60.8 64.2 1.06 38.5 DS Paddy 35.0 0.0 35.0 39.3 1.12 23.6 Upland Rice 434.1 65.5 368.6 216.4 0.59 129.9 Total 559.8 95.5 464.3 319.9 0.68 191.9 982.7 790.8 Source: NT2 RMU Surveys 2002 1Conversion of Un-milled Paddy to Milled Rice using a factor of 0.6 The soils on the Plateau are heavily leached, susceptible to erosion, with low pH, low organic matter content and poor buffering capacities. They are also low in macro-nutrients, particularly phosphorous. The `A' horizons are typically shallow (less than 30 cm), with soil textures ranging from fine sandy loam to fine sandy clay loam, and clay contents between 20 % and 35 %. Insect pests, rat damage and poor planting material also contribute to low rice yields on the Plateau. For further details, refer to Chapter 21 and Appendix K). 11.5.2 Livestock and Animal Husbandry Buffalo are the dominant type of large livestock raised on the plateau. The total number of buffalo in the villages to be resettled was 4146 according to the 1998 census, and 4,168 head according to District data as of 2003 figure (see Table 11-9). Table 11-9: Livestock Numbers in Villages to be Resettled, 1998 and 2002. Livestock Population, 1998 Average Livestock per HH, 1998 Livestock Population, 2002 Village Name Buffalo Pig Poultry Buffalo Pigs Poultry Buffalo Cattle Horse Pig Poultry Ban Khone Khen 164 72 331 4.4 1.9 8.9 138 225 280 Ban Done 1,076 115 2,381 12.1 1.3 26.8 764 274 971 Ban Sop On 166 95 552 2.5 1.4 8.4 179 8 43 586 Ban Ka Oy 38 57 364 1.5 2.2 14.0 54 28 520 Ban Phonsavang 77 7 158 3.1 0.3 6.3 38 - 173 Ban Sop Ma/Ban Keng Gnao 35 21 365 173 23 325 2.0 0.6 14.4 Ban Hat Khamphane 58 5 310 Included with Sop Ma Ban Sop Phene 188 39 428 4.4 0.9 10.0 205 8 380 Ban Boua Ma 304 53 634 5.7 1.0 12.0 361 3 30 635 Ban Sailom 47 13 49 Included with Nong Boua Ban Nong Boua 140 3 145 7.3 0.6 12.2 182 4 2 412 Ban Pamanton 16 2 148 Included with Nong Boua Ban Phonphanpek 138 22 393 1.6 0.3 4.6 112 1 7 172 Ban Oudomsouk 56 48 1,178 0.2 0.2 4.2 146 142 37 93 9,109 Ban Nakai Tai 1,123 89 2,281 7.6 0.6 15.5 1,166 9 65 866 Ban Nakai Neua 384 36 763 5.7 0.5 11.4 580 3 75 650 Ban Nong Boua Kham 4 38 615 0.1 0.9 14.6 12 159 51 90 620 Ban Thalang 51 40 661 1.0 0.8 12.7 58 4 57 522 Ban Sop Hia 73 32 1,154 1.4 0.6 21.4 No data Ban Nam Nian 8 - 262 0.5 - 16.4 No data TOTAL 4,146 787 13,172 3.6 0.7 11.4 4,168 330 98 1,013 16,221 *Source: 1998 Census and Nakai District DAFO (2002). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau The 1998 survey found that, on average, buffalo ownership per family was 3.6 buffaloes per household (see Table 11-9). However, these averages mask the reality that the ownership is very skewed, with relatively few households (358, or 30 %) raising 3 or more buffaloes, only 11 % of the households owning over 10, and 59 % of the households owning no buffaloes, as shown in Figure 11-3. Figure 11-3: Distribution of Buffaloes among Nakai Plateau Households. 800 No. of Buffaloes / HH No. of HH Share of HH (%) 0 678 58.6 700 678 1 50 4.3 2 71 6.1 3 51 4.4 600 4 40 3.5 s 0 Buffaloes 5 31 2.7 oldh 500 1-2 Buffaloes 6 34 2.9 useo 3-5 Buffaloes 7 21 1.8 8 24 2.1 Hfor 6-10 Buffaloes 400 >10 Buffaloes 9 11 1.0 10 23 2.0 mbe 300 11 8 0.7 Nu 12 19 1.6 13 14 1.2 200 15 7 0.6 121 122 113 123 16 5 0.4 100 17 4 0.3 18 5 0.4 19 5 0.4 0 20 9 0.8 21 6 0.5 22 1 0.1 23 2 0.2 24 1 0.1 25 1 0.1 27 3 0.3 28 4 0.3 29 1 0.1 30 7 0.6 31 2 0.2 32 2 0.2 36 2 0.2 37 1 0.1 38 1 0.1 40 3 0.3 42 1 0.1 43 1 0.1 45 1 0.1 50 2 0.2 51 1 0.1 63 1 0.1 70 2 0.2 83 1 0.1 Total 1,157 100.0 Cattle ownership is also very skewed, with only two villages, Ban Oudomsouk and Ban Nongboua Kham raising herds of any significance. Due to disastrous flooding and the subsequent lack of rice in 1996, many animals were sold in order to purchase food. Indeed, buffalo are kept largely as a store of wealth for use in times of need, rather than being considered as a resource managed for regular income. A small proportion of adult animals are used for draft purposes in those villages with permanent rice fields, and there is also some rental of draft animals to lowland farmers for land preparation in Gnommalat. Table 11-10 shows the sale of buffaloes and cattle from the 15 Nakai villages during the years 2000-04. Cattle and buffaloes are allowed free-range access to grass-fields and forest areas, but are excluded from rice fields and gardens during periods of cultivation. Taking into account all possible grazing areas, stocking rates could be as low as 1 animal to 20 hectares, but is likely to be much higher due to the way each herd is managed at the village level. It is evident that stocking rates are higher in the Ban Nakai Neua and Ban Nakai Tai area, with a stocking rate closer to 1 animal to 4 ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau During the dry season, animals are grazed, largely unattended, in forest areas. During the wet season, they are commonly placed in a penned area at night within the village to prevent damage to crops. There is no supplementary feeding of improved forage, nor management of natural forage through controlled grazing of different areas at different times of the year. A shortage of feed is reported by some farmers from March to May, corresponding with the middle to the end of the dry season, but this appears to be as much a function of how far farmers are prepared to graze their animals away from the village, as it is an absolute shortage of feed. Periodic outbreaks of Haemorrhagic Septicaemia, Foot and Mouth Disease and Blackleg with high losses are reported. Vaccination rates are low. Mortality rates in calves (0-1 years) of up to 50 % are reported. Liver fluke is also reported to be a problem in buffalo that have been rented out to farmers in the lowlands. Drenching for endoparasites is not practiced, and there appears to be no use of any other animal health remedies. Table 11-10: Sale of Buffaloes and Cattle in Nakai District, 2000-2004. Buffalo Cattle Village 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Khon Kaen 3 6 7 11 13 Done 65 71 85 99 105 1 2 3 Sop On 19 37 25 28 31 4 2 4 Ka Oy 1 3 2 4 5 Phonsavang 3 5 6 7 9 1 Sop Ma 2 5 8 4 6 Sop Phene 9 11 12 13 15 Boua Ma 35 39 47 55 59 3 2 3 Nong Boua 8 11 16 21 24 Phonephanpek 4 5 11 8 12 Oudomsouk 11 17 15 19 23 1 4 Nakai Tai 168 185 179 191 202 9 15 12 10 14 Nakai Neua 63 82 104 51 113 3 2 3 Nong Boua Kham 13 15 18 19 21 3 0 3 Talang 2 3 Total 404 492 537 530 641 9 18 23 19 35 Although numbers are low, cattle may be regarded as more of a productive resource than buffalo. Many households would like to own cattle in preference to buffalo, citing higher productivity, higher calf survival and easier management; but have difficulty of obtaining breeding stock. Pigs are owned by most households, mainly to recycle wastes and as an income generating activity, but also for slaughter for household consumption and for use on ceremonial occasions. The only breed evident is of local origin, black and relatively small. In general pigs are not housed but are left to forage, with minimal supplementary feeding of rice bran, reject corncobs, banana and palm stems, tuberous and aquatic plants, and household scraps. Periodic outbreaks of swine fever are reported, with very high losses. Vaccination rates for all livestock are low and other animal health inputs are non-existent. Chickens of local breed are owned by almost all households, with average ownership of 15 per household. They are kept for sale, household consumption and ceremonial occasions. Chickens are generally allowed free range, and are not vaccinated. Populations are routinely decimated by Newcastle Disease and fowl cholera with near total losses. Cash income in project villages from poultry was Kip 8,600/household in 1996, or 4 % of total cash income (CARE 1996). 11.5.3 Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFP) A total number of 247 NTFP species were recorded during a survey of the Nakai Plateau. Damar resin (14 %), rattan shoots (12 %) and cardamom (12 %) are considered to be the most important products from November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau the forest. NTFPs are especially important in those villages on the edge of the forest, i.e. Ban Khone Khen, Ban Ka Oy and Ban Sop On. More than half of the household cash income, which is primarily derived from the harvesting of NTFPs, was spent on buying rice in 1996. Damar resin was one of the most valuable products and almost tripled in value leading to increased harvesting in 1997. The harvesting of damar resin has increased from 17 tons in 1996 to 80 tons in 1997. In 1998 there was hardly any damar resin left on the Plateau and in the surrounding areas due to over-harvesting to make up for the loss of rice due to recent flooding. Bong bark harvest decreased from 50 tons in 1996 to 22 tons in 1997, either because priority was given to collecting damar resin or its easy availability declined. The situation with rattan was less clear and cardamom harvesting remains generally stable. 11.5.4 Forestry Resources of the Resettlement Area Investigations on land use in the Resettlement Area indicated that while 90 % of the land remained under forest cover, this cover was in varying states of integrity, ranging from relatively pristine to highly degraded. In Table 11-11, land which has over 25 percent tree ground cover is referred to as stocked forest, the remainder classified as unstocked, i.e. land which could be regenerated to productive forest if not required for other purposes. Only 75 percent of the total forest area of 18,106 ha can be considered productive forest on account of logging and other forms of degradation having taken place. Table 11-11: Land use/Forest type within the Resettlement Area Land use/forest type Area (hectares) Percentage (%) Well stocked, production forst 5,590 27 Forets in hilly areas 4,723 23 degraded forestr 7,793 38 Unstocked and Agricultural land 2,014 10 Swamp 13 0 Water 21 0 Urban 356 2 Other 46 0 Total 20,556 100 Source: FIPC, 2001. According to the forest inventory carried out by FIPC in 2001 (see Table 11-12), forested land covers about 18,106 ha of the 20,692-ha resettlement area. Over this forested land the average stand volume is about 100 m3/ha. There are four forest types of which mixed broadleaf/pine is the most common, with Pinus merkusii (mai pek) being the dominant pine species. The most common hardwood species include: Dipterocarpus alatus (mai nyang), Hopea feerea (mai khen), Vatica cinerea (mai si), and Anisoptera robusta (mai bak). Logging and shifting cultivation in the past have heavily degraded much of the forested land. Of the 18,106 ha of forested land, after excluding: (a) contiguous areas with low stand volume (i.e. <80 m3/ha) in about 6,500 ha, (b) inaccessible and steep forests of about 4,000 ha, and (c) present and future areas for resettlement and agriculture of about 2,000 ha, only about 5,590 ha can be considered for commercial production in the short to medium term. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau Table 11-12: Forest Land in the Resettlement Area by Forest Type Stocked, Degraded Steep slope production forests production forest forests All Land Area (ha) Area Volume (no forest type area or volume data Area Volume Forest eco-Type (ha) (m3/ha) available for these forest zones) (ha) (m3/ha) Dry Dipterocarp - - 310 310 35 Dry Evergreen 1,108 157 2,576 3,684 126 Mixed Deciduous 263 107 3,145 3,408 74 Mixed Broadleaf and Pine 4,219 153 6,485 10,704 103 Subtotal 5,590 7,793 4,723 18,106 "unstocked" 2,014 other land use 572 Whole Area 5,590 151 7,793 4,723 20,692 100 11.5.5 Fisheries Fish harvested from the Nam Theun River is the main source of protein for the communities on the Nakai Plateau. Fish are caught for household consumption and for sale, and contribute to 6 and 4 % of total imputed and cash income, respectively, in 1998 (see Table 11-5, page 15). Fresh fish are consumed during the rainy season; in the dry season, villagers rely to a greater extent on dried and fermented fish. All kinds of fish are caught for human consumption, with catfish and carp species being the most common. Occasionally, a large fish or a substantial catch may be sold in village market or at roadside stalls. Fish, in this context, refer to aquatic organisms of which finfish are usually predominant. Small-mesh nets and traps catch many invertebrates, all of which are eaten. Men fish in the mornings and evenings, before they leave for the fields and after they return. Most fish are caught by cast nets in the rapids, or by deep-water gill nets. Bait and hooks are also used, but to a lesser extent. Children and sometimes women search the banks and shallows for frogs, aquatic insects and small fish that supplement the family's diet. 11.6 EDUCATION In many of the villages on the Nakai Plateau schools are not functioning properly. Either attendance was low due to the need of children to support their families economically or teachers were not regularly conducting classes. Teachers' salaries are low at approximately US$ 30-40 per month. Some schools are financed by the villagers themselves since the local government had neither the funds nor could provide for the teachers. Villagers understand the importance of education but have little means of obtaining an education for their children. The exceptions are the large school in Ban Oudomsouk and the roadside village of Ban Nakai Neua. In theory, each village (often shared in the case of small hamlets) should have its own primary school. However, only primary schools in large villages like Ban Done, Ban Boua Ma, Ban Nakai Tai and Ban Thalang were functioning properly. In many of the villages schools had not been functioning at all for several years. Adult literacy is another important element in linking education with successful social development. Most of the women and many men on the Plateau are illiterate. Villagers would be better equipped to handle the relocation and learn new skills if they were literate. It would also allow them to compete on more equal terms with more advanced downstream groups who are presently dominating the service sector and off- farm employment. No detailed survey on literacy was carried out on the Nakai Plateau but from the various surveys and participatory observations made in the area, one can conclude that only a small percentage of villagers were literate in the Lao language (see Table 11-13). None of the ethnic minority languages of the Plateau are written down. Except for a few women, mostly located in Ban Oudomsouk, roadside villages and November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 11: Baseline Data ­ Nakai Plateau recent arrivals from downstream areas, women in general are illiterate. Some young women and girls who have had some basic schooling (village primary schools) exhibited varying degrees of literacy. Table 11-13: Educational Levels and Literacy on the Nakai Plateau No. of People % of Population No schooling 3,076 62.9 Primary School, 1-5 1,526 31.2 Secondary School, 1-4 214 4.4 High School, 1-3 43 0.9 College 8 0.2 Institute 5 0.1 University 7 0.1 Semester / Master 1 0.0 Others 9 0.2 Total 4,889 100.0 Source: 1998 Census. Literacy levels for men are slightly higher due to a number of factors: boys tend to go to school for longer periods of time, have opportunities to acquire literacy from the monkhood and education outside the region. In addition, many labourers and recent male migrants are literate. Several village leaders were originally from outside the Plateau (Lao Loum areas), showing that literacy can play a role in obtaining positions of influence and power in the village. 11.7 GENDER2 Men, in general, are considered as the head of households and have most dealings with organizations and government agencies outside of villages. Buddhist concepts of merit also rank men higher than women in the religious sphere. Although men dominate politics and religion, women are very active in the economic sphere, including local shops and stalls, markets and small businesses. Men tend to run larger businesses and have greater access to credit and technology. The division of labour between men and women is by no means absolute but there are clear notions of what male work is and what female work is. Table 11-14 lists the most common tasks and responsibilities which men and women perform and some of the tasks often shared. This division of labour implies an inter-dependency of men and women in the establishment of a functioning household unit. Table 11-14: Division of Labour between Men and Women Male work Shared Tasks Female Work · Heavy work in the fields such as · Weeding, clearing fields, planting and · Most of the household tasks such as removing large trees and cutting down harvesting; cleaning, washing clothes and preparing trees; · Collecting food in the forest and along all the meals; · Contact with officials and government streams and Non-Timber Forest· Pounding rice twice a day; representatives; Products for sale; · Looking after young children, the sick · Overnight trips to markets in towns; · Fetching drinking water from the river and the infirm; · Work with machines, motor boats and (primarily a female task but men also · Taking care of domestic animals in the driving vehicles; fetch water upon returning from house area (pigs, chickens and ducks); · Carpentry, blacksmith, boat-making, bathing). · Taking care of the vegetable gardens house-building and other tasks near the house; involving specialized tools; · Selling vegetables and forest products in · Formal positions of authority in the the nearby markets. village; · Herding buffalo and cattle; · Fishing with nets and hunting and trapping. ********** * * * ********** 2this section will be updated following finalization of the gender strategy. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau CHAPTER 12 ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU Table of Content 12 ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU ...................................................1 12.1 ETHNIC GROUPS...........................................................................................................1 12.1.1 Review of OD 4.20 Definitions.........................................................................................................................1 12.1.2 Classification of Ethnic Groups ........................................................................................................................1 12.1.3 Vietic Groups .......................................................................................................................................................6 12.1.4 Brou .......................................................................................................................................................................7 12.1.5 Tai Bo and Lao Kaleung.....................................................................................................................................8 12.1.6 Upland Tai Groups............................................................................................................................................12 12.1.7 Sek........................................................................................................................................................................12 12.2 A MELTING-POT CULTURE ........................................................................................ 12 12.2.1 A Dynamic Cultural Process ............................................................................................................................12 12.2.2 Migration and Integration.................................................................................................................................13 12.2.3 Intermarriage ......................................................................................................................................................15 12.3 ETHNIC GROUPS SURROUNDING THE PLATEAU AND NEW MIGRANTS...................... 17 12.3.1 Ethnic Groups in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA.........................................................................................17 12.3.2 Ban Oudomsouk................................................................................................................................................17 List of Tables Table 12-1: Classification of Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau.................................................................2 Table 12-2: Self-Nominated Ethnicity of Male and Female Heads of Household on the Nakai Plateau, Dry Season 2002-03.............................................................................................................3 Table 12-3: Self-Nominated Ethnicity of Male and Female Heads of Household on the Nakai Plateau by Village, Dry Season 2002-03..........................................................................................4 Table 12-4: Population and Migration for the Nakai Plateau ­ 1998 to 2002* .............................................6 Table 12-5: Comparison of Languages of Project Area.....................................................................................9 Table 12-6: Origin of Plateau Villages in Relation to Migration and Splitting.............................................13 Table 12-7: Intermarriage on the Nakai Plateau ...............................................................................................16 Table 12-8: Male Marriage Partners (sons-in-laws -luk khoey) in Ban Done...............................................17 Table 12-9: Marriage Partners (exogamy) from Ban Done.............................................................................17 Table 12-10: In-migration to Ban Oudomsouk...................................................................................................18 List of Figures Figure 12-1: Existing Village Ethnic Distribution................................................................................................5 Figure 12-2: Historical Migrations of Major Regional Ethnic Groups...........................................................14 Figure 12-3: Example of Intermarriage from Ban Sop On ..............................................................................16 Figure 12-4: Photos on Housing, Livelihoods and Beliefs among Ethnic Groups on Nakai Plateau.................................................................................................................................................19 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau 12 ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU 12.1 ETHNIC GROUPS 12.1.1 Review of OD 4.20 Definitions World Bank's characteristics on Indigenous Peoples (OD 4.20, 1991) and the Asian Development Bank's Policy on Indigenous Peoples (1998) may be applied to the ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau in the following manner: Attachment to the natural resources of the area and a sense of ancestral territory. The overwhelming majority of villagers requested to remain on the Plateau despite the offer of wet-rice paddy in the lowlands, indicating a strong sense of belonging to the region and attachment to the resources available in the forests and rivers. In addition, there are demarcations of territory according to the range of influence of territorial spirits (phi muang). · All groups define themselves as distinct cultural groups by name (Bo, Brou/Makong/Sô, Ahoe, etc.) but there is also a tendency for villagers to class themselves as Lao Theung (`slope dwellers') in relation to the dominant culture of the lowlands (Lao Loum), according to the Lao Government classifications. The actual differences between the various ethnic groups on the Plateau is deemed secondary in comparison with the distinction between the lowlanders (wet-rice cultivation, Buddhism and integration into the national economy) and plateau dwellers (swidden cultivation, mostly animist and peripheral). · The indigenous languages on the plateau are being replaced by Lao and Tai dialects, which are mutually intelligible for lowlanders. There are, however, many bilingual speakers. Few of the next generation are likely to be fluent in Brou or Vietic languages on the Plateau and most children do not speak minority languages at present. · The number of customary social and political institutions have been reduced by integration into the Lao State. There are, however, councils of elders (thao khun) who oversee socio-cultural events such as marriages, funerals and collective rituals. In addition, in several villages there are hereditary positions of mediums (mau thiem) and ritual priests (mau) who perform local rituals and ceremonies, which differ to some extent from lowland practices. · All the communities affected by the proposed resettlement have primarily subsistence-oriented economies consisting of upland rice, livestock and Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs). The surpluses of forest products and livestock are sold to middlemen or in Ban Oudomsouk or further afield for cash or bartered for rice. Few families have much in the way of consumer goods but demand is growing. Thus, the ethnic groups of the Nakai Plateau should be considered as `indigenous peoples' according to World Bank and ADB Policies on Indigenous Peoples. It will be argued below that they can be considered `indigenous' as a whole since the distinctions between groups are not nearly as significant as the distinction between them and the lowlanders and the newly arrived lowland Lao groups in Nakai District Headquarters, Ban Oudomsouk. 12.1.2 Classification of Ethnic Groups For practical purposes it is necessary at the outset to classify the various groups inhabiting the Nakai Plateau before elaborating on the dynamic processes and interactions between the groups. There are five main ethno-linguistic groups inhabiting the Nakai Plateau: Vietic, Brou, Bo, Tai and Sek. Table 12-1 shows how these groups are classified according to anthropologists, official classifications, etic categories (how other refer to a group) and emic categories (how the group refers to it self). These four types of classification of the ethnic groups do not always correspond. Smaller groups, such as the Vietic, are often categorised in a negative manner, revealing that they have been classified in relation to the values of the dominant groups in the area. The labels of kha meaning `slave' or Phi Tong Luang (Yellow Leaf People or `spirits') reflect that fact that the Lao and other Lao Loum groups consider them as lacking basic traits of `civilisation'. The Lao category for Brou (Makong) is also November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau used but has less of a negative connotation. The official categories are changing the notions of self-identity of smaller groups. The Vietic and the Brou (Makong) are considered Lao Theung while the Tai and Sek ethnic groups are under the category of Lao Loum. However, the Tai Bo or Bo, because they speak a dialect of Lao have been classified officially as Lao Loum. The Bo were mostly likely Vietic that have changed their ethnic identity through contact with Tai and Lao groups and intermarriage between these groups. Evidence of this is that they referred to themselves as Lao Theung like the Brou and Vietic groups of the Plateau. The self-identification of Tai Bo as `slope dwellers' rather than lowland Lao (Lao Loum) will be used in the analysis to follow since the Bo clearly have much more in common with the other Lao Theung groups than the Lao of the lowland areas. There are a number of Tai Lao (the dominant ethnic group of the country) and Phou Thay residing in a number of villages and in Ban Oudomsouk. Table 12-1: Classification of Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Anthropological Referred to by Others Self-reference Designation Official Classification (Etic Categories) (Emic Categories) Vietic Groups ­ Phong, Kri, Mon-Khmer Group ­ Phong Lao Thueng, Phi Tong Luang Phong, Kri, Ahoe or Salang, Ahoe, Salang and Kri Others have no (Yellow Leaf `People') or but more commonly as Lao official classification `Kha' (slave) Thueng Brou Mon-Khmer Group - Lao Theung Brou, Tri, Katang ­ sometimes Makong as Lao Theung or even Lao Loum Bo ­ formally Vietic but Lao-Tai Group - Bo Lao Thueng or Lao Loum Lao Thueng, Tai Nakai or Lao mixed and integrated with depending on location Loum depending on location Lao and Tai groups Tai ­ mostly Tai Men, Tai Lao-Tai Group - Tai Men, Lao Loum, Tai Tai Men, Tai Moey, Phou Moey, Phou Tai and Lao Tai Moey, Phou Tai and Lao Thay, etc. Sek Lao-Tai Group - Sek Lao Loum Sek or Lao Loum Tai-Lao groups ­ Tai-Lao, Tai-Lao groups ­ Lao, Nyo, Lao Loum or Lao Lao, Nyo, Yooy, Lao Nyo, Yooy, Lao Kaleung Yooy, Lao Kaleung Kaleung or Lao Loum Phou Thay Phou Thay Phou Thay or Lao Loum Phou Thay or Lao Loum Table 12-2 and Table 12-3 and provides an overview of the different ethnic groups in the villages on the Nakai Plateau and their distribution. This table illustrates both male and female household members in terms of ethnic identity and is, thus, more detailed than earlier studies that showed only the ethnic identities of male household heads, and illustrates the dynamic `melting-pot culture' of the Nakai Plateau. Ethnicity on the Plateau appears to be a combination of factors. These include: · Residency after marriage ­ children tend to adapt the main ethnic group residing in that village or the ethnic group of the parent resident in that village; · Identity inherited from one's parents (kinship in the sense of blood-relations); · Identification with dominant groups residing in that village or surrounding area; · Identification with dominant groups if time is spent outside the village studying (Lao language) or working as labourers. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-2: Self-Nominated Ethnicity of Male and Female Heads of Household on the Nakai Plateau, Dry Season 2002-03. Male Female Total Ethnic Group Numbers % Numbers % Numbers % Upland Tai 89 8.6 100 8.8 189 8.7 Phou Thay 76 7.4 84 7.4 160 7.4 Sek 9 0.9 11 1.0 20 0.9 Tai Bo 290 28.2 400 35.0 690 31.8 Other Lao 129 12.5 121 10.6 250 11.5 Makong 356 34.6 355 31.1 711 32.7 Other Kautic (except Makong) 38 3.7 29 2.5 67 3.1 Vietic 30 2.9 33 2.9 63 2.9 Other groups (Khmu, Hmong, Lue, Nyuan, etc. 12 1.2 9 0.8 21 1.0 Total 1,029 100.0 1,142 100.1 2,171 100.0 Figure 12-1 provides a visual representation of the locations of the different ethnic groups on the Plateau in terms of village composition. All villages are mixed to some extent but in general terms, the Vietic are present in small numbers in Sop Hia in the far northwest corner of the Plateau and in Nakai Tai. The Brou dominate the south east portion of the Plateau while the Bo are more concentrated in the central parts. New arrivals (Tai ethnic groups, Phou Thay and Lao) are concentrated in the District Capital, along roadside villages and in the northwest corner of the Plateau close to their original areas. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-3: Self-Nominated Ethnicity of Male and Female Heads of Household on the Nakai Plateau by Village, Dry Season 2002-03. Upland Tai dialects Phou Sek Lue Tai Men Tai Moei Tai Dam TaiDaeng Tai Aek Tai O TaiKwan Tai Pao Tai Pung Tai Teng Tai Khao Tai E Tai Sam Tai Sin TaiSaeng TaiPhuak Thay Village M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F Khonekhen Done 1 1 1 3 1 SopOn 1 3 2 1 Bouama 2 KaOy 1 1 Phonesavang 1 Nongbouakham 1 2 1 1 1 1 8 10 Kaengngao Hatkhampan Sopphen Sopma Nakaitai 5 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 Nakaineua 1 2 1 Thalang 3 1 10 13 1 1 4 2 3 4 1 Oudomsouk 3 5 9 9 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 5 5 46 50 4 4 4 4 Phonephanpek 3 5 1 1 1 1 2 3 5 1 1 1 Sophia 11 13 5 9 3 3 4 1 1 Namnain 1 1 1 2 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 7 7 3 Nongboua Total 18 20 35 42 1 1 5 4 3 3 1 0 3 2 5 8 0 1 6 2 1 0 1 5 7 7 1 1 1 1 1 3 76 84 9 11 7 5 % 1. 1. 3.4 3.7 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.5 0.7 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 7. 7. 0. 1. 0. 0. 7 8 1 1 5 4 3 3 1 3 2 1 6 2 2 1 4 7 6 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 9 0 7 4 Lao dialects Kautic languages and dialects Vietic languages and dialects Khmu Hmong Yuan Tai Lao Tai Bo Kaleung Nyai Nyaw Phuan Yooy Makong Kri/Tri Suay Kata Ta Oy Ahoe Phông Salang Melang Village M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F Khonekhen 3 32 42 Done 3 1 1 1 92 94 1 1 SopOn 37 50 1 23 22 1 1 1 1 Bouama 6 14 1 39 35 8 9 KaOy 1 17 21 1 Phonesavang 1 6 28 20 1 Nongbouakham 16 13 1 3 1 1 2 5 9 1 2 2 Kaengngao 2 2 18 21 Hatkhampan 11 14 4 2 Sopphen 27 28 2 1 1 3 6 9 12 1 1 1 Sopma Nakaitai 1 1 110 145 3 1 2 3 1 9 12 7 1 1 1 Nakaineua 1 45 68 1 4 1 1 6 4 1 1 Thalang 1 1 13 12 6 7 1 1 4 4 4 3 1 Oudomsouk 51 40 7 19 10 13 1 6 5 9 2 6 39 35 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 Phonephanpek 1 18 32 5 1 1 2 2 1 30 36 3 1 1 1 1 1 Sophia 6 6 1 2 4 3 8 9 9 9 1 1 1 1 Namnain 1 1 3 4 1 1 1 1 Nongboua Total 72 57 290 400 29 24 1 0 8 14 14 17 5 9 356 355 33 27 2 0 1 0 2 2 16 15 12 13 2 4 0 1 4 2 1 1 0 1 % 7. 5. 28. 35. 2. 2. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1. 0. 0. 34. 31. 3. 2. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0 0 2 0 8 1 1 8 2 4 5 5 8 6 1 2 4 2 1 2 2 6 3 2 1 2 4 1 4 2 1 1 1 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Figure 12-1: Existing Village Ethnic Distribution November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-4 shows recent population increases and migrations according to villages and reveals that the population, and ethnic composition, has changed very little from 1998 to 2002 despite knowledge of the project and detailed planning. Table 12-4: Population and Migration for the Nakai Plateau ­ 1998 to 2002* Change in the Number of Households No. of No. of Change in No. In-migration In-migration households households of households from the from non- Names of Villages (1998) (2002) (2002-1998) NBCA NBCA areas Out-migration Ban Oudomsouk 283 289 6 0 26 24 Ban Sop Hia 54 54 0 0 1 7 Ban Nam Nian 16 28 12 0 6 0 Ban Thalang 52 59 7 1 1 3 Ban Nong Boua Kham 42 42 0 0 0 6 Ban Nakai Tai 147 158 11 1 5 4 Ban Nakai Neua 67 72 5 0 4 2 Ban Sop Phene 43 45 2 0 0 0 Ban Sop Ma / Ban Hat Khamphane / Ban 47 49 2 6 5 3 Keng Gnao hamlets Ban Nong Boua / Ban Sailom / Ban 28 28 0 1 2 3 Pamanton hamlets Ban Phonphanpek 85 82 -3 4 10 18 Ban Boua Ma 53 59 6 1 4 4 Ban Phonsavang 25 27 2 2 2 0 Ban Sop On 66 79 13 0 6 2 Ban Done 89 110 21 2 1 2 Ban Khone Khen 37 37 0 0 0 2 Ban Ka Oy 26 26 0 1 0 3 TOTAL: 1160 1244 84 19 73 83 * Sources: The 1998 data is taken from October 1998 Census (see RAP Appendix G). Data for 2002 is from district office records (RMU, February 2002) and includes both households that are effected and not effected by the Project. 12.1.3 Vietic Groups The Vietic groups on the Nakai Plateau have undergone a good deal of assimilation in contrast to the small pockets of Vietic groups throughout the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA that live mostly in isolated areas where pressures to adapt to other more technologically advanced and larger groups have been less pronounced. The Plateau Vietic can be considered as the `original' inhabitants of the area since all other groups have entered the area at a later date, according to historical evidence (CARE 1996: 21-22). It appears that the Vietic groups have been displaced by others with agricultural practices, such as the Brou and Tai. Originally, the Vietic groups were hunter-gatherers and were spread thinly over a large area ­ low population density is necessary with this type of livelihood. They now comprise approximately about 12% of the villagers on the Nakai Plateau and 25% of the population in various locations in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA. Vietic groups on the Plateau consist of the following sub-groups, mostly located in the northern and to a lesser extent in the central parts of the Plateau: Ahoe (16 families) located mostly in the villages of Ban Sop Hia and Ban Talang. These households can be considered as `indigenous' to the northern part of the Plateau, that is their villages have been located in the region for at least three generations. However, many residents spent time in villages in Thakhek as war refugees, returning in the mid-1980s to different parts of the Plateau and have subsequently been influenced by lowland culture but the Ahoe language in still spoken by all members of the community, including children. Phong (12 families) located mostly in Ban Sop Hia, in the northern parts of the Plateau, have probably moved onto the Plateau in the nineteenth century from the Nam Noy at approximately the same time as the Ahoe and the Malang/Bo groups. It is possible that District statistics have confused the categories of November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Phong (Vietic) and Tai Phông in their records since only 6 Phong families were recorded in the 1996 (CARE Report, Appendix 5). The Phong language is still spoken and closely related to Ahoe. Salang and Melang groups (ca. 4 families) are recent arrivals from the Nam Sot and are now located in various villages. Vietic groups located along the various rivers in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA and Vietic groups on the Nakai Plateau have only limited interaction in terms of trade and in obtaining potential marriage partners. There is also evidence of some migration in and out of the Plateau area between the various Vietic villages. There is little or no interaction with related Vietic groups over the border with Vietnam, where they are collectively referred to as Chút (population 2,400 ­ cf. Dang et al. 1993). Collectively, the Lao refer to the Vietic groups as kha, meaning `slave', a term used for many Austro- Asiatic groups, indicating that these were hunter-gatherers and without the `signs of civilization' (Buddhism and rice cultivation, according to the lowland Lao) until quite recently. The designation of Lao Theung or Mon-Khmer by the Lao Government distinguishes them from lowlanders and Tai Lao groups. Not all of the various Lao Theung official categories cover the range of Vietic groups. The Vietic speaking Phong and Ahoe are not included in the official 48 categories but are rather considered as sub-groups only. As with other hunter-gatherers, Vietic groups formerly lived in small bands (patrilineal kinship groups for the most part) and migrated along established paths. Today, all have become sedentary on the Nakai Plateau, and many of the Vietic groups have inter-married with Brou and Tai and adapted various forms and degrees of sedentary lifestyles. A special example of this is the Tai Bo (see Section 12.1.5 below). There is evidence to suggest that many Vietic groups are being assimilated into other groups with more advanced technology. However, they are still the least integrated into the national economy and have traditionally relied heavily on wildlife, fishing and collection of forest products for trade. As regards language, the different Vietic dialects are not always mutually understandable ­ see samples in Table 12-5. However, a selection of words presented at the end of this chapter reveals certain similarities. It is probable that these Vietic peoples developed local variations in the different river valleys above the Plateau. The majority of Vietic speakers on the Plateau are bilingual but many of the next generation have limited or no knowledge of Vietic languages and function instead in Lao or Tai dialects. This is due in part to the fact that the Ahoe and other groups were resettled in Thakhek for 15 years during the Second Indochina War and assimilated completely or partly into mainstream Lao culture. All Vietic speakers reported a good or fair knowledge of the Lao language (see Table 13-17 in Chapter 13). 12.1.4 Brou In contrast to the Vietic groups, the Brou represent a homogenous ethno-linguistic group (Western Katuic language of the Austro-Asiatic language family) ranging from the Vietnamese border to the lowland areas below the Nakai Plateau in Gnommalat and Boualapha Districts. Their homeland was probably in Vietnam near the headwaters of the Nam Pheo (Chamberlain 1997: 17). There are about 40,000 Brou (Bru-Vân Kiêù) in Vietnam in areas bordering the Nam Theun 2 Watershed (Dang et al. 1993). According to Chamberlain, the Brou appear to have fled Thai armies and attempts at forced migration in the 1800s and traveled from the lowland areas to higher ground, to less accessible areas on the Nakai Plateau and in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA. Hence, the presence of Brou throughout the whole area and their differing livelihood systems. The Brou are patrilineal and patrilocal and for the most part practice exogamy (women marry into men's lineages). They appear to have replaced some of the Vietic groups due to their more competitive use of resources and swidden agricultural practices: they make up approximately 45% of the inhabitants in the Plateau. This group has been very adaptive in that their livelihoods range from mixed hunter- gatherers/swidden farmers in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA through to wet rice cultivators in the lowlands. On the Nakai Plateau, they have a mixed livelihood system with swidden cultivation being the most important element. Other elements consist of raising livestock, limited hunting of wildlife, gathering NTFPs and fishing as well as gardens. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau The Brou language or Sô is spoken by a number of villagers in the central and south-eastern parts of the Nakai Plateau. It functions as a language of daily interaction only in Ban Hatkhampane and Ban Phongesaveng on the Nam Theun. In Boua Ma, Sop On, Done and Khon Khene only a few households use Brou in their homes on a regular basis. In general, Brou is a disappearing language on the Nakai Plateau and few children in these villages are functional in or even have a passive knowledge of the language. 12.1.5 Tai Bo and Lao Kaleung The Tai Bo are an interesting example of the ongoing assimilation and adaptation on the Nakai Plateau. According to Chamberlain (1997b:1-9), the Bo are likely to have been Vietic groups (possibly Melang from the Nam Sot) that have migrated to the Plateau from the 1860s onward. They have lost their indigenous languages and adapted a sedentary lifestyle with swidden cultivation like the other inhabitants in the area. Intermarriage between the Tai Bo and other groups on the Plateau, including the Brou is quite common. The Tai Bo, however, have not been converted to Buddhism and retain many cultural beliefs and behavior that are similar to the ethnic minority groups in the region. The Tai Bo consider themselves as the `original' inhabitants of the area but historical evidence indicates that many groups have inhabited or passed through this region over the past 300 years, including various Tai-speaking groups, Sek and many Vietic groups. It is possible that the de-populating of the area of inhabitants following the Thai invasion, occupation and forced resettlement (1828-1860) may have opened up the possibility for groups from areas to the north to move onto the Nakai Plateau. The word `Bo' (bau) means mine or in this case the salt mines that were developed during the French colonial period in areas to the west of the Plateau, in the upper reaches of the Nam Hinboun. The groups living there were probably associated with these mines or used them and then later used this designation as a marker of cultural and ethnic identity. The prefix `Tai' (tai) was probably added later to legitimize their status as an authentic ethnic group similar to Tai Men, Tai Meoi, Tai Dam, etc. Some Bo also claimed that they were `Tai Nakai', meaning Tai from the Nakai region. Tai Bo is an official Lao Loum category but Tai Nakai is not an officially recognized group. A similar trend can be observed for the Tai Khang and Lao Kaleung of the Nam Theun-Hinboun project area (cf. Ovesen 1993 and Sparkes 1995). The Tai Bo are an example of a dynamic and changing ethnic identity, of assimilation to a certain extent (loss of language and sedentary livelihood but retention of cultural beliefs) and a reassertion of identity within the dominant ethnicity discourse of the government (new labels of Tai Bo and Tai Nakai). This example illustrates the flexibility and adaptability of ethnic identity in the region where movement, assimilation and cultural borrowing are common. A comparison of Tai Bo with other Lao and Tai languages and dialects at the end of this chapter indicates a similarity with the closest Tai languages that surround the Plateau, Phou Thay and Tai Nyo. The dialect probably arose in the mid- to late nineteenth century. Recently, it has been further influence by contact with Lao speakers of the national language. The situation with the Lao Kaleung may be similar to the Bo in some ways. The Lao Kaleung are officially classified as Tai Lao and Lao Loum, however the term Kaleung seems to indicate that they could have been a Mon-Khmer or Lao Theung group that has been assimilated or adapted to Lao or Tai language, culture and customs (Ka or Kha referring to non-Tai groups), no doubt mixing with Lao groups in the region. It is likely that the Lao Kaleung could have originally been Brou groups since they have a `special relationship' with the Brou in that neither is to break the cultural taboos of the other (CARE 1996:18). Vargyas (2000: 13), writing on the Brou in Vietnam, indicates that one name that the Vietnamese use when referring to the Brou is `Ka Leung', and this would seem to support the theory that the Lao Kaleung were originally Brou. Vocabulary lists indicate that Lao Kaleung resembles Phou Thay and Tai Yooy in accent. The Lao Kaleung are found in areas south and southeast of the Plateau. Most have arrived on the Plateau as recent migrants, in search of economic opportunities or have married into Plateau families. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-5: Comparison of Languages of Project Area Tai Languages and Dialects Austro-Asiatic Languages and Dialects English Lao Kaleung Tai Bo Phu Thay Tai Moei Tai Daeng Tai Men Sek Makong Tri Ahoe Phông Head Hua Hua Hua Hoo Hua Huua Hua Maakkrao Pleu Pleu Ook Kulok Nose Daang Daang Daang Dang Dang Lang Dang Dang Mu Muu Mouh Muuy Ear Huu Huu Huu Huu Ahuu Huu Huu Hua Kntoor Katuu Shaay Saay Arm Khen Khen Khen Hen Khen Khen Khen Ken Mbleng Mleng Pel Per Hair Phom Phom Phom Phom Hom Fom Fom Phraa Sok Sok Shok Kuuy Tooth Khiaw Khiaw Khiaw Hiaw Khaew Khae-aew Khaew Neng Chineng Kanaeng Kashang Kasang Eye Taa Taa Taa Taa Tawaa Taa Tawaa Kadong Mat Mat Mat Mat Stomach Thong Thong Thong Thong Puum Tong Puum Thung Pung Pung Kaluung Roch Feet Tiin Tiin Tiin Tiin Tin Tin Ta-iin Yeung Yuung Anyiing Kiing Jiing Food Ahaan Ahaan Ahaan Ahaan Ahaan Jeung kin Ahaan Ahaan Atoo Rawae Treung am Ahaan* Rice Khao Khao Khao Khao Kha-ao Khao Khao Ka-aaw Awa Dooi Jaaw Jaaw Water Nam Nam Nam Nam Na-aam Nam Nam Nam Deuk Deu Daak Dak Fire Fai Fai Fai Fai Fii Fai Fii Wii Uih Uui Ku-yh Kuy Hot Hon Hon Hon Hon Huuhon Wok Huan Wok Uk Katao Padong Paat Cold Naaw Naaw Naaw Naaw Yen Nyoen Yen Maek Sinyet Yen* Ngol Klong Big Nyai Nyai Nyai Teup Tep Tep Tep Beuk Pool Peut Iih Kii Small Noi Noi Noi Noi Noo-oi Manaeng Noi Noi Kuuri Kui Et Didiit Many Lai Lai Lai Lai He He He Laai Plai Sa-eui leu Do Nyew Talk Waw Waw Waw Waw Waa Uup Waa Traaw Wow Rapaai Kanoo Jiaw Go/walk Pai Pai Pai Pai Paa Pai Paa Pai Peu Po Hiet Tii Come Maa Maa Maa Meu Maa Maa Maa Maa Juu Juu Veul Laaih Make/do Het Het Het Et He He He Hat Ta Ta Mae Mae Be Pen Pen Pen Pen Ye Yen Ye Phalam Kapan Keut Hroo Tao Ask Thaam Thaam Thaam Thaam Thaam Thoi Thaam Thaam Ableu Amo Haang Haang Eat Kin Kin Kin Kin Kii Lao Kii Kin Kyaa Chaa Am Am Mountain Phuu Phuu Phuu Phuu Phuu Puu Phuu Roi Ko Koo Ikong Ngong River Mae nam Mae nam Mae nam Nam/Se Mae nam Woi nam Mae nam Me nam Bideu Se* Maedaak Medaak Rain Fon Fon Fon Fon Fon Fen Fon Beuk win Myaa Mia Cheung Cheung Flower Dokmai Dokmai Dokmai Dokmai Dok mai Lok mai Dok mai Blokmai Piar along Pia aluang Poong Poongrang Flood Nam tuam Nam tuam Nam tuam Nam tom Nam thuam Nam thuam Nam thuam Nam hum Deuk lup Deu leup Daak pluup Daak pluup Monkey Ling Ling Ling Ling Ling Ling Ling Ling Tamur Tamiir Mon/Doo Do Bear Mii Mii Mii Mii Mii Meuai Mii Muay Chikao Skao Jakuu/Daang Kuuh Tiger Sua Sua Sua Seu Sua Sua Sua Kuuk Kulaa Kuulaa Paew Mew Elephant Saang Saang Saang Saang Jaang Saang Saang Saang Achiang Aachiang Yo Yuuh Wild Pig Muu paa Muu paa Muu paa Muu paa Muu paa Muu paa Muu paa Muu thol Aliik kurung Aliikkuuruang Chakon Kur bruu Turtle Tao Tao Tao Tao Tao Tao Tao Ro Piit Tamoom Ho Ro Cobra Nguushao Nguushao Nguushao Nguujongang Nguu Too Nguu Nguu Nguuphan Kuchang tuur Uusam matroo Tayaal kun Jlum Monitor Len Len Len Len Wean Tep Waen Len Rakot Booi Takot Tekot Bird Nok Nok Nok Nok Nok Nok Nok Nok Jum Jeum Aachiim Jiim Fish Paa Paa Paa Paa Paa Paa Paa Plaa Tsiuh Akaa Kaa Akaa Dog Maa Maa Maa Maa Maa Maa Maa Maa Ajo Ajo Cho Cho November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Tai Languages and Dialects Austro-Asiatic Languages and Dialects English Lao Kaleung Tai Bo Phu Thay Tai Moei Tai Daeng Tai Men Sek Makong Tri Ahoe Phông Buffalo Khwai Khwai Khwai Khwai Khwaai Khwai Khwaai Waai Chriek Tria Sluu Kluu Cow Ngua Ngua Ngua Ngo Ngua Ngua Ngua Ngao Ndro Takaeng Po Po Ant Mot Mot Mot Mot Mot Mot Mot Maek Smuuch Smruut Kiin Kangar Mosquito Yung Yung Yung Yung Yung Yung Yung Yung Reyong Muai Jiavuung Nguung 1 Nung Nung Nung Nung Nung Mot Nung Nung Moui Muai Muuch Moot 2 Song Song Song Song Song Haai Song Song Baar Baa Haal Haar 3 Sam Sam Sam Sam Sam Sam Sam Sam Pai Pai Paa Paa 4 Sii Sii Sii Sii Sii Sii Sii Sii Poon Poor Pon Poon 5 Haa Haa Haa Haa Haa Haa Haa Haa Cheung Cheung Dam Dam 6 Hok Hok Hok Hok Hok Hok Hok Ok Tapet Taphat Phloo Pro 7 Cet Cet Cet Cet Tot Tot Cet Cet Tapuul Tapluur Piih Pei 8 Paet Paet Paet Paet Paet Paet Paet Paet Takwal Taklor Saam Saam 9 Kao Kao Kao Kao Kao Kao Kao Kuu Takae Take Chiin Chiihn 10 Sip Sip Sip Sip Sip Sip Sip Sip Mchit Moi chit Sip* Mui 20 Saaw Saaw Saaw Saaw Saaw Saaw Saaw Saaw Bachit Bal cit Haai meui Haai muai 100 Hoi/Loi Hoi/Loi Hoi/Loi Loi Hoi Hoi Hoi Oi Kolam Muu roi* Muai roi* Moot roi* I (pronoun) Khoi Kan Khoi Khoi, Ko, Kaa Kan Ka Raon Ngwaa Keu Ho Teu Kan You Jao Tao Jao Jao Meung ja Thao Meung ja Ai Mai Nyo Mii Chak They Phuak- Phuakman Phuak-khao Phuak-khao Meui meung Suu Meui meung Phuak rao Alai Kamia Jupaa Paanaa khao Child Luuk Luuk Luuk Luu Luuk Luuk Luuk Leuk Kon Kon Kon Kadae Mother Mae Mae Mae Me Eui Em Euai Me Mbii Ampii Muu Met Father Pho Pho Pho Pho Aai Po Aai Pho Mbae Ambua Ong Puu Uncle Lung Lung Lung Lung Aai kaa Lung Aai kaa Lung Twa Achaaai Lung* Lung* Aunt Paa Paa Paa Paa Euai hong Paa-a Eui hong Paa Djae Msem Paa* Paa* Maternal Maethao Maethao Mae-thao Nai Ui E naai Ui Me thao Mbae thao* Anya thao Phothao* Phothao* grandfather ko Maternal Phothao Phothao Phothao ko Taa O Oong O Pho thao Mbii thao* Anya thao Maethao* Maethao* grandmother Elder sister Eui Eui Eui Eui Euai Aa jeu Euai Jii Eui* Eui* Chii Chii Elder brother Aai Aai Aai Aai Aai Aa jaa Aai Aeng Aai* Aai* Maang Maang Far Kai Kai Kai Kai Kai Kai Kai Kai Yuung Truai Shngaai Eur Here Yuu pii Yuu pii Yuu pii Yuu pii Yuu ii Yuu ii nii Yuu ii Yuu maanii Panai Eut nai Ko tanii Ko uunii There Yuu poon Yuu poon Yuu poon Yuu poon Yuu un Yuu un Yuu un Yuu maom Patu Eut pte Ko uisui Ko uusii House Heuan Heuan Heuan Heuan Heuan Ke Heuan Aan Dung Duung Uuh Kano Village Baan Baan Baan Baan Waan Baan Waan Baan Viil Viil Baan* Baan* Spirit Phii Phii Phii Phii Phii Fii Phii Maang Kamut Kamui Kamuut Kamuut Territorial Phii muang Phii muang Phii muang Phii muang Phii muang Fii Sen Phii muang Maang Baan Kamut djang Ayang ho Kamuut Kamuut bauu spirit muang* House spirit Phii heuan Phii heuan Phii heuan Phii heuan Phii heuan Fii ke Phii heuan Maang haan Kamut dung Kamui duung Kamuut kamo Kamuut kano Ritual priest Mo Mo (theim) Mo (theim) Mo Yeng Liang Mo Tet Liang mo Mo* Adae Mo* Mo* November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Tai Languages and Dialects Austro-Asiatic Languages and Dialects English Lao Kaleung Tai Bo Phu Thay Tai Moei Tai Daeng Tai Men Sek Makong Tri Ahoe Phông Ancestors Phii sua Phii chua Phii chua Phii heuan Phii heuan Fii pho mae Phii heuan Mang pho Kamut mbii, Kamui ampii Kamuut mae Kamuut mae mang me kumut mbae Kamui ambua Kamuut poo Kamuut poo Who Phai Phai Phai Peu Pe le Fuu fe Pe le Deu Ameu Naomeu Nae Oo-e Where Sai Soei/sidoei Sai/Piiteu Sileu Ka le Ka leu Ka le Ma neu Imo Eut le Mii Ko-uu neu Negative Bo Bo Bo Mii Bo Eua Bo Bo Mbe Deu Ot De particle Knife Miit Miit Miit Mit/Phaa Paa nuai Miit Paa nuai Traaw Ajuu Pae Kaduut Kaduut Spoon Buang Buang Buang Bong Buang Buang Buang Buang Buang* Buang* Buang* Buang* Tractor Lottai Lottai Lottai Lottai Lottai Lottai Lottai Lottai Lottai* Lottai* Lottai* Lottai* Car/truck Lot Lot Lot Lot Lot Se Lot Lot Lot* Lot* Lot* Lot* Road Thang Thang Thang Thang Thang Thang Thang Ro Ranaa Ranaa Kruwa Kraa Plough Hua tai Hua tai Hua tai Hoo tai Hua tep Hua tep Hua tep Hua nyeuk Pakhwang Tua piit Dook kii Lookkii Metal Lek Lek Lek Lek Lek Lek Lek Maa Lek tak* Taak Kalaek* Kalaet* Market Talaat Talaat Talaat Talat Talaat Talaat Talaat Talat Talaat* Talaat* Talaat* Talaat* Government Latta-baan Lattabaan Latta-baan Latta-baan Lattabaan Ong pua Lattabaan Lattabaan Lattabaan* Lattabaan* Lattabaan* Lattabaan* Meeting Pasuum Pasuum Pasuum Pasuum E nyaai Sum E nyaai Luam Pasuum* Sum* Pasuum* Pasuum* Ethnic group Pao Pao Pao Pao Pao Pao Pao Pao Tjet Muu* Pao* Pao* Village leader Pho baan Pho baan Pho baan Pho baan Nai waan Nai waan Nai waan Pho baan Pho baan* Pho baan* Pho baan* Pho baan* Money Ngeun Ngeun Ngeun Ngeun Ngeun Jaen Ngeun Nyaen Paraa Paara Prak Paarak Electricity Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa Faifaa* Faifaa* Faifaa* Faifaa* Resettlement Yoknyai Yoknyai Yoknyai Yoknyai Nii Paai kua Nii Yoknyai Yoknyai* Leu khroo Salung Sareng Kerosene Namman Namman Namman Namman kat Namman kat Namman Namman kat Namman Ncheng kat* Nammankat* Atuu kaat* Tuu kaat* kat kat kat kat kat Medicine Yaa Yaa Yaa Yaa Yaa Yaa Yaa Beumai Lahaw Heut Ka yaa heut* Kri yaa* * Indicates word borrowed from Lao/Tai languages November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau 12.1.6 Upland Tai Groups The Upland Tai ethnic groups are relatively recent arrivals from Bolikhamxay Province to the north of the Plateau. Some Tai, Tai Yooy and Phu Thai originally arrived in the Khamkeut District area as a result of Khmu rebellions in the late 19th century (CARE 1996: 18), but most Tai are now moving into the northern areas of the Nakai Plateau and Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA from densely populated area around Ban Lak Sao, in search of land and sources of income. These Tai practice swidden for the most part and have similar mix of livelihood options as other Plateau occupants. The Tai groups are patrilinear and animist with only minor Buddhist influences, sharing many of the same cultural traits as other Tai in northern Lao PDR and Vietnam, such as the Men, Moei, Kwan, Phông and Pao further down stream on the Nam Theun (see Ovesen 1993). In addition, some of the Tai, especially at Ban Nam Nian, have been working for Bolisat Phattana Khet Phoudoy (BPKP) as drivers and loggers. Differences between the Tai languages or dialects are minimal and all are bilingual in Lao. The language lists provide a selected vocabulary for the two largest groups, the Tai Men and Tai Moei, and a smaller group, the Tai Daeng. Phou Thay is not classified as Upland Tai but rather as a separate category in its own right in the Tai language family. Most of the Phou Thay on the Plateau are recent arrivals from lowland areas and are based in Nakai Town. 12.1.7 Sek The Sek were the first group to arrive from Vietnam via Khamkeut District in the north. The Sek have inhabited the region for some time, at least since the beginning of the nineteenth century, since it is reported that the Siamese attempted to forcibly relocate them to Thailand after their defeat of the Lao in 1832. The Sek are found in small groups in northern Vietnam and in southern China. Although the Sek practice irrigation and have the highest yields of all the groups in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA with many families being self-sufficient, on the Plateau their livelihood system is similar to the other ethnic groups. Although there was previously a strong Buddhist influences among the Sek with temples in villages in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA, the majority now practice animism, that is ancestor and nature spirit worship with some Vietnamese influences such as celebrating Thêt. The Sek language is an archaic form belonging to the Tai language family. There are similarities between Sek and other Tai languages and all Sek speakers understand and speak Lao as well as other minority languages. 12.2 A MELTING-POT CULTURE 12.2.1 A Dynamic Cultural Process Culture is a dynamic process in which borrowing, adaptation and integration are key aspects. A melting- pot culture is a term that was first introduced by social scientists to explain the meeting and merging of different cultures in modern towns and cities. However, the term can also be applied to other locations where interaction between ethnic groups and merging of concepts, languages and cultural practices occur, such as on the Nakai Plateau. Integration into the dominant lowland Lao culture should not be seen as passive from the point of view of the ethnic and indigenous peoples of the Plateau but rather it should be viewed as a combination of integration and adaptation. It is not a process of `acculturation', that is a loss of culture and values, but rather a process of change where old and new ideas merge. The process of integration of these ethnic groups into the dominant culture has been ongoing for many centuries. The Nam Theun 2 Project could well accelerate this process due to population influx from outside the area and further integration into the national economy because of improved infrastructure and services. These ethnic minorities are not isolated groups of people and many express a desire to see progress and to improve their standards of living by being integrated into the Lao State and adopting many of its cultural traits, such as Buddhism and the Lao language. It would not be possible to isolate them culturally and economically from outsiders, and a preferable approach is to give them the social and economic means with which they can participate in national development on a par with their lowland neighbors. Economic improvement in terms of livelihood development can only serve to preserve the social structure of villages and some of the cultural diversity of the region. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau The dynamic quality of ethnic integration and adaptation on the Plateau contrasts somewhat with the situation in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA and the lowlands. Because of the diversity of ethnic groups recorded on the Plateau, there is a considerable amount of shared or common culture, characteristic of a merging process that can lead to a `melting-pot culture'. The reasons for this are: · Centuries of contact with lowland Lao culture, and a gradual expansion of that culture and language onto the Plateau through the migration of Lao and other ethnic groups into the area · Increased social interaction and intermarriage prevalent in all the villages · A common material culture (house architecture, basketry, tools and lowland style clothes) · A common basic cosmology of spirits with only minor influences from Buddhism · Flexible and pragmatic social organisation and residential patterns (primarily patrilocal) · Similar systems of labour exchange, ritual participation and community cooperation that involve all ethnic groups · Traditional leadership structures and traditional systems of mediating conflict All of these similarities will be explored in detail in this EMDP. 12.2.2 Migration and Integration The history of the region can be understood as a series of in-migrations from different areas around the Plateau (see Figure 12-2). The Vietic speakers who now mainly inhabit the northernmost parts were the first inhabitants (indigenous). These groups were originally hunter-gatherers were once spread thinly over a large area, as is characteristic of that livelihood system. The differences between the groups that arrived over the centuries developed and changed depending on geographic separation while common traits emerged due to contact, trade and inter-marriage. Ethnic boundaries were probably fluid as is revealed by the difficulties to classify many of these groups based on language and cultural traits (cf. CARE 1996). The villages on the Plateau have experienced a number of migrations and splitting over the past 50 years. Information has been collected during the various surveys and the following data has emerged and is presented in the table below. The main reason for splitting and migration has been the search for land and natural resources in different areas of the Plateau and economic opportunities in the roadside villages of Nakai Neua and Nakai Tai. Table 12-6: Origin of Plateau Villages in Relation to Migration and Splitting Original Village Site Ethnic Group(s) Splitting Main In-migration Done Brou Done Khon Khene Sop On Brou and Bo Sop On Some Brou in-migration from the NT2 Phonsavanh Watershed to Phonsavanh Nakai Neua Bo Lao and Tai groups from outside the Plateau Nakai Tai Bo Lao and Tai groups from outside the Plateau and Ahoe returning to the Plateau after 2nd Indochina war Bouama (originally called Brou and Bo Bouma (some resettled Brou migration in from Ban Teng and Ban Loa) in Jat San) Sailom (split Thaphaiban in the NT2 Watershed Area to again into three hamlets), Kengnyao, Sopma and Hat Khampane. Kangnyao, Sopma, Hat Bo migration in from Ban Bo to Sop Phene Khampan, Sop Phene Talang (originally called Bo Talang and Nong Boua Lao, Tai and other groups in nearby villages Ban Signo) Kham (Bo Cho) set up as Army Village Sop Hia Vietic groups Abandoned during the 2nd Indochina war and repopulated by returnee Ahoe, Phong from surrounding areas and Tai from Khamkheut District and Lak Sao November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Figure 12-2: Historical Migrations of Major Regional Ethnic Groups November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau A number of migrations occurred, the main ones being the Sek in the eighteenth century from the north and the Brou from the south a century later. More recently, various upland Tai groups from the Khamkeut area have arrived on the Plateau. The Tai Bo from the central regions were most likely Vietic speakers who have adapted Lao/Tai culture and language. This parallels the more recent laosisation of the some of the Brou who have adopted Buddhism and lowland Lao dialects. The establishment of Ban Nikhom 3 near Ban Sop On and Ban Nikhom 5 in the present-day site of Ban Nong Boua Kham (Bo Cho), and the subsequent influx of lowlanders has further accelerated the process of laosisation of the Plateau since 1975. The establishment of Nakai as a district in 1992 has also added many lowlanders to the ethnic mix. Villagers were often unable to give an answer when questioned about their ethnic identity and gave a variety of answers, revealing in many cases a desire to be classified within the mainstream culture (Lao Loum). Different dialects of Lao or Tai are the language of daily communication in most of the villages due to the amount of intermarriage since many derivatives and dialects of the original languages are not mutually understandable. These dialects of Lao or Tai have become the lingua franca in all cases perhaps due to the importance of Lao as a language of administration and education. Many under the age of 40 do not have a working knowledge of their `ethnic' language. The CARE Report (1996) classifies households along ethnic lines and this tends to exaggerate ethnic difference. In some cases, it is a difference in name alone. Upon questioning villagers to state their ethnic affiliation, there were two noticeable tendencies: association with the Plateau or a specific area on the Plateau, and a desire to identify with aspects of the dominant culture. Thus some groups, especially, the Bo often stated that they were Tai Nakai, that is the inhabitants of Nakai who spoke a dialect similar to the other Tai groups in the area. The Ahoe, Malang, Selang and other Vietic groups also use the prefix `Tai' as a means of legitimizing their status on a par with the other Lao Loum groups such as Tai Men, Tai Lao, Tai Lue, etc. When the term Brou, is used it is often met with laughter since this group preferred to be called Tai Sô or Makong, Brou being associated with backwardness.1 Aspects of village social structures such as a sense of village identity and family/clan loyalty cut across the different ethnic groups and are often more relevant than ethnicity. Differences of wealth within the villages need to be considered in resettlement planning. The fact that all the villagers requested to remain on the Plateau itself is an important fact that qualifies them as indigenous, since attachment to a location is one criterion according to OD 4.20 and ADB's policy on indigenous peoples. The possible exceptions are groups of Tai from the Ban Lak Sao area who have recently moved onto the Plateau and have shown some interest in returning to that area. The Vietic groups in Ban Sop Hia have shown a desire to stay in the area or to return to traditional territories west of the Plateau. 12.2.3 Intermarriage One means of gauging the extent of the melting-pot culture on the Nakai Plateau is to examine inter- marriage between the groups. The family structures on the Plateau may be characterized as patrilineal and virilocal to a large degree. Like many groups in Southeast Asia, however, there is considerable variation that depends on practical aspects relating to location, relative wealth of families and available resources. Recording life histories and changes from one generation to another revealed that it was not uncommon for villagers to build several houses in different locations (Sparkes 1997: 19-22). This also indicated a high rate of separation. Table 12-7 illustrates data from a preliminary survey to acquire an overview of the extent of inter-marriage which appears significant on the Nakai Plateau. 1Another example of identifying with the dominant culture and renouncing what is perceived as a `primitive past' is the use of the word khaa, which means `slave'. Previously, the Mon-Khmer speakers were referred to as `slaves' by the Tai and Lao speakers. More than one informant referred to himself as Tai Kha, implying that he belonged to a legitimate ethnic group, using the word, `Tai', and combining it with an old notion of being subordinate to the dominant group, `slave'. This was also a common phenomenon near the site for the construction of the Theun-Hinboun dam (see Sparkes 1995:3-8). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-7: Intermarriage on the Nakai Plateau Wife's Ethnicity Husband's Tai/Phou Ahoe/ Other Ethnicity Brou Bo Thay Atel Phong Kaleung Lao Groups Brou 343 39 15 12 4 13 Bo 35 395 7 5 Tai/Phu Thay 3 8 48 9 3 2 4 Ahoe 10 4 5 21 2 1 1 Phong 10 2 2 1 Lao Kaleung 4 2 2 Lao 13 22 11 35 Other groups 4 4 (Compiled from District records at Nakai 2002 and field visits) An example from the village of Ban Sop On illustrates very well the complexity of ethnic identity through a number of intermarriage cases in this mixed Bo and Brou community. Figure 12-3: Example of Intermarriage from Ban Sop On L a o B r o u B r o u T a i B o + + T a i B o ½ La o ½ Brou + ¼ La o ¼ Brou + ½ Ta i Bo = Ma le ½ Ta i Bo ½ Brou = Fe m a le La o Brou ½ Ta i Bo Residence pattern for the Brou and the Tai Bo indicate patrilocal residence and hence the ethnic identity as Brou for the male in the figure above since the many of residents in Ban Sop On trace their origins to this group and the father of the child is Brou. However, there are no longer clear cultural distinctions between the Brou and the Bo who intermarry frequently in Sop On, both considering themselves as Lao Thueng. In contrast to the Brou, the Lao favor initial matrilocal residence (wife's family compounds) such that the grandfather of the male in the figure above was incorporated into the Brou community. The example of in- and out-marriage from Ban Done is illustrative of how ethnic boundaries are easily transgressed and how ties with neighboring villages are established over time. Upon first inquiries many villagers claimed that the village was Brou and that they practiced endogamy (marriage with women from within the village proper). Upon further questioning, however, there appeared to be many other ethnic groups present as marriage partners and Brou from other areas. Location determined the ethnicity of the children. The examples given were as follows: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-8: Male Marriage Partners (sons-in-laws -luk khoey) in Ban Done Number of luk khoey Ethnicity Place of origin 7 Brou Ban Ngom area 3 Lowland Lao Thakhek area 1 Tai Yoy Ban Bo 1 Sek Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA area 1 Tai Nyo Mahaxai 1 Lowland Lao Luang Prabang Table 12-9: Marriage Partners (exogamy) from Ban Done Number of Brou women leaving Ethnicity of husband in village new village Destination 5 Brou Ban Ngom area 3 Lowland Lao Thakhek area 2 Brou/Bo Ban Sop On 2 Brou Ban Khone Khen 1 Lowland Lao Luang Prabang 1 Tai Phuan Xieng Khouang There appears to be no taboos on inter-marriage among the various groups although there is a preference for marrying within one's own group. In addition, the Care Report states that the population of Ban Khon Khene at the southeastern end of the Plateau could represent yet another mixture of ethnic groups, where the Vietic Phong intermarried with the Tai Yooy and then assimilated with the Brou (1996: 20). However, it has proven difficult to investigate this claim since most households consider themselves as Brou or Makong but speak Lao. If there has been former assimilation of groups, there is little evidence of this at present. 12.3 ETHNIC GROUPS SURROUNDING THE PLATEAU AND NEW MIGRANTS 12.3.1 Ethnic Groups in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA Many of the ethnic groups on the Plateau are also found in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA area, including the inhabitants of the village of Ban Ka Oy which may also have to be relocated due to the inundation of swidden fields, qualify as ethnic minorities due to the relatively isolated river valleys and lack of contact with the lowland culture. Hence the different groups have retained, to a far greater degree, their distinct customs and original languages as outlined in the CARE Report (1996). There is little in the way of a melting pot culture as of yet and still a great diversity of ethnic groups among villages. The Brou or Tai Sô of Ban Ka Oy have never had a school or Buddhist temple and mostly use Brou as the language of daily communication. This contrasts with the Brou of the Plateau who speak a dialect of Tai or Lao. There was, however, one example of a Tai Meoi from Ban Lak Sao who did not speak Brou and conversed with the other villagers of Ban Ka Oy in Lao which everybody seemed to understand. An Ethnic Minority Development Plan has been developed in parallel with this document for these groups (EMDP for the NT2 Watershed 2003) by GOL. 12.3.2 Ban Oudomsouk The district town of Oudomsouk (Muang Nakai or Nakai Town) came into existence recently with the dismantling of the State Farm cum Re-education Centre at Ban Nikhom 3 near Ban Sop On and the creation of the Nakai District in 1992. It is populated by recent in-migrants from all over the country. The majority of inhabitants of the town are lowland Lao from many provinces (Tai Lao, Lao Kaleung, Tai Lue, etc.) and they are not directly impacted by the Project. These in-migrants work mainly as officials and wage laborers in construction and forestry as well as running the majority of restaurants and shops. There is also a considerable Vietnamese presence as owners of restaurants and traders in the town. Table 12-10 below indicates the population as of March 1997. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Table 12-10: In-migration to Ban Oudomsouk No. of Place of Origin Households Arrival Date Type of Work Nikhom 32 109 1992-96 BPKP, laborers, restaurant owners Khammouane 64 1992-96 Army, police, teachers, doctors, officials Province Nakai Plateau villages 25 1995-96 Farmers living on the outskirts of town Ban Lak Sao 23 1995-96 Laborers, shop owners Pakse 2 1995 Merchants Pakading 2 1996 Farmers and merchants Savannakhet Province 3 1995 Shop owners Mahaxai District 6 1995-96 Shop and restaurant owners Total 2343 In 1997 the former residents of Ban Nikhom 3 made up nearly half the total of 234 households of the new town (population in 2002 was 289 households). These residents came originally from all parts of the country and consist mostly of families of officials and army officers from Luang Prabang, Savannakhet and Sayaburi. Many have intermarried with the local populations in the former Ban Nikhom 3 area. The language and culture is Lao, that is lowland Lao (Lao Loum). This is reinforced by the addition of officials and skilled people from urban and semi-urban areas throughout the country who also identify themselves with the dominant culture. What is important to note from this table is that the inhabitants of the villages of the Plateau have not secured work opportunities in town such as laborers, drivers or jobs in the chipboard mill. Only a few men, mostly from the roadside villagers of Ban Nakai Neua and Ban Nakai Tai work for BPKP (9 households were recorded in 1997) and a very few from the rest of the Plateau have managed to acquire temporary or fulltime wage labor. 2Nikhom 3 refers to a State Farm that was established after the Second Indochina War. Many of the workers on this farm were former Royalist army officers and government officials from all over the country (Tai Lao, Lue, Phuan, etc). Nikhom 3 was dismantled in the early 1990s with the majority of the population settling on the Nakai Plateau, primarily in Nakai Town. Many had married local women and have families with local women. Many of the shops, stall and small business in Nakai Town have been established by form Nikhom 3 workers. 3 The figures here are approximate since the situation on the ground is changing rapidly with the arrival of more and more villagers and merchants seeking new opportunities. During the survey, at least 12 men were recorded who were presently staying with relatives and working in Ban Oudomsouk. It is more than likely that some of these will bring their families and set up house in the near future. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 12: Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Figure 12-4: Photos on Housing, Livelihoods and Beliefs among Ethnic Groups on Nakai Plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data CHAPTER 13 NAKAI PLATEAU EMDP BASELINE DATA Table of Content 13 NAKAI PLATEAU EMDP BASELINE DATA .........................................................1 13.1 METHODOLOGIES.........................................................................................................1 13.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS............................................................................................1 13.2.1 Income Sources ..................................................................................................................................................1 13.2.2 Income in Relation to Ethnicity .......................................................................................................................2 13.2.3 A Diminishing Resource Base ..........................................................................................................................3 13.2.4 Agricultural Production .....................................................................................................................................4 13.2.5 Rice Deficiency and Ethnicity...........................................................................................................................6 13.2.6 Livestock and Animal Husbandry on the Plateau..........................................................................................7 13.2.7 Livestock Distribution and Ethnicity...............................................................................................................9 13.2.8 Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) ..........................................................................................................9 13.2.9 Fisheries.............................................................................................................................................................11 13.2.10 Reliance on NTFPs, Fisheries and Sale of Wild Animals in relation to Ethnicity...................................11 13.3 BELIEF SYSTEMS AND CULTURAL HERITAGE ISSUES.................................................. 13 13.3.1 Overview of Belief Systems ............................................................................................................................13 13.3.2 Ethnic Aspects of Belief Systems...................................................................................................................13 13.3.3 Territorial Spirits...............................................................................................................................................14 13.3.4 Visiting and Ancestral Spirits..........................................................................................................................16 13.3.5 Folk Buddhist Influences ................................................................................................................................17 13.3.6 Life Cycle Rituals..............................................................................................................................................18 13.3.7 Moving the Cosmos.........................................................................................................................................20 13.3.8 Moving Houses.................................................................................................................................................21 13.3.9 Cultural Heritage...............................................................................................................................................22 13.4 HEALTH STATUS.........................................................................................................22 13.4.1 General Health Status......................................................................................................................................22 13.4.2 Diseases Endemic to the Nakai Plateau........................................................................................................23 13.4.3 Nutritional and Reproductive Health Problems ..........................................................................................24 13.4.4 Health Facilities on the Nakai Plateau and Vicinity.....................................................................................24 13.5 TRADITIONAL HEALTH PRACTICES............................................................................26 13.5.1 Traditional Causes of Disease and Traditional Health Specialists .............................................................26 13.5.2 Traditional Health Practices on the Nakai Plateau ......................................................................................28 13.5.3 Indigenous Health Ingredients .......................................................................................................................28 13.5.4 Changes in Indigenous Practices....................................................................................................................29 13.6 EDUCATION STATUS ...................................................................................................30 13.6.1 Literacy...............................................................................................................................................................30 13.6.2 Lao Language Proficiency ...............................................................................................................................31 13.6.3 Education Facilities..........................................................................................................................................33 13.7 GENDER ISSUES..........................................................................................................33 13.8 RELATIONS WITH NON-NAKAI PLATEAU GROUPS .....................................................35 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data List of Tables Table 13-1: Cash and Imputed Household Income in Reservoir Households ...............................................2 Table 13-2: Ethnicity and Household Income .....................................................................................................3 Table 13-3: Rice Requirements and Yields for Plateau Villages in 2002..........................................................5 Table 13-4: Total and Average Rice Yields for Plateau Villages........................................................................6 Table 13-5: Rice Deficiency on the Nakai Plateau, 1996 ....................................................................................7 Table 13-6: Livestock Population for Reservoir Villages....................................................................................8 Table 13-7: Livestock Ownership per Household...............................................................................................9 Table 13-8: Comparison of Prices (Kip) of Non-Timber Forest Products and Rice...................................10 Table 13-9: NTFPs, Fishing and Wild Animals for Sale in Relation to Household Income......................12 Table 13-10: Territorial Spirits of the Nakai Plateau ...........................................................................................16 Table 13-11: Leading Causes of Mortality in Lao PDR in the mid 1990s (Kobayashi et al., 2004).............23 Table 13-12: Health Facilities in Khammouane Province and in Project Area Districts (2001) ..................25 Table 13-13: Medical Personnel in Khammouane Province and in Project Area Districts (2001)..............25 Table 13-14: Ratio of Medical Personnel to Population in Khammouane Province (2001).......................25 Table 13-15: Educational Levels and Literacy on the Nakai Plateau (all affected people)............................31 Table 13-16: Education Level of Household Head on the Nakai Plateau .......................................................31 Table 13-17: Lao Language Proficiency on the Nakai Plateau...........................................................................32 Table 13-18: The Division of Labour.....................................................................................................................34 List of Figures Figure 13-1: The Annual Agricultural Cycle...........................................................................................................4 Figure 13-2: Nakai Plateau Villages Approximate Territorial Boundaries (1997) ..........................................15 Figure 13-3: Basic Cosmological Aspects of Nakai Plateau Ethnic Groups...................................................20 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data 13 NAKAI PLATEAU EMDP BASELINE DATA 13.1 METHODOLOGIES The following methods of data collection were employed at various stages in the planning for resettlement of ethnic minorities on the Nakai Plateau: Household surveys of economic assets were carried out first by the LWU in 1995 and again during the Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Sample Survey by the RMU in 1998. These surveys list the assets and the main socio-economic features of the residents of the Nakai Plateau. The data was collected by interviewing household members on an individual basis. Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA) techniques were used by CARE (1996). Further surveys were carried out in 2003 for additional data and quality control of existing data. Census of all entitled households on the Nakai Plateau in October 1998 (cf. Appendix H). In-depth Interviews of individuals and families were carried out on several occasions (CARE 1996, NTEC (Sparkes) 1997, 1998 and intermittently from 2002-2004) in order to obtain additional information relating to individual household economics, social organization, cultural practices, gender relations and resource use. Discussions with local leaders were carried out on several occasions throughout the consultation process and during all surveys in order to update statistics on village population, migration patterns and relationships between traditional and formal positions of power within the villages. Discussion with ritual practitioners were carried out (NTEC (Sparkes) 1997, 1998 and 2002-2004) in order to assess cultural practices, rituals relating to relocation, territorial spirits and religious beliefs that could affect resettlement. Participant Observation was conducted in all villages by survey teams in 1997 and 1998 that involved staying in villages for several days and nights in order to observe firsthand village life and routines and to establish trust and affirm conclusions of the quantitative surveys. Informal discussions were held with many villagers in order to gain insights into aspirations and potential challenges of the resettlement plan. Survey teams consisted of government officials from the RMU, LWU and Institute for Cultural Research, Ministry of Information and Culture as well as consultant anthropologists. Shorter field visits were carried out by various consultants from 2002 to 2003. Participatory Rural Appraisal Techniques were used in 1997 and 1998 as part of the gender-sensitive consultation process. This involved land use mapping, designing `dream villages', prioritizing livelihood options, village layout and house designs. Groups of men and women discussed various aspects of the draft resettlement plans and gave feedback (NTEC (Sparkes) 1998). All these various types of data were co-related, checked and fed into the resettlement planning process. These methods fulfill the consultation and planning criteria with regard to the taking into consideration the cultural and socio-economic needs of the ethnic minorities on the Nakai Plateau as outlined in OD 4.20. 13.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS Two major socio-economic surveys have been undertaken on the Nakai Plateau. The first one was by the CARE team in 1996 (including a revision of the LWU's work from 1995) and the Notification and Registration Survey in late 1998 (data complied in 1999). Both these surveys provide an overview of all economic and livelihood activities that were later analyzed by various experts and integrated into resettlement planning. 13.2.1 Income Sources Given the difficulties of obtaining reliable data concerning household incomes, the following table is indicative only of the average household income for the Plateau and reveals the importance of agriculture November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data and NTFPs in generating cash income. Although there is a fourfold increase in income in kip due to inflation, however, this translates in fact into a marginal decrease in terms of dollars. Table 13-1: Cash and Imputed Household Income in Reservoir Households Activities Income in 1996 % in 1996 Income in 1998 % in 1998 Agriculture and livestock 83,000 18 411,951 22 Wildlife 18,000 4 8,803 0 NTFPs 97,000 21 99,257 5 Fishing 23,000 5 84,926 4 Wages 36,000 8 203,947 11 Jewellery and Handicrafts N.A. 29,571 2 A. Total cash income 257,000 56 828,454 44 Rice production 140,000 30 541,813 29 Rice for work/donations N.A. 80,998 4 Wildlife 31,000 7 34,050 2 NTFPs N.A. 19,902 1 Fishing 34,000 7 106,753 6 Agriculture N.A. 223,165 12 Livestock N.A. 32,020 2 Handicrafts N.A. 1,705 0 B. Total Imputed Income 205,000 44 1,040,406 56 Total income (A+B) 462,000 100 1,868,860 100 The total income of 462,000 kip was equivalent to USD $462 in 1996. The total income of 1,868,860 kip was equivalent to USD $449 in 1998. The methodology in the second study was more thorough and included several items not taken into account in the first survey, such as rice for work, agricultural production and livestock as part of imputed income. In addition, there has been inflation and a devaluing of the Kip in comparison to the USD $ so that there is a decrease in terms of USD $ from 462 to 449. Plateau communities have traditionally had a mixed economy consisting of cultivating rice and food crops, fishing, raising livestock, hunting for meat and gathering NTFPs, all primarily for household use. In recent years, increases in population, problems with shortened swidden cycles, and exposure to cash commodities, have spawned more intensive and extensive exploitation of the forest for its marketable products. The shift from an almost entirely subsistence economy to a somewhat more commercial one is being promoted by migrants. These newcomers engage either in government sponsored logging, or in search of other economic benefits such as trading or market stalls. These people generate a market for items such as vegetables, meat and forest products. 13.2.2 Income in Relation to Ethnicity The Care Report (1996: 22) examined income in relation to ethnic groups and length of habitation. Table 13-2 shows that the length of habitation is approximately the reverse of social rank and average household income. The Vietic groups, it should be pointed out, are living in villages together with Tai, Lao and Brou inhabitants in Sop Hia and Nakai Tai and this could affect the ranking. The Tai, the most recent arrivals are clearly ranked first and this is due to the fact that many are more integrated into the mainstream economy and have better technology and skills. A number of Tai have been employed by BPKP and dominate the small stalls along Route 8B. Tai culture and language are also similar to lowland Lao. The Brou and Bo have considerably lower household incomes and, on average, are not involved in market activities or off-farm employment. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-2: Ethnicity and Household Income Social Rank Average HH Income Length of Habitation 1. Tai/Sek 359,962 Kip 1. Vietic 2. Vietic 229,127 Kip 2. Bo 3. Brou 212,137 Kip 3. Brou 4. Bo 173,264 Kip 4. Tai/Sek In addition to ethnicity, the types of villages in terms of location, access to markets and historical development determine to a large extent the standard of living. The further villages are from the road or District Capital, the poorer they tend to be. One can divide the villages roughly into three groups, and these groups correspond to a certain degree with ethnicity: roadside villages (relatively large number of Lao or Tai), villages to the south-east of the Plateau (predominately Brou) and the poor villages at the centre and northern parts of the Plateau (predominately Bo) (cf. Sparkes 1998). 13.2.3 A Diminishing Resource Base Present conditions on the Plateau may be characterized as having a "diminishing resource base". The majority of time and energy goes into the cultivation of swidden rice, the staple food. Swidden, or upland rice cultivation, can only be successful in a large area of sparse population. The present population has been expanding over the last 10 years at a rate higher than the Lao average (CARE 1996: 30). As a result the fallow period has been shortened to meet the demand, subsequently reducing the harvests and the quality of the already poor soils. For good harvests a swidden cycle of 10-12 years of fallow is required given the rate of regrowth and soils. Traditional sources of wealth are buffalo and Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs), which are either bartered or sold for food, and consumer goods in Ban Oudomsouk, Thakhek or further afield. Large areas previously used for grazing animals and gathering NTFPs have been damaged by commercial logging, and these areas have still not fully regenerated after the halt of logging activities on the Plateau. Concurrent with this destruction of the natural environment, is an increase in demand for consumer goods and a shift from a primarily subsistence economy to a more market-oriented economy. Animals and forest products are now sold in order to acquire consumer goods imported from Thailand, Vietnam and China, which are on sale in local markets. This in turn has put more pressure on an already diminishing resource base. The majority of cultivation takes place within the village area but villagers travel afar to collect NTFPs and to find suitable grazing areas for their buffalo, that is into other villages' traditional territories and the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA. Verbal permission was all that was required in the past. For a small percentage (5-10%) villagers can take as many forest products from other areas as needed. There are, however, indications that the severe floods of 1996 and subsequent years have created great pressure on resources. There was one reported case from Ban Ka Oy of goods being seized by village authorities in 1997 because a villager from the neighboring Ban Sop On had not sought permission before gathering damar resin (kisii). When various informants were asked about this issue there seemed to be little consensus about whether one should or should not seek permission from village authorities regarding quotas. They all claimed, however, that this was the first case of goods being seized, and this could indicate that it is becoming difficult to acquire enough forest products to exchange for rice. The only flood comparable with the disaster of 1996 was the even higher flood of 1959, which were also of a longer duration. That time is still vivid in the memories of many elderly folk on the Plateau. Upon being questioned about the years following the 1959 flood, they stated that it took about three years to recover to levels comparable to pre-1959 production. This was when buffalo herds1 were larger, forest products more available and demands for purchased goods very low. It is unlikely that a stable utilization of resources has been re-established after the floods of 1996. Interviews with villagers in 2002 and 2003 1Many villagers claimed that buffalo herds were significantly higher before the outbreak of the Second Indochina War and that animals were shot and slaughtered by both sides during the fighting in order to supply food. There are no statistics on this and some of the CARE Report (1996) material seems to indicate a recent increase in numbers. What interviews with villagers did reveal, however, is that there is a significant difference in numbers owned by each individual household. Many villagers in the Tai Bo villages in the centre of the Plateau, claimed they had none either because of disease or because they had to sell their buffaloes off to buy rice. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data indicated that NTFPs were only available in large quantities in the NBCA and involved camping out for several weeks at a time to meet quota already agreed upon between village leaders and middlemen. A more recent development recorded during a brief field visit in April 2002 is the effects of the cessation of logging on the Nakai Plateau and in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA. Previously the logging companies with their numerous laborers, drivers and supervisors provided a market for local food and services along the roadside villages of Ban Oudomsouk, Nakai Tai, Nakai Neua, Thalang and Nam Nian. Evidence that the logging has stopped completely on the Plateau is the numerous stalls, restaurants and guesthouses that have been boarded up or dismantled. Some of the people who had migrated to the Nakai Plateau during this height of timber extraction have left, accounting for many of the households that have left the area. Although no systematic survey has been conducted there must have been income losses for many families who had invested in small businesses at that time. 13.2.4 Agricultural Production Agricultural production on the Plateau is currently based upon rain fed rice cultivation and small-scale vegetable gardens. Soil fertility, labor availability, access to a reliable water supply, draught and animal supply are all factors contributing to yield. Average yields in the area are generally in the range of 0.8 tonne per hectare for upland and 1.5 to 2.0 tonnes per hectare for paddy rice. Paddy production is restricted by the availability of fertile non-flooded flat land. With the aid of mechanical power, or access to a reliable water supply for irrigation, maximum land use could be expanded beyond the present average area of cultivation, which is probably less than one hectare per family. The size of family land-holdings varies from 0.4 ha to 2.4 ha. Vegetables are mainly grown on fields in proximity to the homestead on garden plots directly associated with the dwellings or along nearby riverbanks and may include cabbage, cucumbers, tomatoes, lettuce, beans and pumpkin among others. Tobacco is sometimes grown in these gardens, mostly for domestic consumption. With the exception of Oudomsouk itself, the vast majority of the population is engaged in agricultural production. The following diagram indicates the most important activities during the year. Figure 13-1: The Annual Agricultural Cycle Activity J F M A M J J A S O N D Swidden Rice Clearing Burning Planting Weeding Harvesting Paddy Rice Ploughing Planting Harvesting Livestock Rainy Season Pasture herding Fishing Intensive Intensive Vegetable gardens Harvesting Planting NTFPs The most important activity is the production of rice. Except for the roadside villages of Nakai Neua and Nakai Tai, and to a lesser extent Done, villages practice extensive swidden or upland rice cultivation. This involves approximately 10 months of work with the most intensive periods being the actual clearing and firing in the hot season and harvesting at the end of the year. Harvests are relatively poor: 723 kilos/family compared with 1558 kilos/family in the lowland areas in Gnommalat District. The months when villagers are not engaged in rice production are mostly devoted to collecting Non-Timber Forest Products. The area is far from self-sufficient in rice as indicated in Table 13-3 below. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-3: Rice Requirements and Yields for Plateau Villages in 2002 Age Division Wet Season Paddy Dry Season Rice Upland Rice area Village Rice destroy- final area production production, annual months (Dominate Ethnic requirement area ed by productio area final area destroyed final unmilled calculated as rice de- Group or Groups) HH Persons Total 1-14 yrs > 15yrs in 1 year planted flood n planted production planted by flood prod'n rice milled rice deficient ficient kg ha ha kg ha kg ha ha kg kg kg kg/yr no. mths Nakai District, Khammouane Province - Plateau Villages Phonphanpek (Mixed) 73 472 234 208 264 88,184 31.00 1.00 16,213 16,213 9,727 78,457 10 Nongboua (Brou/Bo) 31 157 75 84 73 l22,922 15.00 - - - 22,922 12 Sop On (Brou/Bo) 84 429 199 207 222 88,840 18.53 6.90 2,180 2,180 1,308 87,532 11 Bouama (Brou) 56 300 152 140 160 53,421 2.00 2 1 200 2 2,150 22.67 4.05 1,796 5,146 3,087 50,334 10 Phonesavang (Brou) 27 159 79 79 80 29,054 9.25 1.51 7,939 7,939 4,763 24,291 10 Sopma (Bo) 46 166 80 76 90 30,806 23.63 8.40 9,452 9,452 5,671 25,135 9 Done (Brou) 115 726 359 351 375 133,371 29.75 7 14 270 5 5,900 40.40 10.00 54,700 74,870 44,922 88,449 7 Khone Khen (Brou) 42 246 127 119 127 45,187 12.00 - 13 500 34.70 5.90 28,020 41,520 24,912 20,275 5 Ka Oy (Brou) 24 153 72 70 83 28,397 50.94 3.63 5,750 5,750 3,450 24,947 10 Sop Phene (Bo) 43 230 118 107 123 42,559 39.00 10.21 13,600 13,600 8,160 34,399 9 Nakai Neua (Bo) 79 376 200 186 190 68,766 18.00 10 13 716 18 18,500 19.12 2.30 1,863 34,079 20,447 48,319 8 NakaiTai (Bo/Vietic) 174 832 422 352 480 156,533 19.98 8 16 289 8 10,500 35.93 3.30 36,043 62,832 37,699 118,834 9 Nongboua-kham (Tai) 40 286 133 130 156 53,144 3.00 3 0.7 2 2,200 18.00 2.40 300 3,200 1,920 51,224 11 Thalang (Tai) 64 329 173 147 174 59,568 47.00 5.89 9,993 9,993 5,996 53,572 10 TOTAL 898 4,861 2 423 2,256 2 597 900,752 84.73 29.96 58 975 34.25 39,250 405.17 65.49 187,849 286,774 172,062 728,690 average yield : 1.1 t/ha average yield: 0.55 t/ha Khamkeut District, Bolikhamxai Province - Plateau Villages Nam Nian (Tai) 23 130 62 56 74 24 382 3 5 350 7 5 530 10 880 6 528 17 854 9 Sop Hia (Tai/Vietic) 56 316 147 160 156 57 524 37 23 050 23 050 13 830 43 694 9 TOTAL 79 446 209 216 230 81 906 3 5 350 44 28 580 33 930 20 358 61 548 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-4: Total and Average Rice Yields for Plateau Villages Summary Amount Units Total area of Wet paddy field (2002 wet season) 87 730 ha Paddy area destroyed by flooding and insect pests 29 970 ha Current are of dry season paddy field 34 250 ha Total area of upland fields (2002 wet season) 448 870 ha Upland rice area destroyed by flooding and insect pests 65 490 ha Total production - as paddy (unhusked) 320 674 kg Total production - as milled rice 192 420 kg Rice requirement in 1 year 982 658 kg amount of rice villagers are deficient in 790 238 kg average number of months rice deficient 9 Months Sum of rice requirement helping 790 238 kg Shifting, or swidden, cultivation is a major governmental concern for many reasons. Even with small populations and adequate fallow time, the yields of shifting cultivation can rarely support a family of four without supplemental rice purchases in present day Lao PDR (UNDP 1994). In addition there is the desire to protect the watersheds to sustain adequate water yields for hydropower project production. Population pressures without an increase in agriculture production will only cause more forest area to be lost, and the amount of natural forests in the vicinity of the village to decrease. People need to walk farther to find and use forest products. Farmers are forced to reduce fallow periods, and shorter fallow periods cause soil fertility to diminish, and erosion problems to increase. A shorter fallow period negates the use of ecologically-sound agricultural practices necessary to protect the fertility of Alisols soils, which are reportedly heavily leached, susceptible to erosion and with low pH, and organic matter content (see Table 10-12). The weathered, leached, Alisols soils require a 15-year fallow period for the best result.2 Recent studies show the optimal number of people to forest area is about 12 persons per sq. km. The environment and the agricultural resource base are being degraded in a constantly reduced cycle. Declining soil fertility results in reduced crop yields. Labor requirements to control weeds increase, which does not exist in sufficient quantity, and thus yields decrease. This in-turn places the household at risk, and thus more land is placed under shifting cultivation. In addition, the environment has been further degraded by commercial logging on the Plateau since the 1980s. In order to compensate for recurrent rice deficits, villagers grow corn and vegetables, and collect wild tubers and other edible forest products. They also raise livestock (buffalo and cattle), which generally serve as a reserve that can be sold at times of rice deficit. With the substantial changes associated with forestry operations on the Plateau, it would appear that they are becoming increasingly reliant on hunting, fishing and the collection and sale of NTFPs. The absence of wildlife in the immediate vicinity of villages, and the declining availability of forest resource base would suggest that the sustainability of these practices is questionable. Most of the wildlife of the Plateau has already been hunted out and some forest products, such as damar resin, are either being harvested at an unsustainable rate or are becoming harder to obtain. 13.2.5 Rice Deficiency and Ethnicity There is no correlation between ethnicity and paddy production (see Table 13-4). Paddy is grown by Bo in Nakai Tai and Nakai Neua and by Brou in Done, Kone Khen and Bouama. Also Vietic grow paddy (in Nakai Tai). Dry season rice is grown in the same villages except for Khone Khen. Upland rice is grown in all villages and by all ethnic groups. 2 Many villagers stated that they let their fields remain fallow for only 3-4 years and claimed that was ample time. They are no doubt echoing government policy concerning swidden agriculture and the desire to stop villagers from burning down forests. The same arguments were encountered in the villages near the site of Theun-Hinboun dam (Sparkes 1995:12-13). Upon inspecting the fields in the vicinity of the villages, however, it became obvious that the fields were fallow for 10-15 years. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data According to the 1996 survey Vietic households and households from new villages had a higher degree of rice sufficiency (39 % and 32 %) than Bo and Brou (see Table 13-5). Half of Brou households (51 %) had rice deficit for up to 6 months, while only 21 % of Bo, 25 % of households in new (mixed) villages had 25 % and 30 % of Vietic households had deficiency for up to 6 months. 62 % of the Bo households had rice deficiency for 6 months or more, while this was the case for 40 % of the Brou households and households from new villages and 31 % for Vietic. Table 13-5: Rice Deficiency on the Nakai Plateau, 1996 Percentage of households rice deficient by number of months Deficit Deficit Deficit Deficit Ethnic group Sufficient <3 m 3-6m 6-8 m >8m Total Bo 17 6 15 62 0 100 Brou 6 17 34 19 21 97 Vietic 39 10 20 31 0 100 New Villages 32 16 9 13 27 97 Average 17 12 22 36 13 100 13.2.6 Livestock and Animal Husbandry on the Plateau Buffalo are the dominant type of livestock owned within the project area (see Table 13-6). The total number of buffalo in the villages to be resettled was 3,100 head in 1996 and 4,146 in the 1998 census, with average ownership of 4.3 per household. Distribution is markedly skewed, with some households owning over 30-40 animals (up to 90 head being recorded in 1996), and a significant proportion not owning any head at all. Due to flooding and the subsequent loss of all rice in the autumn of 1996, many animals were sold to make ends meet. Buffalo are kept largely as a store of wealth for use in times of need, rather than being considered as a resource managed for regular income. A small proportion of adult animals are used for draft purposes in those villages that have permanent rice fields. There is also some rental of draft animals to lowland farmers on the Gnommalat Plain for 1-2 months of the year for land preparation. However, this practice seems to have halted due to the introduction of hand-tractors in the lowland areas. The number of domestic animals, especially buffalo, reportedly has never recovered from the effects of the Second Indochina War (1962-1975).3 In 1996, the 16 villages in the CARE study owned 3,100 buffalo, though three villages (Ban Nakai Tai, Ban Done and Ban Thalang) accounted for almost 60 percent. This 1996 survey of the number of animals per household is compared with a more recent survey carried out in late 1998 indicated in Table 13-7. A number of villages were not originally included in the first survey so that the totals differ by approximately 30 per cent. In addition, the methodology of the second survey was more thorough and detailed. Buffalo are currently allowed free-range access to grass-fields and under forest grazing areas, but are excluded from rice fields and gardens during periods of cultivation. Taking into account all possible grazing areas, stocking rates could be as low as 1 animal to 20 hectares, but is more likely to be much higher due to the way each herd is managed at the village level. It is evident that stocking rates are higher in the Ban Nakai Neua and Ban Nakai Tai area, with a stocking rate closer to 1 animal to 4 ha. During the dry season, animals graze largely unattended in forest areas. During the wet season, they are commonly placed in a penned area at night within the village to prevent damage to crops. There is no supplementary feeding of improved forage, nor management of natural forage through controlled grazing of different areas at different times of the year. A shortage of feed is reported by some farmers from March through to May, corresponding with the middle to the end of the dry season, but this appears to be as much a function of how far farmers are prepared to graze their animals away from the village, as it is an absolute shortage of feed. 3The Second Indochina War refers to a period of hostilities lasting from approximately 1962 until the victory by the Pathet Lao forces in 1975. This is incorrectly referred to as the Vietnam War in the West, partly because the conflict was `secret' and not officially declared by either Vietnam or the US. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-6: Livestock Population for Reservoir Villages Dominating Livestock Population, 1996 Livestock Population, 1998 Village Name Ethnic Group Buffalo Pigs Poultry Buffalo Pigs Poultry Ban Nakai Tai Bo 740 260 580 1123 89 2281 Ban Nakai Neua Bo 209 22 500 384 36 763 Ban Sailom Bo / Brou 239 60 200 47 13 49 Ban Pamanton Bo / Brou Included with Ban Sailom 16 2 148 Ban Nong Boua Bo / Brou Included with Ban Sailom 140 3 145 Ban Sop On Bo / Brou 105 36 600 166 95 552 Ban Sop Phene Bo / Brou 100 150 2000 188 39 428 Ban Hat Khamphane Bo / Brou Not included in 1996 survey 58 5 310 Ban Phonphanpek Brou / Bo Not included in 1996 survey 138 22 393 Ban SopMa/KengGnao Brou / Bo 31 13 850 35 21 365 Ban Done Brou 760 262 1400 1076 115 2381 Ban Boua Ma Brou 262 59 246 304 53 634 Ban Khone Khen Brou 153 56 363 164 72 331 Ban Phonsavang Brou 69 25 150 77 7 158 Ban Ka Oy Brou Not included in 1996 survey 38 57 364 Ban Sop Hia Tai / Vietic 40 20 300 73 32 1154 Ban Nam Nian Tai 16 17 250 8 0 262 Ban Thalang Upland Tai / Bo 328 158 1700 51 40 661 Ban Nong Boua Kham Mixed 15 15 230 4 38 615 Oudomsouk Mixed Not included in 1996 survey 56 48 1178 Ban Tham On 19 21 600 Village no longer exists Ban Nya Long 14 7 80 Village no longer exists TOTAL 3100 1181 10,049 4,146 787 13,172 Periodic outbreaks of Hemorrhagic Septicemia, Foot and Mouth Disease and Blackleg are reported with high losses. Vaccination rates are low. Mortality rates in calves (0-1 years) of up to 50% are reported. Liver fluke is also reported to be a problem in buffalo that have been rented out to farmers in the lowlands. Drenching for endoparasites is not practiced, and there appears to be no use of any other animal health remedies. Average ownership of pigs in project villages is reported to be 6 head per household. Pigs are owned by most households, mainly to recycle wastes and as a sideline income generating activity, but also for slaughter for household consumption and for use on ceremonial occasions. The only breed evident is of local origin, black and relatively small. In general pigs are not housed but are left to forage, with minimal supplementary feeding of rice bran, reject corncobs, banana and palm stems, tuberous and aquatic plants, and household scraps. Periodic outbreaks of swine fever are reported, with very high losses. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-7: Livestock Ownership per Household Main Ethnic Average per HH (1996) Average per HH (1998) Village Group Buffalo Pigs Poultry Buffalo Pigs Poultry Ban Nakai Tai Bo 5.7 2.0 4.5 7.7 0.6 15.7 Ban Nakai Neua Bo 3.6 0.4 8.6 6.7 0.6 13.4 Ban Sailom Bo / Brou 6.0 1.5 5.0 3.6 1.0 3.8 Ban Pamanton Bo / Brou Included with Ban Sailom 2.3 0.3 21.1 Ban Nong Boua Bo / Brou Included with Ban Sailom 17.5 0.4 18.1 Ban Sop On Bo / Brou 1.8 0.6 10.3 2.7 1.5 8.9 Ban Sop Phene Bo / Brou 2.5 3.8 50.0 4.6 1.0 10.4 Ban Hat Khamphane Bo / Brou Not included in 1996 survey 3.2 0.3 17.2 Ban Phonphanpek Brou / Bo Not included in 1996 survey 3.5 0.6 10.1 Ban SopMa / Keng Gnao Brou / Bo 0.9 0.4 25.0 1.2 0.7 12.6 Ban Done Brou 8.7 3.0 16.1 12.4 1.3 27.4 Ban Boua Ma Brou 6.7 1.5 6.3 5.7 1.0 12.0 Ban Khone Khen Brou 4.3 1.6 10.1 4.4 1.9 8.9 Ban Phonsavang Brou 2.4 0.9 5.2 3.1 0.3 6.3 Ban Ka Oy Brou Not included in 1996 survey 1.5 2.2 14.0 Ban Sop Hia Tai / Vietic 0.8 0.4 5.9 1.4 0.6 21.4 Ban Nam Nian Tai 0.7 0.7 10.4 0.5 0.0 16.4 Ban Thalang Upland Tai 8.9 4.3 45.9 1.2 1.0 16.1 Ban Nong Boua Kham Mixed 0.4 0.4 5.6 0.1 1.2 18.6 Oudomsouk Mixed Not included in 1996 survey 0.6 0.5 12.5 Ban Tham On 1.6 1.8 50.0 Village no longer exists Ban Nya Long 3.5 1.8 20.0 Village no longer exists TOTAL 4.3 1.6 14.0 4.7 0.9 14.9 Chickens of local breed are owned by almost all households, with average ownership of 14 per household. They are kept for sale, for household consumption and for use on ceremonial occasions. Poultry are generally left to range outside, and are not vaccinated. Populations are routinely decimated by Newcastle Disease and fowl cholera with near total losses. Again, the effect of these epidemics is obvious in the district statistics. Birds are commonly sold for consumption at 1-2 years of age for 1,500-2,500 Kip per head. A few households reported more specialized chicken production, with chickens being housed and fed a diet of rice bran, corn and scraps. Eggs are traded for 150 Kip each. Some households, generally in villages located close to the river, also raise a few ducks for sale. Three- year-old ducks are sold for 3,500-4,000 Kip each. Cash income in project villages from poultry production was 8,600 Kip per household in 1996, or 4% of total cash income (CARE 1996). 13.2.7 Livestock Distribution and Ethnicity As with rice production, it is difficult to generalize with livestock distribution in relation to the different ethnic groups on the Plateau. Livestock ownership seems to be related to the availability of pastures (forests or wetland areas) and the presence or absence of various diseases more than to ethnicity (see Table 13-7). High numbers of buffaloes per household are found in Nong Boua (Bo/Brou, 17.5 head per HH) and Done (Brou, 12.4 head per HH). The villages with the lowest per household ownership appear to the smaller Bo and Vietic villages ­ higher rates of disease were recorded in these villages, often resulting in the decimation of small livestock. Lower per household ownership is also the case in roadside villages and the District Capital of Oudomsouk where there were a lack of available pastures and alternative sources of livelihood were common. 13.2.8 Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) During the periods of participatory observation in the villages on the Plateau, most families were engaged in searching for Non-Timber Forest Products in order to make ends meet. Such activities are common November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data during the winter months of December through to February, between harvesting and clearing of swidden fields. Since 1997 many have camped out in the forests well into April because there was no rice available in the villages, and some have been forced to survive on NTFPs, including wild roots and tubers, edible plants, mushrooms, insects and wildlife. The other reason for staying away from the village has been to collect NTFPs to supply to middlemen (as part of the vilage quota) who exchange NTFPs for rice and cash. With the early rains in late April and in the beginning of May, the delay may prove disastrous for some. The following is a list of products harvested on the Nakai Plateau. · Damar resin (kisii): either old resin found in clumps on the forest floor or new resin removed from trees by making V-shaped cuts to tap the bark. This was the main source of income for villages and in 1997 there was evidence of extensive and damaging tapping everywhere. Villagers stay for up to two weeks in the forests to collect this item which is sold to middlemen and then to Thailand. There it is mixed with turpentine and other materials to waterproof baskets and boats. Limited amounts are still found on the Plateau. · Fragrant bark (nyang bong) is stripped off the bong tree (Notaphoebe umbelliflora). This severely damages the tree and often kills it. The trees are sometimes cut down first and then stripped. The bark is used to make incense which is on sale in local markets in Khammouane Province and in Thailand. The bong is becoming rare on the Plateau. · Rattan (boun, saan and wai): these plants are used for food and for tying together bamboo weaving. They are increasingly rare on the Nakai Plateau. · Creeper (thoun): this is used for binding bamboo pieces together in the construction of buildings. This was previously harvested in March but there has been virtually none in the past few years. · Palm-like fruits and leaves (tau and khau): these palm trees provide food that is consumed in villages or sold and leaves used for roofing. They are available year round but mostly harvested in the winter when villagers have more time to fix houses or build new dwellings. Villagers have traditionally made up the deficit in rice by selling these Non-Timber Forest Products and buffalo. For a number of factors already mentioned above, the availability of these products has diminished. The following table is a compilation of interviews and shows the relative prices of rice bought for resin sold per kilo. Table 13-8: Comparison of Prices (Kip) of Non-Timber Forest Products and Rice Date 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Rice (1 kg) 100 220 250 280 320 380 400 420- 500 600 600 800 1000 Resin (1 kg) 30-50 40 50 70 100 140 150 170 120- 200- 500- 800- 200 350 600 1200 The prices are calculated from various interviews with villagers from all over the Plateau and give a rough idea of the increase in the 1990s. Other items such as rattan products and bark have increased in price by more than double but these products are more difficult to acquire in most areas. The price of fish per kilo has also doubled over this time as well. Resin is the main source of income and is often exchanged directly for rice in the villages with middlemen from Thakhek picking up the bags of resin for markets in Thailand and returning a few days later with sacks of rice and cash. The village headman was responsible for organizing such exchanges and making agreements with merchants in advance. In 1990 it took approximately 2 ½ kilos of resin to purchase one kilo of rice, and in January 1997 the ratio was about the same. The difference in the latter 1990s is that so much rice needs to be bought for a limited amount of resin available. The really crucial point is the demand for seed rice in May since most households will have to buy seed rice or borrow it from relatives in the lowlands. A brief field visit by the consultant in April 2002 confirmed that the price of rice per kilo was 2000 kip in the markets and 3000 kip if transported to the villages. Despite the fact that there is a doubling of the price of rice, the price for selling resin in the markets or to middlemen has remained the same at 800-1000 kip per kilo in 2002. The most recent information on prices indicate one kilo of resin at 1,000-1,200 (2003-2004) ­ a slight increase from 2002 ­ and the price of rice at 2,500-4,000 per kilo depending on the season, slightly higher than the 2002 statistics. This indicates that the exchange of resin for rice four to one. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data When fieldwork was conducted in January and February 1997, authorities and NTEC were made aware of the severe food shortage on the Plateau related to the severe flooding of 1996. NTEC together with EcoLao then attempted to acquire funding and food for the Plateau through various aid agencies. CARE International Lao in Vientiane distributed 180 tons of rice on the Plateau and 10 tons of rice seeds. The World Food Program (WFP) distributed 150 tons of rice to villages of the Plateau affected by flooding. This provided some relief but the long-term recovery of the local economy will only be accomplished with planning and new skills to cope with a diminishing resource base. Hence the attractiveness of the proposed livelihood model (Chapter 21-25). The flooding of 2002-2004 has not been excessive and these years can be described as `normal' flood years with yields of 40-60% of rice needs. 13.2.9 Fisheries After rice, fish is the most important item on the diet for all ethnic groups on the Plateau. Fish are caught mainly for household consumption with occasional surpluses being sold in local markets, on the roadside or to neighbours. Fresh fish are consumed during the rainy season, but in the dry season, villagers may have to rely on dried or fermented fish (paa daek). All kinds of fish are caught for human consumption, with catfish and carp species being the most common. Fish, in this context, implies all kinds of aquatic organisms of which fish are usually predominant. Small-mesh nets and traps catch many invertebrates, all of which are eaten. Men fish in the mornings and evenings, before they leave for the fields and after they return. Most fish are caught by cast nets in the rapids, or by deep-water gill nets. Bait and hooks are also used, but to a lesser extent. Boys and sometimes women search the banks and shallows for frogs, aquatic insects and small fish that supplement the family's diet. There is a tendency in some villages, such as Ban Sop Hia, to catch fish for sale in the markets in Ban Lak Sao or Oudomsouk. Given that the supply of fish from numerous villages in the vicinity seems to exceed the market demand, prices have remained stable or even fallen. Villages, without a good knowledge of the workings of the market, have increased fishing to a level that may be unsustainable in the long run. Villagers in Ban Sop Hia in April 2002 complained that big fish were now rarely caught. There is no statistical information available for the importance of river fishing to the local economy. But it is evident from the numerous fishing nets and fishermen observed along many, if not all, of the rivers in the study area, that river fishing is important to the local people and the most important source of protein. During the repeated overnight stays by survey teams at the villages fish was the one food which was readily available at all times. 13.2.10 Reliance on NTFPs, Fisheries and Sale of Wild Animals in relation to Ethnicity The following table is based on data collected in the CARE Report (1996) and attempts to relate income from NTFPs, fishing and the sale of wild animals to the different ethnic groups in the Plateau. Not all villages were covered during this survey and the data is indicative only given the fact that there is a reluctance to divulge information, especially concerning hunting of wild animals. All prices are in kip. The correlation of livelihood activities with ethnic groups is difficult primarily because there are other factors which also determine livelihood options and that all ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau are engaged in all types of activities to some degree since knowledge and technology are shared. As regards, NTFPs, fishing and hunting, the following factors are important: · Location in terms of resources ­ proximity to rivers, forests and wildlife · Market access ­ either proximity to markets or contacts through middlemen · Demand for products and prices · Number of options available in the livelihood system Ethnicity does not seem to be the main factor in relation to the sale of NTFPs, fishing and wild animals if one examines these three income sources in Table 13-9. If one looks at villages with high and low average per household income from NTFPs, one can see that all ethnic groups are represented. The Bo in Sop Phene and Sop Ma, the Brou in Phonsavang and the Tai, Vietic and Bo in Sop Hia and Thalang have a November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data high reliance on the gathering of NTFPs. All of these villages have relatively good access to the Nakai- Nam Theun NBCA and have market access through middlemen who visit villages or directly in the case of Thalang. The villages of Nakai Neua (Bo), Nakai Tai (Bo and Vietic) and Nam Nian (Bo and Tai) are all roadside villages with alternative sources of income from shops, stalls and wage employment. In addition, Nakai Neua, and Nakai Tai have poor access to NTFPs, being furthest away from forests. Table 13-9: NTFPs, Fishing and Wild Animals for Sale in Relation to Household Income Main No. of NTFPs Fishing Wild Animals for Sale ethnic HH Value of Average Value of Average Value of per Average Village group (1996) per Village per HH per Village per HH Village per HH Ban Nakai Neua Bo 58 1,465,000 25,258 3,000,000 51,724 1,345,000 23,189 Ban Nakai Tai Bo 130 2,205, 000 16,961 1,800,000 13,846 496,000 3,815 Ban Sailom Bo/Brou 40 1,765,000 44,125 4,625,000 115,625 200,000 5,000 Ban Sop On Bo/Brou 58 4,235,800 73,031 10,050,000 173,275 2,432,000 41,931 Ban Sop Phene Bo/Brou 40 6,020, 000 150,500 1,600,000 40,000 430,000 10,750 Ban Sop Ma/ Keng Gnao Bo/Brou 34 4,946, 000 145,470 1,200,000 35,294 1,005,000 29,558 Ban Done Brou 87 4,141,300 47,601 1,650,000 18,965 1,080,000 12,413 Ban Boua Ma Brou 39 1,930,500 49,500 3,525,000 90,384 780,000 20,000 Ban Khone Khen Brou 36 1,087,000 30,194 1,000,000 27,777 384,000 4,465 Ban Phonsavang Brou 29 3,149, 000 108,586 1,800,000 62,068 510,000 17,586 Ban Sop Hia Tai/Vietic 51 10,720,000 210,196 1,950,000 382,352 2,449,500 48,029 Ban Nam Nian Tai 24 248,000 10,333 950,000 39,583 178,000 7,416 Ban Thalang Tai/Bo 37 25,570,000 691,081 3,480,000 940,540 654,000 17,675 With regards fishing, the villages of Sop On (Bo/Brou), Sailom (Bo/Brou), Sop Hia (Tai/Vietic) and Thalang (Bo/Tai) derive relatively high amounts of kip from fishing. This is mainly due to access since these villages, with the exception of Sailom, are located on the Nam Theun near rapids or relatively fast- moving water where fish are more abundant. One reason the residents of Sailom (now relocated into the new village of Nong Boua Kham) rely on fishing is a combination of poor agriculture production, lack of alternatives and ready access to the markets at Oudomsuk. The lowest average per household levels were at Nakai Tai, Done and Khone Khen where the first village is located far from the Nam Theun and the latter two along less productive stretches of the Nam Theun in terms of fish production and farthest from markets for selling fresh fish. Data on the sale of wild animals indicates that the villages of Sop Ma/Keng Gnao (Bo/Brou), Sop On (Bo/Brou) and Sop Hia (Tai/Vietic) have the highest average per household incomes from this source. Again this has to do with both access to resources and markets rather than ethnicity. Villages with relatively low income from the sale of wild animals are either roadside villages with other sources of income, such as Nam Nian, far from forests, such as Nakai Tai and Sailom, or far from markets, such as Khone Khen. It should be reiterated that all ethnic groups partake in gather NTFPs, in fishing and in hunting. Most of these activities are being pursued at an unsustainable level at present with NTFPs, fish and wildlife disappearing from the Nakai Plateau. Traditional techniques and levels of harvesting these resources are rapidly being replaced by more systematic means, such as fulfilling quotas for NTFPs set by middlemen from Thakhek, dynamite fishing and hunting parties to satisfy a growing demand for fish and wildlife in the towns, in particular markets in Lak Xao. From the point of view of the different ethnic groups on the Plateau, it can be argued that the Vietic, in general, are more reliant on the natural resources of the forests and rivers, and less on livestock. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data 13.3 BELIEF SYSTEMS AND CULTURAL HERITAGE ISSUES 13.3.1 Overview of Belief Systems As would be expected with a melting-pot culture, there is a considerable amount of shared cosmological concepts and beliefs on the Nakai Plateau. These beliefs are similar to many groups of Southeast Asia, including the lowland Lao and the various groups in the vicinity of the Plateau. All of the ethnic groups believe in spirits that control various aspects of the cosmos and explain causality, including accidents, sicknesses, death and incomprehensible phenomena. Each type of spirit is associated with a certain location and a particular power to affect the lives of the living. Some villages, notably the Brou villages at the southeast end of the Plateau and some Bo villages along the road, have been influenced by `folk Buddhism' from the lowlands but for the most part this Buddhism is a thin veneer on top of spirit beliefs. The most important powers in the spirit world are the territorial spirits that govern large areas and are an important consideration when relocating villages. Other spirits which play an important role in village life are the so-called `visiting spirits' (phi thiem) and the ancestral spirits (phi mau). House spirits (phi heun) are important in relation to moving houses. 13.3.2 Ethnic Aspects of Belief Systems Despite the similarities, there are some differences between the ethnic groups, and it is necessary to review these before describing the common spirits and rituals. Vietic Groups The Vietic Groups that inhabit the Plateau were originally forest dweller and animist but have been influence firstly by lowland Lao perceptions and traditions due to extended stays in Thakhek and other lowland areas during the Second Indochina War and secondly be residing with Tai groups from the Lak Sao area. Little is know about the original cosmology but there appear to have been a number of mediums, both male and female, who have been able to contact the spirits in times of illness and for intervention. Only one elderly female medium was still active in Sop Hia in 2001. Mediums can also become territorial or `visiting' spirits if powerful enough after they pass away. Belief in forest spirits is still prevalent but data has not been collected systematically and in many cases is difficult to obtain (only elderly specialists seem to understand these matters) since spirits manifest themselves in various ways and at various times, often causing accidents and strange phenomena. Many terms and concepts from other groups are now used, such as the word phii to cover a range of spirits from the Lao language rather than the Vietic word, kamut or kamuut on many occasions. Since the Vietic are no longer nomadic, their cosmology is changing and merging with the other sedentary groups with whom they now reside. Tai and Lao ritual specialists have for the most part taken over the roles of traditional Vietic practitioners. Bo or Tai Bo The Bo have lost most, if not all, aspects of their Vietic origins in terms of cosmology. Like the Vietic groups, Lao, Tai and Brou ritual specialists perform rituals for this group and Lao terms are used to describe the spirit world. Makong or Brou Traditional Brou cosmology consisted of numerous spirits that inhabit animals, people and natural phenomena. The most important spirits were the spirit of the sky, known as djang sursei, the Creator Spirit, and the djang cutek, the spirit of the Earth responsible for good harvests. Originally there may have been totemism based on clan groups but this is no longer the case for the Plateau dwellers. The Brou also had a number of ritual specialists that communicated with the spirit world, mediums who performed divinations and cured diseases by divine intervention. The Brou of the Plateau, however, have been influenced by lowland Lao and Buddhist traditions and today specialists conduct Lao rituals such as the calling of the life essence (basi sukhwan) and Buddhist monks are often called in for cremations or ceremonies before burial. Most ritual specialists in the Brou villages are former monks who have spent time in lowland monasteries, gaining `spiritual power' or saksit. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data 13.3.3 Territorial Spirits Territorial spirits (phi muang in Lao, Tai and Bo, kamut djang in Brou and kamuut bauu in Ahoe) are spirits that influence a large area around a village or group of villages. These spirits receive annual offerings (buffalo, pigs, turtles or chickens along with alcohol and other items) before the start of the agricultural season in February. The origin of these spirits is often a legendary person/founder of a village or the medium who communicated with the spirit. Table 13-10 indicates the names, ritual centers and origins of the spirits on the Nakai Plateau. The table indicates which villages hold annual rituals for each of the territorial spirits. These take place in January or February before the commencement of the agricultural season. The origins of the spirits vary but they are usually connected with the names of former mediums and/or founders of the village. Mediums and politically powerful people have correspondingly powerful spirits and become associated with a particular territory and people residing in that territory. A relationship develops between the living and the spirit consisting of offerings and respect for the spirit in return for protection and intervention in times of need or disaster. The ritual offerings consist of animal sacrifice, alcohol and various decorations. The date for a kin seng ceremony, as it is called, is agreed upon by the ritual specialists and approved by village authorities. In the kin seng ritual at Ban Nakai Neua (Bo, Brou, Tai and Lao attending) in 1997, four jars of alcohol (lao hai), four chickens, one pig and forest products (bong and san) were offered and a new platform with a roof was constructed for the spirit. The medium, Nang Phet, a 50-year old Bo woman, became possessed with the spirit of Jao Suliya. The spirit refers to the founder of the village who resisted a Siamese invasion of the nineteenth century. In the festive atmosphere that follows, Jao Suliya is called upon to protect the village and ensure a successful rice harvest in exchange for the sacrifices and food offered. The territory covered by the phi muang is to be respected by those not residing in the village. Villagers from outside must first seek permission to harvest kisi (resin) or other NTFPs and pay a tax to the village headman. Villagers without a territorial spirit also levy taxes but cannot legitimize their actions in the same manner since all Lao are aware of the power of these phi muang and avoid making trouble. An incident with the logging company BPKP reveals just how important these territorial spirits are in the consciousness of the Lao as well as those living on the Plateau. BPKP approached Ban Done in order to acquire permission to build a temporary bridge over the Nam On for transporting logs. Ban Done village authorities insisted on a fee of 500,000 Kip and the sacrifice of one buffalo to the spirit. Ban Khone Khen authorities were approached instead and the fee was only 300,000 Kip and one buffalo for a different location for the bridge. A deal was struck with Ban Khone Khen and the proper ritual performed to inform the spirit. This episode illustrates how the financial and the spiritual realms combine: fees and permission to cross spiritual territory are negotiable yet failure to do so could result in accidents and mishaps if the spirit is angered. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Figure 13-2: Nakai Plateau Villages Approximate Territorial Boundaries (1997) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-10: Territorial Spirits of the Nakai Plateau Ritual Centre Villages (and Name of Spirit and Territory ethnic group) Origin of Spirit Explanations Thama Ransi Ban Sop Hia - Ban Sop Hia former medium of area refers to rapids at dam Din Hin Kiu Nam (Dam Site) Ban Sop Hia site and Nam Yala Yala (Originally Vietic) Jao Naukaeo Ban Pakkatan - Ban Pakkatan unknown name refers to mountain east Din Phu Heua (Originally Vietic) of village Ta Sang Ban Thalang - Ban Thalang -Ban former medium area refers to the former Din Kaeng Nam Nian and village head name of Ban Thalang at the Panong (Originally Bo) of Kaeng Panong Panong rapids Jao Phu Saet Ban Nakai Tai - Ban Nakai Tai - territorial spirit of son-in-law of the spirit of Ban Din Phu Saet Ban Nong Boua the Saet mountain Nakai Neua (Daet Luang) Kham nearby (Originally Bo) Jao Khwa Ban Nakai Neua - Ban Nakai Neua founder who refers to historic person and Lakhon and Jao Din Bau Sang Ban Sop Phene resisted Siamese his son who inherited the Suliya Khan Tau (Originally Bo) invasion position as leader Phimmasen and Ban Sop On - Ban Sop On, Ban original names of area refers to salt mines and Phimmasaun Din Bau Puak Sop Ma, Ban Hat the father and son wallowing pool of wild pigs. Buak Mu Khamphane, Ban who were It also relates to a legend Keng Gnao, Ban mediums in Ban about giants shaping the Boua Ma Ban Sop On landscape. Sailom and Ban Phonsavang (Originally Bo) Unknown name Ban Ka Oy - Din Ban Ka Oy unknown origin spirit is related to spirit of Khanan (Brou) Ban Khone Khen, possibly brothers Jao Sua Ban Done - Din Ban Done founder of the founder is son-in-law of spirit Katap (Brou) village of Ban Khone Khen and Ban Ka Oy Jao Hualan Ban Ban Khone Ban Khone Khen founder of the `The bald man from Ban Sin', Sin Khen- Din Sin (Brou) village a refugee who fled the Siamese attack on Vientiane 13.3.4 Visiting and Ancestral Spirits Two other types of spirits are common throughout the Plateau: visiting spirits and ancestral spirits. These are not associated with a particular territory but rather with an individual medium or a family. Most villages on the Plateau had several examples of both kinds of spirits, and they are also common in some lowland areas. Visiting spirits (phi thiem) are usually male spirits that originate in the forests and `visit' villages by possessing women and, in some rare cases, men. The spirit will communicate his demands in February or March and a ritual is held in the medium's ritual hut. These huts are permanent and each year they are cleared and improved before the annual ceremony. The ceremony consists of offerings such as chickens, alcohol and various decorations. These forest spirits combine a number of qualities which villagers often confused with other spirits. They can also become territorial spirits under certain circumstances. In the Bo village of Sop Phene, the local female medium performs a ritual similar to the rituals of the territorial spirits and over time this `visiting spirit' may in this way become the territorial spirit of that village since villagers no longer attend the kin seng ceremony in Ban Nakai Neua. A similar situation occurs in the Brou village of Keng Gnao were the local medium informed the survey team in 1997 that next year the spirit will reveal its identity and become a proper territorial spirit. In both cases, these villages seem to be trying to establish autonomy in the spirit world. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Phi thiem were also confused with phi mau (in Lao, Tai and Bo) which are translated here as `ancestral spirits' since they are associated with a particular household. Phi mau are the sprits of deceased family members whose identity is no longer remembered but whose spirits are believed to inhabit the house and the compound areas.4 These rituals are performed by elderly men of all ethnic groups, often tracing their origins to founding families and having knowledge of magical formulae, sometimes combined with Buddhist text as a legitimising element. A long table is laid out with offerings in front of the house and copious amounts of meat and alcohol are consumed over a 24-hour period. The main function of such a ritual is similar to the above mentioned rituals: food offerings and incantations in exchange for protection and a successful agricultural season. There are numerous spirits that do not have specific names but may manifest themselves whenever there are inexplicable events, illnesses or accidental deaths in the vicinity. Some are associated with deceased persons, especially those who have died violent deaths or those who have committed hideous acts. Sickness and unusual phenomena are associated with the spirit world. It is perhaps easy for the western, scientific mind to dismiss such beliefs, but it is important to take them seriously when dealing with villagers. One particular example which has direct consequences for health is the prohibition on hanging up mosquito nets in some Bo and Brou villages. The spirits of Ban Sop Phene, Ban Khone Khen and some households in Ban Boua Ma are adverse to the idea and some villagers risk malaria rather than arouse the wrath of these supernatural beings.5 13.3.5 Folk Buddhist Influences Before 1975 there were many small wooden monasteries housing a few novices and monks in many of the Bo and Brou villages on the Plateau. Folk Buddhism, which is itself a mixture of Buddhist ideas and various spirit beliefs and Hinduism from the Khmer traditions, has influenced many aspects of religion on the Plateau. Today there are only two deserted monasteries in Ban Boua Ma and Ban Done which have been rebuilt since 1975, but these have not recently been functioning as places of worship. There are, however, several former monks, referred to as `Jan' (short for aajaan, meaning teacher) who perform rituals that are similar to lowland Lao rituals and use elements from Buddhism such as Pali texts for magical spells (khathaa). Jan Som from Ban Done serves all of the villages in the south-eastern part of the Plateau and is representative of this type of specialist. He travels from village to village performing various rituals for people recovering from illness, seeking protection from evil spirits and desiring prosperity and a successful harvest. After 14 Lenten seasons in the monastery in Gnommalat District, he considers himself a practitioner of Buddhism because, as he expressed in his own words: `takon bau mi sasana, bau mi kotmai' (before there was no religion, no laws). This form of Buddhism differs greatly from the Buddhism practiced in major towns in Lao PDR. After the destruction of many of the villages on the Plateau during the Second Indochina War, most of the monasteries were not restored. Recently, however, Buddhism has come to represent progress and modernization for many villagers living in remote parts of the country. Buddhism is now associated with `modern' Lao culture, that is the dominant culture of the lowlands. There is a monastery in Ban Oudomsouk where a dozen novices and monks now reside. They are constantly called out to villages to perform cremation rituals and for merit-making ceremonies. The results of the PRA survey reveal that many villages requested a temple for their new village. This shows a desire to identify with the dominant lowland culture. This does not mean, however, that Buddhism will replace traditional spirit beliefs and practices. All over Southeast Asia, Buddhism coexists with other religious forms such that there is ample place in the cosmos for a monastery for Buddhist monks, a shrine for the territorial spirits, huts for visiting spirits and a spirit post for the spirits of the house. 4Phi mau are nameless spirits associated with a particular family. Spirits of recently deceased family members are remembered by name or called phi phaumae, literally spirits of father and mother. The Lao word mau is also used to denote ritual specialists, such as mau basi or mau phii, and the connection can be that both the ritual specialists and the spirits can assist people in obtaining divine intervention. 5A possible explanation for this phenomenon is that the spirits are associated with the spirit post in the house, the post that often has a shelf for offerings of food. It may be that all posts in the house have become associated with spirits over time, and thus the prohibition of hanging a net or hammering a nail into posts has developed. This could not be confirmed by villagers. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data 13.3.6 Life Cycle Rituals A brief examination of life cycle rituals reveals a number of similarities among the ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau with only slight differences in rituals, beliefs and practices. This is due to the fact that there is a melting pot culture on the Plateau and considerable borrowing and sharing of ritual experts, techniques and cosmology. Birthing In all villages and across all ethnic groups, the majority of women give birth in their homes or the homes of their parents or in-laws with the assistance of traditional midwives and women experienced in childbirth. Ritual specialists (male and female) are called in cases of emergencies to make offerings to house spirits. All groups practice a period of recovery called `lying by the fire' (yuu fai or kam fai). This involves a limited diet (rice, salt and in some cases certain roasted meats), sitting by a fire and sweating throughout the day, drinking copious amounts of boiled water with the medicinal bark of certain trees such as mai daeng and regular baths in this water. The time spent at the fire varies but at least 15 days for the first child is normal and subsequently less for other children. The general condition of the mother and child also determines the length of stay since it is unusual for the period of yuu fai to be terminated if both are not healthy. Yuu fai is a common practice throughout all of Southeast Asia and beyond, hence there are only variations between the main ethnic groups in Lao PDR, such as the number of days and whether or not there is a ritual bath after this period of seculsion. It is clear that Lao and Tai influences and practices regarding birthing have influenced Vietic and Bo groups. Marriage The family structures for all ethnic groups on the Plateau may be characterized for the most part as patrilineal and virilocal (CARE Report 1996; Sparkes 1997). Like many groups in Southeast Asia, however, there is considerable variation, which depends on practical aspects relating to location, relative wealth of families and available resources. Recording life histories and changes from one generation to another revealed that it was not uncommon for villagers to build several houses in different locations. It also indicated a high separation rate and no prohibition on remarrying for either men or women. A number of marriage (dong) types involve changing household allegiance. Below is an account of the number of marriage types with comments on how different ethnic groups share these aspects. Dong tan (patrilocal) involves a large feast and ideally sacrificing a buffalo, and offering up to 16 chickens, 16 jars of lao hai, two pigs and a gift of traditional money (ngeun fak).6. At the end of the ritual the bribe leaves her parents' house and comes under the protection of the spirits of her husband. Many marriages never reach this stage since it requires a considerable investment. One example of how long this takes was a 55 year old man who had been married for nearly thirty years and who had just recently performed the dong tan. This explains why many men reside in their wives' household or in their wives' villages despite the ideal of virilocality. The Vietic groups of Sop Hia have a special variation on this type of marriage which is called dong pasum which prescribes that bamboo tubes be filled with fermented fish and then broken to be eaten by the relatives from both sides after being offered to the spirits of the brides' house. This type of marriage form is the preferred type among all ethnic groups but not the usual practice among the lowland Lao. Dong sukhat (matrilocal) appears to be the opposite of dong pan since the man moves into the woman's household and remains there. He is "cut off" (khat) from his own family and accepted into his wife's with all the rights and privileges it entails. He can inherit property and there are no taboos usually associated with a new arrival such as entering through the same doorway as his mother-in-law. This type of marriage appears to be a form of adoption of a man who will lead a household, possibly when there are no heirs or mature men living there at the time. It is also a way for younger sons to establish themselves as household heads quickly. This seems quite common in some of the Brou villages (Ban Done had ten examples) but is form among all groups and is often due to the fact that some households have only daughters or a choice of the parents to reside with or in the vicinity of a daughter in their old age. In addition, soms may moved to other villages or off the Plateau in search of work and marriage partners. 6Ngeun fak is a traditional type of money exchanged at wedding throughout Laos and by different ethnic groups. The money is made of silver (80% or more) and shaped like a shallow canoe. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Dong phaksuk (temporarily matrilocal or uxorilocal) is the most common type of marriage among the Brou and Bo. The groom comes to live in the house of the bride and works for her household. It involves a payment of two jars of alcohol (lao hai) and two fowls as brideprice. The ancestors of the bride are informed of his presence and he thus comes under their protection. There are less elaborate versions of this ritual and among the Ahoe it is called dong sauhon. Eventually, the couple may relocate back to the husband's village or build a house in the vicinity of the wife's parents. Dong yaun is a type of liminal stage in which the couple leaves the woman's parents' house and sets up their own household right away without a marriage ceremony. They are obliged to make the proper offerings to the woman's spirits within three years and perform a full ceremony called dong tan, which results in patrilocal residence. The reasons given for this type of marriage is a lack of resources to perform ceremonies immediately. This is a common strategy for poor Bo households. Dong pan is a type of staged elopement. A small ritual is performed informing the spirits of the bond and the woman moves right away into the man's household. This kind of marriage probably occurs mostly when the woman comes from a poor family and cannot claim the usual brideprice. The woman's parents relinquishes control over their daughter without proper payment. A few examples exist among all ethnic groups, mostly involving poor households. Dong lat resembles kidnapping, but, as is the case in many Southeast Asian cultures, it is a staged kidnapping. There were examples in some villages of younger men kidnapping women for elder men. An amount of cash is left behind. This may be a face-saving gesture for families who cannot afford a proper marriage or wealthy families forcing poorer ones to give up their daughters without proper payment. A few examples exist among all ethnic groups, mostly involving poor households. The majority of households contain nuclear families of one generation but it is usual for one child to stay with their aged parents to look after them, either in the parental house or in a separate house in the same compound area. There is no social support from the State and kinship is the only social net available in time of sickness or in times of need to farmers. If all children have moved out of the village, a grandchild is often sent back to care for an elderly couple. The variations in marriage types are probably due to the amount of different ethnic groups which have coexisted on the Plateau and pragmatic considerations such as the availability of resources. In all villages there are several of the above mentioned marriage types and as a result there is a constant change in household composition. In almost every household, however, there should be an able-bodied man and woman if the household is to function properly. Among all groups courting is common and young men and women decide themselves who their marriage partners will be. Parents need to approve but rarely refuse. Among the Lao Loum groups there is bride price (khaa dong) and a basi ceremony conducted by a priest. Post-marital residence is always matrilineal, at least initially among the Lao. Some Bo families in the roadside villages have also started to perform basi ceremonies for marriage. Illness Although there are government and private clinics and dispensaries in Nakai Town and in a few of the larger villages, there are also local practitioners and a belief that illnesses may have both natural (biological) and supernatural causes. All groups have local practitioners called maw (term is used by all ethnic groups7) who are responsible for conducting elaborate basi ceremonies or simply tying the wrists of ill villagers in order to hinder their spirit from leaving the weakened body. The use of traditional herbs is also prevalent with considerable borrowing amongst all groups. One should distinguish between local knowledge in the form of using natural ingredients such as plants, herbs, animal parts and other items combined with spells or chants and the influence of Buddhist priests, for the most part local men who have spent time in lowland monasteries and learnt rituals. The former is shared knowledge among the community while the latter is often guarded and secretive knowledge of specialists. The priests are responsible for conducting larger and more elaborate ceremonies, such as calling on the spirits to provide a bounteous harvest. 7Vietic and Brou groups have borrowed the Lao and Tai word, mau, for ritual specialists on the Plateau. Among the Tri adae is also used by the elderly, and among the Sek tet is also referred to. Tet refers to a cultural borrowing from Vietnam and the New Year's celebrations of the same name. There are only a few Tri and Sek households on the Plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Death Traditionally, many groups in SE Asia buried their dead. It is only through the influence of Buddhism that cremation has become the norm among many ethnic groups in the region. For the indigenous Lao Theung groups, burial was the norm. Nowadays, monks conduct cremation rituals not only for the Lao and Phou Tai groups but also many Lao Theung groups, chanting Buddhist texts and purifying the living. The Brou, Bo and some Vietic groups combine elements of Buddhism and spirit traditions. This includes the juxtaposition of offerings to ancestral and territorial spirits as well as to the monks, buffalo sacrifices together with Buddhist purification chants, and ordinations followed by a feast with alcohol and raw meat. In some cases, there is another ritual (up to three years after the cremation) called jek khao, a kind of second burial that re-introduces the spirit back into the community as a benevolent ancestral spirit that watches over the living. The figure below is a visual representation of the cosmos for the ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau. Figure 13-3: Basic Cosmological Aspects of Nakai Plateau Ethnic Groups Territorial Spirit and shrine Forest and Animal Spirits Evil Spirits, causing illness Rice and fertility spirits Residents Ancestral Mediums Spirits Village Visiting Spirits Cultivated Area Burial Grounds Forest Area 13.3.7 Moving the Cosmos The different ethnic groups on the Plateau have frequently changed village sites either of their own volition or because of war, involuntary resettlement or epidemics. There are, therefore, mechanisms for relocating the village and rituals for appeasing the spirits in order to facilitate such a move. After conducting many interviews with ritual specialists, it can be concluded that it will not be difficult to move the cosmos to new village sites if proper procedures are followed. Furthermore, allowing for this would have positive consequence for the resettlement as a whole. It would reduce the psychological stress which is often expressed in `grieving for a lost home' or the anxiety about an unfamiliar relationship with unseen powers (cf. Scudder and Colson 1982). Examples of correct procedures resemble regular rituals in many ways: food, alcohol and decorations made of banana leaves and flowers are offered and the spirit is informed of the proposed move in the case of all ethnic groups. According to the medium of Ban Sop On, the territorial spirit should be given a full explanation of why the village is to move. This parallels other occasions when spirits are informed when there have been a number of strange events or accidents or when the rains are late. What is important to note is that the welfare of the villagers is in the interests of the spirits (ancestral or territorial) and vice versa. `If the village needs to be relocated because of inundation and will acquire better housing and improved infrastructure, the phi muang is sure to see the sense of that', explained the medium. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data In the case of villagers being relocated outside the traditional spiritual territory, such as might be the case with Ban Ka Oy and Sop Hia, if the people decide to relocate on the opposite side of the river, several things may happen. If the area is uninhabited and a fair distance from the ritual centre of another territorial spirit, the village may be able to move the spirit and re-establish it as a phi muang with a new territory intact. If the village is located near another village, it may abandon its own spirit and seek the protection of the spirit whose territory it now occupies such as was the case for all the villages under Ban Sop On's territorial spirit. There are also cases of lands being split between villages and founder spirits like in the example of Ban Done being created from land given by Ban Ka Oy and Ban Khone Khen. There are probably more variations. What is important is that villagers are consulted and given ample time to prepare for the move so that the proper rituals may be conducted. It is important that a consensus be reached within the village and under the direction of village elders who often have a double role of guardians of tradition (thao khun) and founding fathers (related to the spirit of a particular founder). The power and influence of these territorial spirits `manifest' themselves over time in the way the village prospers and the health of the inhabitants. However, since these spirit territories have a practical dimension in relation to access to land and resources, there may arise claims by several villages over a particular territorial demarcation in the resettlement area. Traditional conflict resolution consists of the elders of each village discussing the matter and coming to a mutually acceptable solution. This may involve ritual obligations and fees/payments/rent by one group to the other. 13.3.8 Moving Houses The following is a list of house rituals which all ethnic groups practice in one form or another when building and moving into a new house. Again the differences between the groups should be noted during the preparations for the resettlement but this outline contains elements from all the ethnic minorities on the Plateau and will give an idea of what kind of rituals are involved in the process of relocation. Choosing the Site: The choosing of the site involves divination (sieng) that is receiving a message of approval from the spirits. Ritual specialists may employ a piece of bamboo cut in two which is tossed into the air. If the two halves land upright or facing down it is auspicious to build a house on the site. If the two halves are of opposite values, it is inauspicious (common practice for Brou and Bo). Another common method is placing grains of uncooked rice on either an egg or at the base of a candle. If the grains have not fallen off by the next morning, the spirits approve of the choice of site (common for Tai ethnic groups). Construction of Houses: Construction of the house (phuk heun), or at least the frame, is a joint effort involving relatives and other villagers. It is an occasion for a village celebration and feast in which the women cook a meal and the men all pitch in to erect the structure. This is done on an auspicious day according to charts of the months and old texts in the possession of village elders, usually with training in a monastery. Once the day is decided upon, construction begins at midnight and continues for the whole day until there is enough of the house erected to live in. If there is not enough time, another auspicious day is selected. This is an ideal scenario and there is significant deviation from it since the construction of bamboo huts is a simple affair with a small ceremony but large structures may be erected over a period of many months or even years. A ceremony may involve only the raising of the first two important posts, sao jeh and sao khwan. Moving In: Moving into a new house (kheun heun mai) involves a recreation of a journey and invitation to stay (kae hit). In many cases the roles of fictitious previous inhabitants of the house are played by a village elder (usually male) and the male household head wanders around the house before asking if he could enter to rest. In some cases (among the Ahoe) the elder cries out for help in putting out the fire. The new inhabitant enters after receiving permission and hammers a nail to the post on which he hangs his belongings. This establishes him as the owner and the rest of the family member may then enter. There is also a calling of the house spirits (phi heun) to inform them that their descendants have moved into a new house and that they should protect and look after the interests of the living. Afterwards strings are tied around the wrists of the new occupants by the elders and all those present (mat meu). There are shorter variations of this ritual. The three families at the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm stated that all that is needed is a feast the night before and calling of the spirits and tying wrists. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data These rituals or aspects have been incorporated into the resettlement planning so far as part of the pilot village relocation. They have helped villagers feel at ease relocating their homes and it shows that planners take the villagers' worldview seriously and are concerned about how they settle in. It is important to remember that the member of all ethnic groups will not feel psychologically at ease if they are not under the protection of their spirits. This approach has resulted in a relatively smooth relocation and positive feedback from the villagers themselves and will continue. These and other rituals have been discussed with village elders in an attempt to see how they may be adapted to the resettlement of villages on the Nakai Plateau. There was considerable flexibility and a willingness to make compromises considering how houses and villages could be moved. 13.3.9 Cultural Heritage There are no known archaeological or historical sites in the area to be flooded by the NT2 reservoir (no findings have been recorded in any of the anthropological and sociological surveys conducted to date). No evidence of prehistoric human habitation; no stone implements or other indications of Paleolithic or Neolithic habitation have been found. Due to the mobility of the population on the Plateau and the disruption caused by war and invasion, there are very few structures and sites of cultural importance. The only items that have been identified are several monasteries constructed of wood in Ban Done and Ban Boua Ma, stupas made of stone or concrete and gravesites. In the case of village monasteries and stupas, adequate measures will be taken for their transportation to new village sites or for new buildings of at least a similar value to be constructed. Stupas and other religious structures such as spirit houses (simple structures made of bamboo and thatch) for village spirits (phi muang, phi thiem and phi mau) will be moved by the villagers themselves since they will have the required knowledge of local rituals and procedures for moving such objects. Making adjustments to schedules such as the selection of an auspicious day for commencing the relocation would contribute to the well being of the villagers during relocation. Concerning gravesites, measures will be taken to avoid locating villagers too close by for fear of spirits. Although many villagers exclaimed that this did not matter, the fact is that if certain inauspicious or inexplicable events occur, villagers may attribute them to an offended spirit at the new site. Given the possible disorientation that may temporarily occur during resettlement, villagers may be more prone to make such associations. Hence avoiding gravesites would avoid such problems. Gravesites that will be flooded by the reservoir did not seem to trouble people, but this is difficult to gauge from interviews. There seemed, however, no need to conduct rituals to transport spirits of deceased relatives since they reside in the house not at the gravesites. However, for recently deceased family members removal of urns containing ashes, stupas and appropriate ritual will be needed. NTPC has indicated that it would co-operate with the Ministry of Culture and Information so that appropriate protective and/or salvage measures will be adopted if any archaeologically significant properties are uncovered during the construction activities. These may consist of old Buddha statues or religious objects from previous monasteries or shrines in the area. The Concession Agreement outlines contractual obligations regarding the minimization of potential impacts on cultural items during construction and as a result of inundation, including monitoring, visibly marking items, consultations with GOL if items are discovered and full compensation or replacement (see CA, Schedule 4, Part 1 and 2, `Protection of archaeological heritage'). A detail archeological studying will be completed in 2004 to verify these assumptions that are based on the anthropological and social surveys. This will include archaeological digs and a systematic collection of data from the Nakai Plateau. 13.4 HEALTH STATUS 13.4.1 General Health Status The following health surveys were carried out on the Nakai Plateau: i. Health surveys carried out by the University of Chiang Mai (Pholsena 1997) in 1994-96; ii. Health surveys conducted by John Storey (1997); November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data iii. Health surveys conducted by RMU (2002); iv. Health Impact Assessment and Public Health Action Plan (see Vol 1 of the SDP, Chapter 5); v. Initial and ongoing studies by the Traditional Medicine Research Centre. These surveys and reports along with observations and discussions with villagers as part of formal consultations and informal visits, form the basis for the health analysis. The major public health problems in the project area are similar to those found in the nearby rural communities of adjacent provinces with a similar level of development. The Nakai Plateau is in fact fairly representative of public health problems occurring in the country as a whole as indicated in Table 13-11. The ongoing Government/WHO/UNICEF expanded program of immunization (EPI program) is addressing major childhood diseases (measles, diphtheria, whooping cough, polio and TB) in the country. Table 13-11: Leading Causes of Mortality in Lao PDR in the mid 1990s (Kobayashi et al., 2004) Cause of Death Mortality rate (per 100,0000) Malaria 7.62 Pneumonia 3.03 Meningitis 1.45 Diarrhoea 1.23 Tuberculosis 0.75 Accidents 0.51 13.4.2 Diseases Endemic to the Nakai Plateau The communicable diseases most commonly reported by health institutions in the project area are diarrhoea, acute respiratory infections (ARI) and malaria. Accidents associated with swidden-type agricultural practices, such as serious cuts and wounds form nearly 10 percent of all reported health problems and make an important demand on healthcare supplies and facilities in the area as reported by the 2002 Health Survey of the Nakai Plateau. Health assessments of Ban Nakai Neua in 2001 and Ban Nongbua, Sailom and Pamanton (hamlets that formed the pilot village) in 2001 indicate that there are high rates of parasites (up to 90%) and low rates of Malaria and TB. A table summarising reported symptoms by those experiencing acute illness on the Nakai Plateau is presented in Chapter 5 (Table 5-28). Malaria Malaria is the most potentially life-threatening of the three communicable diseases mentioned in the above table. In Lao PDR, 97 percent of all cases of malaria are due to Plasmodium falciparum. Plasmodium falciparum is the species that can develop multi-drug resistance to standard drugs, can also cause cerebral malaria and is always potentially life-threatening (Souliya 1996). The diagnosis of malaria cases in the project area, apart from at Thakhek hospital, is largely based on clinical symptoms and about 52 percent of all in- patients and 27 percent of all out-patients are due to malaria (GOL/WHO, 1996). The second most common malaria species, P. vivax, has not yet been reported as being resistant to chloroquine anywhere in the country. It will be noted that malaria cases were not reported from Nakai District until 1993 when well over 70 per cent of all patients were positive for malaria. This exceptionally high number cannot be explained, especially as it has declined in the years following. It may well be that residents of the Plateau have since had greater access to anti-malaria drugs. The malaria transmission season on both the Nakai Plateau probably occurs year round, although with the highest prevalence from May to early July, and again from October to early November, on account of temperature and rainfall patterns which influence mosquito breeding. There may be epidemiological variations between the Plateau and the river valleys and in irrigated areas with a different time sequence and transmission pattern emerging. Although the colder weather on the Nakai Plateau may affect transmission, and may favor P. vivax, it is not unusual in other similar situations, for transmission to take place inside the warmth and protection of the house. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Recent initiatives on the Nakai Plateau to reduce the incidence of malaria have been extremely successful. This EU-sponsored malaria programme resulted in only 10 reported cases of malaria in 2001 of 571 blood samples taken. Only six people required hospitalisation for the disease and there were no reported deaths. This dramatic reduction in malaria is primarily due to the distribution of mosquito nets. A study carried out by the Ministry of Health (2001) reported that only 4% of the population of the three pilot hamlets that have been moved to the new village site of Nong Boua tested positive. Diarrhoea Diarrhoea due to bacteriological contamination of water and food is probably more common in the hot, humid period of the year. Infections of the upper respiratory tract (coughs, colds and runny nose) and acute respiratory infections (ARI) are at their peak during the cold season both on the Plateau and in the valleys, especially among younger children. It should also be noted that the transmission season for diarrhoeal infections could be expected to be prolonged in areas where irrigation either exists now or in those areas where it will be introduced due to larger surface water areas. This is not a problem at present due to a lack of irrigation on the Nakai Plateau. Other diseases endemic to the project area are: Opisthorchiasis caused by a trematode worm and contracted by the wide-spread practice in the lowlands of eating raw fish often as conserved paste; large roundworm (Ascaris lumbricoides) which is transmitted through contaminated food; hook worm (contacted by walking barefoot); whipworm (Trichuris trichuria) and tapeworm. Diseases which are present in Lao PDR but which are not at the moment present in the project area include dengue fever and schistosomiasis. 13.4.3 Nutritional and Reproductive Health Problems The general nutritional situation on the Plateau is poor. The stable is glutinous rice which provides most of the calorie intake. Fish is the most important source of protein and various green leafy vegetables, fruits and forest plants provide vitamins. Fruit trees are relatively rare in some villages (central Plateau area). The planned vegetable gardens and fruit trees in the resettlement plan will be a positive supplement to a poor diet. Women are usually responsible for vegetable gardens and food preparation and more information is needed to improve families' diets. Improving the diet of children is perhaps the most important preventative means against disease in Southeast Asia (FAO 1995). Drinking water is not usually boiled. Villagers fetch water directly from the Nam Theun or Nam On or streams nearby. There is little understanding of the potential health problems and the primary concern is that the water appears clear, that is without sediment. In some cases, water is boiled with various barks and leaves resembling tea was served but this is the practice only during the cold winter months. It was also confirmed that there were only a few isolated examples of eating raw fish that can transmit opisthorchiasis. It is possible that lowlanders from Ban Nikhom 3 introduced it to the area but a few families keep jars of fermented fish (paa daek) stored in their kitchens. A particular problem which relates to both health and nutrition is postpartum recovery practices called yuu fai, which means `lying by the fire'. Women are confined for a period of 7-15 days during which they drink medicinal water, usually made from boiling the bark of trees and plants, and sweat profusely. They start to eat dried food (roasted fish, chicken and frogs), rice and salt after a few days. Efforts should be made to modify the diet, by encouraging women to eat more nutritious food containing vitamins during this period, while still continuing the tradition that relates to purifying the body and re-establishing a balance of elements in it. There are midwives (mae sadam or mae kep) in all villages and in a few villages traditional healers (mau yao). The former have a limited knowledge about delivery and postnatal care but cannot deal with serious or complicated cases. Since most of these midwives are elderly, they would not be suitable to be trained as paramedics. Many healers have no apprentices and few practice on a regular basis. It seems that the introduction of medicines, even though on a limited scale, has weakened peoples' beliefs in traditional healing practices. 13.4.4 Health Facilities on the Nakai Plateau and Vicinity Health facilities in Nakai consist of one District Hospital, five health centres and one malaria control station. The health centres can be characterised as frequently incompletely staffed and poorly stocked with November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data essential drugs. Most villages have a designated Village Health Volunteer (VHV), but the volunteer seldom has the necessary medicines and most need technical strengthening. Adjoining Nakai District there are other District Hospitals and health centres that are only slightly better in terms of resources and staff. The nearest Provincial Hospital is in Thakhek for serious medical problems and operations. A total of one Provincial Hospital, nine District Hospitals and eighty-nine Health Centers in Khammouane Province sereve a total population of 331,044 (LECS2 1999) as show in Table 13-12. Health personnel available within the province and in four districts are outlined in Table 13-13. The ratio of medical personnel to population within Khammouane Province is shown on Table 13-14. This ratio of population to medical staff is considered very high. Table 13-12: Health Facilities in Khammouane Province and in Project Area Districts (2001) Gnommalat Khammouane Health Facility Nakai District Mahaxai District District Province General Hospital 0 0 0 1 District Hospital 1 1 1 9 Health Center 5 4 5 59 Malaria Station 1 1 1 10 Total Health Facilities 7 6 7 79 (Khammouane Province Health Dept. 2001) Table 13-13: Medical Personnel in Khammouane Province and in Project Area Districts (2001) Gnommalat Khammouane Title Nakai District Mahaxai District District Province Medical doctor 2 2 1 69 Asst. doctors 7 6 6 185 Nurse Practitioners 13 26 21 467 Asst. Dentist 0 1 0 5 Pharmacist 0 0 0 9 Dispensers 3 3 3 5 Nurse Auxiliaries 3 3 2 45 Laboratory Technician 0 0 0 5 Malaria control 2 1 3 12 personnel (Khammouane Province Health Dept. 2001) Table 13-14: Ratio of Medical Personnel to Population in Khammouane Province (2001) Title Ratio (Staff to People) Medical doctor 1:4,798 Assistant doctor 1:1,789 Nurse practitioner 1:709 Assistant dentist 1:66,209 Pharmacist 1:36,783 Dispenser 1:62,209 Nurse Auxiliaries 1:7,357 Laboratory Technician 1:62,209 Malaria control personnel 1:27,587 Ratios based on Khammouane Province Health Dept. 2001 for medical data and LECS2 1999 for population data November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data 13.5 TRADITIONAL HEALTH PRACTICES Most villagers on the Nakai Plateau make extensive use of traditional health practices in additional to bio- medicine which is becoming more and more readily available. Various ethnic groups have different concepts of health and disease, but at least in the villages visited in the preliminary investigation (September 2004) most information had shared fundamental concepts that are found throughout South East Asia. The Tai-Lao worldview is dominant in many regions, including Lao PDR. This indigenous health consists of three basic medical categories with corresponding practitioners: · Natural disease stems from exposure to noxious natural elements · Losing a soul or khwan · Intervention of phi (spirits, corpse or evil spirits) 13.5.1 Traditional Causes of Disease and Traditional Health Specialists The mô tamnyae or traditional midwife assists in uncomplicated childbirth mainly by pushing on the abdomen at the right time. She (usually a female but not always) will cut the cord with a sharp piece of bamboo. At times she can move a breech into a head-down position before actual labour starts. Nowadays the Ministry of Health trains "Traditional Birth Attendants". If they are literate, these experienced midwives are invited to join. Where a Mô tamyae isn't available the husband or a knowledgeable family member will take on this role. After giving birth, a new mother traditionally is kept indoors for some 3 (Hmong) to 30 (Tai Lao) days. During this period her diet is restricted to items, such as salty rice, white chicken or duck meat and rattan leaves. She drinks copious amounts of hot medicinal tea which supposedly helps the uterus shrink, the breasts to fill and the body to wash out toxic substances. Various plants or barks are used for this purpose. While thus secluded in the house, she and her baby sit near a glowing fire and receive one visitor after another. At daily or weekly intervals she is made to sweat visibly, by lying on a bamboo bed standing over red-hot charcoal. This domestic ritual is called "yu fai" (to sit by the fire). It draws on the medicinal knowledge of a mô ya (ya = poison or medicine, that is `body-changing' substance). Herbal, mineral or animal ingredients can all serve to cure illness of natural origin. Most households know and use at least the more common medicinal plants. But a mô ya's pharmacopoeia is vastly more elaborate. Buddhist monks and medical researchers have again codified, systematised and expanded on this. One practice is called ya hôm (scented medicine) and refers to steam saturated with herbal essences. It can be inhaled or may soak a patient's whole body. A piece of wet cloth of varying sizes is used to confine this sauna-like function. A `bonesetter' priest or mô pao (priest that blows spells ­ usually male) heals broken bones by blowing (pao) over them. Over closed fractures he first rubs powder of a secret root, chews a medicinal leaf, blows slowly over the breakage and mumbles his magical formulae (môn). Such powerful blowing and words are said to heal any body part or to prevent successive infant deaths. It is an active principle carried by the formula that heals, like an herbal essence would. In the domestic sphere, blowing over a fontanel or a painful spot are also common reactions for consoling parents. And almost anyone in the region knows how to better muscle or tendon pain by kneading and rubbing. Often one can see child feet carefully working their parent's hurting back or waist. In order to prevent natural disorder, parents protect their offspring from dust, dirt, sun, rains, winds, insects and rotting matter. They try providing healthy elements like water, food, vitamins, rest and merit. Certainly weak persons such as dek daeng (child red= infants), pregnant women and the elderly need this kind of care. In Laos the Government has broadcast such advice in a campaign called the "three cleans" - food, dress and houses. Loss of Souls Every human being holds some 32 khwan or souls, one for each organ or body part. Airplanes, trucks, cars, houses, drums, elephants, buffaloes, tigers and rice also have khwan. Khwan are described as `fickle as children' or `fearful as chickens'. Fright, curiosity, playfulness and benign or malicious attacks can all make November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data them leave the body they are part of. The number of souls departed is evident in the severity of the resultant malaise. This concept commands a set of taboos and prevention measures. An infant is not taken near a corpse. The dead person's spirit or phi idles about there until cremation. An infant (a pregnant woman, an elderly or sickly person) should stay out of fields or forests. House and village spirits cannot protect it there. At home, parents all know how to "tie the wrists" (mat khen) of their children to steady their fickle khwan. This is an abridged version of the well-known "baci" or "sou khwan" ceremony visitors to Lao all get to know at some time. A Moh Khwan would usually be a man having spent time at a Buddhist temple. But e.g. to repair some misdemeanour a mother can perform it for a victim neighbour child. Moh Khwan are normally female with the Tai Dam. Rites of passage in Tai groups always include a sou khwan. This happens after yu fai, as part of a boy's ordination or by way of traditional marriage. Sou khwan means "to unite', i.e. the khwan with the body they care for. But sout khwan means `to pray', i.e. the lost khwan to return to base. A mô khwan prevents; a mô sout cures. Sou khwan is called for when people get separated from loved ones. As after studies abroad, after a long journey or when a family member dies. Surprises, accidents, operations and conflicts make khwan flee too. Whether to sou or to sout, and varying somewhat with occasion, group or location, the ceremony's structure remains the same. First an auspicious time and place is decided. The mô khwan and numerous guests arrive about that time, and find a pha khwan already prepared. This "tray to feed the khwan" carries a chalice containing dry rice. Stuck in the grains are elaborate flower pieces, varied incense sticks and candles plus a few branches holding a bundle of white cotton 20cm threads. A long string of cotton lies rolled up next to this centrepiece. Other plates on the tray contain a boiled egg, sticky rice, some bananas, sweets, flowers, a bottle of alcohol plus perhaps a boiled chicken, betel nuts and leaves. The mô khwan takes place opposite the person to be celebrated, with the pha khwan between them. Guests sit behind and often touch the attendant's (and each other's) elbow during the ceremony's prayers. All have their legs folded sideways in sitting on the floor mats. The candles are lit. The mô greets and may call on (Buddhist) divinities for assistance. The cotton rope is unwound to span the whole congregation; it specifically encircles attendant and officiator. Its ends are tied between the centrepiece flowers. Now the mô calls for the khwan themselves. His words try to convince or to seduce them to keep or to return to protecting their proper owner. The litanies last variably long. At the end the khwan are thought indeed to have united or returned. Now the mô khwan ties the first pair of white cotton strings around each wrist of the ceremony's beneficiary. In doing so, he murmurs wishes for prosperity and good health. He deposits some of the offerings to the khwan in the hand he's tying. Other guests now come tie the attendant's wrists as well. All wish her well and propose other things to eat from the tray. When both wrists are tied with all available threads, the ceremony terminates with a collective meal for all those present. Spirit Affliction Disrespected house spirits (phi huan) may whisk away a descendant's khwan, resulting in malaise or worse. A corpse carried inside the village gates may unleash epidemics. Disrespected village spirits (phi ban) in their anger then allow the restless ghost to catch the khwan of another villager. This person then dies too and its own ghost will do the same again, and on and on. This shows why Tai peoples so honour their domain spirits. These after all are their normally protective ancestors. But more malicious phi lurk further away, in the fields, rivers, forests and cemeteries. Those who died a violent or unnatural death (by abortion, poison, suicide, accident, murder or in labour) are particularly vicious. If someone strays too far from their phi ban's cover, or even actually disturbs those savage phi (pricking a stick in the sand, throwing a stone in a pond, cutting a tree uninvited may be all it takes) severe disease ensues. Not only did most of the khwan flee, but the enraged phi has now actually entered that person's body (phi pop). Diseases caused by familiar phi are less grave or more chronic. People seek to placate, not to frighten these spirits. This they do by offering them their favourite dish, e.g. chicken, duck, goat, pig, cow or buffalo. Diviners or mô yao find out what exactly it is an angry/hungry phi wants to smell (just the odour suffices the phi). A common divination technique is to scoop a handful of rice and to count the grains. A pair November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data result means `yes', no pair is `no'. More popular is trying to stand an egg or knife on edge. Others drop rice grains on an egg, counting the number of those left on top. Only if all answers are negative ("Are you the phi huan? Are you the phi huay?") the mô yao decides that the disease is natural and should therefore be treated with herbs or drugs. But if the answer is yes (and several phi may be involved, each craving different foods), and the goal of rituals is to make offerings to satisfy the spirit and to exorcise the spirit from the person with the help of the mô môn. Without active help from healers, parents can ward off the phi by respecting the taboos on corpses or on the way guests may move or stay inside their house. Some ethnic groups use marks to protect children against ghosts. Most of the time, regular offerings to one's house spirits suffice to keep supernatural illness at bay. Village spirits, however, require an expert to be attended to. Once a year, in front of the sacred Village Hall (hô ban) a public ritual involves the phi ban. It is conducted by a medium called a mô thiem (priest for visiting spirits ­ male or female). 13.5.2 Traditional Health Practices on the Nakai Plateau Most villagers are familiar with a range of medicinal plants, often for tea and sometimes for steam baths. Most can perform simple massage (yieb), the knowledge of which is transmitted over generations. After birth, all mothers practice yu fai. Usually it is the husband who maintains the fire, finds the herbs and prepares the teas. Guests here do not share in drinking the tea, unlike Tai Lao custom prescribes in lowland areas. The Tai Bo of Nakai Tai do not carry their infants to the field. By contrast, when they need to work their plots the Makong will mark a infant's forehead with soot. This tells a greedy phi that the child already has an owner and should be left alone. Just before returning home again, the mother will usually call after her baby's khwan so that is will not stay behind. In general, people state that either gender can perform simple domestic rituals. Mô khwan or Mô sout are all men though since they learn spells while residing in a temple. Nakai Tai villagers said "We are modern now, we're already used to having a male TBA since hospital gynaecologists are mostly male too. Our women are not as ashamed as before". But all observe the taboos related to corpses, avoided by children under five or pregnant women, and prohibited from being carried into the village. Everyone also knows how to tie wrists. Herbalists are mostly men because few women are literate since remedies are often written down. A Mô sout should have spent time at the monastery, is therefore normally male. A crucial decision for many attending a patient is whether to undertake spiritual action before, after or in parallel with bio-medicine. Makong women in Nong Boua, for example, appear to favour modern medicine in this regard. On the first day of fever paracetamol is given, on day two a blood test is taken and on day three they may make a trip to the local clinic at Nakai. A mô yao comes only when death seems imminent. Elsewhere though, certainly among the elder and the illiterate, many call the mô yao on day 2 or 3. At Nong Boua Kham one counts grains of rice staying on an egg but at .Done one tries to stand the egg on a coin. The mô thiem treats questions related to their whole community's well being. On the Plateau however, several mô thiem use possession by way of divination like Hmong shamans. 13.5.3 Indigenous Health Ingredients Types of Ingredients In order to compare what present day Nakai indigenous medicine contains by way of medicinal ingredients, following is a brief overview of types of elements: · Inert substances of minerals (bright coloured minerals and soils) and liquids and solids that can cause transformations, such as water, acid, etc. · Inert substances of animal origin, such as milk · Excrement of newborn mammals, lizards and insects, and urine · Body parts of animals, such as bear gallbladder, livers horns, teeth, bones, shells, skin · Parts of aquatic animals, such as bones, shells and body parts of fish, molluscs, crabs, etc. · Plant species (200 medicinal plant species and over 1000 are listed in 200 medicinal plant species in neighbouring Gnommalath, and Bualapha Districts) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Many of these ingredients are rare (endangered and rare animals) or from remote areas (shells from the ocean) and this seems to increase their value and `magical' or transformational properties. Nakai Ingredients There are a limited number of herbalists and traditional health practitioners on the Nakai Plateau. One practitioners from Done uses the following combinations: · A piece of stalactite left to infuse in rainwater to cure high fever; · Salt and sugar with water for the treatments of diarrhoea (similar to oral re-hydration practices); · Bones of flying squirrels to treat kidney stones, skin to treat burns and penis for boosting vigour in men ­ also civets, tiger and gibbon parts used for vigour; · 100 plants for various complaints were recognised from existing records. 13.5.4 Changes in Indigenous Practices Choices in Health Treatment on the Plateau People in Nakai Tai claim that most now prefer biomedical drugs to traditional herbal remedy. This change has occurred since the NT2 Project provided them with a 26-item Drug Revolving Fund (DRF) in 2000. The preference seems to have spread to all people, regardless of economic status and gender. Only the elderly still prefer first consulting with the spirits using a mô yao. Younger people would rather borrow money for pills than to pick herbs for treatment. Ban Nong Boua villagers continue to use medicinal plants. Brou women in Nong Boua exemplified the most modern attitude to cure. A feverish toddler is given paracetamol on day one, gets a blood check on day two and might return to sleep at the hospital as of day three. This usually means getting an intravenous drip, known to be effective. Before, in the old village, caretakers started with herbs until someone returned two hours later with pills. Both sorts were then given jointly; without fear for conflict between them. In fact, health-seeking behaviour generally relies on trial and error until cure or death. Initially, symptoms are given up to 48 hours to abate, before a new remedy or health provider is sought. In roadside villages, this often means just changing the antibiotic. In remote ones natural, biomedical and spiritual means alternate or combine in increasingly rapid succession to ward off imminent death. Since the last traditional practitioner died at the previous Nong Boua site, no one has taken on this role. In Ban Done severity of presenting symptoms (high fever, abdominal pains, seizures) decides whether to start with herbs or drugs.. Conveniently, the District Hospital is a mere 40 minutes ride away (at 5000 kp/p) and prevention items like impregnated bed nets are now bought from the District Health Office for 8500kip, against 30.000 when sold in the market. In Ban Done biomedicine was introduced in 2000 and the drug fund has kept revolving thanks to rules strictly applied by the health worker. Drugs work fast, work most of the time, are easy to purchase, easily swallowed and include contraceptives. Diagnosis seems more reliable. But they are not free, must be bought from afar, often give side effects, and steadily lose quality. If used wrongly, they're outright dangerous. Yet on the whole people trust biomedicine more (a disease may "return" following poor drug regime compliance ­ and anything, including herbs, will cure a viral 3d fever). Herbal cure takes longer to surface, and only does so half of the time. A shared view exists on what herbs and drugs have going for or against them. Herbs are free and always somewhere at hand. They show fewer side effects than medicines. Remarkably people find that "when herbs heal, they do it well and the disease doesn't return". But preparing an herbal concoction may take up to 48 hours (if e.g.7 ingredients are all found at distant spots) and isn't often pleasant to swallow. In addition, few people know enough about formulas and locations to collect a reasonably potent remedy. Not all villages have their herbalist. A way of preserving tradition officially endorsed by the Ministry of Health is to include industrial as well as natural formulations in revolving drug kits. Conversely, training herbalists to administer a DRF seems quite acceptable. Such a person could decide faster when to change remedies, and one needn't locate a second person to avail of both functions. If of course s/he were absent, one again would wish for decoupled skills! Certainly a Traditional Birth Attendant, possibly even a mô môn might usefully add drug therapy to their trade. The main criterion for these responsibilities was felt to be literacy and intelligence, not age or experience. Having the educated work with the experienced was called optimal. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Modernizing Medicine on the Plateau There was no problem in acquiring the Tai Lao names for common herbs. The Ban Done herbalist doesn't know Brou names for the plants he uses. Though over 60 he doesn't speak the language himself. This is also true for Nong Boua residents, one resident reporting: "but we willingly trade our tradition and customs for those of the Lao", referring to the change from burial to cremation. This process of assimilation and integration of culture seems at work in the domain of medicinal knowledge too. Most herbal doctors are disappearing without successors ("Pou nom khi khaan hien, khi khaan khalam" ­ young people don't bother with study or discipline) which means that the compendium of medicinal wisdom is being lost: "Ancient mô yao knew what time of the day, the week or the moon to take what part of a plant. We here just go and get what we need and know enough about." In Nong Boua elders could still cite therapeutic indications, but younger people mostly knew but the names of common medicinal plants. As ancient practices are phased out, modern ways are phased in. The young and educated are the first to take pills. Once introduced the practice seems to spread quickly. Ya luang (great medicine) works well and fast, and is promoted by the Ministry. Though Nong Boua's leader thinks an intelligent mô yao might make a good health worker, he doubts a spirit conversely would think of possessing a health worker to call her into divining. Thus the trend becomes irreversible. Differing opinion among the leaders and young population and the elders and remaining practitioners exist in many villages. Not all are satisfied with hospital treatment and many complain about the costs of medicine. It is likely that both medical systems will coexist on the Plateau for some time to come even though some traditional practices are disappearing. 13.6 EDUCATION STATUS Information on the education status of the ethnic minorities on the Nakai Plateau can be obtained by combining literacy levels and school attendance statistics on the one hand and by visiting and assessing the conditions and functioning of educational facilities on the other (see Table 13-15). The education levels of village leaders are important in assessing the capacity of local authorities to tackle the upcoming challenges of resettlement and livelihood development (see Table 13-16). In addition, knowledge of the Lao language is important when considering the consultation process. 13.6.1 Literacy From the various surveys carried out on the Nakai Plateau and from participatory observations made in the area, one can conclude that only a small percentage of villagers were literate in the Lao language. None of the minority languages of the Plateau are written down. Except for a few women, mostly located in Ban Oudomsouk, roadside villages and recent arrivals from lowland areas, the majority of women are illiterate. Some young women and girls who have had some basic schooling (village primary schools) exhibited varying degrees of literacy. Literacy levels for men appear to be only slightly higher due to a number of factors: boys tend to go to school for longer periods of time and have opportunities to acquire literacy from the monkhood and educational institutions outside the region. In addition, many laborers and recent male migrants are literate. Several village leaders were originally from the lowlands, showing that literacy can lead to positions of influence and power in the village. Table 13-15 shows that 63% of the population of the Nakai Plateau never attended school. One can also assume that most of the population with only primary school, which is the majority of those that did attend any school, are probably functionally illiterate if they have not been using their writing and reading skills regularly during adolescence and adulthood. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-15: Educational Levels and Literacy on the Nakai Plateau (all affected people) Education Level No. of People % of Population Primary School 1-5 1526 31% Secondary School 1-4 214 4% High School 1-3 43 1% College 8 0% Institute 5 0% University 7 0% Semester/Master 1 0% Others 9 0% No Schooling 3076 63% Total: 4889 100% (1998 Census Data used) Table 13-16: Education Level of Household Head on the Nakai Plateau Education Level (head of household) No. of HH % of HH Primary School 1 24 3% Primary School 2 115 13% Primary School 3 84 9% Primary School 4 34 4% Primary School 5 101 11% Secondary School 1 11 1% Secondary School 2 8 1% Secondary School 3 47 5% Secondary School 4 0 0% High School 1 1 0% High School 2 2 0% High School 3 21 2% College 6 1% Institute 2 0% University 3 0% Semester/Master 1 0% Others 2 0% No Schooling 423 48% No Response 1 0% Total 886 100% 13.6.2 Lao Language Proficiency Table 13-17 on the following page records the level of understanding, speaking, reading and writing Lao of all the ethnic minorities in the villages on the Nakai Plateau. As is expected in a melting-pot culture, there is a lingua franca among all the different languages groups, in this case, it is the national language of the country. It should be pointed out, though, that the dialect of Lao spoken on the Nakai Plateau (in most cases, Tai Bo) is only slightly different in terms of vocabulary and tones, and is mutually understandable for lowland Lao-speakers (see Table 12-5). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Table 13-17: Lao Language Proficiency on the Nakai Plateau Understanding Lao Speaking Lao Reading Lao Writing Lao Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Village M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F Khonekhen 33 34 1 8 32 35 3 6 8 2 9 2 16 9 4 13 2 16 41 Done 96 106 96 104 2 18 4 30 10 45 95 17 4 31 10 46 94 SopOn 65 73 2 1 67 73 1 16 2 13 8 34 68 12 1 16 8 35 69 Bouama 56 57 1 4 57 57 4 2 26 7 28 55 25 6 30 57 KaOy 21 22 1 21 22 1 4 6 2 10 21 2 8 2 10 21 Phonesavang 21 18 7 7 1 17 12 10 14 1 5 5 1 15 28 1 7 17 29 Nongbouakham 40 38 40 38 7 3 20 9 12 29 7 3 20 9 12 27 Hatkhampane 15 15 1 15 15 1 7 1 8 15 7 1 8 15 Kaengngao 10 5 10 19 1 10 4 10 20 1 6 1 15 23 6 1 15 23 Sopphen 45 45 3 45 43 1 4 3 1 14 2 27 46 3 1 14 2 27 46 Sopma 16 18 1 15 16 2 2 4 12 19 4 12 19 Nakaitai 142 163 6 4 2 144 164 4 4 1 16 3 33 7 95 163 16 2 33 8 97 163 Nakaineua 61 72 3 61 72 3 15 2 25 21 19 534 14 1 26 22 19 54 Thalang 48 52 1 48 53 11 3 15 10 22 40 11 2 15 11 22 40 Oudomsouk 201 216 1 201 217 133 68 36 37 32 110 133 66 35 34 32 118 Phonephanpek 75 85 1 75 85 1 19 4 31 14 25 67 19 4 30 14 25 67 Sophia 48 53 1 49 53 6 1 14 6 29 46 6 1 14 5 29 47 Namnian 24 25 1 25 25 10 1 5 5 11 18 10 1 5 5 11 18 Nongboua 23 25 2 1 25 25 4 1 7 4 13 22 3 1 7 4 14 22 Averages 1,025 1,107 33 51 1 5 1,028 1,098 30 60 1 4 277 95 299 146 460 943 258 87 309 143 469 955 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Only six/five adults were recorded as having a poor understanding of the Lao language or poor speaking skills in Lao. The overwhelming majority of the ethnic minorities categorised their own skills in the Lao language as good or satisfactory. Most ethnic groups on the Plateau, nearly all children under the age of 10, have Lao or a Lao/Tai dialect as their mother tongue and little or no knowledge of Brou or Vietic languages. The Brou language was spoken by only a handful of households as the main language of communication in the domestic sphere, with the exception of Kaenggnao and Boua Ma where most seem to know Brou, and most Vietic families still used Ahoe and Phông as languages of daily interaction. Hence, it is a mistake to associate the knowledge of an ethnic language, such as Brou or Ahoe, with an ethnic group on the Plateau since most now speak only Lao or a dialect of Lao (Tai Bo). It is quite feasible that in 20-25 years there will be no ethnic minority languages spoken on the Nakai Plateau except between elders. An independent review of the language situation on the Plateau (Enfield, Jan 2004 - Max Planck Institute) reports that: · There do not appear to be qualitative differences in economic livelihood between villagers of different ethnicities · Language is not necessarily a defining criterion of ethnicity · The Plateau is a site of intense language contact, and villagers are exposed to a number of different languages in daily life · The process of ethnic minority language loss appears to be in advanced stages in most villages However, the report also notes that attitudes to language loss vary from group to group. Many Brou stated that they did not regret the loss of their original language. The Vietic of Sop Hia, on the other hand, were conscious of the importance of their language and cultural identity. All Ahoe in this village, including children, speak Ahoe as well as Lao and other language. 13.6.3 Education Facilities In many of the villages on the Nakai Plateau, schools are not functioning properly. Either attendance was low due to the need to gather NTFPs or plant rice (every able-bodied pair of hands is sometimes needed) or teachers were not regularly conducting classes. During surveys, teachers who should have been conducting classes were often found at home, much to their embarrassment. The incentive for performing one's duty is not great since the District only pays 30,000 Kip per month (approximately USD $ 30 in 1997). Some schools were financed by the villagers themselves since the local government had neither the funds nor could it provide for teachers. Due to the bad flooding in 1996, many families could not pay the fees to the teachers.8 Villagers understand the importance of education but have little means of obtaining an education for their children. The exceptions are the large school in Ban Oudomsouk and the roadside village of Ban Nakai Neua. In theory each village (often shared in the case of small hamlets) should have its own primary school. However, only primary schools in large villages like Ban Done, Ban Boua Ma, Ban Nakai Tai and Ban Thalang were functioning properly. In many of the villages schools had not been functioning at all for several years. The national curriculum is in the Lao language. For most ethnic minorities (Brou and Bo) on the Plateau this does not pose a problem since their mother tongue is Lao. However, there are some children who have a minority language (Brou or Ahoe) as a mother tongue. Studies have reported that without consideration of ethnic languages (ADB 2001 ­ Health and Education Needs) ethnic minority children may become disadvantaged and drop out of school. Recruitment of local teachers that speak local languages will be one important way of addressing this issue. 13.7 GENDER ISSUES Since the 1980s, improving the status of women has become an increasingly important aspect of development projects. This is because it was felt that previously women's labour was not always 8 A similar phenomenon is recorded in the Theun Hinboun region. Many villages had organised their own classes with a local person who could read and write as a teacher. Nominal fees collected from the families made up the teacher's salary. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data transferred to the market and that men benefited more directly in the first stages of a transition from a subsistence to a market-oriented economy. WB OD 4.30 states that women should be considered as a "vulnerable group" in addition to considerations of ethnic minorities in WB OD 4.20. The ADB has a policy on gender and development that outlines programmes and initiatives. The division of labor between men and women is by no means absolute but there are clear notions of what is male work and what is female work among all the ethnic groups. Men, however, were frequently seen taking care of young children and doing domestic tasks while women could do all kinds of work in the fields if necessary. Villagers often exclaim that "men and women do the same work". But upon further inquiry, there were some definite concepts of the division of labor. One common expression was phusay sak phuying nam, which translates as "men make the hole in the ground using a pole, women place the rice seed in the hole". This appears to be a co-operative work effort at first glance but it also symbolizes the superior position of men in these societies: the man goes first and stands upright, the woman follows behind and has to bend over. Table 13-18 lists the most common tasks and responsibilities which men and women perform and some of the tasks often shared. The PRA map-making sessions, carried out as part of planning resettlement (Sparkes 1997), also highlighted this division of labor and the inter- dependency of men and women in the establishment of a functioning household unit. Table 13-18: The Division of Labour Male work Shared Tasks Female Work · heavy work in the fields such as · weeding, clearing the fields, · most of the household tasks such removing large trees and cutting planting and harvesting as cleaning, washing clothes and down trees · collecting food in the forest and preparing all the meals · contact with officials and along streams and NTFPs for sale · pounding rice twice a day government representatives · fetching drinking water from the · looking after young children, the · overnight trips to markets in river9 sick and the infirm towns · taking care of domestic animals in · work with machines, motor boats the house area (pigs, chickens and and driving vehicles ducks) · carpentry, blacksmith, boat- · taking care of the vegetable making, house-building and other gardens near the house tasks involving specialized tools · selling vegetables and forest · formal positions of authority in products in the nearby markets the village · herding buffalo and cattle · fishing with nets and hunting and trapping The division of labour as outlined in the above table is representative for all ethnic groups on the Plateau. This is due in part to a shared production system and similar access to natural resources. In addition, no religious taboos or restrictions on either men or women doing certain types of work were recorded. However, there are some differences between the ethnic groups in relation to male and female behaviour and gender roles. The most noticeable difference is that Vietic groups and some Brou communities that have settled relatively recently on the Nakai Plateau from the NBCA, tend to have more restrictions governing female behaviour, including access to rooms, commensality and interactions with male relatives. Addressing these differences between the groups and ensuring that women also benefit from the Project can best be achieved through gender-segregated consultations and specific measures (see Section 26.5.1). The recent Gender Report on NT2 (Iram June 2004) examined the roles of men and women in the various communities on the Plateau and the potential impacts and mitigation measures. In terms of 9Men and women fetch water whenever they bathe, but women do so for all domestic uses including cooking, clearing and washing in addition. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data workload for women in particular, it will be important to monitor changes in the livelihood system and introduction of market economics to a greater degree. 13.8 RELATIONS WITH NON-NAKAI PLATEAU GROUPS Interactions between the inhabitants of the Nakai Plateau and other peoples are common. Although the region is only slowly being integrated into the national economy, contact with other groups has been ongoing for centuries as illustrated above in Section 12.2.2. It is worth noting the different types of contact as well as former and existing trends: Transferral of cultural beliefs, notably the spread of Buddhism and lowland cultural practices. Some men acquired their education in monasteries in the lowland areas and returned as learned men and religious practitioners. The spread of Buddhism has varied depending on relationship between the state and Buddhism. In the twentieth century, a form of Buddhism that was mixed with local beliefs existed on the Plateau with irregular contact with monasteries to the south. Since 1975 there has been a decline in Buddhist activities until quite recently when a small monastery was re-established in Ban Oudomsouk. Changing livelihood patterns are evidence of continuous contact with groups inside and outside of the region. Groups such as the Brou and Sek have influenced the Vietic population in that the latter now practices sedentary agriculture and to a large extent have similar livelihood systems. The recently arrived Tai groups in the northern parts of the Plateau have also adapted their livelihood system to suit the ecological niche - swidden instead of their traditional paddy production. Recent attempts by the government (Nikhom 3) and different ethnic groups at introducing wet rice paddy have not been successful in most cases, due to agro-ecology rather than ethnic reasons. Trade in livestock illustrates contact with other groups surrounding the Plateau. Firstly, buffalo from the lowland areas were previously given to villagers on the Nakai Plateau for grazing since there was limited pasture in the lowland areas of Gnommalath and Mahaxai Districts. Buffalo were traded both in the lowland areas of Thakhek District and over the mountains in Vietnam. Several trade routes were well established for these purposes and Brou and Vietic groups used their kinship and clan ties to maintain these economic links, but this does not seem to be evident today. Trade in NTFPs and wildlife reveals a similar arrangement of economic and social ties that are mutually supportive. The rich resources of forest were much sort after commodities in other parts. Ethnic groups hunted, fished and collected a variety of NTFPs for sale to middlemen from the lowland areas, Ban Lak Sao, Thailand and Vietnam. Items were often bartered for rice, salt and manufactured goods. This trade and the trade in livestock resulted in the introduction of many items produced in other areas as well as essential food supplies and goods. Marriage between groups outside the Plateau is common as is highlighted in Section 12.2.3 above. A number of partners, both male and female, come from areas surrounding the Plateau, including the Brou and Lao communities in the Gnommalat and Mahaxai Districts, the Vietic groups in the catchment area, Lao immigrants from all over the country (former members of Nikhom 3) and even some Tai groups from the Ban Lak Sao area. There are no strict rules with the possible exception of the Tai groups, and there is considerable movement between regions for work, hunting and gathering and trading. Intermarriages are one of the many reasons for the `melting pot' designation that describes the similarities between the ethnic groups on the Plateau (cf. Section 12.2). Disturbances during Second Indochina War (ca. 1962-1975) have resulted in involuntary resettlement, village relocations and a refugee situation. Some groups were relocated in areas to the south of the Plateau due to fighting, including some Vietic groups. The children of these groups attended Lao schools and these people were exposed to Lao culture and customs. There was considerable movement of people from and to the Plateau and the catchment area throughout the war, resulting in further mixing, re- composition of villages and exposure to different cultures. In addition, many able-bodied men joined the army, a multi-ethnic organization. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Chapter 13: Nakai Plateau EMDP Baseline Data Lao Nation State and dominant lowland Lao values have been influencing all of the cultures on the Plateau. The establishment of the new District Capital at Ban Oudomsouk has increased the number of Lao professionals, traders and service industry workers. Education in Lao and the economic, social and political influence of the dominant lowland Lao is significant on all cultures on the Plateau. ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau CHAPTER 14 LOCAL PARTICIPATION ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU Table of Content 14 LOCAL PARTICIPATION ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU.......................................1 14.1 CONSULTATION PROCESS ­ PLANNING STAGE .............................................................1 14.1.1 Definitions of Consultation ..............................................................................................................................1 14.1.2 Local Consultation Process...............................................................................................................................1 14.1.3 Ethnic Minority Languages and Special Provisions.......................................................................................1 14.1.3.1 Language and Consultations ......................................................................................................... 2 14.1.3.2 Participation of Women................................................................................................................. 2 14.1.3.3 Vulnerable Groups......................................................................................................................... 2 14.2 PCPD TEAMS AND REVIEW OF LOCAL CONSULTATIONS (1997-2004) ..........................2 14.2.1 PCPD in 1997.....................................................................................................................................................3 14.2.2 PCPD in 1998.....................................................................................................................................................3 14.2.3 PCPD in 2004.....................................................................................................................................................4 14.3 ASSESSMENT OF `MEANINGFULNESS' IN RELATION TO PROJECT DESIGN (1997-98) .....................................................................................................4 14.3.1 Quality of Discussion or Dialogue...................................................................................................................5 14.3.2 Degree of Disagreement....................................................................................................................................6 14.3.3 Affects on Project Design.................................................................................................................................6 14.3.3.1 The decision to remain on the Plateau instead of relocation in the lowland areas................ 6 14.3.3.2 Alterations in house designs to suit the needs and aspirations of the PAPs.......................... 7 14.3.3.3 Modifications of the livelihoods systems .................................................................................... 7 14.3.3.4 Village layout................................................................................................................................... 7 14.4 RESULTS OF 2004 CONSULTATIONS ..............................................................................8 14.4.1 Ethnic Aspects....................................................................................................................................................8 14.4.2 Recommendations..............................................................................................................................................8 14.5 CONSULTATION PROCESS ­ IMPLEMENTATION STAGE.................................................9 14.6 VILLAGE ORGANISATIONS ............................................................................................9 14.6.1 Formal Village Organisations..........................................................................................................................10 14.6.2 Informal Village Organisations.......................................................................................................................11 14.6.2.1 Village Elites.................................................................................................................................. 11 14.6.2.2 Lao Socialist Party ........................................................................................................................ 11 14.6.2.3 Ritual Leaders................................................................................................................................ 12 14.6.3 Leadership and Ethnicity.................................................................................................................................12 14.6.3.1 Village Leadership and Ethnicity................................................................................................ 12 14.6.3.2 Organizational Strengthens and Weaknesses............................................................................ 16 14.6.4 Institutional Arrangements for Consultations..............................................................................................17 14.6.4.1 Village Facilitators ........................................................................................................................ 17 14.6.4.2 Training and Supervision of Consultation Process.................................................................. 21 List of Tables Table 14-1: Village Leadership Information .......................................................................................................13 Table 14-2: Challenges for Resettlement of Villages on the Nakai Plateau...................................................18 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau 14 LOCAL PARTICIPATION ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU 14.1 CONSULTATION PROCESS ­ PLANNING STAGE 14.1.1 Definitions of Consultation Public Consultation can be defined as the process through which the views and opinions of all interested parties or stakeholders are integrated into project planning, implementation and monitoring. Consultation is a type of communication that specifically establishes an ongoing `feedback loop', integrating stakeholder views and opinions into various project activities. Communication also consists of information dissemination, including discussions with non-stakeholders and media presentation of the Project. Information to stakeholders on options and potential project impacts is often the first step in establishing the feedback loop. In the context of the NT2 Project, this process was referred to as the `Public Consultation and Participation Process' (PCPP) at the onset but was later modified to Public Consultation, Participation and Disclosure (PCPD), including aspects of document disclosure and translation to stakeholders. For the remainder of this chapter, the whole process will be referred to as PCPD. Public Relations implies communication regarding all aspects of the Project to the general public, including all forms of media representation and the availability of reports and documents concerning the projects. It does not necessary involve feedback although this could be an outcome of media presentation of the Project and is an integral part of the transparency of the Project. 14.1.2 Local Consultation Process A dialogue has been established with all stakeholders who are directly or indirectly involved in the NT2 Project and who have expressed a wish to participate in the PCPD. Consultation at local, regional, national and international levels is well advanced and will continue throughout the different project stages. In this section, the local consultation process will be investigated. A full account of the consultation process on all levels is found in Volume 1 (Chapter 4). Local PCPD prior to the signature of the Concession Agreement had three main steps: Step 1: Information collection and dissemination: This initial step aims to promote awareness among PAPs. Information flows in two directions, both from the local people to the project personnel and in the opposite direction. Awareness of local conditions is attained through the collection of data relating to social aspects, livelihoods, health, education and other areas which facilitate evaluation of impacts and planning for project implementation. Additionally, information is disseminated to stakeholders detailing project features and implications for altered social and physical environments. Step 2: Eliciting Stakeholder Concerns: Comments from stakeholders in response to information gained during Step 1 are sought and discussions of alternatives and proposed mitigation activities encouraged. In this way, issues that may have been previously overlooked or outstanding concerns of stakeholders are given a forum for review. This represents a needs-assessment, and provides a base from which decisions can be made. This is `informed' and focused discussion that can lead to important insights and avoidance of problems at an early stage. Phase 3: Active Involvement in Project Design and Implementation: Based on the decisions made in Step 2, requirements for education, training, financial and institutional strengthening are identified and integrated into project design. The process will continue during implementation so that stakeholders may be fully involved throughout the process. This process is not linear, but provides for cyclical feedback, should deficiencies at any stage be evident. 14.1.3 Ethnic Minority Languages and Special Provisions World Bank Safeguard Policy (OD 4.20) and ADB Policy (1998) on Indigenous Peoples state that a strategy for local participation should ensure that indigenous peoples or ethnic minorities are involved in decision-making throughout the planning and implementation of the project. Effective channels of communication should be established to ensure local preferences and local-level participation. In order to do, this special attention needs to be given to a number of aspects: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau · Language sensitivity ­ making sure information is understood and the ethnic groups have the means of communicating their concerns; · Provisions to ensure women participate in consultations and are not dominated by men; · Provisions to ensure vulnerable groups, such as the elderly, the poor, female-led households, etc., participate. 14.1.3.1 Language and Consultations The vast majority of the people on the Plateau understand and speak Lao well, most speaking Lao or a dialect of Lao as their mother tongue. However, as indicated in Section 13.5 there are some households that may have poor speaking skills and some that only use the Lao language in interaction with people outside the village. In addition, one should consider the fact that many people will feel more at ease expressing themselves in an ethnic minority language rather than Lao, which may not be their mother tongue. During local consultations, following steps have and will continue to be taken regarding language. · Before consultations, assess the level of understanding of the Lao language ­ one should asks a number of people present, especially women and the elderly in order to make sure that everyone understands and speaks Lao;Whenever there is any doubt as to the level of understanding, assign a local member of the community who is fluent in both Lao and the ethnic minority language to do simultaneous translation;. · Using a translator will slow the consultation process down considerably and it might be necessary to form two groups to conduct discussions separately. · Separation of a village along ethnic lines if there more than one ethnic minority present and if this is suggested or insisted on by one of the groups ­ parallel meetings should be held and a plenum session can then be held at the end of the consultation if considered useful for sharing ideas between the groups 14.1.3.2 Participation of Women Ensuring the participation of women in the consultation process will require a pro-active approach since most leadership positions and experience in dealing with outsiders and official organisations are considered the role of the men. Thus the Project will pursue: · Female facilitators, preferably with a knowledge of the local culture and ethnic minority languages, will be given the responsibility of presenting information and conducting discussions with women; · Separate groups for consultations are necessary to allow women the freedom to express their opinions; · Information on households has been and will be gathered from both men and women in the future so as to present a balanced picture of the domestic sphere, a predominantly female sphere; · Female representation in local leadership through the Lao Women's Union provides planners a means of encouraging women to participate in consultations 14.1.3.3 Vulnerable Groups The involvement of vulnerable groups in consultations is essential in order to ensure that the weaker and poorer members of communities are involved in planning and implementation. This is also the case with smaller ethnic groups that are often under-represented in local organisations and less experienced than other groups. Consultation Teams will: · Identify all socially and economically vulnerable groups in the village ­ poorest households, the elderly and households run by women or without able-bodied men to assist in the relocation. · Identify small ethnic minorities in the different Plateau villages, for example the Vietic groups in Sop Hia, Nakai Tai and Phonphanpek or the Tai-speaking persons in Ka-Oy. · Separate groups or individual interviews and discussions should be held with these groups or households, with language possibly being a factor in the case of ethnic minority groups. 14.2 PCPD TEAMS AND REVIEW OF LOCAL CONSULTATIONS (1997-2004) The stakeholders at the local level are those directly affected by the Project that is residing in villages on the Nakai Plateau that are to be relocated. PCPD teams have been established and trained in PRA techniques to facilitate the flow of information. The teams comprise local Lao people, drawn from a range of backgrounds and experience in Public Consultation, social surveys, anthropology and education. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau In addition, the teams represent a diversity of socio-economic, cultural, gender, and generational perspectives. They have and continue to carry out work in villages and report directly to the RMU, which will be responsible for resettlement planning and implementation. Since PCPD is in some respects a new approach to project planning, innovation was an important factor in being successful at soliciting opinions and engaging the local population in discussions about the potential impacts of NT2. The traditional decision-making process through traditional consultation among leaders and indirectly with community members was supplemented and altered by the presence of outsiders and new methods. These methods aimed to establish trust and a partnership for development in the future as well as provide information and avoid the problem of `consultation fatigue'. Innovative methods included: · PRA methods such as making resource maps and `dream village' maps; · Visits to the demonstration farms to see interventions and aspects of the livelihood model; · Video presentation of the Project and its effective on the population of the Plateau; · Gender-segregated discussion groups. 14.2.1 PCPD in 1997 The first stages of PCPD have been coordinated by an NTEC consultant who has been responsible for training, planning and reporting on consultation activities on the Plateau. The RMU is responsible for carrying out PCPD activities at the local level and builds upon this experience. The RMU will ensure that there is continuity in the consultation process through adequate representation of all interest groups. Methods used during the first PCPD were participant observation, sample interviews and Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) techniques. Updating existing quantitative data on the villages was also carried out to some extent. The goals were: · To ensure that all directly affected people living in the reservoir were aware of and understood the main features and impacts of the Project and the implications of relocation; · To collect information in regard to existing village development systems and decision making processes (defining their structure and efficiency); · To document existing livelihood patterns, land usage and aspects of society (socio-cultural and economic) likely to be affected by relocation; · To conduct meetings with villagers to facilitate discussions of their concerns and aspirations and to document these to channel to project decision-making, including villagers' choice of locations, priorities and preferences regarding village layouts and house designs. The results of this PCPD work have been published by NTEC under the title of Observations Relating to the Resettlement of People on the Nakai Plateau (May 1997). These activities correspond to Phases 1 and 2 of PCPD mentioned above. 14.2.2 PCPD in 1998 A second round of PCPD work on the Nakai Plateau was carried out in April and May 1998 and included members of the newly formed RMU as well as an NTEC consultant. During this visit, discussions were held on many issues raised previously and the proposed livelihood model was also presented and feedback obtained, that is Phases 2 and 3 as described above. Extensive use was made of visual aids, including posters, diagrams, pictures and a video explaining the construction of the NT2 dam, resettlement and livelihood options. See Figures 4-1, 4-2, 4-4 and 4-7 to 4-10 of Chapter 4 for examples of the participatory process and the most recent visual aids used. The main goals of this round of PCPD on the Plateau were the following: · To ensure that affected people were fully aware of and understood the features and impacts of the Project and the implications of relocation by means of the video and discussions concerning livelihood model, house design and the village move; · To update statistical information about population and village institutions as well as noting any changes in the socio-economic situation in the villages; · To conduct meetings with villagers to facilitate discussions of their concerns and aspirations in relation to the proposed livelihood model; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau · To identify existing community development systems which could be utilized and improved during implementation; · To explore potential mechanisms for establishing village Resettlement Committees. The results of this PCPD are summarized in an NTEC report (PCPD on the Nakai Plateau, July 1998) and form the basis for some of the revisions of the Draft RAP that have been incorporated into many of the chapters in Final RAP (July 1998). It also identified some items relating to planning PCPD activities for the next two years and a PCPD plan for RAP activities (See Chapter 4). Additional information was made available at Project Information Centres that were established outside Ban Oudomsouk and Thakhek. These centres have provided further points of contact between the Project and villagers, dealing with inquiries and disseminating information in various forms. The centres also are utilized to hold periodic meetings of village and district representatives and local Non- Government Organizations (NGOs). 14.2.3 PCPD in 2004 Public consultation has been carried out by the RMU since the formation of the organization. There has been regular contact between the PAPs and members of the RMU both through informal discussions and meetings and more informal interaction during the two main consultation phases (1997-98 and the recent 2004 consultations). It is important to emphasize that many members of the RMU participated in the PCPD exercises and data collection surveys on the Plateau, and this provides an important continuity and familiarity for the villages in the coming years in the detailed design phase prior to construction and relocation. See Table 4.4 in Chapter 4 for further details. The 2004 consultations were the most extensive to date and built on a number of important lessons learnt from the previous consultations. In addition, more information about the project, its impacts and the proposed mitigation arrangement have been detailed in the interim. The main steps in the consultation process are explained in detail in Sections 4.8.1 and 4.9.1, in Chapter 4 of Vol. 1 of the SDP. Here certain methodologies related to ethnic minorities will be summarised: · The size of sample for participation in this round of consultations included all affected households sending at least one member to participate in the discussions at the village level · Separate group discussion and consultations for Vietic groups in Ban Sop Hia, separating the Tai groups originally from Lak Sao and the indigenous Vietic into two groups. · Language checks before commencement of consultations and discussions in local languages (Brou and Vietic) · The choice of the 10 Village Facilitators included people from different ethnic groups, male and female members, traditional and formal (political) leaders, different age groups and different levels of skills and literacy to present a balanced selection of village members to represent the diversity within the village · The Consultations Process involved the selection of Village Facilitators, training of these facilitators in the village by an independent communications consultant (Dr. Anek Nakabutr) and his team from Thailand and monitored by an independent international anthropologist (Dr. Jim Chamberlain). 14.3 ASSESSMENT OF `MEANINGFULNESS' IN RELATION TO PROJECT DESIGN (1997-98) The notion of `meaningfulness' is central in the evaluation of the effectiveness of public consultation for any large infrastructure project. If the consultation process is central to the overall success of the Project and to ensure participation of stakeholders, especially at the local level, it is absolutely essential to develop criteria in assessing activities on the ground. In assessing the effect of consultations, one has to consider the context of Lao PDR both in relation to the traditional forms of consultation and the political situation. New ideas and innovations introduced new concepts and means of communication. In addition, the fact that there are different ethnic minorities in the Project Area needs to be considered, although a shared livelihood system and melting-pot culture reveal that there are shared concerns that are common among all groups regarding resettlement planning and implementation. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau The following aspects are considered as a way of assessing the meaningfulness of the consultation process: · The quality of discussion and dialogue; · The degree of disagreement; · The effects of the decision-making process on project planning. These aspects will be discussed with selected examples from the consultations that have already taken place on the Nakai Plateau. 14.3.1 Quality of Discussion or Dialogue The quality of the discussions and dialogues under the consultation process is to some extent subjective but the kinds of comments should indicate whether the information on the Project is understood and the kind of issues that are brought up. Some examples of this are: Food Security was a major concern of villagers is food security given rice shortfall and the unpredictable nature of the climate. This was expressed often as bo mi khao kin (no food/rice to eat) or bo mi phau kin (not enough food/rice to eat) by all the ethnic groups on the Plateau that suffer from rice shortages. The first priority was to be full (kin khao im). According to the social surveys and work with the livelihood model, this aspect has been the most challenging since the concern with food security is so central but cannot be met completely without cash income. Resettlement in Lao PDR is often associated with rice paddy cultivation. One Bo villager from Ban Sop Ma summed it up like this: · Yaak kin khao pai muang na If you would like to eat rice, go to Gnommalat; · Yaak kin pa hai yu muang phu If you would like to eat fish, stay on the Plateau; · Yaak dai su hai pai Nakai If you would like a girlfriend, go to Nakai; · Yaak tai hai pai nawang If you would like to die, go to the northern forests (nawang). Many discussions comparing relocation on the Gnommalat Plain below and the promise of irrigated paddy verses remaining on the Plateau near the forests were complex and touched on key issues of availability of resources, infrastructure improvements and potential cash-earning possibilities as well as food security. It was clear that all ethnic groups could see the inter-connections of all these items. Resource Mapping was a successful tool for eliciting views and confirming interpretations since the making of maps was a joint effort and often provoked discussions on locations, form (linear along roads or cluster type), ownership, assess, seasonal use and the quality of resources. PRA exercises like this allow for corrections and different opinions as the exercise proceeds. The comparison of male and female resource and `dream village' (Sparkes 1997; Chapter 12) resulted in some lively interactions and corrections. The practical aspects of village life can be summarized by an expression of a Brou farmer at Ban Khone Khen: · Tang pai wat man kieng, tang pai nong man meun The path to the wat is well trodden; the way to the fishpond is slippery. Comparative Experiences: comparisons with the recent relocation of Ban Jat San and forced collectivization in the late 1970s. Many could point out the faults and mistakes of the houses, layout and problems in managing the nearby pine plantations. Details such as a lack of adequate rooms, lack of facilities for cooking, no toilets, shortage of water, softwood beams and floors and other aspects gave insights in what to avoid when planning new dwellings. PCPD team members were forced to go into detail and show how planning and implementation would be different and rely on co-operation and participation of the PAPs. The Bo and Brou villagers at Ban Boua Ma suffered greatly under the forced collectivization policy provoking one Brou villager to state: `we'll go but we don't want it to be another Sumwang!', referring to the person responsible for the former resettlement programme. Neighbours: it became clear from numerous discussions that the men and women from all the ethnic groups looked upon relocation in a different manner. Women voiced concerns about who would be neighbors and the importance of family relationships that would not have been voiced in male or mixed groups. One Bo woman from Ban Sailom stated that sip kha na bo tho ha kha lang (ten legs in front does not equal five in the rear), meaning in this context, that five old neighbours are more worth than ten new ones. Neighbors are referred to in terms of kinship (phi naung) or as sharing the same spirit (phi diaw). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau 14.3.2 Degree of Disagreement The amount of disagreement, both with proposed models and aspects of the resettlement and among themselves are good indicators of the openness of discussions and the quality of interactions. Some examples include: Upon explaining the draft livelihood model which did not include rice and emphasized home gardens and forest management, villagers in Ban Sop Hia openly disagreed with one Ahoe man stating that: kin ta pak kap makmai pen ling (eating just veggies and fruit, we'll turn into monkeys). This indicated the importance of rice with regard to any potential livelihood model. Reactions to the proposed forestry management plan were mixed at first with some villages stating, pai dai, hien dai (we can go [be relocated], we can learn) but others were sceptical seeing this proposal as a threat to food security: kin mai bo dai (we can't eat wood), as one Bo man stated. Disagreements on house designs are a good example of changing attitudes and aspirations of the populations on the Plateau. Traditional house designs were studied and several models were drawn as examples for the second round of PCPD. The ethnic sensitivity (different designs for Vietic groups as opposed to Bo and Brou styles) that had gone into these designs turned out to be misdirected. Villagers of all ethnic groups overwhelmingly chose the variation closest to a lowland Lao design rather than their traditional house style. Apparently, the Lao design was associated with progress and was more spacious although details in locations of doors, windows, the size of the veranda and the location of the kitchen were retained as local features. Many were sceptical of relocation and feared that they would not receive assistance, stating that moving was a difficult and tiresome process: nyay heun sai wela sapson theung pheun ja suay ­ ko mai yung yak (moving houses is time-consuming and a confusing experience even with assistance ­ to build anew is difficult). Such skepticism forced consultation teams into outlining aspects in more detail and answering questions on specific aspects. Another related aspect was concern about fruit trees: yak makmai ­ tonmai kao (I want to have fruit trees ­ mature trees). Planners were forced to pay more attention to long-term implications and difficulties foresee by villagers in the move. Another concern, not really a disagreement but rather something that had not received enough attention in earlier planning, was that of the importance of rituals and their relationship to a successful relocation of the village. One Bo villager in Ban Sop On stated yoknyay phi muang, nyay phasa dai ­ ao pha song ma het phiti khaknae (moving the village spirit and the cemetery requires the monks conduct the proper rituals). This affects the time and how the practical arrangements are figured out prior to the actual move as well as the role of village leaders and ritual specialists. In general, it should be concluded that people expressed themselves openly and many expressed their opinions and skepticism towards the Project. Members of all ethnic groups stated that promises were not kept on previous occasions and that there could be many problems such as no actions or follow-up, only talk (yan bo kheu wao), fear of inequality of some benefiting while others will not (yan bo samom sameu phu dai phu bo dai) and broken promises (sia khwan lai teua laew). 14.3.3 Affects on Project Design Many of the consultations have resulted in direct influence on project design and planning. 14.3.3.1 The decision to remain on the Plateau instead of relocation in the lowland areas Despite the fact that there was an option at the commencement of detailed project planning for resettlement areas on the Gnommalath Plain below the Nakai Plateau, all ethnic groups expressed the strong desire to remain near the forests and not opt for the development of irrigated rice fields in the lowlands. For the Vietic and Bo ethnic groups, the option of paddy in an area that was unfamiliar was never a consideration since these groups have little in the way of direct contact with the people in the lowlands and no kinship relations with the population there. In addition, the Vietic, and to some extent the Bo, are reliant on the resources available in the forests of the Plateau and surrounding NBCA for food and income. Agricultural techniques are not as well developed among these two groups since a sedentary lifestyle was only relatively recently adopted. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau For the Brou, the option of relocation to Gnommalath District was discussed among the villagers, especially in Ban Done and Ban Khone Khen where there are a number of kinship ties and former trade relationships between these Brou villagers and those on the Gnommalath Plain. Some Brou villagers stated that they would prefer to relocate and obtain paddy in the lowlands but the vast majority preferred resettlement on the Nakai Plateau, opting for the familiar and continuity rather than something new that would involve relocation in another part of the province. It may still be the case that some Brou families may prefer to relocate near relatives and kin in the lowlands, and this is an option covered under cash payment and disturbance allowances for those who chose to locate off the Plateau. However, the original area identified by the Project for relocation of villages and whole communities in the lowlands will not be developed. This is a strong indication that planners have taken into account the wishes of the ethnic minorities on the Plateau since relocation to lowland areas is common practice in many parts of the country. Development of a sustainable livelihood system for the Nakai Plateau is challenging given the poor soils. 14.3.3.2 Alterations in house designs to suit the needs and aspirations of the PAPs. House designs for resettlers have been determined as a result of many discussions and consultations with all ethnic groups on the Plateau. Initially, as explained in Section 15.3 below, anthropologists studied the differences in house designs and identified two basic types ­ closed veranda and open veranda styles (see Figures 15-1 and 15-2 in Chapter 15), the former used by Vietic groups and the latter by most Bo and Brou inhabitants of the Nakai Plateau. There were also a number of Lao or lowland style houses but initially the emphasis was on establishing a number of styles acceptable to the different ethnic minorities. To the surprise of the anthropologists, all ethnic groups preferred the open veranda style, including the Vietic groups in Sop Hia who still used their traditional design. The Ahoe and Phong villagers complained that the old style was not attractive (bo ngaam) and there was too much smoke from cooking (khwam lei). Some Vietic in Sop Hia and nearly all Vietic groups in Nakai Tai and Phonphanpek now live in houses with open verandas and the practical advantages seem to be understood by those Vietic occupying traditional dwellings. There was considerable feedback regarding the details of the designs, such as the placement of doors, the size of windows, need for larger kitchen areas, etc. In addition, Brou villagers comments that there should be a clear indication that different family sizes need different types of houses - hence the double-roof for larger houses, based on the larger Brou houses in Boua Ma and Done villages. 14.3.3.3 Modifications of the livelihoods systems Modifications to the suggested livelihood systems worked out by various experts are also important in showing that the different ethnic minorities' voices were listened to when planning the details of livelihood restoration and development for the Plateau inhabitants. The feedback on the draft livelihood models in 1997 and 1998 resulted in a number of significant changes. These include: The introduction of rice as an integral part of the livelihood model followed continuous questions and concerns about food security and cultivation of rice, the staple crop for all ethnic groups. It was not enough to produce vegetables and obtain income from forestry in order to purchase rice, but the psychological factor of food security, of producing at least enough rice to feel at ease during the resettlement move. Many villagers, particularly along the rivers (Vietic, Bo and Brou) mentioned fishing and the possibilities of fishing in the reservoir. Their main concern was proper equipment since the nets and traps they possessed would not be suitable for fishing in a shallow lake. Training and equipment for improved fishing, as well as organising the management of fishing resources, became an important aspect in the revised livelihood plan. 14.3.3.4 Village layout Village layout was studied during the planning and most villages, except for roadside villages, were of the `cluster type', that is houses were groups according to kinship relations and available space, usually parallel to a river. Roadside villages tended to have houses aligned on both sides of the road with the remaining houses were scattered behind them. During the first round of consultations, villagers, especially women, emphasised the importance of being close to kin although the layout proposal was first based on optimal use of resources and time saved in going to fields ­ houses spread out along a road providing easy access November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau to fields. Reactions from all groups were critical, especially among the Bo, Brou and Vietic villagers that were not located along existing roads. People wanted to live closer together and stated that they did not mind walking to their fields. However, many liked the idea of everyone being located along the road, an important sign of development. Village layouts and configurations were modified for the Pilot Village (mixed Bo and Brou ethnic groups) after considerations of clan and kin relations into groupings. This involved rethinking the `scientific approach' to production based on being close to fields and opting for a cluster solution but with every house arranged along the road. It is likely that such compromises will occur when other villages are moved. Religious considerations Relocation should occur after consultations with village leaders and ritual experts in order to fulfil traditional requirements. All ethnic groups stated that carrying out proper rituals was essential during the relocation for the contentment of the villagers. Villagers rarely volunteered such ideas but when anthropologists discussed these matters, it became apparent that the spirit world played an important role in the worldview of all ethnic groups. During the relocation of the three families from Sop On to the new houses on the Demonstration Farm, ceremonies were held. This was much appreciated and no doubt helped in a smooth transition for the family. A culturally sensitive approach would involve discussions on the timing and details of location for new villages with village leaders, both political and religious leaders. 14.4 RESULTS OF 2004 CONSULTATIONS 14.4.1 Ethnic Aspects The 2004 Consultations were more sensitive in relation to ethnic issues than the previous consultations in that ethnicity was one of the factors in determining the approach and methodology of the consultations. The following aspects and special provisions should be noted: · Consultations included at least one member from each affected household. Members that did not attend the first meeting were informed later by the Village Facilitators ­ thus 100% coverage of affected households rather than a sample that may or may not be representative · Language checks were carried out in all villages prior to the consultations in order to ensure that all groups, including women and the elderly participated · Information was presented in the form of posters and diagrams since the majority are not functionally literate on the Plateau. · Selection of Village Facilitators included members of all ethnic groups in the community so that all interest groups could voice their opinions · GoL officials were informed about ethnic issues and suitable approaches to be used and their awareness of ethnic issues has improved during this consultation round · In Sop Hia, parallel consultations were conducted for the Tai and Vietic groups since it had become apparent over the last 5 years that these two groups required different resettlement solutions 14.4.2 Recommendations The recommendations or lists of concerns of villages are presented in detail in Chapter 4. These include proposals for modifications of livelihood options, house design, additional assistance and equipment and other aspects. Many of the concerns and proposals are already covered in the Concession Agreement and are included in the SDP. A number of issues will be considered regarding the details of the implementation arrangements ­ these issues have been recognised as `feasible and worth considering'. Proposals for the Nakai Plateau include: · Village Layout: barb-wire fence around the village proper, gardens near the house, future land for village expansions, agricultural areas larger than one ha per households, modifications to village layout, wells and taps to more houses and new village office November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau · House Design: larger poles, larger bathroom with toilet, thicker timber beams, taps on upper floors, larger houses, larger windows, larger veranda/reception area, house ownership certificate to be issued and larger distance between houses · Crop Production: larger garden, survey to improve soil quality, hand tractor, relocation activities to start immediately, barb-wire fence, subsiding water and electricity fees, clear land allocation and organisation of production groups · Livestock: larger number of livestock to be kept by resettlers and larger grazing areas as compensation · Fisheries: fish pond (also for frogs and eels) and means for transportation fish to markets · Forestry: villagers to be allowed to cut trees for buildings and repairing houses and allowed to export logs · Other livelihood options: priority in obtaining work with the Project, sewing and weaving machines, start-up funds for small businesses and support for village blacksmiths In addition to these proposals made by the villages, the consultation process was reviewed by an independent anthropologist who made recommendations regarding the consultation process as it enters a transition period from planning to implementation and monitoring. The following observations and recommendations were made: · Need to focus on the non-material aspects of the resettlement process ­ the re-establishment of a fully functioning society (social, economic, political, cultural and psychological), especially on the central role of `social capital', that is systems of reciprocity, beliefs, social status and other cultural aspects). There needs to be a greater awareness of how these aspects constitute a society by planners during the resettlement process. · Continued process of consultation and incorporation of concerns and proposals made by the villages. This involves a follow-up visit soon to show how villagers' comments have actually been incorporated into project design. This should continue throughout the implementation phase, and the role of Village Facilitators is important in carrying this out. · GoL staff from the district, province and seconded project staff now have a greater appreciation of ethnic issues but there is still room for improvement. Further training and discussion need to be carried out to ensure that ethnic issues are fully incorporated into planning and implementation. Both the villagers' concerns and proposals as well as the recommendation by the independent reviewer will be incorporated into the ongoing revision of the plans and future implementation arrangements. 14.5 CONSULTATION PROCESS ­ IMPLEMENTATION STAGE Sections 14.1-14.4 outlined the consultation process in terms of planning and incorporation of concerns and opinions of affected persons into project documents. The following sections in this chapter will outline how the consultation process will continue during implementation and what institutional arrangements will be in place to ensure that ethnic issues are considered during implementation and monitoring. When considering implementation it is necessary to examine the following aspects: · Existing village organisations and structures and what roles these will have in consultations and implementation arrangements for resettlement and monitoring · Ethnic representation in leadership and the strengthens and weakness of leadership in general · Institutional arrangement for carrying out consultations and monitoring · Consideration of funds (budget arrangements) and schedule for continued consultations 14.6 VILLAGE ORGANISATIONS The village organisations in the consultation and planning processes need to be examined in some detail. Positions of economic, social and political power have considerable influence in project decision-making and how the benefits of the Project may be shared by a community as a whole. The situation on the Nakai Plateau is complex since there are different kinds of organisations, and their roles often overlap, being November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau either complementary or competitive. The first type of organisations is formal political structures and the second one is the informal structures, including positions of traditional/ritual, economic and political influence. Originally, leading families (often founder families) had a monopoly on formal village positions such as the village headman and the Council of Elders (thau khun) as well as the most important ritual roles. Material wealth was usually equated with political, social and spiritual power. The present situation is one of transition due to the integration into the Lao State and the creation of positions that are nominated by outside governing bodies instead of positions being mostly hereditary. These new positions often parallel traditional ones but nominations depend more on education, experience, economic influence and Party membership than traditional claims to spiritual power or founding families. 14.6.1 Formal Village Organisations The following is a list of formal village organisations, consisting of either elected/appointed positions or traditional positions that are usually inherited. There is considerable overlap between these two types: The village headman (nai ban or phau ban) is the leader of the village and is responsible for all formal relations with district authorities and with other villages. He is responsible for collecting taxes on the quantity of rice produced in the village, appoints other officials in the village, judges disputes and is ultimately responsible for law and order. This was traditionally a position monopolized by certain leading families but education, experience in dealing with the world outside the village and local politics are now playing an important role. The assistant headman (hong nai ban) and the representative (kamakan) assist the village headman in decision making and carrying out his work in the village. All three members form the village committee that is elected every three years when district officials approve the candidacy of five villagers. From the five, the village elects three, the candidate with the most votes becomes headman, the second most, the assistant and the third most, representative. All members of the village committee in all of the villages were male. Section Leaders and Assistants (hua na nway and hong nway) are appointed by the village head and are responsible for helping to call the populace to meetings and implementing the headman's decisions. There can be up to four sections (nway) in larger villages and none in the smallest village. Sections are usually based on physical proximity but in Ban Sop Hia, for example, there are two sections dividing the original members of the village (mostly Vietic groups) and the new arrivals (Tai Men and Tai Moey) who built houses beside the existing village. Council of Village Elders (thau khun) is a traditional organization that was previously responsible for resolving disputes of all types within the village and advising the village headman. These positions are often hereditary and occupied by the eldest males from founding families. There was also one case from Ban Sop Hia that the local female medium was the sole thau khon in the village. Ban Sop On had three founding families (two brothers and one sister) whose members appoint the thau khun of that village. The role of the elders has been altered by new positions introduced by the government, reducing their role to one of guardians of traditional knowledge. Primarily they are now responsible for organizing annual phi muang ceremonies, approving marriage ties and maintaining friendly relations with the spirit world. In fact, members (usually three) are often religious specialists. Advisory Councils for Disputes (san kai kia) were formed in 1996 for the first time and have taken over the arbitrator's role of the thau khun. They act to advise the headman when making decisions. In most villages there is considerable overlap between these new councils and the thau khun and often other organizations. For many the distinctions are not clear. The task is often expressed in terms of resolving disputes within families and between village members - phit kap phi nong and phit kap phua mia ("argument with relatives" and "arguments between husband and wife"). In most villages there were a number of disputes recorded which were resolved by the headman with the advice of the elders and/or the advisory council in 1996-97. The headman of the san kai kia and the two other members are appointed by the village headman. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau The Lao Front for National Construction (niaw hom) consists of one to three members depending on the size of the village and is mainly responsible for organizing large communal projects, although villagers often did not understand its role and confused it with the thau kun and the san kai kia in many cases. The Youth Organization (sao num) was for the most part inactive in the villages visited but some informants mentioned that they also organized large projects or helped in recruiting men for military service. The leader of the Youth Organization is often a Party member who reports directly to local Party officials and recruits potential members in the villages. The Village Militia (kon hong) usually consists of two to three men but it is unclear what their role is from interviews with villagers. Some mention that they are responsible for patrolling the area while others claim that the army has now taken over that task. The Lao Women's Union (LWU - sahaphan maeying) is the only official organization in which women play a direct role. No women occupied any of the above positions with the exception of the ceremonial role of the thau khun in two villages. The role of the union varies from village to village and depends for the most part on the leadership skills of the head of the union (hua na). In some cases the union had organized communal vegetable gardens and distributed information on health issues and was well organized into sections (nway), a structure that paralleled the male structure of village headman, sections, assistants and representatives. In other villages there were no activities recorded. The procedure for electing the union members parallels the elections of male officials. It was clear from making inquiries into formal village structures that many people were ignorant of the different positions, responsibilities and roles of the leaders. The number of positions and people involved in the various decision-making processes seems unclear to even the leaders in some cases. In one village, Ban Ka Oy, there were 18 official titles in a village of 23 households! There seems to be a gap between formal structures and actual practice in making important decisions. The role of the village head and his assistant were always clear but their efforts varied. The role of the other organizations differed but for the most part they were either inactive or played a minor role in decision-making. 14.6.2 Informal Village Organisations In order to understand better the workings of decision-making in the village setting, one should examine informal organisations, which are just as important - at times even more so. These can be divided into two kinds that have significant influence on decision-making at the village level: leading families and Party members. 14.6.2.1 Village Elites In many villages the key positions within the formal organizations are concentrated in a number of leading families with certain members holding two positions such as combining the thau khuon and the san kai kia or rotating between cousins and relations the key positions of village headman, assistant and leader of the san kai kia. When individual villagers were asked who were not part of this village `élite', they expressed opinions that the leaders looked after their own interests and the interests of their families first and foremost. It is no coincidence that economically strong families are also well connected politically. Thus there appears to be a nucleus of power in each village which excludes the majority of members. Leaders are often from families with the largest buffalo herds, the best paddy fields and contacts with outsider middlemen who collect NTFPs. Monopolizing key resources and controlling the supply of key items means that leaders can persuade many villagers to agree to their preferred actions. Kinship ties often reinforce such an economic power base. As with formal leadership positions, educated villagers of any ethnic group tended to dominate these kinship groups. 14.6.2.2 Lao Socialist Party The second informal structure is the Lao Socialist Party (pak pasason pathivat lao). It is difficult to collect data on membership within the village since people are not forthcoming about the activities of members and rarely state that they themselves are members. Only one case was reported in which the man admitted being an active member of the Party. The task of Party members involves monitoring the activities within the village and making verbal or in some cases written monthly reports at district or provincial meetings. In this way the authorities keep an eye on what is going on in the villages and ensure that government policy is being followed. The result is that villagers are cautious in expressing their opinions about politics November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau in many cases. They fear that being outspoken will draw attention to themselves. No doubt villagers themselves know who is a member, often leaders of the militia or the Youth Organization as well as new members and old soldiers who fought in the Second Indochina War. Not all members are active but they are a group that can be mobilized when needed. However, it would be wrong to portray this group as extremely influential since economic power and traditional positions are perhaps in most contexts more influential on decision-making. 14.6.2.3 Ritual Leaders Another important informal groups are ritual leaders. This is a diverse group of individuals who conduct various rituals and ceremonies on behalf of the villagers. Most ritual specialists are respected for the skills in communicating with the spirits in times of need (for rain, good harvests, recovery after childbirth, etc.) or when requesting intervention (finding the spiritual cause of illness, influencing future events, etc.). Many ritual specialists belong to founding families or are members of the Council of Elders. The following is a list of the most important ritual leaders: · Clan leaders (sometimes referred to as mô ­ priest ­ or by name alone) are often responsible for contacting the local territorial spirit since the founder of the village sometimes became the spirit of that territory or has a special relationship to that spirit. Among the Vietic, women and men can be clan leaders and carry out spirit rituals. · Priests (mô baci ­ mostly men) perform many rituals, including propitiating various spirits, calling the khwan or life essence during illnesses and performing offerings for family or house spirits · Mediums (mô phi or mô song) are men or women who are possessed or can contact spirits in trances. These spirits are often souls of persons wandering the earth after death by accidents or during childbirth. They cause illnesses and need to be chased out of the person or village. · Monks are not present in Nakai villages at present but some priests have spent time in monasteries and monks are often called to villages to perform cremation rituals or Buddhist ceremonies. 14.6.3 Leadership and Ethnicity 14.6.3.1 Village Leadership and Ethnicity Table 14-1 presents the background of the village leadership, including ethnicity and sources of income. In general, there is a close correspondence between the ethnic composition of villages and the ethnicity of village leadership. For example, in the Brou ethnic villages in the southeastern part of the Plateau, there are Brou (sub-groups like the Makong or Tri) occupying all positions, as is the case in Ka-Oy, Khone Khen, Don, Bouma and Phonsavang. In the Tai Bo villages in the central part of the Plateau, the Tai Bo dominate in terms of village leadership. This is the case for Nakai Tai, Nakai Neua, Sop Phene and Sop On. What is interesting to note is that in mixed villages, the leadership positions often reveal the ethnic composition, indicating that there are ample opportunities for all ethnic groups to be presented and occupy formal positions with the village leadership organisation. Villages such as Sop Ma (mixed Bo and Makong/Brou), Talang (mixed Tai and Bo ethnic groups), Nongbouakham (mixed Lao, Tai and Makong/Brou), Sop Hia (Tai and Vietic groups), Nong Boua (Bo and Brou) and Phonphanpek (Brou, Kaleung and Vietic/Salang). One should note, however, that the Lao and Tai groups dominate leadership in the District capital and have a proportionally high representation in leadership on the Plateau, with positions in Nakai Neua, Nakai Tai, Talang, Nongbouakham, Nam Nian, Sop Hia, Sop On and Nongboua. In most of these villages they are a small minority but they often have higher levels of education and other valuable experience. Only Lao or other Lao Loum individuals have secondary income in the form of trade, which includes running shops and stalls or acting as middlemen. It should also be noted that the Vietic groups appear to be under-represented. The Vietic comprise more than half of the population but are not represented in the top three positions. The Vietic are not represented in Nakai Tai or in Talang where there also a number of households. There are Vietic leaders of the Niaw Hom in Nam Nian (A Liha man, belonging to a small Vietic group from Khamkeut District) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau and in Phonphanpek (Salang ethnic group originally from the NBCA). It is not surprising that the Vietic should have positions that relate to rituals and cultural practices rather than political positions since the Vietic have in general less access to socio-economic and political positions of power. Table 14-1: Village Leadership Information Education/ Work Main Other Position Name Age Place of Birth Ethnicity Experience Occupation Income Oudomsouk Village Head Mr. Champa 49 B. Gnangkahm, Xebang Lao Primary School, Year 5. Farming Health Care Anousone Fai, Khammouane Army Nurse. Work. 1st Deputy Ms. Thone 36 B. Khampheng, Lao Secondary School, Year 3. Farming Trade Mahaxai, Khammouane Army Nurse. 2nd Deputy Ms. Nouansy 39 B. Sumteui, Khamkeuth, Phou Thay Primary School, Year 5. Farming Labourer Borlikhamsai Civilian. Elder's Mr. Bounthanh 65 B. Phonegnam, Lao Primary School, Year 2. Farming Trade committee Hinboun, Khammouane Kaleung Soldier. LWU Ms. Phetsamone 36 B. Pavek, Lao Secondary School, Year 3. Farming Trade Louangprabang Nurse. Youth Org. Mr. Chanethavong 34 B. Sienglair, Tha, Lao Secondary School, Year 3. Farming Trade Khammouane Labourer. Nakai Neua Village Head Mr. Sanamsai 36 B. Nakai Neua, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming Livestock Phengsylom Khammouane Used to be a driver. 1st Deputy Mr. Banechong 50 Louangprabang Lao Secondary School, Year 3. Farming Trade Police Officer. 2nd Deputy Mr. Sinenorkeo 48 B. Nakai Neua, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Elder's Mr. Kany 48 B. Nakang, Hin Boun, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. On 43 B. Nakang, Hin Boun, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Youth Org. Mr. Keo 22 B. Bouama, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Nakai Tai Village Head Mr. Keo Thosa 38 B. Nakai Tai, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming Livestock Khammouane. Civilian. 1st Deputy Mr. Ninda 50 B. Keng Pa Mong, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 1. Farming Livestock Southanone Nakai, Khammouane Soldier. 2nd Deputy Mr. Pheng Dokkeo 38 B. Nakai Tai, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane. Civilian. Elder's Mr. Kahom 60 B. Phako, Nakai, Meuy Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. Sa 43 B. Nakai Tai, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane. Civilian. Youth Org. Mr. Sang 43 B. Nakai Tai, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane. Civilian. Sop Ma Village Head Mr. Vanhsay 64 B. Sop Ma, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Leuisananh Khammouane Provincial youth. 1st Deputy Mr. Phui 40 B. Keng Gnao, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. 2nd Deputy Mr. Khamsavath 35 B. Sop Ma, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Deputy Village Chief. Elder's Mr. Phouan 67 B. PakKaTan, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 1. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khamkeuth, Borlikhamsa Soldier. LWU Ms. Sai 46 B. Mak Phuan, Natan, Brou Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Woman Union. Youth Org. Mr. Khamphai 36 B. Thacham Pa, Natan, Brou Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Private teacher. Sop Phene Village Head Mr. Khouan 46 B. Sop Phene, Nakai, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Syphachanh Khammouane Security. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau Education/ Work Main Other Position Name Age Place of Birth Ethnicity Experience Occupation Income 1st Deputy Mr. Vah Soulichanh 43 B. Kengmaknam Nakai, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. 2nd Deputy Mr. Bounma 39 B. Nonghom. Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock Khammouane Civilian. Elder's Mr. Sy Khung 75 B.Sop Phene, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock committee Khammouane Village chief. LWU Ms. Mei 45 B. Nakai Tai, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Youth Org. Mr. Khang 28 Sop Phene, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Thalang Village Head Mr. Sangka 41 B. Sop On, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Phimmasone Khammouane Provincial Security. 1st Deputy Mr. Don Syharath 44 B. Nakham. Hin Boun. Phouthai Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Hin Boun Security. 2nd Deputy Ms. Noy Phothong 25 B. Song Hong, Hin Boun Tai Meuy Primary School, Year 4. Farming Trade Khammouane Civilian. Elder's Mr. Siengpa 52 B. Phadeng, Nakai, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering committee Sithbangna Khammouane Teacher. LWU Ms. Choy Saiyavongsa 28 B. Phonehong, Meuy Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khamkeuth, Bolikhamxai Civilian. Youth Org. Mr. Meisy Khamphila 28 B. Phadeng, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Nongbouakham Village Head Mr. Pin Khuilasith 36 B. Singthong, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Used to be a Teacher. 1st Deputy Mr. Vanhsay 38 B. Nakhua, Pakkading, Lao Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Komsaisana Borlikhamsai Teacher. 2nd Deputy Mr. So 30 B. Paklai, Saignabouly Lao Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Livestock-keeper, Laksao. Elder's Mr. Sanamsai 65 B. Kava, Boualapha, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. Deng 35 B. Khamdok-mai, Lao Secondary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Xebang Fai, Khamm Trade Officer. Youth Org. Mr. Seng 25 Khamkeuth, Meuy Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Borlikhamsai Civilian. Nam Nian Village Head Mr. Souvanhthorn 48 B. Natung. Paklai, Tai Khao Secondary School, Year 6. Farming Trade Khamphisouvong Saignabouly BKPK Staff. 1st Deputy Mr. Sysai 45 Sop Phene, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Used to be a Soldier. 2nd Deputy Mr. Ting 46 B. Don Sat, Khamkeuth, Tai Nyo Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Phetlumphane Borlikhamsai Used to be a Soldier. Elder's Mr. Bounkhum 63 B. Kalang, Khamkeuth, Liha Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering committee Borlikhamsai Soldier. LWU Ms. 43 B. Nakadok, Khamkeuth, Sek Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Douanphetlumphane Bolikhamsai Civilian. Youth Org. Mr. Thavone 28 Sienghonehongs(special Tai Yuan Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering zone) Labourer. Sop Hia Village Head Mr. Souvanhthorn 48 B. Natung. Paklai, Tai Khao Secondary School, Year 6. Farming Trade Khamphisouvong Saignabouly BPKP Staff. 1st Deputy Mr. Sysai 45 Sop Phene, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Used to be a Soldier. 2nd Deputy Mr. Ting 46 B. Don Sat, Khamkeuth, Tai Nyo Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Phetlumphane Borlikhamsai Used to be a Soldier Elder's Mr. So 56 B. Phiengpho, Ahoe Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khamkeuth, Used to be a Soldier Borlikhamsai LWU Ms. Bouavanh 42 B. Phiengpho, Ahoe Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khamkeuth, Borlikham Youth Org. Mr. Kainboun 28 B. Phiengpho, Ahoe Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khamkeuth, Borlikhamsa Civilian. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau Education/ Work Main Other Position Name Age Place of Birth Ethnicity Experience Occupation Income Sop On Village Head Mr. Ouam 38 B. Sop On, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Linesomphou Khammouane Bouama Village Youth. 1st Deputy Mr. Keuth 50 B. Nong Eoi, Lao Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Phanethavong Gnommalat. Khamme Previously ordained. 2nd Deputy Mr. Sing Khomnaloun 35 B. Sop On, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. Elder's Mr. Tone 67 B. Sop On, Nakai, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. Khamsy 40 B. Sop On, Nakai, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Village Youth. Youth Org. Mr. Ox Khenvongsa 25 B. Sop On, Nakai, Tai Bo Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Village Youth. Bouama Village Head Mr. Sei Dengouthorn 40 B. Bouama, Nakai, Tri Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Independent Soldier. 1st Deputy Mr. Thang 55 B. Thaphaiban, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. 2nd Deputy Mr. Chai 30 B. Salieng, Nakai, Brou Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Village Youth. Elder's Mr. Siengkong 68 B. Thaphaiban, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khammouane Prev. Head of Zone. LWU Ms. Douan 50 B. Bouama, Nakai, Tri Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Village Youth. Youth Org. Mr. Onta 25 B. Bouama, Nakai, Tri Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Previously ordained. Phonsavang Village Head Mr. Siengphone 36 B. Phonsavang. Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 2. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Previously ordained. 1st Deputy Mr. None 38 B. Pung, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane Previously ordained. 2nd Deputy None at present Elder's Mr. Kham 60 B. Phonsavang, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 1. Farming Livestock committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. Keui 45 B. Phonsavang, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 1. Farming Livestock Khammouane Village Nurse. Youth Org. Mr. Deu 24 B. Phonsavang, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 1. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Student. Nong Boua Village Head Mr. Khamphong 47 B. Nong Boua, Nakai. Tai Bo Primary School, Year 3. Farming Livestock Khammouane Village Security. 1st Deputy Mr. Khain Phaliboua 40 B Na Hao, Nakai, Tai Sam Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock Khammouane Employee 2nd Deputy None at present Elder's Mr. Pheng 28 B. Sop Ma, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock committee Khammouane LWU Ms. No 48 B. Ka Oy, Nakai, Tai Bo Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane Village Youth. Youth Org. Mr. Oy 27 B. Navang, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock Khammouane Student. Phonphanpek Village Head Mr. Sy Boualaphanh 41 B. Tha, Nakai, Brou Secondary School, Year 1. Farming Livestock Khammouane Security. 1st Deputy Mr. Ta 48 B. Phonsavang, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane Teacher. 2nd Deputy Mr. Pat 30 B. Koun, Hin Boun, Kaleung Secondary School, Year 2. Farming Trade Khammouane Soldier. Elder's Mr. Nao 56 B. Maka, Nakai, Salang Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. Tha Boualaphanh 53 B. Thamouan, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 2. Farming Livestock Khammouane Tailor. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau Education/ Work Main Other Position Name Age Place of Birth Ethnicity Experience Occupation Income Youth Org. Mr. Thanh 35 B. Mamy, Nakai, Brou Secondary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Ka Oy Village Head Mr. Lom Saiyarath 45 B. Ka Oy, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. 1st Deputy Mr. Sanh Sengdaloun 45 B. Ka Oy, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Gnommalat D. Police. 2nd Deputy None at present. Elder's Mr. Douan 76 B. Mak Phuan, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khammouane Chief of Zone. LWU Ms. Ny 55 B. Mal Phuan, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Civilian. Youth Org. Mr. Thongseng 25 B. Thongvanglair, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Student. Khone Khen Village Head Mr. Nor 53 B. Khon Ken, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. 1st Deputy Mr. Sypaseuth 60 B. Khon Ken, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. 2nd Deputy None at present. Elder's Mr. Meui 60 B. Khon Ken, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khammouane Soldier. LWU Ms. Suan 60 B. Khon Ken, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 1. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Village Youth. Youth Org. Mr. Ly 23 B. Khon Ken, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. Don Village Head Mr. Phonephet Oudon 52 B. Don, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Khammouane Soldier. 1st Deputy Mr. Bouapha 56 B. Don, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming Livestock Chanhthida Khammouane Soldier. 2nd Deputy Mr. Thanh 53 B. Don, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 4. Farming NTFP gathering Khammouane Soldier. Elder's Mr. Kompary 65 B. Don, Nakai, Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering committee Khammouane Primary School Teacher LWU Ms. Phengsy 40 Brou Primary School, Year 3. Farming NTFP gathering Trade officer. Youth Org. Mr. Vong 20 Brou Primary School, Year 5. Farming NTFP gathering Soldier. 14.6.3.2 Organizational Strengthens and Weaknesses Table 14-2 presents an overview of Nakai Villages in terms of potential resettlement challenges, taking into consideration the present socio-economic and leadership status. The organizational strengthens and weakness for the different villages and ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau should be understood in terms of the ability to mobilize social capital. Social capital can be measured in terms of the process of mobilizing members of a given community to undertake collective action for the benefit of the community as a whole. Social capital is thus a prerequisite for any development initiative. In reviewing the leadership situation and other factors outlined in Table 14-2, one can divide the villages on the Plateau into three general characteristics: Weak Organisations: Sop Phene, Sop Hia (Vietic groups that are under-represented), Phonsavang, Nongboua, Ka-Oy and Sop Ma (and hamlets of Hat Khamphane and Keng Nyao). These village leaders have relatively little formal education. In addition, or partly because of this, there is a relatively high reliance on natural resources such as NTFPs and limited experience with market economics. These villages are small but represent a range of ethnic groups ­ Bo, Brou and Vietic. There are few or no Lao Loum residing in these villages and none have roads or functioning services. Strong Organisations: Villages with more robust organisations have leaders with better education and often involved in trade and other activities as well. These villages can be characterised as having November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau functioning services and relatively good infrastructure, mostly roadside villages. Economically, they are better off, have more diversified sources of income and skills. Villages in this category include the professional inhabitants (mostly Lao Loum) of Nakai Town or Oudomsouk, Nakai Neua, Nakai Tai and Talang. In general, there are some Lao or Tai ethnic groups in these villages, often over-represented in leadership positions. The remaining villages can be classified as having organisations that are neither weak nor strong with only a few leaders have education beyond primary school. The ability to mobilize communities for collective action depends on the personality of the leaders and the resource base as well as the ethnic composition of the different villages. 14.6.4 Institutional Arrangements for Consultations 14.6.4.1 Village Facilitators A number of challenges arise from the analysis of leadership, ethnicity and present circumstances of villages on the Plateau in relation to the consultations process. A mechanism is necessary to ensure that all groups partake in the consultation process. Since the performance of leadership varies and the relationship between the different formal and informal structures is complex, an institutional arrangement must include a balanced organisation that represents the diverse interests of communities. This organisation requires training and support in order for the consultation process to continue onto implementation and monitoring phases of the Project. One conclusion of the earlier consultation experiences was the need for a representative body at the village level that would work with district government organisations and line agencies, RMU/DRWGs and various experts and advisors at the local level. This would be in addition to the Village Resettlement Committee (VRC) that is composed of formal leadership positions and villagers with skills in agricultural and economics. It was decided by project planners that the composition of this group should reflect the various interest groups at the local level and thus aim to ensure that all stakeholders would be represented. One important task of the First Round of the 2004 Consultations was to obtain agreement at each village for the selection of this body of 10 persons to act as Village Facilitators for each affected village. The general composition consists of the following elements and balances: · Village Leaders and traditional leaders (formal and informal leadership balance) · Male and female members (gender balance) · Elderly, middle-aged (able-bodied adults) and youth members (age balance) · Members of all ethnic groups (ethnic/language balance) · Members with good communication skills and illiterates (education balance) Groups of village facilitators were selected and then immediately trained to perform their first task, that is consultations about the NT2 project following one-day of training, and under the supervision of Consultation Experts in both Nakai Plateau and downstream villages. The role of these facilitators will be to conduct consultations in the future and to act as an intermediary between formal organisations, including the VRC and RMU and affected villagers and their concerns. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau Table 14-2: Challenges for Resettlement of Villages on the Nakai Plateau Pop Ethnic Existing Livelihood Existing Social Leadership and Village (2002) Composition System Infrastructure Institutions Comments Ban 289 Mixed town but Mixed economy ­ services, District hospital, District HQ, educated Dominated by non-indigenous population (lao loum) Oudomsouk (not all dominated by Lao government jobs, shops and primary and secondary leadership and relativelyHigh-level of literacy and well-integrated into regional economy directly Loum groups ­Brou agricultural production schools robust institutions Need to include rural population in consultations, not just urban effected and Tai Bo mainly Income stratification significant Located on main road educated groups and option for households to return to natal ) on outskirts (rural vs. semi-urban) village on the Plateau for resettlement Ban Sop Hia 54 Mix of Vietic groups Swidden cultivation and heavy Primary school not Leadership dominated The proposed splitting of Sop Hia into a Tai resettlement village and recent Tai in- (unsustainable) reliance on functioning by Tai groups (former (together with Nam Nian) and a separate Vietic hamlet will allow migrants NTFPs and fishing BPKP) ­ Vietic occupy for the Vietic to regain control of decision-making processes lower positions Special assistance for Vietic groups in terms of livelihood development and need to monitor ethnic relations with surrounding groups and sustainable use of natural resources Ban Nam Nian 28 Mostly Tai in- Swidden cultivation ­ previous Located on Route 8 ­ Leadership mixed ­ all Proposed village relocation in Khamkeut for Tai groups will split migrants reliance on BPKP discontinued no functioning services households in-migrants. the village with some Tai Bo and Brou returning to their original ­ services and shops closed Former BPKP village villages on the Nakai Plateau being the most likely scenario down head Ban Thalang 59 Tai Bo and Tai Swidden cultivation and Located on Route 8 at Leadership mixed ethnic Mixed ethnically, experience of market economics due to location ­ groups gathering of NTFPs ­ river crossing ­ groups and some formal no evidence of dominance by Lao or Tai groups ­ head is a Brou. previously much market functioning school and educational activity but now many stalls health post ­ limited qualifications closed commercial activity Ban Nong 42 Mixed lowland Originally a State Farm for Located on Route 8 Leadership mixed ethnic Mixed ethnically but no evidence of dominance by Tai groups ­ Boua Kham population with supplying cattle to the Army functioning school and groups and some formal head is a Brou. Limited experience of market economics ­ some indigenous but now more like another health post ­ limited educational dependence on government support to some extent Brou and Bo village in terms of livelihood ­ commercial activity qualifications Additional support may be required for dealing with large herds of income from pensions government cattle and buffalo in relation to livelihood options and more intensive systems of cultivation Ban Nakai Tai 158 Predominantly Bo Roadside village with mixed Located on Route 8 Leadership mixed While predominantly a Tai Bo village, they accept new families with some Brou, Lao economy based on swidden, functioning schools and ethnic groups and some from any ethnic group, usually relatives of an already mixed married and Vietic some wet rice cultivation, health post and formal educational couple. Integrated into mainstream economy and with some trade livestock, NTFPs and markets commercial activity qualifications experience. Additional support may be required for dealing with large herds of cattle and buffalo in relation to livelihood options and more intensive systems of cultivation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau Pop Ethnic Existing Livelihood Existing Social Leadership and Village (2002) Composition System Infrastructure Institutions Comments Ban Nakai 72 Predominantly Bo Roadside village with mixed Located on Route 8 Leadership mixed Similar to Nakai Tai, it is mainly a Tai Bo village, although they Neua with some Brou and economy based on swidden, functioning school and ethnic groups and some accept new families from any ethnic group, usually relatives of an Lao some wet rice cultivation, health post and formal educational already mixed married couple. Integrated into mainstream economy livestock, NTFPs and markets commercial activity qualifications and with some trade experience. Ban Sop Phene 45 Tai Bo Swidden and gathering NTFPs Almost none. New (but Generally weak Generally quite poor and requires considerable support in terms of with some livestock and fishing temporary) school leadership with limited training, livelihood development, skills development, guidance in supported by NTEC. education and terms of marketing produce, etc. experience Should be monitored in terms of ethnic relations ­ the few literate may dominate decision-making process Ban Sop Ma/ 49 Tai Bo in Sop Ma Swidden with considerable Almost none. New (but Generally weak Generally quite poor and requires considerable support in terms of Ban Hat and Hat Khamphane reliance on NTFPs, livestock temporary) schools leadership with limited training, livelihood development, skills development, guidance in Khamphane/ and Brou in Keng and fishing supported by NTEC. education and terms of marketing produce, etc. Ban Keng Gao experience ­ village splitShould be monitored in terms of ethnic relations ­ the few literate Gnao in terms of hamlets and may dominate decision-making process. Brou are relatively recent ethnic groups along the arrivals from the NBCA while the Tai Bo are indigenous to the Nam Theun Plateau. Ban Nong 28 Mixed Tai Bo and Swidden with considerable Previously none. Moved Generally weak Pilot village ­ generally very poor, with weak leadership and limited Boua/ Ban Brou reliance on NTFPs to Nong Boua Pilot leadership with limited experience of market economics. Sailom Village, and full range of education and Requires considerable support in terms of training, livelihood services being experience ­ village splitdevelopment, skills development, guidance in terms of marketing developed. in terms of hamlets and produce, etc. ethnic groups Should be monitored in terms of ethnic relations ­ the few literate may dominate decision-making process Ban 82 Very mixed, Mixed economy ­ swidden, Tubewell water supply. Recent village - Mixed population of resettlers from Boua Ma (Brou), in-migrants Phonphanpek reflecting the range NTFPs and some wage labour. Other services accessed Leadership mixed ethnic from NBCA (Vietic) and other groups renting accommodation for of groups on the Some houses rented to in Oudomsouk town groups and some formal work in the area (Tai Lao groups) implies some differentiation in plateau and labourers. (Majority former (District center). educational terms of livelihood and experience. watershed: Brou, Tai Bouama people) qualifications Vietic groups wil considerable support in terms of training, Lao, Vietic, some livelihood development, skills development, guidance in terms of Phou Thay marketing produce, etc. Non -indigenous Tai Lao groups with marketing experience. Should be monitored in terms of ethnic relations ­ the few literate may dominate decision-making process Ban Boua Ma 59 Mixed Brou (Tri) and Swidden, livestock, limited wet Almost none. A small Leadership dominated Representative village for Nakai and requires some support in terms Tai Bo paddy production and NTFPs temporary school. by Brou ­ some of training, livelihood development and skills development but with experience and some limited experience of markets education November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau Pop Ethnic Existing Livelihood Existing Social Leadership and Village (2002) Composition System Infrastructure Institutions Comments Ban 27 Brou Swidden, livestock, fishing and Almost none. New (but Leadership dominated Representative village for Nakai and requires some support in terms Phonsavang NTFPs temporary) school by Brou ­ some of training, livelihood development and skills development but with supported by NTEC. experience and some limited experience of markets education Ban Sop On 79 Tai Bo, also Brou, Swidden, livestock, limited wet Previously ('80's) a focal Leadership dominated Representative village for Nakai and requires some support in terms others. paddy production, fishing and development village, but by Tai Bo ­ some of training, livelihood development and skills development but with NTFPs now most infrastructure experience and some limited experience of markets non functional. education Ban Done 110 Brou, a few Sek Swidden, considerable livestock A school offering Leadership dominated Representative village for Nakai and requires some support in terms (buffalo), limited wet paddy primary education by Brou ­ some of training, livelihood development and skills development but with production and NTFPs experience and some limited experience of markets education Additional support may be required for dealing with large herds of cattle and buffalo in relation to livelihood options and more intensive systems of cultivation Ban Khone 37 Brou Swidden, considerable Almost none. A samll Leadership dominated Representative village for Nakai and requires some support in terms Khen livestock, and NTFPs temporary school. by Brou ­ some of training, livelihood development and skills development but with experience and some limited experience of markets education Ban Ka Oy 26 Brou Swidden, livestock, fishing and None Leadership dominated NBCA village ­ generally very poor, with weak leadership and NTFPs ­ high reliance on by Brou ­ relatively limited experience of market economics. forests weak leadership Requires considerable support in terms of training, livelihood development, skills development, guidance in terms of marketing produce, etc. May be split up and resettled in sections in other Brou villages ­ thus monitoring of individual households may be required during transition. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 14: Local Participation on the Nakai Plateau 14.6.4.2 Training and Supervision of Consultation Process From the point of view of ethnicity, it is necessary to introduce a number of measures to ensure that ethnic issues are always included in the consultation process during implementation and monitoring. The following measures will be carried out: · Training of RMU and Nakai DRWG in ethnic awareness as part of the ongoing consultation process ­ need to `mainstream' ethnic issues · Continued support for Village Facilitators and strengthening their role in the consultation process ­ need to have meetings and workshops to encourage and monitoring their involvement · Supervision of the consultations process by International Community Development and Ethnic Manager and Lao Assistants on NTPC staff · Independent monitoring unit and the POE need to pay special attention to the performance of local GoL organisations in relation to ethnic issues ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues CHAPTER 15 MITIGATION AND ETHNIC MINORITY ISSUES Table of Content 15 MITIGATION MEASURES ......................................................................................1 15.1 RIGHTS TO LAND AND RESOURCES..............................................................................1 15.2 IMPACTS ON LIVELIHOODS AND APPROACH ................................................................2 15.3 SITE IDENTIFICATION..................................................................................................2 15.3.1 Suitable Locations on the Nakai Plateau........................................................................................................ 2 15.3.2 Village Boundaries............................................................................................................................................. 3 15.3.3 Village Consolidation and Splitting................................................................................................................. 5 15.3.4 Mechanisms for Reaching Consensus and Conflict Resolution.................................................................. 6 15.4 HOST VILLAGE.............................................................................................................8 15.5 HOUSE DESIGNS ..........................................................................................................9 15.6 LIVELIHOOD OPTIONS...............................................................................................12 15.6.1 Livelihood Requirements ............................................................................................................................... 12 15.6.2 Livelihood Features......................................................................................................................................... 12 15.6.3 Assessment of Risks........................................................................................................................................ 13 15.6.4 Livelihood Development in Relation to Ethnicity...................................................................................... 13 15.7 PLANNED INFRASTRUCTURE INVESTMENTS..............................................................19 15.7.1 Road Construction and Upgrading ............................................................................................................... 19 15.7.2 Electricity Supply............................................................................................................................................. 19 15.7.3 Water Supply- Domestic & Irrigation........................................................................................................... 19 15.8 SERVICE IMPROVEMENTS...........................................................................................19 15.8.1 Health Sector Impacts .................................................................................................................................... 19 15.8.2 Sanitation and Health Program ..................................................................................................................... 20 15.8.3 Indigenous Health Practices........................................................................................................................... 21 15.8.4 Education, Extension and Training.............................................................................................................. 22 15.9 IMPROVEMENTS FOR WOMEN....................................................................................23 15.10 PILOT VILLAGE ..........................................................................................................24 15.11 MEASURES TO PROTECT CULTURAL HERITAGE ........................................................24 15.12 OVERVIEW OF RISKS TO VULNERABLE ETHNIC MINORITIES AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU...................................................................................25 List of Tables Table 15-1: Resettlement Preferences of Villages on the Nakai Plateau, 1997 ...............................................3 Table 15-2: Resettlement Site Suitability................................................................................................................4 Table 15-3: Realignment of Traditional/Spirit Territory Boundaries...............................................................7 Table 15-4: Resettlement Livelihood Options....................................................................................................13 Table 15-5: Livelihood Options and Ethnic Minority Concerns.....................................................................16 Table 15-6: Risk Matrix for Vulnerable Ethnic Minorities on the Nakai Plateau.........................................26 List of Figures Figure 15-1: Sample House Designs 1997............................................................................................................10 Figure 15-2: Sample House Designs 1998............................................................................................................11 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues 15 MITIGATION MEASURES The following sections outline the mitigation measures to be carried out as part of the SDP (see Chapters 19 to 26). This chapter deals with livelihood development systems, site location and identification, infrastructure improvements, health and education improvements, gender-specific mitigation measures and measures to guard cultural heritage and emphasises social and cultural issues. Technical details are provided in the SDP. 15.1 RIGHTS TO LAND AND RESOURCES Chapter 3 in Volume 1 of the SDP outlines in detail the legal and policy framework. Some important aspects should be noted in relation to the resettlement of ethnic minorities on the Plateau since rights to land and resources is a key issues to the long-term sustainability of the plan and the long-term security of the affected persons. A sense of ownership is essential if the livelihood development options and relocation process is to be carried out successfully. The NT2 Resettlement Policy "provides for the application of special measures as required towards ethnic minorities and vulnerable persons to assist them to take care of their needs and foster self- reliance" (Article 1). Entitlements and eligibility are outlined in the Resettlement Regulations and allow for the natural increase in family sizes and compensation options. The Concession Agreement Decree No. 37/PM of 12 April 2002 approves the allocation of the Resettlement and Forest Area to the affected people on the Nakai Plateau. Land title document have been issued to resettlers in the Pilot Village of Nong Boua and will be issued to all resettlers on the Plateau upon relocation as well as resettlers in the Bolikhamxai village site. These documents cover the resettlement household plots and 0.5 ha of farming land in the vicinity of the household plots. Decree No. 193/PM of 29 December 2000 establishing the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA Corridor Areas, the reservoir area, and the Resettlement and Forest Area for the affected people. Regulations for the establishment and operations of the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA) have been approved by the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MAF) and authorized by the Governor of Khammouane Province. This establishes the NPVFA as a legal entity and will have sole rights to harvest and sell timber and NTFPs from the allocated forest, provided this is done in a sustainable manner. Sustainable forest management is the main obligation of NPVFA, which will be undertaken by carrying out planning, forest management, protection, and conservation activities. In order to legally conduct a forestry business according to MAF one requires a license for logging, sawmilling and wood processing and furniture factories. NPVFA has applied for all three licenses but has so far only obtained one for wood processing and furniture factories. Thus the resettlers, in the form of the NPVFA, have the right only to the resources of the forest as long as they are properly managed but not to the land itself. The GoL is in the process of developing a legal instrument1 aimed at strengthening the previous PM Decree's 193 and 37 in order to ensure that; (a) the forest resources in the Resettlement Area are for the exclusive use and benefit of the plateau resettlers only; (b) the allocation and use land in the Resettlement Area is undertaken within framework that resettlers have the primary right to land use, both currently and in the future; (c) land titles will be issued for all housing and permanent agricultural land within one year of actually relocating, building new houses or opening and planting the first crop on the agriculture land. However, these titles will be issued with a caveat prohibiting the sale of such land within the 8 to 9 year resettlement period, unless otherwise adjudicated by the Grievance Committee; (d) the fisheries resource in the Nakai Reservoir is for the exclusive use of Plateau resettlers (and those currently fishing in the proposed inundation zone) until such time as it is proven that such fisheries resources are in excess of the requirement of the Nakai fishers or their descendents; and 1as above, this legal instrument is still under review by the IFIs November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues (e) the trading in the reservoir fisheries resources is to be conducted only by the authorized reservoir fishers (the plateau resettlers, reservoir area fishers, and their descendents). 15.2 IMPACTS ON LIVELIHOODS AND APPROACH Inundation of up to 40% of the Nakai Plateau will result in the loss of a significant portion of the land currently used by the villages for agriculture, livestock grazing, gathering of NTFPs and hunting. However, the reservoir is likely to increase fish yield and will provide a source of water for irrigated farming. The drawdown zone offers a potential for seasonal agriculture, grazing and aquaculture. Currently, agricultural productivity is constrained by inadequate water supply, seasonal flooding, poor soil fertility, and the lack of capital and technological ability. The inhabitants of the villages affected by the reservoir currently live much below the national poverty line and they are aware of their dwindling resource base. Rice cultivation is generally poor and all villages have recurring food deficits. Of the 450 km2 to be inundated by the reservoir, it is estimated that only 46 km2 has actually been cultivated; the rest being largely under degraded secondary forest cover. The CARE (1996) socio-economic survey found that there were 78 ha of wetland paddy and 486 ha of upland rice within the reservoir area but considerable rice deficits for over 8 months in the year on average. The affected people have not traditionally depended on a single source of income for their livelihoods, having subsisted on shifting cultivation, livestock, fishing, hunting, gathering of forest products and to a lesser extent on paid employment. Public consultations conducted with the affected people have indicated that they do not wish to move too far away from their present villages. During the second round of PCPP in 1998, the main concern expressed was food security, but this did not mean, nor has it ever meant, self-sufficiency in rice. The communities are accustomed to exchanging forest products and buffalo to make up deficiencies in rice production. Hence, promise of gardens, fruit trees and livestock in their new lives helped to create some impression of food security which was familiar, building on their existing practices. In communities where there was rice production, primarily the Brou villages to the south-east and Ban Nakai Tai and Ban Nakai Neua (along the main road), there was also considerable interest in paddy. As regards forestry, their only experience is the plantation owned by BPKP near Ban Oudomsouk where some of the nearby villagers work. Even though the BPKP plantation has not been completely successful in achieving expected targets, many showed interest in the prospect of working on communal plantations or working for companies since this held the promise of a stable cash income. In addition, many participants were relieved that they could stay on the plateau and stated that they were willing to try anything in order to improve their lot. Villagers are aware that the GOL prefers that they stop practicing swidden agriculture and many felt that they would be moved to the lowlands far from the forests, their traditional source of income. However they are also aware that their new lifestyle will have a number of unfamiliar aspects which, while they are willing to try, they know will require training. As outlined later, there will be training and feedback from monitoring, and this is a key component of the overall plan. 15.3 SITE IDENTIFICATION 15.3.1 Suitable Locations on the Nakai Plateau The first step in developing new livelihood options for the Nakai resettlers was to identify suitable land on the Plateau in accordance with their wishes to remain there (see Chapter 19). Land should be suitable for agricultural development, easily accessible, with available water supply year round and located near the reservoir. Twenty-five sites were chosen on the western edge of the Nakai Plateau in Zone 3 within the current Plateau village boundaries, except for the two affected villages in Bolikhamxay Province, Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian, which may still opt for relocation in the same province, which is north of the dam site. The capacity of the areas on Nakai Plateau to provide the necessary resources for the livelihood of resettlers was assessed in detail in the 1996/97 dry season. The total area of the land available as the Plateau Resettlement Area is almost 22,000 ha. Previous consultations with villagers resulted in strong November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues indications of their preference to be near the future reservoir and to new roads. Table 15-1 summarizes the results of consultations carried out as part of the PCPP in 1997. Table 15-1: Resettlement Preferences of Villages on the Nakai Plateau, 1997 y Village ce s s vicinit sour cesca cescat easar ds ensdrage yra hall etabl water yitc mill ithin ater char W W Road Fores Grazing Paddy Or egV ell tric mple Market W Ele Toilets School Dispens Te illageV Rice Ban Sop Hia Ban Nam Nian Ban Thalang Ban Nakai Tai Ban Nakai Neua Ban Sop Phene Ban Sop Ma* Ban Sailom** Ban Boua Ma Ban Phonsavang Ban Sop On*** Ban Done Ban Khone Khen * Ban Sop Ma includes three hamlets: Ban Sop Ma, Ban Hat Khamphane and Ban Keng Gnao ** Ban Sailom includes three hamlets: Ban Nong Boua Kham, Ban Sailom and Ban Pamanton *** Ban Sop On includes the three households of Ban Nikhom 3 The results of the PCPP map-making exercises of "dream maps" reveal that villagers would prefer the following aspects for their new villages: · Orientation of the village along roads with each house having access to the road. This seems to have replaced the structuring aspect of the river in traditional villages. The road is seen as representing progress and a link with the outside world, that is markets and possible wage labour. · Improvements such as electricity, access to running water and toilets that are privately owned and not communally shared. Each household preferred their own garden area. · Non-residential buildings such as the school, dispensary, pump-house, village hall and religious structures to be located outside the grouping of houses as they usually are in traditional villages. · Surrounding the village was paddy or fields for growing crops such as corn, sugar cane or larger plots for vegetables. On a few maps villagers located forests and grazing areas further a field. When the ideas for the new village were presented to the villagers in the second round of PCPP in 1998, the vast majority welcomed the potential lifestyle improvements given the poor economic situation on the Plateau. 15.3.2 Village Boundaries Earlier reviews of village boundaries indicated that it would be possible to relocate most households within their current village boundaries. Therefore, efforts have been made to select sites within existing traditional territories because such cultural continuity and familiarity potentially reduces possible disruption or psychological stress created by the resettlement process. Two classifications exist with regard to the administrative and political status of the existing villages on the Plateau. Administrative villages are those with over 20 households or 100 families. These are formally recognized as villages with defined boundaries and associated responsibilities and obligations to the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues respective district in which they occur. The second type of classification is the "cluster village", generally not recognized at the District level in the planning and administrative context. These "cluster villages" tend to be small and scattered throughout the village boundary of the major administratively recognized village in which they occur. Often these cluster villages form when villagers have moved into the boundary area from elsewhere and have requested permission of the resident administratively-recognized village chief to establish their households. These distinctions are recognized and acknowledged in local terminology. For the purposes of ease of description, these administrative and non-administrative village types are combined. Table 15-2: Resettlement Site Suitability Within Within land Within Reservoir Village Potential cultural use Admin Admin. Unit resettlement sites Distance to each site boundary? boundary? boundary? Ban Sop Hia ­ Tai Nam Pan area, 28 km N N N Ethnic Groups Bolikhamsay Prov Ban Sop Hia ­ Vietic Sites 7-13 15-20 km N Y N Ethnic Groups Ban Nam Nian Nam Pan area, 28 km N N N Bolikhamsay Prov Ban Thalang Sites 11, 12, 13 Site 11 - 2 km Y Y Y Site 12 - 2.5 km Y Y Y Site 13 - 1 km Y Y Y Ban Nong Boua Sites 5, 6, 8 Site 5 - 1.5 km Y Y Y Kham Site 6 - 2 km Y Y Y Site 8 - 2 km Y Y Y Ban Nakai Tai Sites 4a), 4b), 4c) Site 4a) - 1 km Y Y Y Site 4b) - 2 km Y Y Y Site 4c) - 3 km Y Y Y Ban Nakai Neua Sites 1, 2, 3 Site 1 - 1 km Y Y Y Site 2 - 1 km Y Y Y Site 3 - 0.5 km Y Y Y Ban Sop Phene Sites 1, 2, Site 1 - 5 km Y N N Site 2 - 5 km Y N N Site 3 - 5 km Y N N Ban Hat Sites 14, 15, 16 Site 14 - 6km Y N N Khamphane, Ban Site 15 - 6km Y N N Sop Ma, Ban Keng Site 16 - 6km Y N N Gnao Ban Sailom, Ban Sites 16, 17, 18 Site 16 - 2km Y Y Y Nong Boua, Site 17 - 3km Y Y Y Ban Pamanton Site 18 - 3km Y Y Y Ban Boua Ma Sites 17, 18, 19 Site 17 - 2km Y Y Y Site 18 - 1km Y Y Y Site 19 - 3km Y Y Y Ban Phonsavang Sites 19, 20a), 20b). Site 19 - 3km Y N N Site 20a) - 1km Y N N Site 20b) - 5km Y N N Ban Sop On Sites 20a), 20b), 21 Site 20a) - 3km Y Y Y (including Ban Site 20b) - 3km Y Y Y Nikhom 3) Site 21 - 4km Y Y Y Ban Done Sites 21a), 21b), Site 21a) - 3km Y Y Y 21c), 22 Site 21b) - 2km Y Y Y Site 21c) - 2km Y Y Y Site 22 - 2km Y Y Y Ban Khone Khen Sites 23, 24, 25 Site 23 - 4km Y Y Y Site 24 - 6km Y Y Y Site 25 - 7km Y Y Y Ban Ka Oy Sites 20a), 20b) Site 20a) - 1km N N N Site 20b) - 1km N N N November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Traditional village territories tend to follow natural features of the landscape and correspond to land usage of the members of a village. Non-members of the village should first seek permission from village leaders before they can practice swidden cultivation or harvest forest products. Furthermore, these territories have a cosmological dimension. Many villages have guardian spirits (phi muang) whose territory corresponds to traditional boundaries for larger, more established villages. Other villages are included in these boundaries. 15.3.3 Village Consolidation and Splitting Considerable efforts have been made to retain existing village structures and respect the requests of site locations, but one has also to consider village size and the practical arrangements of providing suitable infrastructure and services. In terms of sustainability of institutions and organisations, one requires a minimum number of people. A number of consolidations may occur depending on final consultations and detailed planning. It should be emphasised that the practical aspects will be carefully balanced with social and cultural aspects for the optimal resettlement solution. The following consolidations are likely to occur: The hamlets of Nongboua, Sailom and Pamonton: these three hamlets are an unstable group that has changed composition and location several times over the past 10 years. Originally, a number of families that left the large village of Bouma, a mixed Bo and Brou village, to establish a new village called Sailom. This later split into three different hamlets in the 1990s. In 2001, Pamonton ceased to exist as its inhabitants joined the other two hamlets of Sailom and Nongboua. The Pilot Village has involved the relocation of the remaining two hamlets into one new village, called Nongboua Mai (mai meaning new). No problems regarding ethnicity have occurred and this is mostly likely because both Bo and Brou families have been living together for some time and are originally from the same village of Bouama ­ the language of the village is Lao and the culture is a shared `Nakai' culture of the Plateau. Villagers themselves agreed to this arrangement during detailed consultations. The Pilot Village is organised spatially according to the four main clans or original founding families, three Bo and one Brou. Relocation is within traditional territory, within the spirit boundaries of Bouma, the village of origin. The villages of Keng Ngao, Hat Khamphene and Sop Ma are all small villages located on the left bank of the Nam Theun above the bridge at Thalang. They form one administrative unit with a single leadership structure. The first village is a predominantly Brou village while the latter two have majority Bo populations. All three settlements were originally offshoots from Ban Bouma but a number of Brou households joined these settlements from Ban Teng and Ban Thaphaiban in the NT2 Watershed area. Two possible sites are proposed for all three settlements since none are more than 30 households. No problems regarding ethnicity are envisaged since both Bo and Brou families have been living together for some time and are already functioning administratively as one village. Relocation is likely to be outside traditional boundaries but within familiar territory with the same neighbouring villages. The village of Ka-Oy to the north of the proposed reservoir and on the Nam Theun is a traditional Brou village. There are close ties with the neighbouring villages on the Nakai Plateau, intermarriage and trade agreements, especially with Ban Done and Ban Sop On. There has also been a history of migration up and down the Nam Theun in search of suitable sites for swidden and to avoid flooding and pests. Villagers in Ka-Oy look upon the other Brou and Bo villages as relatives (phii nong) and should not have a problem integrating with regards to ethnicity. However, it is still uncertain whether Ka-Oy residents will opt for resettlement or stay in familiar territory and be included in the sustainable livelihood development of the NT2 Watershed. Special efforts will be made to ensure that a consensus is reached in an equitable manner. The village of Phonesavang is a Brou village that has been formed by households from Sop On to the southeast and by new arrivals from the NT 2 Watershed Area. Many of these villages are related but a number of families have connections to villages to the north in the Watershed. The latter are relative new arrivals. The proposed integration into the new site for Sop On should not create problems for ethnicity as long as traditional clans and kinship organisation are respected in layout. There are also two potential splitting of existing villages. Both Sop Hia and Nam Nian villages in the northeastern part of the Plateau. The Tai populations in the villages of Sop Hia and Nam Nian in Bolikhamxai Province are special case since all are recent arrivals (within the last 5 to 15 years) from November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Khamkeut District and surrounding areas in Bolikhamxai Province. These Tai villagers are located beside existing Vietic groups and have adapted to swidden farming and gathering of NTFPs. This was an economic migration caused in part by a shortage of land in their original Tai village sites and in part by the opportunity to exploit an area relatively rich in natural resources and with a low population. The relocation of the Tai-speaking groups to a site in Bolikhamxai will return them to familiar territory but with support for developing a sustainable livelihood system. The different Tai groups speak different dialects (Tai Daeng, Tai Moey, Tai Men, Tai Khao, etc.) and are divided into clans but there is considerable intermarriage and shared values. The communities in the proposed resettlement sites (Ban Nam Pan area) are also the same Tai groups, and have also fairly recently moved to that area. The Vietic groups in Sop Hia (Ahoe and Phong) along with the few Vietic households in Nam Nian will establish their own village on the plateau, on the shores of the reservoir, in the vicinity of Thalang with which they are likely to share educational and health facilities. It is important that the Vietic groups establish their own village site to ensure that they are not dominated by other groups as has been the case in Sop Hia where Tai in-migration has led to a lack of representation of Vietic villagers in leadership and the overexploitation of available natural resources in the area by new in-migrants. 15.3.4 Mechanisms for Reaching Consensus and Conflict Resolution As is explained in the above sections, efforts have been made to relocate villages within traditional territories and taking into account ethnic composition. Most of the suggested consolidations and splitting of villages above have been discussed with villagers and consultations are underway to ensure that any problems are dealt with in an open manner. The process of reaching consensus and resolving potential conflicts about village boundaries are similar to how the consultation process for all villages will proceed. Consensus about any possible consolidation and splitting or alteration in village boundaries will require the following steps: · Based on technical and practical considerations for site requirements and population, potential consolidation of villages will be identified · Examination of baseline data and analysis of the consultation concerns and proposals will identify whether there is an issue of internal cohesion or ethnic tension (separation of ethnic groups) in the community or series of hamlets that make up a community · Consultations (August 2004) have introduced the idea of consolidation and splitting of village to all location on the Plateau ­ villagers will then have time to consider options and to discussion these options among themselves informally · Consultations (Planned for November-December 2004) will be undertaken to determine resettlement sites for new villages so that detailed site planning and preparation may commence. At this point a consensus needs to be reached. · If there are some households not agreeing on a particular relocation site, other site options may be considered since it all cases of consolidation and splitting there are options. · A formal agreement then needs to be drafted and signed with village leaders on behalf of the village confirming site choice There are a number of conflict resolution mechanisms at the local level that could be drawn on to solve any potential problems regarding the realignment of traditional or spirit territories or the establishment of one village in the territory of another village. Table 15-3 outlines potential changes in traditional territories. From the point of view of village administration units, a consultation process will be initiated that will include local authorities (District and previous village leaders), NTPC technical staff and the affected persons in the village. The alignment of village boundaries will depend on a number of key factors: · Location and proximity of villages in the resettlement areas · Land use and resource use requirements, especially community forestry needs · Size of resettlement sites (at least 50 households are required for full village administrative status) · Ethnicity and spirit territories November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Table 15-3: Realignment of Traditional/Spirit Territory Boundaries Ritual Centre (Main Village) Villages Changes in Boundaries Sop Hia ­ Vietic spirit residing Sop Hia (Vietic) Movement out of spirit area (under control of female in rapids near dam site Vietic Medium at Sop Hia) into Thalang spirit territory Sop Hia (Tai groups) Movement out of Vietic spirit territory into spirit territory of Nam Pan (Tai) Thalang ­ Tai Bo spirit Thalang (Tai, Brou Reduction of spirit territory size (realignment of residing in rapids near village and Lao groups) boundaries) Nam Nian (Vietic) Movement within existing territory of Thalang Nam Nian (Tai Movement out of Thalang spirit territory into spirit groups) territory of Nam Pan (Tai) Nakai Tai ­ Tai Bo spirit Nakai Tai Reduction of spirit territory size and incorporation of part residing in nearby mountain of Nakai Neua territory (realignment of boundaries) Nong Boua Kham Movement within existing territory Nakai Neua ­ Tai Bo spirit Nakai Neua Reduction of spirit territory size (realignment of (former village leader) boundaries) Sop Phene Movement within existing territory Sop On ­ Tai Bo spirit and Sop On Reduction of spirit territory size (realignment of former medium of village boundaries) (refers to old salt licks) Sop Ma Movement within existing territory (option of move into Nakai Tai territory) Hat Khamphane Movement within existing territory (option of move into Nakai Tai territory) Keng Gnao Movement within existing territory Boua Ma Movement within existing territory Sailom (Pilot) Movement within existing territory Phonsavang Movement within existing territory Ka-Oy ­ Brou spirit of former Ka-Oy Movement out of spirit area neighbouring spirit territory village leader of either Sop On, Done or Khone Khene Done ­ Brou spirit of former Done Reduction of spirit territory size (realignment of village leader boundaries) Khone Khene­ Brou spirit of Khone Khene Reduction of spirit territory size (realignment of former village leader boundaries) The location, resources and cultural requirements have already been addressed in terms of the ongoing detailed site locations (Chapter 19). The actual number of villages and composition is not yet fully fixed since villagers at a number of sites still have to choose as to where they would like to relocate. The eventual number of village administrative units is yet to be determined. A consultation process will be initiated after a preliminary decision has been made by villagers as to their choice of site (November- December 2004). There will be a series of meetings that include GoL authorities at the village level and the resettlers led by the RMU and with the advice of NTPC technical staff. Discussions will be aimed at reaching agreements on: · Village locations and new boundaries · Village composition in terms of village units (nouay) · Village leadership structures (headmen, leaders of nouay and other local representatives) · Village layout according to ethnic groups and clans November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues It is difficult to predict outcomes of spirit territory realignment and how people will adjust to new territories since much depends on the ritual specialists and events accompanying the movement, especially accidents or natural phenomena that could influence interpretations of spirit preferences. Ritual specialists within a village or mediums through rituals and ceremonies may determine how cosmological changes will be handled ­ ritual obligations prior to a move or after resettlement. In the case of potential conflict or realignment of territories, it will be the responsibility of the elders in each community (thao khun) to meet and decide on an outcome and the necessary rituals or ceremonies. The history of the Nakai Plateau indicates that there are mechanisms and precedents for solving such issues, given the fact that many villages have relocated in the recent past for various reasons. 15.4 HOST VILLAGE Consultations with the villages of Sop Hia and Nam Nian have resulted in the decision by the affected communities to split the villages along ethnic lines, between the indigenous Vietic groups (mostly Ahoe) and the recently arrived Tai groups (over the past 20 years). A number of options and possible locations for new village sites were discussed with the Tai groups, including resettlement on the Nakai Plateau along with the other villages. However, a consensus has emerged for relocation to Khamkeut District in Bolikhamxai Province, whence all households originated. The planning process can be summarised as follows: · Consultations at Sop Hia and Nam Nian (1996-2002) ­ information dissemination and feedback as to various resettlement options but issue not fully resolved regarding ethnic composition of villages · Location of potential resettlement sites in Khamkeut District identified by GoL as a possible site in 2002 · Technical appraisal of two sites and preliminary plans and budget for best choice (Nam Pan site) by irrigation and livelihood development specialist in June 2003 (see Appendix M) · Preliminary survey of socio-economic and cultural characteristics (Back to Office Report, NTEC, October 2003). · Affected villagers site in early 2004 and meetings between leaders and villagers from host village of Ban Nam Pan and resettlers from Sop Hia and Nam Nian · Detailed consultation on option in June 2004 with confirmation of site selection with Tai villagers from the Nakai Plateau · Late 2004 follow-up consultations with the goal of achieve village consensus (in this case, ethnic group consensus) about relocation and livelihood options for Tai groups in Sop Hia and Nam Nian · There will be a full appraisal of impacts on the host village carried out in late 2005 as part of the detailed technical planning ­ this will include an assessment of land usage in the proposed resettlement area, including grazing, NTFP collection, water sources and rotational swidden fields. It is important that individual families in Nam Pan not be directly affected by the loss of land, resource assess or income. · Formal consensus is required by the leadership and villagers of Nam Pan before resettlement is to commence. This will include agreement on the mitigation measures, primarily the new road and irrigation system for both the new resettlement village and Nam Pan · Mechanisms for joint management of the irrigation system need to be finalised during the implementation process Conflict resolution measures and grievance procedures between resettlers and host villagers are similar to those which are outlined for the project as a whole in Chapter 8. Since both groups are from the same ethnic groups or closely related groups of Tai (Tai Men, Tai Moey and Tai Phouak), they shared the same culture, language and value systems. Disputes between neighbouring villages are solved by meetings between the leaders of the villages, both village headmen and their assistants, as well as other formal leaders, and traditional leaders. If issues of land and resource use cannot be resolved at this level, disputes are usually referred to the District, in this case it will be to the District Resettlement Working Group in Khamkeut. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues 15.5 HOUSE DESIGNS Initial house designs have been developed through consultations with the villagers who are to be resettled, incorporating aspects of traditional house designs among the different ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau. All houses have a number of similar aspects. The home (heun) has a private sphere consisting of sleeping quarters, a public sphere for receiving guests and entertaining (veranda) and a production sphere (kitchen for cooking food, washing and growing spices and vegetables). The proposed house design comprises all these elements: Figure 15-1 shows the first two designs developed after the first round of PCPP. Two basic designs were illustrated showing the two main house styles in the area. The first drawing on the left represents the most common type of house on the Plateau and is similar to the style most often used by Bo and Brou ethnic groups. The second drawing to the right illustrates a house style common among some of the Vietic groups on the Plateau, in particular the Ahoe and Phong of Sop Hia village. The main difference is that the veranda is closed in some traditional Vietic houses. The aim at this stage of the consultations was to discuss modifications and concerns with housing. The illustrations provoked considerable comments and suggestions, including an overwhelming desire for the first design with the open veranda, including among the Ahoe and Phong populations of Sop Hia where such houses were observed (see Section 14.3 above for comments). Figure 15-2 illustrates the modified house designs as a result of further feedback during the second round of PCPP in April and May 1998. Figure 15-2 shows house designs for single families (up to 6 inhabitants) and extended families (over 7 inhabitants). House designs may be further modified at the time of construction if the household makes reasonable request for modification according to the desire of the different ethnic groups or individual house owners. Villagers will be provided with a new house and with transportation to move materials from their former houses to be reassembled on the new site if so desired. These new structures conform to traditional house designs by incorporating the following elements: a veranda, a kitchen area, two doors in accordance with kinship taboos, a construction on poles with two ladders (to the kitchen and to the veranda) with an odd number of rungs, and doors which open in a direction other than the west. No house will be smaller than the original dwelling, and the actual size will depend on the number of inhabitants. Labor resources and time permitting, villagers themselves will construct their own houses under the supervision of trained carpenters. When necessary, additional labor resources will be brought in. Having villagers construct their own home has important social and psychological advantages since by investing time and energy in establishing themselves on their new plots, they will more easily acquire a sense of belonging to the new sites. Men are traditionally responsible for constructing houses in villages and form a pool of labor whenever new buildings are put up. A similar pool of labor would ensure that all houses are built and that disadvantaged households, that is households with a labor shortage, single mothers, ill or disabled members or few kinship ties, will not be negatively affected by the relocation. The relocation of houses at the Pilot Village illustrates that the construction of the houses is proceeding well. This involves a common frame but the details such as arrangement of interior space, decorations and carvings and other features have been carried through consultations with the owners. The result is that the first three houses constructed at Nongboua Mai are different in appearance. This shows that the different ethnic characteristics and details in house construction can be reproduced using a culturally sensitive approach and consultations with owners. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Figure 15-1: Sample House Designs 1997 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Figure 15-2: Sample House Designs 1998 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues 15.6 LIVELIHOOD OPTIONS 15.6.1 Livelihood Requirements In keeping with the expressed desire of the affected villagers to remain on the Plateau, studies were undertaken of the natural resources in the area above the Full Supply Level (FSL). However, it must be appreciated that the amount of agricultural land available in the Nakai Plateau is very small. Provincial Authorities have classified 90% of the area as forestland in 1993. The resettlement planning studies identified an area of about 22,000 ha between the western boundary of the proposed reservoir and the edge of the escarpment to identify areas suitable for the establishment of resettlement villages with house plots. The following factors were considered as minimum requirements for locations: · above El 539.0 · minimum area of 4 ha (for 8 families) · access to water supply (potable & irrigation) · access to drawdown zone · access to roads or other transportation infrastructure · access to markets · minimizing distance to new location · consideration of villages' spiritual boundaries · adequate returns from irrigated land · potential for growing rice in selected locations · social, cultural and ethnic factors taken into account · potential for exploitation of NTFPs · potential for community forests 15.6.2 Livelihood Features A full account of the planning, selection and options for livelihood development are provided in Chapters 21 to 25). Here only an outline of the salient features is provided. The main characteristics of the livelihood development are the following: · Maximizing opportunities for irrigated cropping with priority initially for rice production due to the fact that rice is the most important crop and emphasized by villagers during consultations · Intensive vegetable, food, fodder and fruit production on upland plots, replicating the existing practices of home plot gardens in the villages · Intensified livestock production that aims at introducing fodder production, improved health and extension services · Commercial forestry on a community basis, including a forestry development plan and forestry dividend fund · Sustainable exploitation of reservoir fisheries with restricted access for resettlers and ethnic groups in the NBCA Off-farm employment will be limited but there will be opportunities during the construction period and some employment after construction for skilled workers and in the service sector. The interim income target for resettlement households, including income in cash and in kind, for year 5 of the resettlement implementation period is the then current Lao Kip rural poverty line amount per person as calculated by the National Statistics Centre, multiplied by the number of persons in the household (this being equivalent to US$ 800 per average household). The full development village income target is the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues national average level for the country (this being equivalent to US$ 1,200 per average household) as calculated by the National Static Centre, multiplied by the number of persons in the household. This final development target ensures is well above the poverty line. Refer to Chapter 25 for further information regarding income targets. The strength of the livelihood development plan is its flexibility since it consists of a basic package for all households and supplementary options for income depending on specific sites, labour requirements and interests of the households and communities. Table 15-4 indicates the options. Table 15-4: Resettlement Livelihood Options Basic Package per Household Supplementary Enterprise Options Farm/House plot: 0.5 ha (Income $ 260) Fisheries Rice: 0.15 ha (optional) (Income $ 130) Forestry Forestry Dividend (Income $ 100 +) Buffalo Raising: Total Income $ 590/HH Off-Farm Employment An analysis of the production models and economic forecasts is provided in Chapter 25 (Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios). 15.6.3 Assessment of Risks The income estimates of the livelihood package and options are based on an average household size participating in all of the proposed enterprises. It is necessary to review the potential impact of the recommended general livelihood model on the incomes of individual households that may have different human resource, skill endowments or preferences among the different ethnic groups. Based on the socio- economic surveys and the consultation carried out on the Nakai Plateau, a range of possible scenarios have been examined in Chapter 25 of the SDP. · Households having no male working members and with old or infirm adults will be specifically targeted with income supplements from the forestry resource dividend fund to account for lack of manpower. · Given the interest in household food security, it is highly unlikely that resettlers will reject the offer of wetland rice, but those opting to do so will not be significantly affected as long as they are able to earn cash income from the other enterprises. · Over 60 percent of the affected villages already own more than 5 buffaloes but some households have no buffaloes and these household should be able to compensate the loss of about 9 percent of their income, from fisheries, off-farm employment, intensive house plot cultivation and forestry. · Experience from the Nam Ngum 1 Reservoir shows that after the construction of the dam, fisheries has become a major source of livelihood for nearly 2000 households and there is a ready market for fish both in Lao PDR and in Thailand; thus the number of households not taking advantage of this opportunity will be negligible. · Commercial forestry is a resource that is being set aside for the community by the GOL as a source of income security for the affected people; it is hoped that this will engender a sense of ownership among the resettlement community, thereby ensuring full participation in this activity. · Non-farm employment as a source of income has been very conservatively estimated and any household that decides not to engage in this will not be adversely affected. · The forestry resource in the Resettlement Area is able to compensate for any shortfall in household income from other sources (crops, livestock and fisheries). The allocation of the forestry resource from which the households derive income should therefore take this into account. 15.6.4 Livelihood Development in Relation to Ethnicity Data from the Care Report (1996) and RMU socio-economic surveys (1999) indicate that all villages have mixed economic systems. It is difficult to examine the differences solely in terms of ethnic groups due to the fact that most villages are composed of at least two or more groups. However, some generalisations can be made from the data available in relation to village characteristics and potential sites and challenges (see Table 15-5). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Some important points and potential challenges for resettlement to consider are listed below. It should be stated, however, that for the most part there are good relationships between all the ethnic groups on the Plateau and there are considerable differences within ethnic groups in terms of livelihoods, skills and experience. It is necessary to ensure that all ethnic groups are represented on the District Resettlement Working Group based in Nakai Town (Oudomsouk). At present there are only representatives from the Tai Lao majority groups and very limited representation by minorities. Further recruitment of members of the DRWG for Nakai should favour representatives from the Tai Bo, Brou and Vietic ethnic minority communities whenever feasible in order to represent interests of these groups at this level of project planning and implementation. This is significant for dealing with resettlement of parts of Oudomsouk itself as it is for general issues regarding all Plateau villages. Vietic Groups Of particular concern are the Vietic groups because of their small numbers, the fact that they are spread out in a number of villages and dominated by other more advanced ethnic groups, and their lack of experience of more modern technologies and knowledge of market economics. These ethnic groups are the most reliant on the natural resources of the Nakai Plateau in terms of hunting, fishing and forest foods. They are less efficient that other ethnic groups in harvesting NTFPs, partly because they, at least until recently, have not been motivated to earn large amounts of cash. This, however, is changing as the overfishing in the Nam Theun at Sop Hia illustrates. A number of mitigation measures will be introduced to deal with these challenges: · Separation of the dominant Tai groups and the Vietic households in Sop Hia and relocation of the latter to a site south of the reservoir or to another suitable site in the area ­ this will allow the Vietic to regain control over decision-making processes · Option for Vietic households in Nam Nian to join the Vietic of Sop Hia at the new site · Option for Vietic households in Thalang to join this new site if it turns out that there is a willingness to consolidate and if there are signs that the Vietic of Thalang are not deriving the same benefits as the Tai and other ethnic groups at the new site for Thalang village · Provisions to separate the Vietic groups or at least cluster households together for Nakai Tai and Phonphanpek where there are also small numbers of Ahoe and Salang. · Livelihood development will emphasise a continuity of NTFPs, fishing and collection of forest foods that these groups are highly reliant on. · Links to programmes in the NBCA regarding development of NTFPs, medicines and other forest products that could also be cultivated on the Plateau · Additional assistance for adapting to and adjusting to new production techniques since many Vietic groups have less experience that the other ethnic minorities on the Plateau ­ this means separate programmes for technical assistance in relation to irrigation, growing cash crops, improved livestock management, literacy and accounting for forestry management and capacity building for village leadership · Establishing regular visits to demonstration sites for Vietic groups and mutual visits to Vietic resettlement sites and livelihood development schemes to share experiences · Specific monitoring of small Vietic minorities in Thalang, Nakai Tai and Phonphanpek to ensure that Veitic participate in consultations on a par with the other ethnic groups and partake in decision-making · Specific monitoring of natural resource usage by Vietic groups and neighbouring villages to ensure that other ethnic groups are not exploit Vietic resources (previous conflicts over resources between Vietic villagers and other ethnic groups residing in Thalang have occurred in the past) Tai Bo There is considerable variation in the production systems of the Tai Bo across the Plateau. They range from reliance on NTFPs to wet rice cultivation. Of particular concern, however, are the smaller Bo villages and hamlets along the Nam Theun in the middle of the Plateau: Sop Ma, Sop Phene, Hat Khamphane and Nong Boua. These villages are likely to require additional assistance and monitoring since they have weak leadership, little experience of technology and market forces, and are highly reliant on the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues forests and fishing. The Tai Bo villages along the road are unlikely to require special assistance for livelihood development. In some cases, measures to assist Vietic groups mentioned above may be used to enhance benefits for these Tai Bo communities. Brou Most Brou households and villages have mixed economies and exhibit a certain flexibility in terms of adaptation to new techniques. Of particular concern are reports of very large herds of buffalo and cattle in some Brou and Bo villages. These herds may exceed the carrying capacity of the proposed resettlement sites and measures to reduce herds to a sustainable level in these Bo and Brou villages will prove a challenge for planners. The current plan is to suggest that most of the herd are capitalised and funds placed in bank accounts. The buffalo raising families would retain up to 10 head, and on gaining experience with (a) the rise and fall of the reservoir, and thus the drawdown zone productivity, and (b) the productivity of fodder programs they would decide whether to reinvest their funds in a larger herd or in another livelihood activity. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Table 15-5: Livelihood Options and Ethnic Minority Concerns Main Ethnic Existing Livelihood Proposed Proposed Village Groups System Site Livelihood System Particular Ethnic Concerns Further Mitigation Oudomsouk Mixed but dominated Mixed economy ­ services, Near original for internal Ethnic minorities reside on the outskirts District Resettlement by Tai Lao groups ­ government jobs, shops and home sites immigrants, they have and dependent on agriculture ­ their Working Group to Brou and Tai Bo agricultural production the option to return to concerns may not be represented by include all ethnic mainly on outskirts Income stratification (rural their original villages administration ­ likely that more educated minorities to be relocated vs. semi-urban) and participate in and resourceful groups benefit livelihood programs Sop Hia Mix of Vietic groups Swidden cultivation and Vietic Vietic families can Separation of Vietic and Tai groups ensures Special training and and recent Tai in- heavy (unsustainable) reliance families to chose any or all of that the former are able to develop socially, assistance for Vietic migrants on NTFPs and fishing the plateau, agriculture, livestock, economically and culturally within their groups to adjust to Tai families fisheries and/or own village area ­ considerable assistance is livelihood options. Extra to forestry options. required to ensure Vietic groups adjust. monitoring of village Khamkeut Tai families: gravity Foresee few problems for Tai groups who boundaries and resource irrigated wet season are familiar with alternative livelihood use so that this small paddy, dry season techniques group is not exploited by crops, community others. forestry. Nam Nian Mostly Tai in- Swidden cultivation ­ Khamkeut Same as Tai from Sop Tai to return to Khamkeut together with Potential competition migrants previous reliance on BPKP Hia. the Tai groups in Sop Hia. Area inhabited between resettlers and discontinued ­ services and by other Tai groups and close to original host and neighbouring shops closed down territories. villages may require additional inputs and monitoring Thalang Tai Bo and Tai Swidden cultivation and 13 Mainly reservoir based Vietic households may be less prepared for Option for Vietic HHs to groups gathering of NTFPs ­ commercial fisheries. change than the Tai and other ethnic join other Vietic from previously much market Also agriculture, groups and require additional assistance. Sop Hia for cultural acitvity but now many stalls tourism and transport, preservation closed forestry. Nong Boua Mixed lowland Originally a State Farm for 7 Mainly reservoir based Lao and non-indigenous groups may Organisation of village in Kham population with some supplying cattle to the Army and agriculture. Also dominate the Bo and Brou ethnic groups. different ethnic groups indigenous Brou and but now more like another livestock and forestry. may be necessary for Bo village in terms of livelihood implementation ­ income from pensions November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Main Ethnic Existing Livelihood Proposed Proposed Village Groups System Site Livelihood System Particular Ethnic Concerns Further Mitigation Nakai Tai Predominantly Bo Roadside village with mixed 2 Can chose any or all Vietic households may be less prepared for Special programmes and with some Brou, Lao economy based on swidden, of agriculture, change than the Tai and other ethnic monitoring for Vietic and Vietic some wet rice cultivation, livestock, fisheries groups and require additional assistance. ethnic groups through livestock, NTFPs and and/or forestry consultations markets options. Nakai Neua Predominantly Bo Roadside village with mixed 1 Can choose any or all Lao and non-indigenous groups may Organisation of village in with some Brou and economy based on swidden, of agriculture, dominate the Bo and Brou ethnic groups. different ethnic groups Lao some wet rice cultivation, livestock, fisheries may be necessary for livestock, NTFPs and and/or forestry implementation markets options. Sop Phene Tai Bo Swidden and gathering 11 Mainly reservoir Dominate Tai Bo village but with little Weak leadership may NTFPs with some livestock fisheries and experience of new agricultural techniques require additional support and fishing agriculture. Also or market activities and weak leadership ­ in order to mobilise social forestry and trade heavily reliant on forests capital for the options. resettlement Sop Ma/Hat Tai Bo in Sop Ma andSwidden with considerable 8 or 16 Can choose any or all Mixed Bo and Brou hamlets with little Consultations with Khamphan/ Hat Khamphane and reliance on NTFPs, livestock of agriculture, experience of new agricultural techniques separate ethnic groups Keng Gnao Brou in Keng Gao and fishing livestock, fisheries or market activities and weak leadership­ will be undertaken if and/or forestry heavily reliant on forests necessary options. Nong Boua/ Mixed Bo and Brou Swidden with considerable 16 Can choose any or all Pilot Village Relocation ­ village layout Consultations with Sailom reliance on NTFPs of agriculture, based on clan structures. separate ethnic groups livestock, fisheries No ethnic problems have arisen during will be undertaken if and/or forestry initial resettlement and livelihood necessary options. restoration. Phonphanpek New village with Mixed economy ­ swidden, Loss of Can choose any or all Mixed ethnic village ­ newly arrived Vietic Contact network between mixed population of NTFPs and some wage fields only of livestock, fisheries groups most inexperienced with agricultural the various Vietic groups Brou, Bo, Lao and labour. Some houses rented and/or forestry techniques and will require special on the Plateau to be Vietic to labourers options. assistance. organised to deal with specific problems Boua Ma Brou and Bo Swidden, livestock, limited 17 Can choose any or all Mixed ethnic groups ­ good relations No specific mitigation wet paddy production and of agriculture, between Bo and Brou groups ­ no foreseen NTFPs livestock, fisheries apparent social tension and/or forestry options. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Main Ethnic Existing Livelihood Proposed Proposed Village Groups System Site Livelihood System Particular Ethnic Concerns Further Mitigation Phonsavang Brou Swidden, livestock, fishing 18 or 19 Can choose any or all Predominantly Brou No specific mitigation and NTFPs of agriculture, foreseen livestock, fisheries and/or forestry options. Sop On Bo with some Sek, Swidden, livestock, limited 19 Can choose any or all Predominantly Bo with a few households No specific mitigation Brou, Tai and Lao wet paddy production, of agriculture, of Sek and Brou ethnic groups ­ good foreseen fishing and NTFPs livestock, fisheries relations between groups and/or forestry options. Done Brou Swidden, considerable 21 Livestock important, Predominantly Brou with a few households Ensure resolution of livestock (buffalo), limited but also agriculture, of Sek and Bo ethnic groups ­ good issues concerning large wet paddy production and fisheries and forestry relations between groups buffalo herds, mainly NTFPs options. through savings and loans groups. Khone Khen Brou Swidden, considerable 22 Livestock important, Predominantly Brou No specific mitigation livestock, and NTFPs but also agriculture, foreseen fisheries and forestry options. Ka Oy Brou Swidden, livestock, fishing 19, 21 or 22 Agriculture, livestock, Predominantly Brou and highly reliant on Special assistance for and NTFPs ­ high reliance fisheries and/or forests integration into other on forests forestry options. Brou villages and adjustment to livelihood systems November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Small Ethnic Groups within Ethnic Minority Villages In many villages there are small groups of ethnic minorities, often only a few households in relation to a dominant group, be that Tai Lao or another ethnic minority. In most cases, this is unlikely to be a problem since all of these groups have been coexisting for a long time and intermarriage is common. However, certain measures may have to be taken: · Monitoring of the progress of the different ethnic groups in mixed villages in order to identify any large differences in terms of adaptability and income; · If there are considerable differences, separate training and programmes should be considered to offset this imbalance in skills and experience; · Visits to other resettlement sites of the same ethnic group to share experiences. The pilot village relocation indicated that villages that are mixed ethnically may relocate in a way to separate the different ethnic groups in terms of village layout since this is often based on kinship and clan relationships that do not cross-cut ethnicity in most cases. If this turns out to be the way most mixed villages are relocated, it will be easy to consider separate arrangements (training, capacity building, technical assistance, site visits, etc.) for the different ethnic groups if so required. 15.7 PLANNED INFRASTRUCTURE INVESTMENTS There are three main infrastructure investments: improvements of roads, the supply of electricity and water supply (see Chapter 20). 15.7.1 Road Construction and Upgrading The existing road from Ban Oudomsouk to Ban Nam Nian will be submerged under the reservoir. A new road which largely follows the edge of the reservoir for much of its route will be built which will provide road access to villages in potential resettlement sites 1-13 between Ban Oudomsouk and Ban Thalang. In addition, about 30km of village access roads to potential resettlement sites to the south-east of Ban Oudomsouk (sites 14-25). All new villages will have road access as part of the resettlement package. 15.7.2 Electricity Supply According to the RAP Budget, a 50 KW generator will be supplied per 50 families during the first phase of resettlement and later to act as a backup generator or for other uses by the community. The permanent installation of electricity to the resettled communities will consist of ca. 80 km of main and distribution lines and electric wiring hooking up individual households to the grid. Details of electricity supply will depend on the final section of sites and the locations of houses, both of which will be worked out during consultation with families and community leaders. 15.7.3 Water Supply- Domestic & Irrigation A reliable water supply is necessary for each of the resettlement communities and is directly linked to the improvement of livelihoods and health situations. All resettlement villages will have access to water supplies for domestic and irrigation use. Potential sources of domestic water for domestic use include gully-stop wells and deep wells. The provision for domestic water will greatly improve the health situation given the high presence in water-borne diseases and parasites reported in the area. 15.8 SERVICE IMPROVEMENTS 15.8.1 Health Sector Impacts The public health aspects invariably apply to the resettled, settled, or workforce groups. In many situations, these groups will not only live side by side but also will interact and, under certain conditions, live together. The reservoir, both during construction and when completed, is not expected to have an adverse impact on public health within the area of its influence. Water-Borne Diseases (Malaria) Water related diseases over which concerns have been raised are malaria, schistosomiasis and opisthorchiasis. These can be controlled provided the correct measures, such as environmental control, November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues insecticidal application and personal protection among worker and resident communities are in place and functioning in time. During construction of the Nam Ngum dam more than 25% of the workforce suffered from malaria at any one time. At that time, DDT (Dichloro-diphenyl-trichlorethane) household residual spraying was regularly carried out as well as the mosquito proofing of all buildings where possible and appropriate. Despite this, malaria remained a problem during construction and there was much concern on what the malaria situation would be after the dam was completed. However, following completion of the dam, and its subsequent filling, the mosquito vector population declined and the incidence of malaria dropped to levels where only a few cases of malaria are now diagnosed each year. The explanation for the above revolves around the elimination of suitable breeding places for the two principal vectors Anopheles minimus and A.maculatus as the Nam Ngum reservoir reached its final level. This situation has continued to the present. While such an event may, or may not occur in the present Project, the previous experience with these disease vectors is important and may well indicate trends that will be seen elsewhere. Irrigation channels, when completed, may constitute a source of continued mosquito breeding for A.maculatus and A.minimus. Another potential problem is that A.dirus could increase in numbers following cattle rearing in the area of the reservoir because their flooded hoof-imprints could provide ideal breeding for A.dirus. At present this mosquito has not been recorded in the area and its behavior and survival at the altitude of the reservoir, during the cold season, is not known and not considered likely. Opisthorchiasis This disease requires a snail as the intermediate host, but can only be transmitted to humans through eating raw fish or fermented fish. Providing fish dishes are cooked, it is considered not to be a potential problem. Raw fish dishes are popular in some of the resident communities and it is possible that members of the workforce will expose themselves to conditions where the disease can be transmitted. However, it will be part of the health program's preventative efforts to inform all communities of appropriate control methods. Schistosomiasis Schistosomiasis is absent from the project area and is not expected to be a problem with completion of the reservoir or the irrigation channels. Its nearest focus is Khong Island, Khong District in the southern reaches of the Mekong in Champassak Province. Following the finding of small numbers of the vector snail at Mahaxai the possibility of schistosomiasis in the project area has raised. It is considered highly unlikely that Schistosoma mekongi would be able to establish itself, from its nearest base in Khong Island. But in any case the disease at Khong Island has been under considerable control program pressure since 1989 and prevalence in the population of about 10,000 persons is now less than one per cent, the majority of those infected being aged between 5-14 years of age. Routine monitoring will identify the problem in the unlikely event that it appears. Human Immune Deficiency Virus (HIV) and Other STDs HIV is an important potential health problem which both immigrant workers and the existing communities face and which the Project must be well prepared for. Other Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) are present in the population but are more easily identified and are treatable. Transmission of HIV is either by unprotected sexual contact, contact with contaminated blood or exchange of body fluids or through the use of shared hypodermic needles among infected drug addicts. Every effort will be made to publicize these facts to both the workforce and to the resident communities. Testing construction workers for HIV due to the prevalence of the virus in Southeast Asia is being considered. 15.8.2 Sanitation and Health Program The following components form the basis of the health program: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues · Simple pit latrines protected by an S-shaped water trap are recommended for resettled households. The manufacture of S-shaped latrine slabs is promoted by GOL and their procedures and pit design will be followed. · The provision of a domestic water supply to all villages has been previously dealt with, but the avoidance of creating mosquito-breeding sites near to any water pumps will be assured through construction of concrete or cement covered aprons around any pump sites. · Malaria control and the control of the dengue fever mosquito will be part of the on-going disease control program as proposed by the GOL and, in Nakai and Gnommalat Districts, the joint control program with the European Union. · The local population will potentially be impacted by the health of the workforce if they are in the same area. Worker health is of paramount concern to construction contractors and an important criterion to be met when campsites are selected. Good siting for the camp with the availability of natural drainage will be an important criterion. Details of the health care practices that the construction contractors will be committed to implementing may be found in the EAMP. · Anti-malaria measures following accepted practice will be instituted at campsites and facilities established for the early diagnosis and treatment of patients. The distribution of 300 treated mosquito nets in the 1998 round of PCPP work was the first step in improving the health of the local communities. Communities, once settled, will be better served through the existing health services infrastructure which will be strengthened at the clinic and Village Health Volunteers (VHV) levels through focal training and ensuring adequate supplies of drugs and other inputs from RMU and local NGOs. · Establishment of nine clinics, staff housing for clinics and medical supplies and equipment (ca. US$ 1,000 per clinic) as well as a training program for health personnel (see Chapter 28). · In collaboration with the respective GOL health institute and the Department of Health, Khammouane Province, RMU will assist communities in the implementation of approved healthcare programs in the Resettlement Area. It is beneficial for all concerned that the villagers overall health status improves and the burden of disease in the population are reduced so as to facilitate the relocation and participation in learning the new skills of the livelihood model. This will include provision of information and education to the workforce on prevention of diseases, including, malaria, opisthorchiasis, diarrhoea and HIV/AIDS. 15.8.3 Indigenous Health Practices The inundation of the Nakai Plateau will result in the loss of areas that are presently used to gather herbs, roots and other items used in indigenous health remedies. From preliminary investigations one can conclude that there will be no loss of any plant species that is endemic to the Plateau alone. All ingredients used in traditional medicine are also found in areas of the Nakai Plateau that will not be inundated or in surrounding areas of higher biodiversity, such as the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA where resettlers will continue to have access. The general trend in the villages is towards adopting more and more aspects of modern medicine and reliance on drugs available from Village Health Volunteers, local shops and clinics and treatment at the Nakai hospital or other larger establishments in the region. However, for minor complains and treatment of psychosomatic symptoms, that involve a combination of material and spiritual cures, traditional methods are still widely employed. It should be mentioned that even in urban areas of the country, traditional practices continue to exist, partly because modern scientific medicine tends to cure physically only and lacks a social and spiritual dimension. The following measure will be carried out in relation to indigenous health practices: · Detailed study on traditional health practices and identification of ingredients by the Traditional Medicine Research Centre and International Consultant to be completed by November 2004 · Establish links with studies of ethno-botany being undertaken in the NBCA as part of the SEMFOP-1 · Identification of rare species or commercially interesting species that could be considered for a herbarium on the Plateau ­ possibly as part of an existing demonstration farm November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues · Recruitment of traditional health specialists (mô yaa, mô maun, mô pao and mô tamyae ­ priests, spirit doctors, healers and midwives) when feasible as local health workers so that indigenous knowledge may be transferred into the context of a new setting · Careful monitoring of harvesting of species used in indigenous medicine and health practices that may change as a result of resettlement (possible rapid shift from traditional to modern medicine) 15.8.4 Education, Extension and Training Education interventions cover three main areas: establishment of school buildings, literacy and extension education and training for livelihood implementation, and recruitment of new teachers. Chapter 28 states that there will be approximately 17 schools (72 rooms) established in the Resettlement Area (one per community) with supplies and equipment (US$ 500 per room) as well as accommodation for teachers. Given the low rates of literacy on the Plateau, adult education and literacy programs will form a key element in community development. The consultation sessions with villages always emphasized the importance of education and literacy. GoL and NGOs working in Lao PDR for many years have experience setting up and running adult literacy programs in rural areas. These programs will be up and running before the actual resettlement in order to acquire the maximum benefits. It would also give villagers a positive impression that measures are being taken to ensure a better future for them. Extension education aims to persuade people to make improvements to their livelihood enterprises. It is a gradual process that first creates awareness and interest, provides opportunities for the target population to try out the new ideas, and finally ensures that the necessary support services are available for them to adopt the concepts. In the new settlements, farmers will be required to change from an extensive to an intensive type of farming. Besides, they must learn new skills to practice irrigation, fodder crop production, forestry management and optimum utilization of reservoir fisheries. They should also be assisted to strengthen their capacity to undertake community development work. NTEC has already established a demonstration farm in Theun Duane and a plant supply nursery at Ban Nakai Neua. Based on the proposed household enterprises, the extension education and training program will focus on the following: · Forestry management: establishment of committees, awareness of rights and income sharing mechanisms, skills' improvements in silviculture and a community forest management plan (cf. FIPC 2001) · Fisheries management: improved fishing techniques, restocking, awareness of new techniques, handling and preservation, management and marketing, and the establishment of a fisheries development plan · Wetland rice farming: preparation of land, training in wetland rice agricultural techniques and water management and assistance for storage and pest management · Upland irrigation techniques: improved terracing and land use practices and training in equipment maintenance and irrigation techniques · Vegetable and fruit cultivation: training in land preparation, cultivation techniques, fertilizer application, cropping practices and marketing · Livestock management: training in health management, improved feeding techniques, housing requirements, composting, grazing practices and community management of common grazing areas in the drawdown or under selected forest cover · Nutrition and health: health and nutrition awareness programs as part of the Sanitation and Health Program (see Section 15.6.2). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues · Community development: Focus on skills development and income generation activities as well as support for community organizations with links to all of the above training programs and livelihood interventions 15.9 IMPROVEMENTS FOR WOMEN In the case of the Nakai Plateau and the lowland areas, women already play a significant role in the partially monetarized economy, primarily in the selling of agricultural and forest products in local markets. At the same time women have very little political power and do not have the same access to resources that men have. The question may be posed: how will the NT2 Project impact women's economic position in these societies? And, in addition, how will the socially and culturally productive activities in the household such as caring for children, the elderly and the sick, providing food for the family and the passing on of cultural values, be affected by the Project? An Asian Development Bank Report, entitled Handbook for incorporation of gender analysis for women in development in bank operations, (ADB 1994) identifies two complementary approaches to women in development: the equity approach, which aims at improving women's decision-making powers, and the anti-poverty approach which concerns special programs for women with the goal of improving their socio-economic conditions. Both approaches empower women by giving them more control over their own time and resources. There are a number of aspects from the Nam Theun 2 Project which could directly affect women in a positive manner: · Improved labour opportunities in the new villages. Most of the work, such as caring for vegetable gardens and plots of cash crops in the vicinity of the house, has been the traditional domain of women. With improved agricultural methods and better yields, there should be more food for the family grown near the household (money saved) and possibly surpluses which can be sold in local markets (money earned). · Labour opportunities on the plantations: Caring for seedlings and weeding in the proposed new plantations and in commercial plantations would provide women with another source of income. In the resettled BPKP village in Ban Oudomsouk, Ban Jat San, it is mostly women who do the work on the nearby plantation. This income would go directly into the household coffers. · Improved Health Facilities: The availability of medical facilities would give women access to medicine and proper advice on a range of topics which affect their lives. Women are responsible for the sick, the infirm and elderly as well as the care of young children. Improved medical facilities in the form of a dispensary run by a trained paramedic and regular visits by a doctor would be an important improvement and would save money and time. This would be in addition to the obvious improvements in pre-natal and post-natal care. · Improved Education Facilities: The introduction of schools manned by local teachers would allow children between the ages of 5 and 12 to attend. This would have the result of relieving mothers of some of the child-care burden and allow them more time to work in the gardens or in the plantations. · Availability of water: The provision of domestic water in the new village sites would also have a positive impact on the lives of women. It is women and girls who are mostly responsible for fetching water, washing clothes, preparing food and cleaning the house, all of which require water. · New Roads: Improved transportation is beneficial to both men and women but has a special importance for women since they make most of the trips to the markets to purchase food and supplies or to sell agricultural and forest products. Again this would improve women's earning power, most of which goes directly to caring for the needs of the family. These benefits would allow women to earn more money by means of reducing the time spent within the confines of the domestic sphere with its reliance on men for cash income. Money earned by women goes for the most part to improving the lot of the family, such that development for women means development for the next generation as well. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues The proposed livelihood model indicates that the division of labor will continue along the lines of Table 13-18. It is unrealistic to imagine that women from the villages will have the same opportunities to earn wages as the men may have because of the responsibilities at home. Providing better opportunities to earn money by selling produce from the household vegetable gardens and livestock will enhance women's earning power. Much of the work in the community forest could also be carried out by women. In the villages, most women who are married and over the age of twenty are either pregnant, nursing or with small children. This has naturally reduced the time women have had in the fields and outside the village proper. There were only a few women in the better-off villages along the road who have access to birth control. Improving the position of women is connected to health issues discussed above. 15.10 PILOT VILLAGE The decision to move a village in advance of the main resettlement was taken in 1999 and work commenced in 2000 in the three hamlets of Ban Sailom, Ban Nongboua and Ban Pamanton that constitute a single village administrative unit referred to as Ban Nongboua. The goals are to provide the RMU and NTEC planners with an opportunity to test assumptions, verify predictions and work out solutions to problems in advance of the relocation. The proposed Pilot Village would be carefully planned and implemented and will possibly give planners insights into how villagers adjust to the new site and aspects of the livelihood model. Monitoring labor resources and institutional capacity will be very important aspects, continuing the work already completed on monitoring the three families on the demonstration farm at Theun Duane. An update on the progress of the Pilot Village status is provided in Appendix J. In terms of ethnic relations, there have been no serious conflicts or misunderstandings as of yet. In fact, the resettlers have insisted that the village layout be based on clans which group the different ethnic groups into two sections of Bo and one section of Brou. This pilot move, therefore, has shown that ethnicity is important for village layout and that the consultations are `culturally sensitive' enough to allow this to be expressed and the approach to resettlement flexible enough to allow modifications to take this into account. The same can be said of the house designs. The new houses are all different in terms of details, allowing the different ethnic groups to retain their differences in artistic and architectural expression. 15.11 MEASURES TO PROTECT CULTURAL HERITAGE Recovery and relocation of the few moveable archaeological and historical artefacts from communities on the Nakai Plateau (e.g. Buddha images) will be completed in conjunction with provincial and district Culture and Information Offices. Consultations and negotiations will be carried out to determine culturally acceptable relocation to nominated sites. The historical artefacts near Ban Nakai Tai will not have to be moved but can be integrated into the new village in the immediate vicinity. According to villagers in consultation meetings, it might not be necessary to relocate village cemeteries, on the condition that appeasement rituals for relocation of village spirits (phi muang) are held. The villagers have indicated that all items that may be regarded as `cultural property' will be easily incorporated in the move with their other belongings. Appropriate protective and/or salvage measures will be adopted if any archaeologically significant properties are uncovered during the construction activities. If properties are recovered it will be the responsibility of the provincial and district Culture and Information Offices. If items are considered as having significant cultural value, it may be necessary to seek advice from the national Culture and Information Offices. Members from these offices have been involved in the socio-cultural surveys and public consultation programs in 1997 and 1998 and therefore have a good knowledge of the culture and history of the project area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues The recently completed Physical and Cultural Resource Study (2004) has identified structures and items of cultural value that will be inundated by the reservoir and impacted by construction activities, and proposes mitigation measures for relocation and replacement for Project Lands. 15.12 OVERVIEW OF RISKS TO VULNERABLE ETHNIC MINORITIES AND MITIGATION MEASURES ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU Table 15-6 provides an overview of all the possible impacts, risks and mitigation that will be carried out in order to ensure that vulnerable ethnic minorities will not become marginalised but rather become project beneficiaries. By vulnerable ethnic minorities, one refers only to the Veitic groups presently located at Sop Hia and a few households in Nam Nian, Thalang, Nakai Tai and Phonphanpek and the Tai Bo and Brou residing in smaller villages in the centre of the Nakai Plateau (Sop Phene, Hat Khamphane, Sop Ma and Keng Gnao). The larger Brou and mixed villages to the southwest and villages along the road are not considered `vulnerable' for this analysis. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Table 15-6: Risk Matrix for Vulnerable Ethnic Minorities on the Nakai Plateau Impact/Activity Risks Proposed Mitigation Potential Residual Impact Further Possible Mitigation Relocation into new Families may have problems moving House designs based on extensive New designs may not be suitable to all Modifications to existing structures ­ EMs to houses into houses that are unfamiliar and consultations with ethnic groups and groups or households ­ houses not make modifications under the supervision of different built with household participation as properly maintained or cleaned a qualified carpenter or technician labourers ­ detailed decided households Change of livelihood Introduction of new livelihood aspects Livelihood options build on existing Poor performance in the various Additional training and options for livelihood ­ more intensive and modification of existing systems livelihoods as much as possible livelihood options due to a lack of development ­ specific training for agricultural systems will require considerable skills training understanding of new technology and communities, including those of different and less reliance on and support, especially during Considerable support, training, methods. Possibly returning to post- Ethnic Minorities forests for NTFPs transition. There is always a risk that supervision and monitoring during resettlement livelihood activities such Increased monitoring of implementing some groups will return to traditional transition as swidden and livestock grazing in agencies and supplementary training and ways. NBCA. ethnic sensitivity to local needs (on-the-job training by national and international experts) Participatory decision- Decisions may be made without proper The consultations process has made Lack of participation in consultation More sensitivity to local languages and local making by affected consultation and without prioritising efforts to include villagers' concerns process as part of the implementation traditions ­ training and support for Village families in the the needs, concerns and aspirations of and had many meetings and discussions of livelihood improvement measures. Facilitators consultation process the affected households and with affected parties. Suggestions have Smaller ethnic minorities and Increased monitoring of implementing communities. been incorporated into detailed vulnerable communities may be agencies and supplementary training and planning and relocation will be reluctant or uncertain about how to ethnic sensitivity to local needs (on-the-job undertaken in a culturally sensitive participate fully in the process. training by national and international experts) manner. Improved schools Levels of literacy are low on the Nakai Literacy programmes for all villagers Lack of school attendance, high drop- Careful monitoring of school performance, Plateau due to schools not functioning and new schools as well as support in out rates and poor performance of teacher performance and consultations with and teacher absenteeism. Literacy is an the form of materials and equipment.. EMs in relation to other groups. parents and students in order to identify asset when relocating and learning new Local teachers or teacher assistants problems. Additional measures could be livelihoods as well as becoming more from EM groups to be recruited EM adults not attending adult literacy special training in the Lao language, special economically integrated. There is a risk whenever feasible. classes tutoring by bilingual teachers or financial that illiterate groups will become support for uniforms and equipment. disadvantaged. Review and continue adult literacy programme for EM communities. Improved health Poor health facilities and high mortality The PHAP provides support in a Higher than average health problems, Increase in health initiatives and measures to services rates are characteristic of the Nakai number of areas for all groups. In higher mortality and morbidity rates counter possible health problems ­ special Plateau. Conditions could continue to addition, there will be health centres at for EMs during or after the relocation. consultations and visits by health specialists deteriorate during resettlement and resettlement sites as well as support for to identify problems and suggest mitigation hinder the rehabilitation process. equipment and training. Special measures specific to these communities if not Influx of workers and camps also programmes for preventive health in already being carried out by the Project. health risk. relation to project construction impacts. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 15: Mitigation and Ethnic Minority Issues Impact/Activity Risks Proposed Mitigation Potential Residual Impact Further Possible Mitigation Changing use of Unsustainable harvesting of NTFPs in Continued gathering of NTFPs in An over-reliance on NTFPs could lead Close monitoring of NTFP harvesting and natural resources the areas surrounding the resettlement resettlement areas and along the to a further reduction in surrounding awareness programmes on sustainability of (restriction on access) zone and continued harvesting in the northern shore of the reservoir but at a forests and potential conflict based on this resource. Increase domestication of NBCA reduced scale. Research into potential old village boundaries selected products and introduce them into markets and experiments at villages that are harvesting NTFPs with close domestication of certain NTPFs for supervision. More attention can also be given sale. to successful livelihood interventions to increase income during transition and afterwards. Exploitation of More established, better educated and Each household will receive the same Exploitation of vulnerable groups by Consideration of relocation of Vietic or other vulnerable groups by more resourceful groups on the Plateau amount of land and housing in other ethnic groups living in the same vulnerable groups into a separate other ethnic groups and those in Nakai or camp followers proportion to its size and resources village or nearby. Lack of equity in the administrative village units with clearly living in the same may take advantage of the changing with smaller. Monitoring of progress, distribution of goods within the village demarked village boundaries and rights to village or nearby situation which they are likely to including livelihood development and with certain influential individuals and resources. understand better. This may include income levels and a participatory families monopolising decision-making hording of goods, controlling markets, approach aim to minimise and resources. Increase monitoring of internal village obtaining land and rights to resources marginalisation of vulnerable groups. administration and decision-making and other aspects of a rapidly changing processes. socio-economic system. Additional training and skills development for smaller and vulnerable groups. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau CHAPTER 16 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND CAPACITY FOR ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU Table of Content 16 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND CAPACITY FOR ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU....................................................................1 16.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS................................................................................1 16.2 ASSESSMENT OF CAPACITY...........................................................................................1 16.2.1 Resettlement Experience with Ethnic Minorities ......................................................................................... 1 16.2.2 Implications of Village Leadership.................................................................................................................. 3 16.2.3 Patterns of Community Cooperation ............................................................................................................. 3 16.2.4 Traditional Conflict Resolution....................................................................................................................... 4 16.3 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS..............................................................................................5 16.4 ASSESSMENT OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF ........................................................................5 16.5 ETHNIC MINORITIES AND LOCAL ORGANIZATIONS....................................................6 16.6 MOBILIZATION PROCESS AND FIELD PRESENCE.........................................................6 16.7 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT OF ETHNIC MINORITY REPRESENTATION..7 16.2.5 International and National Ethnic Minority Advisors ................................................................................. 7 16.2.6 Ethnic Minority Representation on the Nakai DRWG................................................................................ 7 List of Tables Table 16-1: GoL Staff Allocation for NT2 Resettlement Activities (as of October 2004)...........................2 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau 16 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS AND CAPACITY FOR ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU 16.1 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS The overall project organization is explained in detail in Chapter 6. The main components are: Resettlement Committee (RC), which will have overall responsibility for the resettlement process, policy issues and auditing. Resettlement Management Unit (RMU) will be the implementing agency primarily for the co-ordination of government organizations, allocation of budgets, consultation and monitoring in relation to livelihood development, community development and training. District Resettlement Working Groups (DRWG) are the main groups for carrying out the relocation of villages, ongoing consultation with villagers, implementation of livelihood programs and designing sites, plot layouts and allocation. Village Resettlement Committees (VRC) will represent villagers' concerns and mobilization base for resettlement activities. The RMU will be responsible for organizing community development and extension services for the resettlement villages. The extension education staff required for this work would have to be recruited and trained. They will participate in specialized training in all the relevant areas pertaining to the livelihood model. An agronomist with university level training and at least 10 years professional experience will be available to or employed by the RMU, supplemented by village level extension workers employed at a rate of about 1:100 households during the first five years. They will have at least a Diploma level training in agriculture, including livestock and will be based in the villages and provided with housing. Their residences may also serve as extension centres at the rate of one centre for every two villages. Since most of the plateau resettlers have been classified as Ethnic Minorities under WB and ADB policy, it will be necessary to have expertise to cover this field in the RMU, linked to expertise in handling gender issues, community development and participatory planning and consultations. It is important that understanding of social issues and international standards of planning, implementation and monitoring in relation to these issues form a central part of the capacity building programme for GoL agencies. 16.2 ASSESSMENT OF CAPACITY 16.2.1 Resettlement Experience with Ethnic Minorities Resettlement of ethnic minority groups in the context of hydropower development is recognised as being very challenging. There have been numerous reviews of resettlement, including the recent WCD Report, that state that ethnic minorities (EMs) are among the most vulnerable of populations. Because attachment to traditional territory and reliance on the resources in these areas, EMs require additional assistance to adjust to new surroundings and adapt to new livelihood systems. In addition, a lack of representation in decision-making bodies and in government, illiteracy and different value systems, religion and social organisation from the dominant groups have in led to marginalisation of small groups. A critical review of resettlement in Lao PDR was carried out by the UNDP (Goudineau 1997). Some of the main shortcomings of previous resettlement projects in Lao that were carried out by the government are as follows: · Lack of funds for planning, actual relocation, livelihood development and follow-up monitoring; · Lack of experience on local and district levels in implementation due to a lack of qualified staff and experience in dealing with a range of issues, especially in the fields of livelihood development and health; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau · Difficulties occurred as a result of a top-down approach from the various levels within the government resulting in a lack of meaningful consultation with relocatees in advance of resettlement regarding site selection, services and support; · Local cultural beliefs and values and ethnicity were often not taken into consideration in relation to achieving policy directives such as the reduction of swidden practices such that many ethnic minorities lost their sense of cultural identity and well-being as communities. Given this background and capacity, a major challenge for the developers is to ensure that capacity is in place before implementation commences. Following the extensive interaction between professionals and planners and the different specialists and administrators on the Lao side that has been ongoing since 1996, steps are being taken to strengthen the capacity and to establish robust institutional arrangements in the form of the RMU and other implementation agencies under the leadership of the Resettlement Committee. However, there will be a need for considerable input from international and national experts in a number of fields, including anthropologist or ethnic minority specialist, community development experts and institutional experts. See Table 16-1 for a list of GoL staff associated with the Project and their ethnicity. Table 16-1: GoL Staff Allocation for NT2 Resettlement Activities (as of October 2004) Location, and name Normal position Position in NT2 Tenure Ethnicity Khammouane Province 1 Mr Khambai Lamdath Province Governor President RC Kaleung 2 Mr Odai Soudaphone Deputy of Province Governor Deputy of President RC PT Kaleung Bolikhamxai Province 1 Mr Khamphan Soudthidampha Deputy of Province Governor Member RC Meoy RMU 1 Mr Hoy Phomvisouk NT2 Head of RMU FT Tai 2 Mr Maniveng Phetoudom Director of LIL project Deputy of RMU PT Phouha 3 Ms Keooula Souliyadeth Deputy Head of Prov LWU Deputy, Women's affairs PT Kaleung 4 Land Planning & PT Mr. Sisouvanh Development Division Planning Officer Kaleung 5 Mr. Vieng Khone Livestock Specialist Livestock PT Phouthai 6 Mr. Vath Engineer Design & Construction PT Phouthai 7 Mr. Boualien Agronomist Agriculture FT Hmong 8 Mr. Omega Planning Dept Administration FT Phouthai 9 Community FT Ms. Souksavanh Rural Development Development Kaleung 10 Ms. Keo koud Planning Dept Home Economics FT Moey 11 Home Economics FT Ms. Opick Planning Dept /Education Tai Daeng 12 Ms. Toum Nurse Public Health PT Phouthai Nakai District Working Group 1 Mr Thonekeo Dep. Head of District Cabinet Head of DRWG PT Kaleung 2 Mr Sengkeo Head: Construction Office Deputy head of DRWG PT Brou 3 Mr Khamsing Boualaphan Head of Trade Union Coordinator PT Brou 4 Mr Khamveui Souliyapom Head, Justice/Court Office Pilot Village Manager FT Phou Thay 5 Mr Inthasone Head , DAFO Member FT Phouan 6 Mr Siangsouang Head of Welfare Member PT Brou 7 Mr Bounhiang Head of Youth Union Member PT Phouthai 8 Ms Dr Khamla Nartdavong Head of District LWU Member PT Kaleung 9 Mr Bounmy Phanouvong Head of Health Member PT Phou Thay 10 Mr Syhai Keokaithin Head of Education Member PT Phouan 11 Mr Sengxai Komnaloon Lao NFC Member PT Tai Bo Khamkeut District Working Group 1 Mr Kongkham Head of district cabinet Head of DRWG PT Tai Moey 2 Ms Souny Saimany Head of district LWU Member PT Tai Moey 3 Mr Bounliang Head of DAFO Member PT Tai Moey November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau This shows that most of the staff at the Nakai District office have their origin in the area and represent a number of Tai-Lao groups on the Plateau. There are, however, three members who are from ethnic minorities, two Brou and one Tai Bo represented in the Nakai DRWG. All three members of the Khamkeut represent the ethnic group in that area, the Tai Moey. 16.2.2 Implications of Village Leadership There are perhaps three possible implications for village leadership. Firstly, given the complex structures and the dominance of certain families in leadership positions, it will be necessary to make sure that decisions which affect the future of the village (location, improvements, etc.) are made in plenum where open discussion may be encouraged. This is to ensure that information concerning the NT2 Project is reaches everyone in the villages, including women, ethnic minorities and vulnerable groups, who previously knew little or nothing about the implications of the building of the dam and resettlement. Efforts have to be made so that vital information is disseminated to the general population and not just discussed among key, male members of the village. Many of the experiences from the early participation in the late 1990s have been incorporated in the recent 2004 consultations (see Chapter 4). Secondly, women are not always included in decision-making and may not participate fully in discussions that will affect their future lives. This is evident in the observation of decision-making processes during the PRA sessions described above in some detail in 1997. The only organization that involves women is the Lao Women's Union, which has members in each village. The level of activity of the organization varies depending on the state of the village and the quality of the leadership. In Ban Sop On and Ban Nakai Neua, for example, the Union organized gardens and had an active leader while in Ban Sop Hia and in Ban Sop Phene, little had been done for years. Strengthening the LWU will be a key factor for improving the participation of women in project implementation and monitoring. Thirdly, there is a danger that village elite and economically strong individuals and families obtain control of the distribution of goods and benefits of the Project. This is a problem with all such large-scale infrastructure development throughout the world. The only way to ensure an equitable distribution of goods and fair distribution of benefits is to monitor closely using both internal monitoring and external audits. Much can be done, and is in the process of being done, by establishing good institutional arrangements, training government staff and making the affected populations aware of their rights and proposed mitigation measures. In particular the recent selection of Village Facilitators representing a cross-section of interests and groups will be central in voicing the opinions of all groups in the village as part of the ongoing consultation process. 16.2.3 Patterns of Community Cooperation There are a number of ways in which villagers cooperate among households and at a community level, and these have the important role of constituting a village fellowship and identity that often involves all ethnic groups. There are three main types of village cooperation: labour exchange systems, community projects and ritual obligations. Labour exchange systems are a key aspect that governs socio-economic interaction at the village level. Traditional systems are rooted in kinship organisations, the basic element being the extended family. Many ethnic groups reside in compounds, consisting of three generations. One of the key differences between the ethnic groups is the composition of such groups. Many Tai-Lao groups, including the Lao, Phuan, Nyo and other lowland groups, practice uxorilocal residence, that is residence determined by the wife, at least initially. Hence, such compounds usually consist of parents and daughters' family with the youngest daughter usually living under the same roof as her parents, and kinship is reckoned along female lines (matrilineal). Among the Phou Thay and the Upland Tai groups (Tai Men, Tai Moey, Tai Daeng, etc.) there is a preference for sons (patrilineal). However, in both systems there is considerable variation in preferences for sons and daughters. The Brou and Vietic groups are also patrilineal, but only the former have compound arrangements, the latter being organised in small kin group (bilateral for the most part). There is still a need to investigate the social structures of the various Vietic groups in the project area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau Labour exchange is an essential part of swidden and paddy rice production throughout the project area since these activities are labour-intense. Labour is available from a large kinship network and reciprocity can be delayed for a considerable amount of time. This can be in the form of labour at another time or another service at a time of need. This system is, thus, flexible in terms of time and actual means of payment/service. This is still the predominant system of labour exchange in traditional villages and is preferred in villages that are less integrated into the market system based on cash transactions. Community project require the cooperation of the village as a whole, and in some ways this can be seen as an extension of labour exchange systems based on kin. Many villagers refer to themselves as phi-nong, meaning that they are all related, literally elder and younger kin/siblings. Projects that require many hands, such as the construction of a house, clearing of irrigation canals, building community buildings or maintaining a temple or road, demand village-level organisation. This is often the joint responsibility of the village headmen or assistants and the representatives of mass organisations, such as the LWU and the LNF. However, kinship ties and proximity in terms of neighbours also play a part in the mobilisation process, especially in the case of house construction. One of the most common ways of organising labour on the community level is that all households provide one person, often an able-bodied male for construction, as its contribution. Sometimes households may contribute a small amount of cash instead, while other households may be exempt due to a lack of able-bodied adults or illness. One of the most common types of community projects on the Plateau is the construction of the frame of a new house where the men of the village cooperate, usually under the supervision of an experienced villager or carpenter, to erect a frame within a 12-hour period in the evening or night time. The beneficiary household usually supplies food and alcohol to those involved. Another important type of village cooperation manifests itself in the form of ritual obligations and community festivals. This includes all rites de passage (marriage, entering the monkhood, moving into a new house, death ceremonies and offerings for ancestors) and village-level rituals, such as offerings to the territorial spirits and `visiting spirits', rain-making rituals and special occasions like relocating a village and rituals for averting unusual events, plagues and natural disasters. Participation is not only for the collective goal of the ritual but also a social obligation in terms of support in a material and socio-psychological manner. This relates to the sense of identity and belonging to a particular location and community where one has clear social obligations and responsibilities to other members and can in times of need rely on a community for support. It is important to note that these three types of cooperation at the village level will be mobilised on several occasions in relation to the resettlement process and that village leaders and members of the VRC and the Village Facilitators are all embedded in these systems of cooperation, reciprocity and exchange. Hence, all actions carried out in the village are likely to be carried out within these important systems. Some important aspects relate to the village layout (kinship and residence patterns in the community), construction of houses and clearing of fields (labour exchange) and rituals for relocation and establishment of villages (ritual obligations). 16.2.4 Traditional Conflict Resolution At the village level there are traditional means of resolving conflict. Most villagers prefer to resolve issues at a village level involving people and organisations that they are familiar with than to involve outsiders and District government. The following summarises the various level of traditional conflict resolution: · Within household or extended families, the eldest males and in some cases the eldest females discuss the issue with those kin involved and find a solution or compromise ­ not adhering to a decision or consensus may risk exclusion, temporary or permanent, from the household · Among households, the eldest males, ritual leaders or clan leaders, will meet among themselves to resolve disputes. The thao khun (Council of Village Elders) is especially important regarding disputes about marriage and spirits while the sang kai kia (Advisory Council for Disputes, est. in 1996) has taken over the role of the Council of Village Elders regarding non-cultural matters such as disputes about land or crime and function as a sort of village court for local disputes. However, the roles and responsibilities of these two groups are often overlapping with some members included in both organisations. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau · Disputes between villagers are usually handled by village leaders with support from assistants and other village authorities and mass organisations. Disputes usually concern land or access to resources, in particular NTFPs. There have been a number of disputes of this nature on the Plateau and fees are often imposed on offenders who have gone into other village territories without first seeking permission. Traditional clan leaders and ritual leaders often have the role of `advisors' in these disputes since they represent large kinship networks. In all traditional conflict resolution, the hierarchy of age (elders over younger members) and status (leadership in terms of political positions or traditional clan leadership) play important organisational roles. However, the main approach to solving problems is through dialogue and consensus within the group where the problem or dispute has arisen. There is an attempt to limit the extent of the conflict. Most disputes are resolved locally through a combination of social pressure and obligation on the one hand and the need for community solidarity and belonging on the other. 16.3 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS Adequate funds have been allotted for institutional capacity building due to the importance of capacity building and establishing viable institutions to implement and monitor the Project. The SDP budget indicates that the staffing costs, capital costs and running costs are included in the overall resettlement costs. In addition, there is a budget item specifically for training the RMU staff and Technical Assistance programme provided by the ADB for assessing and improving the capacity and performance of GoL Moreover, GOL is providing personnel, recruiting from within the government system at the national, provincial and district levels. Much of the work at the village level will be undertaken by local village authorities as part of their overall responsibilities to the communities, including resettlement planning, co- ordination and reporting. 16.4 ASSESSMENT OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF The development of the RMU is ongoing at present with only some of the key positions filled. The RMU consists of government employees recruited from various organizations within the government system. A full assessment of the staff is not possible at the present time since only a limited number of initiatives and actions have been carried out on the ground, the most important of which is the ongoing Pilot Village relocation. The size of the RMU and the DRWGs will increase significantly when the Project moves into the resettlement implementation phase at the beginning of 2005. However, it is clear from the type of experience and background of the staff that there will be a need for technical assistance from a variety of professionals in order to ensure a successful resettlement. The district level staff in particularly will require assistance and training if they are going to be able to carry out their tasks and fulfil their responsibilities according to the SDP. Furthermore, there will be roles for international professionals to assist, guide and help co-ordinate efforts in order to ensure international (WB) standards are met. There will be roles for local consultants and NGOs in areas that the district and RMU do not have the sufficient technical expertise, such as health awareness programs, ethnic minority issues and adult literacy. Of particular concern is the weak agricultural extension services at the district levels. Given the central role of the livelihood model, considerable assistance will be needed for government staff to cope with all the implications of the model and its range of options. The SDP (Chapters 7, 21 and 24) has identified a broad-based program of extension services that will be further identified in detail in the process of establishing the Pilot Village. The handling of the Pilot Village relocation by the RMU and government staff with limited input from other professionals has been a test case and involved a complete assessment of abilities. A short field visit and assessment in April 2002, concluded that the RMU staff and technical assistants from the district and demonstration farms were participating in the establishment of the Pilot Village. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau 16.5 ETHNIC MINORITIES AND LOCAL ORGANIZATIONS Ethnic minorities are represented at the different levels of government at the local level and at district level to some extent. At the village level, local leaders are selected by the communities after being approved by the government and for the most part represent the different ethnic minorities on the Plateau. However, there is a tendency for lowland Lao and other more educated groups from outside the Plateau to acquire some positions within village organizations due to their literacy, experience and skills. These are usually an individuals married with local women and integrated into village life. Hence, there represent the interests of villagers, being part of extended families and kinship relationships. At the district level, many representatives are from areas outside Nakai District or not from the villages on the Plateau. This is because Nakai acquired the status as a district only in 1992, having previously been part of Gnommalat District. Many of the positions are, therefore, from Gnommalat District following the reorganization of government staff. The former District Chairman was Brou and the present chairman is Kaleung, both originally from Gnommalat District, reflecting the general tendency for representation of groups in local government. The composition of the RMU and DRWG for Nakai District consist of number of a number of ethnic groups: Brou, Phu Thay, Tai and lowland Lao. There are no representatives from ethnic minorities from the Plateau villages. However, the formation of Village Resettlement Committees in Ban Sop Hia, Ban Thalang, Ban Nakai Neua, Ban Sop Phene and Ban Nong Boua/Ban Sailom/Ban Pamanton consist of representatives from local ethnic groups. Given the lack of education, skills and experience in dealing such a large infrastructure project, much of the government leadership will need to be recruited at a national level and will be dominated by lowland groups. However, implementation of the Project will involve the co-operation and, through consultation, understanding of the various ethnic groups. International and national experts will monitor the involvement of ethnic minorities in the planning, implementation and monitoring process. There is also a recommendation for ethnic minority experts from the Institute of Cultural Research to act as advisors to the RMU and inclusion of ethnic minorities in the DRWG for Nakai. 16.6 MOBILIZATION PROCESS AND FIELD PRESENCE Since only a limited amount of activities have been carried out by the RMU and the District in the field, it is difficult to comment on this theme in the planning phase. One should note that there is a provision to gradually increase the number of staff before the implementation phase. Once the implementation has started there will be ample staff to oversee activities and carry out consultation with PAPs as adequate training and skills development programs will have been started by that time. In April 2002, the RMU consisted of one full time manager and two part time assistants from the LWU and manager of the Learning through Innovation Loan (LIL) for the catchment programs (cf. SEMFOP). In addition, staff from the demonstration farms at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm and Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery were assisting in the establishment of plot layouts 3 days per week. At the level of the DRWG in Nakai District, there were two full time government members from the district with responsibilities for co-ordination of district support and technical cum agricultural support for the Pilot Village. Another 9 members of the DRWG for Nakai District have been selected but are not yet active. VRCs have been established in all 17 villages/hamlets on the Plateau. In addition, there are activities aimed at improving livelihood and health in the villages that is being coordinated by the RMU and GOL and with the assistance of NGOs. · Distribution of farm equipment, tools and seeds (mid-2001); · Support for construction of schools and supply of school equipment in Ban Sop Hia; · and Ban Sop Phene (District provided teachers) from mid 2001 to the present; · Co-operation with CARE Int. rice-for-work program and the construction of fish ponds in Ban Nakai Neua and Ban Done with the RMU supplying the farm equipment; · Co-operation with EU Malaria program by supplying per diems for District staff responsible for the distribution of nets, medicine and information for training; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 16: Institutional Arrangements and Capacity for Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau · Co-operation with NGO Amitié-Coopération Franco-Laotienne for health upgrading, training and health monitoring on the Nakai Plateau. 16.7 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT OF ETHNIC MINORITY REPRESENTATION There are two main initiatives that are necessary for improving ethnic minority representation and participation in decision-making. As is noted in the sections above, there is a lack of representation of ethnic minorities on most levels except for the village level. It is necessary, therefore, to make modifications to ensure that ethnic minorities are able to voice their opinions at least at the district level and that international and national experts have a role of advisors to monitor this process. 16.2.5 International and National Ethnic Minority Advisors Given the complex situation of the Plateau in terms of ethnic composition and the challenges of carrying out a resettlement programme in a culturally sensitive manner, advice and guidance will be necessary from international anthropologists and community development experts throughout the resettlement, especially in the initial stages when familiarity with international standards and WB/ADB safeguard policies may be limited. Training of GoL and capacity building will be an important role. It is also necessary to involve national organisation in the monitoring of ethnic minority issues. The following positions are required: · Member of Institute of Cultural Research to act as a part-time advisor on the RMU in the Social Unit­ details on input and ToR will be finalised before resettlement commences (ca. April 2005) · International expert as part of NTPC's Resettlement Office Organisation ­ these are indicated as a Consultation and Ethnic Development Manager and Lao Advisors (see Figure 6-4 and budget for Community Consultation and Ethnic Development) · Independent Monitoring Unit and POE to monitor ethnic issues 16.2.6 Ethnic Minority Representation on the Nakai DRWG At present there are three members of the DRWG that are ethnic minorities from the Nakai Plateau or surrounding region. It is agreed that there will be no less than three ethnic minority members. Efforts will be made to recruit new members that are indigenous to the Plateau and from Ethnic Minority groups if they are qualified for such positions. The fact that literacy and education levels are low for most Plateau dwellers makes recruitment to DRWG for Nakai difficult. Ethnic awareness training will be carried out for all GoL organisations involved in implementation. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 17: Monitoring and Evaluation of Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau CHAPTER 17 MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU Table of Content 17 MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU....................................................................................................1 17.1 INTERNAL MONITORING SYSTEM..............................................................................1 17.2 INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL MONITORING .................................................................1 17.3 SOCIAL INDICATORS...................................................................................................2 List of Tables Table 17-1: Sample Social Monitoring Indicators...........................................................................................2 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 17: Monitoring and Evaluation of Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau 17 MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF ETHNIC GROUPS ON THE NAKAI PLATEAU Given the scale of the Project and the degree of capacity building and institutional strengthening that is required for implementation, monitoring and evaluation are absolutely essential aspects to ensure high standards are maintained throughout all phases. Monitoring and evaluation will be both internal and external. A number of important social monitoring indicators are also provided at the end of this chapter. The monitoring of ethnic minorities and vulnerable groups will be especially important since these segments of society may become marginalised. Detecting problems and shortcomings in performance early is key to tailoring further interventions and realising income targets for all groups on the Plateau. All Monitoring Indicators will be differentiated by ethnic groups. 17.1 INTERNAL MONITORING SYSTEM The Resettlement Office (RO) will be responsible for monitoring of the infrastructure construction so that relocation can take place on time. It will report regularly to the RMU and the RC. The RMU will monitor progress in the preparation of the villagers for the physical move, the move itself, the post move settling-in phase and the livelihood and community development. A series of reporting tables has been developed. Every month, the resettlement progress report for each village will be prepared. This will indicate the activities completed, funds allocated and spent, relocations completed, development tasks completed, and community activities completed. These reporting cards will be collected by each village and District Resettlement Working Group, and aggregated by the RMU. By comparing the progress on the ground with the implementation schedules, the RMU can identify areas of weak implementation, and take remedial action. For those problems requiring decisions from higher authorities, the RMU will report to the RC. Both the RMU and the RO will each have monitoring units. Reports from both sources will be integrated to provide an overview. Discussions will be held with village leaders and affected communities to assess a range of social issues and to qualitatively review progress on a regular basis as part of the ongoing consultation process. Monitoring will require the participation of the Village Facilitators who represent a range of village groups, including ethnic minorities, women and youth. This information will form part of the monitoring reporting or feedback. Gender monitoring will ensure that women participate in livelihood restoration programmes, management and decision-making and other activities. 17.2 INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL MONITORING The main objective of the NT2 Resettlement Policy is to ensure that Project Affected Persons are better off after resettlement and that they reach the income targets set in the Concession Agreement. Achievement of this objective may be difficult to judge by those implementing the Plan because they will be so involved in it. To overcome this, monitoring and evaluation by an independent institution, here called external monitoring, will be conducted. The candidate organization or individuals will be those with extensive experience in social surveys and familiar with the local language and socio-economic conditions. To ensure that the best candidate is selected, the recruitment of independent external monitors will follow a competitive bidding process. A request for proposals will be advertised and sent to potential candidates, including NGOs and social science institutions. Based on a review of their work plan and qualifications, the most suitable organization will be selected to carry out the external monitoring and evaluation work for NT2. Selection will take place upon Project approval, by the RMU. A separate budget for the independent external monitor will be provided. Organizationally, the external monitoring is not unlike the Panel of Experts, in that it provides independent advice on progress. The external monitors will report to the RC. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 17: Monitoring and Evaluation of Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau 17.3 SOCIAL INDICATORS The main focus of the monitoring and evaluation will be on the changes in social and economic conditions of villages, individual households and households disaggregated according to ethnic groups. Based on existing socio-economic characteristics of the villages and the type of rehabilitation and relocation schemes to be implemented, a set of indicators will be developed for affected households and villages, including income level, sources of income, food sufficiency, basic health and education conditions, women's status, etc (see Table 17-1). The monitoring and evaluation will be carried out until it can be shown that the resettlement objectives have been fully achieved. This is currently estimated to be December 2010 according to the resettlement schedule in the SDP. Table 17-1: Sample Social Monitoring Indicators Indicator Present status Objectives Household US$ 449 (1998) Average rural village income upon project completion income and at final income of per Household (in 1997/98 calculated at US$ 1,200) Division of Traditional division of labour and New division of labour and livelihood arrangements Labour involvement in livelihood on the Plateau do not overburden either men or women in terms of (study yet to determine details but time and resources ­ indicators to be determined proposed as part of Gender Study 2004) from proposed study. School Low and irregular in most of the villages Significant increase in attendance and establishment Attendance on the Plateau - lack of school facilities of fully functional schools for each village and teachers Literacy Rate 48% illiteracy and only 42% have some Significant increase in school attendance at primary form of primary education level and decrease in gender literacy gap; increase in adult literacy Health Only four health stations in the Nakai Establishment of clinics in each resettlement village, Facilities District at present manned by trained local personnel and supplied with equipment and sufficient medicines Nutritional Poor status as based on health study Significant improvement in potable water for all Status reports resettlers; improved weight-height ratios for infants Malaria Between 21.2% and 10.3% recorded in Recent significant reduction due to EU program ­ 1997 in Ban Nakai Tai continued low presence of malaria Parasitic Significant presence of many common Significant decrease in parasitic diseases diseases parasites (up to 90% of the population infected) Child mortality National Infant Mortality rate is Available medical advice, staff and medicines to deal rate estimated at 87.2 per 1000 live births for with childhood diseases and significant decrease in rural populations (UNFPA 2000) and is child mortality probably higher is such remote areas as the Nakai Plateau Maternal Care National statistics for antenatal care: - Available medical advice, staff and medicines to deal 24.2% only with maternal and significant decrease in maternal Births assisted by doctor or health mortality worker: 13.5% only Again statistics are probably lower for the Nakai area The methodology will include a combination of sample household survey, focus group interviews and participatory discussion, a combination of surveys and qualitative methods. A baseline socio-economic survey of a sample of affected households has been during 1998 (see Appendix H of the SDP for survey November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 17: Monitoring and Evaluation of Ethnic Groups on the Nakai Plateau design). This has set the reference points but the results of the individual households will be compared on the village and ethnic group levels. The resettlement monitoring and evaluation work will start at the same time as implementation and will continue after the construction period until income levels of resettlers reach the stated goals laid out in the policy. An evaluation report will be prepared each year following a field survey and will be submitted to the Resettlement Committee. Such a report could, for instance, show that some families are doing very well for identified reasons and that some other families are doing poorly for certain reasons. Such findings can then be used by the RMU to redirect or adjust its programs. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 18: Recommendations for Scheduling and Financing CHAPTER 18 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCHEDULING AND FINANCING Table of Contents 18 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCHEDULING AND FINANCING.....................1 18.1 SOCIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITY ISSUES IN RELATION TO IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE....................................................................................................................1 18.2 SOCIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITY ISSUES IN RELATION TO BUDGET.............................2 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 18: Recommendations for Scheduling and Financing 18 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCHEDULING AND FINANCING The SDP presents a detailed schedule and budget for the resettlement of ethnic minorities on the Nakai Plateau (Chapter 28). Aspects that are important from an ethnic minority perspective, and that have been incorporated into the overall approach to resettlement planning, include the following. 18.1 SOCIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITY ISSUES IN RELATION TO IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE All relevant social and ethnic minority concerns relating to scheduling and implementation have been incorporated into the SDP. The most important concerns are highlighted below. The general approach to planning has been one of establishing an effective, long-term relationship between government agencies and the Project, on the one hand, and affected communities, local organizations and ethnic minorities, on the other. Institutional strengthening and training for both resettlers (villagers participating in the demonstration farms and pilot village resettlement) and for government agencies (RMU, DRWGs and VRCs) have been central elements from the start of project planning and will continue throughout the project construction period and during the first years of operation. This includes awareness about the needs of the different ethnic groups for planners, culturally sensitive approaches to consultations for the implementing agencies involved and involvement of ethnic minorities in decision-making process and new institutional arrangements. The ethnic minorities on the Nakai Plateau have been part of an extensive consultation process in order to elicit their concerns and viewpoints as well as to obtain feedback on various aspects of resettlement planning and this will continue with a focus on the needs of specific communities and ethnic groups within these communities during the implementation. Ethnic groups will be consulted on proposed village relocation sites, plot locations for individual households and layout of fields and livelihood elements, paying attention to belief systems, cultural practices, kinship support networks and differences in design criteria. This is being done at present for the Pilot Village relocation (see Appendix J). Choice of village sites will be finalised during the consultation process, starting in November 2004. Ethnic groups will participate in the clearing of land, construction of houses and other infrastructure activities and be given ample time and support to relocate, including for carrying out all necessary communal and household rituals ­ this is being done at present for the Pilot Village relocation (see Appendix J). House construction will commence for the new village of Nam Pan, Sophene, Sopma, Sop Hia, Nongbouakham, Bouama, Phonsavang and Sopon at the commencement of the 2005 dry season. The rest of the Plateau villages will start house construction one year later. The basic steps and order for relocation is: · Topographic survey · Finalisation of village site location through consultation · Village layout design · UXO Survey and clearance · Land clearing · Marking of plots and land titling · Village house construction and construction of public buildings · Installation of technical aspects concurrent with house construction for roads, electricity supply, domestic water and sanitation, and irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 18: Recommendations for Scheduling and Financing Culturally sensitive assistance will be provided for assessing livelihood options, forestry management and income support procedures so that ethnic groups can make informed choices regarding their future livelihoods and changes to traditional practices. Many of the features of the planning such as the livelihood models, house designs, village layouts, infrastructure improvements are derived in part from the consultation process and the feedback given by the ethnic groups on the Plateau. This process will continue to ensure that the different ethnic groups are able to voice their particular concerns during the resettlement process. Various forms of technical assistance covering all aspects of the livelihood restoration process are integrated into relocation activities. International and Lao TA for agricultural extension and livestock have already started for the pilot village and will expand considerably in 2005. Since the reservoir will not be inundated until 2009 and training programmes will commence in 2008 onwards. Monitoring by the affected ethnic groups on the Nakai Plateau will involve members of the communities themselves (Village Facilitators) in addition to elected leaders and members of government organizations ­ this is to ensure that all minorities are involved. Village Facilitators have been active in the consultation process since August 2004. 18.2 SOCIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITY ISSUES IN RELATION TO BUDGET A number of key features of the budget in the RAP represent the concerns and considerations of social conditions and ethnic minorities on the Nakai Plateau. The allotted resettlement budget of over US$ 20,000 per household is high by national and international standards as is the goal of nearly tripling existing incomes to around US$ 1,200 per annum based on average household per village. The budget covers all livelihood and infrastructure aspects as detailed in Chapter 28. Key elements of the relocation, community development and livelihood restoration include (references to budget items given in brackets): · Family house, toilet, granary, electric wiring and water supply for each household based on the number of residents (house size depending on the number of residents) and designs in consultations with future owners so as to include any architectural details of the different ethnic groups on the Plateau as is evident already in how the Pilot Village houses have been constructed (Item G3); · Funds for land clearing, fencing, tools, fertilizers and equipment for resettler families to create a sense of belonging to the new resettlement site (Item G1 ­ Clearance of Village Sites); · Relocation costs, including transportation, labour and for necessary relocation rituals for the village as a whole (territorial spirits) and for households (spirit ritual for each ethnic group) included in disturbance allowance (Item G2 ­ Organise Villagers for Relocation and T6 ­ Support Relocation); · All community structures, including clinics, schools and tree nurseries ­ again designed with consideration of the ethnic groups' beliefs and interests (Items H7 ­ Community Buildings); · Electricity supply, ponds, water supply and roads for each resettler village to ensure higher standards of health, better livelihood opportunities and market access (Items H1-6 ­ Design and Construction of Infrastructure and Equipment); · Forestry Management Program and Reservoir Management and Fisheries Development Program that takes into consideration existing practices and attitudes to natural resource allocation, including the weaknesses and strengths of the different ethnic groups (Item F2 ­ Training Resettlers); · Livelihood Improvement Program that involves a culturally and ethnically sensitive approach to instructing resettlers in the new and improved aspects of the livelihood options, including consultations involving trainers familiar with the social and cultural needs of the different ethnic groups (Budget items in P ­ Agricultural Development Programme, Q1 ­ TA for Agricultural Development Programme, R6 ­ Fisheries Training and T for technical assistance, training, extension and various support programmes); · Community development and income generation support, including skills, training and income support programs that are suitable for the different ethnic groups on the Plateau in terms of existing skills, needs and information that has been and will be obtained during consultations (Items November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 18: Recommendations for Scheduling and Financing F2 and T8 ­ Income Generation Activities, T9 ­ Village Savings and Loans Facilities and T11 ­ Income Support and Support to Vulnerable Households); · Health Program that is designed to address potential problems caused by the project (introduction of diseases from lowland areas), incorporating existing traditional health practices among the ethnic groups with modern techniques in a culturally sensitive manner (Budget Items N for Regional Health Programme and U for Resettlement Health Programme). · Education programme supporting the establishment of nurseries, primary schools and non-formal education programmes (Item T10 ­ Education Programme) · Training and support for Village Resettlement/Development Committees and Mass Organisations, including the Lao Women's Union, Youth Organisation and LNFC (Items T1 ­ Training of VRDCs and T7 ­ Support to Community Organisations) · Monitoring and data collection of resettlers (Item T2 ­ Population and Citizen Management) Support for social development as well as technical input in terms of infrastructure, equipment and buildings is extensive and covers all areas of social concern. Since livelihoods are similar among all ethnic groups on the Plateau, differences will only emerge while accessing options and consulting with communities and individual households during actual implementation. Funds will be available for cultural aspects of relocation, including rituals for moving from one location to the other, for entering new dwellings and for arranging houses according to clans and kinship ties. This is the ongoing practice for the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm (Appendix I) and is presently being carried out for the Pilot Village relocation (Appendix J). Particular issues related to ethnic minorities include the following key items: · External Monitoring (Item A ­ External Monitoring) for ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the different ethnic groups and their performance during the livelihood restoration and relocation process. · Ethnic Minority Advisor for the RMU (part-time), possibly seconded from the Institute of Cultural Resource or Department of Ethnic Affairs from April 2005 (Item F15.1b in the Social Cultural Unit) · Training in Ethnic Minorities Awareness for RMU, DRWGs and RO staff as well as local GoL organisations involved in resettlement (b\l F11.2) · Training and support for the Lao National Front for Construction (Responsible for Ethnic Issues), including basic training in relation to project needs, investigation of new data and development of strategies, and advocacy to ensure village elders and traditional organisations have role in the resettlement process (Item T7) · Awareness and cultural sensitivity training for medical staff in provincial and district health institutions (b\l N). · Training of Village Health Volunteers (VHV) with preference given to traditional health practitioners (b\l N). · Funding for research by the Traditional Medical Research Centre (TMRC) to carry out Part II of Traditional Health Practices Survey in 2005 (b\l N). · Funding for recommendations as a result of Part II Survey by TMRC, including possibly a herbarium on the Nakai Plateau or the inclusion of traditional medicines in the Village Drug Revolving Fund (VDRF) (b\l N). · Cultural and spiritual heritage issues, including Physical and Cultural Resources Survey (see EAMP Budget), · Provisions for vulnerable ethnic minority households and communities, expected to include additional measures for Vietic groups in Sop Hia and small hamlets and villages along the central portions of the Nakai Plateau (Sop Phene, Sop Ma, Kengngao and Hatkhampan and possibly other households (Item T11 ­ Income Support and Support to Vulnerable Households) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 18: Recommendations for Scheduling and Financing A key staff composent in relation ensuring compliance with ethnic minorities safeguard policies is the Community Consultation and Ethnic Development Team covered by the NTPC budget. There is funding for an international Technical Manager full-time from 2005 to 2007, two senior Lao Technical Assistants (one male and one female), one senior TA responsible for socio-economic monitoring and one database expert. This staff will be supporting and working directly with the Junior Lao staff under the RMU at each village on the Nakai Plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure CHAPTER 19 RESETTLEMENT SITE SELECTION, LAND USE PLANNING, AND LAND TENURE Table of Content 19.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................1 19.2 INITIAL IDENTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL RESETTLEMENT ZONES .............................1 19.3 PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT SITE SELECTION ................................................................2 19.3.1 Traditional Village Boundaries....................................................................................................................... 2 19.3.2 Ethnic Identity and Relocation...................................................................................................................... 7 19.3.3 Cultural Preferences and Resource Access................................................................................................... 7 19.3.4 Assessment of Villager Preferences in 1998................................................................................................. 7 19.3.5 Possible Village Consolidation or Splitting .................................................................................................. 8 19.4 TECHNICAL SITE INVESTIGATIONS..............................................................................9 19.4.1 Specific Site Selection Criteria and Site Carrying Capacity......................................................................... 9 19.4.2 Topography .................................................................................................................................................... 10 19.4.3 Soil Survey and Suitability............................................................................................................................. 11 19.4.4 Water Supply and Irrigation Potential......................................................................................................... 12 19.5 EXPERIENCE OF RESETTLEMENT OF THE PILOT VILLAGE - BAN NONG BOUA......... 16 19.6 SCHEDULE OF VILLAGE RELOCATION........................................................................ 17 19.7 VILLAGE LAYOUT........................................................................................................ 18 19.7.1 Village Layout Preferences of Affected Communities.............................................................................. 18 19.7.2 Detailed Village Layout Planning ................................................................................................................ 19 19.8 VILLAGE LAND AND FOREST USE PLANNING.............................................................22 19.8.1 Forest and Land Use Planning, Allocation and Management ................................................................. 22 19.8.2 Family and Village Livelihood planning ..................................................................................................... 27 19.8.3 Forest and Land Use and Urban Development Monitoring and Mapping ........................................... 28 19.9 ACHIEVEMENT OF A 'GREEN LIGHT' ON A RESETTLEMENT SITE..............................28 19.10 LAND AND RESOURCE TENURE IN THE NAKAI RESETTLEMENT AREA .....................29 19.10.1 Privately Owned Land................................................................................................................................... 29 19.10.2 Common Property Resources and Land in the Resettlement Area........................................................ 32 19.11 BOLIKHAMXAY RESETTLEMENT VILLAGES ................................................................33 19.11.1 Choice of General Resettlement Area ........................................................................................................ 33 19.11.2 Detailed Site Investigation............................................................................................................................ 35 List of Tables Table 19-1: Factors Considered in the Selection of Prospective Resettlement Sites....................................2 Table 19-2: Summary of Consultations on Villager Preferences for Relocation Sites..................................8 Table 19-3: Technical Survey and Design Studies for Topography, Soils and Irrigation. .........................11 Table 19-4: Irrigation System Design Considerations and Options for Resettlement Sites......................13 Table 19-5: Indicative Relocation Schedule of Plateau Villages with Predicted Number of Households, House Plots and Agriculture Area at Time of Relocation. ........................................................17 Table 19-6: Resettlement Preferences of Plateau Villagers.............................................................................18 Table 19-7: Steps and Procedures for NTRA-FLUPAM in Coordination with Livelihood Development and Technical Studies.......................................................................................................................24 Table 19-8: Steps in the Land Titling Process for Plateau Resettled Villages..............................................32 Table 19-9: Results of 8 June 2003 Consultations with Sop Hia and Nam Nian Villages.........................33 Table 19-10: Comparison of Projected Full Development Household Incomes..........................................35 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure List of Figures Figure 19-1: Map of 25 Possible Plateau Resettlement Blocks as delineated in 1998....................................5 Figure 19-2: Indicative Village Boundaries (1997) of Existing Plateau Villages, and Proposed Relocation Route and Sites (as of 2003)..............................................................................................................6 Figure 19-3: Indicative Land Use and Forest Cover of the Plateau Resettlement Area..............................14 Figure 19-4: Satellite Photo Coverage Indicating Forest Cover and Land Use of the Resettlement Area .............................................................................................................................................................15 Figure 19-5: Proposed Pilot Village Layout 1 - Houses Located on Agricultural Plots - Farms ...............20 Figure 19-6: Proposed Pilot Village Layout 2 - Houses Grouped in a Village - Chosen by Villagers.......21 Figure 19-7: Example of Land Title Certificate as Used in the Lao PDR .....................................................30 Figure 19-8: English Translation of Land Title Certificate as Used in the Lao PDR ..................................31 Figure 19-9: General Map of Indicative Resettlement Site, Ban Nam Pan in Khamkerd District, for Tai Villagers from Sop Hia and Nam Nian.........................................................................................37 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure 19 RESETTLEMENT SITE SELECTION, LAND USE PLANNING AND LAND TENURE 19.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes how the general resettlement areas were selected, the preferences and requirements of the villages to be resettled, and how the actual new village site location will be finalized in a participatory manner with those affected. It also describes how land tenure will be developed for the housing and agricultural lands, and how villagers have, and will continue to be involved in the design and construction of their own houses in their new village location. 19.2 INITIAL IDENTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL RESETTLEMENT ZONES Following field surveys carried out in 1995, seven general potential resettlement areas were identified for further review. These general areas were numbered and located as follows: General area No.1, located in Nakai District, Khammouane Province, southeast of Ban Oudomsouk, the boundaries of this area being adjacent to the proposed reservoir and escarpment; General area No. 2, located in Nakai District southeast of Site 1 near the villages of Ban Done and Ban Khone Khen; General area No. 3, also situated in Nakai District, northwest of the villages of Ban Oudomsouk, on the proposed reservoir shoreline; General area No. 4A, located in Nakai District, southwest of the Site No.3; General area No. 4B, situated in Gnommalat District, Khammouane Province, east of the village of Ban Pha Toung; General area No. 5A, situated north of the village of Ban Nam Nian, Khamkeut District, Bolikhamxay Province; General area No. 5B, located on road No 8 to Ban Lak Sao, about 12 km north of Site 5A, in Khamkeut District, Bolikhamxay Province. This area includes Ban Pakkatan and its periphery. After further study, four of these seven areas were assessed as suitable for resettlement. These were general areas 1, 2 and 3 on the Nakai Plateau (referred to later as the Plateau Resettlement Area) and general area 4B in the Gnommalat District (referred to as the downstream Resettlement Area). The other three areas were rejected on economic and/or environmental grounds. Public consultations and participatory resettlement studies demonstrated a very strong villager preference to remain on the Plateau rather than moving to the lowland areas, except for the three Tai families from Sophia and Namnian villages who chose to return to their former home in the Lak Sao area. The relocation of these two villages will be explained in detail in Section 19.11. Although General Area 4B had obvious potential, it was not on the plateau, and, as was pointed out by the Panel of Experts (POE), the area may better be reserved for use by voluntary settlers from the Nakai- Nam Theun NPA in the medium term or potential replacement land for communities affected along the Downstream Channel or otherwise affected by project construction. For that reason it was not considered further in the Plateau Resettlement Plan, which turned its focus to areas on the Nakai Plateau. In response to villager preference for the plateau, focus turned to the Plateau Resettlement Area and 25 blocks were delineated as suitable for potential resettlement (see Figure 19-1). These 25 zones are located on the western edge of the Nakai Plateau, and generally fall within the existing Plateau village boundaries. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure 19.3 PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT SITE SELECTION A variety of factors are important to the Project planners (NTPC and GOL) and to villagers when deciding on their resettlement site preferences and these presented in Table 19-1. Table 19-1: Factors Considered in the Selection of Prospective Resettlement Sites 1. The resettlement sites should be as near as possible to the old village location. Social 2. The resettlement site should not infringe on land or resources of other villages, but if it considerations does then resolutions and agreements should be amicable developed 3. Social and cultural factors must be taken into account including the village spiritual areas and customary boundaries. 4. Access to water: Water supply must be accessible from the reservoir, along with an elevated site for the header tank to allow gravity irrigation to farm plots 5. Topography: Slope for the farm plot area(s) should be as gentle as possible and ideally not exceed 15% Agricultural 6. Soils: The soils selected must be capable of providing adequate returns with a potential considerations for the production of wetland paddy rice wherever possible 7. Layout: All farm plots should form 1 contiguous land area wherever possible 8. Land availability: the area of land available for cultivation, preferably contiguous areas 9. Roads or other transportation infrastructure must be sufficiently accessible to Access ensure access to markets and other support services. 10. Access to the reservoir, drawdown zone, forest and grazing areas should be convenient. All these factors are investigated and considered thru the village consultation process (see Chapter 4), and the participation of affected villages has and continues to be an underlying theme of the resettlement area selection process. 19.3.1 Traditional Village Boundaries Initial assessments of village boundaries indicate that it will be possible to relocate the majority of households within their existing village and administrative boundaries. For those relocating into the current boundaries of other villages, they are familiar with the proposed resettlement sites. Two classifications exist with regard to the administrative and political status of the existing villages on the Plateau. Administrative villages are those with over 50 households. These are formally recognized as villages with defined boundaries and associated responsibilities and obligations to the respective district in which they lie. Figure 19-2 shows these existing village boundaries, as assessed in 1997. The second type concerns hamlets, which tend to be small and scattered throughout the village boundary of the major administratively recognized village in which they occur. Often these hamlets form either (a) when villagers have moved into the boundary area from elsewhere and have requested permission of the resident administratively-recognized village headmen to establish their households, (b) families of a village decide to establish dwelling closer to their (newly opened, or shifting) agricultural fields, or when villages split and a number of families relocate due to a shortage of land or resources in a particular area. Traditional village territories tend to follow natural features of the landscape, and may correspond to the customary land use patterns of the villagers. In addition, these boundaries often have a cosmological dimension. Many villages have guardian spirits (phi muang) whose territory corresponds to the traditional boundaries for larger, more established villages. Other villages or hamlets that are established later are included within these spirit boundaries. However, traditional village boundaries are, especially on the plateau, somewhat dynamic, reflecting the change on village locations and establishment of new villages over the last 20 to 30 years. The following November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure describes the existing village boundaries in the Resettlement Area, and the way that other villages may be accommodated in these areas. Ban Thalang village boundaries This village had no clear border in 1998 as it is a relatively new immigrant village. Previously the area was part of the administrative area of the Ban Nakai Tai. The boundary to the north is generally recognized as the Nam Theun, although the villages of Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian also utilize this northern area for swidden cultivation. Ban Talang will be relocated within its current village boundaries. Some villagers of Bna Sop Hia, and the village of Ban Sophene will move into this area Ban Nong Boua Kham boundaries: This is also a new immigrant village without clear boundaries. Ban Nong BouaKham will be relocated within its current village boundaries. Some villagers of Ban Sop Ma will move into this area Ban Nakai Tai village boundaries The southern boundary of Ban Nakai Tai borders with Ban Nakai Neua. It follows the Huoui Nakai west to the Sayphou Ak Range and the tributary of the Huoui Paduk. The western edge is the escarpment to the Nam Malou, to the Nam Gnalong, and then to the Nam Theun. From here the boundary is the Nam Theun upstream to Ban Thalang. The eastern boundary is along the Nam Theun from Ban Thalang to the track which leads to Ban Sop Phene. Ban Nakai Neua village boundaries The northern border of Ban Nakai Neua is Ban Nakai Tai along the Huoui Nakai to the boundary of Ban Sop On. In the south, the border is the tributary of the Huoui Hai up to the Range and over to the Huoui Paduk. The western boundary borders Ban Van Giem along a ridgeline going north to the Huoui Paduk. The village of Ban Nakai Neua is one of the largest villages in the proposed Resettlement Area. This village contains 67 families and 303 inhabitants and is centered near the old district headquarters at Nakai Kang. Ban Nakai Neua and Naki Tai will be relocated within their current village boundaries, and no other villagers will be relocated into these current village boundaries. Ban Boua Ma village boundaries This village is bordered in the north by Ban Nong Boua, and the boundary is determined by Huoui Samkha and the Huoui Arak towards the watershed of the Huoui Khuang. The south is bordered by Gnommalat District and the Nam Kathang Gnai towards Nam Nong Boua Nyai and to the Nam Theun. The eastern boundary is Ban Phonsavang on the Nam Theun from the Huoui Arak to the Nong Tai Khuang pond. The western boundary is Ban Oudomsouk and the Huoui Ta Bot and Nam Kathang Gnai, which commences from the watershed of the Huoui Khwang to Huoui Ta Bot until the tributary of the Huoui Kathang. Ban Bouma will be relocated within its current village boundaries, and no other villagers will be relocated into these current village boundaries, except that some families from Keng Yao and Sopma hamlets may join the families of Bouma in its new village site. Ban Sop On village boundaries The northern boundary is Ban Sop Ma and Ban Phonsavang. The boundary runs from the Na Hao hill to Nong Tai Khuang pond, across the Nam Theun and the feeder road to Ban Nong Boua across Nam Theun to Nong Phong towards the farming areas. It follows across the Khok Kwang and road to Huoui Tao and the Nam Kathang. The southern boundary is with Ban Done, which commences from the tributary of the Huoui Chicho (which drains into the Nam Theun) and then to the Sayphou Ak Range to the Nam On and along the Nam On to the tributary of the Huoui Swing, along the Huoui Swing and finally to the road to the Nam Kathang Gnai. The eastern border is with Ban Ka Oy commencing from the Phu Hao southward along the Huoui Xang Tay, Huoui Tong and to the tributary of the Huoui November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Chicho. Gnommalat District forms the western boundary where the Nam Kathang Gnai is the border. The boundary starts from the tributary of the Huoui Tao and follows the Huoui Kathang to Ban Done. Ban SopOn will be relocated within its current village boundaries. Bna Phonsvang, and possibly some families from Ban Kaoy, will be relocated into these current village boundaries. Ban Done village boundaries In the north, Ban Done is bordered by Ban Sop On, with the Nam Swing as the border from the Huoui Swing to the Nam On. The boundary follows along the Huoui Swing across the feeder road to the Nam Kathang Gnai. The opposite side of the Nam On is the boundary from the tributary of the Huoui Ta Long to the Sayphou Xoy Range towards the Huoui Yai where it drains to the Huoui Mun Tun. The eastern boundary is Ban Ka Oy from the Huoui Mum Tun to the old road towards the watershed of the Huoui Kheng Sun that drains to the Nam On until it reaches the Huoui Khone Khen. The border to the south is from the tributary of the Huoui Khone Khen to the feeder road towards Huoui Lao Yai and into the Nam Kathang Gnai. The western boundary is from the Huoui Lao Yai to the Nam Kathang towards the track to Ban Gnommalat Neua across the Nam Kathang Gnai. Ban Khone Khen village boundaries The village is bordered in the north by Ban Done with the Huoui Khone Khen as the border from the tributary of the Huoui Kathang Gnai and the Huoui Lao Yai which drains to the Huoui Khone Khen towards the Nam Theun. From here the boundary runs on the opposite side of the Nam Theun along the Huoui Mun Turn. In the south the boundary is the Gnommalat District, with the border on the Huoui Leak and then from the watershed of the Huoui Leak to the Nam on. The eastern boundary is the tributary of the Huoui Leak and Nam on and then to the watershed of the Huoui Theun. The western boundary is Gnommalat District (Sayphou Xoy Range) with the Nam Kathang Gnai as the border. The villages of Ban Done and Ban Khon Khen will both be relocated within their current village boundaries, and no other village will be relocated there, although they may be joined by some families from Ban Kaoy. These above village boundaries were described by the villagers themselves and correspond to a combination of administrative, customary land-use and spiritual boundaries. It should be noted that some areas of the Plateau which are not identified as belonging to a particular village, although villagers do make use of them for hunting, fishing, harvesting NTFPs, and for grazing. In summary, nine of the seventeen villages will be moved relatively short distances and within cultural, land-use and administrative boundaries. Another six villages will be relocated within these boundaries, while two village Sop Hia and Nam Nian, will be relocated back close to their original areas in Khamkerd District. Prior to and after relocation, new village boundaries are require to be negotiated, as described in Section 19.8 on FLUPAM. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Figure 19-1: Map of 25 Possible Plateau Resettlement Blocks as delineated in 1998 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection and Land Tenure Figure 19-2: Indicative Village Boundaries (1997) of Existing Plateau Villages, and Proposed Relocation Route and Sites (as of 2003) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection and Land Tenure 19.3.2 Ethnic Identity and Relocation From the point of view of ethnic identity and the possible impact on the culture of the different ethnic groups, all groups share a common culture on the Nakai Plateau, as described in the EMDP. The vast majority converse in Lao, share cosmological beliefs and a common livelihood system. Indeed, many plateau inhabitants, especially the Tai Bo, describe themselves as `Tai Nakai', meaning `ethnic group of the Nakai Plateau'. The Brou and Bo populations have co-existed in the region for hundreds of years and intermarriage is common. Therefore, one should consider that any relocation within the Plateau, even if they are outside traditional village boundaries, as being within the general cultural and cosmological system of reference. Thus, such relocation is not a threat to traditional ways of thinking or an introduction of new cultural beliefs. There are historical instances of movement within the plateau area with existing villages splitting, satellite hamlets developing and smaller communities joining. Some examples of this historical splitting and consolidation of plateau villages are described under Village Consolidation in Section 19.3.5. 19.3.3 Cultural Preferences and Resource Access When the idea of relocation was presented to affected villagers during the participatory consultative process, their first reactions were mainly positive. Most welcomed the potential for improved lifestyles and new livelihood options given the poor economic situation on the Plateau. Their main concern was food security, but this did not mean, nor has it ever meant, self-sufficiency in rice. The communities are accustomed to exchanging forest products, fish and livestock for rice or working for others to make up deficiencies in family food needs. Hence, the potential for vegetable, fruit trees and livestock in their new livelihoods was a food security concept with which they were already familiar, given their existing practices. There are also instances in plateau communities where paddy rice production has been developed, primarily the Brou villages to the southeast (Don and Khon Kaen and the Bo villages of Ban Nakai Tai and Ban Nakai Neua. As regards production forestry, the plateau populations have experience in at least two types; (a) the forest plantation owned and managed by BPKP near Ban Oudomsouk (now defunct) where some of the nearby villagers have worked, and (b) the various logging activities over the last ten years, in which some villagers have participated in, in various capacities. Many villagers are now interested in the prospect of working on community commercial forestry activities, particularly as it held the promise of a stable cash income. Villagers are aware that the GOL prefers that they stop practicing pioneering swidden in new areas of forest and try to develop sedentary farming practices. Although they are more familiar with swidden agriculture, most expressed a willingness to adopt stabilised agricultural activities. However they were also keenly aware that their new lifestyles would have a number of unfamiliar aspects for which they would require training. 19.3.4 Assessment of Villager Preferences in 1998 Villager preferences for the plateau relocation sites have been previously assessed on two occasions. The first, in the dry season of 1997/78, identified the general area where they would prefer to be resettled. In the second assessment, conducted in 2003 more specific sites were identified within the broader area selected earlier. The results of these two participatory assessments, along with the relocation distances and boundary changes that they would incur, are presented in Table 19-2 and the latest indicative resettlement site shown in Figure 19-2. The third assessment will be made during the rather protracted FLUPAM process (see Section 19.8) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Table 19-2: Summary of Consultations on Villager Preferences for Relocation Sites. Within Potential sites same Within Within Reservoir considered in 1997-98, Indicative Site(s) 2003, and distance ethnic village district Village > distance from village from current village group boundary boundary Ban Thalang Zone 11: 2 km Zone 11: 0.5 km Yes Yes Yes Zone 12: 2.5 km Zone 13: 1 km Ban Nong Boua Zone 5: 1.5 km Zone7 : 2.9 km Yes Yes Yes Kham Zone 6: 2 km Zone 8: 2 km Ban Nakai Tai Zone 4a): 1 km Zone 2: 0.6 km Yes Yes Yes Zone 4b): 2 km Zone 4c): 3 km Ban Nakai Neua Zone 1: 1 km Zone 1: 0.9 km Yes Yes Yes Zone 2: 1 km Zone 3: 0.5 km Ban Sop Phene Zone 1: 5 km Zone 11: 12.2 km No No No Zone 2: 5 km Ban Hat (Considered as one Zone 11: 13.2 km (possibly with Sop No No No Khamphane administrative unit) Ma) Ban Sop Ma Zone 14: 6 km Zone 8: 10.6 km (with Hat No No No Zone 15: 6 km Khamphane) Yes No No Zone 16: 6 km Zone 16: 5 km (with Keng Gnao) Ban Keng Gnao Zone 16: 4.8 km (possibly with Sop Yes No No Ma) Ban Sailom, Ban Zone 16: 2 km Zone 16: 2 km (pilot village site) Yes Yes Yes Nong Boua, Zone 17: 3 km Ban Pamanton Zone 18: 3 km Ban Boua Ma Zone 17: 2 km Zone 17: 2km Yes Yes Yes Zone 18: 1 km Zone 19: 3 km Ban Phonsavang Zone 19: 3 km Zone 18: 3 km beside Theun Douane Yes No No Zone 20a): 1 km Demo Farm Zone 20b): 5 km Zone 19: 3.5 km (with Sop On) Yes No No Ban Sop On Zone 20a): 3 km Zone 19: 3.3 km (possibly together Yes Yes Yes (including Zone 20b): 3 km with Phonsavang) Nikhom 3) Zone 21: 4 km Ban Done Zone 21a): 3 km Zone 21: 2.9 km Yes Yes Yes Zone 21b): 2 km Zone 21c): 2 km Zone 22: 2 km Ban Khone Khen Zone 23: 4 km Location to the south of original site Yes Yes Yes Zone 24: 6 km 22: 2 km Zone 25: 7 km Ban Ka Oy Zone 20a): 1 km Zone 19: 12 km (together with Sop No No No Zone 20b): 1 km On & Phonesavang) BR : 1 km Zone 21: 10.5 km ( with Done) Near Zone 22: 11 km ( with Khone Khen) Ban Sop Hia 1) in-situ, up slope, 500 m Zones 10-12: as its own village, or Partially Partially No (Vietic Groups) 2) Zones 7-13: 15-20 km possibly a hamlet of Talang 3) Bolikhamxay Ban Sop Hia and "as above" Ban Nam Pan area, in Khamkerd Yes No No Nam Nian District (Tai Groups) 19.3.5 Possible Village Consolidation or Splitting As can be seen from the above table, adhering to village preferences for relocation sites will, in some instances, require the consolidation of more than one community or hamlets into a resettlement village. Such village consolidation will facilitate the provision of improved infrastructure and services, and with the proper support as planned under the SDP, will allow stronger and more cohesive communities to develop, with the capacity to manage and improve their own livelihoods in a cooperative and sustainable manner. Existing village structures will be maintained, and the cultural traditions of villagers will be November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure respected during any consolidation process that may be required. The following consolidations are likely to occur: 1. The hamlets of Nongboua, Sailom and Pamonton are an unstable village group that has changed composition and location several times over the past 10 years. Originally, a number of families left the large village of Bouma, a mixed Bo and Brou village, to establish a new village called Sailom. This later split into different hamlets in the 1990s. In 2001, Pamonton ceased to exist as its inhabitants joined the other two hamlets. The Pilot Village involves the relocation of the remaining two hamlets into one new village, called Nongboua Mai ('mai' meaning new). In establishing this 'consolidated' village, there have been no problems regarding ethnicity since both Bo and Brou families have been living together for some time, and are originally from the same village. Villagers themselves agreed to this arrangement during detailed consultations held in 2002-03. In addition, the site of relocation is within traditional territory and within the spirit boundaries of Bouma village, the village of origin of these hamlets. 2. The villages of Keng Ngao, Hat Khamphene and Sop Ma are all small hamlets, located on the left bank of the Nam Theun upstream from Ban Talang. They form one administrative village unit with a single leadership structure. The first village is a predominantly Brou village while the latter two have majority Bo populations. All three settlements are fairly new, being formed as offshoots from Ban Bouma but a number of Brou households joined these settlements from Ban Teng and Ban Thaphaiban in the NT2 Watershed area. There are two proposed sites for the three settlements since none are more than 30 households. No problems regarding ethnicity is envisaged since both Bo and Brou families have been living together for some time, and the village units are already functioning administratively as one village. Proposed relocation is outside traditional boundaries but within familiar territory with the same neighbouring villages. 3. The village of Ka-Oy to the north of the proposed reservoir and on the Nam Theun is a traditional Brou village. There are close ties with the neighbouring villages on the Nakai Plateau, intermarriage and trade agreements, especially with Ban Done, Khone Khen and Ban Sop On. There has also been a history of migration up and down the Nam Theun in search of suitable sites for swidden and to avoid flooding and pests. Villagers in Ka-Oy look upon the other Brou and Bo villages as relatives (phii nong) and should not have a problem integrating with regards to ethnicity. Special efforts should be made to ensure that a consensus is reached in an equitable manner and that the village moves as a whole unit, or at least following clan lines. 4. The village of Phonesavang is a Brou village that has been formed by households from Sop On to the southeast and by new arrivals from the NT 2 Watershed Area. Many of these villages are related but a number of families have connections to villages to the north in the Watershed. The latter are relatively new arrivals. The proposed integration into the new site for Sop On should not create problems for ethnicity as long as traditional clans and kinship organisation are respected in the village layout. If necessary, there is also the option of relocating Ban Phonesavang on a separate site. 5. The Tai populations in the villages of Sop Hia and Nam Nian in Bolikhamxai Province are a special case since most are recent arrivals (within the last 10 years) from Khamkeut District and surrounding areas. These villages have located beside existing Vietic groups and have adapted to swidden farming and gathering of NTFPs. This was an economic migration caused in part by a shortage of land in their original village sites and in part by the opportunity to exploit an area relatively rich in natural resources and with a low population. The relocation of the Tai-speaking groups to a site in Bolikhamxai would be to return them to familiar territory, of the same ethnic group, but with support for developing sustainable livelihood systems. The various Tai groups speak different dialects and are divided into clans but there is considerable intermarriage and shared values. 19.4 TECHNICAL SITE INVESTIGATIONS 19.4.1 Specific Site Selection Criteria and Site Carrying Capacity Following the consensus amongst plateau villages that the main resettlement zone should be on the southern shore of the Nakai Reservoir, the Prime Ministerial Decree 193/PM was enacted on 29th November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure December 29, 2000 to legally establish the entire plateau area southeast of the reservoir as the Resettlement Area, and defined its boundaries and legal status. The decree required that more detailed studies would be required to establish the exact location of specific resettlement sites. During consultations undertaken between 2001 and 2003, leaders of plateau villages then went on to further clarify the exact preferred location of the resettled village (see Figure 19-2). Notwithstanding the fact that total village consensus will first be sought, rather than just villager leaders, for relocation site preference, a range of technical studies or other considerations must also be undertaken to confirm the resources, the development potential and the suitability of each site, before detailed village layout planning can be undertaken. At least three types of technical studies are will required to precisely locate the resettlement village sites and farm plot areas (see Sections 19.4.2 to 19.4.4) based on the three main technical considerations for resettlement site selection and suitability assessment - topographic, soils and irrigability, which are part of the larger considerations of agricultural potential, social considerations and resource endowments and location (see Table 19-1). On the basis of the above criteria, potential resettlement sites should be located on the reservoir shoreline, with access to irrigation water, and the drawdown zone. Access to grazing and forest lands is also important. Most of the land should have slopes less than 15 percent, suitable for village sites and the establishment of individual farm plots. Many of the potential resettlement areas meet these criteria, and also fall within existing village customary use areas (see Figure 19-2). The existing land use in the resettlement area is indicated in two maps, a interpretation based on year 2000 Spot imagery (Figure 19-3) and the more recent satellite photo compilation of QuickBird photos and Landsat images (Figure 19-4). The availability of land is of course a basic consideration. A minimum total resettlement area of 810 ha will required, based on approximately 1000 households each requiring a 0.66 ha flat or terraced farm plot, with an additional approximate requirement of 140 ha of land required for housing and associated village facilities (based on a house plot size of 30 x 30 m, or 0.09 ha, plus land for schools, markets village meeting hall and office etc). Beginning in 2003, the NTPC has started to investigate the topographic, soil-type and irrigation considerations. The investigations could be seen a progressing through four (4) phases, as follows: (i) Reconnaissance; (ii) Conceptual planning; (iii) Detailed survey and feasibility assessment; and (iv) Detailed Design. A summary of these four phases, and progress to date, for the three main technical considerations, is provided in Table 19-3 and described in more detail in the following sections. 19.4.2 Topography Resettlement village sites must encompass adequate areas of flat or gently sloping land for house construction and agricultural land development. These areas must also be largely contiguous to enable the development of irrigation systems and associated structures. Slopes must be less than 15 percent for effective development of terraced farm land. Steeper slopes would require the movement of excessive amounts of top soil (to create terraces), uncovering infertile sub-soil horizons or even underlying parent material in the shallow surface soils that predominate in the area. In addition, the risk of soil erosion, particularly in the early years of terrace development before contour hedgerows are fully established, increases with steeper slopes. Soil erosion is a particular risk, given the erodable nature of the sandy loams and loamy sands common in the area. In addition to the presence of sufficient areas of appropriate land for the village site and farm plots, at least one point of sufficiently high elevation to site a header tank providing adequate head for gravity irrigation will be required in close proximity to the agricultural land area. Topographical considerations will also be important in designing the layout of irrigation water distribution systems. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Table 19-3: Technical Survey and Design Studies for Topography, Soils and Irrigation. PHASE Topography Soils Irrigation Reconnaissance Use existing topo-maps and Broad reconnaissance soil General survey of irrigation field visits to develop general survey to be conducted along potential to identify potential understanding of potential transects to identify for each site, possible systems resettlement sites particularly promising or and approximate costs. extremely poor soils. . >> status completed in 1998 due Oct to Dec 2004 completed in 1998 Conceptual Using existing topo maps and Following further site- other available data to specific studies on sites develop a conceptual plan for identified by soil and topo. each site. surveys to select systems and define specifications. >> status ongoing completed, see Chapter 22 Detailed survey Topographical survey's and Soil survey of selected sites to Based on topographic survey, and feasibility mapping, at detailed scale, on assist feasibility analysis including location of pump assessment which to assess agricultural site and header tank, to and irrigation feasibility. contribute to feasibility and confirmation of 'concept' . >> status 3 villages complete by May 2004, due November to Dec 2004 start June 2004 another 5 by Dec 2004 Design Design of farm plot layout and village house layout etc >> status pilot village complete, first group of others in 2004-05 Existing topo-maps and topographical data have been used for preliminary resettlement site selection and for assessing and comparing the potentials of each. A detailed topographic survey will be undertaken at each of the chosen resettlement sites, following the reconnaissance soil survey. The data collected during the survey, will be used to produce topographical maps at a scale of 1:2,000 with 0.5 m contour intervals. The topographical maps produced will be used to identify housing sites, and will also be the basis for the layout, and later titling, of the individual farm plots. The completed maps will also be used for village layout and infrastructure planning including the location of roads, houses, community structures and areas for future growth, for planning the soil survey and for the detailed design of the water supply systems both agricultural and domestic. 19.4.3 Soil Survey and Suitability Soil surveys are required to (a) identify any areas with significantly better soils than those areas currently identified by a combination of villager preference, topography and closeness to reservoir waters, and (b) provide a better understanding of soil quality and constraints of selected resettlement sites. The aim is to reduce the level of risk associated due to poor physical and nutrient condition of the soil types which predominate in all the resettlement sites. Soil surveys will begin with an initial reconnaissance survey covering all land identified as generally suitable for agriculture based on topography and irrigation potential. The intention here is to identify any soil types with particular promise for agriculture or any particularly poor soils unsuited to agricultural production. This survey will be transect-based and somewhat broad, based on a few main parameters (texture, colour, pH, N, P, CEC, for example). Existing or earlier forest types may be assessed prior to the survey as an aid to defining appropriate transect lines to ensure that potentially promising soil types are not missed, as natural forest cover is determined to a large extent by soil moisture regime and soil type and thus may be a valuable indicator of soil fertility. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Following the reconnaissance survey, a detailed grid-based soil survey may be undertaken. Survey results will be computerised and used in a GIS system, where they can be overlaid with topographical survey and other spatial data sets to assess land capability classes. Here again, the survey will be supported with soil chemical analysis for all soil types identified. Unlike previous soil surveys, chemical analysis will be expanded to include lime requirement and soluble ferric iron. Lime requirement is essential for calculating inputs to ameliorate the high level of acidity in the major soil types and soluble ferric iron levels. This is essential to assess the potential risk of iron toxicity in paddy rice to which the commonly occurring Ferric Acrisols found in the area are prone. The second and more detailed survey will thus include: Soil survey of the potential resettlement sites at a scale of 1:5,000 Preparation of maps at a scale of 1:5,000 for soils, land use and land capability Prepare of a soils report incorporating the findings of the survey including physical and chemical characteristics The grid survey method will require up to 120 observations per square kilometre, to be used with additional observations on the physiographic correlation of the soils, and some additional detailed observations at designated intervals. The physiographic survey is used to provide for more exact soil boundaries. Aerial photo interpretation (API) may be used in combination with topographic maps, traditional land use, forest cover and geological maps as a means of finalizing the soil boundaries after completion of the fieldwork. Such a detailed soil survey will take time and require significant manpower requirements and will therefore begin in late 2004, immediately following the topographic surveys. 19.4.4 Water Supply and Irrigation Potential All resettlement sites will be provided with water supply systems for both domestic use and irrigation of the agricultural land. The water sources, types and designs of individual systems will vary according to local topography, distance from the reservoir, groundwater-quality, water-table types and depths, and the resettled village population. Domestic supply will be of adequate quality and quantity to serve the needs of all households. In some cases it may be common to the irrigation supply system, with or without additional treatment. In other cases, however, domestic and irrigation water systems will be separate. Domestic water supply systems that might be considered include rainwater storage, bore holes, lined dug wells, impoundment of small streams, and reservoir-water with or without treatment depending on water quality. Water sources and supply systems for domestic purposes will be assessed for each site, and, where required, groundwater surveys will be conducted. The assessment, planning and conceptual design of irrigation systems will be based on access to year round water from the reservoir, which is dependent on local topography and slope. Systems will comprise intakes, pump-stations, supply lines, header-tanks, distribution systems and on farm irrigation structures. The potential options currently under consideration for each of the system components, along with design considerations are presented in Table 19-4. The above system components and design considerations were developed through a generalized reconnaissance design study in 2003 (see Chapter 22). This study assessed overall irrigation potential, feasibility of different sources and delivery systems and estimated approximate cost figures for each. Further site-specific studies for the most appropriate farm plot locations identified by soil and topographical surveys are required to develop detailed irrigation plans. Making use of the aforementioned survey data, these studies will select the most appropriate type of system, the necessary capacity, most suitable components, define specifications and approximate costs, for each of the resettlement sites. These conceptual design studies will begin in 2004, once the topographical and soil survey data become available. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Table 19-4: Irrigation System Design Considerations and Options for Resettlement Sites System component Options Design considerations Water sources Reservoir Proximity to reservoir Natural water courses yield of water - most likely insufficient Intake structures Low-level sump Reservoir water levels/drawdown Excavated supply channel Channel excavation volumes Sedimentation of sumps/supply channels Pump-stations Pontoon pump systems Power supply Electric centrifugal pumps Distance/vertical interval to header tank Various capacities (12-122 kW) Population/area served/percolation losses Axial flow pumps at reservoir edge Pumping costs/care and maintenance Pumping hours/water duty Future system expansion needs Supply lines Flexible hoses to edge of reservoir Distance to header tank/local topography Steel delivery pipes Static head/pipe diameter Flushing valves (for sediment/debris) Sediment load Header-tanks, Reinforced concrete header tanks Elevation/availability of high points Sand sediment trap (function of header tank) Local topography/area served/IWR Stilling basins Future system expansion needs Distribution Gravity feed from header tank Population/land area/IWR systems Lined canals (trapezoidal) Local topography Buried pipelines (as in the Pilot Village) Lining material for canals On-farm structures Stilling basin Cropping patterns/irrigation schedules Flood/furrow/siphon-pipe/hand irrigation Soil and slope characteristics of farm plots On-farm drainage outlet(s) Size and shape of individual plots Based on the specifications and cost estimates from the conceptual design phase, detailed irrigation system design will be tendered to private sector contractors under the supervision of Resettlement Office staff. Detailed irrigation system planning will be dependent on the following: · Accurate topographical data and maps from the completed topo-survey; · Finalised farm-plot location and layout; and · Finalised village residential site selection (for combined irrigation/domestic water systems). Detailed irrigation system designs will take into account the potential need for future expansion to accommodate anticipated population and/or IWR demand increases. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Figure 19-3: Indicative Land Use and Forest Cover of the Plateau Resettlement Area November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Figure 19-4: Satellite Photo Coverage Indicating Forest Cover and Land Use of the Resettlement Area November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure 19.5 EXPERIENCE OF RESETTLEMENT OF THE PILOT VILLAGE - BAN NONG BOUA The objective of selecting and establishing a Pilot Village to be moved in advance of the others is to provide an opportunity to trial implement the survey, design and implementation procedures, to test assumptions, to verify predictions and work out solutions to problems in advance of the main relocation. The Pilot Village has been carefully planned and implemented and is already providing insights and lessons for the future resettlement process. The three hamlets of Ban Nong Boua, Ban Sailom and Ban Pamanton were selected for relocation as a Pilot Village based on the following: · Villagers were positively inclined towards moving as soon as possible; · The hamlets were relatively small and had much to gain from resettlement; · The re-location distances involved were generally less than one kilometre; · The hamlets contain both Brou and Bo ethnic groups, and would thus provide valuable lessons for future village consolidation; · The total number of households involved was 30, which was considered sufficient to be representative of future relocations, but small enough to be manageable as a pilot; · Existing houses and conditions were generally of very poor quality; and · The potential for developing irrigation based on a small reservoir on the Malai creek. Planning for the establishment and relocation to the Pilot Village commenced in 2000 and actual relocation began in early 2002. Planning involved: · In depth consultations with the 30 households involved; · Participatory preparation of village layout plans and options; · Soil survey · Topographic surveys and design of field and house layouts; · Preliminary design of infrastructure works; and · Detailed design of the irrigation systems. Detail consultations were carried out with villagers from the three hamlets regarding site selection, village and farm-plot layout and the location of individual households. Following site selection, El 538 was marked off with fencing and land was cleared in April 2002. Identification of potential land for irrigation and system requirements was carried out in the second half of 2002. An access road to the relocation site was completed and facilities for technical staff were constructed in late 2002. The RMU supervised planning and relocation activities with the assistance of the RO, technical specialists from the demonstration farm at Theun Duane and Ban Nakai Neua Nursery staff. The villagers first cropped their agricultural lands in the 2002 wet season, and three houses constructed at that time. Most houses were constructed in late 2002 and 2003. Appendix J provides a detailed overview of the establishment of the Pilot Village and its present status. Valuable experience has been gained from Pilot Village relocation, and has been used to modify future plans for the main resettlement process. Ongoing development and support is being provided, and further lessons are expected to be generated. The major lessons learned to date include: · The topographical survey data were not sufficiently detailed for planning purposes. As a result, topo-survey plans for the remaining areas have now been changed to a scale of 1:2,000 with 0.5m contour intervals. · Soil surveys were not implemented on a grid system, and thus results difficult to interpret and use. · The original plans that each family would be given 0.15 ha area of paddy separate from the main farm plot was found not to be workable, nor wanted by villagers. As a result, the 0.15 paddy land entitlement and the 0.5 ha of agricultural land entitlement, will be combined to a 0.65 ha irrigated November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure agricultural land entitlement, and villages will develop and plant paddy rice were and when they consider it feasible, but most likely on the lower terraces of the farm plot. · The original plan of constructing the family house on the farm plot was not acceptable to villagers, who wanted to reside together as a `nuclear' village in close proximity to each other. · The consolidation of disparate villages from different ethnic groups into a single community has not posed any problems. The various groups are living together in harmony and inter-marriage continues to take place. · Planning and constructing the irrigation system highlighted a number of technical and local constructor capacity problems. It emphasized the need for thorough surveys prior to design, for a thorough design process of all components, and the need to strengthen the technical screening and selection of contractors. 19.6 SCHEDULE OF VILLAGE RELOCATION It is intended to move all villages to their respective resettlement sites in an orderly manner with the minimum level of stress and social upheaval in the affected populations. The relocation schedule will be carefully developed, to ensure all villages are relocated in an orderly manner, and before any impacts are experienced in their existing locations. Existing villages will be affected by flooding at different times, as first the coffer dam (at 524 ESL) and then the main reservoir fills. Those (slightly lower) villages that will be affected by backwater flooding due to the coffer dam will need to be moved first, followed by those that will be affected first by reservoir inundation. The impact of flooding is obviously dependent on elevation, thus those villages at higher elevations, those very close to new resettlement areas (on the edge of the plateau) will be moved last. Table 19-5: Indicative Relocation Schedule of Plateau Villages with Predicted Number of Households, House Plots and Agriculture Area at Time of Relocation. Houses Agricultural Area New Village no Old Village Name (post relocation) No. plots Planned area (ha) No. of plots Already relocated (2003) 1 Nong Boua Nong Boua 30 19.8 30 Relocation planned for 2005 - 2006 dry season 1 Sop Hia New Sop Hia & Nam Pan 58 37.0 56 2 Nam Nian Nam Pan 28 14.5 22 3 Boua Ma Boua Ma 64 42.2 60 4 Sop Phene Sop Phene 54 35.6 52 5 Nong Boua Kham NongBouakham 50 33.7 51 6 Sopma, Hartkhampan, Sopma & Nong Boua 68 48.2 57 Gangnao 7 Phonsavang Phonsavang 32 21.1 26 8 Sop On Sop On 99 70.6 104 sub-total (05/06) 453 282.5 428 Relocation planned for 2006 - 2007 dry season 1 Thalang Thalang 70 46.2 61 2 Done Done 127 89.1 125 3 KhoneKhen Khone Kene 48 42.2 47 4 Ka Oy > Done/Khone Kene 32 5 Nakai Neua Nakai Neua 91 60.1 91 6 Nakai Tai Nakai Tai 195 128.7 194 7 Oudomsouk Oudomsouk 103 20.5 0 8 Phonphanbaek Phonphanbaek 0 73.3 sub-total (06/07) 666 361 547 Total (approximate) 1,149 The logistics of relocating around 1,149 families from numerous villages to some 12 different resettlement sites are considerable. Thus, the plan to relocate villages over 5 years - although with an intense main period of three (3) years - is based on the ability to have as many facilities and livelihood options as possible in place, and operational, prior to actual relocation, and to allow sufficient time and resources for an orderly move. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure As access to water for domestic and irrigation purposes will, for most resettlement sites, be dependent on reservoir inundation, relocation will be delayed as long as possible. Resettlement sites with an opportunity for non-reservoir-based irrigation (e.g. Nong Boua and Bouma villages) may be moved first. However, it will be unavoidable that some villages will be relocated up to 3 years before water from the reservoir is available. In these instances, livelihood activities that are not dependent on reservoir waters will be given priority and emphasis. The indicative schedule for relocation as indicated in Table 19-5 will continue to be revised up until the actual time of relocation. 19.7 VILLAGE LAYOUT 19.7.1 Village Layout Preferences of Affected Communities PCPP meetings were held in the affected villages on the Nakai Plateau by NTEC consultants and GOL officials in 1997 and 1998. These participatory consultations were aimed at fully ensuring active community involvement in planning, improving villager understanding of how the Project would affect their lives, and obtaining local perspectives on resettlement. Participatory mapping techniques based on individual aspirations and community `visions' for livelihood systems and quality of life were used in these consultations. Table 19-6 summarizes the results of the participatory mapping exercises which culminated in sketching 'dream' maps of the resettlement areas, along with key attributes of the new villages. Table 19-6: Resettlement Preferences of Plateau Villagers decreasing level of perceived need y gardens ssec vicinity access saryn urceos hall s areas ac water t Resettlement mill st Village Within School Road Electricit Dispe Water Toilets Temple Well Marke Rice Paddy Vegetable Village Orchard Fore Grazing Ban Sop Hia Ban Nam Nian Ban Thalang Ban Nakai Tai Ban Nakai Neua Ban Sop Phene Ban Sop Ma* Ban Sailom** Ban Boua Ma Ban Phonsavang Ban Sop On*** Ban Done Ban Khone Khen *Ban Sop Ma includes three hamlets: Ban Sop Ma, Ban Hat Khamphane and Ban Keng Gnao **Ban Sailom includes three hamlets: Ban Nong Boua, Ban Sailom and Ban Pamanton ***Ban Sop On includes the three households of Ban Nikhom 3 Review of Table 19-6 and reference to notes taken during the consultations, revealed a number of key local preferences for the new village layouts: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure · As with current village layouts, residential areas should form the core of the village separate from farm plots; · Orientation of the village should be along a road with each house having access to the road; · Services such as electricity, access to running water and toilets should be privately owned and not communally shared; · Each household would like their own small garden area by the house; and · Non-residential buildings such as schools, the dispensary, village hall and religious structures should be located adjacent to, but outside the village residential area. A similar participatory planning process has already been used for the design of the Pilot Village. Here again, a major design feature desired by the resettled households was that villages houses should be grouped together, separate from the farm plots. This is reflected in the Pilot Village resettled households' choice of Layout 2 from the two proposed layouts, Figure 19-5and Figure 19-6. 19.7.2 Detailed Village Layout Planning A consultative and participatory approach will continue to be taken in the planning of village layouts to ensure that local preferences are incorporated, and to allow for flexibility among different resettlement villages. The process will consist of two main steps: (i) the development of village layout options through participatory planning for each resettlement village; and (ii) the preparation of technical plans for the desired layout. The first step is entirely participatory and based largely on villager ideas and preferences (with facilitation from RO and RMU staff). These proposed village layouts will be over-laid on the new topographic maps (at 1:2,000 to 1:5,000 scale), along with information on soils, water supplies, etc. to check their technical feasibility. This will generate detailed technical plans which will be re-presented and discussed with villagers for feedback, modification and final approval. The development of alternative village layout options will be an iterative process. As new ideas and options are received from one resettlement community, they will be added to the growing `inventory' of options that can then be presented to and discussed with other villages during the planning process. The participatory nature of planning will be facilitated by simple approaches. Maps and aerial photographs will be used to aid participatory analysis at two levels, firstly, the village position and its relationship with farm- plots and other resources such as the reservoir, grazing land and village-use forests, and secondly, the location of houses, roads and infrastructure within the village itself. Scale 3-D models may also be used to place specific features - houses, schools, farm plots, forest, etc. - to enable villagers to explore different options and combinations in a visual, easily understood and realistic format. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection and Land Tenure Figure 19-5: Proposed Pilot Village Layout 1 - Houses Located on Agricultural Plots - Farms November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection and Land Tenure Figure 19-6: Proposed Pilot Village Layout 2 - Houses Grouped in a Village - Chosen by Villagers November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure 19.8 VILLAGE LAND AND FOREST USE PLANNING Prime Ministerial Decree 193 of 29/5/200 defines the (approximately) 20,000 ha Resettlement Area, and specifies that the Resettlement Area and Forest Area will be used by resettlers, allocated to families to establish houses and given to them for sustainable use. Prime Ministerial Decrees 37 of 12/4/04 then specifies in article 4.1 that ' The Minister of Agriculture and Forestry is entrusted in collaboration with the Provincial Governor, local administrative authorities, the department for national land planning and development and the Resettlement Committee for the determination of the boundary of the land areas and categories of land uses such as the area on which new villages will be established, the area for agricultural production activities, the forest land area for a sustainable forestry business activities, the area for construction and expansion of Nakai District for the future , consistent with the actual local conditions'. Recent discussions on this directive have resulted in the agreement that villagers should also be incorporated in the land and forest use planning exercise, and indeed this is consistent with the widely accepted FLUPAM process. This issue, along with the need to ensure (a) that the land and forest use planning in the resettlement areas takes the resettlers needs as the primary objective, and (b) to ensure that land acquisition and use is managed (not just planned), will be addressed by the enactment of a Provincial Governors Directive (in December 2004) to ensure the managed and appropriate planning, delineation and distribution of land and resources in the Resettlement Area (see Chapter 3). The ultimate objective will be to have a Land and Forest use management plan for the entire Resettlement Area, which would include zonation in to major use categories which may include; · urban areas (especially around Nakai District centre); · village areas; · industrial areas; · tourism areas; · rural and permanent agriculture areas; and · forestry areas, etc However, such a total Resettlement Area planning should ideally be a product of a participatory panning process, the main component of which would be the forest and land use planning of each resettlement village, as described below. 19.8.1 Forest and Land Use Planning, Allocation and Management Forest and Land Use Planning, Allocation and Management (FLUPAM) is a process of participatory resource management planning, aimed at ensuring equitable access to forest and land resources and providing the basis for their sustainable management by local communities. The process was initiated some years ago in the Lao PDR, and has seen evolution and improvement to the stage where clear and effective guidelines and process's are now available. However, FLUPAM objectives, and also the guidelines and processes for its implementation, must be adapted to the particular situation, and the resettlement of villages on the Nakai Plateau is such a particular situation. In the case of the Nakai plateau Resettlement Area, the major objectives of FLUPAM will be; to develop appropriate and balanced forest and land use zonation, with a view to sustainable management systems and productive land use in order to achieve sustainable and integrated resettler livelihoods; to ensure equitable access to forest and land resources for all resettler community members, and formalizing land use rights within the existing legal framework. to develop a partnership between villages and the Government for the joint management of forests, agriculture land, other lands and the reservoir. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Although NTRA-FLUPAM will employ many of the methods and tools which are common to standard LUP procedures, the process has been modified in a many key areas to make it more appropriate for use in Resettlement Area. It will have to be closely scheduled with the whole resettlement program and with the timing that the various livelihoods will be able to be initiated and developed; Land allocation will be not be initially provided as temporary certificates, but rather permanent land titles (to housing and agricultural land ) and permanent use certificates to the rest of the land, to be provided within one year after relocation, or establishment of the agricultural lands; Rather than working in one village at a time, it will be conducted simultaneously for all the villages, or at least in two groups of north western and south eastern villages. The fact that the community networks have already being promoted over many years already, will facilitate this process; Swidden cultivation will not be contemplated in the Resettlement Area, as all agriculture will be sedentary and managed. Thus, monitoring of agricultural land use over time will be much more manageable (in comparison to areas where shifting cultivation is a feature); Unlike other areas, the forests will be intensively surveyed and managed, this facilitating (a) planning of forest use and (b) monitoring of forest use; While NTFP and other forest products will be allocated to each village management and utilization, the commercial timber resource will be managed jointly by all the villages, as one production forest; A significant portion of the Resettlement Area, around 6,000 ha or more, is currently degraded forest, and decisions as to how to develop or manage this area - for forest regeneration, for development for agriculture or grazing, or a mixture of these, can only be made over a long period of time as the productive potential of these areas and livelihoods is further tested and understood. Most (not all) of the RA is currently divided under the responsibilities of 9 villages - which will also be relocated into their own area villages - and the area of these villages will have to be subdivided to make room for 6 other villages relocating into the area from the other side of the plateau. Thus, the current boundaries will have to be modified and new and land use arrangement will have to be renegotiated; The village settlement (housing) zones will be the subject of detail urban planning, except in this case village participation will be an integral part of the urban planning; The planning of the irrigated agriculture zones areas will also be the subject of detail design; The livelihoods of the villages - to which the forest, land and reservoir use planning is inextricably linked - are not their current livelihoods but the range of new (if not similar livelihoods) some of which are unknown in terms of productivity, and all of which will be progressively developed at different times, over the next 6 years. Thus, the NTRA-FLUPAM will have to be both; (i) timely, in that the Project construction and relocation program musty follow certain timelines and (ii) flexible, to accommodate both (a) the progressively initiating and then development of each of the livelihood options livelihoods - and (b) the change in the physical characteristics of the area with the inundation of the reservoir 3.5 years into the program, and the operation of the reservoir 5 years into the program. Thus, the NTRA-FLUPAM will be a phased but iterative process which proceeds through various stages, some run simultaneously in each village with technical studies and livelihood development planning. While the exact processes and steps will be improved and modified over time, Table 19-7 provides a preliminary definition of the progressive implementation of FLUPAM in the Resettlement Area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Table 19-7: Steps and Procedures for NTRA-FLUPAM in Coordination with Livelihood Development and Technical Studies Stage Village FLUPAM Steps Livelihood Development Steps Technical Studies s Stage 1. Relocation Site Villages preferences have been based on; Consultations to explain and review: Technical studies; selection - closeness to reservoir; > the range of livelihood options > topographic surveys; - amount of forest; available; - amount of drawdown zone; > soil survey; > the risk and benefits of these - amount of agricultural land; options; > irrigation design and village - amount of grazing land; layout concept studies; . > the balance between options - current village boundaries; which the villages would prefer. > forest inventories. Stage 2. Initial boundary 1. Village FLUPAM orientation preparation. Participatory review of Livelihood > detailed satellite , topographic negotiations 2: Initial negotiations regarding realignment of options and activities maps, reservoir maps etc provided boundaries, sharing of resource's etc. to villages to facilitate negotiations. 3. Initial negotiations regarding use of drawdown and reservoir areas; 4 Draft initial (new) village boundaries, on (a) land (b) drawdown;: and (c) reservoir FOLLOWING RELOCATION Stage 3. Testing of Commercial forestry livelihoods livelihoods tested (salvage logging for 3 years). Irrigated agriculture tested in Three villages (Ban Nong Boua, Ban Bouama, Ban Phonsavang) Initiation and testing of DMC Stage 4. Review of Participatory review of (a) irrigated agriculture, (b) Technical review of (a) irrigated livelihood options and forestry activities and (c) DMC agriculture, (b) forestry activities land use planning Two levels of review: and (c) DMC > review by pilot village themselves Technical review of socio November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Stage Village FLUPAM Steps Livelihood Development Steps Technical Studies s > review by other villages economic data of families (socioeconomic survey at FC + 3) Presentation of experts review Participatory planning, village by village, on the preferences for land and forest use, especially: (a) decision to go ahead with irrigated agriculture, or not (b) decision on how to manage and use degraded forest areas - grazing, DMC or forest regeneration. Stage 5. Zonation Step 2 Confirm plans for agricultural development, and then Production of good maps If feasible, allocate rainfed upland areas - via DMC systems - to original and new families planning for use of forest products - within villages and between villages forest and land use zonation develop regulations re land and forest use, in relation to zones FOLLOWING RESERVOIR FILLING AND OPERATION OF FISHERIES: ABOUT COD + 2 Stage 6. Drawdown and Drawdown zones: 1: Technical surveys and studies of Reservoir > review villager activities in this areas (a) fisheries > if feasible to use, then review zonation and boundaries. (b) drawdown zone > allocate land, mainly to new families 2: Technical review of socio economic data of families) Reservoir > review villager activities and fish catch > review zonation and allocation ot villages - and rights and responsibilities of such allocation. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Stage Village FLUPAM Steps Livelihood Development Steps Technical Studies s > review management rules and regulation Stage 7. On-going Following the zonation and allocation of the FLUPAM drawdown zone and reservoir areas, FLUPAM will be undertaken on a cyclical basis, probable every 3 years The aim is to (a) revise the macro level zonation and allocation to competitive uses, in accordance with the requirement so the livelihoods of the reseller's, and sustainable resource utilization and management (b) revise land and resource management arrangements and process's (b) ensure the equitable access to resource November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure FLUPAM has a number of important attributes which will be adhered to in order to achieve its desired objectives. That is, FLUPAM must be e: Participatory: It involves villagers in every step of the process and encourages them to make their own decisions about livelihoods and sustainable natural resources management. Empowering: It strengthens community organisation and capability and provides villagers with the skills and tools to solve their own problems and make improved land and forest use and management decisions. Gender responsive: It promotes the active participation of women in all decisions regarding resource allocation and management and addresses the unique problems of women by the use of gender dis-aggregated discussion groups. Networking: It promotes inter-village cooperation to solve resource use conflicts and creates linkages and networks between villages to facilitate mutual support and cooperation in both conservation and community development activities. Holistic: It focuses at the level of the entire ecosystem, including community livelihood systems, and addresses the key interactions between habitats and people. Interdisciplinary: It involves group tasks by teams comprising land use planners, foresters, agriculturists, gender specialists and district officials who work with villagers in an interdisciplinary manner. Integrated: It links sustainable resource use and management with development in an integrated manner Stepwise: It follows a logical sequence and provides time for both villagers and officials to consider the outcomes and implications of each step in the process. Iterative, flexible: As villagers implement agreements and adopt new resource management and livelihood practices, conditions change, new problems emerge and additional lessons are learned requiring that certain steps are repeated in the light of the changed circumstances. 19.8.2 Family and Village Livelihood planning Family and livelihood planning is a central feature of the resettlement program, and as such will be an integral part of NTRA-FLUPAM. Family level socio-economic data already well known, and will be monitored continuously. In addition, the range of livelihood options will be both; (a) tested in pilot schemes; and (b) reviewed, both by specialists and buy the villagers themselves.- Such experience and review will lead to choices being made about the livelihoods mixes that a family may wish to adopt, and then the way that a village wishes to use, develop and manage its village territory of land, forest, drawdown zone and reservoir. Livelihoods in the drawdown zone will be dependant on the technical feasibility of cropping, grazing or otherwise using the area, which is influenced by; (a) the operation of the reservoir, and (b) the level of soil erosion or deposition in any particular. Livelihoods in the reservoir will be basically be defined by two issues. (a) the technical feasibility and productivity of fishing, and the need for fisheries management from an ecological perspective. (b) the decision as to where to manage and harvest the fisheries by (a) private (household) enterprise or (b) a cooperative business enterprise. Development of the livelihoods in the land of the Resettlement Area itself itself, however, is somewhat more difficult as (a) there are a range of options, (b) the relative productivity of the options is not known November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure actuary, and (c) the villager adaptability and preferences for these options will change over time. These issues (b) and (c) will only be resolved progressively, over about 6 years. Basically, the challenge will be to match the resource availability in the site with the gradual development of livelihoods of the resettlers, and such balancing will them lead to the required zonation. Thus, eventually, villagers must decide on the balance of the land (that land which is currently degraded forests) will be used to be used for: · agricultural land; · grazing land; · regenerating forest land; or · other uses. A parallel choice which will have to be made is the programs (and villagers) focus on intensive irrigated agriculture or the more extensive rain fed cropping using DMC systems. It should be noted however, that all three livelihoods are not mutually exclusive. For example, it may be possible for some, maybe many villages, to have separate area areas dedicated to both irrigated and rainfed cropping systems. Silvo-pastoral systems may be developed whereby grazing and forestry are compatible. In addition, the establishment of grass swards for grazing could be an integral part of the DMC systems. 19.8.3 Forest and Land Use and Urban Development Monitoring and Mapping Unlike most other development projects, the status of forests will be surveyed and monitored in detail by the NPVFA and district forestry staff. They will delineate; · production forest areas · conservation forest areas (mainly the sloping areas) · degraded forest areas - which will be the subject of on going trials to define the best use of these areas - which could be regeneration forest, DMC systems or grazing, or a combination of all three · nature tourism areas which could be undertaken in the first 2 areas above The data of these areas is aided by the availability, over 60 % of the areas, of detailed satellite photos. Thus, monitoring and mapping is achieved by the parallel activities of (i) review and mapping from satellite photos and (ii) field/forest level verification. Also, unlike most other development projects, the status of the agricultural areas will be the subject of detailed topographic surveys and land allocation and irrigation development. The urban areas likewise will be the subject of detailed mapping, planning. This forest cover and land use mapping will be repeated every 5 years, using both detailed forest and field surveys and satellite photos as the basis for monitoring land use changes and as a means of checking that village land use agreements are being followed. On-going FLUPAM processes will then ensure participatory review of the data (photos, maps etc,) in parallel to review of the socio-economic and livelihood development. Based on these reviews, the zonations and land use plans and regulations may be amended, as required. 19.9 ACHIEVEMENT OF A 'GREEN LIGHT' ON A RESETTLEMENT SITE The above sections review the social and technical considerations that will be taken into account in the process of deciding on (a) the resettlement site location, and (b) the land and forest use planning for that whole area allocated to each villages. These considerations (for resettlement site selection) can be summarised into a checklist of issues which must be finalised before a "green-light" can be given as confirmation of a particular resettlement site. Social green-light indictors November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure (i) all villagers having visited the site; (ii) all villagers having being given technical information about the site; (iii) all villagers having agreed on the site; (iv) if in another villages territory, arrangements and agreements reached with that village; and (v) preliminary forest, land (and reservoir) use planning and allocation being undertaken w.r.t. the whole area allocated to the villages (and within boundaries agreed to by neighbouring villages. Technical green-light indicators (i) topographic studies complete, and showing sufficient land with slope less than 15 %; (ii) access to year round reservoir water confirmed and costed, and appropriate location for a header tank defined; and (iii) soils as good as possible. 19.10 LAND AND RESOURCE TENURE IN THE NAKAI RESETTLEMENT AREA These zones, or similar, would be subject to review and revision over a set period of time, every 5 years, for example. Within, and between these zones, or areas of approved land use, there will be differing tenure arrangements depending largely on the type of ownership, such as: 1. land owned and managed by individual households, including (i) resettlement houses,(ii) farm plots, and (iii) privately owned land of existing households who are not to be resettled; 2. land owned and managed communally by individual resettlement villages (for example, community infrastructure, public areas, sacred grounds, etc.); 3. land owned by the State, public land and buildings such as hospitals, schools, roads, etc 4. community commercial forest areas managed for the common benefit of all resettlement villages. The NT2 Project policy specifies that resettlers will be provided with guaranteed land titles to their house and agricultural plots soon after they are relocated into the resettlement sites. In addition, it is intended to ensure that resettled communities are provided with communal rights to village use land areas, and that fair and equitable tenure and management arrangements are put in place for common property land and resources on the plateau. 19.10.1 Privately Owned Land Under Lao law, all land is the property of the national community, but all citizens have the right to use, transfer and inherit this land. The usual process of land registration involves an assessment of an individual's right to the land, and if successful in showing such right, the individual is issued with a land title, registered in a Land Register Book and Land Parcel Register Index specific to each village. In the case of the NT2 Project, the issuance of PM Decrees 193 and the register of eligible households will provide for the 'assessment of an individuals right to the land'. Such titles can be inherited, sold and be the subject of a court order (known as permanent assignment). It may also be leased or mortgaged (indefinite assignment). The land title provides the owner with security of tenure for that land but it does not specific the uses such land may be put to or classified as (for example agricultural or forestry land). In the NT2 Project, all resettlement housing and agriculture land will be issued a land title in accordance with the procedure based on the Ministerial Direction on Systemic Adjudication of Land Use Right No. 997/MOF, and in the name of both the husband and wife's of each individual households. An example of a Land Title Certificate and an English translation are presented in Figure 19-7 and Figure 19-8. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Figure 19-7: Example of Land Title Certificate as Used in the Lao PDR November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Figure 19-8: English Translation of Land Title Certificate as Used in the Lao PDR Lao People Democratic Republic Peace Independence Democracy Unity Prosperity ====OO===== Ministry of Finance. Code : [ ][ ] [ ][ ][ ] [ ][ ][ ][ ] House and Land Department. Province:.............................. House and Land Office. Land Titling Certificate. District:................................ Land titling recorded book No. 4 Village:................................. Sheet No......................................... No........................................... Issue to.................................................................................................................................................. Date of birth............................Nationality........................................Occupation........................................ Present address........................Unit....................................................District............................................... Province....................................father's name....................................mother's name.................................. Husband and wife.............................................................................................................................................. Land location: Street...............Unit....................................................Village................................................ Size.............................................ha ........................................................Square meter. Scale..................................Land map no.....................................No..................................................... Map of the Land Land map. At. .................................................Date...............................................Month.............................................Year Director of the Finance division. Director of the House and Land office. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure However, due to the specific and unique nature of the NT2 relocation of mainly ethnic minorities, and in order to protect these villagers from unwise decisions, it is intended to enact a Resettlement Committee regulation to the en sure that the land titles issued to each resettler family are endorsed to the effect that they cannot sell the land (or title) until the end of the Resettlement Period (about 8 years), unless that resettler makes a claim to the Grievance Committee who may decide that they indeed have a valid and reasonable rationale for selling the land. Thus, while the basic procedures of land titling (systematic registration) in Lao PDR will be followed for the registration and issuance of land titles for all resettled families - in the name of both the husband and wife, and for both household and farm plots - some modifications will be required to meet the somewhat unique needs of NT2 resettlement process. These are summarised in Table 19-8. Table 19-8: Steps in the Land Titling Process for Plateau Resettled Villages Normal land titling process Modifications proposed under the RAP 1. Adjudication Team (AT) inspects the Inspections will be phased according to relocation schedules. property Adjudication team will be provided with all relevant maps and assisted on-site by RMU staff. 2. AT reviews with the abutting Representatives of resettlement households will have to be on-site neighbours regards the boundary - during this process. assume consensus. 3. Survey team surveys the land (and House and farm plot maps to be provided by RO/RMU. installs `posts') 4. AT calls for all documentary and No historical evidence in the NT2 project, in which case PM Decree historical evidence of land occupancy 193 effectively waivers the 15 years occupancy requirement.. (15 yrs required) 5. AT gets info. on claimants name, To be provided by RMU and RO, as part of the census on eligibility address, etc. of households. 6. Public announcement period of land Public announcements to be posted in each villages, and in Nakai claim (390 days): posted in Village Town notice board. leaders house, AT office, public area 7. Title prepared and register book RO/RMU will also maintain a land file for each individual land parcel in all resettlement villages. 8. Title goes to Provincial Land Office for As normal titling procedures, with the specification that an approval and signing. endorsement be given to protect resettlers. 19.10.2 Common Property Resources and Land in the Resettlement Area In regard to land use management and tenure of each resettlement village land and forest areas the forest areas surrounding each village, current government policy emphasizes the use of a well-established system of participatory land use planning (LUP) to identify, delineate and define uses for a variety of land use zones within customary village land use boundaries. The various zones recognized are as follows: 1. Village Settlement Land: Includes private houses, public buildings, roads, and so forth. 2. Village Agricultural Land: Includes cultivated land, and other intensive productive uses, such as fishponds, livestock and so on. 3. Village Conservation Forest: Strict controls are enforced, with few uses are allowed. 4. Village Protection Forest: Activities that contribute to soil erosion are prohibited, including the cutting of trees, and forest clearance, by NTFPs collection permitted. 5. Village Use or Production Forest: Cutting of timber permitted for domestic use, but timber will be extracted by the NPVFA, following a sustainable logging plan. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure In the NT2 Resettlement Area, the above zones and the participatory land use planning system will be adapted to define uses and management responsibilities for common property resources. Although village customary land use boundaries exist (Figure 19-2), the loss of much of these to reservoir inundation, the creation of new resettlement villages, and the consolidation of some former villages means that retaining them would result in a highly inequitable distribution of resources and management responsibilities. It is therefore proposed to use a modified LUP process where all resettlement villages would together address the issues of common property resource tenure and management, including forest areas, grazing land, the reservoir and other water resources. The aim is to develop appropriate management agreements for their use to ensure: · an improved understanding in resettlement communities of the potential benefits and key management issues associated with these resources; · equitable and appropriate access to the resources for all resettlement communities; · a fair division of tasks and responsibilities among communities for their sustainable and productive management; · an equitable distribution of the benefits accruing from the use of the resources; and · the development of appropriate management and conservation agreements for their sustained use. This significant LUP exercise are will need to be phased over the period of resettlement and beyond as villagers acclimatize to their new locations and as they adjust to different livelihoods, as commercial management plans are developed for forestry, and as water is impounded in the reservoir. 19.11 BOLIKHAMXAY RESETTLEMENT VILLAGES The two northern villages of Sop Hia, located in Bolikhamxay Province and Nam Nian (located on the border of the Bolikhamxay and Khammouane Provinces) have compositions and histories that differ from the other villages on the Nakai Plateau. Some Sop Hia residents are Vietic people, indigenous to the area (Ahoe), others are Tai settlers recently arrived from the Khamkeut District. Nam Nian village was established mainly as a roadside village and service centre for logging trucks and consists mainly of Tai groups, originally from the Lak Sao area. 19.11.1 Choice of General Resettlement Area Discussions with villagers from Sop Hia beginning in early 2002, revealed that the Vietic households wanted to remain on the plateau and relocate resettlement areas 7-13, near Ban Thalang. The remaining Tai households preferred to relocate to the districts in Bolikhamxay from where they originated. Further discussions in early 2003 concluded that the Tai groups from Sop Hia and Nam Nian would relocate in Bolikhamxay Province and the Vietic groups from Sop Hia would relocate on the plateau. The results of the latest round of consultations with villagers are presented in Table 19-9. Table 19-9: Results of 8 June 2003 Consultations with Sop Hia and Nam Nian Villages Preferred Location by Number of Households Village Lak Sao Nakai Reservoir Elsewhere Sop Hia 21 32 4 Nam Nian 26 0 0 Totals 47 32 4 Given the fact that there are only 25 Vietic households, there are not enough to compose a new administrative unit. Hence, it was proposed to relocate them at a separate site, but close enough to share health and education facilities with Ban Talang. This satisfies their desire to retain their original village composition, and at the same time, allows the necessary improvements in social and livelihood services to be provided. It should be pointed out that there are already Vietic groups in Talang (4 households) and that Sop Hia's swidden fields are located in Nakai District, which is familiar territory to them. The Vietic November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure households from Sop Hia thus become part of the plateau resettlement process which has already been discussed in the preceding sections of this Chapter. In regard to relocating the Tai groups from Sop Hia and Nam Nian, district authorities along with RMU staff identified a suitable area near to their original village sites. The chosen site is in Khamkerd District of Bolikhamxay Province, close to Nam Pan village, which lies to the southeast of Lak Sao, the district centre. The site was chosen as there is good access to Road 8A, an availability of spare land, and potential for the construction of an irrigation system. However, unlike the plateau resettlement sites, there is a small recipient village, Nam Pan, established in 1975 by 17 families from the Nam Pheo area. It now has 35 families of the same ethnic groups as those to be resettled. Because currently, the Nam Pan community is so small, it is administratively part of another village, Chom Jeng, which is close to Lak Sao Town. Thus, while it was originally envisaged that resettlers from Sop Hia and Nam Nien would be relocated in a newly established village area, this new option allows them to combine with a similar ethnic group, making the new community large enough to be officially recognized in its own right and thus have its own administration, school, water supply and the like. Discussions have been held with Nam Pan villagers, who are generally receptive to the idea of accepting the resettled families from Sop Hia and Nam Nian for a number of reasons: · The proposed consolidation will allow the village to be officially recognized in its own right. · Current families will benefit from the improved social services such as a school, dispensary, etc. · Existing residents will also have access to irrigation water from the system to be constructed for the resettled households. · Resettlers are of the same ethnic group and are originally from the same area. A number of additional steps will be required to finalize the proposed relocation agreement between the recipient and resettled communities. Firstly, a visit to Nam Pan by Sop Hia and Nam Nian residents will be organized to discuss the desirability of consolidation and how best to achieve this. If agreement is reached, follow-up visits will be required to jointly explore possibilities for the location of housing and agricultural land. It is also planned to organize a series of extended visits by Sop Hia and Nam Hian representatives to undertake land use planning jointly with Nam Pan residents. This will allow both parties to jointly assess the land and forest resource base, its current uses and to develop new management plans to accommodate the resettled households into the area. Forest and Land Use Planning Allocation and Management Land (FLUPAM) procedures will be used to extend the standard LUP process in two important dimensions. First, it will cater for the issuance of land use certificates to resettled (and existing) families for their house and farm-plots. Second it will be used to plan livelihood development activities in support of relocation, in a participatory manner. FLUPAM processes of resource management planning are aimed at ensuring equitable access to forest and land resources and providing the basis for their sustainable management by local communities, by: · Stabilizing forest and land use patterns under a sustainable management system; · Ensuring equitable access to forest and land resources for all community members and formalizing land use rights within the existing legal framework; · Establishing resource use and conservation co-management agreements with local communities; and · Developing a partnership between villages and government for the joint management of community development and conservation activities. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure As such, it is considered an extremely appropriate tool for use in preparing both recipient and resettled communities for the proposed relocation and consolidation. 19.11.2 Detailed Site Investigation Detailed site investigations in the proposed Nam Pan resettlement site will proceed largely as those described for plateau resettlement sites in Section 19.10, but with a few important differences: · The social requirements of consolidating two resettlement and one recipient village into a single harmonious ethnic Tai community. · An assessment of existing infrastructure and services and the preliminary identification of what is needed or what will be upgraded in the relocation site. · Consideration of existing land-use and in the specific resettlement site and customary tenure issues in order to determine the need for compensation in the host community. Resettlers at in Nam Pan will not have the same opportunities as those who are resettled adjacent to the Nakai Reservoir. They will not have: · Access to reservoir fisheries resources; · Access to the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association; nor · The employment opportunities created both during and after construction of the hydropower project. These differences will be fully assessed and adequate provisions will be made to ensure a fair and equitable entitlement package. For example, as the plateau resettlers are to be provided with a 0.66 ha irrigated farm plot, it is proposed that Nam Pan resettlers be provided with a larger 1.5-ha plot, to compensate for their inability to participate in the fisheries and forestry income generating activities. A fuller comparison of potential entitlements is described in Table 19-10. Table 19-10: Comparison of Projected Full Development Household Incomes Element & Nakai Plateau Khamkerd - Nam Pan Component Remarks Income (US$/year) Remarks Income (US$/year) Agriculture 1. Wet season paddy rice 0.16-ha plot 45 1.5-ha plot 450 2. wet season other crops 0.5-ha plot 87 3. Dry season paddy rice 4. Vegetables 0.03-ha plot 87 0.25-ha plot 290 5. Field crops 0.62-ha 100 1.25-ha 200 6. Fruits 70 trees 33 0 7. Buffalo 5 buffalo 65 As Nakai 65 8. Pigs 1 pig 40 As Nakai 40 9. Forestry 225 0 10. Fisheries 350 0 11. Employment 250 0 12. NTFPs 20 75 Total 1,302 1,330 Note: For 50 households and a 1.5-ha plot, a net irrigation area of 75ha is required. Allow a 10% increase for land lost by track and canal right-of-way, plot berms, gullies etc. A 82.5-ha gross scheme area is required to be established. The Khamkerd District officials proposed two possible areas for village and irrigation development: 1. Houay Sot Irrigation Scheme: BPKP has prepared drawings and a design report for 63-ha scheme; and November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure 2. Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme: Khamkerd DAFO have prepared a preliminary assessment report and commenced a topographical survey. The Houay Sot scheme was in investigated and considered infeasible. The potential irrigated agriculture area is only 63-ha, and two earth dams are required to be constricted to service this areas. Thus, at an estimated total development cots of US $454,000 (US $7,208 per hectare), this option is far too expensive. It is also near a river in an area subject to flash floods which would cause wet season damage, while the river has low dry season flows. The Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme The DAFO report shows an earth dam 780-m long and 28.7-m high. A high spillway and main canal intake structure will be required. A less expensive option is required. The Consultant has identified an irrigation area of around 150 ha. The revised proposal includes: Irrigate below the 530 masl. contour. The cropping pattern is wet season rice and dry season vegetable and field crops. An embankment dam about 190-m long and 10-m high located on the Nam Pan. A reinforced concrete spillway. If no storage is proposed, the dam will be smaller. A gravity canal system distribution system including a main canal, 4 secondary canals and a series of tertiary canals. Including households from the existing Ban Nam Pan. They will have traditional land-rights in the area. Exercises based on the topographical survey maps will be sufficient as a pre-feasibility study. For a feasibility study, further investigations are required including: Geo-technical for the dam foundation and borrow pits. Hydrology. Nam Pan mean monthly and flood discharges. Soils in the irrigation area. Cost comparison of various options on cropping patterns, dam storages and command areas. A local consultant company will complete these studies. If Ban Nam Pan households are included in the scheme, a cost sharing arrangement will be developed with Khamkerd District.. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Chapter 19: Resettlement Site Selection, Land Use Planning and Land Tenure Figure 19-9: General Map of Indicative Resettlement Site, Ban Nam Pan in Khamkerd District, for Tai Villagers from Sop Hia and Nam Nian November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development CHAPTER 20 RESETTLEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT Table of Content 20 RESETTLEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT................................1 20.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................1 20.2 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY, MAPPING AND BEACON INSTALLATION.................................1 20.3 VILLAGE LOCATION AND LAYOUT................................................................................1 20.4 UXO CLEARANCE AND SITE PREPARATION .................................................................1 20.5 ROADS AND DRAINS......................................................................................................2 20.6 HOUSE DESIGNS AND CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................2 20.6.1 House Designs ................................................................................................................................................ 2 20.6.2 House Construction ..................................................................................................................................... 10 20.7 PUBLIC BUILDINGS..................................................................................................... 10 20.7.1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................... 10 20.7.2 Nursery and Primary Schools...................................................................................................................... 11 20.7.3 Meeting Hall/Community Centre/Village Office.................................................................................... 11 20.7.4 Market ............................................................................................................................................................ 11 20.7.5 Rice Mill/Workshop..................................................................................................................................... 11 20.7.6 Organic Fertilizer Factory............................................................................................................................ 12 20.7.7 Seed Processing and Storage Facility.......................................................................................................... 12 20.7.8 Clinic............................................................................................................................................................... 12 20.8 WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION............................................................................... 16 20.8.1 Water Supply ................................................................................................................................................. 16 20.8.2 Sanitation ....................................................................................................................................................... 17 20.8.3 Hygiene Education and Maintaining and Monitoring the Facilities ...................................................... 17 20.9 VILLAGE ELECTRIFICATION .......................................................................................20 20.10 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT METHODOLOGY...............................................................20 List of Tables Table 20-1: Summarized Quantities of Materials to Build 3, 6 and 9 Person House's.................................3 Table 20-2: Infrastructure Development (Summary) Matrix..........................................................................20 List of Figures Figure 20-1: House Designs Following Consultations in 1998 .........................................................................4 Figure 20-2: Typical Design of a 3 Person House ...............................................................................................5 Figure 20-3: Typical Design of a 6 Person House ...............................................................................................6 Figure 20-4: Typical Design of an 8 Person House.............................................................................................8 Figure 20-5: Design of the Combined Meeting Hall and Village Office for Ban Nong Boua ...................13 Figure 20-6: Design of the Seed Processing and Storage Facility, Ban Nong Boua.....................................15 Figure 20-7: Design of the Filtration Tank Constructed for the Ban Nong Boua Domestic Water Supply. ................................................................................................................................................18 Figure 20-8: Old and New Houses at Nakai Plateau.........................................................................................19 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development 20 RESETTLEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT 20.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the infrastructure that will be provided for each plateau resettlement village and how it will be developed. The infrastructure provided at each resettlement site will include housing, irrigated farm plots1 and community buildings. The provision of such infrastructure will be preceded by the topographic survey and mapping of each resettlement site. The resulting maps will be a basic tool for the on-going consultations with the resettlers, who will continue to participate in the planning and design of the village and irrigation system layouts. The resettlers will also participate in the design of the houses, community buildings and other facilities. Electricity will be provided to all villages and buildings therein. The provision of domestic water is a priority, and various options are available for this. Every house and farm plot will have access to a road, and this road/track network within each village will be directly connected to the new all-weather roads from Oudomsouk north west to the Thalang Bridge, and from Oudomsouk southeast to the last resettlement village of Ban Khone Khen. The schedule for the design and then construction of the various infrastructure components of the Plateau Resettlement Program is provided in Chapter 27. 20.2 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY, MAPPING AND BEACON INSTALLATION While Chapter 19 describes the existing topographic maps and data that have been used to date for the preliminary selection of the resettlement sites, the next step will be the topographic survey and the preparation of maps of all the resettlement sites. Following the survey of the Ban Nong Boua pilot village in 2002, two sites ­ Ban Oudomsouk and the Ban Sop On/Phonsavang (currently known as Theun Douan) ­ were surveyed in the dry season of 2003/2004 to produce topographic maps of 1:2,000 or 1:5,000 scale with 0.5 m contour interval. Included in this surveying program is the installation of bench marks and beacons to demarcate the Nakai Reservoir full supply level of EL 538 m and EL 540 m. All the remaining (10) plateau resettlement sites will be surveyed during the 2004/5 dry season to produce topographic maps of 0.5 m contour interval. The Nam Pan resettlement site, to which half of Ban Sop Hia and all of Ban Nam Nian will move, will also be surveyed in the 2004/5 dry season. 20.3 VILLAGE LOCATION AND LAYOUT After detailed topographic maps have been prepared, preliminary alternative village locations and possible layouts for (a) farm plot, (b) irrigation system, (c) village housing and community infrastructure, and (d) the road and track network will be developed and presented to each village. During consultations, the reasons for the layouts will be explained to the villagers, who will then have time to review and consider the layouts and other data such as the results of soil surveys and visit the sites. They will then decide the preferred locations and layouts. Following this participatory decision making process, detailed layouts will be prepared. 20.4 UXO CLEARANCE AND SITE PREPARATION Unexploded Ordinance (UXO) will be surveyed and cleared from all resettlement areas. It is envisaged that two contracts will be necessary for full UXO survey and clearance, as follows: (a) sample surveys of all the areas in which a representative sample strip will be surveyed. The sample survey will identify the level and type of UXO contamination. An area may be classified as either having light, moderate or heavy contamination; (b) the second contract will be for the actual clearance and based on the findings of the sample surveys. Experienced companies and/or NGOs will be contracted to undertake the work, with an important 1Chapter 22 provides a description of the irrigation systems to be constructed. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development selection criteria being the ability of a company or NGO to include the resettling villagers themselves in the UXO clearance activities. After UXO clearance, the demarcated areas will be cleared, by the villagers themselves, of trees and other vegetation. Some of the areas will have trees that are commercially useful, particularly in the northern Plateau resettlement areas and at Ban Nam Pan. These areas will have to be surveyed and identified and the Plateau area trees logged by the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA). The small trees and bushes will be cleared by the villagers using slash and burn techniques. The individual plots will then be surveyed, measured and set out, and plot boundaries marked on the ground. The land titling procedures (see Chapter 19) can then commence. 20.5 ROADS AND DRAINS Every house and farm plot will have access to a village road (or track) and the village roads will have access to the nearest all-weather road. For the resettled villages located north of Oudomsouk, the nearest all-weather road will be the relocated Road 8B, for which the NTPC head contractor ­ the HCJV ­ is responsible for the survey, design and construction. For the villages located south of Oudomsouk, a new road will be built from Oudomsouk to the Nakai Reservoir saddle dams in this area, and this is again the responsibility of the HCJV. However, there will be at least two villagers located further south of this road, and thus this saddle dam road will have to be extended (by the resettlement program) to connect to these villages. Road 8B will have two lanes, a gravel pavement, a formation width of 7m and a design speed of 40km/hour. The road south to the saddle dams and the extra 30 km of new southern resettlement roads will be a single lane with a formation width of 5m, a gravel pavement and a design speed of 40km/hour. Rainfall on the Nakai Plateau is high during the wet season and the inclusion of a surface water drainage system will be an important aspect of the road design, and the village layouts. Road 8B and the resettlement road bridges will be designed for 100-year occurring design floods and culverts 50-year floods. The intra village roads will be connected to the main roads described above. They have a minimum of 4 m pavement and a formation width of 8 m. The drainage system will consist of "v" shaped open channels and precast concrete culvert pipes to convey the runoff to the reservoir or nearest other natural water course. Local competitive bidding procedures will be undertaken for the construction of the roads which will be completed before the commencement of house construction. 20.6 HOUSE DESIGNS AND CONSTRUCTION 20.6.1 House Designs Based on the farm plot and village layout preferred by the pilot villages, each resettled household will be allocated a 0.65 ha plot for irrigated agricultural land and a 600 m2 (20 x 30 m) plot for the construction of a new timber house and surrounding garden. It should be noted however that such a configuration may change slightly if villages choose to locate the house plot within the agricultural land area. House designs have been developed through consultations with the villagers who are to be resettled. Figure 20-1 illustrates the modified house design as a result of feedback during the second round of PCPP in April and May 1998. The main improvements on earlier designs where (i) to build houses with wood instead of bamboo walls, (ii) to incorporate larger verandas, and (iii) and where possible, to split the roof into two peaked sections. These improvements reflect the current designs of houses belonging to the better-off villagers on the plateau, a house design that all plateau dwellers aspire too. The improved design incorporates aspects of traditional house designs, including three 'zones' - private, public and production spheres. The private sphere is the sleeping quarters. The public sphere is the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development veranda, for receiving guests and entertaining. The production sphere is the kitchen, for cooking food, washing and growing spices and vegetables. The new structures will further conform to traditional house designs by incorporating elements such as two doors in accordance with kinship taboos, an elevated construction on columns with two ladders, one to the kitchen and one to the veranda, the ladders having an odd number of rungs, and doors which open in a direction other than the west. Not only is the NT2 Project committed to providing houses in a style which are preferred by villagers, it is also committed to providing housing of adequate size. The housing entitlement of plateau resettlers, in terms of size of house, is a minimum of 14m2 per person. It is estimated that for at least 75 % of the plateau population this is larger than the house they currently occupy. For those households whose current house is larger than this, their new house will not be smaller than the original dwelling, so that households whose dwellings are currently larger than 14m2 per persons will be provided with a house as large as their current dwelling. Thus, based on this requirement to provide a house which is proportionate in size to the number of household members, there are seven standard house designs, based on households or 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 persons, which thus varies in minimum size from 42m2 to 126m2. In 1998, 66 % of the households lived in bamboo walled houses and 21 % in softwood walled houses, so that a full 67 % of households will be living in houses of improved construction materials. All the house plots will be fenced. Typical house designs for a 3, 6 and 8 person households are provided in Figure 20-2, Figure 20-3 and Figure 20-4, while Table 20-1 provides a summary Bill of Quantities for the materials required to build these houses Table 20-1: Summarized Quantities of Materials to Build 3, 6 and 9 Person House's. 3 pers/hh 6 pers/hh 9 pers/hh no Description unit quantity quantity quantity 1 doorframes and doors pc 3 3 3 2 windows frames and windows pc 3 3 5 3 wooden pillar 15 x 15 x 300 pc 11 13 24 4 concrete pillar 15 x 15 x 250 pc 11 13 24 5 galvanized iron 300 cm sheet 80 21 109 6 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 89 43 7 nut & bolt 18cm pc 38 43 80 8 nails for galvanized iron box 20 28 35 9 concrete to support stair sheet 2 2 2 10 all type of nails kg 40 53 70 11 hinge/(door and window) pc 21 21 24 12 locks/latches (door and Window) pc 12 12 16 13 handles/(door and window) pc 12 12 16 14 Normal lock/ pad lock and hinges (door) set 2 2 2 15 wooden planks wall: 1.7 x 20 x 400 = 420 pc m3 2.448 3.536 5.7 16 wooden planks floor: 2.2 x 20 x 700 = 70 pc m3 1.1088 1.584 1.12 17 other types of wood > 5 x 15 x 500 = 28 pc m3 0.9 0.78 1.05 > 5 x 15 x 400 = 32 pc m3 0.45 0.525 0.96 > 5 x 10 x 500 = 70 pc m3 0.325 0.84 1.75 > 5 x 10 x 400 = 34 pc m3 2.304 0.6 0.68 > 4 x 8 x 400 = 300 pc m3 2.304 3.072 4.1 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-1: House Designs Following Consultations in 1998 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-2: Typical Design of a 3 Person House November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-3: Typical Design of a 6 Person House November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-4: Typical Design of an 8 Person House November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development 20.6.2 House Construction Following agreement on the design of houses, NTPC staff will finalise detailed final drawings and bills of quantities (BoQ). The BoQs will be divided into two sections: · Section 1 will include all non-timber materials including precast concrete footings, nails, nuts and bolts. · Section 2 will include all the timber for the house including columns, beams, floors, walls, roofing, doors and windows. The, local, Provincial and National level builders will be invited to bid for the construction of the villagers houses, and contracts will most likely be for one or multiple numbers of houses. However, the villagers will be fully involved in the construction of their own houses, in order to: (a) facilitate a flexible design process and thus ensure a design appropriate to ethnic and other concerns of the householders; (b) ensure householder feelings of ownership and belonging; and (c) generate some transitional income; Thus, while local and provincial builders will be contracted to build the resettler houses, the builders will be given an allowance to employ the householder, plus any other labour they may require. In cases where no able bodied men are available in a particular household, the whole village will be mobilised to assist. Having villagers participating in the construction of their own home has important social and psychological advantages since by investing time and energy in establishing themselves on their new plots, they will more easily acquire a sense of belonging to the new sites. Men are traditionally responsible for constructing houses in villages and form a pool of labour whenever new buildings are put up. A similar pool of labour would ensure that all houses are built and that disadvantaged households, that is households with a labour shortage, single mothers, ill or disabled members or few kinship ties, will not be negatively affected by this aspect of the relocation. Local competitive bidding procedures will be applied for the supply of the non-timber materials such as house footings, roofing materials, nails, hinges etc. For the supply of timber, it is likely that timber will come from two sources. One source of timber will come from the trees salvage harvested from the reservoir area and processed by a local sawmill. The second source will be the processing of trees salvage logged from the various Project Lands in the Resettlement Area. This logging will be undertaken by the NPVFA and they will also saw and process this timber, so that they can provide (i.e. sell) not only wall and floor planks but also prefabricated doors and window panels and frames. Just before construction commences, each family will be consulted once again on the house design, and the design can then be modified and amended on site during the course of construction, as long as no more construction materials are required. Villagers will not only be provided with a new house but also assistance with the transportation of materials from their former houses. These materials can be reassembled on the new site, if so desired, to either enlarge the house built by the Project or to build an outhouse. The materials can also be saved for future family expansion. 20.7 PUBLIC BUILDINGS 20.7.1 Introduction Each resettled village will be provided with the following community buildings: · nursery and primary school; · meeting hall/community centre/village office; · market, small or larger, depending on village size; · rice mill and workshop; and · organic fertilizer factory. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Standard designs for the buildings were prepared for the construction for the Pilot Village. These designs will be used or modified for the other resettled villages of similar number of households. For the larger village communities, larger buildings will be required. In either case, there will be further consultations with all the resettled villages to agree on the designs. All the public buildings will be connected with electricity. They will have access to water and latrines will be built nearby. They all will have adequate drainage facilities to evacuate surface water. 20.7.2 Nursery and Primary Schools Section 26.6 of the SDP describes educational support. It explains that three types of educational support are envisaged: (i) nursery and crèche-type facilities, (ii) primary and secondary schooling, (iii) adult education and vocational training. Nursery facilities will be provided in every resettlement village to improve the welfare of infants and to relieve their parents of the task of childcare during the day. The villagers will decide whether the nursery facilities will be part of the village primary school or independent of it. The nurseries will be of a simple design, allowing good air circulation, with a mixture of wooden tile and corrugated iron roofing, rainwater collection and latrines. Nursery school equipment will include simple bedding, mosquito-nets and first-aid kits. The primary school design will be based on two students per household and a classroom area of 56 m2 for thirty students. The school will be constructed with concrete flooring, a hardwood frame, half brick and half timber walls, and roofing of either corrugated iron or timber tiles. The school will be connected to the electricity supply and will also have a water supply. There will be at least one latrine provided per class room. Housing will be provided to teachers, as necessary, and they will be constructed to the same design and standards as the resettler houses and provided with the same facilities. The adult education and vocational training will take place mainly in the village meeting hall. 20.7.3 Meeting Hall/Community Centre/Village Office As a general rule, few of the villages on the plateau have or maintain a temple. Thus, a communal meeting area must be developed to provide a space where issues can be discussed openly, and where non-formal training can be provided. In addition, village technical staff should have a good environment in which to keep their records, in which to plan and report on their work, and in which to conduct small and larger meetings. Thus, it has been decided that a multipurpose building or group of buildings will be constructed to serve these purposes. The floor plan of the village hall constructed in Nong Boua is illustrated in Figure 20-5. The village meeting hall and office will be constructed with a hardwood structure, concrete floor and sheet metal roofing. It will be connected to the electricity and water supplies. There will be a toilet and adequate drainage to evacuate surface water. 20.7.4 Market Each village will have a roofed market with a concrete floor, wooden roof structure and sheet metal roofing. Considering the crucial importance of produce marketing for the NT2 resettlement program, special and innovative consideration will be given to the design of these markets, including consideration will be given to the requirements of fish marketing. The size of the markets will depend on the number of village households. Adequate drainage around the market area is particularly important. 20.7.5 Rice Mill/Workshop The project will provide one rice mill and workshop for every fifty families. They will be constructed with concrete flooring, hardwood structure and sheet metal roofing. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development 20.7.6 Organic Fertilizer Factory An organic fertilizer factory will be established in most villages as in some cases it can be shared by more than one village. The experience gained in Ban Nong Boua Pilot village will be used to finalize design of the factories, which require the design of efficient workspaces for raw materials storage, materials mixing, composting areas, packaging areas and a finished product storage areas. They are likely to be constructed with concrete flooring, hardwood structure, bamboo lattice walls and a mixture of timber tile and thatched grass roofing. 20.7.7 Seed Processing and Storage Facility Most likely aligned to the organic fertilizer factory, each village or group of villages will be provided with a seed processing and storage facility. The facility will include a covered and concrete area for final seed drying and cleaning and at least one room with air conditioning. Rat and mice proofing is another important design factor. The design of the facility being built in Ban Nong Boua pilot village is presented in Figure 20-6, and experience gained from the construction and utility of this building will be used to design further seed facilities. 20.7.8 Clinic There will be at least 2 clinics constructed and operated in the Resettlement Area (in addition to the rehabilitated District hospital), one in the north west (probably in Ban Thalang) and one in the south east (either Ban Sop On or more likely Ban Done). These clinics will be constructed with concrete flooring, brick and/or hardwood structure and corrugated iron roofing. The clinic will be supplied with a sink and furniture appropriate to the size of the clinic. If required, staff housing, to the same standard as resettler houses, will be constructed. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-5: Design of the Combined Meeting Hall and Village Office for Ban Nong Boua November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-6: Design of the Seed Processing and Storage Facility, Ban Nong Boua November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development 20.8 WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION 20.8.1 Water Supply All the resettlement villages will be provided with water supply systems for domestic use. There are a range of possible domestic water supply systems that could possibly be developed2 in the area, including · rainwater collection; · water pumped or hand lifted from an open well; · water pumped from a lined borehole; and · water piped from the irrigation header tanks, via a filtration system. The development of domestic wearer supply systems will be undertaken in two stages; · Prior to reservoir inundation: During this period, the use of the irrigation system water supply for domestic water will not be possible. However, boreholes or wells may be dug in lower areas. · Following reservoir inundation: During this period the lower area boreholes or wells will not be possible (flooded) but the water table in the general area will be higher and thus groundwater more easily accessible. Also, it will now be possible to use/divert some of the water pumped from the reservoir in the irrigation system for domestic purposes. Groundwater is generally the cleanest source of water, and the feasibility of using groundwater, abstracted by hand pumps or by rope and bucket from hand dug or bored wells, will be assessed. The water quality, well discharge and depth to the water table in the dry season are the principal considerations and some test wells will be implemented. If the use of groundwater is found feasible, then consultations will be held with the villagers to assess the type of well, method of abstraction, number and location. The number will depend on the village layout and number of households in the village. The dug well is a traditional method of obtaining water in rural areas. Smaller diameter wells, boreholes or tube wells are quicker and easier to sink. This type of well is usually fitted with a handpump but water can also be raised by small buckets or an electrical pump. For shallow wells, "TARA" handpumps, designed and manufactured in India, is a reliable pump and are commonly used by UNICEF in Lao PDR. However there are cheaper Thai and Lao manufactured pumps available. Whatever type of well is dug, it will be protected from contamination by the construction of a reinforced concrete apron around the well head and a drainage channel to a soakaway to prevent creating a muddy surrounding. Also, before a well is used, it will be disinfected by a chlorine solution. The yield of wells placed in the higher areas of a resettlement villages before reservoir inundation may not be sufficient for all domestic use, and thus it may be necessary to excavate or drill the wells at a lower elevation and pump up to a header tank, or tanks, located within the village. Rain water collection, by individual households, from roofs via guttering and downpipe into storage tanks, is a common source of domestic water supply and is being practised at the Pilot Village. It provides very clean water and will be promoted in all villages. However, problems with this method include: · it is somewhat expensive to install, for every house; · there may be insufficient storage to last a family through the dry season; and · if the collection tank is not covered, dengue fever may be problem. 2The generally preferred method of rural village water supply is by a piped gravity fed system after tapping a perennial spring or stream located above a village. However it is unlikely that any such stream exist near the sites of the resettled villages on the Nakai Plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development These issues will be addressed, and the use of this rain water, in the wet season, for consumptive use, is a preferred method to be presented to villagers for consideration. Filtered and piped irrigation/reservoir water. The irrigation system to be developed for Plateau resettlement villages will consist of pumping from the Nakai Reservoir to a header tank or stilling basin located on high ground in the resettlement area. The less-sloping areas will have a stilling basin and an open canal system of water conveyance. The more-sloping areas will require a header tank and buried pipe conveyance system. It is possible to construct a gravity domestic water system in parallel to this irrigation system, by installing a supply pipeline from the header tank to the village housing area, via a filtration system. In this case the water is pumped by the irrigation system, and a small quantity siphoned of for the domestic water system. Such a system has already been constructed in the Pilot Village, and includes a gravel and charcoal filtration tank, located between the header tank and the village, to remove suspended solids and some micro-organisms from the water (see Figure 20-6). After passing the filtration tank the water is piped to stand-pipes located within a household group, with approximately 5 households per standpipe. If the wells and rain water collection methods are not satisfactory, then this further method of water supply will be investigated and implemented if proved feasible. 20.8.2 Sanitation Every household will have its own latrine. There are several types of latrine available in Lao PDR. Given alternatives, the usual village choice is the "pour flush" type which uses a pit for excreta disposal but a ceramic pan cast into a cover slab. The pan provides a water seal which ensures that odours are kept from the shelter, and a vent pipe, with fly screen, will be fitted to the pit. Pour flush types require 1.5 to 2 litres of water for flushing. The pans are slightly more expensive but they are odour free and are the safest type of latrine regarding the transmission of excreta related diseases. Latrines should be located at least 30 m from any well. A timber shelter will be located around the latrine for privacy and protection from weather. Notwithstanding the above, a review will be made of the various designs provided by or recommended by WHO, and in consultation with villages, the final decision will be made. Installation is not technically difficult and after being shown how to construct a couple of latrines, the villagers will be able to construct their own. As previously stated, latrines will also be constructed outside all public buildings. 20.8.3 Hygiene Education and Maintaining and Monitoring the Facilities Generally, the resettled villagers will not have experience of water supply and sanitation facilities. The installation of the facilities alone will not lead to improvements in health unless they are accompanied by changes in hygiene behaviour. A hygiene education programme will be implemented by the RMU that will encourage the villagers to correctly maintain the water supply and sanitation facilities. The quality of the water will be monitored and regular inspections will be made of the water supply systems to check for contamination. The costs of operation and maintenance of the water supply and irrigation systems will be borne by NTPC prior to COD, and by the Social and Environmental Remediation Fund (SERF) after COD. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-7: Design of the Filtration Tank Constructed for the Ban Nong Boua Domestic Water Supply. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Figure 20-8: Old and New Houses at Nakai Plateau Typical house on Nakai Plateau Typical house on Nakai Plateau Building house in Nong Boua Pilot Village Joining hands in Nong Boua Pilot village House in Nong Boua Pilot Village House in Nong Boua Pilot Village Nong Boua Pilot Village House in Nong Boua November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development 20.9 VILLAGE ELECTRIFICATION Every resettled household will be connected with electricity. This will require the following: · Provision of a 22 kV transmission line to each village; · The installation of step down transformers with accessories and safety features; · Provision of a 0.4-kV network through the housing area; and · Individual house and public building connections with meters, wiring, and the provision of fluorescent light fixtures and power points consistent with the size of house/household. 20.10 GENERAL DEVELOPMENT METHODOLOGY The process by which any particular infrastructure is to be designed and constructed will depend on the scale and complexity of the structure, on whether NTPC undertakes the activity or the work is contracted out, under the supervision of NTPC, and whether the villagers can be involved in the activity. A summary of the agencies or groups that may implement each of the main activities required for the development of an infrastructure is provided in Table 20-2 below. For those activities which will be contracted to private companies the following process will, in general, be followed: · NTPC will call for technical submissions ­ for major or difficult infrastructure activities ­ usually via newspaper advertisements; · NTPC will then review the technical submissions, and prepare a list of preferred bidders for each major activity. This will be the first round of technical pre-qualification. · NTPC will then issue a call for tender, in some cases only to those companies that have passed the technical pre-qualification; · The bids will then be evaluated, based on (a) technical content of the bid (that is, the companies and firms will be evaluated twice for their technical and personnel capability to conduct the task), and (b) the financial submission. · Contracts will then be prepared. Table 20-2: Infrastructure Development (Summary) Matrix Village consultation or Description Activity Implementation participation 1 Topographic Survey and Tendering procedures NTPC none Mapping Survey and mapping Consultant companies none Tendering procedures NTPC none Prepare alternative locations and 2 Village Location and Consultant companies yes ­ crucial Layout choose location. Prepare alternative layouts and choose layout. Consultant companies yes ­ crucial Tendering procedures, identification of NGO, and NTPC none 3 UXO Surveys and Clearance subsequent negotiation Survey and clearance Private companies or NGOs participation 4 Site Preparation 4.1 Site preparation: trees Identify and log commercially useful trees NPVFA yes 4.2 Site preparation: Small trees Clearance by slash and burn and bushes methods Resettlement farmers yes 5 Roads and Drains 5.1 Design roads and drains Completed during preparation of Consultant Companies village layouts. some consultation 5.2 Construct roads and drains Tendering procedures NTPC none Construct roads and drains Contractors none November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 20: Resettlement Infrastructure Development Village consultation or Description Activity Implementation participation 6 House Design and Construction 6.1 Design Design Houses NTPC yes -consultations Tendering procedures NTPC none 6.2 Construction: Supply materials Supply materials >Wood: NPVFA > yes - via NPVFA >Other: Supply companies > none Tendering procedures NTPC none 6.3 House construction Construct houses Individual carpenters, small & larger contractors yes - help builders 7 Public/Community Buildings 7.1 Design Design buildings NTPC yes - consultations Tendering procedures NTPC none 7.2 Construction: Supply materials Supply materials Supply companies, Contractors, NPVFA yes - if NPVFA Tendering procedures NTPC none 7.3 Construction Construct buildings Small and larger villagers can tender contractors fro construction 8 Water Supply and Sanitation 8.1 Groundwater assessment Tendering procedures NTPC none Investigations Private companies none Tendering procedures NTPC none 8.2 Wells/boreholes Locate and design GoL (Nam Saat) yes - consultations Construction GoL and resettlers yes - participation Assess supply success RMU and villagers yes -consultations Prepare sketches and BoQs GoL/RMU yes - consultations Tendering procedures for supply NTPC/RMU none 8.3 Rainwater collection contracts Tank placement, installation of guttering and down-pipes Villagers yes - participation Assess supply success RMU and villages yes - consultations Assess feasibility of gravity supply from irrigation systems RMU and villages yes - consultations 8.4 Incorporate with irrigation Prepare drawings and BoQs GoL/RMU yes - consultations supply Construction tendering procedures NTPC/RMU none Install gravity supplies Contractors yes - participation 8.5 Monitor water quality Samples and analysis NTPC/GoL yes - participation Review and choose latrine type RMU/GoL/WHO yes - consultations Prepare BoQs RMU/GoL none 8.6 Sanitation Tendering procedures for supply contracts NTPC/RMU none Installation RMU and villages participation 8.7 Hygiene education Undertake workshops RMU/GoL participation 9 Village Electrification 9.1 Transmission lines and Design NTPC/EDL none transformers Construction NTPC/EDL none 9.2 Village Networks Design EDL none Construction EDL or Contractors none 9.3 House connections Design EDL participation Construction EDL or Contractors none ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development CHAPTER 21 AGRICULTURAL AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT Table of Content 21. AGRICULTURAL AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT.......................................1 21.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................1 21.1.1 Agricultural and Livestock Entitlements....................................................................................................... 1 21.1.2 Program Components ..................................................................................................................................... 2 21.2 CLIMATIC FACTORS.......................................................................................................3 21.2.1 Rainfall............................................................................................................................................................... 3 21.2.2 Evaporation ...................................................................................................................................................... 4 21.2.3 Temperature...................................................................................................................................................... 4 21.2.4 Wind Speed....................................................................................................................................................... 5 21.2.5 Day Length........................................................................................................................................................ 5 21.2.6 Sunshine Hours................................................................................................................................................ 5 21.3 SOILS AND LAND MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................5 21.3.1 Description of Soils ......................................................................................................................................... 5 21.3.2 Appropriate Cropping Systems and Fertility Management........................................................................ 6 21.3.3 Irrigation Potential and Limitations - water use efficiencies...................................................................... 7 21.4 SITE SELECTION AND LAND DEVELOPMENT................................................................7 21.4.1 Site Selection..................................................................................................................................................... 7 21.4.2 Land development ........................................................................................................................................... 8 21.5 CROPPING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS.......................................................................8 21.5.1 Irrigated Agriculture on terraces .................................................................................................................... 9 21.5.2 Direct Seeded Mulch Based Cropping (DMC) Systems........................................................................... 15 21.5.3 Reservoir Drawdown Zone Agriculture ..................................................................................................... 16 21.5.4 Crop Seed and Varieties................................................................................................................................ 19 21.5.5 Fruit Tree Propagation.................................................................................................................................. 20 21.5.6 Fertiliser Materials.......................................................................................................................................... 20 21.5.7 Pest and Disease Control.............................................................................................................................. 21 21.6 EXTENSION APPROACHES FOR CROP PRODUCTION ...................................................21 21.6.1 Risks and Assumptions ................................................................................................................................. 23 21.7 PILOT VILLAGE EXPERIENCE TO DATE.......................................................................23 21.7.1 Wet Season Cropping.................................................................................................................................... 24 21.7.2 Dry Season Cropping .................................................................................................................................... 25 21.7.3 Fruit Trees....................................................................................................................................................... 25 21.7.4 Livestock ......................................................................................................................................................... 28 21.7.5 Problems with Farm Plot Development..................................................................................................... 28 21.8 LARGE LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................29 21.8.1 Current buffalo and cattle raising................................................................................................................. 29 21.8.2 Existing Forage Production Potential ......................................................................................................... 30 21.8.3 Potential for improved forage production.................................................................................................. 31 21.8.4 Future Management of buffalo and cattle in the Resettlement Area...................................................... 35 21.9 OTHER COMPONENTS OF THE LIVESTOCK PROGRAM................................................36 21.9.1 Animal Health Care ....................................................................................................................................... 36 21.9.2 Housing and nutrition for small livestock .................................................................................................. 36 21.9.3 Animal Breeding Programs........................................................................................................................... 37 21.9.4 Extension Approaches for Livestock Development................................................................................. 37 21.9.5 Risks and Assumptions ................................................................................................................................. 38 21.10 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND FARMING SYSTEMS INTEGRATION ...................................38 21.10.1 Activity Model and Gross Margins for Crops............................................................................................ 39 21.10.2 Comparisons of GMs for each crops.......................................................................................................... 43 21.10.3 Gross Margins for Livestock Production ................................................................................................... 44 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.11 WHOLE FARM SCENARIOS...........................................................................................46 21.11.1 Possible Integration of Crops and Forages on Irrigated Plots................................................................. 46 21.11.2 Financial Analysis of Whole Farm Scenarios ............................................................................................. 50 21.12 MARKETS AND MARKETING........................................................................................53 21.12.1 Market Description and Analysis................................................................................................................. 53 21.12.2 Assessment of Current Market Volumes.................................................................................................... 55 21.12.3 Assessment of Current Prices....................................................................................................................... 56 21.12.4 Anticipated Market Development ............................................................................................................... 57 21.12.5 Nakai Comparative Advantage and Implications ...................................................................................... 58 21.12.6 Market Strategy and Acceleration Program................................................................................................ 59 21.13 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE....................................................................................64 List of Tables Table 21-1: Mean Monthly Rainfall for Nakai Tai Station (1994-2001)..........................................................3 Table 21-2: A Soil Analysis Results from the Pilot Village Area on the Nakai Plateau................................6 Table 21-3: Factors Considered in the Selection of Prospective Resettlement Sites ....................................7 Table 21-4: Parameters for Design and Construction of Terraces ................................................................10 Table 21-5: Area and Yield of Crops Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003..................24 Table 21-6: Area and Yield of Crops Grown in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2004...................25 Table 21-7: The First Plantings of Vegetable Crops, Dry Season 2003-2004..............................................26 Table 21-8: Fruit Trees Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, 2003................................................................26 Table 21-9: Technical Plan for Dry Season Cropping, Nong Boua Pilot Village 2004-05. .......................27 Table 21-10: Size and Number of Livestock Owned by each Household, Pilot Village, 2004 ...................28 Table 21-11: Number of Buffalos by Village and Household, 1998 Census..................................................29 Table 21-12: Number of Buffaloes and Cattle sold from the 15 Nakai Villages, 2000-2004. .....................29 Table 21-13: Estimate of Existing Forage Supply and Demand Resettlement Area.....................................30 Table 21-14: Estimate of Potential Forage Availability in Resettlement Area. ..............................................35 Table 21-15: Crops and Livestock for which Activity Models and Gross Margins Budgets have been generated.............................................................................................................................................38 Table 21-16: Example 1 of Gross Margins Budget: Irrigated Paddy Land, Wet Season (0.16 ha). ............41 Table 21-17: Example 2 of Gross Margin Budget: Peanuts, Dry Season, Stability Phase (0.1 ha). ............42 Table 21-18: Gross Margins for Annual Field Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha) ..............................................................43 Table 21-19: Gross Margins for Vegetable Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha)....................................................................44 Table 21-20: Gross Margins for Livestock Production, at high input levels..................................................44 Table 21-21: Example 3 of Gross Margin Budget: Buffalo Raising.................................................................45 Table 21-22: Indicative (possible) Whole Farm Scenarios.................................................................................48 Table 21-23: Cropped Areas under each Whole Farm Scenario during Wet Season and Dry Season, Transition and Stability Phase (m2) ...............................................................................................49 Table 21-24: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.1 (Intensive Cereal / Legume Wet Season Cropping with Dry Season Vegetable Production). ....................................................................50 Table 21-25: Summary of Financial Analysis for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios (High and Low Input) ­ Sum of Gross Margins for each Component within each WFS (without Labour), US$/HH/Year. .................................................................................................................................51 Table 21-26: Estimated Market Volumes.............................................................................................................55 Table 21-27: Retail and Farm Gate Prices (US$) ................................................................................................56 Table 21-28: Medium Term Market Opportunities, Risks and Production Features....................................61 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development List of Figures Figure 21-1: Summary of Meteorological Data for Nakai Tai (1994-2001).....................................................4 Figure 21-2: Three Examples of Terraces with 5, 10 and 15 % Degree Slopes............................................12 Figure 21-3: Photos of Contour Terracing in the Nong Boua Pilot Village..................................................12 Figure 21-4: Photos of Wet Season Cropping, Nong Boua Pilot Village.......................................................13 Figure 21-4: Photos on Dry Season Cropping in Nong Boua Pilot Village...................................................14 Figure 21-5: Direct Seeding through Mulch using a Hand-Jab Seeder; Maize / Sorghum emerging through Mulch (photos courtesy of CIRAD)...............................................................................16 Figure 21-6: Annual Fluctuations of Nakai Reservoir Surface Water Elevations and Reservoir Surface Water Areas........................................................................................................................................17 Figure 21-7: Drawdown Areas in Main Reservoir and Areas Close to Resettlement Area.........................18 Figure 21-8: Comparison of Gross Margins for Annual Field Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha) ..................................43 Figure 21-9: Comparison of Gross Margins for Vegetable Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha)........................................43 Figure 21-10: Example of Sensitivity Analysis for WFS 1.1 (Stability Phase)..................................................52 Figure 21-11: Khammouane Pig 'Exports' by Type 1998-2002.........................................................................55 Figure 21-12: Seasonal Price Ranges, Thakhek 2002...........................................................................................59 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 iii Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21. AGRICULTURAL AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT 21.1 INTRODUCTION The goal of the Agriculture and Livestock Development Program is to enable resettled households on the Nakai plateau to develop productive and sustainable agriculture and livestock production as a part of their livelihood system, a livelihood system which will also include reservoir fisheries, commercial forestry and various non-farm or off-farm enterprises. The Resettlement Area, on the southern edge of the Nakai reservoir, is on generally poor soils and thus specific cultural practises1 will be developed to ensure sustainable and economically feasible agriculture in the area The adoption of these new forms of sedentary agriculture will take several seasons for full adoption. Achieving this goal will require support during the transition from their traditional rainfed, upland shifting agriculture based systems to IWDC and DMC systems. These new agricultural systems will require the introduction of new crops and breeds of livestock, improved land, soil and mulch cultural practices, some increased use of agricultural inputs and the marketing of surplus produce. The vehicle for providing this support will be an enhanced and strengthened extension service on the Nakai Plateau that can sustain the delivery of inputs and support services to the chosen cropping and livestock systems. - The adoption of irrigated paddy production, for example, would be a new activity for many households, and the use of irrigation for the production of field and vegetable crops in the dry season, and the use of supplementary irrigation water in the wet season, will be a completely new venture. While the villagers will be dealing with familiar crops, it is the adoption of improved practise and varieties together with their culture on terraces or under mulch, and the use of organic and chemical fertiliser, and selected herbicides, which will be new to them. 21.1.1 Agricultural and Livestock Entitlements Relocated households will, according to the Concession Agreement (see Appendix A1), be entitled to assistance to establish new (although similar) livelihoods at the new locations. Entitlements related to agriculture and livestock include the following; · 0.5 ha of irrigated land will be provided to each household, and up to 0.16 ha of rice land per household. [In the October 2002 CA, this rice land was to be in an 'off village' location and allocated on a community basis. However, wherever possible, this 0.16 ha will be continuous with the above mentioned 0.5 ha, and thus a total of 0.66 ha of irrigated land will be developed and improved]; · the land will be provided with survey and joint title to husband and wife; · the land will be cleared and prepared for cultivation by the owner, with their own labour paid; · the land will be provided with year round irrigation water; · tools will be provided to work the farm land and the forest land; · planting materials for the first 3 years after preparation of farm lot, including fruit tree saplings, will be provided, as will fertiliser and other agro-chemicals. [The October 2002 CA provides for fertiliser provision for the first 3 years only, but revised plans envisage support, if required, throughout the transition period]; · training in farming, forest management and fisheries techniques will be provided; · agricultural advice for 5 years after preparation of farm lot will be provided [this entitlement has been revised to allow provision of agricultural advice for the whole resettlement period of about 8 years, as required]; · access to identified reservoir drawdown areas for grazing of existing animals [this entitlement has been revised to allow also cropping in allocated areas of the drawdown zones]; · training to be provided in household and enterprise budgeting; 1 Some families already practice sedentary agriculture (paddy (wet) rice production, while most practices slash and burn cultivation which, in some cases, is practiced in fairly well defined swidden cycles. The new agriculture systems will include irrigated wet and dry season cropping on formed terraces (IWDC), and rained direct seeded mulch-based cropping systems (DMC). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development · Resettlers will have the flexibility to choose from a range of farming options and maintain current livestock numbers; and · Households without large livestock (about 60% of households) will be eligible for up to two large animals to supplement their livelihoods. Besides the entitlement to 0.66ha of irrigated agricultural land, it has been decided to allocate two further cropping zones for the purposes of developing and sustaining agriculture production, namely (a) the reservoir drawdown areas; and (b) 'upland' areas currently under degraded forests (in which DMC systems will be developed). Following research and development of rainfed agriculture systems, and assuming they are shown to be ecological sustainable and productive, the followings entitlements may be further provided in the two zones, as follows; (a) up to a further 0.5 ha per resettler family of extra rainfed cropping and grazing area, depending on the labour availability and ability of any family to work the land; and (b) up to 1 ha for the first new generation from resettler families, which, assuming 4 families are developed for the one original per resettler family. 21.1.2 Program Components The Agricultural and Livestock Development Program is composed of five main areas components: (a) The timely delivery of relevant inputs This will be achieved through assisting all the resettled households after choosing their particular livelihood mix to develop their own farm plans, assisting them with the physical layout of the contours and terraces on their farm lots and providing each household with the seed and other agricultural inputs based upon the cropping pattern that they have selected. Continuous support will be provided during the growing season to guide the resettled households in the adoption of improved cultural practices and alternative crops through the provision of all inputs together with demonstration and training. (b) Improving the productivity of livestock raising through improved animal health care and nutrition, and upgrading of the breeding stock. The traditional forms of livestock raising will be improved by the introduction of more extensive animal health care programs to reduce the level of mortality through enhanced capacity of local veterinary staff as well as training farmers in animal management, disease diagnosis and treatment. Nutrition levels will also be enhanced by increasing and upgrading the grazing resources of the forested areas and exploiting the drawdown areas for seasonal use. An Animal Breeding Centre will provide the focus for improved breeding programs with the acquisition of stock for dispersal to farmers as well as the establishment of AI programs as well as natural breeding. Training will also be provided for farmers on improved animal husbandry and breeding practices. (c) Participatory Research and Extension Due to the unique and challenging conditions for agriculture in the resettlement area, a parallel program of participatory research and extension will be undertaken to develop appropriate and sustainable forms of land use and management, and soil fertility management, for both soil erosion control and development of sustainable soil fertility enhancement methods, based on the DMC system. This will include use participatory farmer led extension approaches within the resettled villages. Training of all extension staff on the use of Farmer Field Schools will enable this approach to be adopted for all farmer training. This will ensure that the training for farmers is all conducted in the field as a continuous process through the growing season. The approach will enable extension staff to interact much more closely with the farmers. (d) Strengthening the capacity of the DAFO and provision of TA: To ensure that the delivery of extension services on the Nakai plateau are improved, technical and managerial support will be provided through the NTPC/RO by the hire of local TAs as well as November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development recruitment of International TAs. Additional field extension staff will be deployed through the District Agriculture and Forestry Office (DAFO) and the office and training facilities upgraded. (e) Development of marketing systems Nakai Plateau households must be able to dispose of their surplus produce, and they will be assisted in this endeavour by the construction of markets, by the provision of vehicles, and by development of numeracy and marketing skills. A small market information unit will be established in DAFO 21.2 CLIMATIC FACTORS The climate of the Nam Theun catchment is influenced primarily by the seasonal South West and North East monsoons, the Inter Tropical Convergence Zone and the tropical cyclone disturbances that include tropical storms and tropical depressions. During the WS from mid May to early October the catchment area is normally affected by the South-West monsoon (WS) which predominates when atmospheric pressure is low over Asia. This is a period of frequent and heavy rainfalls over the catchment although there is a dry period of one to two weeks between June and July. After this period the rainfall becomes more frequent, including heavy storms which results from tropical cyclones entering the region from the South China Sea, mostly from September to November. Flooding frequently occurs when two or more of these storms occur in succession or when the ITCZ, which is the forward edge of the SW monsoon, has passed into one of its more active stages, with tropical cyclones following shortly thereafter. There is a transition period from mid-October to early November, which is followed by the colder dry North East monsoon that normally blows from China between October and February. This season is characterised by sparse, relatively light rainfall, lower temperatures and humidity. This North East monsoon is followed by another transition period prior to the onset of the hot weather from March to early May and is characterised by increasing rainfall and humidity. This transition is slower than the transition from wet to cold seasons. 21.2.1 Rainfall The rainfall in the project area is the highest that occurs in Lao PDR. The South West monsoon produces a warm moist airflow into the area from May to September, and spatial variation of rainfalls is principally affected by orographic effects. The high rainfall occurs where physical barriers cause uplift. The limestone precipices and the main escarpment along the South Western edge of the Nakai plateau provide excellent conditions for orographic intensification of the precipitation. The rugged terrain in the upper parts of the catchment acts as an additional barrier, but much of the moisture is precipitated at the first barrier. Apart from the spill-over effect on the edge of the plateau, the rainfall in the Nakai plateau is likely to be rather less than in the upper parts of the catchment. The monthly rainfall on the Nakai plateau is highly seasonable with 89 percent of the rainfall occurring between May and September. The rainfall is the most important climatic variable in determining the productivity and potential of rainfed agricultural systems. Although total rainfall is high (2,979 mm) and would appear to be more than adequate to support rainfed agriculture from April to October, when rainfall exceeds potential evapo- transpiration, the bimodality of its distribution means that there is normally a high risk of prolonged dry periods, usually in June or July. Although this is not obvious from mean monthly rainfall data (Table 21-1), these period of drought are long enough to induce severe drought stress in rice and field crops. Table 21-1: Mean Monthly Rainfall for Nakai Tai Station (1994-2001) Station Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total B Nakai Tai 9.9 17.3 59.6 140.0 389.8 483.8 763.7 619.5 390.0 85.1 13.1 7.2 2,979 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.2.2 Evaporation Evaporation is closely related to temperature, humidity and wind speed. The rates of evaporation (measured by a Class A Evaporation Pan) that are experienced during the hottest months in March and April are in excess of 180 mm per month. Within the catchment area it is only in the period from April to September that the rainfall normally exceeds the evapo-transpiration rate. 21.2.3 Temperature Reduced temperatures are experienced from November to February, with a peak before the onset of the South West monsoon in May. Mean temperatures at Nakai vary from 17.3o C in January to 26.1o C in April and an annual mean of 22.6o C. The extremes of temperature show that during the cooler months the minimum temperature may fall as low as 2o C, whilst maximum temperatures have reached 34.9o C, on occasions. Although the frequency of experiencing such minimum temperatures is relatively low, it does have the potential to damage to fruit tree crops. Figure 21-1: Summary of Meteorological Data for Nakai Tai (1994-2001) M onthly Rainfall and Evaporation (m m ) 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Jan Feb M ar Apr M ay June July Aug Sept Oct N ov D ec Rainfall Evaporation M axim um and M inim um Tem peratures (C) 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 Jan Feb M ar Apr M ay June July Aug Sept Oct N ov D ec Average M ax Tem p Average M in Tem p Extrem e M ax Tem p Extrem e M in Tem p Sunshine H ours and W ind Speed day)r )ce 10 pesrh(s /s 8 m(de 6 Spe 4 Hour ndi 2 hine W 0 Suns Jan Feb M ar Apr M ay June July Aug Sept Oct N ov D ec Sun Hrs W ind Speed November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.2.4 Wind Speed Winds are generally light throughout the year, with some increase in average wind speed during the DS. During thunderstorm activity, convective currents may produce strong surface winds, albeit usually of short duration. The catchment area is at a latitude at which the maximum frequency of typhoon landfalls occurs along the Vietnam coast and these occur mostly between August and October. Although the Anamite Chain presents a barrier to such storms, which usually dissipate rapidly overland, the catchment boundary is only 55 km from the coast and records indicate that three storms retained typhoon strength (>118 km per hr) over the catchment area in the past 40 years. 21.2.5 Day Length The day length is important in crop growth since it determines the potential amount of solar radiation available for crop growth. Also, many rice varieties, particularly the traditional ones, are photoperiod- sensitive, meaning that they flower in response to day length. The day length is determined by the latitude. The Nakai Plateau is situated 17o North of the equator and experiences noticeable changes in the day length during the year. On the longest day (June 21st) day length is approximately 13 hours whilst on the shortest day (December 21st) it is only 11 hours. This reduction in day length between the summer and winter stimulates the photoperiod-sensitive varieties to flower at a specific time of year with the result that the traditional rice varieties reach maturity at approximately the same time regardless of when they were planted. 21.2.6 Sunshine Hours The data on average daily sunshine hours demonstrates that the lowest figures are recorded from June to August, corresponding to the peak of the WS. During the DS, despite the shorter day length the number of sunshine hours is still considerably higher. The solar radiation measures the potential energy available for crop growth and the higher sunshine hours during the DS raise the yield potential of crops produced during the dry months. The slight decline in sunshine hours in the month of March is noticeable at other recording stations in the country and is attributed to the amount of DS burning that is taking place in the uplands with the smoke produced reducing the level of solar radiation. 21.3 SOILS AND LAND MANAGEMENT 21.3.1 Description of Soils The old alluvial soils (Lower Cretaceous Period) found within the agricultural resettlement area are classified predominantly as Acrisols, derived from bedrock of mainly sandstone with some gradation of mudstone and siltstone in places (see EAMP, Chapter 3). These are strongly weathered soils with low base saturation. The soils are podzolic with development of lateritic horizons in some areas and in general are heavily leached and infertile. They occur mostly on old land surfaces with hilly or undulating topography and are commonly encountered in wet tropical, monsoon climates. On the plateau, texture tends to be medium (sandy loams) under the hardwood, broadleaf forest, grading to medium-to-coarse (loamy sands and sands) under pine cover. The A horizons are generally shallow (<30cm) and are relatively structureless. Example soil analysis results2 presented in Table 21-2 indicate that organic matter content, pH and cation exchange capacities are all low, as are the major nutrient availabilities, particularly phosphate. These soils are prone to aluminium toxicity and all have strong P-sorption with a characteristic tendency for slaking and crusting, with high susceptibility to erosion. These factors all impose some severe limitation on their arable land uses. However, recent experience in the Pilot villages has shown that application of both lime and inorganic fertilizer can overcome these fertility limitations, thus making the soils suitable for production of annual rainfed and irrigated field crops only, although the need to maintain such inputs or the need use of suitable crop rotations with appropriate crop residue management practices, is now the issue. 2Example soil analysis results from the Soil Survey conducted in the area of the Pilot Village Ban Nong Boua. See Appendix K-1 for detailed results. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-2: A Soil Analysis Results from the Pilot Village Area on the Nakai Plateau Range Level Texture Sandy Loam pH KCl 4.1 Highly Acidic pH H2O 4.9 Highly Acidic Organic Matter % 0.9 to 1.8 Low Nitrogen % 0.06 to 0.08 Very Low C/N Ratio 8.5 to 12.5 Medium/High P, total % 0.019 to 0.026 Low P, available ppm 1.4to 1.5 Medium K. total % 0.037 to 0.045 Low K, available ppm 5.3 to 7.3 Medium CEC, total me/100g 6.3 to 8.0 Low Base Saturation, % 13.8 to 16.1 Very Low Ca me/100g 0.25 to 0.43 Very Low Mg me/100g 0.38 to 0.55 Low K me/100g 0.08 to 0.14 Low/Medium Na me/100g 0.135 to 0.142 Very Low 21.3.2 Appropriate Cropping Systems and Fertility Management Generally, these Acrisols on the Nakai plateau have been used for low yielding subsistence farming, mainly shifting cultivation systems which, provided fallow periods are adequate, have proved to be a moderately sustainable utilisation of these soils. However, farmers remain desperately poor when practising these swidden systems and swidden cultivation will no longer be possible or allowed in the resettlement area due to pressure on land and forest resources. Thus, alternative land management and cropping practices must be developed, aimed at increasing organic matter and cation exchange capacity which are preconditions for cropping these soils and obtaining responses to chemical fertilization. Irrigation on formed terraces and use of composted organic fertiliser Adapting cropping systems with complete fertilisation and careful management are probably a precursor for productive sedentary farming in this area, and it is likely that low input farming on these soils will not be rewarding. Thus, one way to improve the soils and their productivity is to increase the cropping and management intensity and thus productivity potential of the soils by double or triple cropping with the use of irrigation and organic fertiliser. The villagers have chosen resettlement sites on the shores of the reservoir, and thus pumping the reservoirs water to the resettlement sites is an attractive option. In addition, many of the villagers have requested the provision of irrigation system, which is also necessary for the productive and reliable production of wet paddy rice. However, because of the sloping nature of most of the areas identified for resettlement as well as the irrigation required for dry season crops and paddy production, it will be necessary to establish contoured terraces to stabilise the slopes and allow for the development of adequate organic matter levels in the soils. DMC - direct seeded mulch based cropping The only alternative to irrigated cropping in the resettlement areas is DMC or direct seeded mulch-based cropping systems in upland rainfed areas . The main principle of these systems is that the soil is no longer disturbed by mechanical action, and is always kept covered by former crop residues and dead or living mulch, and the main intention is to increase organic matter and stop soil erosion. Deep rotting systems of cover crops improve soils structure, increase below ground insects and microbial communities and recycle nutrients deep in the soils. If the quantity of mulch is sufficient then weeds are also controlled and water availability for crops increases. The zero tillage system's are now common in broadacre agricultural areas where machinery has been designed for direct seeding and fertilizing and herbicides used for mulch control. There uptake in less developed small holder systems is less common, but has nee demonstrated to be possible, productive and economic. However, specific systems - and their three main components of (a) soils management and land preparation, (b) crop management techniques, and (c) Thematic adjustments - will have to be developed for the Nakai resettlement area. Challenges in this area include poor soils will make fertility improvements difficult and mulch build up rather slow. However, experienced specialists consider that it can be done, over a 4 to 6 year timeframe to develop the systems. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development pH The low inherent pH of the soils can be ameliorated by the application of lime, at indicative rates of between 2 and 5 tons per ha. Application of ground limestone will raise the pH and improve cation exchange capacity. The objective should be to simply neutralise the exchangeable aluminium, which is the main problem in these acid soils, rather then to bring the soil close to a neutral reaction. In practical terms this implies raising the pH to above 5.5. 21.3.3 Irrigation Potential and Limitations - water use efficiencies The percolation losses in the soils in the resettlement sites will be a significant part of the water requirements for irrigated paddy production as well as irrigation for other crops. For heavy clay soils within the Mekong Plains, percolation rates of 1 to 3 mm per day are normal, but in lighter well draining soils, such as occur in the plateau, these rates are significantly higher. However, estimating the percolation losses without the results of infiltration rate tests and area field experience is difficult. For example, at the Theun Douan Demonstration Farm the soils are light and dry season rice trials required considerable pumping and achieved only low yields. After taking into account effective rainfall, a moderately high 6 mm per day could be assumed which results in a peak net supplementary IWR of 8 mm per day. After adjusting for the distribution efficiency and field application losses, which would normally be of the order of 60 percent, a gross IWR of 13 mm per day would be indicated. However, there may be lower irrigation efficiencies through higher distribution losses as the water will have to be conveyed between terraced paddies. It is for this reason that the land areas that are planted to irrigated paddy must be on the lower slopes where soils will have a higher clay content and percolation losses will be lower. Another factor will be that the soil water table level may change after the after the Nakai reservoir is filled. At least in the wet season, the water table should be considerably raised, and thus irrigated paddy water requirements in the wet season may be reduced considerably following impoundment of the reservoir. 21.4 SITE SELECTION AND LAND DEVELOPMENT 21.4.1 Site Selection Nakai Plateau villagers have repeated their preference to remain living on the Plateau rather than moving to the lowland areas, as previously proposed. In response to this preference, studies have been conducted to assess the natural resources in the area above the mean supply level of the reservoir (538 EL). The studies examined the area between the western boundary of the reservoir and the edge of the escarpment to identify suitable areas for the establishment of resettled villages with individual farm plots. Agricultural, social and resource related criteria were given due consideration in selecting prospective resettlement sites (Table 21-3), as described in detail in Chapter 19 Table 21-3: Factors Considered in the Selection of Prospective Resettlement Sites 1. Water supply must be accessible from the reservoir, along with an elevated site for the header tank to allow gravity irrigation to farm plots Agricultural 2. Slope for the farm plot area(s) should be as gentle as possible and ideally not exceed 15% considerations 3. The soils selected must be capable of providing adequate returns with a potential for the production of wetland paddy rice wherever possible 4. All farm plots should form 1 contiguous land area wherever possible Social 5. The resettlement sites should be as near as possible to the old village location considerations 6. Social and cultural factors must be taken into account including the village spiritual areas and customary boundaries Resource 7. Roads or other transportation infrastructure must be sufficiently accessible to ensure access considerations to markets and other support services 8. Access to the reservoir, drawdown zone, forest and grazing areas should be convenient Potential resettlement sites meeting the above criteria are located along the south-western shoreline of the reservoir, providing water for irrigation, and access to the drawdown zone, grazing and forest land. A significant portion of the land has slopes below 15 percent, which allows large enough areas for the selection of village sites and agricultural land. These potential resettlement areas also largely fell within November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development existing village customary use areas, thus reducing the potential of social upheaval and the risks associated with acclimatization to a new environment. Initially, the lands along the reservoir shoreline were divided into 25 potential village resettlement sites. These have now been reviewed by villagers and a each village has chosen, based on its own criteria, indicative sites, as shown in Figure 21-2. Most of the sites are flat to undulating, and a total area of about 750 ha will be developed into terraced and irrigated farm plots, based upon 0.66 ha per household, with an additional 50 ha of land required for the homesteads and associated village facilities. Surrounding these irrigated areas are similar area of upland degraded forest, and these may be developed into rainfed cropping, as described Section 21.5.2. While the villagers' choice of site often relates to closeness to water and the reservoir, some have also chosen areas where, based on available maps, there may be a large area of drawdown, land between elevations of 538 masl to about 530 masl. Villagers obviously see the potential to utilize such areas for dry season irrigated and early wets season rainfed cropping. A range of cropping options will be made available to each resettled household, and they will have flexibility in their choice of what and how to grow crops on the farm plots. In addition, what they grow on the land will likely change over time, as experience is gained as to what are the best crops and systems for the area, and as markets emerge and change. 21.4.2 Land development The areas to why the villagers will be relocated and developed as agricultural plots is currently under degraded to medium to good forest. Thus the land will have to be opened up for the farm plots. The establishment and development of these farm plots would require substantial labour inputs at the outset. This would include: Felling of trees and slashing of vegetation, a task which many of the villagers are accustomed to; While the good trees will be sawn by the NPVFA for sale to NTPC and then used to build villagers houses, the other vegetation will be burnt on site; and Removal of tree stumps is necessary if the land is to be cultivated, but may not be necessary of the DMC system is adopted. Stump removal is a difficult task, which cam be undertaken in three ways: (a) slow burning of the tree stump, in situ, which may take some years for the stump to disappear; (b) manual dodging and removal of stump; and (c) mechanical extraction In most cases, the land opening in the first year will be part of planting a wet season upland rice crops, atypical way that agricultural land is first brought into production in the Lao PDR. Following this first season's crop, in the case of the irrigated and terraced areas, the land would be surveyed and terraces started to be formed as explained in Section 21.5.1. This would be conducted in parallel to survey and design of the irrigation system. The on farm development of the irrigation system would, in most cases, begin in the following year. The experience being gained from the Pilot Village and demonstration farm will be used in developing the lands within these farming areas. 21.5 CROPPING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS There are three possible farming (cropping) systems that could be developed in, or in relation to, the resettlement Area, as follows: (a) irrigated, multiple season cropping, on bench terraces; Irrigated cropping has been tested in the Theun Douan farm and now in the Pilot Village, and has proved to be technically feasible and productive. It is also the system requested by resettlers (farmers). It is thus the main cropping system used in the planning of the agriculture program (until DMC and reservoir drawdown systems are shown to be feasible, and developed). (b) rainfed cropping in the area currently classified as degraded forest; Non-irrigated cropping of the fragile soils in the area is probably only viable under legume rotations and minimum tillage, the `direct-seeding mulch-based cropping' (DMC) systems. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development However, rainfed cropping with legume rotations and minimum tillage will take considerable time to develop as a productive and sustainable system, and at this stage the productivity of its technical components is not known. Thus, it will be part of the participatory research program, but not, at this stage, part of the detailed farm planning and income modelling. (c) cropping in the reservoir drawdown zone. The extent and type of cropping in the reservoir's drawdown zone is not possible to predict at this stage. It may be possible in some specified areas, especially those areas not subject to wave erosion. Thus, this is not at this stage considered in detailed planning and income scenarios, but villagers will have the full right to pursue cropping in theses areas if and when they become possible and viable. Regulations regarding the use of this area will be established in each village by the DAFO and the village authorities. 21.5.1 Irrigated Agriculture on terraces The main features of the planned irrigated cropping systems and components which are modelled in the economic analysis (see Section 21.10 and 21.11) include: · An area of 0.66 ha of land per family will be developed and provided with irrigation water to allow production of wet and dry season crops and forages. · Some households will initially continue to plant upland rice in these areas, but most will gradually change to production to the irrigated paddy, where technically and economically feasible and especially after the Nakai reservoir in operation. Paddy land will be located on the lower terraces, where slopes are less, and the land contiguous to the drawdown zones where cropping may also be developed, including mid to late dry season paddy rice. Both wet and dry season paddy can be grown or dry season crops such as water melon grown in the formed paddy areas. · Maize and sorghum will be important crops to be grown in both wet and dry season, intercrop or rotated with legumes such as peanuts, mung beans, black beans and soybeans - could be expanded in both WS and DS, mainly as sole crops but also as an intercrop with maize during the WS. · Vegetable production will be mainly undertaken in the dry season, with double cropping of vegetables as households further intensify the cropping patterns and gain experience. Vegetable crops will include cabbage and broccoli, cucumber, eggplant, tomato, chillies and garlic, in fact any species which grows effectively in the plateau environment and has a good market. · Fruit trees are another option that can be planted either (a) on the lower terraces where the water table will be more accessible in the dry season, thus reducing their need for supplementary irrigation, or on the higher terraces. Fruit types will include mango, jackfruit, guava, lychee, tamarind, pomelo, bananas and pineapple. · Irrigated forage production is another option. On perfectly flat areas these could be developed into grazing fields. However, on areas with any slope, cut and carry systems would be probably be developed to avoid erosion or damage to terracing. Establishment of forages/pastures could also be part of the cropping cycle, with the pastures being returned to crops every 2 years or so. · Establishment of long cycle industrial type crops is also a possible - tea, coffee, rubber, or whatever is feasible and economically productive. · Most of the land areas selected for relocation have undulating topography that will necessitate the establishment of terraces along the contours (see Section 21.5.1). The Irrigation Water Requirements for paddy production will be considerably higher than for the field crops grown on the other parts of the farm lot. Paddy grows best in a standing water depth of 10 to 15 cm, which needs to be maintained throughout the growing season. In addition irrigation water is required to cover evaporation losses from the open water as well as compensate for percolation losses in the inundated fields. Furthermore, there is a substantial water demand to saturate the land to permit the soils to be puddled prior to transplanting. The process of puddling the soil disturbs the fine clay soil particles that move settle between soil particles lower in the profile and hence reduce percolation losses. A dry season paddy crop has been included in the Whole Farm Scenarios following the filling of the reservoir, although this may prove possible in the lower terraces or in certain drawdown zones There are areas within the resettlement sites with higher clay contents, although these are mostly found in the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development northern area. However, these soils will still have higher percolation losses than rates than the heavy clay soils normally used for paddy. The effect of puddling the soils will be to progressively change the soil structure and this will in turn progressively reduce percolation losses. Once this occurs then the production of dry season paddy could become more feasible, in the longer term. On the upper slopes non-ponded crops will be grown, because of the higher percolation losses. Although the annual applications of organic manure will improve the physical structure of the soils it will not materially influence the percolation rates. Dry season field and vegetable crops will be probably be grown under two general systems: (a) on flat ground or in 'holes' in cases where water is provided by sprinkler; (b) on raised ridges or beds where furrow irrigation is possible. Sprinkler - either semi automatic or fully manual - will be possible were dry season vegetable and field crops are grown on small areas (normally less than 150 sq m). This will substantially reduce the water demand although it will increase the labour requirement. in larger areas, water reticulation in pipes and canals will be the main systems developed (see Chapter 22) Terrace Design and Construction The work that has been done over the last two years in the Pilot Village has raised some concerns relating to the establishment of terraces and the task of providing irrigation water to these farm lots. Some basic assumptions regarding terrace design that should be applied are: · Terrace vertical intervals must be kept to a minimum to minimize cut and fill topsoil movement. The greater the vertical interval, the greater the cut and fill earth movement. The maximum vertical interval should not exceed 40 cm (20 cm cut and fill). · The rise in the interval is not vertical as there is little stone available for stonewalling. Instead the terrace rise should be cut at a slope of 0.5:1 (horizontal : vertical). Consequently some land will be lost by terrace construction. · At the end of the terrace there should be a small earth bund, 10-cm high. Thus, assuming 1:1 side slopes and 10-cm top width, a strip 30-cm wide will be lost. · The terraces surfaces must be level to ensure even distribution of irrigation water. Table 21-4 and Figure 21-2 below present guideslines for Bench Terrace Design and Construction, applicable for plot slopes between 2 and 20 %. The table shows the less the vertical interval the more the number of benches that are required and the less total bench width. The recommended maximum vertical interval is 0.4 m with a preferable 0.3 m interval (0.15 m depth cut and fill). Table 21-4: Parameters for Design and Construction of Terraces Vertical Interval (m) between terraces No. of benches Total bench width (m) 0.4 25 4 0.3 33 3 0.2 50 2 The preferable method of locating a contour is by the use of a clear hosepipe and water rather than using a conventional "A" frame. The method to be used should be as follows: · Temporary benchmarks are installed at every farm plot. This will require the use of theodolite and a skilled operator. · Individual plots are surveyed and mapped to determine land slope or slopes. Initially a 20 metre grid can be used. With experience, it will be possible to decide what density of spot levels is required. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development · The existing terrace lines are also located and the existing terrace widths/vertical intervals/land slopes are compared with those in Table 21-3. · If the existing terrace widths are considered satisfactory, then improving the existing bunds is undertaken using the clear hosepipe and pegs. Set the top of the pegs to the level of the contour. Excavate a trench and build a bund to the top of the pegs and then level the plot behind the bund accordingly. · If the existing terraces are not considered satisfactory then it will be necessary to re-design the terrace widths using the guideline table in conjunction with the farmer wishes regarding cut and fill depths (some plots may have shallower top soils than others). Irrigation efficiency will also be determined by the degree of levelling of the terraces to permit an even distribution of the water. If the terraces are uneven larger volumes of water will be required to maintain the minimum standing depths of water for the paddy. Terrace development should, where possible, be done manually, as the use of heavy equipment can result in the disturbance of the sub-soil which if mixed with the top soil can result in areas of the terrace that will have largely sterile soil. The actual construction of the contours and terraces is difficult and can be done by various means, often a combination of the following; · mechanically, by the use of large ploughing tractors or smaller hand tractors to loosen the soils and effect some levelling of the ground; and · manually, by use of hoes to level the ground and transfer soils for the construction. Using both these methods, it will take time - 2 to 3 the years - to fully developed the terraces and contours. Thus, there will be a requirement for substantial labour inputs during the first and second years to achieve (the land clearance and then) contouring and terracing, as well as the initial land preparation for cropping. This is estimated at 50 to 70 person days for the 0.66 ha farm lot, at least 60 % of which should take place during the first 2 years. This will be supported by the Project in the form of Food for Work Programs, and is a form of transitional income support. For the smaller households who have labour shortages, this support can also be used to compensate hired labour. A third method employed for terrace and contour development in more developed countries is the use of laser levelled graders (on very gentle slopes only). This is currently not contemplated to be used in the NT2 Project, but could be an option. Land Preparation Following opening up the land (see section 21.4.2), and in the early years in parallel to the progressive development of terraces and contours, the land in the irrigated plots needs to be prepared on a seasonal. The most common way to do this is with power toilers, the same tillers used to develop and level the land on the early years. The project will provide one power tillers to an average of 10 families or community groups. These machines, however, are multiple purposes, and when not preparing land are used for the transportation of inputs (fertilisers) and produce to market. Smaller areas, especially for vegetable crop beds, are also prepared by hand, with hoes etc. Following trialling and experience the progressive introduction of DMC systems into the terraced and irrigated areas may also be a possibility, and be especially important for the decrease in reliance on imported fertilisers or fertiliser production materials. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Figure 21-2: Three Examples of Terraces with 5, 10 and 15 % Degree Slopes. Figure 21-3: Photos of Contour Terracing in the Nong Boua Pilot Village. Contour bund developed as paddy rice bunds Contour bund planted to pigeon pea November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Figure 21-4: Photos of Wet Season Cropping, Nong Boua Pilot Village. Peanuts, at the stat of the wet season 2003 Ploughing a terraced field with hand tractor Maize, wet season 2004 Black beans Terraced fields (planted to maize to maize, early wet season, 03 Rice crop trial site, wet season 2004 Upland rice, wet season 2004 Planting bunded paddy rice, wet season 2004 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Figure 21-5: Photos on Dry Season Cropping in Nong Boua Pilot Village Bananas Mango Cabbages Papaya Broccoli Mustard greens Chillies Tomatoes November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.5.2 Direct Seeded Mulch Based Cropping (DMC) Systems The only alternative to irrigated cropping in the resettlement areas is DMC or direct seeded mulch-based cropping systems in upland rainfed areas of the resettlement. The main principle of these systems is that the soil is no longer disturbed by mechanical action, and is always kept covered by former crop residues and dead or living mulch, and the main intention is to increase organic matter and stop soil erosion. Mechanical actions (hoeing, ploughing) are replaced by biological improvement of soil structure by rooting systems of cover crops which improve soils structure, increase below ground insects and microbial communities and recycle nutrients deep in the soils. If the quantity of mulch is sufficient then weeds are also controlled and water availability for crops increases. The zero tillage system's are now common in broadacre agricultural areas where machinery has been designed for direct seeding and fertilizing and herbicides used for mulch control. The uptake of the DMC systems in small holder systems is less common, but has been demonstrated to be possible, productive and economic in the Lao PDR. However, the DMC systems require that the principles are applied creatively within each particular agro- ecosystem. Scaling-up of DMC systems must be based on the understanding of the agro-ecological and socioeconomic conditions under which alternatives are adopted and implemented at the local level. Thus, development of specific systems which are feasible and productive on the Nakai plateau, and especially in the resettlement area, will take time to develop, and will require research and onfarm trials on the main components of the cropping system, which include (a) Soils management and land preparation The DMC system replaces ploughing and scarification with the production and management of mulches - organic matter covering the ground, which could come from crop residues, or plants established to produce mulch such as grasses - which actually also have a forage function. This mulch management often include the use of a herbicide ('glyphosate') although over time villagers may develop systems which do not require herbicide use. The system replaces convectional planting techniques with specialised planters as shown in Figure 21-6. (b) Crop management techniques While crop sowing dates and plant density may change only slightly under DMC systems, special emphasis must be given to the development of notational and annual crop sequencing which will enhance mulch management and soils fertility. Crop management will also reduce economic risk and climatic risks Many options are available when using additional crops cover crops) but for smallholders a integrated cropping and livestock system is often mist suitable. (c) Thematic adjustments Finally, as in conventional systems, an understanding of the best and adapted cultivars must be developed, and especially the required fertiliser regimes and application methods. Challenges to the development of this DMC system in the Nakai resettlement area include · the paucity of soils nutrients and organic matter means that the DMC systems alone may take time to show significant improvement in soil fertility . · given the rather poor natural growth of natural vegetation on the plateau, will significant mulch be able to be develop to prevent erosion ? · the more intensive management - change for villagers ? On the other hand, shifting cultivators do not plough the soils at the moment, but rather dibble the seed, which is a rudimentary form of direct sowing. In DMC systems, these dibbling systems must be improved, probably by the used of specialised machines. Examples of DMC rotational systems which could possibly be developed in the Nakai resettlement area include: eg i: Annual crop and forage association: cash crop (maize) associated with forage specie (B. ruziziensis) to increase fodder resource: 2 years of forage and 1 year (wet season) of a maize or sorghum crop. eg ii: Annual crop and forage association: cash crop (maize) associated with forage specie (B. ruziziensis) to be used as cover crop for the next cycle. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development eg iii: two annual crops - early season legume (mung, peanuts) or other crop sesame) followed by a longer an main wet season grain crop - maize or sorghum, to be used later as animal feed. Figure 21-6: Direct Seeding through Mulch using a Hand-Jab Seeder; Maize / Sorghum emerging through Mulch (photos courtesy of CIRAD). The main areas or zones where these DMC systems, integrated with cattle grazing of cut and carry forage production, will be tested and developed, and then expanded as appropriate, will be in areas currently under degraded to very degraded forest in the Resettlement Area. There may be between 2,500 to 4,000 ha of such areas in the Resettlement Area (within that approximately 7,000 ha defined as 'degraded forest'). However, there will be competition with other uses of these areas. For example, permanent pasture may be one use (although these could also be used as fallow for annual crops in trhe DMC system), while natural regeneration or plantations of native trees and NTPCs ­ bong bark and cardamom for example ­ may be another preferred use. Thus, the uptake of DMC in the rainfed areas of the Resettlement Area and the use of the rest of the currently degraded forest areas will be a matter of trialling and village choice (see Chapter 19 for the on-going FLUPAM process). 21.5.3 Reservoir Drawdown Zone Agriculture Analysis of reservoir area maps (developed on a based of 5 m contour intervals), and the operation of the reservoir which is predicted to range from a full supply level of 538 masl to 526 masl ­ or a 12 m drop annually ­ suggest that a large area of land will be inundated by the reservoir only for some months of the year. These areas are exposed as the reservoir is drawing down in the dry season, or progressively filling up in the wet season. In fact, areas between 538 to around 536 masl will in some years not even be inundated (see Figure 21-7 and 21-6). However, only in that the area above 530 m asal (approximately) is considered as possible to grow crops. While the exact nature of this drawdown zone of the reservoir is difficult to predict, and will only be known after some years of operation of the reservoir, the drawdown zone could include the following types: (a) areas in the southern edge of the main reservoir which may be subject to erosion, especially in areas of slope > 5 %; (b) low areas which are very flat and may remain as swamps during the dry season - this would be the case for lower areas, say below 530 masl; and (c) higher areas of very gentle slope, or areas in the small embayments not subject to wind and wave, which could develop as seasonal grassland, seasonally flooded forests etc. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Figure 21-7: Annual Fluctuations of Nakai Reservoir Surface Water Elevations and Reservoir Surface Water Areas. 538 446 406 536 )lsa 366 2 ) m(leveLreta 534 326 mk(ae 532 286 WriovreseR 246 530 206 ArecarfuSreta W 528 166 126 526 86 524 46 N B R Y N L G P T V C N JA FE MAR AP MA JU JU AU SE OC NO DE JA Month Dry Year Level Wet Year Level Average Year Level November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Figure 21-8: Drawdown Areas in Main Reservoir and Areas Close to Resettlement Area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development It is this third ecological zone that could be developed for agriculture, in two general seasons and systems, as follows: 1: during the dry season, as the reservoir is receding. Crops could be planted into the wet soils. for short season crops they may mature on wet soils alone. For longer season crops, they could be provided with supplementary irrigation. The most likely crops grown would be short season grain crops, short season legume crops, vegetable crops in small areas, and dry season paddy rice in bunded rice fields. The supplementary irrigation could be provided by: (a) a supplementary pipe or canal from the main irrigation systems - in cases where the drawdown zone utilised is contiguous with the main irrigated cropping; or (b) small dams or gully stops holding water from the receded reservoir, as is done around the Great Lake of Cambodia. 2: during the early wet season, before the reservoir is filled again (as it is progressively being filled) there will be large areas of exposed land receiving early wet season rains. In selected and appropriate areas, villages could grow short season crops such as maize, peanuts etc, as they currently do along the banks of rivers before they flood (e.g. the Xe Bangfai) or in their upland fields. The total area of possible drawdown lands immediately below (contiguous with) the Resettlement Area and which could possibly be utilised in this way has been tentatively been assessed by GIS mapping (see Figure 21-6) to be; · area of drawdown land between 530 to 535 masl = 1,258 ha · area of drawdown land between 535 to 538 masl = 1,045 ha For planning purposes, it is assumed that around 60 % will be either too steep, subject to erosion or for some other reason not suitable for copping, thus leaving about 1,380 ha of drawdown zone which may be suitable for cropping. 21.5.4 Crop Seed and Varieties Seed of improved varieties of all crops will be provided by the Project. Seed of improved selections of legumes and maize will be accessed many sources, including Had Dokkeo Vegetable Research Station, Na Phok National Agricultural Research Station in Vientiane municipality and the new Khammouane seed production station. At Had Dokkeo the maize variety LVN10 has proved successful in achieving yields in excess of 5 tons per ha in field trials. This is a hybrid variety bred at the National Maize Research Institute in Vietnam where they have also developed composite varieties, which would be more suitable since they would avoid the necessity for re-purchasing of seed every year. Priori to promoting any variety, simple on- farm variety trials will be conducted in each village to compare the performance of varieties under the fertility and climatic conditions of the plateau. Examples of current varieties include the peanuts varieties of Mock Kay, Khor Kean and Tong Nang, which have given unshelled yields of up to 2 tons per ha, the mungbean the variety VC 1468 which has yielded from 1.2 to 2 tons per ha, and the soybeans variety Chiang Mai 1 can yield up to 1.2 tons per ha.. Seeds of many vegetable crops and varieties are commercially available in Laos or in Thailand, although most of these are hybrids. They would provide the best yield potential and it will be necessary to ensure that households would have reliable supplies of the seed in future years when they become responsible for providing their own inputs. Rice varieties that are currently in use on the plateau under both upland culture as well as irrigated paddy are all glutinous varieties and most are photoperiod sensitive. These traditional varieties have a low yield potential, although through selection by the farmers they are well adapted to the local growing conditions. In the case of irrigated paddy, they are growing the same varieties in both the wet and dry seasons, although the area planted in the dry season is very small. However, because of the low temperatures in December and January short season cold tolerant varieties should be used. Planting normal varieties November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development earlier than this and exposing them to temperatures of less than 15o C can result in them not flowering. It will be necessary to test a number of varieties prior to identifying those that should be multiplied. While initially, seed will be purchased, the project will develop its own sown seed production facilities on the plateau.. Aside from the hybrid vegetable crops farmers will need to be encouraged to retain seed of the improved varieties of the field crops from their own crops for use in future seasons. 21.5.5 Fruit Tree Propagation Local and improved fruit tree varieties have, and will continue to be tested on the plateau to assess their adaptability and productivity on the plateau. Based on these and on farm results and farmers requirements, the project is encouraging the multiplication of fruit trees at the pilot farms and Village and in villages themselves, so that the plateau (and its farmers) become the main source of seedlings of fruit trees for distribution to farmers (as part of their entitlements). Training in nursery management is and will continue to be provided to interested farmers who wish to establish their own nursery. 21.5.6 Fertiliser Materials Because of the limitation of the soils in terms of their erosion susceptibility, high acidity, poor nutrient content low CEC, high absorption of P they will need careful management during the initial years of development. As the soils have high inherent acidity that will adversely affect crop growth, the Project will provide limestone for the initial treatment of the soil prior to the commencement of land and crop development in the resettlement sites. The extent of the need for further applications of limestone in subsequent years will need to be carefully monitored by soil sampling and pH testing. This District Agricultural and Forestry Office (DAFO) will support this activity by establishment and operation of a simple soils laboratory. However, it is envisaged that the liming treatment will not be required beyond the third year of cultivation so that the input costs of the lime will all be borne by the Project and will not be a burden to the households in the subsequent years. No liming should be necessary on the irrigated paddy land as the anaerobic conditions caused by the flooding of these soils in itself results in a stabilisation of the pH at an acceptable level for paddy production. The use of heavy applications of organic fertiliser will be necessary to build soil organic matter, and to improve the nutrient holding capacity, which in turn will also improve the buffering capacity of the soil to enable the pH to stabilise at an acceptable level. Producing large amounts of organic fertiliser will be a substantial task for the households, and the project will initially produce and provide this fertiliser by the establishment of organic, compost fertiliser factory, similar to that developed in the Pilot Village. If rates of application of at least 1 ton are applied on each 0.5 ha plot this will entail the production of on average over 30 tons of organic fertiliser each year in each village. However, during the first three years higher rates of application, about 2 to 3 tonnes per ha, will be applied. Farm generated animal manures will eventually have to become the main source of organic fertilisers, although the systems whereby villagers raise there cattle and other livestock - extensive, range feed or more intensive and based on the irrigation areas - will largely determine the extent and the way that these animal manures and used and processed before application. As experience and understanding is developed, and soil organic matter and buffering capacity is improved, the use of inorganic fertilisers will be considered. The use of compound inorganic fertiliser will be necessary particularly for paddy, maize and vegetable crops that will counteract the low levels of phosphate as well as supplying additional nitrogen to supplement that supplied by the organic fertiliser. The commercially available 15.15.15 may be appropriate, and rates of application of 50 kg per ha applied as a basal dressing during land preparation would be likely. For irrigated paddy where higher rates of nitrogen would be required to optimise yields a top dressing of 50 kg per ha of urea should also be November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development applied3. If required during the transition phase, the use of the inorganic fertiliser will be funded by the Project.. Subsequently, if the households revert to lower input levels it has been assumed that they would not maintain the use of chemical fertiliser but would revert to the use of only organic fertiliser. The soils are also low in phosphate, so that significant additions of either rock phosphate or dolomite will be added , either as basal dressing of in-hole applications. The introduction of leguminous field crops, as well as the planting of perennial leguminous species as hedgerows to stabilise the terraces will all contribute to building the nitrogen reserves of the soil. However, careful observation of the nodulation of the legume field crops should be used to determine the need for inoculation of the seed. This applies most particularly to Soybeans where the rhizobium may not be present in soils where this crop has not previously been planted. Incorporation of crop residues into the soil after harvest will also contribute to increasing the inherent soil fertility or alternatively allowing livestock to graze on the harvested areas. However, if livestock are allowed into the area the leguminous hedgerows may prove to be more attractive grazing than the crop residues. The foliage of the hedgerows will be better utilised as a part of a cut and carry system. 21.5.7 Pest and Disease Control On the plateau there is little if any use of pesticides and in the resettlement sites the crops will, as far as possible continue to be grown without the use of pesticides. The intensification of the cropping patterns inevitably will increase the incidence of crop pests and diseases and this will apply particular to some vegetable crops. However, there are effective IPM approaches that can be effective in controlling particular pests4. There will be programs of farmer training to support the introduction of Integrated Pest Management (IPM) to enable them to minimise pesticide use. The principles of IPM will be taught using the well established approach of Farmer Field Schools, which will be the basis for the delivery of all farmer training whereby an emphasis is placed upon practical based teaching in the field rather than classroom based training. Producing organic vegetables on the Nakai plateau could enable the farmers to sell produce into niche markets in Vientiane or across the border in Thailand. There would be a need for assistance in sourcing and development market linkages and establishing a marketing centre in Nakai where buyers could obtain their produce. 21.6 EXTENSION APPROACHES FOR CROP PRODUCTION One of the greatest challenges to the intensification of the farming systems and cropping patterns will be the motivation of the farmers to adopt the new forms of (sedentary) agriculture. A wide range of extension approaches and development assistance will be provided to ensure that the resettlers progressively adjust to, and adopt the systems. The extension approach should focus on involving the farmers in a participatory manner so that farmer training and technical inputs are in response to their needs. The extension strategy proposed relies heavily on the use of Farmer Field Schools and the identification of Farmer Leaders, Village Livestock Agents., etc., who can themselves fulfil some of the functions of the field extension staff, and the development of trials and demonstration areas, as described below. Inputs The project will support the following inputs, mainly during the early years after resettlement to enable the households to establish their livelihood on their farm lot and gain experience. The physical inputs will comprise the following: · seed of improved varieties of all crops will be provided; · agricultural lime will be applied to all farm lots at the time of initial land preparation to counteract the inherent high acidity of the soils; 3 These rates of application are indicative only, and quite modest. They will effectively supply only 7.5 kg per ha of N, P and K respectively from the 15.15.15 supplemented by 23 kg per ha of N from the Urea topdressing applied to the paddy. There is no precise information on the chemical composition of the organic fertiliser. 4 One example is the control of control of Diamond Back Moth which attacks Brassica crops by the use of the parasitic wasp Trichogramma pretiosum that can be released into the area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development · organic fertiliser materials will be supplied for all crops and chemical fertilisers supplied for specific crops in particular to address phosphate deficiencies; · provision of hoes and other simple tools; · provision of power tillers, and of direct seeding tools; and · all of the farm lots will be supplied with irrigation water, and the costs of this support will be borne by the Project including the ongoing maintenance and pumping costs, although after the first three years the villagers will be expected to contribute some nominal fee for use of the irrigation waters. Technical support The joint support from TAs and trained Provincial and District staff will ensure there is a high level of technical supervision to the agricultural development activities within the resettled villages. Research and trial areas in each village As discussed previously, the development of the new cropping and livestock systems will present certain technical (and social) challenges. Thus, there will be a need to establish a program of research and trails in range of subjects including; · crop cultivars; · fertiliser rates; · mulch management etc for DMC; · new types of crops; · methods for terrace management, etc This program will be managed by TA team, and established in two general ways: (a) research trails on dedicated research sites, linked closely to selected villages (an example of this is already established within the Nong Boua pilot village ; and (b) on farm trials, where the various components are tested in farmer fields Demonstrations plots Demonstration plots will be developed on actual farmer fields, with leading or innovative farmers, to provide examples of possible crops, and their main agronomic requirements of them. Such demonstration plots, or model farms, will be developed in each village to provide convincing demonstrations to the farmers of appropriate practices and crop management. These demo plots are also a useful tool for the conduct of these FFSs, with visits to the farmers' own farm lots being a part of the regular training sessions to discuss particular problems that have occurred alongside the organisation of additional on- farm trials and demonstrations. Farmer Field Schools Farmer Field Schools will be established as the vehicle for providing training to farmers on improved cultural practices, and to ensure that training on particular commodities extends for the duration of the production cycle, with the training being conducted on a regular basis in the field timed to coincide with critical growth stages. This will enable farmers to learn how to achieve optimum plant densities, raising and transplanting vegetable seedlings, fertiliser application, weed control and post-harvest practices. In general FFSs should be conducted with groups of farmers that number less than 25. This is to ensure that there can be good interaction within the group during each training sessions and it is easier to monitor the attendance of all the farmers at each training session. One of the important tasks of the AEWs, who will be the main facilitators of the FFSs, will be to motivate the farmers and seek their continued interest in attending the training sessions. However, the AEWs can use the regular attendance at the training sessions as a condition for the continued release of inputs to the households during the first three years. Normally, each FFS is concluded with the conduct of a graduation ceremony where farmer are awarded a certificate that gives them some prestige as having successfully completed the training. However, the AEWs may wish to keep the groups of farmers from the FFS intact to provide a vehicle to the continued provision of extension support, and also the conduct of other FFS that may deal with other commodities. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development A program of Cross Visits for the farmers to other areas will be implemented, although there seem to no other examples of this type of irrigated agriculture on terraced uplands in other parts of Laos at present. However, enabling farmers to visit established resettled villages will be a useful way of introducing them to the approach for the development of the farm lots in their own resettled areas. 21.6.1 Risks and Assumptions As already described, the introduction of intensive cropping patterns and sedentary agriculture will incur a number of risks: (a) Resettled households may not be prepared initially to adopt the intensive cropping patterns to maximise the utilisation of their farm lots. This is a risk that has been highlighted in the discussion and has been observed in the Pilot Village where there has been a tendency for example to continue to plant upland rice, in some cases as an intercrop with maize. By providing full support to the resettled households in the form of inputs as well as Food for Work Programs as a contribution towards their labour particularly during the initial land clearing and preparation it is intended that households will learn from experience and training programs and be encouraged to intensify their cropping patterns. (b) The optimum levels of inputs that are provided to resettled households through Project support may not be sustained. This is risk that in subsequent years, particularly with respect to the amounts of fertiliser, villagers to not maintain the levels of inputs supported by the project in the transition period. However, in the computations of Gross Margins and subsequent calculation of farm incomes, scenario's has been developed that depicts a reversion to lower input use to assess the impact of this change on the household income. (c) Households are prepared to develop their farm lots and work to improve the soil conditions in order to increase productivity. Applying and incorporating organic fertiliser will be a continuing need for a number of years. Again this is a practice that can be promoted during the initial years when support is being provided but it will require sustained extension efforts in future years to ensure that the households do maintain the practice. Adoption rates will be dependent on the improvement in soil structure and crop productivity that can be achieved during the first three years. (d) Levels of productivity can be achieved for the recommended crops. Assumptions have been made on yields for each of the crops examined. In general these have been kept at a modest level and in the analysis of farm incomes assumptions have been made in relation to a medium level of yield at each level of input usage. The results from the Demonstration Farm and Pilot village have provided some guide to the likely level of yields that can be achieved. (e) Irrigation potential of the soils. Detailed soil surveys have not been conducted in each resettlement area but the results from the Pilot Village indicate that it will be feasible to irrigate dry season crops provided, soil conditions can be improved. In the resettlement areas to the north the soil conditions appear to be rather more favourable for irrigated crop production. In the comparison of the farm incomes for different cropping patterns it has been assumed that there may be a gradual increase in dry season irrigated areas as the farmers gain experience as well as the soils conditions improving. 21.7 PILOT VILLAGE EXPERIENCE TO DATE Experience gained in the Nong Noua Pilot Village is presented in detail in Appendix J. The following section summarises the results and experience of the pilot village agriculture programme. The development of agriculture in the pilot villages has in summary taken the following course: 2002/03 dry season: clearing of the land and first layout of contouring; 2003 wet season: pilot and limited scale wet season cropping; 2002/03 dry season: pilot vegetable production around a gully stop dam/pond; preliminary planting of fruit trees etc.; 2003 wet season: first full scale and fertilised wets season cropping; 2003/04 dry season: first irrigated vegetable production using new irrigation system; follow up planting of fruit tress; 2004 wet season: 2nd wet season of full cropping; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 2004/05 dry season: 2nd seasons of irrigated vegetable growing. 21.7.1 Wet Season Cropping in the Pilot Village The 2003 wet season crop plantings in Ban Nong Boua are presented in Table 21-5, which shows that a total of 1.59 ha of upland rice (13 families), 3.97 ha of maize (all 27 families), 1.83 hectares of peanuts (all 27 families) and 1.82 hectares of black bean (25 families) were planted. Yields were monitored through sampling of four 3m * 3m areas within each farmer's plot. The average maize yield was 1.7 t/ha, ranging from 1.0 to 2.3 t/ha. With low input medium yields are expected to be around 1.5 t/ha, while high inputs (improved seed, chemical fertiliser and more organic fertiliser) would expect a medium yield of 3.0 t/ha.. Yields for unshelled peanuts were in average 1.1 t/ha and ranging from 0.8 to 1.7 t/ha. In summary, yields of maize and peanuts were only fair, and will have to be improved if the cropping of these crops would prove to be viable alternative to rice growing. One reason for low yields is that farmers planted a mixture of local and improved varieties of corn, and planting in such mixtures crop agronomy is difficult. Peanuts were considerably attacked by soil insects, a problem which should decrease after a couple of years of cropping. Table 21-5: Area and Yield of Crops Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003 Upland Rice Maize Peanut Black bean (late HH (mid-late May) (early to mid May) (early mid May) May, early June) No. Area (ha) Area (ha) Yield (Kg/ha) Area (ha) Yield (Kg/ha) Area (ha) 1 0.06 0.06 1 806 0.06 1 000 0.02 2 0.12 0.12 1,958 0.03 1,083 0.075 3 0.18 1,486 0.03 1,222 0.03 4 0.18 0.04 1,528 0.06 1,222 0.06 5 0.04 0.16 1,917 0.03 - 0.015 6 0.1 0.32 1,861 0.22 1,222 0.16 7 0.16 1,389 0.09 1,028 0.09 8 0.24 1,167 0.08 806 0.03 9 0.16 1,889 0.1 861 0.07 10 0.32 2,083 0.2 833 0.15 11 0.12 0.16 1,333 0.12 889 0.15 12 0.16 0.16 1,306 0.03 833 0.12 13 0.28 0.18 972 0.12 1,028 14 0.15 0.15 1,389 0.05 1,306 0.01 15 0.16 1,667 0.07 917 0.08 16 0.24 2,167 0.06 972 0.06 17 0.03 1,250 0.03 1,264 0.06 18 0.15 1,389 0.08 1,653 0.15 19 0.15 1,972 0.04 1,000 0.15 20 0.16 1,528 0.01 889 0.04 21 0.06 0.1 2,306 0.06 1,153 0.012 22 0.12 0.12 2,000 0.06 861 0.09 23 0.08 0.1 1,778 0.04 1,639 0.08 24 0.12 0.12 1,694 0.07 1,333 0.018 25 0.07 1,889 0.03 1,417 26 0.07 1,389 0.04 1,222 0.072 27 0.09 2,250 0.02 1,472 0.03 Total 1.59 3.97 1,680 1.83 1,079 1.822 Note: Yield is only obtained for maize and peanut. Yield is measured by 4 representative sampling areas (@ 3m * 3m) in each farm plot. In the 2004 wet season, many farmers planted large areas of upland rice ­ 9.8 ha ­ and 1.3 ha of maize and about 0.7 ha of peanuts, as shown in Table 21-6. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-6: Area and Yield of Crops Grown in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2004. HH Upland Rice Hard (feed) corn Sweet corn1 Peanut No. Family Name Area (m2) kg/ha Area (m2) kg/ha Area (m2) kg/ha Area (m2) kg/ha 1 Thao vang 2,012 1,100 175 3,600 200 253.3 200 1,200 2 ChomNgon 2,400 900 333 2,500 333 652.8 660 1,200 3 Thao ka 1,493 900 200 3,300 200 551.2 300 4 Nang Say 1,722 800 200 4,900 300 950.4 300 1,400 5 Thao On 1,463 1,600 602 1,483.2 201 6 Kham phong 877 3,650.0 440 1,600 7 Nang Hay 6,336 1,300 8 Thong Dam 2,008 1,600 264 503.2 9 Xieng Non 552 1,000 192 756.0 240 1,300 10 Thao phone 1265 621.5 402 1,100 11 Chansy 2,401 n.a 120 330.0 140 1,200 12 Thone 3,206 1,600 285 342.0 258 1,100 13 Xieng kom 2,578 n.a 450 1,216.0 270 1,000 14 Thao Som 2,750 n.a 246 675.0 150 800 15 Phomma 2,430 n.a 120 378.0 160 900 16 Thao Khem 1,580 n.a 143 333.0 17 Thao vong 3,625 1,300 667 1,050.0 300 750 18 Thao Seng 1,377 1,200 372 588.0 19 Xieng in 1,491 1,600 150 350.0 20 Thao Han 2,828 1,200 320 1,400 320 588.0 380 21 Sysavane ,729 800 537 1,000 250 330.0 250 1,200 22 Thao Khen 1,827 1,000 145 3,700 304 180.0 608 1,100 23 Thao noot 3,992 1,500 460 24 Sing Lak 32,919 1,500 191 56.3 51 25 Boon my than 2,324 1,000 808 281.3 192 1,400 26 Thao oy 5,789 1,800 622 225.0 662 27 Thao pe 1,345 1,800 725 125.0 322 1,100 28 Thao et 2,086 1,900 750 186.0 486 1,200 29 Chan pheng 2,814 1,900 30 Xiengsong 1,200 900 350 210.0 Total - ha 9.83 ha 0.19 ha 1.11 0.74 ha 1Yields of sweet corn is based on `dry matter', not fresh cobs. 21.7.2 Dry Season Cropping in the Pilot Village The dry season on the Nakai plateau starts late September or early October and extends to late March or early April. At this stage, vegetables rather than field crops are normally grown during this dry season, and for many vegetables it is possible to plant and harvest two crops over the duration of the dry season. Table 21-7 provides details of the number of vegetable seedlings planted by each family in the first round of vegetable planting in the 2003-2004 dry season. This was the first season that vegetables have been grown on Ban Nong Boua Pilot village by utilising the newly constructed irrigation system. The main vegetables planted were cabbage, chilli, tomato, cucumber and eggplant, with smaller quantities of broccoli, kale, lettuce and herbs also grown. Table 21-9 presents the technical plan for 2004-05 dry season cropping. 21.7.3 Fruit Trees While some fruit trees were planted in 2002, most trees were planted in 2003, and all households planted various quantities of a number of fruit trees, including pomelo (total of 325), lychee (total of 178), lime (total of 302), jack fruit (total of 135), mango (total of 194), rose apple (total of 18) and longan (total of 16), as detailed in Table 21-8. The average number of trees planted is about 43 trees per family, considerably less that the 72 trees per family that was envisaged in the earlier RAPs. This is because the profitability of fruit trees is not yet fully understood or proven, and thus the plantings to date are more trial plantings. If, over the years, any family considers that fruit trees are suitable in terms of labour requirements and profitability, then they will have the option to plant more trees and manage their farm plot as an orchard. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development In addition, most households planted pineapple, while only a minority of households planted banana, rose apple and longan. These fruit tress were planted from end of April to mid June. Table 21-7: The First Plantings of Vegetable Crops, Dry Season 2003-2004 HH Water No Cabbage Chilli Egg plant Papaya melon Tomato Cucumber Long bean 1 180 300 20 20 22 60 60 2 100 300 20 20 20 20 60 3 150 482 60 20 25 40 20 4 360 300 20 20 36 80 60 60 5 165 300 40 20 20 20 6 540 536 50 20 50 80 80 60 7 162 310 80 20 20 60 60 60 8 222 300 30 20 20 60 60 60 9 150 300 20 20 21 60 60 60 10 417 430 220 30 20 30 80 11 278 947 85 45 32 30 80 12 339 300 45 38 22 22 50 13 265 550 40 45 34 35 14 125 265 20 25 20 32 30 15 335 400 20 25 20 30 16 235 273 125 30 19 35 80 90 17 320 300 60 20 26 60 60 60 18 125 250 80 20 20 60 60 60 19 460 300 50 20 18 80 60 20 200 300 20 30 60 60 60 21 228 600 60 40 20 101 22 330 400 30 35 20 54 80 50 23 223 325 30 40 20 58 90 70 24 266 300 50 30 20 30 80 25 120 300 20 10 20 30 30 20 26 467 646 107 50 20 70 80 30 27 301 417 98 50 20 60 80 50 Total 7,063 10,431 1,500 763 605 1,357 1,460 790 Table 21-8: Fruit Trees Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, 2003 HH Jack Rose Pine- No. Pomelo Lychee Lime fruit Mango apple Longan Banana apple Chilli Asparagus 1 8 5 8 8 10 5 69 400 100 2 4 5 9 17 7 5 49 100 300 3 10 10 10 10 10 56 300 200 4 10 10 5 13 10 3 64 250 100 5 5 9 6 5 12 65 200 150 6 8 10 10 10 20 4 112 686 200 300 7 15 6 15 5 5 5 51 250 200 8 10 6 15 5 56 300 200 9 10 5 10 4 5 69 200 100 10 38 8 20 11 3 114 300 200 11 10 6 10 5 4 4 45 210 250 12 15 5 10 5 5 45 200 200 13 10 5 10 5 2 70 150 110 14 15 5 10 5 70 200 100 15 15 5 10 3 5 52 280 16 10 5 10 6 65 200 150 17 10 7 15 8 4 45 250 270 18 7 10 15 6 45 200 100 19 17 10 13 14 51 577 300 189 20 24 7 13 5 10 45 656 100 287 21 10 5 10 8 48 200 150 22 12 5 17 2 7 57 300 180 23 10 5 10 1 10 61 250 100 24 10 7 10 2 5 4 51 200 100 25 9 6 11 4 6 45 100 26 10 5 10 5 9 45 195 150 27 13 6 10 4 8 79 130 Total 325 178 302 135 194 18 16 1624 6774 4520 776 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-9: Technical Plan for Dry Season Cropping, Nong Boua Pilot Village 2004-05. Distance of planting Fertilizer application Methods of planting Seed/rate with in Row b/w rows type kg/1600m2 Time of fertilizer application Maturity/day No Type of crops type No kg/1600 m2 cm cm Field crops 1 Corn direct seeding 2-3 seeds/hole 5 kg 30 70 15-15-15 30 Before planting 80-85/95 -120 organic 300 2 time, before planting 150 kg and 2 weeks after planting 150 kg/rai 2 Sweet Corn direct seeding Seeding 2 - 3 seeds/hole 5 kg 30 70 15-15-15 30 Before planting 80-85/95 -120 organic 300 2 time, before planting 150 kg and 2 weeks after planting 150 kg/rai 3 Peanut direct seeding Seeding 2 - 3 seeds/hole 7 kg 30 60 15-15-15 30 Before planting 90-120 organic 150 Before planting 4 Black bean direct seeding Seeding 2 - 3 seeds/hole 5kg 30 60 15-15-15 30 Before planting 90-95 organic 150 Before planting Vegetable crops 1 Cabbage Transplanted 3 - 4 weeks 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2 Seedling transplanting 150 g 40 40 0rganic 400 weeks after planting 200 kg/rai 60-90 2 Broccoli Seedling Seedling, 3-4 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2 weeks, 150 g 50 60 0rganic 400 weeks after planting 200 kg/rai 3 Chinese kale Broadcast/hole 3kg/800g 20 20 0rganic 400 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2 weeks after planting 200 kg/rai 45-60 4 Mustard green Broadcast/hole/ Seedling, 3-4 2kg/800g/ 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2 seedling weeks, 200g 50 60 0rganic 400 weeks after planting 200 kg/rai 55-75 5 Carrot Broadcast on the 2 Time, before planting 200 kg and 2 line 1.2 kg 10 30 0rganic 400 weeks after planting 200 kg/rai 55-75 6 Chinese radish Broadcast on the line 1.8 kg 20 20 0rganic 300 Before planting 150 kg and 3 weeks after planting 150 kg/rai 45-60 7 Lettuce Seedling Seedling 4-5 2 Time, before planting 150 kg and 3 weeks 1.2 kg 25 30 0rganic 300 weeks after planting 150 kg/rai 40-50 8 Bunching Onion Broadcast on the line 1kg 5 10 0rganic 300 2 time, before planting 150 kg and 3 weeks after planting 150 kg/rai 50-60 9 Long bean direct seeding Seeding 2 - 3 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2-3 seeds/hole 4 kg 50 80 0rganic 400 weeks after 200 kg/seedling 60-90 15-15-15 20 Before planting 10 Cucumber direct seeding 1--2 seeds/hole 2kg 40 100 0rganic 400 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2-3 weeks after 200 kg/seedling 60-90 11 Tomato Seedling 4 weeks, 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2-3 transplanting 400 g 50 100 0rganic 400 weeks after 200 kg/seedling 60-70 12 Pepper Seedling 4 - 6 weeks, 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2-3 transplanting 150 g 50 100 0rganic 400 weeks after, 200 kg/seedling 70-90 15-15-15 20 Before planting 13 Eggplant Seedling 4 - 6 weeks, 2 time, before planting 200 kg and 2-3 transplanting 150 g 80 100 0rganic 400 weeks after 200 kg/seedling 60-120 15-15-15 20 Before planting November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.7.4 Livestock in the Pilot Village The villagers in Nong Boua have generally fairly low numbers of domestic animals (see Table 21-10), with buffalos being the most important. 15 families have buffaloes, while the remaining 13 families do not have any buffaloes. Of these 15 families with buffaloes, the average ownership is 15 head per family. 6 families have significant numbers, 20 or more head of buffalo. Only 2 families have cattle - cows - and these are all from the Project. Thus, pre relocation, none of the families had cows. Only 12 families have pigs, and 9 of these received their pigs from the project. Table 21-10:Size and Number of Livestock Owned by each Household, Pilot Village, 2004 HH No. No. HH members Cow Buffalo Horse Goat Pig Duck Chicken 1 4 2 3 2 4 2 3 3 7 2 4 3 8 10 5 4 2 6 10 29 2 10 7 8 19 8 11 37 10 9 4 1 10 11 5 2 12 12 3 2 10 13 5 2 14 3 9 15 16 3 2 10 17 10 50 18 3 4 2 19 8 20 2 4 20 8 2 2 21 12 4 22 10 5 23 6 6 6 24 6 3 25 1 4 6 26 6 21 27 6 9 28 1 Total 169 4 223 0 0 28 0 91 21.7.5 Problems with Farm Plot Development Within the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme there are 29 farm plots already established varying in size from 5,380 to 7,000 m2. The excess land is absorbed for the construction of terraces. However, the plots vary in shape and only 14 % of them are roughly square to rectangular. About 58 % of the plots are irregular and about 28 % are long and narrow. Such variation, due to the topographic variations in the size, presents problems for farm plot development. There have been additional problems in preparing designs for bench terracing, in construction of terraces and the irrigation water distribution within individual the farm plots. Apart from varying in shape, the plots also vary in slope. The maximum slope is around 15 %, most are in the range of 6 to 10 %, although some plots are relatively flat. In addition, the slopes can also vary within an individual plot, and the soils in the area are very light and sandy. These physical characteristics have created two major problems: · The occurrence of soil erosion (although still rather limited) on the steeper slopes; and · Supply of irrigation water to the bottom of the longer plots. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development In recognition of the importance of bench terraces for (a) dry season irrigation of the farm plots, and (b) development of paddy rice, the 2003/04 dry season saw a dedicated effort to better development of the bench terraces and formation and compaction contours. 21.8 LARGE LIVESTOCK RAISING 21.8.1 Current buffalo and cattle raising The best estimate of cattle and buffalo populations and ownership in the 17 villages comes from the 1998 census, when it estimated that the total number of buffalo was 4,300 and for cattle 351 (see Table 21-11). While the average buffalo ownership was 3.6 per household some villages like Bang Nong Boua and Ban Done reporting 18.5 and 12.4 per household respectively. Buffalo ownership is highly skewed with about 60 % of households having no large livestock, while some individuals have very large herds (see Chapter 10). Data collected by Nakai district in 2002 reflect similar gross numbers (4,168 buffaloes in total). Table 21-11: Number of Buffalos by Village and Household, 1998 Census No. No. HH in No. HH with % HH with Village buffalos Village buffalos buffalo No. Cattle No. HH Khonken 164 37 20 54 0 0 Don 1,076 89 69 78 0 0 SopOn 166 66 33 50 2 1 KaOy 38 26 9 35 0 0 Ponsawang 77 25 11 44 0 0 Sopma (HKP & KY) 93 47 22 47 0 0 Sopphene 188 43 30 70 0 0 Bouama 304 55 31 56 1 1 NongBoua 140 8 6 75 SaiLom 47 13 4 31 Pamanton 16 7 6 86 Nong Boua 203 28 16 57 0 0 PonPhanpeak 138 85 28 33 0 0 Oudomsouk 56 285 31 11 244 44 Nakaitai 1,123 147 107 73 10 1 Nakai Neua 384 67 47 70 9 2 Nong Boua Kham 4 42 2 5 52 16 Talang 51 52 10 19 6 2 SopHia 73 37 17 46 0 0 Nam Nian 8 16 3 19 27 4 Totals 4,146 1,147 486 42 % 351 71 Buffaloes are kept largely as a store of wealth for use in times of need, or for sale to enable purchase of larger items (motorbikes, hand tractors etc.) rather than as a commodity managed for regular income. A small proportion of adults are used for draft purposes in those villages which have permanent rice fields. Nonetheless, livestock play an important role as a source of income contributing 36% of total cash income in 1996 and in 2002. Table 21-12:Number of Buffaloes and Cattle sold from the 15 Nakai Villages, 2000-2004. 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Buffaloes 404 492 537 530 641 Cattle 9 18 23 19 35 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development At present these animals are able to graze over an area of at least 57,000 ha5 with a stocking rate of 1 animal to 12.2 ha. This level of stocking is certainly sustainable, based upon visual observation of both pasture condition and stock condition as of mid dry season. A shortage of feed is reported by some farmers from March through May corresponding with the middle to the end of the dry season but this appears to be as much a function of how far the farmers are prepared to graze their animals from the village as it is an absolute shortage of feed. 21.8.2 Existing Forage Production Potential The inundation of the Nakai plateau to form the Nakai reservoir will result in the loss of 45,000 ha of prime grazing and other habitat for buffalos. Due to this inundation, it is generally assumed that buffalo raising in the future will be restricted to a smaller area and thus it will be difficult to raise the same or more buffaloes than currently raised. This assumption, however, may not be correct. An estimate of the current forage in the resettlement area was made in 1997 (Margules Poyry) whose data is set out in Table 21-13. This table estimates the current forage potential of the resettlement area without pasture improvement interventions. Table 21-13:Estimate of Existing Forage Supply and Demand Resettlement Area Area Dry Matter Production Feed Supply in forest cover category Ha DM/ha (kg) Total Mt % of total · Upper Dry Evergreen Mixed Deciduous (10,010) 0 0 0 % · Mixed Deciduous & Conifer, Canopy Density <40 % 1,890 1,500 2,835 19 % · Mixed Deciduous & Conifer Canopy Density 40 % - 70 % 4,080 1,250 5,100 34 % · Mixed Deciduous & Conifer Canopy Density >70 % 4,470 1,000 4,470 30 % · non forest (urban and agriculture) 1,260 1,750 2,205 15 % · Grassland 130 2,500 325 2 % · Urban 60 0 0 0 % Total 11,830 14,935 100 % Feed Demand head Kg/head Buffalo 4,184 2,738 11,454 Cattle 297 2,190 650 Total 4,481 12,104 Surplus 2,831 Source: Margules Poyry (1997) and Current Demand Estimate from NTPC. This estimate does not include the use of the drawdown zone of approximately 9,600 Ha. Note: Animal Numbers vary with other Tables due to use of 1996 Census The table shows that while the grazing conditions and area in the Resettlement Area will be more limited than at present, the area may still be able to carry the current herd sizes, although there may be other factors, especially water availability, which, if undeveloped, will limit the carrying capacity in this area. Thus, the livelihood strategy, in recognition of the social and economic significance of the buffalo, the Resettlement area will be developed to allow both intensive livestock raising (in conjunction with the development of the more intensive farming systems which have been described in the previous section) and extensive livestock grazing in the general resettlement area. Most resettlers should be able to retain their current herd size, although it is expected that those families with very large herds currently will have to decrease the size of their herds immediately after inundation until such time as the actual grazing potential and management systems, are more clearly understood or developed. 5This area includes the main plateau - and future reservoir area - and the gentle uplands which will become the Resettlement Area on the SW side of the reservoir, but excludes the 10,010 ha of upper dry evergreen and mixed forest types. The area on the NE side of the reservoir has been excluded from the calculation since it is more densely forested and provides little grazing and its utilisation is constrained by the adjacent NPA. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.8.3 Potential for improved forage production The grazing potential of the resettlement area and thus stocking rate of the order suggested by Table 21-13 will be close to the sustainable long term carrying capacity of the area. Thus, if: · the forage potential predictions are overly optimistic; and/or · the total number of large animals raised needs to be increased so that the resettlement area can not only 'feed' the current numbers of buffalo but an increase total numbers due to the provision of cattle to resettlers who currently have no buffaloes (as an entitlement), ... then there would be a need to develop the forage production of the Resettlement Area. A number of possible methods for increasing the production of improved forage have been identified, such as: · Establishment of intensive cut-and-carry forage plots, mainly in the irrigated area; · Utilisation of the reservoir draw-down areas for grazing of natural pasturage growth, or of semi- aquatic plants planted by the project; · Improved pasture production from the agro-forestry areas, for the upland areas in the Resettlement Area; · Establishment of tree and shrub legumes in the agro-forestry areas of the Resettlement Area; · The use of Urea treated rice straw, placement of urea blocks and development of watering holes or points to enhance utilisation of forages. Intensive forage production in irrigated farm plots There are two scenarios that will be considered for the production of forage in the irrigated farm plots; the establishment of perennial swards; and the planting (cropping) of annual or semi-annual forage crops. In both cases, the utilisation will be mainly by cut-and-carry in order to maximise dry matter production and stand life, and to avoid erosions or other problems due to animal trampling. Free range but manage grazing, may, however be possible in very flat areas of irrigated pasture. For the establishment of a perennial sward, the best option in terms of yield and quality is likely to be Braciharia sps, and Elephant or Napier Grass (Pennisetum purpureum). Other options include Gamba Grass (Andropogon gayanus) and Guinea Grass (Panicum maximum). It would be desirable to include legumes in the sward and the best alternatives to initially consider would be Greenleaf Desmodium (Desmodium intortum), Stylo (Stylosanthes guianensis), and Lablab (Lablab purpureus). Other legumes that may have application in a mixed sward include Glenn American Joint Vetch (Aeschynomene americana), Murray Phasey Bean (Macroptilium lathroides), and Centrosema (Centrosema pascuorum) types such as Cavalcade and Bundey. However, none of these types have been evaluated for the suitability to the local environment.. For the Elephant Grass, the establishment would be by vegetative cuttings, and using seed for the other species planted or sown into a well prepared seedbed treated with basal applications of lime and phosphate. Nitrogen use could also be economic, but the rate of application should be related to the legume composition of the sward. However, there are two situations where annual forage crops may be preferable to perennials grass swards. Firstly, when it is necessary to establish a bulk of forage quickly at the start of the resettlement process while the perennial stands of grasses or legumes are establishing. Secondly, during the cooler months (November to March) the production of grass and legume perennial swards may be insufficient to meet requirements. The establishment of the annual forage crops would be by seed sown into a well prepared seedbed treated with basal applications of lime and super phosphate with nitrogen applications (or organic fertiliser). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Using the above scenarios the production of 15,000 to 20,000 kg DM/ha/year would be quite feasible under irrigated and fertilised conditions. The production would peak during the warmer summer months although the inclusion of the cool season forage as annual crops would provide compensation for this during the colder months. The main constraint to ensuring this level of productivity would be related to the reliability of the irrigation water supply during the dry season as well as the availability of fertilisers and the willingness of the farmers to purchase these for the production of non-food crops after the Project withdraws direct support after the transition period. Stall feeding of cattle and buffalo would also represent a shift in the style of management for some resettled households, involving a shift from relatively extensive to intensive production systems. Labour demands associated with stall feeding can be considerable. Reservoir drawdown zone forages The drawdown areas may have potential for two type of forage: (a) those that grow naturally; and (b) those that are planted and established. Obviously, the higher areas, areas which are inundated for less period of time (say, above 530 or 535 masl) may have better potential for plant survival. Thus, this forage would be available primarily from the mid dry season - as the reservoir level drops and drawdown areas become exposed - to the early to mid wet season before the reservoir fills up again. This would coincide precisely with the time of the year when feed in the dryland areas (especially good quality feed) is most scarce and animal live-weights are declining during a period when nutrition is below maintenance levels. Thus, this drawdown area may provide a very important and high potential contribution to animal production. The extent to which the drawdown area can be utilised for grazing will depend on two main factors. Firstly, the aquatic and semi-aquatic varieties will not survive in more than 3 to 4 m of water of standing water. If the usable drawdown area is restricted to the area between 538 and 535 m, the available area reduces to only 9,600 ha and most of this area will be exposed for at least 3 to 4 months of the year during the mid to late dry season. Secondly, the areas on the far side of the reservoir will be inaccessible as grazing land for the resettled villages aside from their proximity to the NCBA which further complicates the utilisation of that side of the reservoir. If a radius of 9 km from the resettled areas is introduced the potential area of drawdown grazing area will reduce to approximately 4,500 - 5,000 ha. Based upon research that has been conducted6 the possible aquatic and semi-aquatic grasses that couldbe introduced and thrive in the drawdown zone include Hymenachne acutigluma, Para Grass (Bracharia mutica) and Aleman Grass (Echinochloa polystachya). Hymenachne can survive prolonged periods of immersion in water up to 4 to 5 m deep. Aleman Grass will perform best in depths of less than 3 m. Para Grass is likely to be the most suited to areas immediately below the FSL that are waterlogged for relatively short periods of time. Most of these forages can be relatively easily established by vegetative means. Stock will need to be excluded during establishment to prevent damage to the young stand and this may take several years. Also the grazing should only take place during the mid to late dry season. Grazing during the wet season or too early in the dry season, when the ground is still excessively wet, may result in damage to the stand. However, during these periods the areas which support growth of naturally occurring swards could be grazed. Thus, the utilisation of any forage grown in the drawdown areas will need to be carefully managed to prevent overgrazing and to ensure that the pastures are not excessively damaged or destroyed. This will not be an easy task since there will be no individual ownership of the drawdown areas and this form of grazing control will be a totally new concept to the resettled households. The use of single strand electric tapes to keep cattle off wet shoreline areas of the reservoir that have been planted with improved forage may be one approach that could be piloted but there would remain a need for community support for the concept. 6Conducted by the Primary Industry Services, DBIRD, Northern Territory, Australia. See Appendix K-3 for further details. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Assessing the potential contribution of the drawdown areas for increased forage production before the reservoir has been filled is not an easy task. The main constraints to either the development or utilisation of the drawdown areas will include: (a) low inherent fertility of the soil and the low base nutrient status of the reservoir water; and (b) wave action causing in some areas, and deposit of silts in other, quieter area. However, even where stands can be successfully established, or natural swards are established in the medium to long term, production is unlikely to exceed 2 to 3,000 kg DM/ha/year. Also, given that none of these forage species are currently growing in the area, it will be necessary to establish some small-scale evaluation trials7. It will be necessary to compare the species under various ratios of immersion and exposure to evaluate their survival rate but using cut-and-carry to estimate productivity rather than in-situ grazing trials. Forages in upland open and degraded forest areas The total area of the proposed resettlement site is 21,900 ha. Within this area 20,540 is forested out of which approximately half of the area consists of upper dry evergreen, upper mixed deciduous or mixed deciduous forest types. These forest types are generally denser and less suitable for grazing and should be managed solely for timber and NTFP production, with grazing livestock excluded. These denser forests types and also some other areas are too steep for grazing and herd management, a total of about 6,000 ha Thus, while only surveys and experience will tell us accurately, the upland open forest or degraded forests areas that may be suitable for grazing may be around 6,000 ha This grazing area includes the mixed deciduous/pine forest type, unstocked areas of degraded forest and existing grassland. Aside from their utilisation for grazing, the forest areas will also be managed for timber production on a sustainable yield basis. This may involve natural, unassisted regeneration or enrichment planting which will be carried out during the early years of the Project in order to improve the basic condition of the forest. Protection will be needed to be given to young saplings while they are still within the browse height of the cattle. This could be achieved most effectively by separating the forest to be managed by each village into compartments and grazing each compartment in turn for several years to allow undisturbed growth of the seedlings. Again this arrangement would require careful community management to ensure success. The available forage comprises a mix of native grasses, sedges, low shrubs and bushes. Dry season quality is generally low, providing not much better than a maintenance ration, but improves during the wet season. Quality shows a marked improvement in areas that have been recently fired, especially where Pek Grass (Pennisetum alopecuroides) is dominant. However, invasion by Imperata cylindica and other relatively hard species of low palatability is apparent in areas that have been repeatedly fired, especially on the poorer sites under pine forest. The forest areas would be utilised for grazing during the wet seaspn when drawdown areas are inaccessible (from June to December). This seasonal utilisation should enhance total production and the persistence of any improved varieties that can be established, although it would be desirable if some degree of within-season rotational grazing could be introduced also. The project will improve the productivity of these grazing areas by the establishment of dryland forage species. The most likely grass and legume species that may have application under the mixed deciduous/pine forest include Guinea Grass (Panicum maximum), Gamba Grass (Andropogon gayanus), Setaria (Setaria sphacelata), Plicatulum (Paspalum plicatulum), Ruzi (Bracharia ruziziensis) and Signal (Bracharia decumbens). The most promising legumes to consider would include Stylo (Stylosanthes guianensis), Bracharia spp (Bracharia sp) and Centrosema (Centrosema pubescens). Experience in similar environments indicates that establishment by over-sowing may not be successful. Thus, some initial soil cultivation may be required to incorporate the seed into the soil. Establishment without fertiliser may be feasible in localised areas with better soils, but in general, and particularly under stands of pine where the poorer soils tend to occur, establishment without fertiliser is likely to prove 7The experience gained on other similar project should be sought and the Ubolratana Dam in NE Thailand, which has similar characteristics to the Nam Theun 2 Reservoir, would be a useful site to visit. Appendix K-4 documents the experience of the UNDP/UNDAC/IFAD Project in Xieng Khouang Province. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development difficult. Areas where improved varieties are sown will be protected from grazing until plants are well established. In selected areas, and following trials, the establishment and use of forages will be integrated with DMC systems of rainfed cropping (see Section 21.5.2). The main constraints to forage productivity will be the low soil fertility as well as the difficulty of ensuring within-season rotational grazing. Thus, the potential for improving forage production from the forest areas may be limited without on-going inputs of phosphate and possibly also lime. Production is projected to increase by perhaps only 250 kg DM/ha/year, although this will only be verified by trials and experience to evaluate the productive potential grass and legume varieties for use under the mixed pine/deciduous areas, and in DMC systems. Leguminous fodder shrubs There are a range of shrub and tree legumes that can be grown satisfactorily in the Project area, potentially supplying a protein-rich supplement for feeding to livestock. This will be particularly valuable in the mid- to-late dry season. Farmers will be encouraged to establish tree-shrub legumes around the periphery of the farm lots, the forage production areas and along the contour strips that are established on the terraces of the sloping lands. Species that will be used include Calliandra calothrysus, Femingia macrophylla, Glicidia sepium and Leucaena sp. Successful establishment will require the application of small amounts of phosphate and they can be used for judicious feeding to the highest return stock, which would normally be the fatteners, late pregnancy and lactating females as well as sick animals. Urea treated rice straw Fermentation of rice straw with urea (UTRS) is a well proven and relatively inexpensive technique for improving the quality of rice straw for feeding to cattle and buffalo. The key limitation on applying this technique in the Resettlement Area will be the supply of rice straw, its availability being dependent on the areas that are developed for irrigated paddy. Where this potential does exist, then UTRS will be promoted to farmers. The contribution to feed supply would be likely to be of the order of 2 to 3,000 kg DM of reasonable quality feed for each hectare of paddy grown. Mineral supplementation (mineral licks) Severe phosphorous deficiency in cattle and buffalo has been reported in the pine tree savannah grasslands of Xieng Khouang, which has resulted in lameness of animals, low productivity, and in extreme cases sudden death. Dramatic responses to feeding of bone meal and or TSP has been demonstrated. Although clinical symptoms of this nature are not reported within the Project area, there is a potential risk particularly in relation to the doubling of the stocking rate that will occur after the reservoir has been filled, and that the forage under the pine forest will constitute a far larger proportion of the total diet than at present. Responses to sodium, iodine and sulphur supplementation are also possible. Project Feed Balance for Forage Improvement in the Project Area The Project will support various forage development activities which have been described above, and in summary these programs may provide the following forage production: · Establishment of irrigated cut-and-carry forage plots that have the potential to produce 15,000 kg DM/ha/year, which from an area of 60 ha would produce 900 tons DM/year8; · Establishment of semi-aquatic pastures in the drawdown zone, which over an area of say 2,000 ha with a potential productivity of 2,500 kg DM/ha/year, representing a total production 5,000 tons DM/year; · Establishment of improved forage production in the forest areas producing an incremental production of 250 kg DM/ha/year, which from 6,000 ha would produce an extra 1,500 tons DM/year (in addition to the current estimated 14,000 tons produced per year on these areas). The results of the combined strategy are summarised in Table 21-14, which shows a potential for a total increase of 7,400 Mt of forage or approximately 50 % more than the present carrying capacity. However, 8Assumes that 10 % of households (approx. 120) adopt the intensive buffalo/cattle production Combined Household Livelihood Model that develops the whole 0.5 ha area for cut-and-carry forage production in combination with 0.16 ha irrigated paddy. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development this analysis is very sensitive to the success of the drawdown area strategy, which contributes 68 % of the increase in potential forage. This indicates a potential productivity of the areas that could be utilised and improved by the project, could be up to 22,000 tons DM/year. As discussed in a previous section the total DM feed requirement for the existing herd of 4,481 buffalo/cattle is estimated at 12,100 tons DM/year9. At the existing levels of stocking this implies that there should not be an immediate constraint on the availability of forage. However, this forage production depends on: (a) the development of forages in the drawdown areas, which may not be developed immediately; and (b) the development of grazing management and facilities in the rained upland and semi-forested areas, which is required in order to realize the potential grazing productivity of this area. Table 21-14:Estimate of Potential Forage Availability in Resettlement Area. Proposed Forage Production/ Mt Improvement Strategy ha/year (kg) Hectares Produced Remarks Current potential: Upland 'Resettlement Areas' 1,262 11,830 14,935 Dependant on development of water sources, mineral licks, fencing for herd management etc. Future potential: Cut & Forage 15,000 100 900 If developed in irrigated areas, and will not be available in 11 villages until COD. Drawdown 2,500 2,000 5,000 Depends on productivity of the drawdown, etc., and only available after COD. Additional Upland 250 6,000 1,500 Viability may be questionable. Total 22,335 21.8.4 Future Management of buffalo and cattle in the Resettlement Area In order to: (i) realize the grazing potential of the rainfed areas (open forest and degraded forests) of the Resettlement Area; and (ii) avoid degradation of the natural resource base in the area, ... it will be essential to develop (a) provide grazing management and livestock raising facilities, (b) improve mechanisms for monitoring and managing the total livestock numbers, and (c) improving the ecological condition of the forest areas being grazed. The shift of the herds away from the more suitable habitats on the lowlands of the Nam Theun river will take place over at least five years as the reservoir slowly fills so that more intensive forage production can be introduced as is considered necessary by individual villages. Decisions will need to be made about paddock management at the village level. The maximum carrying capacity of the area surrounding each resettlement village will be assessed in consultation with the villagers, and periodically reviewed on the basis of the monitoring data. Equitable mechanisms for restricting the number of buffalo or cattle owned per household may also need to be investigated. Of particular importance will be some form of control on the number of animals that are brought onto the Plateau from outside areas. As the resettlers gain experience and knowledge of which systems are better suited to the specific environment in the vicinity of their villages they may also wish to use more intensive forage production and increase or decrease the size of their herds of larger livestock in relation to local carrying capacities. The project will assist on this process by undertaking the following activities: 9This is computed as an average of 250 kg LW Buffalo and 200 kg Cattle and a daily DM requirement of 3 % of LW. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development · development of water sources: One of the main determinant of cattle productivity is availability of drinking water. Thus, while forage may be available in the resettlement area forests and degraded forest, cattle will be restricted to those areas with water. Thus, the project will develop watering points, by either/or (a) gully stop type dams on small creeks (which can also be used by buffalo, or (b) windmill type bore wells; · the design and management of herds, possibly as large paddocks, and thus the provision of fencing; · mineral licks: which are discussed in Section 21.8.3 above; · development of a range of forage sources, which are further discussed in section 21.8.3; · animal health, to reduce the current problems associated with parasites, liver fluke and worms, which is further discussed in section ?? 21.9 OTHER COMPONENTS OF THE LIVESTOCK PROGRAM 21.9.1 Animal Health Care While the native breeds of livestock that are raised on the plateau, notably the pigs and poultry, are well adapted to the poor standards of animal husbandry, they are not very productive and even these stocks sometimes suffer from high mortality rates due to disease. Strategies for improving animal health will include: · Training of selected farmers in the administration of vaccinations and drugs treatments who can act as Village Livestock Agents (VLAs), charging nominal rates for their services from farmers. · Supply of a basic kit of veterinary tools as well as supply of glass syringes in the form of veterinary boxes to all VLAs together with basic training on vaccination and drugs administration for all classes of livestock. · Improvement of the facilities within the DAFO for storage of drugs and vaccines and a diagnostic laboratory. · Supply of small refrigerators to all VEOs for the storage of drugs and vaccines for use by the Livestock Extension Workers (LEWs) and ultimately the VLAs. Farmers will have to be convinced of the benefits from improved livestock health care, and thus demonstrations in selected villages will be organised to focus subjects including: · Calf worming: Farmers are generally reluctant to worm young calves that are still suckling, yet the high calf mortality experienced is most likely due to very high worm infestations. A simple program to worm calves from two weeks, and again at six weeks, three months and then regularly thereafter, would reduce calf mortality rates. · Pig vaccination: High levels of mortality of pigs can be caused by the incidence of Swine Fever and Pastruella (Haemorragic Septicaemia). This can be reduced by the use of vaccines provided these are stored adequately under refrigeration. Although the DAFO has a program for the regular vaccination of pigs their limited operational funding results in a very low rate of vaccination on the plateau. · Chicken vaccination: A dramatic improvement in the health management of poultry can be achieved by the introduction of the Heat Resistant Newcastle Disease (HR-ND) Vaccine that is commercially available from laboratories in Vietnam. The use of the vaccine needs to be demonstrated to show its effectiveness in selected villages. Being an oral treatment it avoids the necessity for vaccination of poultry and does not require cold storage to retain viability. 21.9.2 Housing and nutrition for small livestock Improving the nutrition levels of small livestock, pigs and poultry, will need to precede any efforts to promote an improvement in the breeding stock. In the case of pigs this will include the utilisation of grains and legumes that are produced from the farm lots. For the poultry, protein nutrition will be improved by incorporating legume seeds, which must be boiled prior to feeding, and the use of fish meal. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development All small livestock will need to be provided with improved housing as an alternative to the present practice of allowing the animals to forage around the homestead. This will be particularly important in the case of poultry in order to successfully raise day old chicks. This will be done simply and effectively by the construction of small bamboo cages, elevated above ground level, in a protected or sheltered area close to their house, together with a 40W incandescent bulb to supply heat. Providing this form of supplementary heat will be important for the first week, most especially during the cooler months of the year. Similar cages could be used for day old ducklings. At six weeks the chicks need to be treated for ND and at seven weeks they can be released. At thirteen weeks they can be sold or consumed by the household, or kept for breeding. In the case of poultry, the Tam Hoang breed from Vietnam has proved productive in neighbouring provinces provided there is adequate attention to their feeding regime and health care. 21.9.3 Animal Breeding Programs Once significant progress has been made with improvement of the animal health care, alongside improved nutrition, then the productivity of small livestock will be improved by breeding. The main focus should be on pigs, poultry and promoting duck production for some areas where suitable conditions exist. The activities should include the following: · Establishment of an small number of Animal Breeding Centre in the Resettlement Area, probably one in the northwest and one in the southeast. These will include: (a) maintenance of male Landrace, Large and Chinese type Boars that will either for hired out to farmers or for semen collection for direct AI services by the LEWs; (b) establishment of a small poultry hatcheries for cross breeding of appropriate chicken breeds with local breeds (for both meat and egg layers), the progeny (day old chicks) being distributed or sold at subsidised prices to villagers; and (c) breeding of aquatic species such as frogs, and eels. · The small breeding centres will be provided with appropriate equipment, including liquid nitrogen and flasks for storage of semen. 21.9.4 Extension Approaches for Livestock Development The provision of support services to livestock production is the responsibility of the DAFO in Nakai town, and the NT2 project will improve and upgrade the services provided by DAFO by the provision of equipment, training, and technical and managerial advice. Substantial improvements in the provision of animal health care will be effected, as well as direct support of physical inputs to households to promote improved nutrition and management of their livestock. The following will be key elements in the extension program for livestock development: · Improving Animal Health care by training of LEWs together with a selected livestock raiser in each village, who will be trained as a Village Livestock Agent (VLA). The VLA will coordinate farmers' requests for routine vaccination of their calves, piglets and chicks to reduce mortalities. · Training farmers on improved livestock husbandry through the conduct of FFSs in same way as for crops through regular training sessions. · Establishment of demonstrations, managed by farmers, for pigs, poultry and ducks in selected villages to provide the venue for the conduct of the FFSs that also feature enhanced feeding regimes including the introduction of improved pasture and fodder production. · Identification of households to act as bull caretakers who can receive payments from farmers for servicing their cattle. · Development of procedures for a livestock dispersal system for cattle and pigs where farmers must attend training prior to becoming recipients of animals and must make a commitment to re- disperse an agreed number of offspring to other farmers in return, who in turn have also undergone training. This process would enable a progressive dispersal of improved breeds throughout the resettled villages. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Another feature of the extension program for livestock will be an emphasise on the integration of crop and livestock production so that (a) crop by-products can be utilised for livestock feeding, (b) the use of the manure is maximised on the farm lot, and (c) forages can be used in DMC cropping systems. Thus, farmers will receive training on Integrated Irrigated Upland Diversified Cropping. 21.9.5 Risks and Assumptions The intensification of the livestock production systems may entail a number of risks: (a) Farmers may not be receptive to the concepts of improved animal health care and willing to pay for vaccinations. Improving animal health care must be the precursor to any attempt to improve nutrition and particularly the upgrading of stock and introduction of breeding programs. Convincing farmers of the need for regular vaccination, and particularly drenching of calves, can only be achieved through the extension service using farmers who agree to better health care for their livestock to demonstrate to others the benefits that are gained. Getting farmers to pay for vaccinations in the long term may prove difficulty and the provision of subsidies for the vaccines may be an option to ensure their wide scale use. (b) Adequate supplies of vaccines can be supplied. Although there appear to adequate facilities at provincial level for storage of vaccines and sufficient supplies of vaccines are available the increase in demand that will result from a more effective extension program may result in shortages developing. There may be a need to source vaccines and drugs from private sources of supply either in Laos or in Thailand may become a necessity. (c) Farmers are willing to be trained as VLAs. The approach of using farmers as veterinary agents has been adopted successfully in other parts of Laos and should be equally acceptable on the Nakai plateau. The key to success is ensuring that the VLAs are able to receive some payment for the treatments that they provide so that the approach can be sustainable. 21.10 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND FARMING SYSTEMS INTEGRATION In order to: (a) present a summary of the production system by which a particular crop could be typically grown; (b) to compare the relative profitability of producing a range of crops in a typical irrigated farm plot; and (c) to compare the effect of a range of input levels and prices, and a range of production outputs and market prices, and as such provide sensitivity analysis. ... a series of individual Activity Models and Gross Margins Budgets (AMs-GMBs) have been prepared that feature a total of 26 different annual and tree crops, and 3 animal raising activities, as listed in Table 21-15 and presented in detail in Appendix K-5. Table 21-15:Crops and Livestock for which Activity Models and Gross Margins Budgets have been generated. Annual Field Crops Vegetables Fruit Trees Industrial Crops Livestock Irrigated paddy (WS and DS) Cabbage (WS and DS) Mango Coffee Buffalo / cattle Upland rice / local maize (WS only) Broccoli (DS) Linchee Tea Pigs / chicken Maize (WS and DS) Chillies (DS) Jackfruit Ducks Maize / black beans Carrot (DS) Guana Peanuts (WS and DS) Eggplant (DS) Pineapple Soybeans (WS and DS) Tomato (DS) Banana Mungbeans (WS and DS) Cucumber (DS) Black beans (WS and DS) Water melon (DS) Garlic (DS) Onions (DS) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 38 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.10.1 Activity Model and Gross Margins for Crops As an example of the way that the Activity Models and Gross Margin Budgets have been developed, typical AMs-GMBs for wet season paddy and dry season peanuts, for Stability Phase10 are presented below in Table 21-7 and Table 21-8. Appendix K-5 provides details of all individual GMBs generated to date, i.e. for all crops mentioned in Table 21-15. The Gross Margin Budgets/Activity Models have been developed in a format similar to the FARMOD application (FAO). In order to construct the AMs-GMBs a number of assumptions have been made, as follows: Scale: All of the GMBs (aside from the livestock models) have been based upon an area of 0.1 ha. Those for irrigated paddy have been based upon 0.16 ha since this is the standard area that is to be given to each household. Input Costs: Price estimates have been made for the prices of seed, fertiliser materials, labour, irrigation costs, animal feeds, veterinary supplies and other equipment, based on information as of 2003, from Project staff and market research in Thakhek, Vientiane and in Thailand. Varieties: These were identified through consultations with local research institutions as well as information from local staff on the availability of improved varieties for annual crops as well as vegetables and fruit trees. Fertiliser Materials: Although it is proposed that there is to be a considerable reliance on the use of organic fertiliser materials for all crops there will be a need for the judicious use of inorganic fertiliser materials in particular to address phosphate deficiencies as well as soil acidity. Limestone will also be provided in the early years, but this has not been reflected in the Activity Models. The use of organic fertiliser during the subsequent years should improve the buffering capacity of the soil and enable the pH to stabilise. Input Levels: In order to determine the range of productivity that might be achieved two input levels have been selected for the calculation of the Gross Margins. The Low Input Level involves (a) low application of inorganic fertilisers, (b) general use of local varieties and (c) less labour inputs for crop maintenance during the growing season. The alternate option - High Input Level - uses higher levels of organic fertiliser (applied as a split application), inorganic fertiliser used generally as a top dressing, improved varieties adopted where these are available and higher labour inputs for crop maintenance. Production Levels: The yields have been based upon reports from local staff and farmers, yields obtained generally in the Lao PDR, with the data from the Demonstration Farm and Pilot Village providing corroborating evidence. For both the Low and High Inputs three yield levels have been used to determine a range of potential Gross Margins. Labour Cost and Usage: While labour has been included in the Activity Models, two types of Gross Margins have been calculated, i.e. one with and one without the cost of labour. As for hire of draft animals / machines, this has been included for irrigated paddy (where it is assumed to be used) and excluded for all other crops, as it is anticipated that families will make use of animal draft power ­ either their own or provided through soft loans from the Project. Imputed Income: It has been assumed that some proportion of each commodity will be consumed by the household. The actual proportion that is assumed will be consumed is documented within each of the Gross Margin Budgets. The proportion of the production that is consumed is regarded as Imputed Income in the subsequent preparation of the combined Whole Farm Scenario. Project Support: The Gross Margins have been prepared in two ways. Firstly, on the assumption of full Project support for all inputs (seed, fertiliser materials, irrigation costs, animal health care, etc.) during Years 1 to 3. Secondly, without Project support in the Post-Project period (Years 4 to 6) 10the term Stability Phase, explained in detail in Chapter 25, refers to cropping system after the Nakai reservoir is full and in operation, and cropping systems have been developed over a number of years November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 39 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development when the households would have to demonstrate self-reliance and the ability to generate sufficient income from their farms as a contribution to sustaining their livelihoods. Risk Analysis: In order to determine the element of risk involved in each commodity two alternative scenarios have been constructed based upon 10 and 25 percent reductions in Farm Gate prices and upon 10 and 25 percent increases in Input Costs. The GMBs in Table 21-16 and Table 21-17 are presented each with a low and a high input level and with three levels of productivity (low, medium and high yield). For each scenario, the GMB is given with and without material cost (as the Project is paying for these the first three years) and with and without costing family labour. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 40 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-16: Example 1 of Gross Margins Budget: Irrigated Paddy Land, Wet Season (0.16 ha). Unit Low input [a] High input [b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.16 ha Unit (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Paddy kg 0.13 150 225 300 300 450 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.36 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 150 150 150 300 300 300 15.15.15 kg 0.27 7.5 7.5 7.5 Urea kg 0.22 7.5 7.5 7.5 Water ls 40.00 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 Sacks pc 0.10 3 5 6 6 9 12 Labour pdays 0.90 Draft Inputs 1 ha 6.40 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Ploughing ha 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Harrowing ha 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Transplanting pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 Irrigation pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 5.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting pdays 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 5.0 Threshing pdays 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 Drying pdays 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Sub-total (Labour) pdays 17.0 22.0 24.0 28.5 30.5 32.5 Sub-total (Draft) ha 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Value of Paddy $18.75 $28.13 $37.50 $37.50 $56.25 $75.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 Organic Fertiliser $ 15.00 $ 15.00 $ 15.00 $ 30.00 $ 30.00 $ 30.00 15.15.15 $ - $ - $ - $ 2.03 $ 2.03 $ 2.03 Urea $ - $ - $ - $ 1.65 $ 1.65 $ 1.65 Water $ - $ 6.40 $ 6.40 $ 6.40 $ 6.40 $ 6.40 Sacks $ 0.30 $ 0.50 $ 0.60 $ 0.60 $ 0.90 $ 1.20 Sub-Total $ 18.00 $ 24.60 $ 24.70 $ 43.38 $ 43.68 $ 43.98 Labour Inputs Family Labour $ 15.30 $ 19.80 $ 21.60 $ 25.65 $ 27.45 $ 29.25 Draft $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 Sub-Total $ 34.50 $ 39.00 $ 40.80 $ 44.85 $ 46.65 $ 48.45 Total Costs $ 52.50 $ 63.60 $ 65.50 $ 88.23 $ 90.33 $ 92.43 >With Project Support [c] Gross Margin -$15.75 -$10.88 -$3.30 -$7.35 $9.60 $26.55 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $18.75 $28.13 $37.50 $37.50 $56.25 $75.00 Return to labour (per day) $1.10 $1.28 $1.56 $1.32 $1.84 $2.31 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income 100% $18.75 $28.13 $37.50 $37.50 $56.25 $75.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$33.75 -$35.48 -$28.00 -$50.73 -$34.08 -$17.43 Gross Margin (ex family labour cost) -$18.45 -$15.68 -$6.40 -$25.08 -$6.63 $11.83 Return to labour (per day) -$1.09 -$0.71 -$0.27 -$0.88 -$0.22 $0.36 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income 100% -$18.45 -$15.68 -$6.40 -$25.08 -$6.63 $11.83 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex family labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % -$20.33 -$18.49 -$10.15 -$28.83 -$12.25 $4.33 by 25 % -$23.14 -$22.71 -$15.78 -$34.45 -$20.69 -$6.93 Increase in Input Prices by 10% -$22.17 -$20.06 -$10.79 -$31.33 -$12.91 $5.51 by 25% -$27.75 -$26.63 -$17.38 -$40.72 -$22.34 -$3.97 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied a rate of 50 kg per ha and Top Dressing of 50 kg per ha of Urea together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 41 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-17: Example 2 of Gross Margin Budget: Peanuts, Dry Season, Stability Phase (0.1 ha). Unit Low input High input cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Unit (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Unshelled Peanuts kg 0.25 100 150 200 200 300 400 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - Local kg 0.20 5 5 5 Seed - Improved kg 0.80 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.50 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 15.5 16.0 17.5 21.0 22.0 23.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Unshelled Peanuts $25.00 $37.50 $50.00 $50.00 $75.00 $100.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - Local $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed - Improved $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 Sub-Total $11.45 $11.45 $11.45 $24.45 $24.45 $24.45 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.95 $14.40 $15.75 $18.90 $19.80 $20.70 Total Costs $25.40 $25.85 $27.20 $43.35 $44.25 $45.15 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $11.05 $23.10 $34.25 $31.10 $55.20 $79.30 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $25.00 $37.50 $50.00 $50.00 $75.00 $100.00 Return to labour (per day) $1.61 $2.34 $2.86 $2.38 $3.41 $4.35 Proportion cash income 80% $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 $40.00 $60.00 $80.00 Proportion imputed income 20% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$0.40 $11.65 $22.80 $6.65 $30.75 $54.85 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $13.55 $26.05 $38.55 $25.55 $50.55 $75.55 Return to labour (per day) $0.87 $1.63 $2.20 $1.22 $2.30 $3.28 Proportion cash income 80% $10.84 $20.84 $30.84 $20.44 $40.44 $60.44 Proportion imputed income 20% $2.71 $5.21 $7.71 $5.11 $10.11 $15.11 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $11.05 $22.30 $33.55 $20.55 $43.05 $65.55 by 25 % $7.30 $16.68 $26.05 $13.05 $31.80 $50.55 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $12.41 $24.91 $37.41 $23.11 $48.11 $73.11 by 25% $10.69 $23.19 $35.69 $19.44 $44.44 $69.44 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the introduction of improved varieties, split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 42 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.10.2 Comparisons of GMs for each crops In order to assess the relative profitability of the range of crop commodities a comparison of the Gross Margins has been made (see Figure 21-9 / Table 21-10 and Figure 21-10 / Table 21-19). From this analysis it is apparent that the vegetable crops offer considerably greater profitability than most of the annual field crops. Annual field crops doing well include peanuts, mungbeans, black beans, whereas the most profitable vegetables are garlic and water melon. The calculations assumes that the Project is bearing the cost of seed, fertiliser and pumping, which will be the case for the first three years after relocation. The figures further exclude the cost of family labour. Figure 21-9: Comparison of Gross Margins for Annual Field Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha) )ah 150 1.0/ $S 100 (Uni rga Mssor 50 G 0 Irrigated Paddy Upland Rice / Maize Peanuts Soybeans Mungbeans Black Beans Local Maize Low Input Low Yield Low Input Medium Yield Low Input High Yield High Input Low Yield High Input Medium Yield High Input High Yield Table 21-18:Gross Margins for Annual Field Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha) Irrigated Input Output Paddy Upland Mung Black level level (0.16 ha) Paddy Maize Peanuts Soybeans beans Beans Low Low 18.75 10.00 10.00 25.00 18.75 36.00 30.00 Low Medium 28.13 15.00 15.00 37.50 25.00 48.00 45.00 Low High 37.50 20.00 20.00 50.00 31.25 60.00 60.00 High Low 37.50 20.00 20.00 50.00 37.50 72.00 60.00 High Medium 56.25 30.00 30.00 75.00 50.00 96.00 90.00 High High 75.00 40.00 40.00 100.00 62.50 120.00 120.00 Figure 21-10: Comparison of Gross Margins for Vegetable Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha) 400 )ah 350 0.1/ 300 $SU(nigraM 250 200 150 s 100 osrG 50 0 Cabbage Broccoli Chillies Eggplant Tomato Cucumber Garlic Water Melon November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 43 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-19:Gross Margins for Vegetable Crops (US$ / 0.1 ha) Input Output Egg Cucum- Water level level Cabbage Broccoli Chillies plant Tomato ber Garlic Melon Low Low 44.00 30.00 50.00 40.00 40.00 40.00 120.00 60.00 Low Medium 58.80 40.00 62.50 50.00 50.00 45.00 150.00 80.00 Low High 73.50 50.00 75.00 60.00 60.00 50.00 180.00 100.00 High Low 88.50 60.00 100.00 80.00 80.00 80.00 240.00 120.00 High Medium 118.00 80.00 125.00 100.00 100.00 90.00 300.00 160.00 High High 147.50 100.00 150.00 120.00 120.00 100.00 360.00 200.00 21.10.3 Gross Margins for Livestock Production Four case study AMs-GMBs have been prepared for semi-intensive and intensive (not range raised) livestock using similar assumptions to those applied in the case of the crop commodities They have been projected over a six year period to give an indication of the profitability of potential livestock enterprises (see Table 21-20). Appendix K-5 provides details of these GMBs. Table 21-20:Gross Margins for Livestock Production, at high input levels Year 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Intensive buffalo / cattle fattening 93.08 310.25 372.30 353.30 352.80 353.30 (incremental production from 2 fatteners with forage production) Extensive buffalo / cattle rearing 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 (incremental production from 2 fatteners without forage production) Pigs and chicken 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 (1 pig breeding and fattening, 15 chicken) Ducks 27.37 310.78 710.94 932.15 961.53 992.27 (15 ducks) The data presented in Table 21-20, which relates to the high input levels being maintained for the entire six year period, indicates that there are large differences between the various livestock options. The buffalo raising is largely based upon existing practices, but with improved health care. The pigs and poultry enterprises have remained as largely backyard activities, although with inputs to improve feeding and health regimes. The most promising enterprise is undoubtedly duck raising. However, this will only be feasible for a limited number of households. A GMB of buffalo raising (2 fatteners) is presented in Table 21-21. The buffalo fattening is based on forage production, and GMB is given with production cost (the first three years, as the Project is paying these) and without production cost (from year four onwards) and with and without costing family labour. The implication for those farmers who retain their buffalo herds and continue their extensive grazing practices is that returns to individual households will be in proportion to the size of the herd and also dependent on the number of animals sold during a given year. Given to potential for current and future forage production it appears to be feasible to maintain the current level of annual sales of 641 heads (2004, see Table 21-12). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 44 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-21:Example 3 of Gross Margin Budget: Buffalo Raising. Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Incremental Production from 2 Fatteners (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs No. of animals fattened 1 2 2 2 2 2 ADG per animal kg/hd/day 0.15 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 Total LW gain kg LW 1.70 55 183 219 219 219 219 Inputs Material Inputs DM yield b/ Elephant Grass kg DM 3750 3750 3750 3750 3750 3750 Forage Legumes kg DM 500 500 500 500 500 500 DM requirement [c] kg DM 2053 4106 4106 4106 4106 4106 Forage Production Poles (Napier Grass) pc 0.02 25000 Seed (Forage Legumes) kg 0.10 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 125 125 125 125 125 125 Mineral Blocks pc 3.00 1 2 3 3 3 3 Animal Health Vaccinations doses 0.75 3 6 6 6 6 6 Drugs ls 2.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 Labour Inputs pday 0.90 Land Preparation and planting 10 0 2 0 2 0 Cut and Carry 6 30 30 30 30 30 Animal Care 24 24 24 24 24 24 Sub-total 40 54 56 54 56 54 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Total value of production $93.08 $310.25 $372.30 $372.30 $372.30 $372.30 Inputs Material Inputs Forage production[d] Poles (Napier Grass) $500.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed (Forage Legumes) $0.50 $0.00 $0.50 $0.00 $0.50 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 Animal Health Vaccinations [e] $2.25 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 Drugs [f] $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 Sub-Total $517.25 $19.00 $19.50 $19.00 $19.50 $19.00 Labour Inputs Family Labour $36.00 $48.60 $50.40 $48.60 $50.40 $48.60 Total Costs $553.25 $67.60 $69.90 $67.60 $69.90 $67.60 >With Project [g] Gross Margin $57.08 $261.65 $321.90 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $93.08 $310.25 $372.30 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $2.33 $5.75 $6.65 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 90% $83.77 $279.23 $335.07 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 10% $9.31 $31.03 $37.23 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. $304.70 $302.40 $304.70 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $353.30 $352.80 $353.30 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $6.54 $6.30 $6.54 Proportion cash income 90% n.a. n.a. n.a. $317.97 $317.52 $317.97 Proportion imputed income 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $35.33 $35.28 $35.33 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $316.07 $315.57 $316.07 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $260.23 $259.73 $260.23 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $351.40 $350.85 $351.40 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $348.55 $347.93 $348.55 [a] Based upon 200 kg LW steer, fattened for 1 year, 90 - 100 kg LW gain over 1 year period Assumed that 250 kg LW steer requires 7 kg DM per day [b] 15000 kg DM production/ha/annum from fertilised Napier Grass or similar 2000 kg DM production/ha/annum from Stylo or similar forage legume [c] Average LW 250 kg x 3 percent of LW/day x 75 percent of total requirements from from Cut and Carry; balance from outside feeding [d] Half of 0.25 ha planted with Napier Grass poles at spacing of 50 cm x 20 cm Half of 0.25 ha planted with Forage Legumes at 50 kg/ha. [e] Each animal vaccinated for HS (2x/year) and BL (1x) [f] Each animal drenched 2x/yr @US$0.50 plus misc costs of US$0.50 per head [g] Assumes that Project provides all planting material and fertiliser together with vaccines and drugs during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 45 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development In the analysis of Whole Farm Scenarios numbers 1-4, there is an assumption made that each household would graze two buffalo and/or cattle using the traditional practices of extensive grazing. Those households without large livestock are to be given two animals as part of the project entitlement. Consequently, to obtain a total household income for the households retaining more than 2 animals, incomes would need to be increased in proportion to either their herd size and/or annual sales. As the household herd size is highly skewed some households and villages will have substantially higher total incomes than others. This is discussed in more detail in Chapter 25. 21.11 WHOLE FARM SCENARIOS 21.11.1 Possible Integration of Crops and Forages on Irrigated Plots In order to make plans for the possible ways in which villagers may integrate cropping on their irrigated plots and raise their livestock in relation to these plots, a series of potential Cropping (and livestock) Systems have been developed for the 0.66 ha farm lots, and these are termed Whole Farm Scenarios. They are intended to represent a range of ways in which resettlement families may use the 0.66 ha of irrigated land allocated to them. A total of 11 Whole Farm Scenarios (WFSs) have been developed, and these can grouped into six general groups. They are briefly presented below, whilst a more detailed description of each WFS is provided in Appendix K-6. Labour requirements by months are presented for each of the WFS in Appendix K-7. WFS 1: three variants - 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3: Cereal/Legumes with dry season Vegetable Production. These three WFSs represent a progressive intensification of the cropping pattern with increasing areas of legumes being grown and an increasing area planted to Vegetables in the dry season, with the eventual introduction of double cropping of dry season vegetables. WFS 2 two variants - 2.1 and 2.2: Fruit Production with Cereal/Legumes and dry season vegetable Production These two WFSs feature increased areas planted to fruit trees alongside double cropping of DS vegetables. WFS 3 two variants - 3.1 and 3.2: Industrial Crops with Cereal/Legume Production These two WFSs are based upon a coffee and tea, which are provided as examples only of perennial semi industrial crops, intercropped with legume production in the wet and dry season.. WFS 4 two variants - 4.1 and 4.2: Irrigated Paddy with Legume/Vegetable Production Two WFSs based upon larger areas of irrigated paddy production, with or without water melon production in the dry season, together with wet season legume and dry season vegetable production. These WFSs would only be feasible on farm lots where the soil and topography favour an expansion of the irrigated paddy land. WFS 5: Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Production This WFS is based upon the establishment of pasture and legumes on the farm plot for use as cut and carry feeding of buffalo and/or cattle. The annual cropping is confined to the production of irrigated paddy. WFS 6: Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal/Legume/Vegetable Production This WFS considers the possibility of duck raising as the primary activity of household alongside annual cropping of maize on the WS and legumes and vegetables in the DS. This WFS would be suitable for households that have access to open water areas that can be enclosed and used for herding the ducks. Irrigated farming in most villages will not be feasible until after filling of the reservoir (see to Section 21.13). Thus, most of the above Whole Farm Scenarios will only be applicable after that date. However, WFS 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 (with rice, maize and legumes as dominant crops) and 6 (rice, maize and duck November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 46 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development raising) will be feasible without irrigation (in what is know as the transition phase - see Chapter 25). The 4 WFS for the transition phase and 11 WFSs for the stability phase are presented below in Table 21-22 and Table 21-23 with indications of land area planted to each crop, as well as the total cropping intensity for each of the wet and dry season. While these WFSs present what may happen in the 0.66 ha of irrigated cropping land, many families are entitled to 2 buffaloes or cattle, 1 pig and 15 chickens. These livestock are not included in the WFS, as it is assumed that they will be raised partly by remaining forage from irrigated plots, and from crops grown around houses, and in the rainfed land of the village as a whole. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 47 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-22:Indicative (possible) Whole Farm Scenarios Model April / October (Rainfed Crops with Supplementary Irrigation) November / March (Irrigated Crops) a/ Description % of area CI b/ Description % of area CI b/ TRANSITION: LOWER TERRACES/PADDY LAND ALLc/ 0.16 ha Paddy grown on lower terrace, or dedicated paddy area 100 UPPER TERRACES (0.5 ha Farmlot) 1. INTENSIVE WS CEREAL/LEGUMES WITH VEGETABLE DS PRODUCTION 1.1 Upland Rice 80 100 Maize 20 1.2 Upland Rice 50 100 Maize intercropped with Black Beans 50 1.3 Upland Rice 38 d/ Maize 38 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Mungbeans) 15 Vegetables (Cabbage) 9 6. INTENSIVE DUCK RAISING WITH CEREAL/LEGUME/VEGETABLE PRODUCTION Upland Rice 50 100 Maize 50 STABILITY: LOWER TERRACES/PADDY LAND ALLe/ 0.16 ha Irrigated Paddy grown on lower terrace, or dedicated paddy area 100 0.16 ha Irrigated Paddy grown on lower terrace, or dedicated paddy area 100 UPPER TERRACES (0.5 ha Farmlot) 1. INTENSIVE WS CEREAL/LEGUMES WITH VEGETABLE DS PRODUCTION 1.1 Maize 30 Maize 10 Upland Rice 30 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) 10 40 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) 30 Vegetables (Cabbage, Chillies and Cucumber) 1 cropping 10 Fruit Trees 10 Fruit Trees 10 1.2 Maize intercropped with Black Beans 20 Maize 10 Legumes (Peanuts, Mungbeans and Soybeans) 70 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 20 50 Vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomatoes, Cucumber & Garlic) in 1 cropping 10 Fruit Trees 10 Fruit Trees 10 1.3 Maize intercropped with Black Beans 20 Maize 10 Legumes (Peanuts, Mungbeans and Soybeans) 50 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 20 60 Vegetables (Cabbage) 20 Vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomatoes, Cucumber & Garlic) in 2 croppings 20 Fruit Trees 10 Fruit Trees 10 2. FRUIT PRODUCTION WITH WS CEREAL/LEGUMES AND DS VEGETABLE PRODUCTION 2.1 Maize 30 Maize 10 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 40 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 10 70 Vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomatoes, Cucumber & Garlic) in 2 croppings 20 Fruit Trees 30 Fruit Trees 30 2.2 Maize 10 Maize 10 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 30 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 10 90 Vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomatoes, Cucumber & Garlic) in 2 croppings 10 Fruit Trees 60 Fruit Trees 60 3. INDUSTRIAL CROPS WITH CEREAL/LEGUME PRODUCTION 3.1 Coffee 70 100 Coffee 70 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) 30 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 30 3.2 Tea 70 100 Tea 70 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) 30 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 30 4. IRRIGATED PADDY WITH LEGUME/VEGETABLE PRODUCTION 4.1 Irrigated Paddy 60 Water Melon 30 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) 30 100 Vegetables (Cabbage, Eggplant and Tomatoes) in 2 croppings 30 100 Fruit Trees 10 Fruit Trees 10 4.2 Irrigated Paddy 60 Irrigated Paddy 60 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) 30 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) in 1 cropping 30 100 Fruit Trees 10 Fruit Trees 10 5. PASTURE AND FIELD CROPS IN SUPPORT OF INTENSIVE BUFFALO/CATTLE PRODUCTION Improved Grass based pasture - for cut and carry 50 100 Improved Grass based pasture - for cut and carry 50 100 Improved Legume based Pasture - for cut and carry 50 Improved Legume based Pasture - for cut and carry 50 6. INTENSIVE DUCK RAISING WITH CEREAL/LEGUME/VEGETABLE PRODUCTION Irrigated Paddy 50 100 Legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) 20 90 Maize 50 Vegetables (Cabbage, Eggplant, Tomato and Cucumber) in 1 cropping 20 Notes: a/ It is assumed that the DS Crop Areas represent the full development stage reached by year 3. There is a gradual expansion of irrigation during the DS as farmers develop skills in the use of the irrigation water. The percentages relate to the area of upper terraces planted to each crop or combination of crops. b/ CI - Cropping Intensity - percentage of land utilisation in WS or DS. Calculated separately for the lower terrace/paddy land and upper terraced farm lot. c/ Except for WFS 1.3 which has no paddy. d/ WFS 1.3 has all land on the upper terraces. e/ Except for WFS 4.1 which has no irrigated paddy in DS. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 48 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-23: Cropped Areas under each Whole Farm Scenario during Wet Season and Dry Season, Transition and Stability Phase (m2) Whole Season Cereal Crops Legumes Vegetables Industrial Crops Fruit Forage Total Farm a/ Upland Maize Maize/ Peanuts Mung Soy Black Cabbage Broccoli Chillies Carrot Eggplant Tomato Cucumber Garlic Water Coffee Tea Trees Prodn Scenario Paddy Rice Black Beans Beans Beans Melon b/ (Lower) (Upper) Beans Transition: WS 1600 4000 1000 6600 1.1 DS1 0 DS2 0 WS 1600 2500 1500 500 500 6600 1.2 DS1 0 DS2 0 WS 2500 2500 500 500 600 6600 1.3 DS1 0 DS2 0 WS 1600 2500 2500 6600 6 DS1 0 DS2 0 Stability: WS 1600 1500 1500 750 750 500 6600 1.1 DS1 1600 500 250 250 200 150 150 500 3600 DS2 0 WS 1600 1000 1500 1000 1000 500 6600 1.2 DS1 1600 500 500 500 100 100 100 100 100 500 4100 DS2 0 WS 1600 1000 1000 1000 500 1000 500 6600 1.3 DS1 1600 500 500 250 250 100 100 100 100 100 500 4100 DS2 100 100 100 100 100 500 WS 1600 1500 1000 1000 1500 6600 2.1 DS1 1600 500 250 250 100 100 100 100 100 1500 4600 DS2 100 100 100 100 100 500 WS 1600 500 750 750 3000 6600 2.2 DS1 1600 500 250 250 100 100 100 100 100 3000 6100 DS2 100 100 100 100 100 500 WS 1600 750 750 3500 6600 3.1 DS1 1600 750 750 3100 DS2 0 WS 1600 750 750 3500 6600 3.2 DS1 1600 750 750 3100 DS2 0 WS 1600 3000 750 750 500 6600 4.1 DS1 500 500 500 3100 500 5100 DS2 500 500 500 1500 WS 1600 5000 6600 4.2 DS1 1600 5000 6600 DS2 0 WS 1600 5000 6600 5 DS1 1600 5000 6600 DS2 0 WS 1600 2500 2500 6600 6 DS1 1600 2500 500 500 250 250 250 250 6100 DS2 0 Note: a/ DS1 corresponds to October/December cropping period. DS2 corresponds to January/March cropping period. b/ Only 4 Whole Farm Scenarios are anticipated feasible during Transition when irrigation is not available in most villages. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 49 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development The actual adoption by a household of any particular WFS will in reality be determined by: (i) the household's labour resources; (ii) the household's past experience with similar agriculture experience; (iii) the skills gained in the past and during the resettlement program; (iv) other resources available in that part of the resettlement area allocated to the village; and (v) the market situation. 21.11.2 Financial Analysis of Whole Farm Scenarios A financial analysis for all the 11 WFS is presented in Appendix K-8. An example for Intensive Cereal / Legume Wet Season Cropping with Dry Season Vegetable Production (WFS no 1.1) is presented in Table 21-24, a scenario in which high inputs are used in all the years. Table 21-24:Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.1 (Intensive Cereal / Legume Wet Season Cropping with Dry Season Vegetable Production). Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Upland Rice WS 0% 4000 120.00 4000 120.00 4000 120.00 4000 28.20 1500 10.58 1500 10.58 Maize WS 50% 1000 30.00 1000 30.00 1000 30.00 1000 7.15 1500 10.73 1500 10.73 500 3.45 500 3.45 Peanuts WS 80% 750 38.10 750 38.10 250 12.64 250 12.64 Black Beans WS 80% 750 50.93 750 50.93 DS1 80% 250 16.91 250 16.91 Cabbage DS1 90% 200 19.08 200 19.08 Chillies DS1 90% 150 15.34 150 15.34 Cucumber DS1 90% 150 11.12 150 11.12 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 0.00 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 0 0 0 3600 3600 Cropping Intensity 100% 100% 100% 100% 155% 155% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 324.80 386.85 386.85 252.08 424.42 424.42 Imputed Income 309.80 371.85 371.85 248.50 293.32 293.32 Cash Income 15.00 15.00 15.00 3.58 131.10 131.10 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 184 184 184 184 265 267 Total 214 204 184 184 265 267 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize and Upland Rice as separate crops on 60% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on 30% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upland terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 10%, vegetables in one cropping on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) from Year 5 Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.66 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the fourth or fifth year as reservoir is filling up b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent Table 21-25 presents and compares the financial analysis for all 11 WFS through the first years of project support as well as the years after project support. Whereas the input level supported by the project is high, it anticipated that some households might opt for a lower input level, once they have to bear the cost of the inputs. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 50 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-25:Summary of Financial Analysis for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios (High and Low Input) ­ Sum of Gross Margins for each Component within each WFS (without Labour), US$/HH/Year. With project support Without project support Without project support Input level High High High High High High Low Low Low WFS Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 1.1 389 564 636 417 482 510 292 348 364 1.2 526 736 815 584 648 676 378 434 450 1.3 582 831 951 693 757 785 429 485 501 2.1 391 644 758 493 687 771 301 610 655 2.2 318 627 766 437 825 993 237 575 666 3.1 430 618 648 487 535 632 354 383 421 3.2 396 510 578 514 538 562 365 389 413 4.1 652 1,135 1,302 1,000 1,064 1,092 572 628 643 4.2 351 670 670 334 334 334 248 248 248 5 206 486 548 409 409 409 331 332 332 6 303 840 1,334 1,198 1,228 1,228 552 524 524 For each Whole Farm Scenario a sensitivity analysis is carried out for the gross margin based on changes in input prices and output prices. The following four dimensions are therefore applied to the analysis: · Input level: High and low · Input price: Medium and high · Yield: Medium and low · Output price: Medium and low An example for WFS 1.1 for Stability Phase is presented in Figure 21-11. The sensitivity analysis for the 4 WFS in the transition phase and the 11 WFS in the stability phase are presented in Appendix K-9. Current input and output prices are defined as medium; scenarios include sensitivity for a 25 % increase in input prices and a 25 % decrease in output prices. All crops and most livestock calculations include high and low input levels; for pig / chicken, however, only one input level is used for all calculations. For annual field and vegetable crops there are two levels of yield (medium and low). For fruit trees, coffee, tea and livestock only one yield scenario has been included for all gross margin calculations. The gross margin calculations for the whole farm scenarios are based on various combinations of crops for 0.66 ha and livestock, suitable for the resettlement areas. These are further combined with other economic activities (forestry, fisheries, small scale business and wage labour) in Chapter 25, where scenarios are also presented for various household types. It is intended that the transition whole farm scenarios will be introduced progressively over the first two to three years. The areas planted to DS cropping in particular will only be increased slowly. It is not intended that there will be any DS cropping in the first year after relocation of each village. Three villages (Nong Boua, Boua Ma and Phonsavang (Theun Douane area) will have access to irrigation by the second year, and half of the targeted area will be planted with DS crops. Full development of the irrigated area for the remaining villages will only take place once the reservoir is filling by COD-1. As the project assistance is progressively withdrawn, resettlers will have to be come increasingly responsible to ensure the investments required to produce the crop animal products. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 51 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Figure 21-11: Example of Sensitivity Analysis for WFS 1.1 (Stability Phase). Input level: High Low Input price: Medium High Medium High % Cash Yield: Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Commodity Season IncomeArea (m2) Output price: Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Medium Low Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 -6.63 -20.69 -25.08 -34.45 -22.34 -31.61 -40.72 -45.29 -15.68 -22.71 -18.45 -23.14 -26.63 -33.66 -27.75 -32.44 DS1 0% 1600 -0.38 -16.00 -21.33 -31.64 -11.29 -31.72 -32.17 -47.28 -12.55 -20.36 -22.98 -28.13 -18.70 -31.31 -29.08 -39.03 Upland Rice / local maize WS 0% 1500 41.93 30.68 21.83 14.33 33.28 14.16 13.22 -0.84 21.26 15.64 8.40 4.65 16.95 7.39 4.13 -2.25 Maize WS 50% 1500 10.73 -0.53 -4.13 -11.63 2.16 -9.09 -12.66 -20.16 6.60 0.98 -0.75 -4.50 2.63 -3.00 -4.69 -8.44 DS1 50% 250 1.73 -0.15 -0.75 -2.00 0.28 -1.59 -2.19 -3.44 2.26 0.10 -0.19 -0.81 0.36 -0.58 -0.86 -1.48 Peanuts WS 80% 750 38.10 24.04 19.35 9.98 33.56 19.50 14.81 5.44 19.73 12.69 10.35 5.66 17.63 10.59 8.25 3.56 DS1 80% 125 6.32 3.98 3.19 1.63 5.55 3.21 2.43 0.87 3.26 2.08 1.69 0.91 2.90 1.73 1.34 0.55 Black Beans WS 80% 750 50.93 34.05 28.50 17.25 46.78 29.91 24.38 13.13 36.00 16.31 13.58 7.95 22.50 14.06 11.34 5.72 DS1 80% 125 8.46 5.64 4.72 2.84 7.76 4.95 4.02 2.15 4.09 2.69 2.23 1.29 3.71 2.30 1.85 0.91 Cabbage DS1 90% 100 9.52 6.52 6.57 4.32 8.89 5.89 5.96 3.71 6.20 3.23 3.25 2.13 4.41 2.91 2.94 1.81 Chillies DS1 90% 75 7.67 5.33 5.80 3.93 7.24 4.90 5.38 3.50 3.85 2.68 2.93 1.99 3.64 2.47 2.72 1.78 Cucumber DS1 90% 75 5.56 3.87 4.85 3.35 5.26 3.58 4.56 3.06 2.35 1.50 2.06 1.31 2.09 1.25 1.83 1.08 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 85.63 58.75 85.63 58.75 80.16 53.28 80.16 53.28 54.26 37.76 54.26 37.76 51.33 34.83 51.33 34.83 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 DS 2850 Cropping Intensity 143% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle (2 fatteners) 90% 179.65 133.11 179.65 133.11 178.03 131.49 178.03 131.49 179.65 133.11 179.65 133.11 178.03 131.49 178.03 131.49 Pigs (1) / Poultry (15) 50% 24.50 10.38 24.50 10.38 16.50 -1.05 16.50 -1.05 24.50 10.38 24.50 10.38 16.50 -1.05 16.50 -1.05 Gross Margin (ex. family labour cost, US$) 463.70 278.97 333.30 180.14 391.82 195.80 261.70 98.56 335.78 196.08 260.54 150.56 277.34 139.42 217.87 97.05 Imputed Income (US$) 102.96 33.14 24.64 -26.70 55.80 -23.61 -22.31 -81.92 46.96 2.88 8.54 -23.29 14.66 -36.86 -18.98 -59.95 Cash Income (US$) 360.73 245.83 308.66 206.84 336.02 219.41 284.01 180.48 288.82 193.20 252.00 173.86 262.67 176.28 236.86 157.00 Notes: Input level: see Appendix K-5 for details on input level for each crop. Input price: Medium refers to the current price levels; High refers to a 25 % increase of all inputs (excluding family labour). Yield: see Appendix K-5 for details on different yield levels. The present calculations have made a conservative estimate with medium and low yields Output price: Medium refers to the current price levels; Low refers to a 25 % decrease. Gross Margin Budgets for normal input and output price levels (US$) Gross Margin Budgets for 25 % increase in input prices and normal output prices (US$) Input level Input level High Low High Low 500 Yield Medium 464 336 M 392 277 464 Yield 500 Low 333 261 L 262 218 333 392 400 400 )$SU(nigr 336 261 300 )$SU(nigr 262 300 218 277 Ma 200 Ma 200 sso sso Gr 100 Low Gr 100 Low Yield Yield - Medium - Medium High High Low Low Input level Input level Gross Margin Budgets for normal input prices and 25 % decrease in output prices (US$) Gross Margin Budget for 25 % increase in input prices and 25 decrease in output prices (US$) 500 Input level 500 Input level High Low High Low 400 Yield Medium 279 196 Yield 400 M 196 139 ) Low 180 151 ) L 99 97 S$ S$ (U 300 279 180 (U 300 in in rga 151 rga 196 99 M 200 196 M 200 97 Gross Gross 139 100 Low 100 Low Yield Yield - Medium - Medium High High Low Low Input level Input level November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 52 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development 21.12 MARKETS AND MARKETING The progressive liberalization of economic policy and associated implementation of free market mechanisms has resulted in a largely free market occurring in most sectors of agricultural and fisheries trade in Laos. Consumer demands are largely being met year round. Previously and to date much of the market for out-of-season produce in both Thakhek and Vientiane has been satisfied through importation from Thailand. However, this appears to be changing as the internal trade in fruit and vegetables accelerates and different areas of Laos exploit their specific climatic conditions to meet market demands. 21.12.1 Market Description and Analysis Marketing channels vary by commodity; these channels are not static and change in nature in response to external factors (including policy) and market forces. Field crops in small quantities are produced and sold within Khammouane province principally for the local market. Most of the maize produced in Khammouane is for the fresh food market and dried maize is not found in any Thakhek market. Small quantities of peanuts are also produced for the local market but no soybeans are sold in Khammouane. Larger areas of cultivation of these grain legume crops are usually only associated with contract farming type arrangements that have to date in Khammouane proven to have had mixed success. In Bolikhamxay, closer to Vientiane processing plants, contract farming appears to be operating at a greater level and with more success which is attributed to the proximity to processing plants. Local production of peanuts and soybeans faces competition from imports from both Vietnam and Thailand. Field crops appear to have the lowest market potential for the Nakai because of high competition from lowland areas and relatively lower levels of seasonal price fluctuation. Peanuts appear to have relatively good farm gate prices (US$ 0.40 to 0.60 per kilo dried and shelled) with the Thakhek market for peanuts currently being largely met from Vietnam. Another market opportunity may be the production of fresh maize or sweet corn for the fresh food market in Thakhek if off-season production is possible. Vegetables and Fruit which is sold at markets can be classified into two broad groups. The first are predominantly small scale producer/sellers who are likely to also be selling a range of NTFPs and who may purchase from neighbours for market sale. This group of traders are by far the most numerous. They usually sell on the edge of the market with their produce displayed on tarpaulins laid on the ground. Volumes traded by such sellers are small with average daily sales in the region of US$ 5 to 25. The second and smaller group of vegetable sellers trade in higher value goods with a higher proportion of these being sourced outside the immediate market location (e.g. from other districts, provinces or countries). They have much high levels of stock and their wares are displayed on tables. This second group of sellers have highly organized market linkages and usually place orders two to three times a week, frequently by mobile telephone. They have linkages with a large number of traders operating from different areas and will compare prices between traders prior to placing orders. Vegetables are usually delivered the following morning and such sellers have average daily sales ranging from around US$ 20 to 80. Small traders (meh kai mera'gang) are the backbone of the vegetable trade in Laos. Typically women, they frequently own their own 3 tons trucks and buy directly from producers around their home for sale elsewhere. They have strong local producer knowledge and are fully aware of what is ready for harvest in their area. Such traders have initially started their operations by focusing on a single product widely grown in their area for which there is a reliable market. Over time as these traders develop their networks and contacts they start to diversify a range of vegetables and fruit. While much of the vegetable trade is by order frequently orders are insufficient for a full load so additional vegetables are taken on and sold on an impromptu basis as required. Such traders will always seek to carry goods back to their point of origin even if the profit margins involved are very low to try to cover fuel costs. As trade from an area become more widely recognized traders from outside start to enter the area to exploit the trade opportunities that exist. The altitude and temperature on the Nakai plateau seems to provide the opportunity for high value off- season vegetable production. The Bolovens plateau in Champassak is currently the dominant source of such vegetables in Central and Southern Laos but it would appear that Nakai production could effectively November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 53 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development compete for the Thakhek market for both white and Chinese cabbage. Similarly Nakai appears to be well positioned to compete with Lak Sao's Chilli production supplies to Thakhek and Vientiane. Off-season tomato production also appears to be a strong market opportunity with retail prices during the wet season reaching US$ 1 per kilo. Opportunities for the production of high value cold season crops such as asparagus and broccoli also exist and while levels of demand in Vientiane remain modest (less than 5 tons and 20 tons, respectively) farm gate prices are high. In all cases, however, production quality (i.e. fit with consumer demand) and seasonality are critical. Considerable quantities of Thai fruits are imported but the recent establishment of a number of commercial farms suggests that this is largely a temporary phenomenon. Oranges and pomelo are largely imported from Thailand with limes being traded from Champassak as well as Thailand. Price trends for oranges are particularly strong with prices rising by some 30% over the last three years in Thakhek. Prices for Limes appear to be falling slightly over the same period but remain reasonable with farm gate prices of between US$ 0.15 and 0.45 per kilo. Pineapple production in Lak Sao is substantial with apparent significant over supply at peak production time when farm gate and retail prices are reported to have fallen as low as US$ 0.03 per fruit. Unless the Nakai peak production period is significantly different to that of Lak Sao it does not appear that pineapples have significant market promise. Livestock have three principal marketing systems for large ruminants: · Local and Vientiane abattoir owners frequently have a number of agents located at district level who will arrange for livestock purchases on the abattoir's behalf, which the abattoir will then transport. · In a number of districts, including now Nakai, the rights to the exclusive trade of livestock from the district are auctioned (or sold directly) to a legally registered trading company or individual11. · Private traders will purchase livestock directly from farmers on a daily basis and pen these animals until a sufficient number have been accumulated. At this point they will then either hire or use their own truck to transport these livestock to market, in the case of Gnommalath District, and almost exclusively Vientiane abattoirs. These traders are required to pay a head tax to the District. Buffalo comprise the single most valuable traded product from villages on the Nakai in terms of value and in 2002 this trade earned Nakai villagers an estimated total of US$ 250,000 (farm gate). Cattle are not present nor traded in large numbers but appear to be preferred by farmers for a variety of reasons, not least their faster reproduction. Goat numbers are low but market demand appears to be growing, the goat in Thakhek is largely supplied by stock sourced from Sepon District, Savannakhet. In the case of small livestock no immediate problems are anticipated in the marketing of livestock with the possible exception of local breed pigs. This market appears to have suffered fairly significantly from the introduction of commercial pig farms in the province which appears to have resulted in a decline in demand for local pigs and reportedly, a drop in farm gate prices. The livestock trade in Laos is perhaps the most sophisticated encountered during the study. At its most developed the principal Vientiane Abattoir has production contracts in place with commercial pig farms and uses its own vehicles for the transport of these livestock. In addition a number of small scale district based livestock traders sell directly to abattoirs who arrange transportation. Similar arrangements exist in contract farming relationships in a number of provinces, including Khammouane. Despite the start up of commercial chicken farms in Khammouane, demand for local breed chickens remains strong with such chickens commanding a substantial price premium. Traditional `free range' pig and chicken raising at the household level using local breeds and available feedstuffs has traditionally supplied urban centre's with pork and chicken. Sophisticated trade networks and large numbers of private traders were involved in this key trade in Khammouane. In recent years however this trade has been altered and in the case of pigs, appears to have reduced. Trade volume in local pigs appears to have reduced as a result of increased local competition from small scale intensive pig raising units located in Thakhek and Nongbok districts (see Figure 21-12). Additionally, there has been increased government 11In the case of Nakai this is the recently established Nakai Abattoir Supply Association which acts as the agent fort the Vientiane abattoir. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 54 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development emphasis on attempting to reduce the spread of infectious livestock diseases through requiring all livestock exports from a district to have veterinary certification. Traders reported that small quantities of such livestock (e.g. two pigs or less than twenty poultry) are informally exempted from these new regulations. As a result it appears that the trading systems for small livestock and poultry has re-structured away from larger scale traders towards larger numbers of smaller scale and more village based traders operating at lower individual commodity volumes. Figure 21-12: Khammouane Pig 'Exports' by Type 1998-2002 20000 18000 16000 14000 Head 12000 Farmed Pig 10000 Local Pig 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Source: Provincial Commerce Department Mahasai Mahaxai serves as a trade node for poultry in the wet season for some villages in Mahaxai, Gnommalth and Boulapha Districts. During this time traders from Thakhek come to old Mahaxai and purchase chickens from farmers or village based traders for sale in Thakhek. These trading chains can be complex; chickens can pass through up to five separate traders before reaching the Thakhek market. There are five to six traders who regularly come to Mahaxai during the wet season for this trade. It is reported that total daily sales in Mahaxai to these traders is relatively low, perhaps averaging 100-200 birds per day. 21.12.2 Assessment of Current Market Volumes An assessment of market volumes in Thakhek and Vientiane was undertaken; these estimates are shown in Table 21-26 below. Estimates are likely to be low because they are solely based upon the market trade and as such exclude street retailers. Table 21-26:Estimated Market Volumes Estimated Monthly Market Size (Tons) Volume 0-5 5-10 10-50 50-200 200-500 500-1000 1000+ Glutinous Rice (all grades) THK VTE Peanuts THK VTE Soybeans THK VTE Maize (dried) VTE Fresh Maize- In season only THK THK VTE Cassava THK VTE White Cabbage THK VTE Chinese Cabbage THK VTE Fresh Chilli THK VTE Dried Chilli THK VTE Broccoli (Dok Pak'at nar) VTE Asparagus (Nor Falang) VTE Pumpkin THK VTE Tomato (large and small) THK THK VTE Pineapples - In season est. THK VTE VTE November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 55 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Estimated Monthly Market Size (Tons) Volume 0-5 5-10 10-50 50-200 200-500 500-1000 1000+ Banana THK VTE Mangoes - In season est. THK THK VTE Jackfruit - In season only THK VTE Pommelo THK VTE Orange (all grades) THK THK VTE Lemon THK THK VTE Natural Fish THK VTE Farmed Fish THK VTE Native Chicken THK VTE Farmed Chicken THK VTE Ducks THK VTE Pork THK VTE Cattle THK VTE VTE Buffalo THK VTE VTE 21.12.3 Assessment of Current Prices Retail and farm gate prices for a variety of produce are shown below, in Table 21-27: Table 21-27:Retail and Farm Gate Prices (US$) Retail Farm Gate Product Unit High Low Unit High Low Notes Glutinous Rice (all grades) kg 0.24 0.16 kg 1.70 0.80 Farm gate price is paddy Peanuts kg 1.00 0.70 kg 0.60 0.40 Lao and Vietnamese varieties available. Soybeans kg 0.90 0.70 kg 0.30 0.20 Trader purchase price range 3500-4500 (Lao product), prices peak in WS. Dried maize not found in Thakhek Maize (dried) kg 0.20 0.15 kg 0.075 0.06 market. Farm gate price as per contract farming. Maize (fresh) 10 Sack cobs 0.20 0.10 (50kg) 5.00 2.00 Only sold in-season (WS) as snack food. White Cabbage kg 0.03 0.15 kg 0.15 0.06 Pakse Trader source Cassava kg 0.30 0.10 kg n.a. n.a. No trade, producer sales only Chinese Cabbage Kg 0.50 0.20 kg 0.25 0.15 Pakse Trader source Fresh Chilli Kg 1.50 0.60 meun 6.00 3.00 Vientiane farm gate prices Dried Chilli kg 2.00 1.50 kg 1.60 1.40 Vientiane farm gate prices Broccoli (Dok kg Pak'at nar) 1.00 0.40 meun 10.00 4.00 Vientiane farm gate prices Asparagus (Nor kg Falang) 25.00 2.30 kg n.a. n.a. Procured in Thailand Pumpkin kg 0.30 0.15 kg 0.10 0.50 Lak Sao prices. Tomato kg 1.00 0.05 kg 0.50 0.05 High seasonal price variation, Thakhek prices. Pineapples kg 0.60 0.20 fruit 0.30 0.03 Strong seasonality to prices because of seasonal 'gluts', sig. Lak Sao Prod. Banana bunch 0.25 0.l0 tree 0.75 0.35 Prices here for 'narm' variety.Farm gate price for tree bunch. Mangoes kg 0.80 0.30 kg n.a. n.a. Prices highly seasonal Jackfruit kg 1.00 0.30 fruit 1.50 0.60 Only available during season, no out-of- season imports, no trade. Pomelo fruit 0.90 0.70 fruit n.a. n.a. Procured in Thailand Orange (all grades) kg 1.30 0.60 kg 0.80 0.30 Largely procured in Thailand, range of grades/prices. Lemon fruit 0.07 0.01 kg 0.45 1.50 Season and quality dependant, assumes 30 fruit/kg Natural Fish (Bar kg Price heavily dependant upon size and Tamasaart) 2.50 0.30 kg 1.20 0.20 type. Farmed Fish (Bar kg Seasonality impacts price, less natural fish Le'an) 1.60 0.80 kg 1.40 0.60 increases demand for farmed. Native Chicken head 2.50 2.00 head 2.00 1.20 Price size and farm location dependant. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 56 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Retail Farm Gate Product Unit High Low Unit High Low Notes Farmed Chicken kg 1.80 1.40 kg n.a. n.a. No data on prices paid to commercial chicken farms Ducks head 7.50 1.50 head 3.50 1.30 Upper price for large muscovy ducks. Pork (farmed) kg 2.00 1.80 kg 1.00 0.875 Live weight price, 80-100 kgs per head, av. meat yield 70kg Pork (Ladt) kg 1.95 1.75 kg 0.70 0.575 Live weight price over 10kgs, Beef kg 2.50 2.20 head 150.00 100.00 Price per head, size and condition dependant Buffalo kg 2.30 1.90 head 250.00 150.00 Price per head, size and condition dependant 21.12.4 Anticipated Market Development Both qualitative and quantitative data seems to indicate that there has been a considerable acceleration of internal trade in agricultural products in the last 5 years. Most of the traders met during the study had been in the trade for less than this period. The reasons for this are many but include: · A substantial expansion in access to relatively cheap 3 tons trucks, which are well suited to small scale vegetable and fruit trade. · Improved road access from the South to Vientiane along route 9 and associated improvements to secondary roads. · Policies encouraging import substitution and increased rigor in the control of informal cross border trade. This trend looks set to continue and accelerate further. The relative proximity of upland areas of Laos ­ with their distinct production potential ­ to Thai markets makes it likely that Lao agricultural exports will expand in the short to medium term. The balance of trade in such products that has appeared until recently to have been in Thailand's favour is thus set to reverse or has done so already12. In the medium term it is likely that seasonal price variations will reduce somewhat as the opportunity that this offers for off-season producers is increasingly exploited. The current large volumes of fruit imports from Thailand are also likely to reduce as newly established commercial scale Lao fruit plantations come into production (e.g. Paksan Orange farm). It is likely, but not inevitable, that these commercial scale fruit farms will be followed by smallholder production of similar fruits in the same area as technical and market knowledge from these farms diffuses. In crops with low entry barriers and relatively easy production significant seasonal gluts are already being experienced. Pineapples are perhaps the classic case where in production areas prices seasonally have fallen as low as 300 kip per fruit (Lak Sao). This was also the case in 2003/2004 with in-season tomato production in Khammouane where prices fell as low as 500 kip/kilo. As the production potentials to meet market demands become better understood it is likely that many areas will become specialized in single crop production. This is already the case in Southern Sayabouly where maize is now perhaps more widely grown than rice. The current internal trade in fruit and vegetables is characterized by large numbers of relatively small volume traders, mostly operating from production locations. Trader numbers in the short to medium term will increase as new areas enter market production and identify their production niche's. However, in the medium to long term (10 plus years) it is likely that there will be a consolidation of this industry with fewer larger traders involved and these most likely be market, as opposed to production area, -based. The market for meat will remain strong and prices are set to continue to rise along the same patterns as has been the case to date. The opportunity for the establishment of seasonal feedlots for cattle and buffalo clearly exists given dry season weight decline but as yet does not appear to have been exploited. Given the scale of the opportunity that this presents it is likely that such feedlot operations will establish in the short to medium term. If the current policy environment, which makes livestock export to Thailand problematic, should change this would further boost the development of this agro-enterprise. The 12Because of high volumes of unrecorded border trade, official data on balance of trade in such goods cannot be considered reliable. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 57 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development potential for similar types of activities at a household level would also appear to exist13. Similarly, the potential for expansion of local chicken production remains strong because of the strength of consumer preference for this type of poultry. One possible exception to the strong opportunities that exist within the livestock sector is that of farmed pork where prices appear to be slowing somewhat and production levels may have reached or surpassed levels of market demand. Pig farmers are reporting a slight drop in live-weight prices over the past few months and this may be indicative, similarly while this industry continues to grow in Khammouane the rate of growth appears to have peaked. Predicting future market volume sizes and demand is not possible because of the wide range of factors likely to influence such outcomes. However three broad scenarios of overall demand levels are presented below: · The current balance between production and consumption remains broadly the same but increasing in line with population growth. The impacts of rising wealth levels are also likely to increase demand for out-of season vegetables and other `luxury' food products. As such farm gate prices remain broadly the same or rise. · The risk of overproduction as road networks improve and market forces penetrate deeper, market orientated production increases substantially to an extent that farm gate prices remain static or decline. · Growth of new markets or further developed of existing markets and thus absorb increased Lao production. All of these three scenarios can occur to varying extents depending upon the particular product. Already, in some crops at peak season the effects of scenario (b) are being felt in some areas (e.g. pineapples). In general, however, it appears most likely that a combination of scenarios (a) and (c) will prove to be dominant. At present there are significant opportunities for import-substitution driven production of certain vegetables and many higher value fruits. These opportunities have been exploited for a number of years on the Bolevens and are also emerging elsewhere (e.g. fruit orchard establishment). In the longer term as ASEAN develops and border trade restrictions fall, Lao products will become increasingly sold in Thailand where they are already seen as being more `natural' by consumers. At present, however, it appears that the reverse situation is occurring with an increased emphasis by GoL authorities on the control of Unrecorded Border Trade in the interests of expanding taxation revenues. In some areas it appears as through efforts are being made centrally to discourage trade in products for which there is a perceived shortage in Laos. Thus it was reported that livestock exports to Thailand from Thakhek are not being encouraged because Vientiane's demand is so considerable. Thailand's demand for livestock is considerable and given Laos' low population densities and large areas suitable for grazing, the country appears to be well placed to continue and expand its response to this market opportunity. Similarly it is likely that Laos will increasingly be in a position to take advantage of its highland areas in central and southern regions to supply fruit and vegetables to adjacent areas of Thailand. 21.12.5 Nakai Comparative Advantage and Implications Even with the anticipated road improvements the Nakai Plateau will remain relatively remote. Soils on the Plateau are poor and the resettler population's major market linkage to date has been through the livestock trade. To date their production has been largely subsistence focused with major sources of cash income being livestock and NTFP sales. However, Nakai has obvious comparative advantages over districts such as Nongbok which is just south of Thakhek. Nongbok district has rich, deep alluvial soils, and its farmers have many years of experience in using available irrigation infrastructure. A high proportion of agricultural production in that district is for market sale both to Thakhek and Thailand. Farmers are market attuned and are using relatively high levels of agro-chemical inputs and sophisticated production techniques Due to the altitude of the Nakai Plateau it is significantly cooler than lowland districts and the cool season is reportedly of longer duration. As such, production seasons for cool season vegetables on the Nakai will 13The extent to which this is an opportunity that could be exploited on the Nakai will depend in large part on the extent to which the draw down zone offers grazing potential. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 58 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development be longer than in lowland districts. The presence of NT2 and the assistance that will be provided to resettler communities in the first 3-5 years following construction to enable them to produce dry season vegetables. Although dry season irrigation is now fairly common in lowland areas of Khammouane, upland irrigation on the scale that will be created will be unique in the province. The combination of altitude and irrigation thus offers significant production potentials. A possible fourth, but as yet unproven advantage, is that of the very large annual draw down zone of the lake. This may result in a number of very specific production opportunities. However, not until the scheme is operating is it likely that the opportunities, if any, offered by this zone will be understood. There are substantial seasonal price variations in vegetable prices in Thakhek and as such off-season production offers potentially high farm gate prices as well as, presently, lower production competition. Figure 21-13 provides some examples. In addition, there are a number of cool season high value vegetables, such as broccoli that are currently only available during the cool season. The potential for longer cool season growing seasons on the Nakai must, from a marketing perspective, be exploited to its fullest extent if vegetable production is to effectively compete with that from lowland districts. Figure 21-13: Seasonal Price Ranges, Thakhek 2002 12000 10000 8000 gK/ p 6000 In-Season Ki Off-Season 4000 2000 0 Tomato Cabbage Fresh Onion Source: CPI Data, NSC A number of field crops such as peanuts and soybeans could be cultivated on the Nakai and there is a local market for these products. However, from a marketing perspective it is unclear what Nakai's advantage is in the production of such crops unless the quality of produce is high. A summary of the short to medium term market opportunities, risks and production features required to exploit these opportunities are presented in Table 21-28. 21.12.6 Market Strategy and Acceleration Program Marketing channels for Nakai production will, over time, emerge spontaneously as they have elsewhere in Laos. However, such a process will take time and traders from the Nakai are likely to focus, in the short to medium term at least, on areas of high return and low risk, this is likely to be fish production. A number of measures will be undertaken to accelerate the development of marketing channels (traders) sourcing products from the Nakai. However, such measures will be futile unless the production that is promoted on the plateau is attuned to market demand. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 59 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Production promotion The success of these measures is conditional upon a Production Promotion Strategy that is closely linked to current market demands, (primarily in Thakhek and secondarily in Vientiane) and Nakai's comparative production advantages. The following points guide this: · The construction phase of NT2 will generate a substantial demand for fresh food. The obvious short term opportunities that are presented by this market should not be ignored. However, this period will also be used to develop the Nakai's reputation for the production of particular crops and/or livestock for which it appears to have a comparative advantage. · During this period traders from Thakhek and elsewhere supplying construction sites with food are likely to be interested in having commodities for transportation on their return trip. This opportunity will be exploited and traders made aware of production that is available for sale on the Plateau. · Rigorous production trials will be undertaken for off-season (or extended season) vegetable production and high value fruit types suited to the Nakai's climate. If necessary NTPC will invest in hardware (e.g. greenhouses) required to enable such production to occur. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 60 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Table 21-28:Medium Term Market Opportunities, Risks and Production Features Product Type Market Context & Opportunities Market Risks Required Production / Marketing features Strong market demand, established traders in Nakai. Risk of monopolistic trading association being No specific features required. Opportunity for seasonal feedlot operations to take continued possibly reducing farm gate prices. Large livestock advantage of cheap, low weight livestock available during DS. Scale: Medium-High Scale: Medium-High Decline in market demand for traditionally raised pigs. Low trader interest in purchase of local pigs and/or Levels of goat production would need to be Increasing demand for goat, potential to compete with low prices. relatively high to ensure stable supply of Small livestock Sepon for Thakhek and Vientiane Market. sufficient quantities to warrant Vientiane traders shifting from Sepon purchase area. Scale: Medium Scale: Medium-High Strong Thakhek demand, high farmgate/retail price No significant market risks Problems of seasonal epidemics would need to Poultry differentials, strong price trends. be reduced for production levels to be sufficient to generate significant trader interest. Scale: High-Medium Scale: None/Low Good market demand for citrus, largely currently met from Risk that commercial farms recently established meet Quantity and quality (market favoured varieties) Fruits Thai and Pakse. Thakhek market demand. of production must be sufficient to generate trader interest. Scale: Medium-High Scale: Low Significant opportunity for off-season vegetable production; Vientiane market production (Asparagus, Broccoli) For Off-season production quality and quantity Vegetables esp. Cabbage, Chilli, Broccoli, Tomato and Asparagus. will be difficult because new, unknown production needs to be sufficient to generate trader interest. area and high transport costs. For Broccoli and Asparagus NTPC may need to Scale: High Scale: High be pro-active in marketing. Scale of production on Nakai and location unlikely to be Without contract farming, marketing likely to be To compete effectively Nakai production will attractive to commercial consumers (i.e. Contract farming difficult, will require significant volume of need to be of lower farm gate price or sig. better Field Crops unlikely). production. quality. Scale: Low-Medium Scale: Medium-High November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 61 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Market acceleration Market acceleration may occur as a natural phenomenon so that in some areas of production it is likely that no external assistance will be required. The Livestock Marketing Association established on the Nakai is likely to continue in operation and it is not envisaged that there will be any problems with the marketing of these large livestock. The marketing of small livestock is also not expected to be a problem and will occur as volumes of production warrant. However, apart from those trading in livestock and NTFP's there are no existing traders based on the Plateau exporting Nakai agricultural produce (crops, vegetables, fruits). Therefore, a number of interventions will be undertaken to accelerate the natural development of the trade sector in this area. Without such acceleration it is likely that opportunities will be missed and many households will abandon (or not adopt in the first place) commercial production because of the lack of buyers. The following measures should be undertaken to accelerate market development: · In order to foster Thakhek based trader interest it is proposed that traders supplying construction sites are invited to the Nakai on a regular basis by NTPC to understand the production that is being undertaken there and the market opportunities that will thus result. · Cross visits by Nakai farmers to Nongbok farms will be undertaken both for technical production reasons but also, critically, to develop Plateau residents appreciation of the opportunities (and risks) associated with market oriented production. Such visits will be timed to coincide with critical production periods as well as at time of harvest and sale. If the production of quality, high value, niche market vegetables (e.g. asparagus and broccoli) does prove viable it may be necessary to engage directly in the marketing of this produce at least initially until Nakai or Thakhek based traders are convinced of the viability of such trade. This engagement should be as minimal as possible and be limited to the provision of trade subsidies where NTPC would part-fund the capital outlay required for such trading trips. Such subsidies will be available only during the initial production season of such crops and be reduced each trip. Such subsidies will reduce the risks faced by traders in entering new and specialist markets. It is anticipated that a maximum of US$ 5,000 would be required for this purpose. For niche market production such as asparagus and broccoli more detailed market assessment is required as to volumes of demand and critically institutional buyers (hotels, etc) to enable the effective marketing of this produce. In addition it appears as through there is a significant market opportunity for dry season14 cattle and buffalo fattening for sale. This requires further assessment to be conclusive but a partnership with the Nakai Livestock Marketing Association to undertake such activities holds significant promise. Such assessments, and that for other possible niche crops will be ongoing during the support period. Fostering the establishment of contract farming agreements between Plateau residents and traders and/or processors is the strategy most likely to ensure that resettlers have a market for their produce. The opportunities for establishing such relationships appear to be limited but will be explored fully both in Laos and, if appropriate, Thailand. To enable the implementation of these measures and, if necessary, to play a direct marketing role, two staff will be recruited. One Marketing Officer, ideally an existing trader (probably female and Thakhek based) will have responsibility for developing and maintaining contact with Thakhek based and other traders as well as implementing the measures listed above. S/he will be supported by a vehicle and a driver. Marketing support Marketing support will be required in the early stages. Because of the poor road conditions the villages on the plateau have to date been comparatively weakly integrated into the Lao market economy. Apart from buffalo, cattle and some NTFPs there are no formal trading systems established for the `export' of plateau produce. With road improvements Nakai's market integration will change rapidly. Even without any external assistance it is likely that traders will, over time, identify products from the area with market 14When cattle and buffalo are at their thinnest and command lowest prices. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 62 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development potential and seek to exploit these. Existing market traders in Nakai and members of the newly established Livestock Trading Association are all potential future traders from the area. The markets generated during the construction phase are likely to attract traders from Gnommalat and other districts to supply these markets. Such traders will want to seek back-loading of their trucks and could become potential buyers for produce from the plateau. However, the constraints is that the produce is not being delivered to the district centre at Nakai at present so these potential buyers would be unable to easily access the supplies of fresh produce. There are a number of interventions that will be supported by the Project to improve the marketing situation: · Establish close marketing contacts between buffalo and cattle producers on the Nakai with Construction Camp Servicing Companies. There is potential for improved local marketing and use or development of local health certified abbatoir outlets · The Demonstration Farm as well as the Pilot Nursery are each producing significant volumes of fruit and vegetables. NTPC will encourage the marketing of these products by the villagers from the area. This could be done in the local market in Nakai where there is currently a dearth of fruit and vegetables being offered for sale. This will assist the development of private market channels and would represent a first step in enabling villagers to learn more about local market demands and preferences. · Only two villages are likely to be resettled prior to commencement of dam construction, when the demand for fruit, vegetables and meat will begin to escalate. NTPC will encourage the production of goods on the Nakai for which the area has a comparative advantage. This entails encouraging farmers to market fruit and vegetables that they are already producing as well as promoting greater vegetable production in villages that will not yet have resettled. This process will help catalysing the process of establishing a local market during the construction period and would help establish a reputation for these products. · NTPC will also organise a trade fair in Nakai and invite traders from Thakhek to see for themselves the production that is being promoted. This can only take place when sufficient production has commenced to warrant their making buying trips to the plateau. · NTPC is considering promoting the establishment of a Fruit and Vegetable Growers Association and financing the establishment of cool storage facilities in Nakai to which farmers could deliver their produce and traders could purchase from. Marketing of produce The cropping patterns that have been developed feature a number of crops that can generate cash income for farmers. It is assumed that all of the rice produced will be consumed by the household together with a large proportion of the grain maize, whilst a larger proportion of the legumes and high proportion of the fruits and vegetables will all be sold. Of these the field crops may have the lowest potential because of high competition from the lowland areas and relatively low levels of seasonal price fluctuation. However, peanuts have relatively good farm gate prices with the Thakhek market for peanuts being largely met by imports from Vietnam. Another market opportunity may be the production of fresh maize or sweet corn for the fresh food market in Thakhek by off-season production in the dry season. The climatic conditions on the plateau should provide good opportunities for the production of high value vegetable crops during the dry season. Currently the Bolovens plateau in Champassak is the dominant source of such vegetables in central and southern Laos but it would appear that Nakai production of white and Chinese cabbages could compete for the Thakhek market. Similarly, Nakai appears to be well positioned to complete with the production of chillies from Lak Sao which supplies Thakhek and Vientiane. Off-season tomato production also appears to a strong market opportunity with high retail prices in the dry season. Opportunities for the production of broccoli, and possible also asparagus, also exist and although levels of demand remain relatively low the prices are high. However, in all these cases, production quality and seasonality remain critical factors in determining the ultimate profitability of the enterprise. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 63 Chapter 21: Agricultural and Livestock Development Account should also be taken of the impact that the construction period will have on the demand for food on the plateau. The Whole Farm Scenarios featured in Models 1 and 2 will be targeting the likely demands that will arise during the four year period when construction is on-going. The construction period is estimated to result in the creation of a fresh food market with an annual value of US$ 3.5 million rising to US$ 7 million depending on the size of the labour force and dependants that move to the plateau. This population is likely to be based at a number of different sites thus dispersing the demand into a series of separate geographical markets. This constitutes a major opportunity for resettled households in Nakai and adjacent districts, most particularly Gnommalat where the bulk of the workforce will be based. 21.13 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The implementation schedule for the Agriculture and Livestock Program for the Resettlement Phase is presented in table >?? below. The Irrigation part of Program will only start in Year COD-1 when the reservoir starts to fill up. ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 64 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area CHAPTER 22 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT AREA Table of Content 22 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT AREA ...........................................................................................................................1 22.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................1 22.1.1 Brief Description of the Nakai Area to be Irrigated....................................................................................2 22.1.2 Irrigation Water Sources for the Nakai Plateau............................................................................................3 22.2 PUMP STATIONS........................................................................................................... 3 22.2.1 Supply Channel .................................................................................................................................................3 22.2.2 Power Supply.....................................................................................................................................................4 22.2.3 Type of Installation ..........................................................................................................................................4 22.2.4 Delivery Pipe.....................................................................................................................................................4 22.2.5 Header Tank/Stilling Basin.............................................................................................................................4 22.3 IRRIGATION WATER REQUIREMENTS AND SCHEDULING............................................ 5 22.3.1 Farm Plot Crops Irrigation Water Requirements.........................................................................................5 22.3.2 Paddy Rice Irrigation Water Requirements...................................................................................................5 22.3.3 Domestic Water Supply ...................................................................................................................................6 22.3.4 Pumping Hours and Water Duty....................................................................................................................6 22.4 IRRIGATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND FARM LAYOUTS ........................................ 7 22.4.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................7 22.4.2 Canal Systems....................................................................................................................................................7 22.4.3 Buried Pipelines Systems .................................................................................................................................7 22.4.4 Farm Inlets and Terracing ...............................................................................................................................8 22.5 INDICATIVE IRRIGATION SYSTEM FOR EACH RESETTLEMENT SITE............................ 8 22.5.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................8 22.5.2 Preliminary Construction Cost Estimates .....................................................................................................9 22.6 BOLIKHAMXAI IRRIGATED SITE..................................................................................22 22.7 PILOT VILLAGE IRRIGATION SCHEME........................................................................24 22.7.1 Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................24 22.7.2 Irrigation Scheme Components....................................................................................................................24 22.7.3 Pilot Village Scheme Cost..............................................................................................................................25 22.8 CHALLENGES IN PREPARING PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND BUDGET...........................25 22.8.1 Contours on Topographic Maps ..................................................................................................................25 22.8.2 Soils and Irrigation Potential.........................................................................................................................25 22.8.3 Location of Village Housing .........................................................................................................................25 22.8.4 Route of Road 8B...........................................................................................................................................26 22.8.5 Land Availability .............................................................................................................................................26 22.8.6 Preliminary Cost Estimates ...........................................................................................................................26 22.8.7 Scheme Expansion to Accommodate Growing Populations ...................................................................27 22.9 PRELIMINARY COST ESTIMATES.................................................................................27 22.9.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................27 22.9.2 Changes to Cost Estimates After Detail Design ........................................................................................28 22.10 FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS REQUIRED......................................................................28 22.10.1 General.............................................................................................................................................................28 22.10.2 Village Consultations......................................................................................................................................29 22.10.3 Topographic Survey and Mapping ...............................................................................................................29 22.10.4 Soil Survey and Mapping ...............................................................................................................................29 22.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AND EXTENSION SERVICES...................................29 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area 22.11.1 Operation and Maintenance..........................................................................................................................29 22.11.2 Extension Services..........................................................................................................................................30 List of Tables Table 22-1: Indicative No. of Households and farm plots requiring development in plateau relocation sites (based on Table 11-2)................................................................................................................ 2 Table 22-2: Preferred Location of Villagers from Sop Hia and Nam Nian Villages. .................................22 List of Figures Figure 22-1: Indicative Location and Layout of Nam Pan Resettlement Area and Irrigation System......23 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area 22 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT AREA 22.1 INTRODUCTION Thirteen of the fifteen villages affected by the Nam Theun 2 Reservoir impoundment have chosen to be resettled on thirteen of the possible twenty five resettlement sites located on the southwestern edge of the Nakai Reservoir. Their choice was mainly based on existing administrative and cultural village boundaries of land that is known to them. As part of the resettlement package, the following irrigation facilities (per resettled household will be provided, if the irrigation system development in the first irrigation villages (Nong Boua, Bouama and Phonsavang) are shown to be feasible and sustainable. · 0.5 ha of irrigated farm land for growing field crops, vegetables, fruit trees, possibly wet season rice and fodder for livestock consumption · 0.16 ha of irrigated rice paddy All-year round irrigation of the areas is required for the farm land crops. The following amounts were included in the Concession Agreement of 3 October 2002: Irrigation and household water supply and distribution US$ 1,673,750 Gully stop dams and head ponds US$ 75,900 However new estimates have been prepared and the amounts for irrigation and water supply have been significantly increased to: Irrigation, Plateau and Khamkerd District US$ 3,348,400 Gully stop dams and head ponds US$ 79,100 Household water supply US$ 472,500 Total US$ 3,900,000 This chapter identifies the possible irrigation system required for each of the reservoir resettlement sites that the Resettlers wish to move to and their preliminary cost estimate. The Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme at Area 16 is described and the Bolikhamxai Irrigation Scheme is also briefly described. The chapter discusses the further investigations required before the detail design of the individual schemes can be undertaken, the operation and maintenance of the completed schemes, and extension services. The locations of gully stop dams and ponds have not been identified. Because of their small water storage volumes and the small catchment areas of the gullies in the project area, their use for storing water for irrigation purposes is limited. It is envisaged that they will consist of low earth embankments constructed by an excavator and the larger ones by a bulldozer. A spillway will be cut in natural ground at the side of the embankment. Topographically, there are many potential sites available and they will be of use for increasing resettlement area water resources for livestock use. It is also possible that they will be used for trapping water as reservoir levels recede in the reservoir drawdown areas. However it is preferable that there locations are chosen when: · further local knowledge of the hydrology of the potential sites is available, and · after village consultations on possible grazing areas. The area of the irrigation systems is based on the expected number of affected households when relocation occurs. This number is based on a 2003 census by the Nakai District assisted by the RMU and the NTPC. The number is then increased by an annual growth rate of 3 percent applied until the year the village is scheduled to relocate. Affected are all the households from fifteen Plateau villages plus all the households from Ban Phonephanpek and an estimated 31 from Oudomsouk. The villages are scheduled to move either during the 2005/6 or 2006/7 dry seasons. Sop Hia Village will be split into: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area · The recent Tai immigrants who will be resettled in Khamkerd District, Bolikhamxai Province with Nam Nian Village.. · The Vietic groups who will be resettling to a new village on the edge of the reservoir. Table 22-1 lists the future reservoir resettlement area villages, the expected number of households, and the net and gross irrigation areas required per site. The gross area is the net irrigation areas of 0.5 ha and 0.16 ha per household increased by 10 percent to include land possibly lost by right of way for non-farm areas such as access roads, irrigation canals and drains, other natural drain lines, termite mounds, other local high spots and heritage sites. In some resettled villages, the expected number of households is still subject to further villager consultation. For example, Ka Oy villagers have chosen to move to one of three sites, Areas 19, 21 and 22, and the actual numbers moving to an individual area has not been finalized. Table 22-1: Indicative No. of Households and farm plots requiring development in plateau relocation sites (based on Table 11-2) Farm plot Rice Total net Total No. of net area net area area gross Area Village households (ha) (ha) (ha) area (ha) 1 Nakai Neua 91 45.5 14.6 60.1 66.1 2 Nakai Tai 195 97.5 31.2 128.7 141.6 7 Nong Boua Kham 50 25.0 8.0 33.0 36.3 8 Sop Ma 48* 24.0 7.7 31.7 34.9 8A Vietic Sop Hia 35** 17.5 5.6 23.1 25.4 11 Sop Phene 54 27.0 8.6 35.6 39.2 13 Thalang 70 35.0 11.2 46.2 50.8 16 Nong Boua (& Sailom, Pamanton 50* 28.3 8.0 36.3 39.9 Hamlets) and Keng Gnao, Sop Ma (actual) 17 Boua Ma 64 32.0 10.2 42.2 46.4 18 Phonsavang 32 16.0 5.1 21.1 23.2 19 Phonsavang, Sop On and Ka Oy 107 53.5 17.1 70.6 77.2 21 Done and Ka Oy 135 67.5 21.6 89.1 98.0 22 Khone Khen and Ka Oy 64 32.0 10.2 42.2 46.4 15 Oudomsouk 31 15.5 5.0 20.5 22.6 15 Phonepanpek 111 55.5 17.8 73.3 80.6 Total 1,137 571.8 181.9 753.7 829.1 * of the 68 families in the Sopma (and hamlets) 48 will move to near Talang and about 20 will join the Nongboua area. ** of the 58 families in Sophia, all 35 Vietic will remain on the Plateau Including the 51 households from Sop Hia and Nam Nian that will move to Khamkerd District, Bolikhamxai Province, the total number of households eligible for irrigation facilities is 1,188. 22.1.1 Brief Description of the Nakai Area to be Irrigated The reservoir Resettlement Area is located within 20,600 ha of mixed forest on the southwestern side of the Nakai Reservoir. Most of the area will remain mixed forest with village and irrigation development taking place on the edge of the reservoir. Half of the resettlement sites have undulating topography and the other half are flat and gently sloping. The surface soils in the area are generally poor, acidic, sandy to sandy loams. Lower horizons are a clay loam texture. The soils in the northern areas, 7 to 13 are generally better with less sand content and higher organic matter. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area The average annual rainfall over the Nakai Plateau is relatively high at 2,600 mm per year. Distribution is markedly seasonal with over 88 percent falling between April and September during the wet season southwest monsoon period. 22.1.2 Irrigation Water Sources for the Nakai Plateau The watershed areas of the streams that flow through the resettlement sites to the Nakai Reservoir are generally small resulting in non-perennial low discharges. For example, the edge of the Nakai Plateau escarpment is typically 2 to 3-km to the southwest of a resettlement area, and then land-slopes and surface runoff are in the opposite direction. Consequently the streams that flow through the sites have not been considered as a source of irrigation water, with the exception of Area 16. The Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme at Resettlement Area 16 has utilized the Houay Malai, with a watershed area 11.41 km2. This is one of the largest watersheds and the development of the irrigation system necessitated the inclusion of an earth dam and spillway as well a pump station. The chosen irrigation water source is the Nakai Reservoir which can vary in elevation by 12.5 m throughout the year. The full supply level is El. 538 from August to November during high rainfall years. The minimum operating level is El. 525.5 in May/June during low rainfall years. The average rainfall year minimum elevation is predicted to be El. 526.5. As the resettlement villages irrigation areas are above the full supply level of El. 538, pumping is required. For the purposes of pump design, the minimum reservoir elevation has been considered as El. 526. However lower reservoir elevations can be accommodated by a pump station sump excavated at a bed level of El. 524. A previous resettlement study, Resettlement Options for the Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project, Margules Povry Pty Ltd, April 1997, vaguely considered "blocked off reservoir areas forming water storage ponds". The areas were blocked off by "earth bunds constructed seasonally". Retention basins were identified at three locations and had water storage depths ranging between 9 to 16 m. There were no further technical details given and no cost estimates. This type of retention basin has not been considered further as for earth bunds of these heights to hold water for even a single dry season, considerable volumes of earthworks will be required and compaction will not be possible under water. It is possible to construct permanent earth dams fed from the reservoir by two-way spillways. However experience from the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme is that the combination of dam and spillway and pump station plus the required irrigation conveyance and distribution systems is prohibitively expensive. 22.2 PUMP STATIONS 22.2.1 Supply Channel A supply channel is required to be excavated to convey water from low reservoir elevations to a pump station located on the reservoir perimeter. Pump stations located in deep water within the reservoir have not been considered as they would be more expensive to construct and have inherently more operation and maintenance problems. The supply channel bed width is a practical 1 m with side slopes of 1:1.5 (v:h) if possible. 1:2 side slopes will be necessary for deeper excavations in poorer strength materials. The sump, the point of lowest bed elevation where the pump station is located, is to be 6 x 6 m with side slopes of 1:2. The gradient of the channel bed is 0.001 m/m or 10-cm per 100 m. The bed elevation of the sump must be at El. 524 to incorporate a low reservoir elevation of El. 526 plus a further 2 m so that there is a good factor of safety clearance from the pump suction intake to the excavated sump bed elevation. Consequently there is a height of 14 m from the sump bed level to the reservoir full supply elevation of El. 538. There may be some initial collapses of the supply channel side slopes until the banks stabilize. These will have to be cleared by earth moving machinery in the month of June, the month of lowest reservoir elevations. Therefore a 4 m wide access track is necessary along one of the channel banks at El. 527. There will be some reservoir sediment deposition at the sumps and some deposits from local runoff erosion. The deposits will only cause a problem during low reservoir years and any deposits will have to be cleared manually. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area It will be attempted to minimize supply channel maximum excavation depths to avoid large earthworks volumes which will have to be properly disposed of. However the slope of the land at the proposed locations of the pump stations is frequently of low gradient and long lengths of deep excavation depths will be common and will cause excessive excavation volumes on some schemes. The supply channel will also be used as a low reservoir waterway for village fishing boats. The sump area can also be utilized as a wharf. 22.2.2 Power Supply An electricity mains supply will be provided to all the resettlement villages and it will be extended to power the irrigation pumps. No other power source is either as convenient or more cost-effective for powering an irrigation pump. Other sources such as diesel, wind or solar powered pumping have not been considered. The cost of the electricity supplies are not be included in the irrigation development cost estimates even though irrigation will probably be the largest user. 22.2.3 Type of Installation Fixed pump installations can either be axial flow pumps fixed to the reservoir bank at an inclination, preferably 30o, or centrifugal pumps with horizontal shafts and significant extra reinforced concrete and other civil works. Both types involve pump impellors submersed below El.526 and driven by a motor, via a shaft coupling, located above El. 540.00. El. 540 incorporates a full supply level of El. 538 plus a 2 m freeboard for wave action and flooding. However they are considered expensive options, especially the civil works necessary for the horizontal installations. The lower cost axial flow option can have more breakdown problems associated with the long inclined shaft coupling from the motor to the pump impellors. The preferred option is centrifugal pumps installed on floating platforms, or pontoons, that move up and down with the varying reservoir elevations. A flexible discharge hose connects the pump outlet to a steel delivery pipe fixed on the reservoir bank by reinforced concrete foundations. This delivery pipe delivers the water to a suitable high location within or near to the proposed irrigation scheme. Between El. 538 and El. 526.00, the delivery pipe must have several connection points to accommodate the varying pontoon levels. This type of installation is used extensively for irrigating from the Mekong River and its tributaries because of its lower initial cost and less maintenance requirements. For all the schemes, two pump sets, each of half the required scheme discharge requirement, are installed on one pontoon. Therefore if one pump breaks down then the other can supply the irrigation requirements by increasing the pumping hours. 22.2.4 Delivery Pipe Delivery pipes fixed to the reservoir bank will be steel of 15, 20, 30 or 40 cm diameter. The pipes commonly come in 6 m lengths and will be joined by bolted flanges and seals. Above the bank and leading to the header tank, steel is the preferable stronger material, however uPVC pipes will also be considered. The total pump head requirement is static head plus pipe and other friction losses. There is a cost relationship between the diameter of the delivery pipe and the total pumping head requirement. For a similar irrigation requirement, the smaller the pipe diameter, the higher the water velocity in the pipe. This results in higher pipeline friction and other fittings head losses, which are measured in meters head of water. Consequently smaller diameter pipelines will have higher total pumping head and power requirements. Using a larger pipe diameter will reduce the head losses but with the long delivery pipelines required in the project area, the initial capital costs may be higher than the saving on pump and motor sizes. However it is preferable to choose the larger diameter pipes as there will be significant future savings on pump power costs over the project life. Also, the irrigation systems must have the potential for expansion to accommodate growing populations. The larger pipe diameter is desirable in this respect. 22.2.5 Header Tank/Stilling Basin The pump station delivery pipe will discharge into a header tank or a stilling basin. A header tank is necessary for a pipe irrigation system and a stilling basin is necessary at the head of an open channel canal. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area Both structures will be located on high ground to enable gravity distribution. The structures will be of reinforced concrete construction. However if there is no suitable high spot relatively near the pump station, then an elevated tank will be necessary. In this case, a steel tank supported on either a steel or reinforced concrete frame will be considered. A header tank is required for pipe distribution systems for the following reasons: · A buffering storage between the pump discharge and the irrigation requirement as it will not be possible to select a pump with discharge exactly the same as the scheme IWR. Also, a new pump will pump more than a used pump. Similarly, the pump discharge will vary with the varying reservoir elevations, the higher the reservoir level, the less the pumping head and greater the pump discharge; · The tank will act as a trap for any sediments that are pumped up; · If reservoir water quality is suitable, the tank will store water for domestic use after irrigation pumping ceases. The domestic pipeline will pass through a sand filtration tank. The header tank will have outlets for irrigation, domestic water supply, overflow and flushing. A system will be provided so that the pump operator knows when to stop the pump if the tank is overflowing. A flagged float has been installed at the Pilot Village Scheme. There will be steel rungs cast into one of the sides for access for inspection and cleaning purposes. There will be an access track to the tank. The minimum dimensions of the header tank are those so it can store water for evening and night time domestic use. As a buffering storage the larger the better, with cost the limiting factor. Provisionally, for preliminary cost estimate purposes, a buffer of fifteen minutes over-pumping has been assumed. This can be several times more than the overnight domestic storage requirement. For costing purposes, the header tanks have been assumed to be 2 m high, including a freeboard of 0.25 m, and of square dimensions. For possible open canal systems in the flatter areas, the delivery pipe must discharge into a reinforced concrete stilling basin located at the head of the main canal. The velocity of the pumped water is such that it would erode an earth canal if pumped directly into it. Therefore the stilling basin is designed so that water enters the main canal at the correct elevation and at a suitable velocity so that canal erosion does not occur. It will have no buffering storage but for canal systems this is unnecessary as the open canals have inherently more storage capability within the freeboard area. It is unlikely that a stilling basin can be adapted for domestic water storage and supply. 22.3 IRRIGATION WATER REQUIREMENTS AND SCHEDULING 22.3.1 Farm Plot Crops Irrigation Water Requirements For the non-ponded farm plot crops such as vegetables and maize, a peak net irrigation water requirement (IWR) of 4 mm per day will supply all evapo-transpiration needs during the dry season. However there will be conveyance, distribution and field application losses, the amount depending on the type of conveyance and distribution and farm plot slopes and soil types. A typical project irrigation efficiency of 70 percent has been used, equating a rounded-up gross IWR of 6 mm/day. 22.3.2 Paddy Rice Irrigation Water Requirements The IWR for ponded rice paddies is considerably higher than for the farm plot crops. Rice grows in a standing water depth of between 10 to 15-cm. Extra irrigation water is required to cover evaporation losses from the open water as well as to compensate for percolation losses in the inundated fields. Furthermore, substantial irrigation water is required to saturate the land for land preparation. That is, softening the ground for ploughing and puddling. Puddling is the disturbance of fine clay particles that settle between lower soil particles and reduce percolation losses. For example, for paddy on heavy clay soils on the Mekong Plains, percolation rates can be between 1 to 3 mm per day. In lighter well draining soils, such as the project area, percolation rates will be significantly higher, a worst case scenario being as November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area high as 20-cm per day. A saturation depth of water of between 20 to 25-cm is typical for land preparation. Also, the project irrigation efficiencies for rice are lower as there are higher field application losses as the water passes from terraced paddy to terraced paddy. For the light soils in the project area, the percolation losses for paddy must be carefully considered. Even with good irrigation practices there will be percolation losses. However for other non-ponded crops, efficient irrigation practices can largely eliminate percolation losses. Unless there is significant clay content in the soil, it is recommended that dry season paddy rice irrigation is not considered. The high percolation losses will cause an increased IWR, higher capital costs, long pumping hours and the possible leaching of nutrients from the soil. The following has been assumed for the hydraulic design of the irrigation systems: · There are areas with soils with clay content in the Resettlement Area that can be developed for paddy production. These are mostly in the northern area sites; · However their percolation losses will be higher than the heavy clay soils normally used for paddy. Therefore wet season production only has been considered. That is, supplementary irrigation water is supplied when rainfall does not meet the crop requirements; · After a few years of land preparation and puddling, the percolation losses will reduce. If they remain high, then the land is used for growing field crops. If they reduce to a suitable level, then dry season double cropping of rice can be attempted. Estimating the percolation losses without the results of infiltration rate tests and area field experience is difficult. For example, at the Theun Douan Demonstration Farm the soils are light and dry season rice trials required considerable pumping and low yields. After taking into account effective rainfall, a moderately high 6 mm/day has been used which results in a peak net supplementary IWR of 8 mm/day. Then taking into account the various system efficiency and field application losses of 60 percent, a gross IWR of 13 mm/day has been assumed. It is possible that dry season rice production can be undertaken in reservoir drawdown areas after some bunding to trap the receding water. There will be some fine silt deposition that will increase soil fertility and reduce percolation. However it is difficult to predict how much production is possible and it has not been included in the resettler livelihood options. 22.3.3 Domestic Water Supply Whenever possible, and if the reservoir water is of suitable quality, the irrigation system should incorporate additional water supply for domestic use other than drinking. This requirement is 50 liters per person per day. Assuming a household of 6 persons and taking an example of 50 households in a village, 15 m3/day is required. Over 12 hours pumping, an extra discharge of 0.35 l/s is required. This is a small percentage of the irrigation requirement and does not need to be included when making the pump selection. It can be easily delivered from a header tank during the day and by a few extra minutes pumping at the end of the day to fill the header tank. 22.3.4 Pumping Hours and Water Duty 1 mm/day IWR equates to 10 m3/ha/day of water. Therefore a 6 mm/day IWR equates to 60 m3/ha/day and 13 mm/day equates to 130 m3/ha/day of water. The estimation of water duty or liters per second per hectare (l/s/ha), for estimating pump capacity and dimensioning conveyance pipes or canals, depends on the number of irrigation hours practiced per day. The more hours, the lesser the pump capacity and canal dimensions and the lower the capital cost. The fewer the hours the greater the capacity and the higher the construction costs. For the Pilot Village Scheme, eight hours a day was used for farm land crops. However when including wet season rice areas this must be increased to twelve hours per day. Consequently for twelve hour irrigation, the following water duties have been assumed: · Farm plot crops, 1.39 l/s/ha, say 1.4 l/s/ha; · Wet season rice, 3 l/s/ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area 22.4 IRRIGATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND FARM LAYOUTS 22.4.1 General The type of the irrigation conveyance and distribution system depends on the topography of the area: · Undulating, irregularly sloping land require buried pipeline systems; · Flat and gently sloping land is irrigated by trapezoidal shaped open channel systems. The locations of the farm and rice lands and farm layouts will be determined after more consultation with the Resettlers and further topographic survey and investigations on soil types. As stated previously, the rice lands must be in the flatter areas with heavier clay soils. There are some existing shifting cultivation areas and they will be more suitable for agriculture. Farm and village access roads are required within the areas, the cost of which has not been included in the irrigation development estimates. 22.4.2 Canal Systems A typical canal distribution system has main, secondary, tertiary and quaternary canals. However for the small resettlement schemes, not all this order of canals may be required. A system also has canal structures to control the discharges and water levels within the system including turnouts, checks, and check/drops. Conveyance structures such as culverts and siphons will be required to convey water under roads or drains. An open canal system is generally preferable for wet season paddy because of the higher water duty required and the high cost of uPVC pipes. It has been assumed that the rice land is located on the lower, flatter slopes adjacent to, or near to, the farm land. Then the same pump station, delivery pipe and header tank or stilling basin is used for both farming systems. In the flatter and more gently sloping areas a series of regular sized blocks can be designed and prepared. As the farm land plots are 0.5 ha, a simple 50 m by 100 m farm size is recommended when possible with the irrigation supply canal traversing the 50 m length. The distance between the canals must be about 106 m to include land for the right of way of the canal, field drain at the end of the plot and a walkway along the canal bank. The flatter central and southern sites have the more sandy soils and the open canals will suffer more than average from seepage losses. Canal lining is the conventional strategy for reducing losses and must be considered. There is wide range of lining alternatives ranging from low permeability clay or earth layers, through plastic membranes to hard surface linings such as concrete or brick. Clay lining is preferred, that is excavating between 0.3 to 0.5 m below the canal bed level and then backfilling with compacted low permeability earth material. This will be considerably cheaper than concrete lining which can suffer from cracking. The inclusion of drainage systems is normally an integral part of irrigation and small open channel trapezoidal section drains will need to be included at the end of the farm plot in the flatter areas. However for the more sloping areas with light free-draining soils and small farm areas, drainage considerations are minimal. 22.4.3 Buried Pipelines Systems A typical buried pipeline system will use uPVC and smaller-diameter high density polyethylene (PE) pipes and has valves for flushing accumulated debris from pipe low spots and trapped air from high spots. Other fittings will include gate valves, clamps, junctions, tees, elbows and reducers. In the undulating areas, the farm layouts will be irregular, the Area 16 Pilot Village Scheme being a good example. There, no two farm plots are of the same shape and long pipeline lengths are required to convey and distribute the water throughout the area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area The pipes will be laid on sand bedding. Concrete anchor blocks, also known as thrust blocks, are necessary to transfer any forces in the system to the surrounding soil and prevent any pipe movement leading to disruption of the joints and subsequent leakage. Typical locations of anchor blocks are at all bends greater than 15o, changes in pipe diameter, tees and junctions, in-line valves and at the end of the line. After construction of the buried pipelines, the routes will be marked by 1 m high precast concrete posts painted white. 22.4.4 Farm Inlets and Terracing Each farm plot will have its own farm inlet structure. At the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme the farm plots are of various shapes and slopes. Consequently a unique type of farm inlet has been installed so that various farm plot irrigation techniques can be practiced and tested. Every plot has a 6 cm diameter PE pipe taking off from the buried pipe distribution branch line to the top of the plot. At the end of this pipe there are three outlets. One outlet is to a small concrete tank used for filling watering cans. The second outlet is for attaching small-diameter hose pipes for overhead irrigation methods and the third is for attaching larger diameter pipes for conveying water further away from the outlet, particularly down some of the steeper slopes and avoiding soil erosion. This type of multi-purpose farm inlet has many fittings and is relatively expensive and similar outlets cannot be installed at all the resettlement irrigation schemes. The type of outlet at individual schemes will depend on the shape and slope of the plots and the type of irrigation technique to be practiced. On the flatter plots, where surface irrigation can be fully practiced, a much simpler structure can be installed. For example, a small mortared brick outlet box and a gate valve for regulating the supply. On open channel systems, a small gated precast concrete structure will be prefabricated and installed. In the undulating areas terracing of farm plots will be required. Terracing will reduce soil erosion and water losses thereby improving irrigation field efficiencies and reduce pumping costs. Terracing must be carefully designed and undertaken to preserve the current soil fertility level. The use of large earth moving equipment will be avoided. Small tractors with front blades can be used in some areas but with the general project poor soils, the best suited method is for the farmers to gradually level the land over a period of years. At the Pilot Village Scheme, irrigation technicians work closely with the farmers on terracing survey, design and earth moving. The cost of terracing has not been included the irrigation cost estimates. 22.5 INDICATIVE IRRIGATION SYSTEM FOR EACH RESETTLEMENT SITE 22.5.1 General Following villagers' indicative choice of resettlement site, a desk study was undertaken on the possible irrigation system layouts for each resettlement site, on the basis that access to irrigation and domestic water is actually one of the main determinants of final resettlement site choice. The plans that follows, on a background of the currently available 1:25,000 scale maps, shows the approximate irrigation area site boundaries based on topography and the area required by each village site, and the proposed location of the supply channel, pump station, delivery pipe and main canal or pipeline. Village populations, farm areas and irrigation water requirements are explained, and brief description of the irrigation system and estimated cost is provided. At the time the maps were prepared, the expected village populations were based on a RMU census of 1998 plus an annual growth rate of 2.2% applied over 7 years to 2005. However the expected populations are now based on a 2003 census and a 3% annual growth rate until either 2006 or 2007. Also households that were previously considered ineligible have now been included. Therefore the number of households and consequent irrigation areas are now higher than when the maps were prepared. The data accompanying the maps has been revised but the boundaries and areas shown on the maps have not been amended to suit the new figures. However when topographic survey and mapping is undertaken, a larger area than the boundaries shown on the maps will be covered and the scheme designs will be based on the revised figures. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area The boundaries of the Resettlement Areas shown are not definite in that, for example, no village has chosen to be resettled to Area 12. Consequently the boundaries of Areas 13 (Ban Thalang) and 11 (Ban Sop Phene) can be extended into Area 12. Maps have not yet been prepared for the Oudomsouk and Phonepanpek irrigation systems in Area 15. They were included in the program at a later date. The irrigation systems will be located in areas relatively close to the NT2 Headrace Channel to the Power Conduit Intake Structure and it is preferable and possible that the Supply Channels from low reservoir areas to the two pump stations will start at the Headrace Channel. Also, that number of Oudomsouk households is still not clearly known. However general descriptions of the schemes are included. 22.5.2 Preliminary Construction Cost Estimates Preliminary construction cost estimates have been prepared. Unit rates from the construction contract for the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme have been modified. Assuming that the construction of the schemes will be tendered in lots and not individually, they have been modified to reflect the considerably larger contract quantities involved. The average cost per hectare for the Plateau schemes is estimated at about US$ 3,900. Not included are the cost of investigations and design, UXO clearance and the electricity transmission lines to power the pumps. These items are covered in various other sections of the Social Development Plan. AREA 13: Ban Thalang Number of households: 70 households Approx. Housing Area: 6.9 ha Farm Land Net Area: 35 ha Rice Net Area: 11.2 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 46.2 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 57.7 ha Farm Land IWR: 49 l/s Rice IWR: 33.6 l/s Total IWR: 82.6 l/s Area Description: Irregular shape and undulating with some steep grades. Forest, some high quality, with bamboo and shrubs. Good soils observed. Limited area available for village and irrigation development. Area bisected by relocated Road 8B. Large Project bridge will be construction at northern end across the Nam Theun. Villagers wish to be relocated adjacent to Road 8B and bridge entrance for increased trade and passenger services. Limited low slope drawdown area due to proximity of Nam Theun and Houay Kalet deep channels on north and eastern boundaries respectively. Irrigation System: This is one of the more difficult areas for irrigation development because of limited available area. It is a small site cut by the relocated Road 8B and the bridge entrance must be kept clear. Pontoon pump station located on east side of area. Good location available on bank of Houay Kalet with minimum excavation for supply channel. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 84 l/s and total head of 23 m. Total pump motor requirement is 38-kw. Long, 340 m, 30-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to a reinforced concrete header tank at high spot at about El. 550. PVC buried pipe gravity distribution possible to most of central and northern areas. 3 main lines from header tank in northeast, west and southern directions. Careful design and construction required when traversing Road 8B. Extensive terracing required on steeper slopes. Estimated cost about US$ 152,500 at about US$ 3,300 per hectare. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 11: Ban Sop Phene Number of households: 54 Approx. Housing Area: 6 ha Farm Land Net Area: 27.0 ha Rice Net Area: 8.6 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 35.6 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 45 ha Farm Land IWR: 37.8 l/s Rice IWR: 25.8 l/s Total IWR: 63.6 l/s Area Description: More regular shape, undulating, with forest and dense undergrowth. Good soils observed across the area. Limited drawdown area available because of high slopes off eastern boundary down to Houay Chaloy. Irrigation System: Pontoon pump station located on east side of area. 60 m long supply channel required. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 64 l/s and total head of 31 m. Total pump motor requirement is 40-kw. Long, 520 m, 30-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to a reinforced concrete header tank at high spot at El. 562. Straightforward PVC buried pipe gravity distribution possible from central point to most of the area apart from undulation in western and southeastern extremities. 2 pipes from header tank in northeast and southwest directions. Estimated cost about US$ 144,400 and cost per hectare about US$ 4,100. AREAS 8 and 8a: Ban Hat Khamphane and Sop Ma to Area 8 and Vietic Sop Hia to Area 8a Area 8 Area 8a Number of households: Assume 48 households 35 households Approx. Housing Area: 5.4 ha 4.5 ha Area 8 Farm Land Net Area: 24 ha Rice Net Area: 7.7 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 31.7 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 40.3 ha Farm Land IWR: 33.6 l/s Rice IWR: 23.1 l/s Total IWR: 56.7 l/s Area 8a Farm Land Net Area: 17.5 ha Rice Net Area: 5.6 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 23.1 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 30 ha Farm Land IWR: 24.5 l/s Rice IWR: 16.8 l/s Total IWR: 41.3 l/s Area Description: Irregular shapes and undulating. Mixed forest throughout. Variable sandy loam soils with better quality in hardwood areas observed. Area bisected by relocated Road 8B. Low slope drawdown areas available on both sides. Areas relatively far from existing Road 8B. There are some old logging tracks in the area but access road works for construction will be required. Irrigation Systems: Assume separate irrigation systems. Area 8 pontoon pump station located on eastern side of area and Area 8a on western side. Area 8 requires a long, about 400 m, supply channel. 2 centrifugal units pumping 58 l/s and total head of 33 m. Total pump motor requirement 38-kw. 360 m long, 20-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to header tank at high spot at El. 569. Apart from Road 8B dividing the area, straightforward PVC buried pipe gravity distribution to most of the area possible. Estimated cost US$ 121,600 at about US$ 3,850 per ha. Area 8a requires a shorter, 100-m long supply channel to a pontoon pump station delivering 42 l/s at 32 m head, total power 26-kw. Long, 500m, 20-cm diameter steel delivery pipe required. Buried PVC pipeline gravity distribution system possible. Estimated cost US$ 107,800 at about US$ 4,700 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREAS 7 and 7a: Ban Nong Boua Kham Number of households: 50 Approx. Housing Area: 5.5 ha Farm Land Net Area: 25 ha Rice Net Area: 8 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 33 ha Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 42 ha Farm Land IWR: 35 l/s Rice IWR: 24 l/s Total IWR: 59 l/s Area Description: Two small irregular shaped undulating areas. Mixed forest throughout, some of high quality hardwood, some with dense undercover. Good soils and some small streams perhaps suitable for domestic water supply development observed. Area 7 bisected by relocated Road 8B. Villagers wish to reside alongside this road. Large areas of low slope drawdown areas available on both sides. Irrigation System: The villagers chose Areas 7 and 7a because their predominant occupation is cattle production and they wish to use the large adjacent drawdown areas for cattle grazing. Consequently Area 7 is far from low reservoir elevations and for irrigation development, will require a long length of supply canal. Area 7a is too small and even farther from low reservoir levels and has not been considered for irrigation. Area 7 requires a pontoon pump station located on eastern side. Long, about 880 m, supply channel required to pump station sump. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 60 l/s and total head of about 35 m. Total pump motor requirement is 40-kw. Long, 700 m, 30-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to a header tank at high spot around El. 555. Irregular shaped irrigation area on eastern side of Road 8B. Buried pipe gravity distribution possible. Estimated cost approximately US$ 191,600 at about US$ 5,800 per ha. Second highest cost per ha because of long supply channel and delivery pipe. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 2: Ban Nakai Tai Number of households: 195 Approx. Housing Area: 16 ha Farm Land Net Area: 97.5 ha Rice Net Area: 31.2 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 128.7 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 157 ha Farm Land IWR: 136.5 l/s Rice IWR: 93.6 l/s Total IWR: 230.1 l/s Area Description: Undulating area with mixed forest throughout. Generally sandy loam soils observed with better quality soils in hardwood areas. Poorer soils observed on high spots. There is a spiritual site in the area. New village location either adjacent to old village or along Road 8B for passing trade and passenger reasons. Existing rainfed paddy area on northeastern boundary which can be utilized when reservoir levels recede. Irrigation System: Largest Resettlement Village irrigation scheme in difficult area to develop. Larger area than shown on the map will be surveyed. Pontoon pump station located on north side of area. Long, about 460 m, supply channel from existing stream to pump station sump. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 230 l/s at total head of about 32 m. Total pump motor requirement is 146-kw. Very long, 1.11-km, 40-cm diameter steel delivery pipe required to pump water to high ground around center of the area. Area gently undulating and pipe distribution systems required. Two systems required, one flowing towards reservoir and one irrigating area north of Road 8B. Distribution to some areas not possible, such as northeast area near to reservoir above El. 545. Good draw down areas available on both sides. Preliminary estimated cost US$ 432,000 at about US$ 3,400 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 1: Ban Nakai Neua Number of households: 91 Approx. Housing Area: 8.4 ha Farm Land Net Area: 45.5 ha Rice Net Area: 14.6 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 60.1 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 75 ha Farm Land IWR: 63.7 l/s Rice IWR: 43.8 l/s Total IWR: 107.5 l/s Area Description: Irregular "boot" shape, mostly flat with two high spots on north and northwestern perimeters. Some cleared areas and houses but mixed softwood forest predominates. Sandy loam soils observed. Low slope drawdown areas available on northeastern and southwestern sides. Irrigation System: Larger area than shown on the map will be surveyed. Pontoon pump station located on most northern edge of area. About 130 m long supply channel from low swampy area to pump station sump. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 108 l/s at total head of about 27 m. Total motor requirement is 56-kw. 150 m long, 30-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe required to pump to header tank. The design of an open channel canal conveyance and distribution system will be attempted. Distribution to most of southwestern area possible from a Main Canal flowing down a central ridge with a series of tertiary canals either side. Not consider highest northeastern area at El. 552. If after detail topographic survey more undulations are found and a buried pipe system is required, then this northwestern area will be considered. Also will then have to consider an elevated header tank with smaller tanks located on various high spots. Preliminary estimated cost US$ 192,200 at about US$ 3,200 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 16: Ban Nong Boua/Sailom/Pamanton Hamlets and Ban Keng Yao/Sop Ma Hamlets (Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme) Number of households: 50 (30 in pilot village households plus 20 other households). Approx. Housing Area: 11 ha, established Farm Land Net Area: 28.3 ha (actual) Rice Net Area: 8 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 36.3 ha Farm Land IWR: 40 l/s Rice IWR: 24 l/s Total IWR: 64 l/s Area Description: Irregular, undulating to steep, area which will form 3 connected islands after reservoir inundation. Was thinly forested. Sandy loam soils prevail. Limited low slope drawdown areas available. Irrigation System: Pilot village irrigation scheme constructed during 2002/3 dry season for farm land area of 17.7 ha for 28 households, later increased to 30. Extension of pipe distribution systems required for further 10.5 ha of farm land for 20 households. Estimated cost to complete farm area US$ 23,300. Estimated cost of further riprap protection on dam downstream slope before Nakai Reservoir inundation and modifications to the delivery pipeline is about US$ 16,000. The proposed paddy area is a relatively flat area to the south of the Pilot Village. Pontoon pump station located on central-eastern edge of area. A long, 329 m supply channel required to pump station sump from Pilot Village reservoir. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 24 l/s at a total head of 17 m to a stilling basin in center of ridge. Total motor requirement is 10-kw. 140 m long, 15-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe required. Area is flat and open channel canal system will be attempted first. Distribution to most of area possible. Estimated cost approximately US$ 61,700 at about a high US$ 7,700 per ha due to long supply canal required for a small 8 ha area. Total area estimated cost is about US$ 298,870. It is the highest cost per ha, US$ 8,200, because of the necessity of a dam and spillway for the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme. AREA 17: Ban Boua Ma Number of households: 64 Approx. Housing Area: 6.5 ha Farm Land Net Area: 32 ha Rice Net Area: 10.2 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 42.2 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 53 ha Farm Land IWR: 44.8 l/s Rice IWR: 30.6 l/s Total IWR: 75.4 l/s Area Description: Irregular shape, undulating in north, sometimes steeply, and flatter in the central and southern areas. Mostly thin forest and dense undergrowth with some cleared areas. Sandy loam soils observed, similar area to Pilot Village area. Low slope drawdown areas available on two sides of area. Irrigation System: Pontoon pump station located on west side of area pumping from Pilot Village reservoir as no other Nam Theun reservoir low water area nearby. 230 m supply channel required to pump station sump requiring extensive excavation volume. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 76 l/s and total head of 27 m. Total motor requirement is 40-kw. 240 m long, 30-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to a header tank at high spot above El. 550. PVC buried pipe gravity distribution to most of the area possible. Estimated cost approximately US$ 156,240 at about US$ 3,700 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 18: Ban Phonsavang Number of households: Assume maximum of 32. To be finalized as some wish to move Area 19. Approx. Housing Area: 4.2 ha Farm Land Net Area: 16 ha Rice Net Area: 5.1 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 21.1 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 27.4 ha Farm Land IWR: 22.4 l/s Rice IWR: 15.3 l/s Total IWR: 37.7 l/s Area Description: Theun Duane Demonstration Farm is located in this area. Topographic survey and mapping undertaken in 2004 shows that a much larger area than shown on the map below is available above the El. 538 and El. 540contours. However it is still an irregular shape with undulations. Thin mixed forest with shifting cultivation areas. Sandy loam soils observed. Extensive low slope drawdown areas available on three sides. Irrigation System: Demonstration Farm is supplied by a moveable pump pumping from Theun Duane via a PVC delivery pipe to small steel header tank elevated on a platform. Then PVC pipe gravity distribution to four adjacent plots. Impossible to extend this system for a larger area as the header tank will have to be considerably larger and with higher elevation. It may be possible to combine the new system with the existing system. Pontoon pump station located on northern edge pumping from Theun Duane. 200 m supply channel required to pump station sump requiring deep cut and extensive excavation volume. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 38 l/s and total head of 22 m. Total pump motor requirement is 16-kw. 250 m long, 20-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to a header tank at El. 545. Pipe distribution system to all of the area possible. Estimated cost approximately US$ 104,920 at the third highest cost per ha at about US$ 5,000 because of large supply canal excavation volume and small irrigation area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 19: Ban Sop On/Ban Phonsavang/Ban Ka Oy Number of households: assume a total of 107. Possibly some more from Ban Phonsavang and Ban Ka Oy may wish to move to this area. Approx. Housing Area: 10 ha Farm Land Net Area: 53.5 ha Rice Net Area: 17.1 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 70.6 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 87.2 ha Farm Land IWR: 74.9 l/s Rice IWR: 51.3 l/s Total IWR: 126.2 l/s Area Description: Very irregular shaped area, mostly flat with some undulations. Mixed softwood forest with shifting cultivation areas. Poor sandy loam soils observed. Low slope drawdown areas available on three sides of area. Significantly larger area than shown below will have to be surveyed and mapped. Irrigation System: Only one high spot was shown on the map. However later digitized satellite imagery showed that there were more minor undulations within the area. Therefore, probably will have to pump to an elevated header tank located on the high spot near the northern reservoir perimeter. Pontoon pump station located on most northern edge also pumping from Theun Duane. Short, 100 m long supply channel to pump station. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 128 l/s with total head of about 26 m. Total pump motor requirement is 62-kw. 80 m long, 20-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe, perhaps combined with uPVC pipe, to elevated header tank. Buried pipe distribution system to most of the area possible. Main pipeline through center of area with branches on either side. Estimated cost approximately US$ 223,300 at about US$ 3,200 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 21: Ban Done/Ban Ka Oy Number of households: Assume a total of 135, possibly some more from Ban Ka Oy. Approx. Housing Area: 11.5 ha Farm Land Net Area: 67.5 ha Rice Net Area: 21.6 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 89.1 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 109.5 ha Farm Land IWR: 94.5 l/s Rice IWR: 64.8 l/s Total IWR: 159.3 l/s Area Description: Gently sloping towards reservoir. Mixed forest with some cleared areas. Poor sandy loam soils observed. Low slope drawdown areas available on three sides. Irrigation System: Second largest irrigation area and survey and mapping will be for a larger area than shown on the map. Pontoon pump station located on northern-most boundary near to Theun Kalang. Short 85 m long supply channel to pump station sump. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 160 l/s with total head of about 24 m. Total pump motor requirement is 74-kw. Long, 1,070 m, 40-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to southern location stilling basin. The design of a canal system will be attempted first with one main canal located alongside the route of the existing track. The other main canal can follow a northeastern route back towards the reservoir. Perhaps extensive canal lining required. Estimated cost approximately US$ 317,100 at about US$ 3,600 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 22: Ban Khone Khen/Ban Ka Oy Number of households: Assume a total of 64, again possibly some more from Ban Ka Oy. Approx. Housing Area: 6.5 ha Farm Land Net Area: 32 ha Rice Net Area: 10.2 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 42.2 ha Total Irrigation and Village Gross Area: 53 ha Farm Land IWR: 44.8 l/s Rice IWR: 30.6 l/s Total IWR: 75.4 l/s Area Description: Undulating area. Mixed forest. Sandy loam soils, more sandy on ridges. Large low slope drawdown area available north of the area. Irrigation System: Larger area than shown on the map will be surveyed and mapped. Pontoon pump station located at southeastern-most end of area near to a small tributary of the Nam On. Long, 850 m, supply channel along tributary to pump station sump requiring extensive excavation. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 78 l/s and total head of about 30 m. Total pump motor requirement is 44-kw. Also long, 560 m long, 30-cm diameter, steel delivery pipe to header tank. Buried pipe distribution system possible. Secondary header tank and distribution system may be required on adjacent northwestern hill with spot level shown of El. 562. Estimated cost approximately US$ 184,500 at about US$ 4,370 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area AREA 15: Oudomsouk and Ban Phonepanpek The two irrigation areas will be located on areas of available land north of both the town and village. After reservoir inundation the areas will become peninsulas during reservoir full supply elevations. North of the two peninsulas are larger areas that will become islands after inundation. The NT2 Power Conduit Intake Structure is located between Oudomsouk and Phonepanpek and the Headrace Channel to the Structure will be located between the two peninsulas. The Headrace Channel is an obvious place for the start of the two irrigation Supply Channels. They will be of relatively short length and will have the best access to reservoir low water elevations of all the Resettlement Irrigation Schemes. However the final designs of the Headrace Channel have not yet been prepared and it will have to be agreed by all interested parties that the designs can be modified to include the irrigation Supply Channels. There will be massive volumes of spoil from the excavated Headrace Channel that will be properly disposed of. Some of this spoil can be used for land fill to connect the two peninsulas to two more northern islands. Then there will be a significantly large enough area to locate the irrigation systems. Both of the areas are close to the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme at Area 16 and it is assumed that similar type schemes can be developed. That is, pumping to a header tank and buried pipe distribution to individual farm plots. Oudomsouk Number of households: 31, not final Farm Land Net Area: 15.5 ha Rice Net Area: 5 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 20.5 ha Total Irrigation Gross Area: 22.6 ha Farm Land IWR: 21.7 l/s Rice IWR: 15 l/s Total IWR: 36.7 l/s Area Description: Undulating area with some steep slopes. Mixed forest with some cleared areas. Sandy loam soils observed. Low slope drawdown area available. Irrigation System: Pontoon pump station located at western side of area. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 38 l/s and total head of around 28 m. Total pump motor requirement around 20-kw. 300-m long 20-cm diameter steel delivery pipe to header tank and buried pipe distribution system. A provision of US$ 90,100 at about US$ 4,400 per ha has been included. Ban Phonepanpek Number of households: 111 Farm Land Net Area: 55.5 ha Rice Net Area: 17.8 ha Total Irrigation Net Area: 73.3 ha Total Irrigation Gross Area: 80.6 ha Farm Land IWR: 77.7 l/s Rice IWR: 53.4 l/s Total IWR: 131.1 l/s Area Description: Mildly undulating area with some steeper slopes on edge of western side. There are three high spots in the area. Mixed forest, mostly thin, with some cleared areas. Sandy loam soils observed. Limited low slope drawdown area available. Irrigation System: Pontoon pump station located at western side of area. 2 centrifugal units pumping total of 132 l/s and total head of around 30 m. Total pump motor requirement 78-kw. 30-cm diameter, 520-m long steel delivery pipe to header tank located nearly centrally in the area. Buried pipe distribution system to most of area possible. The preliminary estimated cost is US$ 231,300 at US$ 3,200 per ha. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area 22.6 BOLIKHAMXAI IRRIGATED SITE Some of the households from Ban Sop Hia and all the households from Ban Nam Nian wish to be resettled near Lak Sao, Khamkerd District, Bolikhamxai Province. Results of 8 June 2003 consultations with the RMU Manager are presented in Table 22-2. Table 22-2: Preferred Location of Villagers from Sop Hia and Nam Nian Villages. Preferred Location & Number of Households Village Lak Sao (Khamkerd) Nakai Reservoir Elsewhere Sop Hia 21 32 4 Nam Nian 26 0 0 Totals 47 32 4 For planning purposes, the number of households considered for development is fifty-five. Each household will be allocated 1.5 ha of irrigated land, therefore a net irrigation area of 82.5 ha is required. Allowing for a 10% increase for land lost by non-farm areas, a 90.75 ha gross scheme area is required to be established. The Khamkerd District officials have proposed two possible areas for village and irrigation development: 1. Houay Sot Irrigation Scheme: BPKP has prepared drawings and a design report for 63 ha scheme. 2. Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme: Khamkerd DAFO have prepared a preliminary assessment report. The Houay Sot scheme was not considered feasible. It was only 63 ha in extent, and the Houay Sot stream has low dry season flows and the design shows two earth embankment dams required to irrigate the area. The estimated cost was high, over US$ 454,000 or US$ 7,200 per hectare. Also, the irrigation area is located near to a river that is known to cause flash-flood damage along its banks. The second area proposed is along the banks of the small Nam Pan river, about 12 km north east of Khamkerd District Center. The DAFO development report and irrigation concept design shows an earth dam 780 m long and 29 m high with a high spillway and main canal intake structure. A less expensive option has been identified and an irrigation area of around 150 ha as shown in Figure 22-1. The revised proposal includes: · Irrigate only below the 530 masl contour and a cropping pattern of wet season rice and dry season vegetable and field crops. · An embankment dam about 190 m long and 10 m high located on the Nam Pan. A reinforced concrete spillway. If no storage is proposed, the dam will be smaller. · A gravity canal system distribution system including a main canal, 4 secondary canals and a series of tertiary canals. · The inclusion of households from the existing Ban Nam Pan as they will have traditional land- rights in the area. Exercises based on the topographical survey maps will be sufficient as a pre-feasibility study. For a feasibility study, further investigations are required including: geotechnical, for the dam foundation and borrow pits; hydrology, including Nam Pan mean monthly and flood discharges; soils in the irrigation area; and cost comparisons of various options on cropping patterns, dam storages and command areas. The preliminary estimated construction cost is about US$ 400,000 not including survey and mapping, the feasibility study, detail design, UXO survey and clearance. More information on the Nam Pan irrigation scheme can be found in Appendix M, Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning, of Volume 2 of the Social Development Plan. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area Figure 22-1: Indicative Location and Layout of Nam Pan Resettlement Area and Irrigation System November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area 22.7 PILOT VILLAGE IRRIGATION SCHEME 22.7.1 Introduction It was decided to implement a pilot resettlement village so that many resettlement procedures can be tested and improved upon before full resettlement takes place. This is particularly significant for agriculture and irrigation as many of the identified resettlement areas are undulating with poor sandy soils. The poor soils must be improved by agricultural techniques and different methods can be attempted. The Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme is located in Resettlement Area 16 about 3-km east of Oudomsouk, the Nakai District Center. The resettlers are from Ban Nong Boua, Ban Sailom and the Pamanton Hamlets. Later, some households from Ban Sop Ma and Keng Gnao may also will relocate to this area. The village housing and irrigated garden areas consist of basically four hills that will become connected islands once reservoir impoundment takes place. The hills are irregularly shaped and the soils have been identified as sandy loams. Access roads were cleared and housing and farm plots established. The villagers commenced cropping their plots during the 2002 wet season and the irrigation scheme was constructed during the 2002/3 dry season. An electricity supply is in place. The Pilot Village irrigation scheme consists of 17.74 ha for twenty nine households later increased to thirty. In the 2005/6 dry season the conveyance and distribution pipe systems will be expanded and the Area 16 total net irrigation farm land area will be 28.24 ha for fifty households. The Houay Malai is a small stream located adjacent to Area 16 flowing to the Nakai Plateau. After investigations, it was decided that this stream would be developed for the irrigation water source. The stream is not perennial, but a dam constructed on it can store sufficient water for irrigating dry season crops. After Nakai Reservoir impoundment it will be inundated nearly every year. However, as the reservoir recedes, it will trap and store water for the dry season months of low reservoir elevations even when the reservoir has receded far from the area. 22.7.2 Irrigation Scheme Components Earth Dam and Spillway on Houay Malai The earth dam is an impervious homogeneous embankment with a crest length of 86 m, a crest width of 5 m at elevation El. 532. The upstream and downstream slopes are 1:2.5 (v:h). The upstream slope has riprap protection on a sand and gravel bed. The downstream slope is protected by sodding and will require riprap protection before the impoundment of the Nakai Reservoir. The crest is protected by a gravel laterite camber. The spillway is a trapezoidal channel excavated through sandstone with a reinforced concrete structure to maintain the spillway crest at El. 529.50. The channel is 31 m wide with 1:2 side slopes and can discharge a 50-year return period flood of 60 m3/s while maintaining a minimum freeboard of 1.3 m. It is estimated that the dam will store about 800,000 m3 of water. This is sufficient to also supply the adjacent Area 17 irrigation scheme with water. Supply Canal, Pump Station, Delivery Pipe and Header Tank A supply canal, 420 m long, 2 m bed width, 1:1.5 side slopes and variable depth, was required to convey water from the reservoir to the pump station sump during low reservoir elevations. The pump station lifts the irrigation water from the reservoir to a reinforced concrete header tank. A pontoon mounted centrifugal pump is able to discharge a peak irrigation water requirement of 29 l/s at a total head of 40 m. The pump is driven by a 22.5-kw electrically driven motor. A 285 m long, 20-cm diameter steel pipe delivers the water to the header tank, storage capacity 56 m3, at elevation El. 554. The header tank is located above the housing area and is also used for storing water for non-potable domestic use. This domestic water supply passes through a filtration system. Buried Pipe Conveyance and Distribution Systems The irrigation conveyance and distribution systems is by buried pipelines because of the undulating area topography. The header tank is at such an elevation that the pipe systems can convey and distribute, by gravity, irrigation water throughout the irrigation area to the farm plots. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area Conveyance pipelines are 20 or 16-cm diameter uPVC pipes. From the main lines, the water is distributed by high density polyethylene pipes varying from 10 to 6-cm diameter at the farm inlet. Each farm plot has its own multi-purpose farm inlet so that various irrigation methods of the plots are possible. 22.7.3 Pilot Village Scheme Cost Pre-qualification and local competitive bidding procedures were undertaken involving Contractors from Vientiane and Thakek. A Contractor from Thakek was awarded the contract at a contract price of US$ 143,269. However it was later decided to construct a larger dam downstream so that it could also be a water source for the adjacent Area 17. This, and improvements to the farm inlet design and pipeline systems caused cost escalations resulting in a final cost of US$ 197,800. To complete the remaining 10.5 ha before the next resettlement, the conveyance and distribution pipeline systems must be extended at an estimated cost of about US$ 23,300. Before Nakai Reservoir inundation their must be extra rip rap protection placed on the downstream slope of the dam embankment. Also extra connections will be required to the steel delivery pipeline as the pontoon range of elevations will increase. This extra work is estimated at US$ 16,000. Also required is an 8 ha rice paddy area. An area has been provisionally identified south of the pilot scheme and the estimated development cost is US$ 61,700. The final scheme estimated cost is US$ 298,870. For the total 36.3 ha scheme, this equates to US$ 8,200 per ha. If the cost of the dam and spillway is deducted from the total, the cost is about US$ 5,600 per ha. 22.8 CHALLENGES IN PREPARING PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND BUDGET 22.8.1 Contours on Topographic Maps The maps used for the study are scale 1:25,000 prepared from aerial photographs taken from December 1992 to January 1993. These maps show 10 m contour intervals with the flatter areas showing 5 m contour intervals. The flatter and gently sloping Resettlement Areas must have an open canal distribution system. For paddy irrigation, the lowest order canal should have a water level, or command, 15 to 20-cm above the rice field. Therefore 10-cm contours are required. Consequently it is impossible to prepare accurate cost estimates for open canal systems with 5 m contour interval maps. Similarly, for the supply channels required for conveying water from the low reservoir elevations to a pump station sump, it is difficult to accurately estimate the canal excavation depths and volumes. 22.8.2 Soils and Irrigation Potential Soils are of major importance for assessing irrigation potential and development requirements. Information on the soils in the areas is limited to a few samples and general observations with no detailed mapping available. As stated previously, paddy rice requires soils with a significant clay content to reduce the percolation rate. It has been assumed that paddy areas are found in the individual sites adjacent to the farm plot areas. 22.8.3 Location of Village Housing The exact locations of the village housing areas within the Resettlement Areas are not as yet known. In the smaller areas with undulating terrain, for example northern Area 8, the location of the housing is important. Similarly for a large village population such as Ban Nakai Tai in Area 2. It has been assumed that housing areas are clustered and kept separate from farm and paddy irrigation areas for community reasons. However some villagers may wish for their houses to be located next to their farm plot. Alternatively many of the villagers will wish the village to be located alongside Road 8B and the Resettlement Road for increased trade and passenger services from passing vehicles. The village housing area has been estimated, based on the Pilot Village layout, at 0.07 ha per household for housing and access roads plus 2.0 ha per village for the school, market, workshop, clinic, community center and rice mill. On the maps shown, the housing, farm and paddy land has been combined (apart November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area from Area 18). The exact location of houses and other buildings will be decided after topographic survey and mapping and in consultation with the resettlers. 22.8.4 Route of Road 8B Road 8B, from Ban Oudomsouk to Ban Thalang, will be inundated after reservoir impoundment. It will be relocated to pass through, or south of, the central and northern resettlement areas. There will be large bridge constructed over the Nam Theun at Ban Thalang. South of Ban Oudomsouk a similar design standard access road will be constructed for the construction of Saddle Dams and to the Resettlement Villages. Road 8B will be a Standard B two-lane road of formation width 7 m. The final total right of way will be more than 20 m and in places over 40 m when considering side drains, shoulders and cut and fill slopes. The roads alignment is likely to be adjusted during construction, which is not due for completion until December 2007. This inherently gives problems for the detailed planning of layouts for small 100 x 50 m farm plots or 40 x 40 m paddy plots in the smaller resettlement areas in undulating terrain, particular the northern areas 7, 8, and 13. A road cutting through the center of an irrigation area will increase costs through: · Pipe or canal lines will have to be conveyed under the road by the construction of culvert or siphon structures; · The culverts and siphons will have additional hydraulic head loss thus affecting the design of the system upstream of the structure. Thus, the road construction and irrigation construction will have to be closely coordinated in these resettlement sites. 22.8.5 Land Availability Land is available for the irrigation systems and village housing areas at all the sites except at Area 13. After reservoir inundation Area 13 will become a small peninsula divided by the relocated Road 8B. South of the main irrigation area there is ridge that will prevent irrigation distribution to the most southern part. However Area 13 is adjacent to the Nam Theun deep channel and the farmers will have good access for fisheries. Consequently it is likely that the Ban Thalang villagers will concentrate on fisheries and there will be less demand for irrigation. The available land is tight in the following areas: · Area 11, Ban Sop Phene. This area is undulating and gravity distribution from a central header tank will not be possible to two high spots to the east and southwest (and these will thus be managed as rainfed plots; · Area 7, Ban Nong Boua Kham. This area is also undulating, irregular in shape and cut by the relocated Road 8B. The villagers chose Areas 7 and 7a because their predominant occupation is cattle production with the view to use the large adjacent drawdown areas for cattle grazing. Consequently Area 7a is far from low reservoir elevations and for irrigation development, will require a long length of supply canal with deep cuts and excessive excavation volumes. Area 7a is also small and has not been considered for irrigation; · Area 2, Ban Nakai Tai. This is the largest scheme with 194 households and 157 ha is required for the new village and irrigated land. 22.8.6 Preliminary Cost Estimates Preliminary cost estimates for the reservoir resettlement schemes and the Nam Pan Scheme in Bolikhamxai Province have been prepared. The estimates are based on outline designs prepared from 1:25,000 scale maps and will change after topographic survey and mapping, soil surveys and the preparation of detail designs and drawings. Some comments on this subject are as follows: · Supply canal excavation: This may reduce through refining the canal alignment through lower elevations not shown on the maps such as unmarked natural drainage lines. It will increase if the locations of the natural low reservoir areas are farther than the El. 538 contour than shown on the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area maps. Then the supply channel will have to be longer. Also the costs will be increased if the excavation encounters strata of hard rock that cannot be ripped by a bulldozer and blasting is required. · Pontoon pump station: This should not have significant change. · Steel delivery pipes: The steel pipe estimate is about 16 percent of the total cost and is a significant item. Regarding length, the worst case has been taken. If the pipeline route passes through more undulations not shown on the maps, then more bends will be required and earthworks and concrete quantities will increase. If during detail design the pipeline is found to be too long, and also affecting pump station costs too much, then elevated header tanks, located nearer the pump station, will be considered. · Header tanks and stilling basins: If these are located at ground level and not elevated, then there should be little change. Anyway, an increase in these estimates will not significantly increase the overall cost estimate. · Pipeline and canal distribution systems: These are the least accurate estimates as there is a combination of field crops and rice requiring different irrigation layouts and water requirements. The estimates can increase significantly if the irrigation areas as shown on the preceding maps have to be more spread out than shown. For example there may be unsuitable soils within the areas shown and a system has to be more spread out thus increasing conveyance costs. If the topography of a particular site is found to be not suitable, then perhaps secondary pumping is required. 22.8.7 Scheme Expansion to Accommodate Growing Populations The irrigation systems should have the potential for expansion to accommodate growing populations after resettlement. With open channel canal systems canal discharges can initially be increased by increasing flow depth and reducing the freeboard. Later it can be increased by remodeling either by increasing the depth or bed width. With pump and buried pipe schemes, it is more difficult and expensive. As stated previously, land for expansion is available at most sites with the exception of Area 13. It is tight at Areas 11,7 and 2. In engineering terms, the systems can be expanded in the following ways: Supply Canals A 1 m bed width is sufficient for much larger schemes. Pump Stations Pumps are typically replaced every fifteen years. They can be replaced with larger pumps. Delivery Pipes Steel delivery pipe diameters will be conservatively designed. They can accommodate larger discharges without undue increases in velocity and head losses that would affect the pump discharge. Header Tanks The volume of the header tanks may have to be increased if the buffering storage proves to be insufficient resulting in frequent switching off of the pumps or overflow wastage. Pipe Systems Branch lines can be extended. Main lines are more difficult. Plastic pipes, correctly installed, can last fifty years. If the main lines need increased discharge, then extra parallel pipes will be required. 22.9 PRELIMINARY COST ESTIMATES 22.9.1 General Preliminary cost estimates for the reservoir resettlement schemes and the Nam Pan scheme in Khamkerd District, Bolikhamxai Province have been prepared. The total estimated cost for the reservoir schemes is US$2,948,400 and the Nam Pan scheme is US$400,000, a total of US$3,348,400. The average cost per hectare for the reservoir schemes is around US$3,900 and for Nam Pan is US$2,700. For the reservoir November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area schemes there is a variation from around US$3,200 at Area 19, one of the larger areas, to around US$8,160 for Area 16, which necessitated an extra dam and spillway for the Pilot Village Scheme. 22.9.2 Changes to Cost Estimates After Detail Design After further topographic survey and investigations and detail design the estimates will change. Some comments on this subject are as follows: · Supply canal excavation: This may reduce through refining the canal alignment through lower elevations not shown on the maps such as unmarked natural drainage lines. It will increase if the locations of the natural low reservoir areas are farther than the El. 538 contour than shown on the maps. Then the supply channel will have to be longer. Also if the excavation meets strata of hard rock that cannot be ripped by a bulldozer and blasting is required, then an increased excavation unit rate will be required. · Pontoon pump station: This should not have significant change. · Steel delivery pipes: At about 13 percent of the total cost of the reservoir schemes, this is a significant item. Straight lines of pipe have been assumed, however if a pipeline route passes through undulations not shown on the maps, then extra bends are required and earthworks and concrete quantities will increase. If the pipeline is found to be too long, and affecting pump station costs too much, then elevated header tanks, located nearer the pump station, will be considered. · Header tanks and stilling basins: If these are located at ground level and not elevated, then there should be little change. Elevated tanks will be more expensive. However an increase in these estimates will not significantly increase the overall cost estimate. · Pipeline and canal distribution systems: These are the least accurate estimates as there is a combination of field crops and rice requiring different irrigation layouts and water requirements. Survey and mapping of the areas are not complete and the areas may be significantly more undulating than shown on the maps. The estimates can increase significantly if the irrigation areas as shown on the preceding maps have to be more spread out than shown. For example there may be unsuitable soils within the areas shown and a system has to be more spread out thus increasing conveyance costs. If the topography is found to be significantly more undulating than assumed, then perhaps secondary pumping will be required. Consultations with villages - both those which will have gained experience in the first three schemes ) and those from other villages - will also be a crucial aspect of review and improvements to the designs of irrigation systems, and especially for the on-farm distribution systems. 22.10 FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS REQUIRED 22.10.1 General The following surveys are required for the identification of the most suitable areas for irrigation development and the detail design of the irrigation schemes: · Topographic survey and mapping including establishing bench marks and control points and the leveling of spot heights to establish contour lines; · Soil survey and mapping to determine soil types, fertility and infiltration criteria; · Geotechnical investigations to determine the nature and strength of lower ground horizons. For the resettlement schemes, the geotechnical investigations are limited to the alignment of the supply channels as there are no weirs or dams involved. These investigations are limited to determine if rock excavation is required or not, and to determine if the proposed side slopes of 1:1.5 are suitable in deep excavations and need to be increased. Consultation with Resettlers and village participation is an integral part of the general planning and design process. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area 22.10.2 Village Consultations There will be further consultation with the Resettlers. With regard to irrigation development, this is required to: · For the villages that all households do not wish to move together, Sop Ma, Phonsavang and Ka Oy. Determine exactly how many households wish to move to individual area; · Further defining the preferred exact location of the village housing. For example, whether it is adjacent to Road 8B or the reservoir boundary. This is important in all areas, but particularly for the sites where the area is limited such as Areas 13 and 7. Also there will be access roads to the housing area and the location of future roads will affect the design of the irrigation distribution system; · They will have knowledge of the area, perhaps limited in some cases, and the locations of the farm and paddy areas may be further defined; · Once the maps are prepared, the farmers will participate in the preparation of the layouts, particularly when there are alternative layout options available. 22.10.3 Topographic Survey and Mapping Detailed terms of reference for the survey and mapping have been prepared, and include the following requirments: · Permanent bench marks are primary control points. There will be at least four bench marks per area and six in the larger areas. They will all be located above El. 538; · A closed traverse survey is required to locate the coordinates of the bench marks and establish a series of secondary control points. These can be wooden pegs. The traverse will be located as close to the El. 538 contour as possible; · A density of 25 spot levels per hectare for the preparation of contour maps; · Maps are prepared on a scale of 1:5,000. Contour lines are drawn at 0.5 m intervals. For detailed village and irrigation planning, maps are prepared to a 1:2,000 scale. In the undulating areas 0.5 m contour intervals are drawn. In the flat, gently sloping areas where canal systems are required, 0.1 m intervals are required; · The reservoir survey and mapping contracts will include the installation of beacons demarcating the reservoir full supply elevation of El. 538. The beacons will be of 1.5 m long concrete posts painted white. The first topographic surveys where undertaken in early to mid 2003 (Ban Phonsavang and Oudomsouk) and surveys in the remaining plateau resettlement sites, and Nan Nam Pan, will be undertaken from October 2003 to March 2005 22.10.4 Soil Survey and Mapping To arrive at a reasonably accurate determination of the agricultural potential of the soils in the different areas for the different crops, soil surveys and mapping are required before detailed planning. Also infiltration tests are required, particularly for identifying paddy areas but also for estimating canal infiltration losses and determining whether canal lining is required or not. 22.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AND EXTENSION SERVICES 22.11.1 Operation and Maintenance The Resettlers currently have limited experience with irrigated agriculture and practices. However, they are now gaining this experience in Ban NongBoua (Pilot Village) and will the also in Ban Bouama and Phonsavang. NTPC TA will train villages - both classroom and in-field - in both irrigation system management, operation and maintainence and in irrigated agriculture water use (this is already underway in Ban NongBoua). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 22: Irrigation System Planning for the Plateau Resettlement Area Irrigation scheme operation and maintenance (O&M) activities are vitally important to ensure an equitable supply of water to all scheme areas and scheme longevity, and the NTPC TA will provide training and support to address this issue. Funds to cover O & M costs, amd GoL staff participation will be covered by the "Social and Environmental Remediation Fund" (SERF). The maximum fund amount is US$ 7,500,000 made up of US$ 300,000 per annum for 25 years. Of this, US$75,000 per annum has been indicatively allocated to the maintenance and repair of the pump stations and system as a whole, and a subsidy on the cost of electricity.. The maintenance of the on-farm irrigation facilities and the system operation is the responsibility of the farmers. Maintenance activities for buried pipe systems are less than required for canal systems. Activities include the flushing out of pipelines, while for canal systems, canals and drains need to be cleaned and repaired. The pump stations must be kept clean and the pumps regularly greased. The flexible hoses and electric cables require attention as the pontoon will be constantly moving with the varying reservoir elevations. The main operational item is turning the pump off and on so that each farm plot within the system has an equitable water supply sufficient for crop growth. In the undulating areas it is important that not too much water is applied as this may cause soil erosion problems. All the farmers receiving water from either the same header tank, or main canal or main pipeline will receive assistance with the formation of a Water Users Group. When there is more than one group they will join together to form a Water Users Association. A typical Group and Association have a Chairman, Secretary, full-time Pump Operator and Water Master/Bailiff and Treasurer. The Treasurer will become critical after the 25 years of SERF when the villages will have to pay for there own power and pump station costs. The Group or Association will receive training in the dynamics of irrigation including crop water requirements and soil moisture parameters. Assistance will be given with the preparation of operational timetables. There will be some initial problems but after a couple of irrigation seasons the Group should be able to able to achieve optimum scheme operation and irrigation efficiencies. The schemes are not large and do not cover more than one village. Consequently no significant O&M problems are envisaged. Similarly, after a couple of seasons, the Group or Association should be able to distribute on-farm maintenance activities such as canal cleaning throughout the beneficiaries within the Group. 22.11.2 Extension Services As stated previously, the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm and the Pilot Village Irrigation Scheme have been established. Both are located on areas of sandy soils and by the time of full resettlement and reservoir impoundment, there will be considerable experience gained and an agriculture knowledge-base for the areas established. Chapters 21, 6, 7 and 27 (Agriculture and Livestock Schedule) provide details on the extension service and support to be provided to the villagers. These service will be provided rather intensively during the relocation and transition period, and phased out gradually to normal levels.. The Agricultural Development Program includes the following strategies: · Soil fertility improvement through increased application of organic matter · Institutional support through Government organizations; · Identifying suitable cropping patterns; · Organizing the marketing of fruits and vegetables; · The training of farmers in irrigated rice production techniques. The above strategies are already being practiced at the Ban Nong Boua Pilot Village ( a report of which is due in early 2005); ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers CHAPTER 23 FORESTRY DEVELOPMENT FOR NAKAI RESETTLERS Table of Contents 23 FORESTRY DEVELOPMENT FOR NAKAI RESETTLERS.............................................1 23.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................1 23.1.1 Current Forestry Situation............................................................................................................................. 1 23.1.2 The Resettlement Area and Forest Resources............................................................................................ 1 23.1.3 Forestry Development for Improved Livelihoods and Incomes............................................................. 3 23.1.4 Strategy for Resettler Forestry Development ............................................................................................. 3 23.2 VILLAGE FORESTRY EXPERIENCE IN LAO PDR ..........................................................................4 23.3 LEGAL BASIS FOR VILLAGE FORESTRY AT NAKAI PLATEAU......................................................4 23.4 PLANNING PRINCIPLES AND FOREST MANAGEMENT PLAN......................................................6 23.4.1 Forestry Development and Management by Villagers, for Villagers....................................................... 6 23.4.2 Sustainable Management of Natural Forests for Timber Production ..................................................... 7 23.4.3 Log Marketing and Wood Processing.......................................................................................................... 8 23.4.4 Forest Improvement with Local Species..................................................................................................... 9 23.4.5 Conservation of Resource Bases of NTFP................................................................................................. 9 23.4.6 Conservation of Soils, Water Resources, Biodiversity and Scenery....................................................... 10 23.5 MAIN COMPONENTS OF THE NAKAI PLATEAU VILLAGE FORESTRY PROGRAM ...................10 23.6 COMPONENT 1: INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT.......................................................................10 23.6.1 Technical Assistance..................................................................................................................................... 10 23.6.2 Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association............................................................................................... 11 23.6.3 Village Forestry Committees:...................................................................................................................... 11 23.6.4 Forestry Work Teams................................................................................................................................... 12 23.6.5 Managerial and Technical Staff................................................................................................................... 12 23.6.6 Compensation and Audit............................................................................................................................. 12 23.6.7 Capacity Development and Forestry Training System ............................................................................ 14 23.7 COMPONENT 2: NATURAL FOREST MANAGEMENT...................................................................16 23.7.1 FM Activities to Be Conducted in All Zones: .......................................................................................... 16 23.7.2 FM Activities in Conservation and Protection Zones............................................................................. 17 23.7.3 FM Activities for Regenerating Forest Zones .......................................................................................... 17 23.7.4 FM Activities for Production Forest Zones.............................................................................................. 18 23.7.5 Forest Certification and Chain-of-Custody Certification........................................................................ 19 23.8 COMPONENT 3: FORESTRY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ...................................................................20 23.8.1 Forestry Business Licence's......................................................................................................................... 20 23.8.2 Transition or Construction Phase Forestry Business............................................................................... 20 23.8.3 Long Term Sustainable Forestry Business ................................................................................................ 21 23.8.4 The Enterprise Operations Design ............................................................................................................ 23 23.9 COMPONENT 4: FOREST REGENERATION AND IMPROVEMENT..............................................24 23.10 INDICATIVE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN .........................................................................................24 23.11 FINANCING PLAN............................................................................................................................25 23.11.1 Costs............................................................................................................................................................... 25 23.11.2 Sales Revenues .............................................................................................................................................. 25 23. 10. 4 Financing........................................................................................................................................................ 26 23.12 BENEFITS..........................................................................................................................................28 23.12.1 General Benefits............................................................................................................................................ 28 23.12.2 Employment.................................................................................................................................................. 28 23.13 RISKS.................................................................................................................................................29 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers List of Tables Table 23-1: Most Common Tree Species Occurring within the Dry Dipterocarp Ecotype (DD)............1 Table 23-2: Most Common Tree Species Occurring within the Dry Evergreen Ecotype (DE)................2 Table 23-3: Most Common Tree Species Occurring within the Mixed Deciduous Ecotype (MD)..........2 Table 23-4: Common Tree Species Occurring within the Mixed Broadleaf and Coniferous Ecotype (MS)......................................................................................................................................................2 Table 23-5: Forested Land in the Resettlement Area by Forest Ecotype......................................................3 Table 23-6: Legislation Relevant to Village Rights in the Forestry Sector.....................................................5 Table 23-7: Sustainable Annual Yield and Harvest from Forest Ecotypes ...................................................8 Table 23-8: Log Market Value & Cost of Production Summary ..................................................................22 Table 23-9: Sawn Wood Average Sale Prices (per cu. m. ex Mill Yard).......................................................25 Table 23-10: Forest Utilization Investment Alternatives Summary (in US$ 000's)......................................27 Table 23-11: Potential employment opportunities to be offered by the NPVFA........................................29 List of Figures Figure 23-1: Organization chart of Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA).......................13 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers 23 FORESTRY DEVELOPMENT FOR NAKAI RESETTLERS 23.1 INTRODUCTION 23.1.1 Current Forestry Situation Timber and other forest products are significant sources of revenue at the Nakai Plateau. However, the current administrative and management arrangements are such that local communities receive little direct benefit, especially from commercial forestry operations. Villagers have legal rights to 5 m3/family of timber to build houses for newly established families, but they are not authorised to engage in timber harvesting for commercial purposes. Individuals are sometimes involved in commercial logging and sawmilling operations as workers or tree spotters. Forest resources are, however, important for households, providing for rural energy needs (fuelwood for cooking and resin for lighting), fodder for livestock, fencing, non-timber forest products (NTFP), wildlife, and timber for housing and tools estimated at around 1 m3 per year per household. While PM Decree 59 (2002) and implementing MAF Regulation 0204 (2003) have reformed the role of villagers and their benefits from commercial timber harvesting in production forest areas, the NT2 resettlement program is considered a special case, and the GOL has allocated, via PM Decree 193, the whole forest area on the southern side of the Nakai reservoir as a Resettlement Area to be used by Nakai resettlers as a community forest for sustainable commercial harvesting and timber utilization. 23.1.2 The Resettlement Area and Forest Resources The defined resettlement area is 20,692 hectares, of which 18,106 hectares (or 88 %) is classified as forest land that is highly variable in terms of composition and volume. The other 2,600 hectares is to be reserved for resettlement and agriculture. The Resettlement Area forests have been identified as belonging to four main forest ecotypes: · Dry Dipterocarp, · Dry Evergreen, · Mixed Deciduous, and · Mixed Broadleaf and Pine (including some areas of pure pine) Mixed broadleaf and pine is the most common. Pinus merkusii (mai pek) is the local pine species. The most common hardwood species include: Dipterocarpus alatus (mai nyang), Hopea feerea (mai khen), Vatica cinerea (mai si), and Anisoptera robusta (mai bak). A forest inventory was carried out in 20011. A full list of the main tree/timber species found is presented in Table 23-1 to Table 23-4 below. Table 23-1: Most Common Tree Species Occurring within the Dry Dipterocarp Ecotype (DD) Species Volume/ha Volume/tree code Species name Tree/ha (m3) Commercial (m3) 174 Diptercarpus obtusifolius 12.2 6.6 Commercial 0.5 040 Pomitia pinnata 7.4 2.3 Commercial 0.3 315 Schima wallichii 7.0 4.0 Commercial 0.6 175 Vatica cinerea 3.0 1.7 Commercial 0.6 182 Dipterocarpus alatus 3.0 5.3 Commercial 1.8 110 Pinus merkusii 2.6 3.8 Commercial 1.5 234 Irvingia harmandiana 2.2 1.1 Commercial 0.5 1 Forest Inventory and Preliminary Harvesting and Management Considerations,. National Inventory and Planning Centre, National Agriculture and Forestry Research Institute. Laos P.D.R. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Table 23-2: Most Common Tree Species Occurring within the Dry Evergreen Ecotype (DE) Species Volume/ha Volume/tree code Species name Tree/ha (m3) Commercial (m3) 175 Vatica cinerea 19.1 22.0 Commercial 1.2 040 Pomitia pinnata 12.7 6.3 Commercial 0.5 075 Ormosia cambodiana 7.4 3.9 Commercial 0.5 315 Schima wallichii 5.1 5.5 Commercial 1.16 104 Hopea feerea 4.8 8.3 Commercial 1.7 182 Dipterocarpus alatus 4.5 12.7 Commercial 2.8 012 Mesua ferrea 3.3 2.1 Not. Comm. 0.6 247 Lagerstroemia 3.0 1.7 Commercial 0.5 317 Aporosa villosa 2.9 1.2 Commercial 0.4 ? Sindora sp, Dalbergia sp ? ? Commercial ? 231 Anisoptera 2.5 7.0 Commercial 2.8 005 Arytera littoralis 2.1 1.1 Commercial 0.5 Table 23-3: Most Common Tree Species Occurring within the Mixed Deciduous Ecotype (MD) Species Volume/ha Commercial or Volume/tree code Species name Tree/ha (m3) not (m3) 040 Pomitia pinnata 16.7 6.5 Commercial 0.4 315 Schima wallichii 7.0 5.9 Commercial 0.9 110 Pinus merkusii 6.4 7.3 Commercial 1.1 175 Vatica cinerea 5.3 6.7 Commercial 1.3 182 Dipterocarpus alatus 4.2 6.3 Commercial 1.5 174 Dipterocapus obtusifolius 4.0 2.0 Commercial 0.5 323 Keteleeria 2.6 3.3 Commercial 1.3 075 Ormosia cambodiana 2.2 1.1 Commercial 0.5 ? Sindora sp, Dalbergia sp ? ? Commercial ? 317 Aporosa villosa 2.1 1.1 Not. Comm. 0.5 Table 23-4: Common Tree Species Occurring within the Mixed Broadleaf and Coniferous Ecotype (MS) Species Volume/ha Commercial or Volume/tree code Species name Tree/ha (m3) not (m3) 110 Pinus merkusii 16.7 4.0 Commercial 2.4 315 Schima wallichii 11.5 9.0 Commercial 0.8 040 Pomitia pinnata 9.0 4.2 Commercial 0.5 175 Vatica cinerea 7.0 7.3 Commercial 1.0 075 Ormosia cambodiana 4.4 2.3 Commercial 0.5 182 Dipterocarpus alatus 4.3 6.6 Commercial 1.5 174 Dipterocapus obtusifolius 4.3 1.8 Commercial 0.4 167 Eygenia compongensis 2.8 1.4 Not.Comm. 0.5 234 Irvingia harmandiana 2.6 1.5 Commercial 0.6 247 Lageratroemia 2.2 1.5 Commercial 0.7 Over this forested land the average stand volume is about 100 m3/ha (see Table 23-5), although there is a lot of variability in this volume from heavily degraded forest, medium degraded forest to moderately well stocked forests. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Logging and shifting cultivation have in the past heavily degraded much of the forested land. After excluding: (a) contiguous areas with low stand volume (i.e. <80 m3/ha) in about 7,793 ha - degraded production forest, (b) inaccessible and steep forests of about 4,723 ha, and (c) present and future areas for resettlement and agriculture of about 2,586 ha, only about 5,590 ha of the 18,106 ha forested land can be considered for commercial production in the short to medium term. The results of the 2001 inventory area and available volume analyses are: Table 23-5: Forested Land in the Resettlement Area by Forest Ecotype Stocked, production Degraded Forests on steep All land in Resettlement forests production forest slopes Area Area Volume Area (ha) (no disaggregated area or Area Volume Forest ecotype (ha) (m3/ha) volume data for these forest zones) (ha) (m3/ha) Dry Dipterocarp - - 310 310 35 Dry Evergreen 1,108 157 2,576 3,684 126 Mixed Deciduous 263 107 3,145 3,408 74 Mixed Broadleaf and Pine 4,219 153 6,485 10,704 103 Subtotal - forest land 5,590 7,793 4,723 18,106 Unstocked/agriculture 2,014 Other land uses 572 Total- whole "Resettlement Area" 5,590 151 7,793 4,723 20,692 100 Subsequently it has been determined there are some 17,000 cubic meters of commercial wood on degraded production forest lands and 5,100 cubic meters on project construction lands. 23.1.3 Forestry Development for Improved Livelihoods and Incomes The development of organized community forestry on the Nakai Plateau has good potential to provide diversified income and employment opportunities. For example, by practicing sustainable forest management, the communities can harvest up to 6,000 m3 annually of timber on a sustainable basis from the 5,590 ha of production forests, obtain additional incomes from controlled, well managed forest grazing and farming domesticated non-timber forest products. 23.1.4 Strategy for Resettler Forestry Development The NT2 Project is required to ensure that PAP's participate in the planning and implementation, and then obtaining financial benefits from commercial forest operations conducted in a sustainable manner. This will require the establishment and training a Board of Management to approve all investments and operating budgets and organize village support and participation in planning and implementation of the various forest activities. To achieve this, the practice of village forestry will institutionalised by establishing the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA) as the Board of Management, and developing its capacity to administer the NPVFA, manage forest resources, and run forestry business enterprises on behalf of the PAP's. This approach to forest land and resources development and management by a well trained local forest organization (NPVFA) working with village based forestry groups under individual village community control, is expected to achieve the following outcomes: 1. Increased off-farm employment and incomes in the Resettlement Area through sustainable forest management, harvesting, and processing of forest products; 2. Regular incomes to resettled households in the form of annual dividends, with any reserves to be set aside to support other community or forest based enterprises; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers 3. Organization and support provided for participatory planning and zoning of stocked and degraded forest lands at village level, to enable multi purpose management and activities such as controlled forest grazing and fodder tree and grass crop establishment; 4. Participatory planning and technical and financial assistance to domestic NTFP development; 5. Self-sufficiency provided in timber, fuelwood, and wild NTFPs; and 6. Watersheds protected, especially in steep areas, and conserving biodiversity, both in situ and in specially zoned areas, as well as sites of scenic, historical, and cultural significance. 23.2 VILLAGE FORESTRY EXPERIENCE IN LAO PDR A customary form of community forest and land-use management already exists amongst all the villages on the Plateau, as in most of the Lao PDR, resulting from a mix of traditional village practices based on ethnic and spiritual beliefs, village regulations, and formal and informal cultural norms on the one hand, and GOL policy and regulations on the other. At the village level, these rules usually differentiate between locals and non-locals, and define the roles and responsibilities of individuals in relation to sharing of community resources for various purposes. Village management rules are generally consistent with government policies and regulations. This village management of community resources may be more appropriately termed as "village forestry" since entire villages are involved in and benefit from forestry within their village boundaries, rather than any single interest group. In the last ten years experience in organizing villages for forestry development has been developed in Lao PDR. In Khammouane Province itself, village forestry has been introduced in a number of villages by a GoL - World Bank funded Project (FOMACOP) and the Japanese Overseas Volunteer Corporation (JOVC), the latter including a village in Nakai Plateau (Nakai Neua). The FOMACOP model provides guidelines for organizing a village forestry association (VFA), training villagers to run the association, providing village work teams with skills to conduct sustainable forest management operations, formulating and implementing a forest management plan, and utilizing the benefits from forestry for the welfare of members and for village development. A similar model approved under PM Decree 59 is now being implemented in four provinces as part of the WB/FINNIDA/GOL Sustainable Forestry and Rural Development Project, aimed at sustainable management of production forest areas. Thus, there are systems and procedures for forest management and for organizing village forestry associations that have already been proven to result in sustainable forest management (SFM) by several independent assessments (e.g. a SGS pre-assessment for forest certification, an Indufor assessment for testing the draft National Criteria and Indicators of SFM, a MAF assessment of village forestry, and a World Bank post-evaluation of FOMACOP). However, none of these models includes the participation of villages in post harvest processing and marketing as planned in this special case in the NT2 Resettlement Area 23.3 LEGAL BASIS FOR VILLAGE FORESTRY AT NAKAI PLATEAU Government policy promotes village participation in forestry management and activities. PM Decree 102 (1993) recognizes village administration as a formal level of the government with rights and duties to implement policies at the village level. The Forestry Law (1996) recognizes the village as the grass-roots level of a four-tiered forestry administration that includes the national, provincial, district, and village levels. The law states that village authorities have the right and duty to develop specific regulations that are "appropriate to the actual conditions of the village". Decree No. 59/2002/PM, providing for implementing the Sustainable Management in Production Forest Areas (PFA), states that "Village Forestry Organizations shall organize the villagers' participation to implement all sustainable production forest management activities within the scope of their capacity with FMUs under outlined instructions and regulations". Such activities include demarcation, land-use planning, pre-harvest inventories and tree marking, management planning, monitoring and control, harvesting activities, log sales and receipt of revenues and other development activities consistent with forest management agreements and plans" (Article 8.4). However, due to the need to provide resettling villagers impacted by the NT2 project with a guaranteed source of income, the GOL has decided to enact November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers specific legislation and regulations to enable the Resettlement Area forests to be commercially managed by the resettling villages, as a special case. Table 23-6: Legislation Relevant to Village Rights in the Forestry Sector Document Date Issuing Body Constitution 15/8/1991 Constitution Committee Laws Forestry Law 11/11/1996 National Assembly Water and Water Resources Law 2/11/1996 National Assembly Land Law 4/12/1997 National Assembly Environmental Protection Law 26 April 1999 National Assembly Decrees PM Decree 102: Organization and Administration of Villages 5 July 1993 Prime Minister PM Decree 59: Sustainable Forest Management of Production Forest Areas 22 May 2002 Prime Minister PM Instruction 3: Expansion of Land Management, Land and Forest Allocation 25 June 1996 Prime Minister Regulations MAF Regulation 196 on development/promotion of sustainable tree planting 15 August 2000 Minister of MAF MAF Regulation 535: Management of Village Forests 18 June 2001 Minister of MAF MAF Order 54: Customary Rights and Use of Forest Resources 7 March 1996 Minister of MAF MAF Instruction 377: Customary Use of Forest Resources 17 April 1996 Minister of MAF MAF Instruction 822: on Land-Forest Allocation for Management and Use 2 August 1996 Minister of MAF The following legal instruments specifically provide a legal framework for the management of the forests in the Resettlement Area by the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association: Decree No. 193/PM of 29 December 2000 (see Appendix D-1) establishing the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA Corridor Areas, the reservoir area, and the Resettlement and Forest Area for the affected people. Decree No. 37/PM of 12 April 2002 (see Appendix D-2) approving the allocation of the Resettlement and Forest Area to the affected people. Authorization No. 0063/MAF of 29 April 2002 (see Appendix D-3) authorizing the Khammouane Governor to issue regulations on the establishment and conduct of operations of a NPVFA which will manage the forest resources allocated to the resettlers. Regulation No. 484/KM.GOV of 13 June 2002 (see Appendix D-4) establishing the NPVFA and providing a set of guidelines for its management and operations. One of the first steps in organizing the NPVFA has been the drafting and approval of its Article of Associations (direct translation from Lao version being 'Rules and Regulations') which were formulated in a participatory manner in 2003. An English translation of this document is attached as Appendix L-1. A 70-year Forest Management Contract will be drafted and signed jointly by the NPVFA, Nakai DAFO, PAFO, and the Khammouane Provincial Administration. This contract will provide for the rights and obligations of NPVFA and those of Nakai DAFO and PAFO. A guide for such a Forest Management Contract may be the 50-year contracts developed by FOMACOP. A Contract duration of 70 years is considered both (a) consistent with the Land Law (2003) and (b) be sufficient to provide incentive to villages to regenerate and manage the forest for the long term production of hardwood and (quality) softwood timbers, which may take at least 50 to 70 years to reach harvestable maturity. The NPVFA Articles of Association, and proposed Forest Management Contract will be to include the duties and rights of villages required under PM Decree 59 and MAF implementing regulation to cover all aspects of forest management, rather than the village role merely being a labour force as outlined in MAF November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Regulation 535 and PM Orders 10 and 15. Specifically, the NPVFA will have the sole rights to harvest and sell timber and NTFP from the allocated forest, provided this is done in a sustainable manner. Sustainable forest management is the main obligation of NPVFA, which will be undertaken by carrying out planning, forest management (including forest regeneration and stand improvement), protection, and conservation activities. 23.4 PLANNING PRINCIPLES AND FOREST MANAGEMENT PLAN A Forest Management Plan will be developed by the NPVFA, assisted by DAFO, PAFO and NTPC TA, and updated every five years. This plan will provide for the long-term management of the Resettlement Area forests and their timber and non-timber resources. A more detailed annual operational plan for forest management and utilization (and allocation of a quota) will be formulated as the implementing plan, based on more detailed annual pre-harvest inventories. A set of planning principles which have guided the drafting of the NPVFA Articles of Association and will continue to be used in the Resettlement Area forest management planning and utilization are proposed to provide a basis for assessing the suitability and feasibility of actions planned to meet the forestry development objectives, as follows: Forest development and management by villagers, for villagers; Zonation and sustainable management of natural forests for timber production and other forest uses; Wood processing into timber, semi-finished and finished products; Support to individual village committee organizations; Planning and development of domesticated NTFP where appropriate and financially feasible. Promotion of strategies and methodologies for controlled forest grazing. Forest plantation development with local species, if and where appropriate and financially feasible; Conservation of the resource base of wild NTFPs; and Conservation of soils, water resources, biodiversity and scenery. The Management and Operations Plans will be implemented through a NPVFA Logical Framework for its Business Plan that also includes other activities described later in this report. 23.4.1 Forestry Development and Management by Villagers, for Villagers The Resettlement Area and its forest resources have been legally allocated to villagers who will be affected by the NT2 Project on the Nakai plateau2. The object of management of this forest area is geared mainly towards providing sustainable employment, income, and other benefits to the affected villagers. Village forestry, together with land and forest use planning and allocation, will be the main vehicle for securing tenure for villagers and the leading role of villagers in forestry development and management. Village forestry at Nakai Plateau will see the (affected) villagers as managers of the forest resources that have been allocated to them. As forest managers, they will: · Collect the needed information (e.g. through forest inventories); · Formulate specific policies for sustainable forest management; · Prepare plans to carry out those policies; and. · Implement plans and make operational decisions. At first the villagers may have limited capacity to undertake all these activities, and outside help will be provided to develop sustainable forest management systems and procedures, train the villagers to apply 2Decree on the Approval of the Allocation of the Resettlement and Forest Area to People and Village Organizations Affected by the Nam Theun 2 Project for Carrying out Forestry Business Activities. No. :37/PM April 12, 2002 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers them, and guide the villagers until they are able to do the work themselves. Thus the Nakai DAFO, aided by NTPC TA, will provide technical assistance to NPVFA in all phases of forestry development from organizing the NPVFA, formulating a forest management plan, training villagers, and overseeing village forestry work. 23.4.2 Sustainable Management of Natural Forests for Timber Production Sustained yield is an important foundation of sustainable forest management. It means simply that the annual harvest volume from a forest must not exceed the annual growth rate (or yield) of commercial species, where annual yield is expressed as the mean annual increment (MAI) in stand volume after accounting for mortality and other drain from the timber resources. Sustained yield forest management will be applied specifically in production forests, which together with forest plantations will be the only forest zone where commercial timber production will be allowed to take place. The adoption of such a sustained yield forest management principle is the only way to ensure that timber production related employment would be sustained and that timber revenue (and thus dividends) would also be sustained or even increase over time, assuming increasing real timber prices. Sustainable management will require that the 18,106 ha of forested land in the Resettlement Area is zoned for into five main forest management zones/types, following the generally accepted categorization in the Lao PDR, as follows: (Well stocked) production forests. These will be composed of stands with volume of at least 80 m3/ha and whose structure contains a naturally occurring proportion of small, medium, and large trees. Logged-over forests containing more than 80 m3/ha but mainly in small and medium trees, as well as inaccessible and steep forests, will not be zoned as production forests. Regenerating production forests. These will generally be a low-volume forest containing less than 80 m3/ha usually as a result of logging, but still containing good tree numbers of required species. Stands in this zone will be protected so that in time they will increase in stand volume and tree sizes and can be re-zoned as production forests. Protection forests. Regardless of stand volume, forests in steep slopes (generally exceeding 25°) and on the edge of water course's will be zoned for protection of soil and water resources, as well as of wildlife that has sought refuge in these less accessible slopes. Conservation forests. While it may not be necessary to zone conservation forests within the production forests - as Lao PDR already has a considerable network of National Protected Areas (NPA) and the Resettlement Area itself is surrounded by two NPAs - conservation corridors connecting them the NPAs or other sections of particular value may be identified and zoned as conservation forests. In addition, inaccessible areas will also serve the function of a conservation forest as they provide refuge to wildlife that has retreated from disturbed areas. Degraded forests, which may be converted to other land use purposes. Extremely low-volume forests with poor potential for natural regeneration into a production forest will be zoned as degraded forests. In the Resettlement Area, these forests usually result from shifting cultivation, excessive logging, and wind throw in logged-over stands. Permitted uses of degraded forests could include, subject to technical and financial viability studies, plantation of native species and domesticated non timber forest product development, and controlled grazing, and development of sustainable rainfed agriculture . Zoning of the forest area for the different proposed uses involving a high level of local village involvement will be an integral part of forest management planning. For the purposes of this SDP, however, the area of current production forests has already been estimated (from the 2001 forest inventory at 1% sampling intensity) to determine the level of employment and income that could be expected from forestry in the Resettlement Area. The results show that production forests would likely cover only about 5,590 ha after excluding logged-over, steep, and inaccessible forests and proposed settlement areas. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Table 23-7 shows the estimated sustainable annual harvest per ha from the production forests after deducting an allowance for logging damage and stand development from the Mean Annual Increment (MAI) of commercial trees. For optimum stand growth, heavier harvests than shown should be made in dense dry evergreen forests bringing the average stand density down from 157 m3/ha to say 130 m3/ha. Stands with volumes of 120-140 m3/ha have been shown in FOMACOP areas to grow faster than stands with volumes of 140-160 m3/ha. Based on a sustainable harvest rate of 1.2 m3/ha for hardwoods and 1.5 m3/ha for pines over the 5,590 ha of production forests, annual harvests of about 8,000 m3 could possibly be sustained. However, for budgeting and income forecast purposes, a second conservative annual harvest estimate of 6,000 m3 could also be used to calculate cost and returns, which will also provide a sensitivity analysis in terms of resource availability. Table 23-7: Sustainable Annual Yield and Harvest from Forest Ecotypes Growth information (2) MAI for Allowance for Sustainable Average stand For. stand Mean annual commercial damage and annual Forest eco-type density (1) density increment trees (3) stand dev. (4) harvest Dry Evergreen 157 160 1.8 m3/ha 1.4 m3/ha 0.2 m3/ha 1.2 m3/ha Mixed Deciduous 107 100 3.6 m3/ha 2.5 m3/ha 1.3 m3/ha 1.2 m3/ha Mixed Broadleaf and Softwood 153 150 2.2 m3/ha 2.0 m3/ha 0.5 m3/ha 1.5 m3/ha (1) Average stand density for production forests at Nakai Plateau estimated from FIPC 2001 inventory. (2) Growth information (mean annual increment-MAI) for DE and MD from FOMACOP, 2000 and for MS (pine) from Margules Groome Pöyry, 1997. (3) Commercial trees in DE and MD is about 70-75% of total volume, MS about 90%. (4) Allowance for logging damage is 20-33% of logged volume. The rest of the allowance is a reserve (left uncut) to improve the stand density (0.0 m3/ha for DE and MS, 1.1 m3/ha for MD). Silvicultural decisions, including the timing, intensity and method of harvesting, regeneration, and timber stand improvement, will be different for hardwoods and pines. Hardwoods generally occur in mixed, uneven-aged stands; pines often occur in pure, even-aged stands that co-exist with hardwood stands in the mixed forests in the Resettlement Area. While a tree selection system is suitable for hardwood stands, mature pine stands are generally harvested by the seed-tree method or by clear cutting in patches, which are then regenerated naturally by seed bearing cones on the ground or from trees in surrounding stands, or by tree planting if natural regeneration fails. 23.4.3 Log Marketing and Wood Processing The generation of sufficient annual incomes and dividends from the utilization of forests of the Resettlement Area (to meet the target of the NT2 Project) requires that the NPVFA will not only sell logs, but whenever possible and economic, will also transform the logs into timber, or semi-finished and/or finished timber products. Thus, the NPVFA may either: · Option 1: Sell raw logs; · Option 2: Primary conversion of raw logs and selling sawn wood - locally, possibly regionally; or · Option 3: Secondary and tertiary wood processing, and selling locally or exporting finished products. Under current Lao practice, Option 1 involves: · A pre-harvest inventory to determine the species and volume of timber available for harvesting; · Securing a harvesting quota; · Pre-selling standing timber; · Harvesting the pre-sold volume of the agreed species; and · Completing the sales of logs at a second landing. This practice aims to avoid the risk of harvesting timber that ultimately could not be sold, and would just decay and perish. [Note that this does not seem to have been the practice followed previously on the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Nakai plateau, where there is a lot of timber cut but not collected, and thus lies decaying in-situ]. Sub- options include: (a) Selling standing timber by letting the buyer do the logging and payment of royalties, taxes, and fees; and (b) Conducting logging and final sales at a second landing; receiving full payment for the logs; paying royalties, taxes, and fees; and releasing custody of the logs to the buyer. 23.4.4 Forest Improvement with Local Species Planting of local species will be employed mainly as a means to assist natural regeneration in harvested hardwood stands and to fully regenerate harvested pine stands in cases where natural regeneration fails. Conversion of natural forests to plantations will generally not be done. There are certain cases, however, where forest plantations may be established. An example is where an under-stocked pine stand is in grave danger of wind throw. The remaining trees might be cut down and the area might then be converted to forest plantations of fast-growing species, should this option be assessed to be technically and economically viable. Alternatively, the area may be replanted with pine seedlings. This may be seen as a pine plantation development; it may also be seen as simply artificially regenerating a naturally occurring pine stand. In any case, plantation development would be done, if at all, in scattered, small patches that would blend well with natural forest stands, rather than as large contiguous units. This is not only good forestry practice in a generally natural forest area; it is also being encouraged in one of the criteria for forest certification by the Forest Stewardship Council. Subject to NPVFA consideration of the costs and benefits of FSC certification, this may form part of the strategy for forestry development in the Resettlement Area. In forest improvement work more detailed financial evaluations of different species suited to the available sites at different management regimes are required to justify NPVFA investments from its forest enterprise earnings. Substantial data is already available in the region to assist such evaluations. 23.4.5 Conservation of Resource Bases of NTFP The following NTFPs are collected for local use and consumption on Nakai Plateau: · Rattan and bamboo shoots, which are cooked or sold; · Bamboo and rattan for house construction and handicraft; · Vegetables from 40 or more types of leaves from trees, shrubs, and herbs; · Fish and other water animals like frog, shrimp, soft-shelled turtle, crab and mollusk; and · Wildlife, including mammal species, bird species and reptile species, regularly eaten as a more importance source of protein than livestock. NTFPs for commercial use fall into four categories: · Plant exudates (kisi, po heuang/my gaedtsana); · Medicinal plants (kheua hem, hak tin houng, cardamom); · Spices and condiments (mak phep, mak khene, no kha); and · Tree barks (bong, chouang, pos a). In the late 1990's, NTFPs were the most important source of cash income (41%) compared to livestock (32%), and off-farm employment (28%). In 1997, villagers from five surveyed villages ranked kisi resin (14%) and fish and frogs (14%) as the most important NTFP followed by rattan shoots (12%), cardamom (10%), wildlife (10%), bong bark (6%), bamboo shoots (6%), vegetables (5%), rattan canes (5%), and mushrooms (4%). Food products are more numerous and considered more important (56%) than non- food products (44%). The resource bases of NTFP include all forest ecotypes and zones, although the amount and type of NTFP vary by forest ecotype and zone. Current NTFP collection sites include those that would be November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers flooded, and once resettled, villages would need to relocate their NTFP collection sites. Aside from flooding, over-collection and logging pose a threat to the resource bases of NTFP. Monitoring, assessment, and control are necessary to prevent over-collection. The threat posed by logging is especially true when high-intensity logging is practiced, but not when low-intensity, low-impact logging is practiced. 23.4.6 Conservation of Soils, Water Resources, Biodiversity and Scenery A significant portion of the Resettlement Area lies in the watershed of the future Nakai Reservoir (the rest is in the watershed of the Nam Katang. Forestry operations, if improperly done, could contribute to silting of the proposed reservoir. Thus, it is important to ensure that the soils and water resources in the Resettlement Area are conserved by means of a number of measures that will be described in the forest management plan, the most important of which will be restricting logging operations to the dry season. The Resettlement Area is also bounded by the Nakai Nam Theun NPA and the Khammouane Limestone NPA, which are connected by corridors that include, or pass close to, parts of the northern and southern ends of the Resettlement Area. Wildlife often wanders from the two NPAs to the forests in the Resettlement Area. It will be important to ensure that forestry operations in the Resettlement Area are done in a manner that minimizes disturbance to wildlife and their habitats. Low-intensity, low-impact logging can be designed to mimic nature in terms of intensity in the natural death and regeneration of trees, and has been found to cause minimal changes in forest structure and species composition. Thus, it would be appropriate for use in harvesting the production forests in the Resettlement Area in terms of its minimal disturbance of wildlife habitats. The Resettlement Area is located along the southern rim of the future reservoir. Once completed, the reservoir and its surroundings would provide scenic sites for outdoor recreation and would be an attractive destination for tourists. Forestry operations should therefore be done in a manner that would conserve the value of these scenic sites. Measures will be included in the forest management plan for this purpose, foremost of which is the application of low-intensity, low-impact logging and encouragement of natural regeneration of harvested stands. 23.5 MAIN COMPONENTS OF THE NAKAI PLATEAU VILLAGE FORESTRY PROGRAM To attain the forestry development objectives given in Section 23.4.1 on the basis of the planning principles given in Section 23.4, a number of activities will be implemented via the four programs or components of the Nakai resettlement forestry program: (1) Institutional Development; (2) Natural Forest Management; (3) Forestry Business and Enterprise Development; (4) Forest Improvement with Local Species. 23.6 COMPONENT 1: INSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT Institutional development will include: Organizing the NPVFA, in which all resettler villagers have the right to be members, and a village forestry committee (VFC) and forestry work teams in each village; The provision of Technical Assistance (TA) - mainly national, but also some regional and international TA, by NTPC, thru the start-up and training phases of the program; and The gradual development of the capacity of villagers and staff to administer the NPVFA and its forest management, utilization and marketing operations. 23.6.1 Technical Assistance Technical Assistance (TA) will be provided by in two parts: · Short term TA support in the first 6 months to establish management and administration systems, and design, plan, procure and install income generating capital plant and equipments to secure early cash flows; and November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers · Long term support to training programmes over a 3 year period for the gradual development of the capacity of villagers and staff to administer NPVFA and its forest management, utilization, and marketing operations. These training programmes are outlined in Section 23.6.6 covering the capacity development and forest and forest industry training systems to be implemented. Table 23 ­ 8 : Technical Assistance Requirements (number of persons months) 1st 6 2nd 6 Total person Months Months Year 2 Year 3 months TA - Specialist Start Up Training Phase International Forest Management & Harvesting 4 2 1 1 8 Institutional Development 1 1 1 1 4 Forest Industry Design & Marketing 4 2 1 7 Domestic / Regional Management & Administration 2 2 2 2 8 Forest Management & Harvesting 6 6 6 3 21 Sawmill Management & Marketing 6 6 6 3 21 Civil Design & Construct Engineer 4 2 6 Mechanical Plant Install Engineer 4 2 6 Electrical Installation Engineer 3 2 5 Sawmill /Saw shop Maintenance 2 1 1 4 Forest Management Trainers (2) 4 4 4 12 Harvest Equipment Maintenance 1 1 1 1 4 Industrial Safety/Hygiene Training 1 0.5 1 0.5 3 23.6.2 Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association The NPVFA, consisting of resettler households as members, has been approved to be established under Regulation No. 484/KM.GOV of 13 June 2002. Eligible affected families, which are those that have been registered before the cut-off date on 1 October 1998 or have subsequently grown from registered families, have been given opportunity to apply for and be enlisted as members of NPVFA. An Articles of Association and By-Laws has also been formulated via a participatory process, and will be ratified by the enlisted members followed by an election of officers and the formal approval of the NPVFA organization by the Governor of Khammouane. The By-Laws will be further developed as NPVFA incorporates to it the policies and regulations pertaining to its administration and the sustainable management and utilization of the forest. Figure 23-1 illustrates the organizational structure of NPVFA. The General Assembly of all villages is on top of the structure of NPVFA. The General Assembly will have two categories of members: (a) families and (b) individual family members (husband, wife, and unmarried children and close relatives living together as a family). A member family will be entitled to a single vote on matters brought to the general assembly for decision, as well as to a single share in the profits of the association. Individuals from a member family are entitled to seek employment in NPVFA operations, as well as to form their own member family after they get married. 23.6.3 Village Forestry Committees: To ensure better participation of member families in decision making and individual members in various activities, they will be organized into their respective Village Assembly and involved in NPVFA activities through their respective Village Forestry Committee (VFC). Thus NPVFA will essentially be an aggregation of village assemblies and their VFCs. A VFC will be composed of 5-8 villagers depending on the size and preference of the village. It will be headed on concurrent basis by the village chief, who had already been elected by the village and who will also represent the village in the Board of Management. The other members will be appointed by the village chief after their confirmation by the village assembly. These members will include at the minimum a November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers secretary, an accounts officer, and a village forester. The secretary will keep minutes of meetings of the VFC and take charge of records keeping. The accounts officer's primary responsibility will be bookkeeping and safeguarding the cash and other assets of the village entrusted to the VFC. The village forester will manage the different forestry work teams of the village. Deputies or assistants may be appointed for each of the above-mentioned officers. 23.6.4 Forestry Work Teams Each village will organize forestry work teams to do the different forest management and utilization activities assigned by NPVFA to the village. Work teams will be organized for conducting forest inventory, tree marking, access track clearing, controlling logging and second landing operations, post- harvest assessment, regeneration and timber stand improvement, forest plantation development, forest protection, etc. Work team membership will not be mutually exclusive; in practice a team may be formed from another team, e.g. a tree marking team from the forest inventory team, to facilitate transfer of work related information from an activity to the next activity. NPVFA will also organize teams or crews whose members will come from or represent each village. For example, an annual forest operations planning team will be formed consisting of village foresters. Sawmilling crews will have villagers from different villages as members, but a village will not have its own sawmilling crew. 23.6.5 Managerial and Technical Staff A professional manager will be hired by the Board of Management to plan and run the regular activities of NPVFA, provide management assistance to the VFCs, supervise the village foresters, and look after the different business enterprises of NPVFA. The manager will organize his/her own management staff including a secretary, treasurer/cashier, accountant/bookkeeper, property officer/buyer, and office assistants. Managers and technicians will also be put in charge of running wood processing and other enterprises, e.g. sawmilling, timber treatment and tertiary processing operations, as well as in timber chain-of-custody certification requirements. Villagers will be hired after training as technicians and even as managers if they are capable. The different managers will report directly to the NPVFA manager. As well, a marketing staff will be organized to take charge of all market related concerns, both buying inputs and selling processed products. The staff will, however, focus on export marketing of processed wood products. 23.6.6 Compensation and Audit The villagers constituting the VFCs are entitled to compensation and other benefits at a rate to be determined by the Board of Management, including a salary for those who will be working full time, e.g. village forester. As well, the Board of Management will determine the rate of compensation and other benefits for the managerial and technical staff and wage rates for work teams. Each VFC will be transparently operated and subject to annual operations assessment and accounts audit by NPVFA, which in turn will be transparently operated and subject to annual operations assessment and accounts audit internally by its Board of Inspection as provided for in Regulation No. 484/KM.GOV of 13 June 2002. In addition, NPVFA will be subject to an external audit by a provincial or other selected auditing organization. . November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Figure 23-1: Organization chart of Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA) General Assembly of Member Families KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsouk NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang Village Village Village Village Village HatKhPhan Village Village Village Paek village village Village Bouakham Village Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly SopMa Assembly Assembly Assembly Village Assembly Assembly Assembly village Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly of Village Representatives (5 per village ­ VFC) KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsouk NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang VFC VFC VFC VFC VFC HatKhPhan VFC VFC VFC Paek VFC VFC VFC Bouakham VFC Officers Officers Officers Officers Officers SopMa Officers Officers Officers VFC Officers Officers Officers VFC Officers 5 5 5 5 5 VFC 5 5 5 5 Officers 5 5 5 Officers 5 5 External Board of Inspection President of Vice the NPVFA President Board of Management` Manager Selected and hired Deputy Manager experts Elected by Assembly ofof Elected by Assembly Forestry Processing Sales Finance Administration Division Division Division Division Division village representatives village representatives Silviculture Unit (includes Forest Survey and Logging and Sawmill Wood Processing Finance Office Administrative Regular staff nursery, plantation) Management Unit Transportation Unit Unit Office Village Work Teams Villagers hired as KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsou NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang required, Work Work Work Work Work HatKhPhan Work Work Work Paek Work k Work Work Work Bouakham Work seasonal Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams SopMa Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Work Teams work Work Team Teams November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers 23.6.7 Capacity Development and Forestry Training System The challenge for the implementation of the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Program is to gradually develop the NPVFA into a competent business organization. Activities to achieve this will be strategically guided by a Business Development Plan and Logframe that includes a training program and a long but sustained learning-by-doing process. Business planning and management training will be largely dealt with by NTPC and its contract specialists. The process of building up the capacity of NPVFA will be made possible by means of support provided and nurturing by NTPC, the RMU, Nakai DAFO, and Khammouane PAFO. The following discussion illustrates how capacity building will be done through training and immediate application of knowledge and skills obtained from training. Training approach In general each development activity will be preceded by systems development and training. A multi-stage, modular, learning-by-doing training system will provide training of provincial and district staff and villagers at the Nakai Plateau. Training will be multi-stage involving training of staff followed by training of villagers. Training will be modular, and knowledge and skills learned for a given module will be immediately applied in actual practice by villagers under staff supervision (learning-by-doing) before another module is learned. The integration of systems development, training and application in actual operations is described in the following steps of a development-training-application cycle: Stage 1 ­ Systems Development: Systems and procedures for the given activities will be developed by experts in the field. This will generally take about a week (longer for some topics, e.g. forest management planning). At the same time, the experts will work with NTPC and DAFO trainers to prepare for the training activities. Stage 2 ­ Training of District forestry staff: In stage 2, relevant experts or NTPC or PAFO trainers will conduct training of district staff on the activities and their systems and procedures. In general training will include two activities, one from one component and another from a different component. For example, training on enlisting NPVFA membership (Component 1: Institutional development) may be combined with training on pre-harvest inventory (Component 2: Forest management). A district staff training course will generally last a week or more including a practicum in one village. District staff members will be grouped into teams and each team will be assigned a number of villages. In general, these training sessions will be conducted, at least initially, at the Nakai District Forestry Headquarters. A participatory forestry expert will usually conduct the training, assisted by NTPC staff during organizing and conducting. The entire set of topics for capacity building will be introduced subset-by-subset in successive training sessions. Field application of a subset will be done before training moves to the next subset. This way learning is reinforced by immediate practice. Modules will be selected for a particular training session such that they can be covered in 4-5 training-days (for example: a module on forest inventory, plus a module on VFC organizing). Stage 3 ­ Training of village teams: Under the supervision of NTPC/PAFO trainers, the teams of Nakai District forestry staff will conduct training of village work teams assigned to them. Training will be conducted either in the villages, or villagers may be asked to go to Nakai District Forestry Headquarters for training. If conducted in the villages, training will be organized first at a lead village as a practicum for the training of district forestry staff. A participatory forestry expert may supervise the training at the lead villages, for example. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers The trainees may be the VFC or a forestry work team (e.g. forest inventory team), depending on the topic. The same topics as in Stage 1 are covered but simplified (e.g. more techniques/procedures, less concepts), so that villagers could absorb the lessons well, and addressed to the appropriate team (e.g. VFC for administrative topics, forestry work team for forestry work topics). Stage 4 - Application in actual operations by the village teams: Under the supervision of district staff, village work teams will apply the knowledge and skills obtained from the training to conduct the given activities. In case of difficulties, the district staff will provide technical assistance. A given activity may take several weeks to complete by village teams. In this way, lessons learned in Stage 3 will be immediately applied by the village teams under forestry staff supervision, for at least the first day or two. After the forestry staff trainers leave the village, the village teams will continue the work by themselves. For example, the VFC conducts further meetings; the forest inventory teams complete the forest inventory. At the end of the forestry operation, the village work team together with the supervising staff will prepare a report for monitoring purposes. Stages 1 to 3 will generally take a month or less to do. Stage 4 should commence immediately from Step 3. When required a certain time lag should be allowed between the start of two consecutive development- training-application cycles to ensure that training and application resources are not overwhelmed by too much demand for work and/or time. The same steps will be undertaken when the activity is repeated the following year. However, the focus will no longer be on learning how to do the activity, but to consolidate the experience of the previous year and to incorporate the lessons from the experience to improve performance in doing the activity. Training topics The following lists illustrate the topics that will be introduced during training. The list will be further developed as implementation of the training program proceeds. Typical training topics for the VFC/VFA administration: · Organizing the village for forestry administration and forestry operations; · Conducting an election of officers; · Participatory rural appraisal; · Conducting committee meetings; · Conducting village assembly meetings; · Recording minutes of meetings; · Preparing reports of meetings and forestry operations; · Budgeting; · Bookkeeping; · Internal audit of financial transactions by VFC and work teams; · Simplified personnel management system; · Procurement; · Simplified inventory management; · Internal monitoring and control. Typical training topics for forest management, harvesting, and utilization operations: · Land-use mapping; · Land-use planning; · Forest inventory for management planning; · Division of the forest management area into annual coupes; · High conservation value forest assessment; · Forest management system for different forest types and resources; · Long-term forest management planning; · Pre-harvest inventory; · Annual forest operational planning; · Timber scaling and grading; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers · Preparing for forest harvesting; · Control of forest harvesting; · Post-harvest assessment; · Forest regeneration by natural means and by tree planting; · Nursery and plantation operations; · Forest stand improvement; · Conservation of high forest values; · Forest protection from fire, man, and other agents; · Forest products utilization; · Primary, secondary, and tertiary processing of forest products. Training schedule A training schedule taking into account the seasons in the year, operational requirements, and synchronization with NT2 project development will be developed. The above topics will be combined into modules, the modules combined into subsets for introduction in a sequence of training sessions, and the training sessions scheduled in stages as indicated above so that all topics are eventually covered. This will take about three years after which training will be mainly refresher courses. Training resources Since training is immediately followed by application in actual practice, preparation and procurement of resources will ensure the requirements of both the training sessions and actual operations. Training venues The Nakai District Forestry Headquarters provide a suitable venue for the training of forestry staff, as well as for occasional training of villagers (e.g. VFC members). At the village, the village temple, a large house (usually belonging to the village chief or a VFC member), or village meeting hall (to be built by the project) could all serve as training venue. Equipment and tools Adequate equipment and tools will be provided to the staff and village teams during training. These tools will then be handed over to the village teams, who will use them in actual operations. Mobile white boards combined as a poster stands will be provided to each team of trainers, and visual aids for training sessions will be produced beforehand, but also during the actual conduct of the training. 23.7 COMPONENT 2: NATURAL FOREST MANAGEMENT Sustainable forest management will be implemented following the participatory formulation of a long- term Forest Management Plan and recurrent Annual Operational Plans for the Nakai Plateau Forest Management Area (NPFMA). The Forest Management Plan will be reviewed and updated every five years. The NPFMA will likely be divided into two sub-FMAs: (i) North-western Resettlement Area Sub-FMA; and (ii) South-eastern Resettlement Area Sub-FMA. This will facilitate the participation of village teams in participatory sustainable forest management, considering that the new location of villages will be spread over the length of the Resettlement Area. Each of these two sub-FMAs will be further divided into annual coupes for harvesting and stand improvement operations in a way that will also facilitate village participation. Natural forest management involves some activities which cover all of the natural forests, and some activities which are specific to specific forest management zones, whose boundaries will be delineated as part of the Forest Management Plan. 23.7.1 FM Activities to Be Conducted in All Zones: A number of activities will be conducted regardless of the forest management zone, such as: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers · Forest protection. Forest protection will take place throughout the year, but will be focused in the dry months when forest fires, clearings for shifting cultivation, and other illegal activities are more likely to occur. Lookout towers will be built in strategic places to spot occurrences of forest fires. Fire fighting teams will be provided training in fire fighting techniques, provided equipment, and will be on call in case of occurrences of forest fire. Regular forest protection teams will, however, be organized and assigned territories to patrol, monitor, and control any occurrences of fire, clearings, and other illegal activities. · Soil erosion. Sites that are actively contributing to the silting of the reservoir will be mapped and prioritized for design and application of erosion control measures. Soil erosion control will, however, mainly be applied as part of forest management operations. For example, construction of logging roads will be minimized. If built, they will be properly sited and designed to minimize soil erosion and siltation of the reservoir. · Control of poaching of wildlife. NPVFA will coordinate with protected area staff in the control of poaching of wildlife. Trapping and hunting of wildlife for trade purposes in the Resettlement Area will be banned. In addition, to minimize hunting for food, villagers (ie, NPVFA members) will be encouraged to focus on the raising of poultry and other livestock, and will be supported to maintain livestock health. · Management of collection of NTFP. NPVFA will protect the Resettlement Area against collection of NTFP by outsiders. It will also monitor collection of NTFP by its members and use the monitoring information to regulate collection and protect the resource bases of NTFP. 23.7.2 FM Activities in Conservation and Protection Zones Forest management in the NPFMA will combine commercial production with conservation activities in both planning and implementation to ensure minimum impact of production activities on high conservation values (HCV) existing in the area. The NPFMA is likely to contain the following HCVs: · Some concentration of biodiversity owing to its location between two National Protected Areas. · Landscape level forests, since it has over 18,000 ha of relatively contiguous forests although already disturbed by past human activities. · Threatened ecosystem, i.e. native pine forests which are no longer as abundant in Lao PDR as before. · Most of the Resettlement Area and its forest are actually part of the watershed of the Nakai reservoir. · Areas fundamental to basic needs of local communities, e.g. NTFP collection sites, livelihood bases, as well as spiritual and cultural sites. Management actions to maintain the HCVs will be preceded by identification and mapping of the different HCVs and will consist of one or a mix of the following approaches: · Exclusion of specially designated conservation and protection zones from commercial production. · Where commercial production activities are allowed, the use of low-impact, low intensity methods. · Limitations imposed on the type and methods of human activities depending on the site and its inherent characteristics and importance as a home of the given HCV, e.g. hunting restrictions. · Monitoring of HCVs and the effectiveness of management actions in maintaining HCVs using easy-to-implement methods. 23.7.3 FM Activities for Regenerating Forest Zones Regenerating forests are those that are in the process of restoration from damage caused by past human activities, mainly logging and slash-and-burn agriculture. The natural site potential of these forests is such that if left alone long enough they would revert back to their former productive condition. Forest protection from further human activities is therefore the main management activity associated with restoring these forests. Forest protection is a minimum-effort, minimum-cost action but could reap maximum returns. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Forest restoration methods, e.g. assisted natural regeneration, are being developed in many countries including Lao PDR through research and development (R&D). The aim is to find ways to make premium species that used to grow in abundance, e.g. dipterocarp and rosewood species, get re-established and growing well. Several R&D results have been published over the years; what is generally slowing down commercial investments on forest restoration is the uncertainty of financial recovery considering the long- term growing periods involved vis-à-vis the low-cost measure of simple forest protection or the short- gestation measure of conversion to fast-growing plantation. Thus, forest management activities for regenerating forests at the NPFMA will be limited to: · Delineation of the regenerating forest zone on the map and demarcation on the ground as practicable. · Forest protection especially from human activities. · Monitoring of forest condition through permanent sample plots. · Inviting international and national research institutions, e.g. NAFRI, to conduct R&D trials at NPFMA. 23.7.4 FM Activities for Production Forest Zones Forest management of production forest will initially be conducted in the 5,700 ha or so of forest that have currently been identified as well stocked. In 20 years or so, the regenerating forest will progressively be included in the stocked production forest zone and management regimes. Forest management activities specific to the production forests will include the following: (i) Pre-harvest inventory. A forest inventory of the immediately following year's harvesting coupe will be conducted consisting of a 100% inventory and mapping of large trees (i.e. >50 cm in diameter), a 10% sampling of small to medium trees (10-50 cm in diameter), and a 10-plot sampling of regeneration per sub-compartment of the annual coupe. (ii) Forest operations planning. Based on information from the pre-harvest inventory, a forest operations plan for the immediately following year will be formulated. The plan will include a list of trees to be cut, a logging plan, and a plan for regeneration, timber stand improvement, forest plantation development, protection, and other operations. (iii) Securing harvesting quota. A request for quota will be made based on the list of trees to be cut and submitted before mid-June of each year to PAFO for consolidation and endorsement to MAF/DOF. Approval of the quota is usually done in October of each year. The NPVFA will require formal conditions contained in its community forest concession agreement for the GoL to provide a minimum available log volume of 6,000 cu.m. per year from the concession and exclusive utilization rights to the concession area. (iv) Tree marking. Once the quota has been approved, trees to be cut in the next dry season will be marked. Seed trees to be left uncut will also be marked. (v) Forest road building or clearing access tracks. Generally no earthmoving is required to build logging access tracks in the flat to rolling terrain in the Resettlement Area. It is enough to manually cut small saplings along the access track; the logging truck then takes care of blazing its trail along the manually cleared direction. Forest road building will, however, be required for main access roads and in steeper parts of the production forest. (vi) Control of logging operations. Village work teams will direct loggers to the trees marked to be cut ensuring that no other trees are cut, mark the log number on the logs to be transported to the second landing, and record those logs. (vii) Second landing operations. Village work teams will also control operations at the second landing ensuring that the logs are properly recorded, scaled and graded by forest officers, and transported out only with proper documentation. An agreement will be required with GoL to locate the second landing at the sawmill entrance gate with logs measured by forest officers whenever practical on November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers truck. Measurement at this point for sale and purchase of logs will substantially reduce logging and transport costs and avoid the risk of substantial volume losses that have occurred in the past. (viii) Post-harvest assessment. Post-harvest assessment will take place just before the rainy season to assess how logging was conducted and to collect information for planning subsequent regeneration and timber stand improvement operations. (ix) Assessment of stand growth and yield. In the absence of growth and yield information specific to Nakai, the long-term forest management plan and the annual forest operations plans for the early years will be formulated on the basis of stand growth and yield information collected outside Nakai. A more accurate growth and yield information for the Resettlement Area will be obtained by establishing and re-measuring annually for 5 years (then once every 5 years thereafter) an adequate number of permanent sample plots (at least 50). Once they are available the information will be used in revising the forest management plan and formulating subsequent annual forest operations plans. (x) Natural regeneration, tree planting and timber stand improvement. Both hardwood and pine stands will be regenerated naturally following appropriate silvicultural systems, e.g. tree selection system for hardwoods and seed tree system for pines. Planting of nursery-raised pine seedlings in areas where natural regeneration fails will be done using natural patterns and associations with other species in a way that will restore the natural forest ecotype rather than turning the site into a pine plantation. In other forest ecotypes, assisted natural regeneration using indigenous species will be done in sites where the number of regeneration is inadequate. Timber stand improvement will also be done in logged-over stands to promote the growth and development of the residual tree crop. (xi) Forest conservation imbedded in different forest management operations. Operations affecting the soil, water, and biological resources of the forest that are conducted before, during, and after harvesting of timber and NTFP will conform to a set of conservation rules. For example, logging will conform to low-intensity and low-impact rules in every step. 23.7.5 Forest Certification and Chain-of-Custody Certification The NPVFA will apply for certification of its forest management operations by the Forest Stewardship Council, a leading and internationally well-accepted forest certification organization. This will enable NPVFA to produce FSC-certified wood for a growing processing industry that manufactures certified products for the EU, Japan, and American markets. Thus, forest certification will ensure that in addition to domestic markets, export markets that can offer higher prices will be available for the products of NPVFA. To obtain forest certification, NPVFA will apply to become a member of the Khammouane Sustainable Forest Management Group, a soon to be FSC-certified group (in mid-2004) based at the Provincial Forestry Section. As a member of an FSC-certified group, the NPVFA will be entitled to sell FSC-certified wood. In future when NPVFA is able to manufacture wood products for export, it will also secure an FSC chain-of- custody (COC) certification of its processing operations so that its processed wood products will be acceptable to export markets that require certified products. The scheduling of the implementation of forest certification and COC certification activities, which will start only after the salvage logging required during the construction period from year 2005 to 2007, will follow the general timeframe presented below: 2007 Q1 ­ Apply for membership of the certified pool of the Khammouane SFM Group; 2007 Q1 ­ Assessment for membership to be conducted by Group auditors; 2007 Q2-Q3 ­ Corrective actions to close out any pre-conditions to membership; 2007 Q4 ­ Accepted as member of the certified pool of the Group; 2008 Q1-Q2 ­ Producing certified wood; 2007 Q4 ­ Apply for a COC certification with an FSC-accredited certifier, e.g. SmartWood; 2007 Q4 ­ Assessment for COC certification by a SmartWood auditor; 2008 Q1-Q2 ­ Corrective actions to close out any pre-conditions to obtaining COC certification; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers 2008 Q3 ­ Obtain chain-of-custody certification and start producing certified processed products. The NPVFAs forestry management and business operations, as described in this Chapter 23, make it especially well positioned to be able to obtain forest certification. Factors which will facilitate the certification of the NPVFA and its activities include: · The establishment and operations of the NPVFA have and will continue to be in compliance with relevant national laws; · The community forestry plan is consistent with the customary land tenure and use of the forest in the resettlement area, in that all villages will continue to gather NTFPs and firewood, while commercial timber extraction was not previously a legally documented right or customary activity of the villagers; · The participatory, inclusive and transparent organization of the NPVFA ­ an association managed by villagers, for villagers; · The forest management plan will explicitly include (a) the conservation of biological diversity and ecological functions, and (b) measures to enhance environmentally sound multiple benefits accruing from the forest, especially water resources, NTFPs, biological diversity and soil conservation. Part of the plan will include the maintenance of critical forest areas and other habitats; · The forest logging and other operations will be undertaken in a manner to avoid or minimize any potential adverse environmental impacts; · The forest management plan explicitly includes the monitoring ­ pre and post harvest ­ of the management areas; and · The forestry management, harvesting and processing plans will, as a matter of course, be developed with the direct participation of the villagers, via the village forestry committees. 23.8 COMPONENT 3: FORESTRY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE 23.8.1 Forestry Business Licence's Enterprise development covers all forestry business activities from harvesting to processing of forest products into sawn wood, semi-finished and finished wood products, with chemical treatment of low density timbers for prevention of insect and fungal attack. The NPVFA will apply for and be granted at least three types of business licences: 1. Logging and log transport business licence: 100 % NPVFA. 2. Log processing or sawmilling business license: 100% for both the permanent sawmill and wood treatment plant. 3. Timber processing and furniture factory business licence: Financial analyses and other management considerations indicate it would be best to lease part of the sawmill site to an appropriately qualified and experienced company to purchase part of the sawmill output to process into other products to supply to specific external markets. This business will be developed in two phases: · The Transition or Construction Phase in which salvage logging in Project Lands and areas for resettlement housing and intensive agriculture will be the main, if not the only, forest harvesting undertaken in the Resettlement Area during this period. · Post-Construction and post-COD, the long term phase, in which the production forest in the Resettlement Area will be selectively harvested for sustained yield production. 23.8.2 Transition or Construction Phase Forestry Business The foundation for attaining the long-term, effective, economic and sustainable forest management and wood processing will be built up during the transition or development phase. This phase will be devoted mainly to (a) institutional development and training, (b) producing the timber with preservative treatment and processing sawn wood that is needed to construct houses for and access external markets for better prices, and (c) establishment of the infrastructure and equipment for short and longer term production. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers An important assumption is that only timbers salvaged from Project Lands, or those purchased from the salvage logging operations in the reservoir , village resettlement and intensive farming areas would be used during this first 3 year Phase. It is assumed that the sustainable forest management and utilization in the Resettlement Area will only start in earnest in the last year of this period. The main types of activities that will be undertaken during this first Phase include: · Establishment of the NPVFA Logging and Transportation Unit, with equipment and staff; · Establishment of fixed sawmilling facilities and log handling equipment; · Installation of a wood preservative treatment plant; · Installation of wood processing facilities that include log handling and manufacturing equipment, for the production of quality finished products to customer specifications. · Salvage logging from Project (construction) Lands in the NT2 Resettlement Area; · Operation of a fixed sawmill and wood treatment plant; · Operation of a wood processing plant in a joint venture. These activities will provide an opportunity to villagers to obtain hands-on experience in logging, sawmilling and secondary processing, and provide an income and funds accumulation, which will be reinvested in the forestry business and other community projects, independent of support from the NT2 Project, for the long term. 23.8.3 Long Term Sustainable Forestry Business The second, long term phase, will be implemented under a management plan for sustainable forest production that requires the full development of the capability of NPVFA and its VFCs, village work teams, and staff. The forest resources of the Resettlement Area will be sustainably managed with the forest operations being FSC-certified; and the forestry business enterprises of NPVFA will be fully operational to ensure a significant contribution to the generation of income and employment for the resettlers. This phase includes the following considerations: · The 2004 to 2007 (construction and transition period) aims to develop the required capacity and experience in management,) logging (mainly salvage), sawmilling and simple treatment and processing. It is expected this will allow after 2007 a full commercial utilization of annual timber harvests, provide substantial profit margins from the sale of processed wood products, and generate further employment for the resettled families. · Subject to further investigations, a long term contract could be negotiated with a recognized added value wood processing and export marketing enterprise with adequate funding sources to operate at the sawmill site buying and utilizing sawn NPVFA timber. Apart from financial risks, in the short to medium term the demands on NPVFA management will be considerable in setting up and running its core activities effectively. Given the developmental status of the local communities and the demands of change, the additional technical and managerial demands of value added processing are complex and direct involvement by NPVFA management could provide a major exposure to investment risk. · Chain-of-custody certification of the processing facilities so that combined with a certification of its forest operations, NPVFA and its partner will be able to market certified wood products to EU, US, and other markets. 23.8.4 Design Considerations for Transition and Long Term Harvesting and Wood Processing On the assumption Government of Laos will approve NPVFA's three business licence applications and access is gained on a long term basis to the indicated wood volume available, the effective development of a commercial forest based industry enterprise will be influenced by five key factors: Log wood qualities, Government log taxes, operating production levels, markets, and management control. Dealing with these separately: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Log quality: The forest resource has already been exploited for the better quality tree species of good form and dimension in the area designated for harvest management by NPVFA. This will result in general terms: Poorer quality logs will have lower sawmill conversion factors to sawn wood due to form, smaller log size and defects, and hence higher unit sawn output production costs. Over 60% of the available resource is relatively low density pinewood and some hardwood species. In local markets these have limited acceptance due to insect and fungal stain attack, and sell at low prices, usually for construction formwork. Some clear boards free of blemish are used in lower cost local furniture manufacture. This high percentage of low value local market wood (either in log or sawn form) makes achievement of a profitable wood industry enterprise virtually impossible due to the high volume of low unit value sales. The best option currently available is to introduce the now standard international practice of chemically treating with preservatives the wood species with low density but good structural properties, to allow them to compete for the traditional end uses in building the higher value durable local hardwoods are used for. Preservative treatment of lower density timbers is now in standard use in other countries where availability of high quality naturally durable hardwoods is declining, or in some cases, stopped. Wood Resource Taxation Costs: Log taxes payable to the Government on low and medium density timber proposed to be harvested by NPVFA are significantly higher than prices currently being received for wood of similar quality, on average, by forest owners elsewhere in Pacific Rim markets. To provide an indicative guideline of regional market values, Free on Board (FoB) values for Malaysian and Indonesian hardwoods and southern Pacific ports for pinewood adjusted for shipping rates to equate to log exports from Vietnam to South Korea or Japan are summarized in Table 23-8 below. Table 23-8: Log Market Value & Cost of Production Summary Prices Costs and Returns Medium Density Hardwoods Pinewood and Low Density (Ply Grade): $/m3 Hardwoods A grade: $/m3 FoB Prices $100 to $140 $70 to $80 Selling, harvesting, transport & ship loading costs $60 $60 Net Income $40 to $55 $10 to $20 Log tax average (all log grades) $61 $51 Margin for Management Costs, Profits, Dividends and Risk -$21 to -$16 -$41 to -$31 For this reason, in general local industry practice, the natural forests in Laos are selectively harvested for a small number of higher density high value species and, where they occur, pine trees of large diameter and straight form suitable for high strength plywood and furniture manufacture. This means it will be very difficult to obtain net log revenues after taxes and operating costs, on the high percentage of low and medium density logs if they are marketed for sale as logs via Vinh or Da Nang ports in Vietnam or on the local domestic market. Operating Production Levels: After considering the issues of lower market prices and high taxes for low density wood products, annual production targets based on a minimum harvest level of 6,000 cu.m will have to include consideration of the following demands, which in general terms are not being met by the industry in Laos: · The high overhead costs for management to deal with substantial Government regulatory and planning consent and FSC requirements associated with implementing sustainable forest management; · The direct costs of a substantial forest improvement and management program; and November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers · The dividend expectation of over US$ 100 per household per year, indicating that disposable net earnings of over US$ 250,000 annually are required to service dividends, capital replacements and community projects. Markets: Achievement of the market prices indicated later in financial analyses is critical to achievement of earnings targets. In the immediate future domestic sales prospects are good if satisfactory supply contracts can be entered into with NTPC for supply of rough sawn construction grades for cement formwork and preservative treated and finished housing grades. International and local markets are also satisfactory for the small quantities of high density wood products planned for production. Development of high value export markets for pine wood also has good potential if boards are finished properly to quality specifications. Further work is required in the short term to verify market price assumptions and trends for the product out-turn. The short to medium term prospects are very poor for obtaining profits from sale of low density pinewood and hardwood logs. Management Control: There is weak managerial capacity present at Nakai to ensure effective planning, direction and controls are in place to ensure proper operation and maintenance of the substantial capital investments to be made to achieve long term earnings targets. The approach required to capacity development and training has been described in section 23.6.7 above. Initially, external appointments will be needed to key management positions and a phased approach to training, both of the Board and the management staff, over a 3 year period. Strict commercial disciplines will be required in operations management under the guidance of a business plan and logframe that will be put in place at commencement of operations. Currently most wood based enterprises in Laos are usually small, private family owned business with relatively low overheads. In comparison, in order to best serve its shareholder interests, the NPVFA is more corporate in nature with a small size operation servicing higher overheads on a proportionate basis. Therefore a substantial input into training in planning and risk management, and discipline in achieving productivity targets is critically important. 23.8.4 The Enterprise Operations Design Logging: A minimum logging production target of 6,000 cu.m. per year is needed in a 100 day dry season commencing at beginning of December each year. Five crews each with nine men producing 60 cu.m. per day are needed to achieve this target. Primary extraction units will be "Lotsalao" winch trucks working on 500 metre radius settings to supply first landings. These units are supported by a small bulldozer for access road upgrading and extraction spur tracking formation and an excavator with dump truck for road repairs. A grapple forked loader is placed to support first landing loading of log transport trucks for an average 10 km haul to the second landing at mill yard for Government measurement for taxes. Sawmilling: The basic mill design comprises two horizontal breakdown saws in parallel to cater for the wide variation in sawlog dimension, particularly from salvage areas. These will feed four circular resaws before wood passes through an anti-sapstain bath onto size sorting tables before stacking and filleting. Roller transfers will be installed for all wood flow lines and double shifts operated to improve capital unit productivity, and also allow most sawing and treatment of low density timbers to be completed the dry season. This approach to labour utilization will allow workers additional time to assist cropping their household farms and animal husbandry in the wet season. The mill will be designed to allow the installation of an additional production line if the horizontal breakdown saws have insufficient throughput capacity or excessive downtime. Wood Preservation Treatment: Wood treatment of pinewood and other non durable low density hardwoods that comprise over 60% of the volume (4,000 cu.m.) to be harvested allows substitution, in terms of both volume and price, of medium density construction hardwoods that are becoming less readily available. This also allows species previously considered non commercial to be utilized, thus leaving post harvest forest ecological conditions favourable for regeneration of commercial species. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers A pressure treatment cylinder, vacuum and pressure pumps and chemical storage tanks will be installed with a capacity to treat 2500 cu. m. minimum of sawn wood a year The sawing and treating of this lower density wood is prioritised in the dry season operation, as major losses could occur in the wet season. The timber treatment plant also allows treatment of small diameter roundwood for fence posts. These can have a 50 year service life for use in controlled livestock grazing areas. Added Value Processing: Only a small log volume (about 500 cu.m.) of high density durable species are expected to be available for sawing, drying and re-machining timber prior to machining processing to higher value end products such as furniture, doors and windows as the initial outputs targeted to meet the needs of the of the NTPC resettlemernt project building development. Kiln drying of wood has been considered. However experience will be obtained with airdrying and the volume likely to be available before consideration can be given to purchasing a kiln dryer. Most plant and equipments required for the operations will be purchased second hand for two reasons: · Purchase prices of new products are too high for a viable investment for the low planned production levels. · There is substantial excess saw milling and logging equipment capacity in Laos. Some of this capacity should be bought, refurbished or overhauled and relocated to a more favourable production site with regular volume supplies. 23.9 COMPONENT 4: FOREST REGENERATION AND IMPROVEMENT Left alone, the 7,793 ha of degraded forest will regenerate naturally and gradually recover a full forest cover and its productive potential, but it will not be able to contribute any production and income to NPVFA members for a long period of time (at least 50 years into the future). To accelerate forest restoration, the degraded forests will be either (a) subject to an assisted regeneration program, or (b) some may be converted into forest plantations with local species suited to the production of both timber and non-timber forest products. Assisted regeneration (see section 23.7.3) will be the preferred option, and is already underway. However, plantations would be beneficial if they were proven to be technically and financially feasible based on a proper selection of intended sites, products, species, and markets. Technical and financial evaluations will cover the following topics: · Survival and growth of a number of local species in different sites; · Plantation management regimes to optimize growth and development of local species; · Market and pricing study of different plantation products; · Financial feasibility of forest plantations of different species, products, and markets. Incorporation of livestock grazing into forest management (silvipastoral systems) will also be considered for forest restoration, to deal with the likely pressures to be caused by loss of grazing areas during reservoir formation. 23.10 INDICATIVE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN Chapter 27 presents an indicative implementation plan for the four main components of the forestry program. As discussed, the plan is generally based around two phases; (a) A Development or Transition Phase, covering the period from Preliminary Works through Financial Close until completion of physical village relocation and the NT2 Project's construction; in which mainly salvage logging is undertaken in the Resettlement Area Project Lands; and (b) Long term Sustainable Forest Management Phase. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers 23.11 FINANCING PLAN 23.11.1 Costs The main costs involved in the operation of the NPVFA and its forest management and forestry business activities will include the following items : Capital Costs; · construction of offices, and purchase of office equipment; · purchase of survey and forest protection and management equipment and vehicles; · purchase of logging and transportation equipment; · construction of a sawmill factory and purchase and installation of log handling sawmilling and wood treatment equipment; and · construction of a wood processing and furniture factory, purchase of wood processing equipment. Recurrent Operational Costs; · Payment of salaries of NPVFA permanent staff; · Payments to Government staff for administrative or support services required; · Payment of salaries and per diems to villagers undertaking seasonal work; and · Operation and maintenance of logging, transportation, wood processing facilities etc. Resource Costs; · These relate to payment of Government log taxes and other charges (development and re- forestation levies) on logs harvested. Adjustments have been made for local experience with log grade out turns to be expected containing a higher proportion of lower quality logs due to the previous logging history of the area. · No provision is made for the payment of the GoL reforestation levy as the NPVFA will be paying for the costs of forest rehabilitation and improvement. · No changes are required for GoL log tax rates on logs with high density wood. However, in the case of logs with low and medium density, special tax rates will be negotiated with the Government of Laos: In the first three years start up phase where uneconomic harvesting conditions are present, a $10 per cu.m. administration levy will be paid . After harvesting starts in the fourth year in better stocked stands retained for sustainable forest management in the fourth year log taxes will reflect open regional market conditions and allow profits from the investment to be made. Realistic tax rates of around 35% of present levels will be adopted , being $16 per cu. m. for low density hardwood and pinewood and $25 per cu. m. for medium density hardwoods. Taxation: Surplus income over revenue in each operating year is treated as not assessable for income tax prior to distribution of dividends and support to community projects. The basis of this assumption is that the NPVFA is a non-profit organization and dividends paid are tax assessable in the hands of villagers. 23.11.2 Sales Revenues All logs are to be sawn. Sawn wood sales revenues are based on Thakhek and Vientiane retail rough sawn prices less the freight cost differential from Nakai. Prices have been adjusted for value added by planer / gauging boards and framing grades and upgrading end use properties by timber treatment. Average sales values that can be expected are summarized in Table 23-9. Table 23-9: Sawn Wood Average Sale Prices (per cu. m. ex Mill Yard) Wood Density Class Value Timber Drying & Size Sale Value Kg/Cu. m. @ 15% moisture Rough Sawn end use upgrade Gauging Transport ex Nakai content Price off Saw Treatment Premium Differential Mill Yard 250 ­ 450 (Low to medium density Pines, Anisoptera & Dipterocarps) 190 80 20 10 280 450 ­ 750 (Shorea and Hopea spp 340 20 10 350 750+ ((Pterocarpus & Afzaelia spp) 490 20 10 500 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers 23. 10. 3 Project Financial Returns The financial feasibility of four alternative strategies for forest timber utilization have been evaluated based on the following forestry business enterprise options : · Business Option 1 ­ Harvesting and marketing of 6000 cu.m. of logs only annually, with tax concessions; · Business Option 2 ­ Harvesting of 6000 cu.m. of logs annually, followed by sawing, planer gauging, and preservative treatment of timber and marketing, with tax concessions; · Business Option 3 ­ Harvesting and marketing of 6000 cu.m. of logs only annually, followed by sawing, planer gauging, preservative treatment and added value processing of timber and marketing, with tax concessions; · Business Option 4 ­ Harvesting and marketing of 8,000 cu.m. of logs annually, followed by sawing, planer gauging, preservative treatment and added value processing of timber and marketing, with no tax concessions. Table 23-10 summarizes the net financial forecast results, for each investment option, with provision for a US$ 100,000 annual dividend to affected households after the close of the second financial year. The results show that: · Harvesting and marketing of logs only is unprofitable due mainly to the high percentage of low density hardwood and pinewood species. · Harvesting of a minimum of 6,000 cu. m. of logs a year, followed by sawing and preservative treatment is the most favourable option. under this option, if the project is permitted to operate under normal private sector management and operating conditions, reasonably strong cash flows can be expected, due in particular to the favourable financing conditions proposed as part of the hydropower project impact compensation and mitigation measures and strong sales demand opportunities. A project internal financial rate of return of 61% is indicated, and this potential return would have to be considered the minimum necessary to justify the investments required after considering the commercial management and institutional risks associated with operating rural enterprise businesses in Laos. · Harvesting ,sawing and treatment with added value processing to doors and furniture etc. is the next best option with a potential return of 32%. This could possibly be developed by a joint venture with an experienced partner once the sawmill operation was well established. · If no taxation concessions are available a minimum log harvesting level of 8,000 cu.m. is required with sawing and timber treatment. The investment return of 11% is a margin too low for local investment risk, and the volumes are not likely to be achieved. 23. 10. 4 Financing Financing of the operations of the NPVFA will come from two main sources, over two main periods of time, as follows: (a) finance provided by the NT2 Project, as start up funds and TA, during the first 3 to 4 years operation of the NPVFA, which is also the NT2 construction period and the Projects Lands salvage logging period; and (b) self financing, whereby some of the profits of the operation of the forestry business of the NPVFA are re-invested in capital and operating cost of the company. NPVFA initial financing of equipment and other capital works required will be $0.9 million in the first year. An additional $0.4 million short term operating expenditure advance would also be required in the first year to eighteen months to cover short term financing requirements and this should be repaid from sales in the first 2-3 years operations as annual cash flows stabilize. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Table 23-10: Forest Utilization Investment Alternatives Summary (in US$ 000's) (With Tax Concessions) Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 1. Harvest and Market Logs Only ­ 6,000 cu.m Income from Sales $520 $520 $520 $520 $520 $520 $520 $520 Capital Costs $484 $39 $6 $14 $29 $347 $6 $0 Operating Costs $332 $379 $381 $536 $528 $521 $518 $527 Net Cash Flow $-296 $102 $133 $-30 $-37 $-348 $-4 $-7 Financial Rate of Return Neg. Dividend $100 $100 - - - - - Contingency, extra dividend $2 $33 - - - - - 2. Harvest, Sawing + Treatment - 6,000 cu.m. Sales $947 $947 $947 $947 $947 $947 $947 $947 Capital Costs $912 $38 $6 $12 $29 $335 $56 $0 Operating Costs $507 $559 $561 $716 $708 $696 $650 $703 Net Cash Flow $-472 $350 $380 $219 $210 $-84 $241 $244 Financial Rate of Return 61% Dividend $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 Contingency or extra dividend $250 $280 $119 $110 $-184 $141 $144 3. Harvest, Sawing + AV Processing - 6,000 cu.m. Sales $972 $972 $972 $972 $972 $972 $972 $972 Capital Costs $994 $39 $6 $14 $29 $330 $6 $0 Operating Costs $585 $640 $646 $797 $789 $776 $778 $784 Net Cash Flow $-607 $293 $324 $161 $154 $-134 $185 $188 Financial Rate of Return 32% Dividend $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 $100 Contingency, extra dividend $193 $224 $61 $54 $-34 $85 $88 (No tax concessions) 4. Harvest, Sawing + AV Processing 8000 cu.m. Sales $1,245 $1,245 $1,245 $1,245 $1,245 $1,245 $1,245 $1,245 Costs $1,928 $1,091 $1,066 $1,082 $1,095 $1,383 $1,062 $1,055 Net Cash Flow $-684 $154 $179 $163 $150 $-138 $183 $190 Financial Rate of Return 11% Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Contingency margin 54 79 63 50 -238 83 90 Technical Assistance support to project start up over the first 3 years will require 20 international person months (budget about $180,000) and 62 regional person months (budget about $186,000). The NT2 Project, via the Concession Agreement and the Social Development Plan, is committed to providing start-up funds and short term operating capital to NPVFA. These funds are allocated via budget line S (Provision of Livelihood Equipment) and budget line O (Community Forestry Program). These funds will be provided mainly in the first year of the NPVFA to support salvage logging on Project Lands in the Resettlement Area, and to support processing of these timbers for production of semi-finished and finished timber products to be purchased by the NTPC to be used in construction of resettler villager housing and other resettlement infrastructure such as schools and offices. In addition, the NTPCs resettlement offices will provide considerable technical assistance to the NPVFA for both forestry management and forestry business activities. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers The provision of financial and TA support from the NT2 Project mainly during the first year will enable the profits generated by the NPFVA during the first 3 to 4 years operation to be invested in its bank account or applied to repayment of operating expenditure advances. Then, starting in the fourth year of operation, the investment and operation costs of the NPVFA will be financed directly from the NPVFAs own funds, from profits generated during the first 3 to 4 years of salvage logging, and after that from the sustainable logging and forestry business. The disbursement or use of the NPVFAs profits will have to be the subject of an annual business plan approved by the Board of Directors. Decisions will have to be made as how much to reinvest on capital, equipment and facilities, how much to pay for operating costs to ensure fair salaries, and ensure adequate maintenance of equipment. And most importantly, besides these cost, the NPVFA is mandated to provide an annual dividend to all the resettling population. 23.12 BENEFITS 23.12.1 General Benefits The benefits expected from the community forestry development and business management are as follows: · Maintenance of a good cover in the forest areas which form part of the watershed of the NT2 Project; · Positive changes in the forest stand structure leading to higher productivity resulting from sustainable forest management based on appropriate silvicultural systems; · Protection and conservation of biodiversity and the resource base for NTFPs that form an important part of the livelihood systems of the resettlers; · No requirement for high-chemical input monoculture forest plantations; any decision to go into forest plantation in degraded (e.g. salvaged) areas to be based on further evaluations; · Better use of forest resource and timbers through timber treatment for wider uses and higher prices. · Proper maintenance of an already existing network of logging roads keeping them from deteriorating and from contributing to soil erosion and sedimentation of the reservoir; · Providing for an active role of villagers thus developing their human resource potential, as well as assisting in developing sustainable social structures through NPVFA; · Generation of employment and income for the resettlers on a sustained basis, as well as timber and NTFP needed for household and village use and raw materials needed for the development of the local and national economy; and · Provision of an annual dividend to all relocated families on the Nakai Plateau, the actual amount depending on the profits generated by the business operations of the NPVFA, and these profits depending on the effectiveness of harvest, processing and marketing of commercial forest resources. 23.12.2 Employment Table 23-11 provides a preliminary estimate of over 100,000 work days annually that could be generated from commercial forestry development operations (not including NTFP and fuelwood collection). The level of employment would be less if forest plantation development were not found to be profitable and thus not pursued. It should be understood that this analysis of labour requirements is indicative only at this stage. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers Table 23-11: Potential employment opportunities to be offered by the NPVFA Activity Average Unit Rate Annual Quantity Work Days Temporary, seasonal labour inputs Pre-harvest inventory 1 ha/10 persons/day 373 ha 3,730 Forest operations planning 2 persons/village for 5 days 15 villages 150 Tree marking 1 ha/5 persons/day 373 ha 5,595 Access road/track clearing 1 ha/10 persons 373 ha 3,730 Logging 1 m3/person 8,000 m3 8,000 Second landing operations 2 per landing for 200 days 4 landings 1,600 Control of logging 2 persons/area for 100 days 4 areas 800 Post-harvest assessment 3 persons/village for 2 days 15 villages 90 Assist natural regeneration 10 days/ha 10 ha 100 Forest stand improvement 10 days/ha 10 ha 100 Forest plantation 200 person days/ha 50 ha/yr 10,000 Forest protection 1 person/200ha for 150 days 10,000 ha 7,200 Sub-total 41,095 Permanent Staff Nurseries 5 persons/nursery 2 nurseries 3,000 Sawmilling 40 persons 200 days x 2 16,000 Wood processing and sales 60 300 days 36,000 Administration of NPVFA 4 per village, 100 days average 13 villages 5,200 Forest and Sawmill Staff Main management office 12 persons 5,500 Sub-total 65,600 Total 106,695 23.13 RISKS The attainment of the envisaged (a) annual revenue from wood products that could pay about US$240,000 in salaries, wages, and allowances; (b) US$ 100,000 in dividend for timber production; and (c) annual revenues to finance and require re-investments in infrastructure and equipment, and the operation and maintenance of that infrastructure and equipment, could be subject to the following risks. The FIPC forest inventory of the Resettlement Area is based on a 1% sampling intensity. The estimated 5,590 ha of harvestable forest or the stand volume (estimated average of 151 m3/ha) may turn out to be less in practice. The latter would result in a lower annual sustainable harvesting rate than previously estimated. Experiences elsewhere has shown that annual harvest based on more accurate pre-harvest inventories would generally turn out to be lower than the sustainable harvest volumes estimated in the forest management plan. Removal of non commercial species will assist reduce this risk .The adoption of a 6000 cu.m. annual cut instead of the theoretically available cut of 8000 cu.m and sawing and treatment of species currently considered non-commercial, will reduce this risk The 5,590 ha of harvestable forests includes about 700 ha of dry evergreen forests on the northernmost part of the Resettlement Area. Only a part of this area was included in the FIPC forest inventory. Furthermore, the area has no existing roads and its accessibility needs to be assessed. There is a risk that the area may not be economically accessible by road. However, selective logging with elephants may be a feasible alternative in this area. NPVFA will require a joint-venture partner who can provide the needed wood processing and exporting know-how. This, however, may not be required if the NTPC provided TA can transfer technology and skills in the required timeframe. Export markets for wood products are increasingly demanding raw materials from certified sustainably managed forests. Thus, the NPVFA must become a member of the Khammouane Sustainable Forestry Group or be certified on its own, or it may not be able to export its wood products to the EU, US and East Asian markets that pay premiums for certified wood. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 23: Forestry Development for Nakai Resettlers As the main response to the above risks, the following measures will be introduced in the plan: Annual pre-harvest inventories at 10% sampling intensity with a 100% enumeration and mapping of large trees (>40 cm DBH) will provide an accurate assessment of timber resources in the area. A logging and accessibility assessment of the northernmost part of the Resettlement Area is planned in the dry season of 2007. The assessment will include the location of a preliminary line for forest roads and a 3% inventory of the forest in accessible areas. NPVFA will make the necessary preparations to be able to obtain FSC certification of its forest management and chain-of-custody operations either through the Khammouane Sustainable Forestry Group or on its own. ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management CHAPTER 24 NAKAI RESERVOIR FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT Table of Content 24 NAKAI RESERVOIR FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT ...1 24.1 INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................1 24.2 CURRENT FISHERY AT THE NAKAI PLATEAU...............................................................1 24.2.1 Demographic and Ethnic composition........................................................................................................1 24.2.2 Livelihoods.......................................................................................................................................................1 24.2.3 Fishing Gear and Methods ............................................................................................................................2 24.3 PRE- AND POST INUNDATION ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ..................................5 24.3.1 Pre-Inundation ................................................................................................................................................5 24.3.2 Post Inundation...............................................................................................................................................6 24.3.2.1 Sedimentation..................................................................................................................................6 24.3.2.2 Vegetation of the Nakai Plateau ...................................................................................................6 24.3.2.3 Reservoir Bed Morphology with Reference to Fish Habitats...................................................7 24.3.2.4 Water quality....................................................................................................................................8 24.3.2.5 Increase of nutrients and development of a long-lasting anoxic epilimnion..........................9 24.3.2.6 Changes in Fish Species Composition Due to Habitat Alteration.........................................14 24.4 COMPARATIVE RESERVOIR FISH CATCH ANALYSIS....................................................14 24.4.1 Nam Ngum Reservoir, Lao PDR................................................................................................................14 24.4.2 Ubolratana Reservoir, North East Thailand..............................................................................................15 24.4.3 Sirinthon Reservoir, North East Thailand.................................................................................................16 24.4.4 Comparative Reservoir Features and Yield Analysis................................................................................17 24.5 HOUSEHOLD FISH CATCH, CONSUMPTION AND TRADE............................................20 24.5.1 Assumptions Made in Estimating Fish Catch, Consumption and Trade..............................................20 24.5.1.1 Water Quality.................................................................................................................................20 24.5.1.2 Fish Species and Timing of Dam Closure.................................................................................21 24.5.1.3 Access to Reservoir Fisheries Resources...................................................................................22 24.5.1.4 Creation of a Resettlement Area in Close Vicinity of Ban Thalang.......................................22 24.5.1.5 Fish Consumption ........................................................................................................................23 24.5.1.6 Three Types of Fisher Households............................................................................................23 24.5.1.7 Competitive Fish Trade Environment.......................................................................................24 24.5.1.8 Price of Fish...................................................................................................................................24 24.5.2 Scenarios for Fish Catch, Consumption and Trade .................................................................................26 24.5.2.1 Start Up Scenario..........................................................................................................................26 24.5.2.2 Medium Yield Scenario................................................................................................................26 24.5.2.3 Low Yield Scenario and Need to Limit Access ........................................................................28 24.5.2.4 High Yield Scenario......................................................................................................................28 24.5.2.5 Consumption or sale of fish........................................................................................................28 24.6 DEVELOPMENT OF FISHERIES LIVELIHOOD OPTIONS ..............................................32 24.6.1 Basic Fishers Equipment..............................................................................................................................32 24.6.2 Ice Plants and Vehicles for Fish Traders...................................................................................................33 24.6.3 Village Fish Landing Places .........................................................................................................................33 24.6.4 Labour Requirements - Task of Fishers.....................................................................................................34 24.6.5 Fish Processing..............................................................................................................................................34 24.6.6 Aquaculture....................................................................................................................................................34 24.6.7 Fish Trading...................................................................................................................................................35 24.6.8 Other Employment Opportunities.............................................................................................................35 24.7 DEVELOPMENT OF RESERVOIR FISHERIES MANAGEMENT .......................................36 24.7.1 The Concept and Basic Processes of Co-Management ...........................................................................36 24.7.2 Lessons to be Learnt on Fisheries Management from Nam Ngum Reservoir.....................................37 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.7.3 Zoning and Regulations ...............................................................................................................................38 24.7.3.1 Indicative Fishery Zonation ........................................................................................................38 24.7.3.2 Access to the Fisheries Resources and Licensing.....................................................................40 24.7.3.3 Indicative Rules and Regulations................................................................................................41 24.7.3.4 Enforcement of Regulations .......................................................................................................42 24.7.3.5 Fisheries before and during Construction.................................................................................42 24.7.4 Organisational Framework ..........................................................................................................................42 24.7.5 Managing the Fish Species Diversity during and after Impoundment ..................................................44 24.7.6 Introduction of Species................................................................................................................................45 24.7.7 Monitoring of Fish Catch and Adaptive Management Planning............................................................45 24.7.8 Training and Awareness Creation...............................................................................................................45 24.7.9 Research and Development.........................................................................................................................46 24.8 WORK PLAN AND BUDGET..........................................................................................46 24.8.1 Work Plan Activities and Staff Scheduling................................................................................................46 24.8.2 Budget.............................................................................................................................................................47 24.9 REFERENCES..............................................................................................................48 List of Annexes Annex 24-1: Results from Field Survey on Fishing Communities in the Nakai Plateau................................50 Annex 24-2: Potential Adaptability of Fish Species to Nakai Reservoir...........................................................67 Annex 24-3: Extracts from Study on Fish Marketing..........................................................................................69 Annex 24-4: Indicative Training Courses for GoL Staff and Fishers ...............................................................73 Annex 24-5: Parameters for Monitoring of Fisheries Information ...................................................................76 Annex 24-6: Structure of Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Management....................................................................78 List of Tables Table 24-1: Ethnic Composition and Number of Households Eligible for the Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Program. .................................................................................................................................................3 Table 24-2: Salient Features of the proposed Nakai Reservoir. .........................................................................6 Table 24-3: Main Physical Reservoir Parameters, Recorded Mean Stabilized Fish Catch, and Mean Annual Fishing Yields of Hydropower Reservoirs in North East Thailand and Lao PDR . .17 Table 24-4: Main Physical Reservoir Parameters, and Actual and Predicted Mean Stabilized Fish Yields and Landings of Ubolratana and Nakai Reservoirs.......................................................................18 Table 24-5: Number of Potential Fishing Households and Population between the Years 1998 and 2028, Assuming an Annual Population Growth Rate of 3.0 % in 1998-2010 Falling to 1.8 % in 2028..............................................................................................................................................22 Table 24-6: Household Scenarios for Fishing Intensity for Nakai Reservoir Villagers in 2009..................25 Table 24-7: Value and Weight of Average Daily Nakai Reservoir Fish Catch, Consumption and Trade in 2008, 2009, 2018, and 2028 at Start Up, Low, Medium, and High Reservoir Fish Catch Scenarios...............................................................................................................................................27 Table 24-8: Estimated Value and Weight of Annual Fish Consumption and Trade in 2008, 2009, 2018, and 2028. ..............................................................................................................................................29 Table 24-9: Value of Daily Fish Consumption and Trade per Household in the Years 2008, 2009, 2018 and 2028. ..............................................................................................................................................30 Table 24-10: Reservoir Fish Catch and Trade Scenarios for Low, Medium and High Catch in 2009.........31 Table 24-11: Summary of Annual Budget Allocation for Reservoir Fisheries Development Program.......47 Table 24-12: Summary of Annual Budget Allocation for Provision of Fisheries Equipment.......................48 Table 24-13: Retail and Farm Gate Prices for Wild and Farmed Fish (kip/kg)...............................................70 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-14: Estimates of Market Volume ............................................................................................................71 Table 24-15: Market Opportunities and Risks.......................................................................................................72 List of Figures Figure 24-1: Sources of Livelihood on the Nakai Plateau, 1998..........................................................................2 Figure 24-2: Map of Nakai Reservoir at Full Supply Level ­ 538 m.................................................................10 Figure 24-3: Map of Nakai Reservoir at 535 m Water Level..............................................................................11 Figure 24-4: Map of Nakai Reservoir at 530 m Water Level..............................................................................12 Figure 24-5: Map of Nakai Reservoir at 525 m Water Level..............................................................................13 Figure 24-6: Annual Fish Landings of Nam Ngum Reservoir in Lao PDR. ...................................................15 Figure 24-7: Annual Fish Landings of Ubolratana Reservoir (Thailand) .........................................................16 Figure 24-8: Annual Fish Landings of Sirinthon Reservoir (Thailand) ............................................................16 Figure 24-9: Annual Fluctuations of Nakai Reservoir Surface Water Elevations and Reservoir Surface Water Areas..........................................................................................................................................19 Figure 24-10: Value of Fish Sold by Fishing Households as a Function of Their Preference for Cheap versus Expensive Fish, 2009, 2018 and 2028 (in a Medium Fish Catch Scenario). .................30 Figure 24-11: Organisation Chart for Reservoir and Fisheries Co-management..............................................43 Figure 24-12: Retail Comparisons, Dried Fish........................................................................................................70 Figure 24-13: Retail Price Comparisons, Fermented Fish.....................................................................................70 PREFACE The Reservoir Fisheries Development Plan in the present chapter has been prepared using a baseline household data from 1998 of 864, which in 2009 through natural increase would be 1,196 households. Recently, the baseline data has been updated and the base year used is now 2003, as this is the revised cut- off date for eligibility in the various livelihood programmes. Thus, the number of eligible households for the fisheries programme is currently 1,100 for 2003, which in 2009 is anticipated to be around 1,315. This number has not yet been incorporated in the chapter.. The management model presented in this chapter (basically co-management among stakeholders, with the fishing effort and fish sales undertaken by each household, as they chose) will be reviewed and a community company model (whereby all commercial fish catch is control be a community company - and all commercial fishers would be company staff) will be reviewed and taken into consideration, based partly on the success of the commercial community forestry management and partly on consultation with villagers on the Nakai Plateau. A final decision will only be taken a couple of years before COD. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 iii Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24 NAKAI RESERVOIR FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT 24.1 INTRODUCTION The Concession Agreement of the Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project identifies the need for the preparation of a Fisheries Development and Management Plan for sustainable fisheries in the reservoir. The overall rationale is to devise a reservoir management program that can sustain itself by meeting all costs of production, provide secure income to entitled beneficiary fishing associations and gradually improve the fish stock to ensure a stabilized production rate (1,000 ­ 2,000 tons/year) 5 to 10 years after impoundment. In the year 1998, a total number of 1,115 households lived on the Nakai Plateau. By the time the reservoir will be filled in 2009 there will be 1,196 households eligible for the Fisheries Program. The Nam Theun 2 Resettlement Action Plan for those households identifies the livelihood options for resettled households. Apart from livelihood sources such as forestry, agriculture and other employment opportunities, reservoir fisheries will form an important option. In the resettled villages, reservoir fisheries will · form an important source of animal protein for household consumption; · contribute to additional household cash income; and · provide employment opportunities both in actual fisheries and fish trade. This proposed fisheries management plan is based on (a) analysis on likely environmental conditions and (b) comparative analyses of fish yields with other hydropower storage reservoirs and ongoing reservoir management practices in Northeast Thailand and Lao PDR. The proposed Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Plan identifies the potential income from reservoir fisheries for resettled households using different fish yield scenarios. It proposes reservoir fisheries development activities and a management framework, together with a work plan and cost estimates for actual fisheries management. A series of documents regarding Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project address the fisheries aspects of the future reservoir. The main documents used for the development of the Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Plan include the draft Environmental Management and Action Plan (EAMP), Reservoir Water Quality Model (Centre for Water Research), Fish surveys made by Maurice Kottelat, the Social and Environment Management Framework and Operation Plan (SEMFOP), the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), and Preliminary Reservoir Fisheries and Management Plan (Matsaller, 2002 then Schouten 2003). 24.2 CURRENT FISHERY AT THE NAKAI PLATEAU 24.2.1 Demographic and Ethnic composition The total number of households at the Nakai Plateau was 1,115 in 1998 with a population of 6,320. Of these households, 864 have been identified as eligible for taking part in the Fisheries Program (see Table 24-1). Villagers not eligible are those either moving out of the area (from the Tai villages Ban Nam Nian and Sop Hia) or are not reservoir area resource users (most villagers in Ban Oudomsouk). The number of eligible households is with the current estimate of population growth rate of 3.0 % per annum expected to rise to 1,196 in year 2009 when the reservoir is expected to be full. The ethnic composition of the population at the Nakai Plateau is rather diverse with five main ethno- linguistic groups: Bo, Brou, Tai, Sek and Vietic. 24.2.2 Livelihoods Agriculture activities and livestock raising currently make up the main part of the livelihood of the population at the Nakai Plateau, contributing 65 % of their income (see Figure 24-1). Various types of wages and donations contribute 15 % to the livelihood and fishing 10 %. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-1: Sources of Livelihood on the Nakai Plateau, 1998 Wild life Jewellery and 2% handicraft 2% NTFP 6% Fishing 10% Wages, Rice for Work, Donations Agriculture and 15% livestock 65% Source: 1998 Census and Socio-Economic Survey. Both the available documentation and a recent field survey do not indicate any full-time commercial or intensive fishing practice in the area. Virtually all families living near Nam Theun waters engage to some extent in subsistence fishing, and some sell their excess catch, as the opportunity arises. Some households living close to the river or wetlands own small fishing boats. According to the socio-economic survey, 84 % of the households at Nakai Plateau are fishing1. Sixty percent of the catch is consumed whilst forty percent is sold. If access to markets is possible, particularly large fish are rather sold than consumed. Fish are sold to middlemen who supply the local markets of Nakai and Lak Sao. The catch is highly diversified, which is reflected in a great variety of gear (see below). Apart from fish, other aquatic animals are also harvested on the Nakai Plateau, such as local varieties of crabs, frogs, molluscs, turtles, snakes, lizards and insects. 24.2.3 Fishing Gear and Methods Records on fishing practices among the villagers living on the Nakai Plateau are sparse and anecdotal (e.g. in some of the recent IUCN Reports, 1999, 2000). There is a countrywide pictorial drawing account on traditional fishing methods carried out by IUCN in 1997. Most of the fishing methods (or modified versions) recorded in this publication were verified in a field survey during 2002 (see Annex 24-1). 1 The survey had an overweight of respondents from small villages with relatively high level of fishing. The figure is therefore a maximum. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-1: Ethnic Composition and Number of Households Eligible for the Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Program. Total Eligible House- Total House- holds Pop holds Expected population, assuming annual population growth of 3.0 % Village Major ethnic group(s) 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Khonken Brou / So / Makong 37 202 37 38 39 40 42 43 44 46 47 48 50 51 Don Brou / So / Makong 89 655 89 92 94 97 100 103 106 109 113 116 120 123 SopOn Bo 66 382 66 68 70 72 74 77 79 81 84 86 89 91 KaOy Brou / So / Makong 26 153 26 27 28 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 PhonSawang Brou / So / Makong 25 137 25 26 27 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Sopma-Hatkhamphan Bo 47 221 47 48 50 51 53 54 56 58 60 61 63 65 Sopphen Bo 43 204 43 44 46 47 48 50 51 53 54 56 58 60 Bouama Brou / So / Makong / Bo 53 259 53 55 56 58 60 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 Nongboua Brou / So / Makong / Bo 28 151 28 29 30 31 32 32 33 34 35 37 38 39 Phonephanpek * Brou / So / Makong 85 422 85 88 90 93 96 99 101 105 108 111 114 118 Odomsouk * Lao 238 1,530 25 26 27 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Nakai Tai Bo 147 730 147 151 156 161 165 170 176 181 186 192 198 203 Nakai Neua Bo 67 303 67 69 71 73 75 78 80 82 85 87 90 93 Nongbouakham Lao 42 283 42 43 45 46 47 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 Thalang Bo 52 265 52 54 55 57 59 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 Sophai Tai / Phu Thay / Ahoe 54 327 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 Namnian Tai / Phu Thay 16 96 Total 1,115 6,320 864 890 917 944 972 1,002 1,032 1,063 1,094 1,127 1,161 1,196 Note: Figures are mid-year * indicates villages, which will not be relocated November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management In order of importance, the following gear and fishing practices are in use on the plateau: Gill Net: average 50x2.5 m, Japanese Nylon and Polythene, mesh size 1 to 1.5 cm, rarely 2-6 cm; sheets are bought in Thakhek; Main species caught are carps and catfish, (Pangasius, bagriids). Hook & Line: 1 mm nylon line, many lines are set overnight (sunset to sunrise) parallel over a bamboo pole fixed in river bank, each line ca. 100 m long, fitted with single hook (purchased) size # 14 to 7; bait is small live fish, frogs, earthworms; no floater is used. Main fish caught are large predatory fish like Clarias, Pangasius, Mystis, Tor Fish Traps: Cone-like long baskets (1 m) with narrow trapping collar. Traps are inserted either in specially constructed fences damming shallow waters, swamplands and irrigation channels. Traps are also inserted in outlets of paddy fields. Main species caught are air-breathing fish living in paddy fields (e.g. snakeheads) and eels. Hand-operated lift net: Fine-mesh-sized sheet of about 1 m2 is mounted with 4 strings to a pole of 2-3 m length. The sheet is submerged and cautiously lifted in regular intervals. No bait is placed in the sheet. The lift net is operated mostly by women and children in shallow waters, paddy fields, small creeks and pools, during daytime and in early evening hours. Cast Net: only used occasionally, former generations used this type more. Self-made out of nylon filament, rim fitted with small iron chain. Cast nets diameter vary according to place of use (shallowness) from 3 to 6 m. Main fish caught are small cyprinids and all kind of small swampland fish. Frog Traps: Basket-like traps made out of bamboo (30 cm length), with narrow collar that is smeared with fish chop to attract frogs into trap; used predominantly in wet season in shallow swamp depressions. Traps are exposed during night time and collected early next morning. One person sets 30-50 such traps. Scoop nets and plunge baskets are rarely used (by women and children only) to catch small fish in shallow ponds and paddy fields when becoming rain-flooded. Damming/fencing small creeks is regularly done at the beginning of the wet season. Commonly, fish are diverted along the barrier into cone-shaped fish baskets made of bamboo. Self-made harpoon has been recorded in one village only. The harpoon is used from river bank during dry season. Fish luring is sometimes in practice (brush park method, with circular net fencing), in deeper ponds near Ban Bua Ma). Shell collection: Performed only occasionally by women. Species collected in river banks (sandy shallow banks, using a rake) are freshwater mussels. The use of fish narcotics and explosives was not reported in any of the villages visited; however, there were accounts that these methods were sometimes used at the time of logging activities on the Nakai Plateau and the adjacent NBCA. To summarize the findings from the 2002 field survey covering 7 villages adjacent to the Nam Theun River the following preliminary observations and conclusions can be given: · The traditional fishing methods used by people living in the Nakai Plateau have a remarkable level of diversification. In average each household living in the vicinity of floating and permanent waters employs about 5-6 different types of gear. There seems little variation or specification for gear among the distinct Lao ethnic groups living on the Nakai Plateau. · There is specific fishing gear used predominantly by men and women/children. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · Seasonally, hand collection of both small fish and invertebrates (e.g. aquatic insects, worms, gastropods and bivalves) is dome manually, by women and children. · There is no traditional `partition' of fishing grounds; everyone appears to utilize all water bodies that would warrant some yield. Fishermen confirm that they do not fish in an area where another fisherman has already set his gear. In contrast, women, together with children, usually make groups to fish in shallow ponds and creeks nearby the settlement. · Group fishing (e.g. cast-netting) is practiced on occasions where large quantities of fish is needed (e.g. for community festivals and rites). · Range of fishing area is up to 10 km for those fishermen operating with boats, depending on availability of outboard/inboard engine and financial sources (for fuel). · Most set fishing methods (e.g. traps, fences, gill nets, hook & line) are put in place at sunset, and collected next morning after sunrise. · There are some indications for unsustainable fishing methods, although the use of explosives reportedly has diminished after the halt of logging operations on the Nakai Plateau. There were no accounts related to theft of gear (a problem commonly reported among fishermen at Nam Ngum Reservoir). IUCN (2001) reports that the "fish stock in the Nakai area has been significantly depleted". As everywhere in the Mekong River Basin, fishers tell the same story: daily fish catch has declined. And the fishers are right. The main reason for declining fish catch is the increase of fishing efforts by a growing population, and the increased access to markets. Fishers used to fish only for household consumption, but presently most fishers can trade fish for cash as well. On the Nakai Plateau, there may be some other reasons for declining fish catch. One of the reasons may be the temporary fishers who come camping in groups for a couple of weeks to fish and hunt. Such camping groups often fish with explosives. During the years that Nakai Plateau was logged (until 1999) there was an increased demand for fish, and also an increased fishing intensity by loggers who frequently used explosives. One village, a couple of kilometres upstream from the dam is located along the Nam Theun at a large and extremely deep pool. At the dam site in 1996 explosions could be heard at regular intervals from destructive fisheries at this village and various spots in the river stank of rotting fish, indicating destructive fisheries. If destructive fishing is still going on, the amount of fish and the number of fish species can be affected, decreasing the opportunity for establishment of fish populations during the inundation of Nakai Plateau. Establishment of fisheries regulations through a co-management process as well as extensive awareness campaigns will avoid such situations. 24.3 PRE- AND POST INUNDATION ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 24.3.1 Pre-Inundation Sampling and measurements of water quality indicate that the Nam Theun River has water quality conditions favourable for aquatic life. Nutrient levels are low. During the rainy season, turbidity increases. There is no evidence that the Nam Theun or its tributaries receive polluting agents. Water quality after inundation will depend largely on removal of vegetation. Extensive areas are flooded in the wet season and at large areas, wetlands are formed for part of the year, or even the whole year. The inundated wetlands are inhabited by a number of fish species adapted to stagnant water conditions. Maurice Kottelat identified some 60 fish species in the entire Nam Theun / Nam Kading Rivers (including headwaters). Fish species found in the wetlands mainly belong to the families of Clariidae, Osphronemidae and Channidae. All are able to breathe air at the surface enabling them to survive in oxygen poor, stagnant waters. The plateau areas of wetland are of biodiversity value, especially for water birds, of which many have significant interactions with other aquatic life, either as predators of fish or as competitors for food. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.3.2 Post Inundation The main features of Nakai Reservoir are summarized in Table 24-2. Table 24-2: Salient Features of the proposed Nakai Reservoir. Morphology and Technical Specifications Catchment Area 4,013 km2 Reservoir Area at FSL 450 km2 Reservoir Area at MOL 82 km2 Full Supply Level 538 masl Active Storage at FSL 3530 million m³ Planned dam closure/beginning of filling Year 2007 Anticipated duration of filling 7 months Mean annual flow 251.1 m³/s Average retention time 6.4 months Maximum depth (at dam site) 48 m Average depth 7.1 m Draw down 12.5 m Protective measures (screens) at intake tunnel not planned Fish ladder at dam site not planned Biological features Type of vegetation that will be submerged Secondary dry evergreen / deciduous forest, grasslands, and cultivated lands, bamboo groves, seasonal and permanent swamps Above-ground organic matter 40 tons C/ha Soil organic matter 66-97 tons C/ha Estimated total amount of organic matter submitted to decomposition 110 tons C/ha Number of fish species recorded in Nam Theun/Nam Kading 60 Number of potential endemic fish species 1 (Tor ater) Main Fish predators (Mammals, Birds) Fish eagles, ospreys, kingfishers, fish owls, otters, fish eating cats 24.3.2.1 Sedimentation In the Nam Theun River, the suspended material is predominantly fine silt and clay particles, whereas in the channel bed and banks there is an increased percentage of sandy material. Losses of live storage have been estimated by Motor Columbus (1987) at 800,000 m³/year, while the most recent survey conducted by SMEC2 (1998, 2002) assumes a live storage loss due to accumulated sediment deposits in the range of 423,000m³/year at worst case scenario assumptions. The latter assumption would anticipate a total of 16,900,000 m³ annual siltation deposit in the active storage zone of Nakai Reservoir. This scenario predicts a live span for the reservoir of 188 years, whereby the level of the dead storage zone would be reached in only 29 years. The most likely rate of annual sediment load at the dam site is estimated between 249.000 and 292.000 tons3 which will likely be a maximum due to the management of the watershed via the SEMFOP. 24.3.2.2 Vegetation of the Nakai Plateau Submerged vegetation has major implications for reservoir fisheries, as the nature and volume of residual plants left in the reservoir determine for many years (up to 3 decades) the water quality and aquatic bio- productivity. Tree stumps represent important obstacles for fishing and navigation, thereby creating potential risks for accident and loss of nets and fish. Finally, emerged hollow trees will create small stagnant water pouches that will become mosquito-breeding sites. A study carried out on the Nakai Plateau by NTEC (2001) recorded 150 different plant species of which 78 were taxonomically identified. Pine trees (Pinus merkusii) made the bulk of volume distribution, being 58 %. The vegetation that will become submerged by the Nam Theun Reservoir is a mix of · savannah-like bushy and herbal vegetation following wide-spread slash-and-burn activities; 2SMEC 2002. NT2 Hydro-meteorological Data Collection and Assessment, Hydrology Review No.5, May 2002 3No data could be obtained on the sedimentation volume and life expectancy of the Nakai Reservoir, assuming the most likely scenario. For operative fisheries planning, however, it is assumed that the live span of the dead storage zone will significantly exceed 30 years. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · lowland semi-evergreen plants (mostly herbs and bushes); · degraded and non-degraded dense forest, being a mix of broadleaf and coniferous species. The dominant element is pine trees (Pinus merkusii), which apparently cope well with the vegetation evolving after bush fires; · riverine bordering bamboo groves, interspersed with large Lythracean trees and small herbs as undergrowth; · swampland vegetation (marsh grasses)4; · single individuals of large dipterocarp trees left intact in agricultural fields or swamplands; · homestead gardens harbouring a mix of fruit and vegetable plants, including coconut palms; and · small areas of rice fields in depressions and upland rice plantations. Seven plant species or group of species (5 % of the total plant biomass volume) were identified as being very durable against degradation, i.e. they will remain in the reservoir 7 to 25 years. The last species to decompose would be Dalbergia and Pterocarpus. The dominant pine trees have a predicted durability of 1 to 4.5 years before they become biologically decomposed. Climbers and vines (8-10 %) as well as all small shrubs and herbs are anticipated to decompose during the first two years of impoundment. From a fisheries management point of view it is vital to minimize, from the beginning, the risk of high level biodegradation and rapid deterioration of water quality, which will invariably have negative consequences for fish production and thus the livelihoods of reservoir fishers. A selection needs to be made between different options for the treatment of the residual biomass before impoundment. It seems necessary to analyse the environmental impacts of different scenarios for the vegetation-clearing program. The environmental impact examination should make recommendations based on the following management options: · vegetation will be removed at maximum possible level, including the agreement on the prevailing mode of extraction (thereby minimizing the risk of high biodegradation and eutrophication during the first years of impoundment); · partial removal (selecting tall trees and durable plants) and to leave all bushy vegetation to stimulate local eutrophication and serve as initial fish nurseries; · assess positive/negative impacts on the option to burn part of the remaining vegetation prior to inundation, and just before the onset of monsoon rains (and subsequent washing out most of the carbon-laden minerals and nutrients). Special precaution measures need to be developed to avoid and mitigate impacts on local wildlife prior to burning actions; · select appropriate mechanical clearing methods to avoid excessive erosion and exposure of unsuitable soils; · Plan for enhancing habitats in sanctuary areas where selected vegetation will be left to stimulate fish breeding and shelter. Whatever mode of pre-impoundment clearing will be selected, timing will be crucial to maximize benefits and minimize negative environmental impacts. 24.3.2.3 Reservoir Bed Morphology with Reference to Fish Habitats Upstream of the site of the dam construction (at Keng Kuk rapids) the Nam Theun river meanders on the gently to NE sloping Nakai Plateau in a succession of relatively slow flowing pools and rapids. Along this gradient, the substrate varies from sand and gravel to rock. Extensive areas are flooded in the wet season and some more or less perennial wetlands on the main plateau and deep pools are found in the zone between Ban Thalang and the dam site. The inundated wetlands are inhabited by a number of fish species adapted to these (low oxygen and high nutrient) conditions, such as catfish, snakeheads and a number of small air-breathing species. The wetlands disappear rapidly after the rainy season. The EAMP has estimated the riverine water surface area during the dry season being approximately 850 ha of pools and 10 ha of rapids. 4These wetlands are of high biodiversity value, especially for water birds of which many have significant interactions with other aquatic organisms (e.g. competitors and/or predators for small fish, molluscs and lower invertebrates, and for aquatic weeds). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Once the Nakai Reservoir goes into operation the extensive shrinking of the reservoir during the dry season (from a surface of 450 km³ to 100 km³) will invariably have dramatic effects on the aquatic habitats, depending on local topography, residual biomass and relative length of exposure to air, insulation and water. There is uncertainty on the effect of this draw down on the overall biodegradation rate. Being dependent on the nature of decomposable organic material and a variety of climatic, hydro-chemical and hydro-physical parameters, it will be necessary to have a water quality monitoring program in place once the reservoir is filling up. During the rainy season the draw down zones in the NT2 will become substantially overgrown with macrophytes, grasses and reeds. The appearance of this vegetation type will instantly trigger the spawning activity of most fishes to become adapted to these conditions. The spawn and juveniles will extensively use the freshly inundated and nutrient-rich grassy areas for feeding and shelter. This area will also provide essential food resources for both herbivorous and detrivorous fish. The findings of the fish survey conducted by Kottelat, (1997) and staff from the Department of Livestock and Fisheries (K. Roger, pers. comm.) support this hypothesis. Provided there is no man-made disturbance, this condition of fresh and relatively good water quality above the newly inundated shallow areas will last approximately until late September and give sufficient time for natural replenishment of the fish stock. When the water level starts to drop, water quality may increasingly become less favourable due to prolonged bio-degradation, algal development, increased turbidity and less wind-driven mixing of well-oxygenated and oxygen-poor water strata. Nonetheless, conditions are assumed still to be conducive for good fish production, particularly for plankton-eating fish (e.g. small clupeids and a variety of carps) who seem have to adapted all too well in the Nam Ngum Reservoir in the past years (Mattson et al., 2001). The NT2 resettlement program foresees livestock raising in the draw down area, suggesting testing and utilizing water plants as additional fodder, and to acquaint buffaloes to graze on seasonally newly establishing vegetation in receding draw down areas. Provided that these ideas will materialize, such activities need to be carefully monitored as they will have subsequent effects on the local fish ecology: Firstly, the dung deposited by the buffaloes in the draw down areas will be beneficial to soil fertility which will locally stimulate the growth of aquatic plants after submergence. Secondly, an abundant number of small pools and depressions will be left from the trampling marks of buffaloes on the soft soil. This will create temporary microhabitats for small air-breathing fish as well as for a large number of insects meeting ideal breeding conditions. These insects, respectively their larvae, will furnish large quantities of insectivorous fish, but will also considerably increase the risk of water-borne diseases, mainly malaria and dengue fever. 24.3.2.4 Water quality The Centre for Water Research contracted by NTEC in 1997, made quantitative predictions on the expected water quality in the proposed Nakai Reservoir, investigating the processes affecting above and below ground biomass, thermal stratification vs. circulation affecting oxygen distribution, nutrient influx from watershed, projected phytoplankton blooms. The study also screened the quantitative impact from logging and related degradation in the surrounding areas. Applying numerical simulation models, the CWR study found that · the NT2 basin will each year be thermally stratified from late spring to autumn; · vertical temperature gradients will be largest in depth from 5-10 m. With the average reservoir depth being 7 m there will always be sufficient potential for the water bodies in the different sub-basins to become stratified over a couple of months; · Stratification starts with the rapid raise of inflows with the onset of monsoon rains; during this period, nutrient and chlorophyll a levels would reach moderate levels; · Stratification would weaken toward the end of the rainy season, coinciding with less solar energy input; · Immediately after rainy season, full circulation will occur, while overall water temperatures will decrease; during the following period of 3-4 months, high oxygen levels are to be expected of up to 9 mg/l, with good water transparency and low nutrient and chlorophyll a levels; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · The reservoir is highly sensitive to changes in the sediment and nutrient influxes resulting from various land-use practices in the catchment area; and · Winds and currents lead to the re-suspension of bed sediments in shallow areas where they will affect turbidity and bio-productivity. Periodic events of anoxia (dissolved oxygen < 2 mg/l) are likely to occur in deeper water layers during strong stratification conditions. The events are predicted to affect only 1% of the total water volume at this specific situation. Anoxic conditions are forecasted to last 5 to20 days) and likely to be confined to depths below 513 masl. Anoxic conditions affecting the entire basin are ruled out due to strong periodic re-oxygenation during circulation events. Mixing is also favoured by the shallowness and morphology of the basin, plus the fact that the prevailing NE or SW monsoon winds blow more or less perpendicular to the elongated basin. The CWR study assumes that strong winds will not force poor quality bottom water to the offtake site. Aeration and destratification may not be possible solutions to low Dissolved Oxygen concentrations in the reservoir. The installation cost of destratifiers in North Pine Reservoir in Australia was USD 13.9/ha at FSL, and the operation costs were USD 2.3/ha/month. If these costs are extrapolated to Nakai Reservoir, the installation costs would be more than USD 0.5 million, and the operation cost would be USD 1.2 million/year. Thus, it would appear that even a high annual Nakai Reservoir fish yield of 45 kg/ha cannot offset the costs of aeration and destratification. CWR's computer simulations indicate that the inter-basin exchanges between the three sub-basins of Nakai Reservoir are sufficient to eliminate thermally induced local poor water quality from lower strata. However, the water quality modelling did not take fully into account that water quality will not be homogenous over the proposed reservoir and that there are distinct zones, which will be taken into account in the development of reservoir management and the fisheries program. 24.3.2.5 Increase of nutrients and development of a long-lasting anoxic epilimnion5 In the hypolimnion, hydrogen sulphide may be generated due to the anoxic conditions that will exist in this area of the lake in the first two years, particularly during periods where thermal stratification occur. High oxygen concentrations (approx. 9mg/l) occur each year as the reservoir cools and homogenizes. Precipitation of sulphide with iron is a common process and negates the production of gas in the hypolimnion. If gas is formed in the hypolimnion it will be rapidly detoxified by conversion into iron sulphide as it diffuses into the epilimnion. According to the EAMP (2002) and the modelling studies carried out by CWR (1997) the guideline value of 0.2 µg/l of H2S will be met at the surface off-take. The decay of residual above- and below-ground biomass, the thermal stratification inhibition of oxygen transport from the surface to depth, oxygen and nutrient loading from the inflowing rivers, phytoplankton dynamics and the detailed circulation patterns leading to differential residence times within the NT2 basin were identified by CWR (1997) as the dominant processes likely to affect the reservoir water quality. This study also evaluated the dominant phytoplankton characteristics and conditions likely to result in algal blooms during the periods of dam construction (year 1), reservoir filling (year 2), elevated levels of terrestrial biomass decay in the reservoir (years 1-3) and the subsequent seven years. The water quality monitoring program and the fish/fisheries monitoring program should reveal the extent that these process occur and their affect on the fisheries, and thus fish catch of the villagers. 5Sources: EAMP (2001), CWR (1997, 2000) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-2: Map of Nakai Reservoir at Full Supply Level ­ 538 m. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-3: Map of Nakai Reservoir at 535 m Water Level. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-4: Map of Nakai Reservoir at 530 m Water Level. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-5: Map of Nakai Reservoir at 525 m Water Level. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.3.2.6 Changes in Fish Species Composition Due to Habitat Alteration Generally, any large reservoir construction will result in beneficial and adverse impacts on the fish fauna: The alteration of an aquatic system from a fast flowing (riverine) to a non-flowing (lacustrine) system has a number of effects on each single species which will adapt, thrive or disappear in time6. New species may appear finding conducive conditions and better utilizing the new habitat resources, while others cannot cope with these changes and therefore will become extinct. The development of water quality will largely determine the quality and quantity of fish populations, particularly when the dead storage water layers undergo large fluctuations. In cases where the active storage layer is well mixed by well-oxygenated waters from the watershed, as in the case of Nakai Reservoir, there is good potential for development of large and diverse fish populations. Many fish species presently found in the wetlands of Nakai Plateau are expected to adapt to reservoir conditions. Comparing the presently occurring fish species in the Nam Theun/Nam Kading with the fish species found in Nam Ngum Reservoir (Lao PDR) and reservoirs in Northeast Thailand (see Annex 24-2), at least 31 fish species are expected to be able to adapt to Nakai Reservoir conditions. 24.4 COMPARATIVE RESERVOIR FISH CATCH ANALYSIS To obtain an indication of how much fish can be harvested annually from Nakai Reservoir, comparisons have been made with hydropower reservoirs in the Mekong River Basin that bear similarities with Nakai Reservoir7. Each hydropower reservoir has unique bio-physical features all relating to water quality, water quantity and aquatic ecology. However, a comparison between hydropower reservoirs can provide predictions of annual reservoir fish catch scenarios for the future Nakai Reservoir, particularly if main reservoir features are similar. Hydropower reservoir fish yields are also highly correlated with existing reservoir and catchment management practices, actual fishing pressure, man-made interventions such as upstream water uses, and water pollution. All comparative data have been taken from records published by MRC (compiled by Bernacsek, 1997), for Nam Ngum, while additional data has been extracted from Schouten (1998) and the ongoing MRC/DANIDA Project. 24.4.1 Nam Ngum Reservoir, Lao PDR The MRC/DANIDA Study of April 2000 reports total fish landings from Nam Ngum Reservoir of 6,833 t in 1998 against 1,470 t in 1987 (see Figure 24-6, below). Statistics from the local Fisheries Office show catches between 200 t in 1991 and 1,500 t in 1982 and 1997. These differences are based on different sampling methods where the official statistics are based on figures from the official landing site at Ban Seng Savang collected by the monopoly fish trader company. The figure might be affected by under- reporting in order to limit taxes the company is paying for the right to trade, and is certainly not including local fish consumption or fish trade through other (unofficial) marketing outlets in the reservoir. The 1998 figure does attempt to estimate these factors and the main figure is based on catch per unit effort sampling on all gear types used in the reservoir. The figure is given with the error margin 4,283 ­ 9,383 tons. An increase in reservoir fish catch does not necessarily mean an increase in value of reservoir fish catch. Large sized predatory species may fetch a price of USD 2 ­ 3 per kg at the landing place, but small species low in the food chain may fetch only USD 0.20 - 0.25 per kg. 6According to Kottelat (1996) species likely to disappear from the NT2 area include: Bangana n.sp., Barilius pulchellus, Garra pingi, Onchystoma elongata, Scaphiodonichthys acanthopterus, and most species living in rapids and riffles belonging to the families Balitroridae, Sisoridae and Gobiidae. 7 No comparative analyses are made with hydropower reservoirs in Africa and South America, due to the great differences in natural occurrence of fish species and likely differences in the ways of utilization of aquatic resources between these countries and mainland South East Asia. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-6: Annual Fish Landings of Nam Ngum Reservoir in Lao PDR. 6 500 , 6 000 , 5 500 , 5 000 , 4 500 , 4 000 , 3 500 , 3 000 , onnest 2 500 , 2 000 , 1 500 , 1 000 , 500 0 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 Note: More recent data have not been available light columns: official fisheries statistics (Bernascek, 1997) dark columns: MRC estimates (MRC/DANIDA, 2001) According to the statistics of Nam Ngum annual fish trade, which stem from the monopolist fish trader, the total reservoir fish trade for 1997 amounted to 774 tons, including both fresh and processed fish trade. However, the total annual reservoir fish catch was roughly estimated at 1,496 tons, including an estimated 695 tons for fish locally consumed (Schouten, 1998). While the Nam Ngum Reservoir with 477 km2 and the future Nakai Reservoir have a similar reservoir water surface area at Full Supply Level, the Nam Ngum Reservoir has a considerable higher average depth and also a much higher reservoir water surface area at Minimum Operation Level than Nakai Reservoir. Thus, at Full Supply Level of the reservoir, the Nam Ngum fish yields have been reported to be somewhere in the range of 33 ­ 143 kg/ha. 24.4.2 Ubolratana Reservoir, North East Thailand Ubolratana reservoir bears a number of similarities to the future Nakai Reservoir with respect to shallow depth and its draw down (see Table 24-3). The annual reservoir fish catch undergoes considerable fluctuations in consecutive years. The reservoir, including its fisheries sector, has been intensively studied. An important lesson to be learnt from this reservoir relates to the predicted and actual change in fish species: 89% of the fish fauna found during pre-impoundment conditions are still present in the reservoir, although a much larger change in species composition after impoundment had been predicted by Environmental Impact Assessments. In fact, the total number of fish species increased by 30%. Ubolratana reservoir is one of the few reservoirs where fish catch data have been collected immediately after dam closure. Therefore, this reservoir allows some insight in obtained fish yields during a long continual period. In contrast to many smaller reservoirs, fish yields gradually increased during the first years after impoundment. This effect might by due to the gradual increase in number of reservoir fishers in the years after impoundment. Catch statistics show also a considerable fluctuation in annual fish yields. The average reservoir fish catch is measured at 1,800 tons. Mean stabilized annual fish yield in Ubolratana is recorded to be around 44 kg/ha at Full Supply Level. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-7: Annual Fish Landings of Ubolratana Reservoir (Thailand) 2,800 2,600 2,400 2,200 2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,200 tonnes 1,000 800 600 400 200 0 1966 1968 1970 1972 1974 1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 Source: MRC / Danida 24.4.3 Sirinthon Reservoir, North East Thailand Sirinthon Reservoir gives an example of relative low fish yields that can be obtained in some large and shallow reservoirs, although Sirinthon reservoir is considered one of the best examples for well- established co-managed fisheries schemes. The average reservoir fish catch is measured at 539 tons. Mean stabilized annual fish yield in Sirinthon reservoir is recorded to be around 18 kg/ha at Full Supply Level. Figure 24-8: Annual Fish Landings of Sirinthon Reservoir (Thailand) 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 tonnes 600 400 200 0 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 Source: MRC / Danida November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.4.4 Comparative Reservoir Features and Yield Analysis For the purpose of obtaining approximate annual reservoir fish yield estimates for the Nakai Reservoir, seven criteria were applied for the analysis of a range of other, roughly similar reservoirs8 : · Location (all reservoirs are located in the Mekong River Basin); · Reservoir Water Surface Area at Full Supply Level; · Mean Depth; · Maximum Depth; · Draw down; · Elevation of the Reservoir at Full Supply Level; · Mean stabilized reservoir fish landings for representative post-impoundment periods occurring well after the first year of impoundment. Mean Depth, Maximum Depth, and Draw Down are important parameters that indicate the potential reservoir water volume with low water quality through stratification of the reservoir. In a reservoir with low Mean Depth and low Maximum Depth, less negative impacts on annual fish production and fish catch by reservoir stratification can be expected. Reservoir elevations give an indication of air temperatures and consequently of water temperatures of the epilimnion of the reservoir. Reservoirs with high water temperatures will have a higher fish production than reservoirs with low water temperatures. Table 24-3: Main Physical Reservoir Parameters, Recorded Mean Stabilized Fish Catch, and Mean Annual Fishing Yields of Hydropower Reservoirs in North East Thailand and Lao PDR . Recorded mean Mean Annual Hydro- Surface Area Mean Max. Draw Elevation stabilized fish Reservoir Fish power km2 Depth Depth Down at FSL catch Yield at FSL reservoir at fsl at msl [m] [m] [m] [masl] [tons/year] [kg/ha/year] Nam Phung 22 8 41 14 284 150 68 (Thailand) Sirinthon 288 7 32 5 142 539 18 (Thailand) Ubolratana 410 125 6 20 7 182 1,800 44 (Thailand) Chulaphon 12 16 65 20 759 30 25 (Thailand) Nam Ngum 1,496* 33* 477 380 21 - 16 212 (Lao PDR) 6,833+ 143+ Nakai 450 100 7.1 40 12.5 538 (Source: Mekong River Commission, 1997). * Registered fish landings + MRC/DANIDA estimate Mean stabilized reservoir fish landings are not representative for the first years after impoundment, but represent average annual fish landings of matured reservoirs. Construction of all dams of the reservoirs mentioned in Table 24-3 was completed before 1975. Thus, a mean stabilized annual reservoir fish yield at Full Supply Level represents the average annual reservoir fish catch over a period of years. An important feature of the future Nam Theun 2 is the small water surface area (approx. 100 km2) at Minimum Operation Level. The Nakai Reservoir area fluctuates from 450 km2 at Full Supply Level (FSL) to 100 km2 at Minimum Operation Level (MOL) (see Table 24-2). Thus, the water surface area at MOL is 8 (Apart from the main bio-physical parameters of above discussed hydropower reservoirs as Nam Ngum, Ubolratana, and Sirinthorn, the bio-physical parameters of two smaller hydropower reservoirs (Chulaphon and Nam Phung) also located in the Mekong Basin in Thailand are included in Table 24-3. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 22 % of water surface area at FSL. The maximum annual fluctuation in water surface area will influence fish production in the reservoir and consequently influence annual reservoir fish yields (see also Table 24-4, below). Ubolratana Reservoir in Northeast Thailand has a similar decrease of water surface area as Nakai Reservoir. Its surface area decreases from 410 km2 at FSL to 125 km2 at MOL (30 % of the surface area at FSL). Of the other 4 reservoirs mentioned in Table 24-3, no data are available of the reservoir water surface area at Minimum Operation Level. Obtained annual reservoir fish yields in the 5 reservoirs range from 18 to 150 kg/ha at Full Supply Levels. Whereas the high figure from Nam Ngum might be valid it is difficult to compare with figures from other reservoirs due to different methods of sampling. As the Ubolratana Reservoir has characteristics most similar to the Nakai Reservoir, a more detailed analysis of this reservoir is warranted. Table 24-4 shows the main bio-physical reservoir parameters, the actual obtained annual fish yield of Ubolratana Reservoir and the proposed fish yield scenarios for the future Nakai Reservoir. The main difference between Ubolratana Reservoir and Nakai Reservoir is the elevation. The difference in elevation between the two reservoirs is 356 meter. This means a difference of approximately 3.5o C in air temperature, and consequently in water temperature of the epilimnion. Growth rate of fish in Nakai Reservoir will be lower than in Ubolratana Reservoir. However, a deep reservoir as Chulaphon, located at an elevation of 759 masl, 221 meter higher than Nakai Reservoir still obtains mean stabilized fish landings of 30 kg/ha. Table 24-4: Main Physical Reservoir Parameters, and Actual and Predicted Mean Stabilized Fish Yields and Landings of Ubolratana and Nakai Reservoirs. Reservoir Reservoir Elevation Annual surface surface Maxi- of Annual reservoir area at area at Mean mum Draw reservoir Scenarios of Reservoir Reservoir fish FSL Min SL Depth Depth Down at FSL Fish Landings Fish Yield landings [kg/ha/ Reservoir [km2] [km2] [m] [m] [m] [masl] year] [kg/year] Ubolratana 410 125 6 20 7.0 182 Actual fish landings* 44 1,800,000 Low 15 675,000 Predicted Nakai 450 100 7 48 12.5 538 fish Medium 35 1,575,000 landings High 45 2,025,000 * Actual fish landings based on monitored reservoir fish catch in 2001. Taking into consideration the differences and similarities between the 5 mentioned hydropower reservoirs and the future Nakai Reservoir, three different scenarios are for the purpose of planning proposed to predict the possible range of annual fish yields of Nakai Reservoir. Low (15 kg/ha), medium (35 kg/ha), and high (45 kg/ha) reservoir fish yield scenarios all fall in the range of actual obtained annual fish yields of existing regional hydropower reservoirs. This range of fish yields will be used (in the present management plan) for the estimation of possible income from the Nakai Reservoir fisheries, the numbers of fishers that could be sustained by the reservoir, and budget requirements of this Reservoir Fisheries Management Plan. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-9: Annual Fluctuations of Nakai Reservoir Surface Water Elevations and Reservoir Surface Water Areas. 538 446 406 536 )lsa 366 2) m(leveLreta 534 326 mk( 532 286 Wrio 246 530 rveseR 206 earAecafruSrtea W 528 166 126 526 86 524 46 N B R L G P T V C N JA FE MAR AP MAY JUN JU AU SE OC NO DE JA Month Dry Year Level Wet Year Level Average Year Level November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.5 HOUSEHOLD FISH CATCH, CONSUMPTION AND TRADE Using the three reservoir fish yield scenarios mentioned above, estimates can be made of: · fish catch per household; · proportion of reservoir fish catch that will be traded by households; and · proportion of reservoir fish catch that will be consumed by fishing households. 24.5.1 Assumptions Made in Estimating Fish Catch, Consumption and Trade A number of assumptions are made below for these calculations. These cover environmental (water quality and fish species diversity), socio-economic (fish consumption, degree of commercial fishing, trade environment and price of fish) and management conditions (access to the fisheries resources). 24.5.1.1 Water Quality Maintenance of good water quality is of great importance for a high reservoir fish yield. Biomass removal before inundation will improve reservoir water quality, particularly during the first few years after inundation. During the construction phase, the constructors' working camps should not pollute water with wastewater or solid waste. The potential impacts of water pollution during operation should be monitored in terms of changes in water quality. The likely sources of pollution are: · fertilizer and pesticide use in the village irrigation schemes; · intensive livestock raising along the reservoir and in the draw down zone of the reservoir; · tourism development; · wastewater discharge and solid waste disposal at the relocated villages; and · fish culture in cages. A water quality monitoring plan is being implemented for the NT 2 Project Area including the Nakai Reservoir and downstream area to monitor potential impacts on fisheries and aquatic biodiversity in the reservoir. Pollution monitoring ultimately leads to decision-making regarding the necessity of management interventions. The Centre of Water Research (1997) predicts that water quality of the deeper parts of the reservoir will not be favourable for aquatic life during the annually recurring stratification periods. Apart from bad water quality of the hypolimnion at areas of the reservoir that are deeper than 10 meters, water quality is considered good for fish production. However, the Centre's predictions are valid only for a matured Nakai Reservoir. Predictions of reservoir water quality during filling of the reservoir and during the first years after impoundment are not made. There does not exist any reservoir water quality model that is able to predict water quality during filling and during the first years after impoundment. Thus, in an effort to ensure reasonably good water quality in the first few years after impoundment, residual biomass (above and under ground) at Nakai Plateau must be removed as much as possible, particularly in those reservoir areas that will be permanently inundated during reservoir operation. Another prerogative for favourable reservoir water quality conditions for aquatic life will be compliance with the existing construction schedule. As occurred in Nam Leuk hydropower reservoir in Lao PDR, the reservoir was filled when the transmission lines were not yet installed. The reservoir stayed filled for a longer period than planned without any possible water exchange during the dry season. Even with cutting and burning of biomass before inundation, Nam Leuk Reservoir turned anaerobic from the bottom up until only 30 centimetres from the surface. These anaerobic conditions of the reservoir caused fish kills inside the reservoir, while downstream fish kills occurred several times after start of power production. Even though the water quality is expected to be favourable for fish production, it should be said that it is not possible to get accurate figures on fish yield until actual water quality measurements are made during the first years after dam closure. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.5.1.2 Fish Species and Timing of Dam Closure A total number of about 60 fish species have been identified as presently occurring in the Nam Theun/Nam Kading River. By comparison with the fish species occurring in the existing Nam Ngum Reservoir, the number of fish species presently occurring in the Nam Theun River that will be able to adapt to reservoir conditions and establish populations will be at least 31 (see Annex 24-2). From a fisheries point of view it is important to plan the final dam closure between the months of July and October. During the month of June after the first rainfalls of the wet season, many fish species migrate for spawning from the Nam Theun main stream upstream to small streams, lakes and ponds, rice paddies and floodplains. Some of these upstream migrating fish species migrate downstream again in July while the majority migrate downstream again in October/November. If the dam closure takes place between July and October, a larger number of fish will be trapped in the reservoir, including fish larvae and juveniles. This will benefit the production of fish during the first years after inundation and will accommodate a higher expected fish yield during these first years than if the dam was closed at another time of the year. Experience from other regional reservoirs shows that the reduced number of species may be an artifact created by inappropriate schedule (Bernacsek, 1997). The occurrence of fish species and fish populations at specific locations in the Nam Theun/Nam Kading River fluctuates during the wet and dry seasons. At specific locations a nearly complete turnover of species occurs in the fish catch. Since the fish surveys in the Nam Theun have been carried out during the dry season only, dam closure in the period from July to October might ensure entrapment of more species in the reservoir than the presently estimated minimum number of 31 species that can adapt to reservoir conditions. By choosing the right time for dam closure, the potential exists for establishment of more fish populations in the reservoir and consequently higher potential for a healthy reservoir fishery. During construction phase, a drain in a proposed cofferdam at the dam site will discharge water from the Nakai Plateau downstream to Nam Theun via a tunnel. Many fish species do not pass or migrate through tunnels; however an open channel will not affect fish migration, although water velocities in excess of 2 m/sec in the period from beginning June to September, may prevent fish passage up the tunnel9. The preferred option for healthy reservoir fisheries therefore is the closure of the dam between July and October, together with drainage of water from the Nakai Plateau through an open channel in the cofferdam during construction phase. There is no evidence that the introduction of exotic fish species by stocking hydropower reservoirs will raise reservoir fish production or increase reservoir fish yields. On the contrary, introduction of non- indigenous fish species from hatcheries and nurseries may even lead to introduction of fish diseases or predators, affecting potential reservoir fish yield. However, the introduction of the indigenous fish species, Clupeichthys aesarnensis (Pba Keo), could form an exception to this stocking practice. While in the Nam Theun/Nam Kading the presence of Pba Keo has not been confirmed, it is an important reservoir species in Nam Ngum and other reservoirs such as Sirinthon in Thailand, where it can form up to 60 % of the total annual reservoir fish catch. Pba Keo is a fish species occurring in the main water column as a filter feeder. Pba Keo does not depend on feeding in the littoral zone or the bottom of the reservoir. While Pba Keo does not establish large populations in rivers, it apparently does occur in rivers, as proven by the existence of Pba Keo in Nam Ngum and Sirinthon Reservoirs. To achieve high reservoir fish yield it is important that the whole water column of the reservoir will be made productive. In the large volumes of reservoir water only pelagic fish species (fish species occurring in the water column) such as Pba Keo can establish populations. As a result of establishment of Pba Keo fish populations, other fish species will thrive in pelagic zones by predating on Pba Keo. 9Most fish species can swim against a water flow with velocities not exceeding 2 m/sec, if the distance at which such velocities occur is short. If the length of the drain will be more than 40 meter, so-called rest chambers should be built at 10 meter intervals in the drain, where fish can gather and rest before swimming upstream again. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management If it is decided to introduce Pba Keo to Nakai Reservoir, such a step should follow the FAO guidelines for fish introductions. 24.5.1.3 Access to Reservoir Fisheries Resources Limiting people's access to fishing grounds is an important tool to avoid (i) over-fishing, (ii) fisheries conflicts, and (iii) unsustainable fisheries practices. By limiting or managing the number of fishers, a high reservoir fish yield can be sustained through a co-managed fisheries program. Therefore, it is proposed to limit the amount of fishers in the reservoir to those households of the fully relocated villages non-relocated villagers who are eligible to participate in the fisheries (and other livelihood programs); persons not currently residing on the plateau, but currently travelling to the plateau to fish Table 24-1 page 3 details the villages and the number of households for each village at the Nakai Plateau, which will be resettled before impoundment as well as two villages that are located close to the future reservoir, but that will not need to be resettled. The Forest Law (1996) of Lao PDR states that: unless restricted for national interests (e.g. defence and mineral resource extraction), all natural lake and riverine systems are subjected to unrestricted public access. The law allows traditional utilization of aquatic resources and fishing of non-restricted species for family consumption and other traditional uses. However, the Concession Agreement between the Government of Lao PDR (GoL) and the Company includes a detailed agreement on the Fisheries Development Program: A program to ensure that the Reservoir is productive for fisheries will be implemented after the villages have been established. All boats located in the Reservoir will be registered in order to control fishing and the use of access to the Reservoir for access to the NBCA. To support sustainable fisheries of the Nakai Reservoir, it will be essential to limit access to fishing grounds to residents of the proposed 12 relocated villages and certain eligible villagers from the two non-relocated villages. If, after a number of years, the reservoir shows a high sustainable fish yield that can accommodate a higher number of fishers it can be considered to allow a higher number of fishers to have access to the reservoir. On the assumption that only the relocated villagers and villagers from the two non-relocated villages are eligible to register as fishers in the Nakai Reservoir, then in the year 1998, the maximum number of potential reservoir fishing households was 933. The first year of fishing after inundation of the reservoir is estimated to be 2008. With an existing population growth rate of 2.2 % at the Nakai Plateau, the number of fishing households is growing accordingly. Table 24-5 shows the predicted number of fishing households in the years 2002, 2008, 2009, 2018, and 2028. Using an average household size of 5.5, the total number of potential fishing household members is estimated. Table 24-5: Number of Potential Fishing Households and Population between the Years 1998 and 2028, Assuming an Annual Population Growth Rate of 3.0 % in 1998-2010 Falling to 1.8 % in 2028. Year 1998 2002 2008 2009 2018 2028 Number of Households 864 972 1,161 1,196 1,480 1,764 Population 4,768 5,366 6,407 6,599 8,169 9,852 The population growth rate is assumed to be constant at 3.0% through the initial years up to 2010 when the first benefits of the new livelihood programmes are being experienced. Experience has in many cases shown that increased wealth is followed by a lower number of children. The population growth rate is therefore expected to gradually fall to 1.8 % per year in 2028. 24.5.1.4 Creation of a Resettlement Area in Close Vicinity of Ban Thalang Ban Thalang at the north western end of the main reservoir presently hosts the biggest group of fishers. From a fisheries development point of view it would be desirable to leave Ban Thalang to the extent possible at or near the original location. Reasons are as follows: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · There is good potential for fish production in two sub-zones of the Nakai Reservoir that will become inundated downstream of Ban Thalang, the larger one following the main river bed of the Nam Theun until the dam site, and the smaller one branching to NE from Ban Thalang, following the river basin of Nam Xot. · Construction of fish landing facilities including supplementary infrastructure would greatly reduce the transport distance and operating costs for fisher people active in the above described sub- basins. · Surveillance, patrolling and monitoring will be facilitated for these sub-basins10 when infrastructure and utilities are provided at this location (Ban Thalang). · Road links11 will be upgraded between the Nakai Plateau and Lak Sao. This linkage will facilitate and stimulate the fish marketing towards Khamkeut District in Bolikhamxay Province. · Villagers indicated that they wish to remain in their traditional environment and agriculture. Many villagers of Ban Thalang have their gardens opposite the river at locations which will not become submerged at FSL. 24.5.1.5 Fish Consumption In the Nam Theun/Nam Kading River, the average fish consumption per person per year is 60 kg. With an average household size of 5.5, the average annual household consumption of fish is 330 kg/household/year. The fish used for consumption is generally caught by a household member. To sustain household fish consumption of 330 kg/household/year, the average daily household fish catch should be 0.93 kg/household/day. Despite that fishers complain about declining fish catch, such an average daily household fish catch is still realized in riparian villages of the Nam Theun/Nam Kading, even at locations that are impacted by the existing Theun-Hinboun Hydropower Project. 24.5.1.6 Three Types of Fisher Households Two variables will be important for the level of fishing intensity in which villagers will engage themselves: · Experience with fishing. Households which used to live along the Nam Theun River, are more experienced in fishing, than households that lived on the Nakai Plateau away from the Nam Theun River. An indicator of this is the proximity of the village to a main river. · Location of the relocated village in relation to the reservoir. Living closer to areas of more perennial water will make it easier to go fishing than living further upstream. Based on these variables, three types of households can be identified and their relative share of the fish landings estimated for planning purposes (see Table 24-6): Type 1: Households predicted to fish only for consumption (around 9 %); Type 2: Households predicted to fish for consumption and additional income (part time, commercial, around 41 %); Type 3: Households predicted to fish for consumption and income (full time, commercial, around 50 %). At the Nam Ngum Reservoir all households fish for consumption, but only 10 % of the households are fully engaged in commercial fishing. In those households, sale of fish forms nearly their full cash income. For other households on the Nam Ngum Reservoir, fishing provides not only food on the table, but also some additional cash income. In the 12 new and two non-relocated villages at Nakai Reservoir the current plan estimates that there will be about 52 % of the 1,196 households who only fish for consumption. This type of household will be found in all villages but will dominate in villages already located close to the future south western reservoir shore line. Part-time or seasonal commercial fishers will amount to around 40 %. Many of these will be households from villages currently located upstream of Phonesavang to be relocated at the new villages of 10The establishment of larger sanctuaries will be most likely in these two sub-basins. 11Bridge at Ban Thalang, followed by an all-weather road including bridges and culverts to Nam Nian. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Phonesavang, Sop On / Ka Oy, Ka Oy / Done, and Ka Oy / Khone Khen. The villages located at this upstream area of the reservoir can fish only in shallow reservoir areas that fall dry during the months of May, June and July. Full time fishers will mainly come from the new villages of Hat Khamphane / Sop Ma, Sop Phene, Thalang and Sop Hia. These fishers will make up around 8 % of the total number of reservoir households. The number of each fisher category will be verified once the reservoir is up and running, its productivity confirmed and villagers have chosen their favoured livelihoods. 24.5.1.7 Competitive Fish Trade Environment It is assumed that private companies or individuals will trade reservoir fish in a competitive manner in open market conditions. 24.5.1.8 Price of Fish The market price of fish per kilogram depends on size and species. Large sized fish fetch a higher price than small sized fish. In Lao PDR, some fish species of large sized fish fetch a price at the landing place as high as USD 2.5/kg. However, reservoir fish in the region include the small sized Pba Keo that is caught by night using lamps and lift nets. The price of Pba Keo is low, approximately USD 0.25/kg. The price of fish presently bought from fishers downstream of the future Nakai Reservoir in Nam Theun River is approximately USD 0.80/kg. Thus, on the assumption that 40 % of the reservoir fish catch will be worth USD 0.25/kg and the other 60 % of the reservoir catch will be worth USD 0.80/kg, then the average price of reservoir fish at the landing place will be USD 0.58 /kg. The validity of this estimate is backed up by monitoring data of fish landings and fish trade in Ubolratana Reservoir during the year 2001, which estimate the average price of reservoir fish as USD 0.60/kg. Thus, calculations of value of future fish landings of Nakai Reservoir are based on the assumption of an average price of reservoir fish of USD 0.6/kg at the landing place. The average price of fish at market places in Lao PDR fluctuates around USD 1-2/kg. Consequently, fish traders will have sufficient margin to transport fish over long distances, and even to provide fishers with ice to maintain quality of fish for consumers. Main fish markets for the future Nakai Reservoir fisheries produce will be Thakhek, Lak Sao and other large towns in Lao PDR not too far from the reservoir. Export to Thailand and possibly to Vietnam are other possible market opportunities. Due to inflation of the Lao Kip, traders are eager to sell fish to Thailand against the harder currency of Thai Baht. A lively fish trade across the Mekong River from Lao PDR and Cambodia to Thailand already exists. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-6: Household Scenarios for Fishing Intensity for Nakai Reservoir Villagers in 2009. Household type 1 Household type 2 Household type 3 HHs predicted to HHs predicted to HHs predicted to fish parttime for fish full time for Fishing intensity fish for consumption & consumption and parameter consumption only income income No. HHs Original eligible for village on Year round fisheries the Nam fisheries in No. of No. of No. of Reservoir Villages program in 09 Theun new village % HHs % HHs % HHs Khonken 51 + - 40 20 60 31 0 0 Don 123 + - 40 49 60 74 0 0 Sop On 91 + - 40 36 60 55 0 0 Ka Oy 36 + - 40 14 60 22 0 0 Phonsawang 35 + - 40 14 60 21 0 0 Hatkhamphan 65 + + 30 20 40 26 30 20 Sop Phene 60 + + 30 18 40 24 30 18 Bouama 73 - + 60 44 40 29 0 0 Nong Boua / Pilot Village 39 - + 60 23 40 16 0 0 Phonephanpek 118 - - 80 94 20 24 0 0 Odomsouk 35 - - 80 28 20 7 0 0 Nakai Tai 203 - + 60 122 40 81 0 0 Nakai Neua 93 - + 60 56 40 37 0 0 Nongbouakham 58 - + 60 35 40 23 0 0 Thalang 72 ++ + 10 7 10 7 80 58 Sop Hia 44 + + 30 13 40 18 30 13 Nam Nian 0 + - 40 0 60 0 0 0 Total Number of Resettled 1,196 49.6 593 41.4 495 9.1 109 Households Key to ranking of potential interest in fishing: Original Year round village on the fisheries in Nam Theun new village - - 20 % part time fishers, 80 % fish for consumption only - + 40 % part time fishers, 60 % fish for consumption only + - 60 % part time fishers, 40 % fish for consumption only + + 30 % full time fishers, 40 % part time fishers, 30 % fish for consumption only ++ + In Thalang, estimated 80 % full time,, 10 % part time and 10 % households fishing for consumption only Notes: 1. Calculations assume that all fishers are attempting to catch the same 1,575,000 kg/year 2. Total of eligible fishing households does not necessarily add up to the same as the sum of total for each household type as calculations are based on extrapolations including decimals. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.5.2 Scenarios for Fish Catch, Consumption and Trade Using above-mentioned eight assumptions regarding (i) water quality, (ii) fish species, (iii) access to fisheries resources, (iv) maintaining the fishing village of Ban Thalang, (v) fish consumption, (vi) typology of fishing households, (vii) competitive fish trade environment and (viii) price of fish, four different reservoir fish yield scenarios are considered for planning purposes. The medium scenario is used for detailed budgeting. 1. Start up scenario, at year 2008, the first year after inundation; 5 kg/ha at Full Supply Level; 2. Low annual reservoir fish yield scenario; 15 kg/ha at Full Supply Level; 3. Medium annual reservoir fish yield scenario; 35 kg/ha at Full Supply Level; 4. High annual reservoir fish yield scenario; 45 kg/ha at Full Supply Level. Scenarios 2 to 4 reflect a realistic range of yields based on experience from comparable reservoirs (see Table 24-3). Using these four fish yield scenarios, the size of total daily fish consumption and total daily fish trade by the fishing households can be calculated. This has been done in Table 24-7 for the years 2008, 2009, 2018, and 2028. 24.5.2.1 Start Up Scenario Due to the new situation in which households move into a new village and a new house, grow agriculture products on new land under irrigation, planting fruit trees, raising livestock more intensively, utilizing forest products and timber in a sustainable manner, it might be expected that households will not find the time and the opportunities to fully prepare new fishing gear and boats, and adjust to fishing in the newly identified fishing grounds in the reservoir. The change from river fishing (or no fishing) to reservoir fishing by almost 1,200 households will take time. At Ubolratana Reservoir it took three years before fishers were able to raise their fish catch to a mean stabilized yield. Therefore, it is assumed that due to both (a) the time required for fisheries and other livelihood adaptation, and (b) the potential risk of bad water quality in the first year after inundation, the fishing yield during the first year after inundation will be low, at around 5 kg/ha at Full Supply Level, covering mainly household fish consumption. During the first year after inundation, fish landing places at each village will have to be established and fish traders will need time to assess their opportunities and needs for their trade facilities, including ice plants. 24.5.2.2 Medium Yield Scenario Fish catch at the reservoir will increase, when fishing households have boats and fishing gear arranged. At that moment in time, the appropriate fish landing places together with access from the villages to the landing places should be established. Fish traders have to set up their distribution system and ice plants become operational. Then, only after these structures are in place, the total fish catch of Nakai Reservoir is estimated to be approximately 1,575,000 kg/year. Such an annual fish catch will have an estimated value of USD 945,000. Fishing households will consume a large part of this fish catch. In the year 2009, the second year after inundation of the reservoir, the average daily amount of fish caught for consumption by all 1,196 fishing households will be 1,085 kg/day with an estimated value of USD 651/day. The remaining part of the fish catch will be traded by the fishing households to traders that daily distribute and collect ice and fish to and from the fishers. Such traders may be middlewomen that transport ice and collect fish by boat (as at Nam Ngum Reservoir), but due to the access road that will be constructed between the reservoir villages at Nam Theun 2, middlemen and middlewomen may also transport fish and ice by motorcycle or by car. It is estimated that in 2009 traders will collect 3,230 kg of fish per day on average, equivalent to USD 1,938 at the landing place. The wet season fish catch may differ from the dry season fish catch both in weight and value, or the fish catch may drop during the time of the year when the reservoir destratifies and turns over. During this time of year, the reservoir level is high and fish may be distributed over the total water volume of the reservoir, making it difficult to catch fish. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-7: Value and Weight of Average Daily Nakai Reservoir Fish Catch, Consumption and Trade in 2008, 2009, 2018, and 2028 at Start Up, Low, Medium, and High Reservoir Fish Catch Scenarios. Annual Annual Annual reservoir reservoir value of fish yield fish catch fish catch Year 2008 Year 2009 Year 2018 Year 2028 Total Total Total daily No. Total daily fish daily fish fish fishin daily fish No. consumpt Total No. consumpt Total No. consumpti Total g consumpt Total Reservoir kg / USD / fishing ion by Daily fishing ion by Daily fishing on by Daily house ion by Daily Fish Catch kg / ha / reservoir / reservoir house- fishing Fish house- fishing Fish house- fishing Fish - fishing Fish Scenario year year / year holds HHs Trade holds HHs Trade holds HHs Trade holds HHss Trade Value (USD/res./day) $ 370 $ 0 START-UP 5 225,000 135,000 1,161 Weight (Kg/res./day) 616 0 Value (USD/res./day) $ 651 $ 459 $ 806 $ 304 $ 971 $ 139 LOW 15 675,000 405,000 1,196 1,480 1,784 Weight (Kg/res./day) 1,085 764 1,343 506 1,618 231 Value (USD/res./day) $ 651 $ 1,938 $ 806 $ 1,783 $ 971 $ 1,618 MEDIUM 35 1,575,000 945,000 1,196 1,480 1,784 Weight (Kg/res./day) 1,085 3,230 1,343 2,972 1,618 2,697 Value (USD/res./day) $ 651 $ 2,678 $ 806 $ 2,523 $ 971 $ 2,358 HIGH 45 2,025,000 1,215,000 1,196 1,480 1,784 Weight (Kg/res./day) 1,085 4,463 1,343 4,205 1,618 3,930 Assumptions: 60 = average fish consumption in kilogram per person per year 5.5 = average household size at Nakai Plateau 0.6 = value in USD of fish per kilogram at the landing place November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management If the Nakai Reservoir and its fishery are properly managed then the total annual Nakai Reservoir fish catch in the medium fish yield scenario could be approximately 1,575,000 kg in the year 2028, similar to 2009. However, due to the annual population growth (though expected to fall from 3.0 to 1.8 %) at Nakai Plateau, the maximum number of fishing households will have increased from 1,196 in 2009 to 1,784 in 2028. Thus, the amount of daily fish consumption by the fishing households will accordingly increase from 1,085 kg with a value of USD 651 in 2009 to 1,618 kg worth USD 971 in 2028. Consequently, the daily amount of traded fish may decrease to 2,697 kg with a value of USD 1,618 in 2028. On an annual basis, the fish trade in the medium yield scenario is expected to reach 1,179 tons of fish worth USD 707,000 in 2009 (see Table 24-8). With the increasing population, the trade will slowly fall to 984 tons worth USD 591,000 in 2028. For the average household this trade will be equivalent to USD 1.6/day and USD 1.4/day, respectively, on top of the value of fish consumed in the household (USD 0.5/day, see Table 24-9). The table assumes that all households are involved in fish trade and that they share equally in cash income from trade. However, if it is assumed that villagers will fish with different levels of intensity (see Section 24.5.1.6) then the 593 households fishing for consumption only (50 %) are expected to catch 0.9 kg fish/day in 2009 worth USD 0.5 in a medium fish catch scenario (see Table 24-10). The 41 % (or 495 households) who are fishing part time will catch 5.9 kg fish day/day with a value of USD 3.5. Full time fishers, who amount to 9 % (or 108 households), will in this scenario catch 8.3 kg fish/day with a value of USD 5.0. 24.5.2.3 Low Yield Scenario and Need to Limit Access In a low fish yield scenario, the value of daily fish trade will be USD 459 in 2009, declining to USD 139 (231 kg fish) in 2028. This shows the general problem of limited resources utilized by a growing population. In a period of 20 years, the reservoir (under a low fish yield scenario) hardly provides additional cash income anymore to the fishing households. There is only little fish left in the reservoir for trade. Not long after the year 2028, household consumption of fish will decrease, because of the limited fish yield of the reservoir. At this stage, fishing households might become desperate to get fish for food on the table. Consequently, there is a likely increase in fishing efforts, possibly leading to over-fishing. Due to over-fishing, ultimately the annual fish yield of the reservoir will decrease. In such a situation, fishers invest more money to catch less fish. Fishers will try to catch it all, losing more in the process. Such a potential catastrophe may occur much earlier than 20 years after inundation if the number of fishing households is allowed to be higher than the proposed limited number of fishing households or if the reservoir fishery is poorly managed. Such an example shows the need to develop and support reservoir fisheries management that allows the fishing community to divide the limited aquatic resources in an appropriate manner, to a growing human population. If open access fisheries are allowed in the reservoir, then no fisheries management plan is likely to be successful in the long term. Thus, successful reservoir fisheries management at Nakai Plateau has to include limited access of fishers. Additional awareness raising of what sustainability of reservoir fisheries mean should be an integral part of reservoir fisheries management. 24.5.2.4 High Yield Scenario However, if assuming a high fish catch scenario of 45 kg/ha/year, which is similar to Ubolratana Reservoir, the value of fish traded will be USD 2,678/day (4,463 kg fish) in 2009. With increased consumption by the growing population the trade will gradually decrease to USD 2,358/day (3,930 kg fish) in 2028. 24.5.2.5 Consumption or sale of fish Table 24-7 has assumed that fish consumption by the fishing households stays constant over time. It may well be possible that fishers prefer to trade fish for cash income and therefore reduce their own fish consumption in lieu of cash income. The table has also assumed that the price per kilogram fish consumed is the same as the price per kilogram fish traded. This is often not the case as villagers might have specific preferences. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-8: Estimated Value and Weight of Annual Fish Consumption and Trade in 2008, 2009, 2018, and 2028. Annual Reservoir Reservoir Fish Catch Fish Total Annual Reservoir Fish Landings Annual Scenario Yield Number of Fishing Households Consumed by All Households Total Annual Reservoir Fish Trade Reservoir kg/ha/ Year Year Year Year Fish year 2008 2009 2018 2028 Year 2008 Year 2009 Year 2018 Year 2028 Year 2008 Year 2009 Year 2018 Year 2028 Landings START UP 5 1,160 Value (USD/res./day) $ 135,000 $ 0 $ 135,000 Weight (Kg/res./day) 225,000 0 225,000 LOW 15 Value (USD/res./day) $ 237,579 $ 294,095 $ 354,304 $ 167,421 $ 110,905 $ 50,696 $ 405,000 Weight (Kg/res./day) 395,964 490,158 590,506 279,036 184,842 84,494 675,000 MEDIUM 35 Value (USD/res./day) $ 237,579 $ 294,095 $ 354,304 $ 707,421 $ 650,905 $ 590,696 $ 945,000 1,196 1,480 1,784 Weight (Kg/res./day) 395,964 490,158 590,506 1,179,036 1,084,842 984,494 1,575,000 HIGH 45 Value (USD/res./day) $ 237,579 $ 294,095 $ 354,304 $ 977,421 $ 920,905 $ 860,696 $ 1,215,000 Weight (Kg/res./day) 395,964 490,158 590,506 1,629,036 1,534,842 1,434,494 2,025,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-9: Value of Daily Fish Consumption and Trade per Household in the Years 2008, 2009, 2018 and 2028. Value of daily fish trade per HH Reservoir Fish Value of daily Yield Scenario fish consumption Year 2008 Year 2009 Year 2018 Year 2028 USD/day/hh USD/day/hh USD/day/hh USD/day/hh USD/day/hh START UP 0.5 0.0 LOW 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.1 MEDIUM 0.5 1.6 1.5 1.4 HIGH 0.5 2.2 2.1 2.0 Three scenarios with different preferences among villagers for cheap versus expensive fish are presented in Figure 24-10 next to the scenario used above where all fish are given same preference. Firstly the more likely scenario, where villagers eat cheap fish in the household in order to sell the more expensive fish. The average value for fish sold will therefore increase from USD 0.71/kg in 2009 to USD 0.80/kg in 2028. The second scenario has villagers giving equal preference to cheap and expensive fish. The average value of fish sold will increase only slightly from USD 0.60/kg in 2009 to USD 0.62/kg in 2028. Lastly, a more hypothetical scenario, where villagers prefer to eat expensive and sell the cheap fish. In this case the average value of fish sold will drop from USD 0.49/kg in 2009 to USD 0.41/kg in 2028. Figure 24-10: Value of Fish Sold by Fishing Households as a Function of Their Preference for Cheap versus Expensive Fish, 2009, 2018 and 2028 (in a Medium Fish Catch Scenario). USD/kg 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.75 0.71 All fish are given same 0.70 preference 0.58 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.58 0.58 0.60 Villagers eat cheap fish first 0.49 0.50 0.47 0.41 0.40 Villagers eat equal amounts of cheap and expensive fish 0.30 0.20 Villagers prefer to eat the expensive fish and sell the 0.10 cheap 0.00 2009 2018 2028 See Annex 24-3 for more details on present and potential fish marketing from the Nakai Plateau / Nakai Reservoir. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-10: Reservoir Fish Catch and Trade Scenarios for Low, Medium and High Catch in 2009. Weight of fish caught Value of fish caught Household Household type Household Household type Household type Household type type 1: 2: type 3: 1: 2: 3: Value of total HHs fishing Annual Annual No of daily fish Value of HHs fishing HHs fishing for for HHs fishing for HHs fishing for Nakai Nakai fishing consumption total daily for consumption consumption HHs fishing for consumption consumption Reservoir Reservoir households by reservoir reservoir consumption and income, and income, consumption and income, and income, Reservoir Fish Yield Fish Catch in 2009 population fish trade only (50 %) part time (41%) full time (9 %) only (50 %) part time (41%) full time (9 %) Fish Catch USD/day/all USD/day/ Scenario kg/ha/year kg/year HH res. kg/day/HH kg/day/HH kg/day/HH USD/day/HH USD/day/HH USD/day/HH LOW 15 675,000 1,196 651 459 0.9 2.1 2.7 0.5 1.2 1.6 AVERAGE 35 1,575,000 1,196 651 1,938 0.9 5.9 8.3 0.5 3.5 5.0 HIGH 45 2,025,000 1,196 651 2,678 0.9 7.8 11.2 0.5 4.7 6.7 Assumptions: 60 = annual fish consumption in kg per person 5.5 = average household size 0.6 = USD per kg of fish November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.6 DEVELOPMENT OF FISHERIES LIVELIHOOD OPTIONS The development of reservoir fisheries livelihoods for plateau resettlers is just one of a number of livelihood options that the resettlement program is supporting, all aimed at the development of food security and income opportunities for the resettlement households in the Nam Theun 2 Reservoir area. The resettlement program is expected to improve existing household economies by increasing opportunities for both subsistence food production and for increased cash income through a number of livelihood options, including. · reservoir fisheries; · sustainable commercial management of the resettlement area forest; · irrigated agriculture; · small and large livestock raising; an · non-farm employment and small business opportunities. The development of each of these options will be supported by a range of activities, including training, physical support and institutional development. In the case of reservoir fisheries development, the activities that will be supported by the project will include; · assistance and training of fishing households in preparation of fishing gear, in boat building, and in the operation and maintenance of boats, motors and gears; · conditional provision of boats, with motors for commercial fishers, through Reservoir Fisheries Association; · assistance to fish traders in procurement of ice plants, trucks, motorcycles; · basic infrastructure such a fish landing places at each relocated village; · assistance with zoning and demarcation of village fishing zones and fish sanctuaries; and · assistance to develop co-management aimed at a sustainable and healthy fisheries. 24.6.1 Basic Fishers Equipment To earn the predicted income from fish catch for both consumption and sales, households have to obtain fishing equipment such as boats, paddles, outboard motors, fish baskets and fishing gear. Recurrent costs are repairs of gear and boat, fuel and ice. Fishing gear Reservoir fishing gear differs in material and dimensions from the fishing gear presently used at the Nakai Plateau for river fisheries. Training courses in preparation of reservoir fishing gear will be organized for the resettled households, and as part of the training all households will be eligible to receive fishing gear, the type and size dependant on their intended use - the major use categories being subsistence, semi commercial and full time commercial. On the assumption that 1,196 households will be involved in fisheries in 2009, the required contribution from the project will be in the order of USD 59,800 (@ USD 50 per household). Fishing households will themselves be expected to cover the costs of operation, maintenance, repair and depreciation costs of fishing gear, fish baskets, and fish processing equipment. Boats and Outboard Motors Only few fishing households at the Nakai Plateau have already a boat with engine (roughly 10 % in 199812) and fishing gear. However, their boats and fishing gear are more suitable for river fisheries than for reservoir fisheries, and it can be assumed that most reservoir boats will want improvement if not replacement. 12As mentioned previously, the survey had an overweight of respondents from small villages with relatively high level of fishing. The figure is therefore a maximum. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management It is estimated that 108 out of the 1,196 households (9 %) in 2009 will be fully engaged in professional fisheries. These households will be trained in building large wooden boats (worth about USD 200 each) and provided with an 8 horsepower outboard motor (worth about USD 560). An estimated 41 % of the resettled households may need a smaller boat of (worth USD 80) and a 5.5 horsepower long tail outboard motor (worth USD 420). The remaining households (50 %) will need a boat with a paddle costing USD 80. The total budget requirement will be about USD 376,000. This budget estimate is based on the price of finished products. Fishing households are expected to build their own boats, which will lower the costs, but they will be supported in this in terms of timber, tools, glues etc. Outboard motors will remain the property of the Reservoir Fisheries Association, and fishers would then rent the motor for a nominal fee from the Association provided they have registered and obtained a fishing and boat licence. Other households may opt for self-financing a boat with outboard motor, or may decide to build a boat themselves. By consultation of resettled households and an inventory of boats and outboard motors presently in use and their suitability the budget should be adjusted. A special reservoir night fisheries using lamps and lift nets may develop, depending on establishment of fish species as Pba Keo in the reservoir. Such night fisheries will bear different costs. Night fishing is carried out by full-time professional fisheries (as is the case in Nam Ngum Reservoir) or by entrepreneurs (as in Sirinthon Reservoir) investing in large scale fisheries equipment, and hiring personnel. This second method, however, may not be an option if the reservoir fishery is reserved only for the resettled population. The RMU/DRWG will manage the grant to the Reservoir Fishers Association for boats and outboard motors. Land and forest should be allocated to resettled villages to obtain timber for boat building. Fishing households will cover costs of operation, maintenance and repair of boats and motors. 24.6.2 Ice Plants and Vehicles for Fish Traders To allow fish traders to set up their competitive business in time, loans will be facilitated via commercial banks to cover the initial investments required for trucks, motorcycles, boats, and ice plants. The potential loan requirements are estimated as follows: · One 5 ton truck: USD 15,000 · Three 1 ton pick-up trucks: USD 30,000 · Five motorcycles: USD 7,500 · Two ice plants USD 45,000 Fish traders may decide to self finance these necessary investments. Thus the total loans required for fish traders should not exceed USD 97,500. Fish traders will cover operation, maintenance and repair costs of ice plants and vehicles. 24.6.3 Village Fish Landing Places At each of the 12 relocated villages, a fish landing place will be constructed where fishers land their boat and where fish traders can buy fish. The fish landing places may be at the proposed inlet channels of the village irrigation schemes to overcome the problem of draw-down, which still needs to be considered in relation to site selection and design of the landings. The landing place facilities will probably consist of wooden poles for boat mooring, concrete steps up (in the order of 12m vertical height), a concrete slab with drain, and a simple shelter where fish will be sorted, put on new ice in baskets and protected against sun and rain. Access roads to the fish landing places and irrigation pumps will be provided under the irrigation or the village infrastructure budgets, and is indicatively budgeted at USD 90,000. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management The NTPC together with the Resettlement Management Unit (RMU) and the District Resettlement Working Groups (DRWG) will be responsible for design and construction supervision of fish landing places. Village Fishing Groups (VFGs) will be responsible for maintenance and repair costs of access roads and fish landing places. 24.6.4 Labour Requirements - Task of Fishers In deciding to focus on reservoir fisheries as a livelihood, a resettler family must first consider the labour, and skill requirements of reservoir fisheries (other factors to consider include the relative productivity or profitability of the new livelihood options). While it is intended to develop skills, if and when required, the labour availability of each family is relatively fixed. The main fisheries tasks which require input of family labour include; · making paddles, fish baskets and fishing gear; · maintenance and repair of fishing gear; · building, maintenance and repair of boats; · maintenance and repair of outboard motors; · actual fishing; and · fish sale to middlemen and traders. 24.6.5 Fish Processing In Lao PDR, fish processing mainly consists of drying fish for trade and of making fermented fish paste (Padek) for household consumption. At Nam Ngum Reservoir, many riparian villages have large fish drying racks to dry Pba Keo. Dried Pba Keo from Nam Ngum reservoir is distributed all over the country for sale in food shops. Even in Oudomsouk at Nakai, Pba Keo from Nam Ngum Reservoir is for sale. If Pba Keo establishes a fish population in Nakai Reservoir, it can be expected that fishing households will also be involved in fish drying. If the composition of fish species provides the opportunity, reservoir fisheries management should provide support to fish processing activities as drying, salting and smoking for trading purposes and for the preparation of fish paste for household consumption. However, at Ubolratana Reservoir in 2001, only 0.6 % of the total annual fish landings of approximately 1,800 tons are estimated to have been processed13. There is no indication that larger fish processing facilities for making fish filets, fish sticks, or fish sauce are commercially feasible at existing large hydropower reservoirs in the Mekong Basin. 24.6.6 Aquaculture Nam Ngum Reservoir has a long history of trials and errors in the development of cage culture of fish. Until 1997, none of the trials had proven profitable. In 1997 the first cages for culture of snakehead fish, Channa micropeltes (Pba Dto), were established. The cages were stocked with juvenile snakeheads caught in the reservoir, and fed with Pba Keo, also caught in the reservoir. The latest count of the number of snakehead cages in Nam Ngum Reservoir was 60. The culture of snakeheads has proven to be a commercially sound operation at Nam Ngum, but it remains unsure if Pba Dto and Pba Keo will establish populations in Nakai Reservoir. If both species will establish populations then a number of 60 floating cages may provide full employment for up to 10 households. Such aquaculture activities need investment, mainly of cage construction and floaters. Operation costs can be high in labour to provide fish feed and to operate the cages. Involved households need to wait for about 8 months before they may expect cash income from selling the raised snakeheads. Typically, cage culture is for entrepreneurs who dare to invest in time and are prepared to manage cages for 24 hours a day and 7 days a week. The development of cage culture should also be treated carefully because of potential pollution problems in the form of sedimentation underneath the cages and general eutrofication. Over-fishing of Pba Keo and Pba Dto for stocking of cages will also form a risk. A strict licensing of cage culture activities with a review of feasibility and potential of pollution problems should avoid problems found in Vietnamese reservoirs: in the 240 hectare Ea Soup Reservoir in Central Highlands, cage culture developed rapidly but was followed by a high mortality of fish. It is recommended not to allow cage culture of exotic species, 13This figure, however, might exclude fish processed away from the reservoir. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management because of possible impacts on reservoir fisheries by introduction of exotic species and fish diseases. Aquaculture activities will need to be evaluated and, if considered feasible, licensed. A research and development component of reservoir fisheries management will advise on the potential of aquaculture activities in the reservoir. There is also an option for seasonal pen fish culture in the reservoir. If such a venture is promoted, it is important that pens are set up prior to inundation with the bottom edge buried to prevent the invasion of predators. In any case, actual aquaculture activities should not start before maturation of the reservoir, i.e. between 5 and 10 years after inundation. 24.6.7 Fish Trading Trade of landed reservoir fish will provide employment and income opportunities at Nakai Reservoir. In Nam Ngum Reservoir a monopolist fish trader who pays for trading rights to the Province of Vientiane buys fish landed at the landing place in Ban Seng Savang. About 15 to 20 middlewomen distribute ice from the traders' ice plant to the reservoir villages, buy fish and bring them back to the landing place. At the landing place, the fish is sorted, put on fresh ice, loaded on a truck and distributed to the markets, mainly in the city of Vientiane. Fish sorting, ice making, ice packing and transport involve at least another 10 people in daily work. At Nakai Reservoir access roads to all villages will be provided, and landing places will be constructed at each relocated village at the inlet canal of the village irrigation scheme. Therefore, the distribution of ice and access for traders will be less difficult than in Nam Ngum Reservoir. At Nakai Reservoir, probably a total number of between 15 to 20 people will be involved in fish trade, including entrepreneurs, drivers, ice plant workers, administrators, and middle(wo)men. A credit scheme is proposed to help fish traders setting up their business. The credit scheme will cover the main investment costs for fish traders, i.e. ice plants and vehicles (motorcycles, boats, pick-up trucks, trucks). See Annex 24-3 for details on fish marketing around the Nakai Plateau. For fish trading, it is recommended that the resettled households, particularly those involved in fishing, be consulted on whether they would like to establish a fishing cooperative that would also be involved in trading. If this is found to be acceptable, the cost tables would need to be revised to accommodate this recommendation. Some members of the cooperative may thus be engaged in trading as their main livelihood. However, lessons should be learned from the fishing cooperative at Nam Ngum Reservoir in the 1970s. One main problem was that they obtained a fixed and very low price for their catch. At Nakai Reservoir, it is planned not to fix the price of fish. 24.6.8 Other Employment Opportunities Other business and employment opportunities related to the reservoir fisheries include: · selling, building, and repairing boats; · selling, repairing fishing equipment; · selling and distributing fuel; · selling and repairing outboard motors; and · boat transport services. Under competitive open market conditions, these activities will be taken on by entrepreneurs and craftsmen either as small enterprises, full time or part-time jobs. Resettlers themselves will be encouraged and facilitated by loans and training to engage in these activities. During construction of the dam villagers could be involved in · clearing of biomass; · clearing of debris from the reservoir water surface; · installation of demarcation signs; and · construction of fish landing places. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 24.7 DEVELOPMENT OF RESERVOIR FISHERIES MANAGEMENT Inadequate reservoir fisheries management generally leads to an increase in the amount of fishers and fishing gear, decrease in catch per unit effort, and reduction of large sized fish, leading to an increase of cost per fishing household and possible reduction of annual reservoir fish yield. Such a possible decrease in benefits for fishing households should be avoided by the implementation of appropriate co- management of the reservoir fisheries. 24.7.1 The Concept and Basic Processes of Co-Management Since fishers control their own investments and their own fishing effort, control of efforts can only realistically be realized through community based or co-management approaches. The distinction between these two approaches mainly lies with the degree of government involvement. Hence, management of the resources lies predominantly with the resource users in a community based approach, whereas in a co- management approach the management and responsibilities are shared between the users and government authorities. Natural resources of the scale and importance of the Nakai Plateau and the Nam Then 2 Reservoir will naturally fall under a co-management approach. The MRC Fisheries Program defines co-management as "A formalized process of sharing of authority and responsibility by government and organized user groups in decentralized decision-making aiming at improved, participatory and democratic, resource management". The community feeling of ownership of the resources is crucial to the success of the fisheries management. This has several implications: · Rules and regulations should be developed by the fishing community in consultation with the fisheries authorities. The latter should mainly provide support and guidance. The fewer and simpler the regulations the better. Unrealistic targets are not likely to be met. · Supervision and enforcement of rules and regulations should be carried out by, or in collaboration with, the fishing community; · If people or companies from outside the reservoir community are allowed to engage in exploitation of the fisheries resources, the community's stewardship feeling towards the resources will deteriorate as will compliance towards rules and regulations; Reservoir fisheries co-management can be combined with natural resource conservation. The advantages of such a combination are: · Enhanced enforcement of fisheries rules and regulations with the participation of more eyes and ears, as well as arms and legs; · Reservoir fisheries generating a financial profit with which environmental awareness and conservation activities potentially can be financed; and · Joint monitoring, which will avoid over harvesting and will support adaptive management to guarantee sustainable resource use. Thus, aquatic habitats and aquatic resources can be protected and managed, while fishing households at the same time make a sound financial profit. The Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Plan proposed will have a timeframe and budget of only 10 years, starting 1 year before dam impoundment and ending 6 years after completion of dam construction. After this 10-year period, revenues from reservoir fisheries should pay largely for its own management. Garret Hardin (1968) in `The Tragedy of the Commons' observed that few management systems of common areas such as grasslands and water-bodies can provide solutions resulting in sustainable utilization. However, if there is restricted access to grasslands and water-bodies, then there is a defined community utilizing its natural resources. Thus if access of fishers to Nakai Reservoir is limited only to eligible households, then the reservoir is not anymore a `common', but can become a jointly managed area by a well defined community. In co-management of reservoir fisheries, fishing households will obtain a sense of ownership and subsequently develop responsibilities, which will be essential to utilize aquatic resources in a sustainable manner. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management In another analysis of fishers' behaviour, Steve Jones (1999) in `Almost like a whale, the origin of species updated', states: "Fishermen are close to the wild and act - like any predator - only in their own short-term interests. Politicians try to control them, but almost always fail." Thus, instead of forming a large fisheries management bureaucracy that almost always fails, the Reservoir Fisheries Management institutions proposed here and the Technical Assistance team will train and build capacity of the reservoir fisheries community. Institutional staff and Technical Assistance should make themselves largely obsolete within a timeframe of 6 years after inundation of the reservoir. After these years of monitoring, capacity building, training, awareness creation, and community development, the reservoir fishers and the Village Fishing Groups should take care of the main part of management activities of reservoir fisheries. A reservoir fisheries management office run by (a Reservoir Fisheries Unit under) the District Agriculture and Forestry Office will remain to assist the reservoir community in monitoring, environmentally sound reservoir management and sustainable utilization of aquatic resources. The proposed reservoir fisheries plan will not change wolves into sheep, but will change predators (as Steve Jones defines fishers) into gamekeepers. Management systems developed from within and by the participants generally work better than introduced systems (Sollows and Hartmann, 2002). Interventions should build on existing practices. In the case of Nakai Reservoir, the management of fisheries resources should take into account existing river fisheries management as well as management of other natural resources, e.g. forestry and water. A co-management approach could involve, among other activities: · participatory setting of realistic reservoir fish catch targets; · participatory delineation and management of fishing zones; · participatory fish catch and fisheries effort monitoring; · participatory development and enforcement of fishing rules and regulations; and · regular contact between fishers (or their representatives) and other stakeholders, e.g. other reservoir users, relevant government authorities and electricity company. In addition, awareness campaigns and training sessions could be made available to villagers on issues like fish breeding patterns, sustainable fishing practices and conflict resolution. Only issues which are relevant to the stakeholders should be included in the co-management process. Villagers can easily be over-burdened with issues for which they do not see the relevance and the fisheries management is less likely to succeed. Finally, fisheries co-management, including training and awareness creation, is a good tool to increase equity, accountability, transparency and sustainability. 24.7.2 Lessons to be Learnt on Fisheries Management from Nam Ngum Reservoir According to field discussions held at the Nam Ngum Reservoir14, the following issues are frequently raised in local fishing associations meetings: · poor organization level of the fishing associations; · from fishers' viewpoint there is an unsatisfactory price system, prices being determined by a monopolist fish trader; · need for improving the existing marketing chain; · continuation of illegal fishing practices (23% of villages), such as dynamite15, impermeable firecrackers in combination with light fishing for sardines, air suction pumps and spear guns used by divers, drifting gill nets; · insufficient surveillance and control; 14Two site visits to the landing site at the dam jetty were made in 2002, a boat trip to Ban Xai Oudom (meeting the deputy village chairman) and personal communication with experts from the MRC working with the Reservoir Fisheries Development Program in the Mekong River Basin. 15There are obvious signs that on local fish markets, increasingly fish are offered that have been killed by explosives. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · theft of gear, reported by 40% of villagers, with subsequent poor means of conflict resolution; · loss of gear (entangling in remaining submerged vegetation) and loss of fish stock; · outside fishers (mostly remaining unregistered) intrude into fishing areas allocated to local associations; · insufficient level of perception of sanctuary concept; · insufficient provision of fishing gear to fishing households; · inadequate timing of provision of fishing gear to fishing households; · insufficient training in cage culture; and · insufficient exchange of common fishing experience. It seems that at Nam Ngum Reservoir adverse and undesired activities take place at significant level, and that the level of organization and extension service for local fishing associations gives ample scope for improvement. These issues have been taken into consideration while designing the Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Plan for Nakai Reservoir. 24.7.3 Zoning and Regulations Fishers will quickly learn the fishing skills and the behaviour of fish. They will know in which part of the reservoir to get the highest catch and which time of the day and year to get them. They will also become skilled in applying the gear most efficiently. Whereas this is ideal for any fisher, the interest of the entire fishing community calls for regulations on how, when and where to fish. This interest is based on obtaining and maintaining a sustainable yield so also fishers in the future will be able to benefit from the fisheries resources. 24.7.3.1 Indicative Fishery Zonation To manage the reservoir resources and protect the technical structures of the hydropower installations it is necessary to design and agree on specific zones for the Nakai Reservoir. Zoning of the future Nakai Reservoir may be an important tool that will enable the reservoir managers to regularly adjust protection measures and decide on a number of site-specific interventions. The establishment and surveillance of sanctuaries, in combination with a possible short term or seasonal fishing moratorium, is vital for securing the survival of the reservoir's fish stock which otherwise would become rapidly depleted if continual fishing would be allowed in areas of high fish concentration, especially during dry season. Production and protection zones should be identified, based on the following criteria: · data from hydro-biological and fisheries surveys and other research information, to ensure adequate size, location and nature of fish sanctuaries to sustain production and naturally replenish fish stocks; · sufficient fish production for nearby fishing communities; · distance from resettlement sites, to reduce fishing effort costs; · distance from main landing site; · limiting loss of fishing gear (e.g. entangling of nets) in submerged trees, and avoid fish loss due to "ghost fishing" effect; · providing access and opportunities for (licensed) recreational fishing; · facilitate navigation activities; · security considerations; · reflect practicalities relating to verification and surveillance; and · maintenance work and protect technical installations. Likewise, the period where certain activities will be allowed in each designated zone will be determined in accordance to the above criteria. This will lead to the establishment of a number of sanctuaries and the introduction of site-specific fishing moratoria. The established reservoir and its immediate surroundings can indicatively be divided into four major areas, which could form a basis for zonation of recommended fishing activities. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 38 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 1. The `main reservoir' zone is the area upstream from Ban Thalang, receiving some 85 % of the water flowing into the Nakai Reservoir: This zone will be subject to high inflow rate of good water quality, short retention time, and wind- and wave action. Few islands will remain in this area at FSL. This part of the reservoir should be open for fishing. However, deep pools from the original bed of Nam Theun and wetlands might host high numbers of fish during the dry season; therefore a restriction should be put on fishing in these areas. 2. The `western reservoir' zone between the narrow neck at Ban Thalang and the dam site. This area has some deeper sections (>20 m) and at FSL an average depth of 11 meters. Many islands and isthmus areas will remain even during FSL. As this area is more densely vegetated, residual biomass may result in higher biodegradation rate after submergence. This zone will receive 15 % of the water flowing into the reservoir by tributaries. Being more protected against winds and with deeper water depth, this water body will experience less mixing. During 8 months per year of stratification of the reservoir, the hypolimnion will not have favourable water quality for aquatic life. The hypolimnion forms a significant part of the water volume in this area of the reservoir. There is risk of growth of submerged water plants. The area will be part of the corridor between two National Biodiversity Conservation Areas. A few sites will have sufficient water throughout the year to allow fishing (see page 22). 3. The `Nam Malou' zone forms an appendix to the reservoir. The area is a relatively isolated embayment that is linked to the second zone by a narrow neck at the point where the Nam Malou flows into the reservoir. The entire area is shallow (average 6 m). It will fall dry for a long period each year. Fishing could be permitted in this area. 4. The `northern tributary embayments', where the various tributaries to the north and east of the reservoir, including the Nam Theun, flow into the main basin. This zone will likely develop into important spawning areas and corridors for upstream migrating fish at the beginning of the rainy season. It is therefore recommended that fishing is not permitted in this zone. The zoning process needs to take into account the surface morphology (partly hilly) and the large seasonal fluctuations in the reservoir level, resulting in an estimated 350 km2 of drawn down area developing at the end of the dry season. This temporary zonation should be agreed and established before inundation. Nevertheless, the zonation will be updated 2-3 years after dam closure based on identification of fish species and ecology, and fishing gear used once the fish population is established. The criteria for establishment of fish sanctuaries shall include: · surveillance practicalities; · far distance from settlements; · high degree of durable vegetation left; and · high degree of emerging vegetation that will impede navigation and setting of nets. Downstream from the Nakai Plateau ­ in the Nam Theun / Nam Kading and its tributaries ­ each village has established its own fishing zone and fish sanctuary. Fishers take responsibility for enforcing fishing rules and regulations in their own village fishing zone. Outsiders are allowed to fish in village zones, but are fined when fishing rules and regulations are not respected. Destructive fisheries in the Nam Theun / Nam Kading watershed are only noticed outside village fishing zones, where peer control does not function because of a lack of sense of ownership. Such fishing rules and regulations relating to stretches of river are actually fairly common throughout Lao PDR. The challenge will be to develop such a system to be effective in a reservoir. Thus in addition to the macro-zonation of the Nakai Reservoir, it may be required to further divide the reservoir into village fishing zones. Each riparian village or group of villages will establish their own fish sanctuaries at incoming tributaries and will be responsible for enforcement of fishing rules and regulations within their fishing zone. Village fishing zones and fish sanctuaries will be demarcated. If such peer November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 39 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management control is an effective tool for the enforcement of fishing rules and regulations, it will be both sustainable and cost-saving on additional patrolling by the Watershed Management Protection Agency. As some relocated villages will not have easy access to the reservoir in the dry season the demarcation of the village fishing zone should be drawn in full agreement with the villagers. To demarcate the boundaries of the NT2Watershed/NBCA, reservoir village fishing areas and fish sanctuaries, signs need to be located. In the deeper parts of the reservoir, an 8 meter or a 14 meter long concrete pole with a sign may be needed. An 8 meter long concrete pole costs USD 75 and a 14 meter long pole costs USD 360. Other demarcations may consist of wooden poles with a sign, signed trees, or painted rocks. Equipment and installation costs of demarcation are roughly estimated at USD 32,500. Management of Protected Zones will reduce (i) depletion of natural resources by households who are hunting or gathering, or (ii) exploitation of forest resources for boat building and preparation of fishing gear. For boat building and preparation of fishing gear, areas should be allocated for fishing households to obtain timber, tree branches, bamboo, reeds, resin and brushes. By zoning of land uses, areas can be identified for relocated villages to collect (i) timber for house and boat building, (ii) fuel wood, and (iii) material for preparation of fishing gear. The Reservoir Management Authorities (WMPA, NTPC, RFO, RMU/EMU) together with the relocated villages will be responsible for zoning and demarcation of village areas and fish sanctuaries. Repair and maintenance for the signs related to the NT2Watershed/NBCA will be the responsibility of WMPA. Repair and maintenance of the village fishing zones and the fish sanctuaries will be the responsibility of the VFGs. 24.7.3.2 Access to the Fisheries Resources and Licensing All villagers resident in the 14 relocated villages will be eligible to obtain the right to fish in the reservoir. Those villagers in the two non-relocated villages who traditionally have used the natural resources in the area will also be eligible. After inundation in 2008, the total number of eligible households is estimated to be 1,161 (see Table 24-5 page 22). Based on various experience from other national reservoirs the Department of Livestock and Fisheries (MAF) favours a system of fishing permits that would only allow registered fishers to utilize the aquatic resources of the future Nakai Reservoir. The advantages of such a system are obvious: · A permit system will create returns, although it is recommended to consider a scaled system over the first years starting with a small fee reflecting the lower catch. At a later stage it may be worth considering a classified system based on the catch records of different fisher groups. · Knowing the exact number of fishes, including their means of operation and registered catch capacity, allows better planning for regulations and catch quota. · Registering the restricted use of fish resources would ensure that those people being affected by relocation would be the only direct beneficiaries. · Devising a system with well-visible license numbers or plates on the fishing boats would facilitate patrolling and make enforcement more efficient. The disadvantage of a license system is the relative large bureaucratic effort to implement, and the initial difficulties of local people to understand and accept a permit system that is against their traditional practice. Both aspects need to be addressed in the resettlement program combined with an awareness campaign to explain the requisites for fisheries management, emphasizing the need of controls and surveillance. It is recommended to consider a license fee for all types of recreational fishing activities in the Nakai Reservoir. Applicants for any type of aquaculture and research16 in the Nakai Reservoir shall also obtain a license. 16Exempted are the regular monitoring program conducted by NTEC and the WMPA Wildlife Program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 40 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management The licensing system should be gear-based so larger and more effective gear would require higher fees being paid. The fishing, fish collection and navigation licenses will be issued to eligible persons in line with the policies and system recommended by the PAFO and WMPA. The fishing, fish collection and navigation licenses should be obtainable in the Main Fisheries Management Office as well as in the Sub- Offices at the landing sites. Permits for research are to be obtained through the WMPA and/or PAFO offices. The licence fees would be used to pay for surveillance and fisheries regulations enforcement of the reservoir as well as for the management authority. People from the resettled community could be selected for surveillance-related jobs. All fee establishment and management arrangements should be determined through consultation with those who would be involved in fishing in the reservoir. The Reservoir Management Authority, or one of its member agencies (RFO), will be responsible for consultation with households for the registration of boats and the licensing of fishing in the reservoir. All data of license applicants, together with gear used and relevant personal particulars will be stored in the RFO fisheries information system. 24.7.3.3 Indicative Rules and Regulations The fisheries management plan needs to avoid over-fishing in the reservoir to avoid a situation as in Nam Ngum Reservoir, where there has been an unlimited influx of people. Nam Ngum Reservoir fishers presently need more than triple the amount of gillnets than in the late 1980s to catch the same amount of fish. When catch per unit of effort decreases, fishers spend more money and labour to catch the same amount of fish. Due to increased fishing efforts, the size of fish caught also decreases. This example illustrates that when appropriate reservoir fisheries management is not in place, revenues from reservoir fisheries and net income of fishing households move into a downward spiral. Thus the need for rules and regulations, and their actual enforcement. The households that have obtained licenses should fish according to basic reservoir fishing rules and regulations. Such rules and regulations need to include the prohibition of destructive fishing practices, such as; · use of explosives and poisons; · electrical fishing; · motorized trawling or push netting; · blocking off fish migration to and from streams and rivers by dams, fences or nets (i.e. maintaining fish sanctuaries); and · emptying pools and ponds by pumping or by using buckets. The rules and regulations will also refer to the non-access of unregistered and unlicensed fishers to the reservoir, and a prohibition of the hunting of other fauna in and around the reservoir, unless specifically permitted. Within each fishing zone, specific rules and regulations will be formulated to address issues such as: · closed fishing season; · restrictions on type, size, and amount of fishing gear; and · restrictions on the catch of certain aquatic species, such as turtles (Pba Fa), otters, and aquarium fish. The responsibility for formulation of these reservoir fishing rules and regulations will rest jointly with the WMPA, the RMU, and the fishing households. The WMPA will also be responsible for fishing activities inside the NBCAs by villagers, to ensure .limited impact of these activities on the downstream reservoir fisheries. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 41 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Villagers in the NT2 Watershed / NBCAs should not receive reservoir fishing licenses. Regulations regarding land based activities related to fisheries will also be required. For example, appropriate management of agricultural activities together with pollution control will limit drainage of fertilizers and pesticides into the reservoir. It will also avoid potential pollution from intensive livestock raising in the drawdown zone and on the edges of the reservoir. Forestry management will reduce landslides on steep slopes, erosion and rapid run off, resulting in minimization of reservoir sedimentation. To specifically avoid eutrofication of the reservoir, pollution control will also need to address the potential impacts on the reservoir of domestic wastewater, tourism development, and cage culture of fish. Eutrofication of the reservoir could result in the proliferation of floating or submerged aquatic vegetation, adversely affecting power generation as well as fisheries. A separate water quality monitoring program, including pollution control, will propose management activities to sustain high reservoir water quality and healthy fisheries. 24.7.3.4 Enforcement of Regulations While enforcement by an authority and its staff is the usual method of enforcement, peer control is possibly a better and more effective alternative to the costly enforcement of rules and regulations by police and military. At present, peer control has proven to be successful at downstream locations in the Nam Theun / Nam Kading and its tributaries, where each village has its own fishing zone. If approved by the fishing community this model could be used at the reservoir as well. Villagers often feel the need to call on support from government authorities. Villagers usually find it difficult to impose sanctions on fellow villagers. Hartmann and Campelo (1998) found in Brazil that the most common support needed by fishers from the government related to enforcement of fishing regulations. Thus, if the model does not meet support among fishers a reservoir wide model should be applied. This will involve mutual control and enforcement at village level backed up by the local authorities (DAFO, local police). 24.7.3.5 Fisheries before and during Construction To allow the entrance of as many fish species and as many fish to the Nakai Plateau, the two following recommendations are made. If destructive fisheries are still going on at the Nakai Plateau, then this should be stopped as early as possible (preferably even before construction phase) through awareness campaigns and enforcement in a collaboration between government agencies and the project. Permissible fishing practices should be popularised from the start of the project with awareness campaigns. During construction, workers of the construction camps should not be allowed to fish in the neighbourhood of the dam site or on the Nakai Plateau. Dynamite will be available at the construction sites and its use would need to be carefully controlled to prevent blast fishing. 24.7.4 Organisational Framework The organization chart in Figure 24-11 shows the linkages between village fishers and the other groups or agencies concerned with reservoir management or utilisation. Village Fishing Groups (VFG) Assistance and support will be provided to develop and strengthen Village Fisher Groups. All members of a village who are engaging in part time or full time commercial fishing will be required to be a member of a VFG. Subsistence fishers can opt for membership as well. The VFG will manage village fisheries revolving funds (e.g. for outboard motors), be responsible for maintenance of fish landing paces and for the dissemination of rules and regulations regarding reservoir fishers. This will include responsibilities specific to the management of any reservoir zone allocated to a particular village to manage. All reservoir fisheries development and management initiatives should be made in consultation with the VFGs. Regular meetings will be held before, during and after the dam construction to incorporate the views and problems raised by the reservoir community. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 42 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Figure 24-11: Organisation Chart for Reservoir and Fisheries Co-management. Bolikhamsai Provinicial Khammoune Provinicial Governor/Cabinet Reservoir Governor/Cabinet Khamkerd Management Nakai District Governor/Cabinet Authority District Governor/Cabinet Representatives NTPC WMPA Reservoir Fishers DAFO Tourism other Association agencies Reservoir Fisheries Management Office Operators EO RO Monitoring Patrolling Village Fishers Groups Wild + Plant Life Public Conservation Transport Reservoir Fishers Association Support in terms of advice will be given to establish an association of the reservoir fishers, made up of each VFG. This association will represent full time, part time and subsistence fishers. The association will form the link between the fishers, the Government authorities managing the reservoir, and the NTPC. It will form a small secretariat and receive contributions from the fishers for administrative purposes. There should be regular elections for the secretariat. An important and early activity for the association is to formulate fishing rules and regulations together with the RFMO and the Reservoir Management Division within the Watershed Management and Protection Authority. Zoning and demarcation of village fishing zones and village fish sanctuaries will be a joint effort between the Village Reservoir Fisheries Association, the RFMO and RMD. Reservoir Fisheries Management Office (RFMO) The District Resettlement Working Groups will form RFMO within DAFO. RFMO will work and cooperate closely with the Reservoir Management Division of the WMPA. The RFMO will be responsible for infrastructure and management of basic fisheries facilities such as loans and credits. Infrastructure includes design and construction of fish landing places. Other responsibilities of RFMO, in close cooperation with fishing households and the Reservoir Fisheries Association, VFGs, and WMPA, include: · formulation of fishing rules and regulations; · registration and licensing of fishing households and household members; · contribute to demarcation of village fishing zones and fish sanctuaries; · monitoring of daily fish catch; and · training and awareness creation. Watershed Management and Protection Authority (WMPA) The Watershed Management and Protection Authority is responsible for the management of the NT2 Watershed/NBCAs, including the corridor (the western reservoir zone). One of the major tools for successful protected area management is the identification of buffer zones and the subsequent management of resource use in these zones. The Nakai Reservoir will be a priority area for buffer zone management. Management of access of fishers to the reservoir, and zonation and demarcation will form a major role in buffer zone management. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 43 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management In close cooperation with the RFMO, RFA and the VFGs, the Reservoir Management Division of WMPA will carry out the following reservoir fisheries management activities: · zoning and demarcation of the NT2 Watershed/NBCA and corridor; · assist in formulation of fishing rules and regulations; · monitoring of land and water use, water-weeds and other flora development; and · coordinating and disseminating the information gained from water quality and hydro-meteorological networks of the NTPC. NTPC Following filling and throughout the operation period, the Nam Theun 2 Power Company (NTPC) will be responsible for: · reservoir inflow measurement and rainfall measurement; · reservoir outflow planning and measurement; · water quality monitoring; · measurement of sedimentation rate; · clearing debris from areas adjacent to the dam and intake structures; and · animal rescue. It is expected that the resettler villagers will play a key role in this task as both labour and guides. Human Resources The provision of training for villagers and RMU/DRWG staff at various stages of the co-management process will be an important factor in its successful implementation (see Section 24.7.8 below for an outline of expected training of fishers and government staff). However, co-management is by no means a panacea to all problems and difficulties of fisheries management. Co-management largely depends on the attitude and capacity of staff of the involved agencies. The willingness of staff to work in the field and good communication skills of staff with resettled households are crucial factors for the success of reservoir fisheries management. 24.7.5 Managing the Fish Species Diversity during and after Impoundment The native fish fauna is highly specialized, with 18% of endemics (Kottelat, 1996). These species will certainly come under significant stress with the dramatic changes in the aquatic system. The problem will be compounded if exotic fish enter the system, as these usually tend to be much better adapted to reservoir conditions. These species will not only compete for food and habitat, they will disturb the indigenous ichthyofauna in many ways, and they certainly will also intrude into the watershed tributaries where ecological damage will continue. Unfortunately, there is no scientific analysis on the specific impacts of newly introduced species in comparable reservoirs. Training the DAFO staff and launching awareness campaigns among the resettlement villages would be the appropriate measures to control the introduction of exotic fish species in the first years. It is anticipated that a special study will be carried out once bio-productivity and fish stocks have come to a stabilized stage (3-5 years after impoundment) that will identify the possibilities and potential impacts of newly introduced exotic species. In summary, the following management options have been selected to maintain the fish species diversity: · allow maximum number of fish species to enter the reservoir basin before closure, i.e. schedule dam closure at the peak of the rainy season; · Regularly monitor the fish species biodiversity and the gradual adjustment and evolution of single species17, and adjust accordingly the management options; 17Referring to the experience from Nam Ngum Reservoir, where a small freshwater clupeid became the dominant species. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 44 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · Enhance known fish habitats in sanctuaries, e.g. by inserting permanent brush parks or collecting boulders in locations close to an inflowing tributary; · Control the introduction of non-endemic fish species; and · Allow (at least during the first decade) cage culture of only endemic species in the reservoir such as Tor, Bagarius, and Mystis. 24.7.6 Introduction of Species There are at least 31 fish species presently living in the Nam Theun that are likely to establish populations in the Nakai Reservoir (see Annex 24-2). This is a sufficient basis for a healthy fishery and there is no reason to introduce exotic fish species. The potential benefit for such an introduction is by far outweighed by the potential threat of diseases and decline in biodiversity. 24.7.7 Monitoring of Fish Catch and Adaptive Management Planning With consistent monitoring, an adaptive management of aquatic resource use will make it possible to guarantee the sustainability of the fisheries. For appropriate fisheries management it is essential to monitor fish catch by species and quantity by fisher, time and location of fishing, as well as per fishing method and gear. Of each fish species, at least the number of fish in the catch and the size and weight of each fish will need to be monitored by sub-sampling. If the life cycle of each fish species is known, monitoring data will form the foundation for proposals for adaptive management interventions to guarantee sustainable fisheries. Fishers develop a knowledge base through their daily fisheries experience, observation and "monitoring". Such a knowledge base may include valuable information regarding fish catch, fish species composition of catch, fish migration, wildlife and vegetation, biodiversity, hydrological regime and water quality. The knowledge base existing in communities is very valuable for the formulation of fisheries management interventions, including protection measures for aquatic habitats. Monitoring of fish catch by fishers themselves is often much more reliable than monitoring by specific data collectors. Fishing households can fill in forms, recording their daily catch, which fish species, what size, and what weight. By providing fishers with measuring tapes, scales, photo flipcharts of fish species, paper and pencils, daily household fish catch can be monitored. Not only should fishers be asked to fill in the forms they should also be involved in the design of forms as scientists and technicians are likely to omit issues which are relevant from the resource users' point of view. If fishers also give information on where and how fish are caught and with what amount of fishing gear, sufficient information will be provided to measure the total fishing effort and to arrive at an estimate of the reservoir fish yield. At Nakai Plateau, however, illiteracy is high. Not all fishing households will be able to fill in fish catch monitoring forms on a daily basis. Therefore, fish catch needs to be monitored by (i) selected fishing households, (ii) members of VFGs, and (iii) fish traders. Additional interviews with remaining fishing households will enable extrapolation of selected monitored fish catch data to the whole reservoir. If necessary, Lao language training and basic adult education will be offered to those involved in monitoring and other fisheries management activities. 24.7.8 Training and Awareness Creation To avoid over-fishing, a cautious approach needs to be taken by firstly setting a target or quota for realistic annual reservoir fish yields, and then convincing fishing households of the reservoir community to limit their fishing efforts to this target, in order for them to be cost effective. Thus, training and awareness raising of the fishing community will be important management tools for the maintenance of catch per unit effort and income of relocated households, as well as general management of the reservoir and its fishery. Also Government staff from various agencies involved in the fisheries management will be offered training. The following training courses are anticipated for the fishers. Initially, a training needs assessment should be carried out to assess the actual knowledge and skills on fishing and fisheries management. · Formation of Village Fishing Groups (including Communication Skills and Working Procedures); · Formation of Reservoir Fisheries Association; · Boat Building, Operation and Maintenance; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 45 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · Fishing Gear and Techniques, and the operation and maintenance; · Reservoir Fisheries Management (including Sustainable Fishing Practices and Conflict Resolution); and · Fish Catch Monitoring. Training courses envisaged for Government staff include: · English Language and Computer Skills; · Fisheries and Fish Biology in the Nakai Reservoir; · Catch Monitoring and Applied Fisheries Research; · Fish Disease Identification and Control; · Surveillance, Patrolling and Enforcement; · Community Development and Participatory Approaches; and · Fish Catching Skills. Also this list needs revision once the collaborating staff has been identified and an assessment of their training needs has been made. 24.7.9 Research and Development The research and development component is coordinated with the WMPA and Environment Management Unit (EMU). Biological research activities will include i. Fish ecology and breeding patterns to be used for updating the zonation and regulations; ii. Aquaculture feasibility studies, including fish culture in cages, culture of prawns and mussels. Actual aquaculture activities should not commence before licensing by the WMPA and not until the reservoir has matured. iii. Feasibility analysis on the construction of weirs at inlets and their possible interference with the availability of water quantity to the powerhouse. iv. Immediately after inundation of the reservoir, a monitoring program should be undertaken to assess if pelagic fish species are establishing fish populations. If not, the stocking of Pba Keo from the Nam Ngum Reservoir could be considered as a sound alternative. Research on the socio-economic and institutional side should include v. Cost-benefit analysis of the fishery for various types of fishing households, and vi. The performance of the fisheries co-management. An outcome will be recommendation to ensure enhanced involvement of the fishers in decision making on reservoir related issues. 24.8 WORK PLAN AND BUDGET 24.8.1 Work Plan Activities and Staff Scheduling The Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Plan covering development of fisheries livelihood options as well as development of reservoir fisheries management is presented and discussed in the present report. The activities to be implemented are presented in a time schedule in Chapter 27. The work plan distinguishes between: · office construction and installation. · formation of local management bodies; · training of fishers as well as Government staff; · zoning and regulation; · credit facilitation; · monitoring; and · research and development; and · aquaculture activities, if required; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 46 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Staff required for these activities include Government staff as well as Technical Assistance seconded by NTPC. An indicative time schedule is given for the staff positions. 24.8.2 Budget A total of US$ 500,000 has been allocated for the Reservoir Fisheries Development Program, and this will be used to fund activities as summarized in Table 24-11 below. Cost estimates are made for the management of the reservoir and fisheries over a period of 5 years (before, during and after dam construction). Year 1 is the completion of the dam and start of inundation. Year 2 is the completion of reservoir inundation and therefore the Commercial Operation Date (COD). The full budget is presented in Chapter 28. Table 24-11: Summary of Annual Budget Allocation for Reservoir Fisheries Development from Various Budget Lines. FC+3 COD COD+1 COD+1 COD+2 to to to to to Total b/l b/l NTPC b/l b/l FC+4 COD+1 COD+2 COD+2 COD+3 H F R S 1: Infrastructure 107,500 127,500 235,000 120,000 20,000 35,000 60,000 2: Field Equipment 62,130 28,000 90,130 90,130 3: Office Equipment: DAFO, Talang & Oudomsouk Ports 38,820 38,820 19,410 19,410 4: Research & Development Equipment 8,500 1,000 9,500 9,500 5: Resettlement Household Fishing Gear: · Grant to prepare fishing gear 59,250 59,250 59,250 and fish processing equipment 6: Technical Assistance 100,325 100,325 96,425 96,425 96,425 489,925 489,925 7: Training Fishers 9,954 22,239 15,309 11,529 59,031 59,031 8: Recurrent Operating Costs: · Infrastructure maintenance 5,625 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 29,625 29,625 · Office and field equipment 20,236 20,236 20,236 20,236 20,236 101,180 101,180 maintenance and supplies · Transportation and vehicles 11,904 15,504 15,504 15,504 15,504 73,920 73,920 · Per diem for GoL staff 21,312 21,312 21,312 21,312 21,312 106,560 106,560 · Research and Development 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 16,750 16,750 · Other costs 2,500 2,000 2,000 6,500 6,500 389,656 403,716 180,636 176,356 165,827 1,316,191 120,000 205,001 524,925 407,015 59,250 A separate budget has been allocated for support to construction of fishing boats and purchase of outboard motors (see Table 24-12). The budget is based on estimated number of households having members taking up fishing on subsistence, part time commercial and full time commercial basis, respectively. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 47 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Table 24-12: Summary of Annual Budget Allocation for Provision of Fisheries Equipment FC-1 FC FC+1 FC+2 FC+3 COD COD+1 COD+1 COD+2 Num to to to to to to to to to Total ber FC FC+1 FC+2 FC+3 FC+4 COD+1 COD+2 COD+2 COD+3 Boat for subsistence fishing (@ US$ 80); 591 1,280 - - - - 46,000 - - - 47,280 Boat and engine for part time fishing (@ US 500) 493 8,000 - - - - 238,500 - - - 246,500 Boat and engine for full time fishing (@ US 760) 109 - - - - 82,080 - - - 82,080 Total 1.193 9,280 - - - - 367,340 - - - 376,620 Note: Villagers in Nongboua Pilot Village will get boats already in Year FC-1 ­ FC (2004) in order to fish on the Houay Malai Reservoir, constructed for irrigation next to their resettlement village. The number of households is 32 in 2004 (according to extrapolation from 1998 survey), which is four less than expected for Year COD ­ COD+1, when all other villagers will obtain their boats. Actual number will be verified prior to construction of boats. 24.9 REFERENCES · Bernacsek G., 1997, Large Dam Fisheries of the Lower Mekong Countries: Review and Assessment. Mekong River Commission Report 97023, Vol I Main Report. · Bernacsek G., 1997, Large Dam Fisheries of the Lower Mekong Countries: Review and Assessment. Mekong River Commission Report 97023, Vol II Data Base. · Chamberlain, J. R. et al., 1996, Socio-Economic and Cultural Survey: Nam Theun 2 Project Area, CARE International ,Vientiane, Lao PDR. · Claridge G.F et al., 1996, Community fisheries in Lao PDR, A survey of Techniques and Issues, IUCN, Vientiane. · Centre for Water Research (CWR), 1997, Prediction of the water quality characteristics of the proposed Nakai Reservoir, Centre for Water Research / Sinclair Knight Mertz, Australia. · Centre for Water Research (CWR), 2000, Review of Prediction of Nakai Reservoir Water Quality, Centre for Water Research / Sinclair Knight Merz, Australia. · Hardin, Garret, 1968, The Tragedy of the Commons, Science, 162 (1968): 1243-1248. · Hartmann, W.D. and Campelo, C.M.F. 1998. Reluctant enforcers: Rules and conflicts in the co- management of Brazilian reservoir fisheries. In: Reservoir fisheries co-management experiences away from home: a review. Sollows and Hartmann 2001; Proceedings of the 4th Technical Symposium on Mekong Fisheries; Phnom Penh · IUCN/Min. of Communication &Transport/ SIDCA, 2000, Bolikhamaxay Province Environmental Inventory. · Jones, Steve, 1999, Almost like a whale, the origin of species updated, Anchor Books, Transworld Publishers, Random House, London. · Kottelat, M. ,1996, Potential impacts of Nam Theun 2 hydropower project on the fish and aquatic fauna of the Nam Theun and Xe Bangfai basins, Lao PDR. · Kottelat, M.,1997, Distribution of fishes previously considered endemic to the Nam Tjeun and Xe Bangfai basins, Lao PDR. · Kottelat, M., 2001, Fishes of Laos, World Bank/IUCN/WWF. · Kottelat, M., 2002, Distribution and status of the fishes previously considered endemic to the Nam Theun basins, Lao PDR. · Mattson. N. et al., 2001, Changes in fish yield and catch composition at the Nam Ngum Reservoir, Lao PDR, MCR/ACIAR Proc. # 98. · Nilsson, H. et al., 2001, Fisheries co-management in two large reservoirs ­ problems and challenges, MCR/ACIAR Proc. # 98. · NTEC, July 1998. Resettlement Action Plan. · NTEC, August 1999, Results of the October 1998 Census/Registration and Socio-Economic Survey on the Nakai Plateau. · Schouten R.,1998 a, Fisheries. Nam Ngum Watershed Management. ADB, TA 2734, Lao. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 48 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · Schouten R., 1998 b, Effects of dams on downstream fisheries, case of Nam Ngum Reservoir. Catch and Culture ­ Mekong Fisheries Network Newsletter, MRC, Vol 5 No.2. · SEATEC, 2001, NT2 Environmental Assessment and Management Plan EAMP. Main Report and Annexes. · Sollows, J.D. and Hartmann, W.D. 2002, Reservoir fisheries co-management experiences away from home: a review. Proceedings of the 4th Technical Symposium on Mekong Fisheries; Phnom Penh. ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 49 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Annex 24-1: Results from Field Survey on Fishing Communities in the Nakai Plateau. A field survey was carried out 8-13 June 2002 by the following three participants: Lee, Phaylee Vongsouk, Technician, NTEC; Khamphet Roger, Officer, Dept. of Fisheries, Min. of Agriculture & Forestry; Michael Mastaller, Fisheries Consultant, NTEC. Methodology applied Structured interviews were conducted following the outline given below. 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ family tradition as fishers Total number of households Number of fishing boats Number of total outboard engines (hp, operation condition) Main fishing areas 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Fishing efforts: Schedule, number of people involved per fishing effort Seasonal fishing effort and harvest Main species caught Minor aquatic species collected, incl. specific methods 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch Estimate of proportion consumed / sold Average monthly income from fishing sales 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold, local prices paid by middlemen to fishers, as per different fish Spoil of fish Traditional processing Direct sale, to whom Sale and dependency on middlemen Women's involvement in fish processing and trade 5 Concerns and Problems / Perception of villagers Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock development and perceived causes Is CPUE decreasing due to environmental changes Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts (e.g. destructive fishing methods) Theft of gear, accidents, drowning records Other concerns 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, verification of consultation Has this particular household been asked about its preferences (e.g. fishing) Perception of catch diversification and establishment of sanctuaries Perception/ prospects of becoming involved in fisheries development program Information and facilitation needs to train household/fishermen Interest and willingness to become engaged in aquaculture program Main prospects and concerns in view of the NT2 Project Rapid Appraisal Methods were applied by contacting village head and/or his deputy, and by simultaneously inviting the present neighbour households (both men and women) who regularly engage in fishing. Apart from the interviews held with the village chiefs, information was also collected by: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 50 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management · visual inspection of the village, · inspection / demonstration of fishing gear used by villagers · demonstration / explanation of species caught, including CPUE · verification of ongoing fishing activities in the field, · species encountered on fish markets and during transport Findings from the survey covering seven villages are presented below. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 51 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Sop Phene Field visit on: 09-06-02 Name of Village Chief or Representative: Mr. Don 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ ethnic distribution Old village, all families belong to Bo ethnic Total number of households, families, population 52 HH, 45 families Number of fishing boats Number of total outboard engines (hp, condition) / Main fishing areas Up-and downstream near village, max 5 km distance, at no distinct customary location) 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Everybody goes fishing after having completed work in garden/ paddy fields Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per Men go fishing with boats using (I) gill nets, (ii) hook and long line, (iii) cast nets; some go from fishing effort time to time in nearby swamps to collect frogs and small aquatic animals Seasonal fishing effort and harvest People mostly engage in upland rice cultivation, after 3 or 4 p.m. they go fishing to Nam Theun River, Main fishing methods used The fishing methods described in this village are more or less identical to those employed in all other villages visited in the Nakai Plateau Gear is described in order of importance and harvest: Gill Net: average 50x2.5 m, Japanese Nylon and Polythene, mesh size 1 to 1.5 cm, sheets are bought in Thakhet; Main species caught are carps and catfish, pangasius, bagriids Hook & Line: 1 mm nylon line, many lines are set overnight (sunset/sunrise) parallel over a bamboo pole fixed in river bank, each line ca 100 m long, fitted with single hook (purchased) size # 14 to 7; Bait are small live fish, frogs, earthworms, no floater used; Main fish caught are large (sale) predatory fish like Clarias, Pangasius, Mystis, Tor Fish Traps: Cone-like long baskets (1 m) with narrow trapping collar. Traps are inserted either in specially constructed fences damming shallow waters, swamplands, irrigation channels and outlets of rice fields. Main species caught are air-breathing fish living in paddy fields (e.g. snakeheads) and eels. Hand-operated lift net: Fine-mesh-sized sheet of about 1 m2 is mounted with 4 strings to a pole of 2-3 m length. The sheet is submerged and cautiously lifted in regular intervals. No bait is placed in the sheet. The lift net is operated mostly by women and children in shallow waters, paddy fields, small creeks and pools, during daytime and in early evening hours. Cast Net: used occasionally only, former generations had used this type more. Net is self-made out of nylon filament, rim fitted with small iron chain. Cast nets diameter vary according to place of use ((shallowness) fro 3 to 6 m. Main fish caught are small cyprinids and all kind of small swampland November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 52 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management fish. Fish narcotics and explosives are not used Frog Traps: Basket-like traps made out of bamboo (30 cm length), with narrow collar that is smeared with fish chop to attract frogs into trap. Used predominantly in wet season in shallow swamp depressions. Traps are exposed during night time and collected early next morning. One person sets 30-50 such traps. Shell collection: Performed only occasionally by women. Species collected in river banks (sandy shallow banks, using a rake) are freshwater mussels. Main species caught Catfish in paddy fields (traps), carps in river net fishing,; each river-fisherman catches about 4-5 kg consumable fish/day (with gill net, set at sunset and lifted at sunrise, 6.a.m.) Minor aquatic species collected, incl. methods Frogs (wooden, baited basket traps), or manual catch 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income from n.a. fishing sales Estimate of proportion consumed / sold 40% / 60% 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold Some 40% of catch is sold, 60% consumed by HH spoil of fish none Traditional processing Dried fish (hung on string, sun dried, sometimes salt and/or natural insect repellent added) Direct sale, to whom To one middlemen coming regularly/daily, if weather condition allows, per motorcycle from Nakai Sale and dependency on middlemen Only very few take loan from middlemen (insignificant number) Women's involvement in fish processing and trade Only women sell to middlemen; women often bargain price set seasonally by middlemen 5 Concerns and Problems Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock Ecological river conditions remain unchanged good with regard to water quality over the past 40 development and perceived causes years. At this time, harvest for subsistence was sufficiently managed by cast netting. There is no observation that the sizes of fish caught are not diminishing; equally there is no indication that the species composition has changed over the past decades. Is CPUE increasing due to environmental changes Yes, harvesting similar amount needs now 30-50% longer time Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts (e.g. First reason: too much competition due to increased no. of population destructive fishing methods) Second: formerly fish was exclusively caught for consumption, now there is increasing demand for fish on sale and transport to markets Explosives were reportedly (occasionally) used by loggers at the time they were operating in the area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 53 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Theft of gear Almost unknown Accidents, drowning records No records 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000, then in 2001, where 5 households expressed their strong wish verification of consultation to take up fishing activities under the RAP. 15 HH want to engage in livestock, 25 are yet undecided. Has this particular household been asked about its Yes, however only few households in this village have already decided to take up fishing as major preferences (e.g. fishing) activity. Main concern is lack of skill ­ villager demand training and gear (outboards) Perception of catch diversification and establishment Not expressed, needs to be explained of sanctuaries Perception of becoming involved in fisheries Need to be informed first about details and options; Villagers were told that there will be a organization program "Fisheries Committee" who will provide training. Interest and willingness to become engaged in Villagers know about "training centre" in Nam Ngum Project, which they want to visit. There is aquaculture program interest once training is supplied. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 54 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Thalang (= Signo) Field visit on: 09-06-02 Name of Village Chief or Representative: Xiang Keo Khamphila 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ ethnic distribution After-war settlement for refugees of different ethnic groups, established in 1988 at Nam Theun River crossing "bridge" site. Note: the entire area bears significant marks from bombing, and half- shells of bombs are commonly used as trough for onion cultivation. Total number of households, families, population 57 HH, 58 families, 310 persons Number of fishing boats 57 (needs to be verified!) Number of total outboard engines (hp, operation 5-11 hp Honda, total number in village: ca 25 (village chief has one HONDA 11 hp). condition) Main fishing areas Up-and downstream near village, max 5 km distance ,at no distinct customary location) 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Everybody goes fishing after having completed work in garden/ paddy fields. Fishing is performed without arrangement who is "allowed" to fish where. Everybody chooses daily his new place, max. 5 km away from village. Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per Men go fishing with boats using (I) gill nets, (ii) hook and long line, (iii) cast nets during dry season fishing effort only; some go from time to time in nearby swamps to collect frogs and small aquatic animals Two gill net have been observed in the village with 9 resp. 12 cm mesh size, the latter being 100 m long. Net mending is made by men only. Seasonal fishing effort and harvest Fishing makes some 50% of daily activities Main species caught Catfish in paddy fields (traps), carps in river net fishing Minor aquatic species collected, incl. methods Frogs (wooden, baited basket traps), or manual catch 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income from fish n.a., income may be in the range of 100.000 -350.000 Kip/month sales Estimate of proportion consumed / sold Not quantifiable: At certain days almost all is consumed, while on other days a major part is sold to middlemen. 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold Spoil of fish November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 55 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Traditional processing Cat fish is dried fish (hung on string, sun dried, sometimes salt and/or natural insect repellent added); Fish fermenting (4-6 months in jar, wet-salted), when mixed with sticky rice, used by locals while working in farmlands; generally, all processed fish is not sold. Direct sale, to whom 5 different middlemen from Lak Sao visiting the village, daily, 2-3 at regular intervals from Nakai (during dry season). Sale and dependency on middlemen Only very few take loan from middlemen (insignificant number) Women's involvement in fish processing and trade Only women sell to middlemen; Fish are sold to customary middlemen, but there is no "buyer obligation". Prices are market/demand driven. Women often bargain price set seasonally by middlemen e.g. catfish 7.000 Kip/kg, carp 5.000 Kip/kg. During dry season, these prices increase to catfish 10.000-15.000 Kip/kg, carp 7.000-8.000 Kip/kg (last season prices) 5 Concerns and Problems Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock There is no regulation, there is also no regulation about mesh size for different type of gear. development and perceived causes Fishermen do not know or appreciate regulation to confine fishing to certain areas or period. Is CPUE increasing due to environmental changes More catch effort is perceived, when compared to say 10-20 years ago Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts (e.g. First reason: too much competition due to increased no. of population destructive fishing methods) Second: Since 1988 there is increasing demand for fish on sale and transport to markets Third. There are more middlemen coming to Thalang than say 10 years ago. Theft of gear Almost unknown Accidents, drowning records No records 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000 verification of consultation Has this particular household been asked about its According to Village Chief, all households have already decided to take up fishing as major activity. preferences (e.g. fishing) Main concern is lack of skill ­ villager demand training and gear (outboards) Perception of catch diversification and establishment n.a., no regulations known of sanctuaries Perception of becoming involved in fisheries Need to be informed first about details and options organization program Interest and willingness to become engaged in There is interest once training is supplied. aquaculture program November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 56 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Khone Kaene Field visit on: 10-06-02 Name of Village Chief or Representative: Mr. Phom (Depty. Chief) 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ ethnic distribution Education Old settlement of entirely Brou ethnic; village is "over 200 years" old, no war refugees settled in and health facilities this village. Khone Kaene has a primary school (1st and 2nd year, a teacher comes from Nakai. A medical doctor visits the village once a year, while a GOL nurse visits the village on a bi-monthly schedule. Total number of households, families, population 37 HH, 45 families, 222 population, of which 119 are female Number of fishing boats Not asked Number of total outboard engines (hp, condition) - Main fishing areas Up- and downstream near village, max 5 km distance; nearby swamplands and ponds 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Everybody goes fishing after having completed work in garden/ paddy fields Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per Men go fishing with boats using (i) gill nets, (ii) hook and long line, (iii) cast nets; some go from fishing effort time to time in nearby swamps to collect frogs and small aquatic animals, trapped in special bamboo baskets set out during night. One villager demonstrated his self-made harpoon after having seen a similar model in Thakhek market. An elder villager recalls his fathers using "kan phu" roots for stunning fish in small pools and creeks. Main species caught Catfish in paddy fields (traps), mainly for sale (10.000 Kip in dry season/ 6.000 Kip in wet season); carps gill-netted in river mainly for elf-consumption Minor aquatic species collected, incl. methods Frogs (wooden, baited basket traps), or manual catch 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income from fish Between 1.5 and 5 kg/day in average. The largest catch ever reported by one fisherman was sales approximately 25 kg/night. The average income per month is estimated by fishermen as 300.000 to 500.000 Kip during both dry and wet season, (less harvest in dry season is compensated by higher prices) Estimate of proportion consumed / sold 75-90% 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold Only occasionally large catfish Spoil of fish n.a. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 57 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Traditional processing Dried fish (hung on string, sun dried, sometimes salt and/or natural insect repellent added); Fish fermenting (3-5 months in jar, wet-salted) Direct sale, to whom Two different middlemen visit the village at irregular intervals Sale and dependency on middlemen No Women's involvement in fish processing and trade Only women sell to middlemen; women often bargain price set seasonally by middlemen 5 Concerns and Problems Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock No observation recorded by villagers development and perceived causes Is CPUE increasing due to environmental changes Not perceived Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts n.a. Theft of gear Almost unknown Accidents, drowning records No records 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000, with former village chief. According to the present village verification of consultation representative, no recent contacts were made by the NT2 project personnel. However, villagers confirmed that they will follow GOL's instructions if they have to leave. Has this particular household been asked about its Yes, however only few households in this village have already decided to take up fishing as major preferences (e.g. fishing) activity. Main concern is lack of skill ­ villager demand training and gear (outboards) Perception of catch diversification and establishment No opinion of sanctuaries Perception of becoming involved in fisheries Need to be informed first about details and options organization program Interest and willingness to become engaged in There is interest once training is supplied. aquaculture program November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 58 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Done Field visit on: 10-06-02 Name of Village Chief or Representative: Mr. Buapha (Depty. Chief) 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of villge ­ ethnic distribution Formerly until war, prevailing Lao Theung ethnic village. Since then Lao Theung disappeared completely, being replaced by Lao Loum Total number of households 96 HH, about 140 families; 720 people, of which 384 are female. Number of fishing boats About 60 Number of total outboard engines (hp, condition) Only 12 villagers own outboards (5 hp mainly), but only 3 are in working condition. Villagers say they have no funds and no skill to maintain/repair defunct engines. There is no mechanics in the village Main fishing areas Up- and downstream near village, max 5 km distance, at no distinct customary location) 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Everybody goes fishing after having completed work in garden/ paddy fields Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per Men go fishing with boats using (I) gill nets, (ii) hook and long line, (iii) cast nets; some go from fishing effort time to time in nearby swamps to collect frogs and small aquatic animals Seasonal fishing effort and harvest 40 % of total activities Main species caught Catfish in paddy fields (traps), carps in river net fishing; Women collect freshwater shells ("Hoi Kee") hand-collected from muddy banks along the Nam On river. Small pulmonate nails are collected by women and children in rice fields. Both mollusk species are consumed (soup) and also used as hook bait. Villagers claim that the Hoi Kee is less abundant in the river than a decade ago. Minor aquatic species collected, incl. methods Frogs (wooden, baited basket traps), or manual catch 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income from fish Total income per HH is given as 2 million Kip/year, being mainly from livestock sale and sales vegetables. Fish sales make no significant contribution as most is consumed and no market outlet is reaching Done. Estimate of proportion consumed / sold / 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold Rarely, due to remoteness and distance to market. Spoil of fish / Traditional processing Dried fish (hung on string, sun dried Direct sale, to whom Due to remoteness, no middleman comes to collect catch November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 59 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Sale and dependency on middlemen n.a. Women's involvement in fish processing and trade No observation 5 Concerns and Problems Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock No observation among villagers development and perceived causes Is CPUE increasing due to environmental changes No observation among villagers Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts (e.g. No observation among villagers destructive fishing methods) Theft of gear unknown Accidents, drowning records No records 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000. verification of consultation Has this particular household been asked about its All villagers have agreed to move as they expect alleviation of poverty and better life in preferences (e.g. fishing) resettlement. Perception of catch diversification / sanctuaries n.a. Perception of becoming involved in fisheries Need to be informed first about details and options organization program Interest and willingness to become engaged in There is interest t move to better life conditions aquaculture program November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 60 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Sob One Field visit on: 12-06-02 Name of Village Chief or Representative: Mr. Kham and Mr. Siphone 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ ethnic distribution A mix of ethnic groups inhabits Sob One, with Bo being the dominant one. The village is cut off from road net on Plateau during wet season. Total number of households, families, population 71 HH, 91 families, 427 people Number of fishing boats 40 Number of total outboard engines (hp, condition) 6 in working condition, and several idle Main fishing areas Nam Theun, Nam On, and several swamplands (Nong Alam, Nong Thang, Nong Ngao, Nong Kabox, Nong Sum Hong, Nong Thanane. The latter is a perennial lake. 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Main fishing season is only 4-5 months. Everybody goes fishing after having completed work in garden/ upland paddy fields Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per On an average, some 20 men go fishing per night. fishing effort Men go fishing with boats using (i) gill nets, (ii) hook and long line. Hi Kee Shell collection season April-May. Pulmonate and small hydrobiid snails are collected, also by women, from June-August, either in rice fields of on rocky banks of the Nam Theun river. Seasonal fishing effort and harvest n.a Main species caught Catfish in paddy fields (traps), carps in river net fishing Minor aquatic species collected, incl. methods Frogs (wooden, baited basket traps), or manual catch. Hoi Kee mussels are rarely found with small pearls inside. 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income n.a Estimate of proportion consumed / sold n.a 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold n.a Spoil of fish n.a Traditional processing No dry fish ; Fish fermenting (3-5 months in jar, wet-salted) Direct sale, to whom To different middlemen from Nakai, visiting the village at regular intervals Sale and dependency on middlemen n.a. Women's involvement in fish processing and trade / November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 61 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 5 Concerns and Problems Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock Hoi Kee freshwater mussels are, according to villagers, in decline during the past decade. development and perceived causes Is CPUE decreasing due to environmental changes - Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts Too many fishermen, all using effective gear ("modern" gill nets) Theft of gear Almost unknown Accidents, drowning records No records 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000. Villagers perceive their situation as amelioration of their verification of consultation (poverty) status. They are aware that they have to follow governmental instructions Has this particular household been asked about its Yes, 10 households in this village have already decided to take up aquaculture as major activity. preferences (e.g. fishing) Main concern is lack of skill ­ villager demand training and gear (outboards) Perception of catch diversification and establishment of sanctuaries Perception of becoming involved in fisheries Need to be informed first about details and options organization program Interest and willingness to become engaged in There is interest once training is supplied. aquaculture program November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 62 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Keng Ngao Field visit on: 12-06-02 Name of Village Chief and his Representative: Mr. Phouy, Mr. Phong 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ ethnic distribution The settlement is relatively young (20 years) when part of the neighboring village Bua Ma (see next) decided to move to new and "better" site, reportedly for better fishing grounds and safer drinking water. 95% of villagers belong to ethnic group of Lao Theung Total number of households, families, population 24 HH, 27 families Number of fishing boats 5 Number of total outboard engines (hp, condition) none Main fishing areas / 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Fishing is less expressed in this community (cultural reasons) Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per / fishing effort Seasonal fishing effort and harvest n.a. Main species caught Shell collection (up to 5 kg/day), for consumption only Minor aquatic species collected, incl. methods Frogs and small fish in paddy lands (wooden, baited basket traps) 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income from n.a fishing sales Estimate of proportion consumed / sold n.a 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold Only larger fish from daily catch, occasionally Spoil of fish / Traditional processing n.a. Direct sale, to whom As no middlemen visiting the village, individual households sell fish at irregular intervals at Nakai market. Sale and dependency on middlemen / Women's involvement in fish processing and trade / November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 63 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 5 Concerns and Problems Observations on fish ecology / trends in stock No observations made by villagers development and perceived causes Is CPUE decreasing due to environmental changes Is catch decreasing due to man-made impacts (e.g. No changes observed by villagers destructive fishing methods) Theft of gear unknown Accidents, drowning records No records 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000 verification of consultation Has this particular household been asked about its Yes, however most households in this village would like to engage in livestock rather than in preferences (e.g. fishing) fishing as major activity. This is correlated with cultural facts as Lao Theung are traditionally cattle breeders, with little experience in rice farming or fishing. Perception of catch diversification and establishment n.a. of sanctuaries Perception of becoming involved in fisheries Little interest organization program Interest and willingness to become engaged in Little interest aquaculture program November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 64 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Name of Village: Bua Ma Field visit on: 12-06-02 Name of Village Chief or Representative: Mr. Say Deng Outhon 1 Fishing tradition and possession of boats History of village ­ ethnic distribution Village some 45 year old. About 50% are ethnic Lao Theung, 50% are Lao Loum. The village has no school, and drinking water quality in single well seems highly risky (open, unprotected well with access to cattle grazing in the vicinity ­ fecal pollution is also likely to affect drinking water source. Total number of households, families, population 58 HH, 67 families, 228 people, 119 female Number of fishing boats 25 Number of total outboard engines (hp, condition) only one outboard engine, in working condition Main fishing areas Only at swamplands and paddy fields near village 2 Fishing methods and main species caught Which family members are involved Everybody goes occasionally fishing after having completed work in garden/ paddy fields Fishing efforts: Schedule, # of people involved per Less expressed activity, mainly using gear for shallow swamplands, e.g. round scoop nets, cast nets fishing effort and hand lift nets. Few men go gill-netting (100 m x 2.0 m, 4 cm mesh size). Long line fixed across Nam Theun river and also across swamps. Seasonal fishing effort and harvest As above, fish is almost exclusively caught for consumption Main species caught / Minor aquatic species collected, incl methods Frogs (wooden, baited basket traps), or manual catch 3 Fishing being livelihood component Average monthly catch and estimated income n.a. Estimate of proportion consumed / sold n.a. 4 Marketing Aspects Products sold n.a. Spoil of fish None Traditional processing Fish fermenting (3-5 months in jar, wet-salted). Few people produce sun-dried fish (for consumption). Direct sale, to whom One middleman from Nakai visits the village at irregular intervals Sale and dependency on middlemen / Women's involvement in fish processing and trade Women sell to middlemen; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 65 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 5 Concerns and Problems No observation made by villagers 6 Perception of the NT2 Project, in relation to additional income opportunities from fishing Account on former contacts by NTEC personnel, Consultation took place, first in 2000. All villagers agree to move, according to Government verification of consultation ordinance. Has this particular household been asked about its Villagers want to see first demonstration farms and projects before deciding which activity to take preferences (e.g. fishing) up after becoming resettled. Main concern is lack of skill ­ villager demand training and demonstration. Perception of catch diversification / sanctuaries No perception of issue Wish to becoming involved in fisheries program Need to be informed first about details and options Interest and willingness to become engaged in There is interest once training is supplied. aquaculture program November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 66 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Annex 24-2: Potential Adaptability of Fish Species to Nakai Reservoir The table below shows fish species recorded from the Nam Theun and their assumed adaptability to reservoir conditions (Kottelat, 1996), together with their distribution in the Nam Ngum Reservoir and reservoirs in Northeast Thailand. Observed in Observed in Adaptability to Nam Ngum Reservoirs in Reservoir Fish Species Recorded in Nam Theun Reservoir N-E Thailand Conditions Cyprinidae (Carps, Minnows, Barbs) Bangana elegans - Hypsibarbus vernayi + Opsarius pulchellus Barilius sp. - * Cirrhinus molitorella ++ Cyclocheilichtys repasson ++ Danio fangfangae + Garra cambodgiensis -- Garra theunensis -- *Hampala macrolepidota ++ Hemiculterella macrolepis - * Luciocyprinus striolatus + * Mekongina erythrospila - Mystacoleucus marginatus Mystacoleucus sp. - * Neolissochilus blanci -- Onychostoma fusiforme -- Puntioplites falcifer ++ Poropuntius carinatus + Puntius aurotaeniatus ++ Raiamas guttatus - Rasbora paviei Rasbora sp. - Rhodeus laonensis + Scaphiodonichthys acanthopterus -- Scaphognathops theunensis + Tor ater + Tor tambroides + Tor laterivittatus + Tor tambra + Balitoridae (Hillstream Loaches) * Balitora cf. annamitica -- Balitora lancangjiangensis -- Hemimyzon papilio -- Homaloptera smithi + Nemacheilus arenicolus Nemacheilus sp. - Schistura sombooni - Schistura kongphengi + Schistura atra -- * Schistura nudidorsum -- Schistura obeini -- Schistura tubilinaris + Schistura cataracta - Cobitidae (Loaches) Lepidocephalichtys aff. hasselti ++ * Misgurnus anguillicaudatus ++ November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 67 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Observed in Observed in Adaptability to Nam Ngum Reservoirs in Reservoir Fish Species Recorded in Nam Theun Reservoir N-E Thailand Conditions Pangio fusca + Bagridae (Bagrid Catfishes) Hemibagrus wyckioides ++ Pseudomystus siamensis + Siluridae (Sheatfishes) Pterocryptis inusitata - Clariidae (Walking Catfishes) Clarias batrachus ++ Sisoridae (Sucking Catfishes) Glyptothorax laosensis -- Glyptothorax macromaculatus -- Glyptothorax zainaensis -- Oreoglanis hysiurus -- Pseudecheneisymelvicus -- Oryziidae (Rice-Fishes) Oryzias sinensis ++ Odontubutidae (Sleepers) Odontobutis aurarmus ++ Gobiidae (Gobies) * Rhinogobius lineatus - Rhinogobius ocellatus - Anabantidae (Climbing Perches) Anabas testudineus ++ Osphronemidae (Gouramis) Trichopsis schalleri ++ Channidae (Snakeheads) Channa gachua + Channa striata ++ Mastacembelidae (Spiny Eels) Mastacembelus armatus + (Sources: Kottelat, 1996, Kottelat 2002, and Bernacsek, 1997). Key: * Species are only known from downstream of the inundation area Species not observed in reservoir Species present in reservoir - Unlikely to adapt to reservoir conditions -- Not adaptable to reservoir conditions + May adapt to reservoir conditions ++ Adaptable to reservoir conditions An extensive fish survey of the Nam Theun/Nam Kading by Maurice Kottelat was carried out during the dry season. Since fish species composition of fish catch changes with the season, it should be assumed that the total estimated number of fish species (according to this survey) that can adapt to reservoir conditions is a minimum estimate. The fish species identified in Nam Ngum Reservoir and in reservoirs in Northeast Thailand have not been identified with updated taxonomic names. In both Thailand and for the Nam Ngum Reservoir, fish surveys mostly used outdated taxonomic names for fish species. Only those fish species occurring in Nam Ngum and Thai reservoirs with the same names as used by Kottelat have been included in the table. From the table it can be concluded that a minimum of 31 fish species will be able to establish populations in Nakai Reservoir. Thus, there will be the potential for healthy reservoir fisheries, without the need for releasing exotic fish species. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 68 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Annex 24-3: Extracts from Study on Fish Marketing Production and trends The construction of Nakai Reservoir is anticipated to generate a substantial natural fisheries resource, the RAP calls for the exclusive exploitation of this resource by resettled communities. The Reservoir Fisheries report estimates an annual reservoir fish catch of between 675,000 and 2,025,000 kg per annum with an average of 1,575,000 kg. This mid-range catch level equates to some 4.3 tons per day. Of this it is estimated that in 2009 some 1.1 tons will be consumed per day by fishing households leaving a surplus of 3.2 tons for sale. This equates to an annual sale of some 1,183 tons with a farm gate value in excess of USD 700,000 at Kip 6,000 per kilo18. This value is considered to be below current farm gate prices for wild fish which are, on average some 9,500 kip per kilo. At this, perhaps more realistic pricing level, projected annual production is likely to result in farm gate sales in excess of US$ 1,000,000. Strong market demand exists for fish in Laos and indeed the sub-region as a whole. Natural fish stocks are unable to supply sufficient quantities to meet such demand and, as a result, fish farming is developing rapidly in Laos. Most commercial-scale fish farming is undertaken using floating cage (usually for Tilapia) and pond (usually for catfish) culture techniques. Khammouane Province is no exception to the national trend and by 2002 there were a total of 377 fish cages in operation with a total stock of just under one million fish, mostly Tilapia. The commercial raising of pond catfish has also commenced in Khammouane with much of this, as well as the Tilapia, production being exported to Vientiane. Commercial scale aquaculture in Khammouane Province is now well established and continues to attract investment. Between FY 2001 and FY 2002 the number of fish raised through cage culture rose by some 80%19 indicating the strength of demand for even less preferred, cage raised fish. Market types A proportion of fish caught in the Mekong and the lower reaches of its tributaries are sold directly into the Thai market where prices, particularly for larger fish, are higher. The extent of such sales is hard to determine but occurs on a micro-level scale with individual Lao fisherman selling to their counterparts from Thailand as well as to on-shore buyers. No formal fish export structures currently exist in either Thakhek or Paksan for sales to Thailand. The marketing system for fish varies by location and at their most simple have fishing households directly selling their catch in local markets. In areas with production surplus traders from major market centres such as Thakhek will undertake daily purchase trips and either sell the fish to consumers directly or sell on to market based traders. Key nodes in the fish trade include bridges and ferry crossings (e.g. Old Mahaxai town). Fish prices appear to be highly variable by location with remoter locations having lower farm gate prices. Commercial fish farms sell at the farm gate to local retailers and also transport live fish to Vientiane markets for sale to retailers. In areas where significant catches occur, smaller and lower value fish are frequently processed either though drying or fermenting into Padek. Prices and volumes There is a strong market preference for wild fish over cultivated fish, with wild fish commanding a substantial price premium. Wild fish prices per kilo are, on occasion, double that of farmed fish. CPI data on fish prices are difficult to interpret because species types are not clearly defined. It appears as though prices for farmed Tilapia have not increased over the last three years in Vientiane while in Thakhek they have actually fallen slightly. In contrast, catfish has increased in price by 20 % in the last three years in Vientiane, and by 70 % in Thakhek although it is not clear if this is farmed or wild fish20. 18Average price used in the report is USD 0.6/kg. 19Khammouane Provincial Agriculture and Forestry Office, Statistics Department. 20Given the centrality of fish in the Lao diet it is clearly important that the NSC revise and clarify fish types in their upcoming revision of their survey instruments. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 69 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Fish from Nam Ngum are viewed by some consumers as less tasty than river fish and as such the fish catch from Nakai Reservoir may not command market prices equivalent to that achieved by seasonal wild fish. Wild fish capture is seasonal in nature and market prices reflect this. Fishermen in villages adjacent to the Nam Theun on the Nakai Plateau are reportedly selling large fish for 8,000 kip/kg, substantially lower than the price of 20-25,000 kip/kg that such fish could command at the Thakhek market. Figure 24-12: Retail Comparisons, Dried Fish There is a strong tradition in lowland 28000 areas for processing of fish, most 26000 notably by drying and fermenting (to 24000 produce Padek). Smoked fish is also 22000 Kg/ 20000 Vientiane available in Thakhek markets but in p 18000 Khammoune lower quantities. Retail prices for Ki16000 dried and fermented fish show 14000 significant variation between 12000 10000 Thakhek and Vientiane (see Figure 2000 2001 2002 2003 24-12 and Figure 24-13). Source: CPI Data, NSC Figure 24-13: Retail Price Comparisons, Fermented Fish 8000 7000 6000 Kg/ Vientiane p 5000 Khammoune Ki 4000 3000 2000 2000 2001 2002 2003 Source: CPI Data, NSC Table 24-13 below provides details on retail and farm gate fish prices per kg in Thakhek. Prices clearly vary considerably by size and type with larger fish commanding higher prices. Fish with skin as opposed to scales are also preferred by consumers and command higher retail and farm gate prices21. Table 24-13: Retail and Farm Gate Prices for Wild and Farmed Fish (kip/kg) Retail Price Farm Gate Price Type /source of fish High Low High Low Wild Fish 25,000 3,000 12,000 2,000 Farmed Fish 16,000 8,000 14,000 6,000 Exchange rate: US$1=Kip10,500 (April 2003) 21Baseline Study, NTEC, 2002. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 70 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management In Thakhek 300-500 kg of farmed fish are sold daily at the three local markets. Table 24-14 provides an estimate of the total market for fish in Vientiane and Thakhek. Because of the nature of this data and the season during which it was gathered, total annual quantities indicated may be somewhat of an over- estimate of actual sales. Table 24-14: Estimates of Market Volume Estimated Market Size (Tons/Month) Volume 0-5 5-10 10-50 50-200 200-500 500-1000 1000+ Wild Fish THK VTE Farmed Fish THK VTE Estimating the scale of the Thakhek market for fresh fish is complex and varies substantially on a daily as well as seasonal basis. At time of study the scale of this market was estimated by fish traders to be in the region of 1-1.5 tons per day22 for wild fish. Future scenarios The future Nakai Reservoir catch is predicted to be substantially higher than the present total sales of fish in Thakhek (1-2 tons per day). A significant development of marketing channels for Nakai produced fish can be predicted. Such channels are likely to develop apace with production levels. A small quantity of fish is currently being traded from certain Nakai plateau villages to larger market centres. Present traders may form the initial basis for the marketing of Nakai Reservoir fish when production develops. In the longer term it is anticipated that Nakai and/or Thakhek based traders will emerge specializing in the trade of Nakai Reservoir fish. There are a number of likely scenarios that may develop as a result of the substantial predicted natural fisheries in Nakai. (i) It is highly likely that Nakai fresh fish will be exported from Khammouane Province to Paksan, Savannakhet and possibly Vientiane. Sales across the border to Thailand are also likely if permitted by Lao and Thai authorities. Such exports could be on a relatively large scale. Because of the relatively small distances involved, fish could realistically be in the Nakon Phanom market (Thailand) within six hours of capture. (ii) Given the scale of production envisaged it is likely that there will be a proportion of unsold fish each day, particularly smaller and lower value fish. Apart from those fish used for household consumption, these fish provide an opportunity for household (or possibly commercial level) processing: sun dried, smoked or fermented into Padek. Existing fish traders based in Thakhek, and potentially current Nakai based traders, are likely to take rapid advantage of the new trading opportunities that present themselves as a result of the NT2 fish production. The primary, and initially major, market for NT2 produced fish will be Thakhek. Secondary markets are likely to be those in closest proximity and would include Paksan and Savannakhet. As reservoir production rises and progressively satisfies local demand it is anticipated that an increase in the trade of fish to Thailand will occur. Depending upon the actual production levels achieved it is quite possible that some of the Nakai Reservoir catch, in particular larger, higher value fish, will reach the Vientiane market. Some small quantities of fish are currently being exported from Lak Sao to Vietnam. It is possible that NT2 fish could likewise be exported. As has occurred with the valuable large livestock trade in Nakai it is likely that district authorities will seek to earn taxation revenue from the fish trade. There are a number of ways in which such revenue may be generated. If the model adopted for the livestock trade is followed it would result in a Nakai based fish traders association being established which would pay a flat rate monthly fee to the District Taxation Department for the exclusive rights to market fish produced on the plateau or to charge other traders for 22Lak 3 fresh food market only was estimated to be approximately 1 ton per day. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 71 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management such rights. The establishment of such monopolistic trading systems, even if only for fixed terms, has a number of possible negative impacts: · inhibits development of the private trade sector · lower trader competition leading to depression of farm gate fish prices. · reduces district taxation income There are also however, potential positive impacts that could result from the higher volumes traded by a single association or company that are less likely to occur in a scenario with a number of small scale individual traders. These advantages could include: · The establishment of ice production facilities for the transportation of higher value fish to remoter, yet more lucrative markets, notably Thailand and Vientiane. · The management of bureaucratic regulations concerning formal trade to more lucrative markets, notably Thailand. · The establishment of commercial small-scale processing facilities for the utilization of smaller, lower value fish. Irrespective of the nature of future marketing channels, data gathered strongly suggests that the marketing of Nakai Reservoir catch will not be problematic even at high level production estimates. However, the development of market structures takes time and there may be a time lag between production levels and marketing channels. This is, however, not expected to be significant. Table 24-15 summarizes and presents the scenario and scale of the major short term opportunities and risks for market oriented production of fish from the Nakai Reservoir. Table 24-15: Market Opportunities and Risks Market Opportunity Market Risks Strong local demand in Thakhek, processing Potential risk of monopolistic trading Scenario and inter-provincial trade possible. High association being established reducing value / kg, private sector will rapidly seek to competition amongst traders and depressing take advantage of opportunities presented. farm gate prices. Scale High Low - Medium Market linkage recommendations Market penetration on the Nakai has, to date, been weak. This will change rapidly with improved transportation networks and the influx of construction crews. It is recommended that NTPC include a market acceleration program within its resettlement action plan to achieve the following objectives: · Monitor market trends on an ongoing basis so as to ensure that production promoted on the plateau is in line with market demands. · Facilitate trader interest in the plateau's production through a variety of mechanisms including the establishment of partnerships with existing trading companies for possible contract farming type arrangements. · Support the development of local traders on the plateau to take advantage of trade opportunities that exist and thus retain as much of the financial benefits of this trade within the plateau area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 72 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Annex 24-4: Indicative Training Courses for GoL Staff and Fishers 1. CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT FOR GOL STAFF Training 1.1 English Language and Computer Skills Subjects: Refreshment of basic English, with emphasis on technical vocabulary used in the Project Technical language training in computer terminology Introduction to basic work with PC and peripheral devices Practical work with MS Office Programmes Word Processing, focus on tabular presentation Basic requirement for technical reporting Correspondence Spreadsheets and tabular calculation Data entry in MS Access Maintaining data bases, focus on fisheries and socio-economic database developed by the RFMP Training 1.2: Fisheries and Fish Biology in the Nakai Reservoir Subjects: Hydrology and ecology of Nakai Reservoir Overview on the aquatic biota of the Nakai Reservoir Basics of ichthyology, with special reference to endemic fish Ecological requirements of local fish Fish reproduction and nursing grounds Feeding habits of main reservoir species Introduction of exotic species ­ issues and risks Taxonomy of main commercial fish species in the reservoir Field identification manual Fish diseases ­ observation and reporting Algal blooms and weeds ­ observation and reporting Training 1.3: Catch Monitoring and Applied Fisheries Research Assumption: All trainees have participated in the "Fisheries Biology in the Nakai Reservoir" training course and therefore possess sufficient knowledge in fisheries and hydrology. Subjects: Fishing methods in the Nakai Reservoir Stock development in the Nakai Reservoir Rationale of catch assessment Field survey and measuring techniques Background and use of GPS Use of maps and mapping Background and use of radio communication Methodologies of catch assessment Data collection Data compilation Data analysis November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 73 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Training 1.4: Fish Disease Identification and Control Assumption: All trainees have successfully participated both in the "Fisheries Biology in the Nakai Reservoir" and the "Catch Assessment" training courses Subjects: Fish food consumption and safety requirements Fish spoil and consumption risks Health risks related to handling and consumption of affected fish Main fish diseases encountered in indigenous fish species Identification (taxonomy) of fish parasites Treatment of fish diseases in culture ponds Fish disease control and mitigation measures in the reservoir Fish disease survey methods Fish disease data collection, data compilation and analysis Training 1.5: Surveillance, Patrolling and Enforcement Assumption: Trainees will be selected among members of Law Enforcement Units (Police), National Security (Military) and Village Militia. They are fully trained in terrestrial patrolling, enforcement and use of firearms to deal with unlawful elements. They lack knowledge in fisheries management and regulations. Subjects: Rationale for fisheries regulations and enforcement Policies and legal framework Zonation of the Nakai Reservoir - fishing and non-fishing areas Fisheries surveillance methods and practical requirements Navigation, use of GPS, use of maps and mapping Background information and use of radio communication First Aid and rescue of accident victims Reporting of accidents Risk awareness and mitigation in reservoir patrolling Grievance resolution and appeals mechanisms Conflict resolution in the cultural context Control of fishing licenses and boat registration permits Fishing gear used in the Nakai Reservoir Methods of gear inspection and gear recovery Fish diseases ­ observation and reporting Wildlife observations and reporting November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 74 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 2. TRAINING OF TRAINERS FOR WORKING WITH FISHER GROUPS Training 2.1 Community Development, Group Formation and Leadership Assumption: Trainees will be selected among leading members the resettlement villages. It is assumed that by the time this training starts, the RAP and specific household surveys have identified the candidates who are proposed/accepted by the fisher persons as their leaders. It is assumed that these leaders possess no particular knowledge in group formation and guidance. They also most probably have no specific knowledge in budget administration and data collection. Subjects: Background on co-management concepts for reservoir management Principles of participatory consultation and communication Identification and motivation of beneficiaries for the fisheries development program Facilitation of fisher group formation Identification and motivation of fisher group leaders Rights and entitlements of fisher groups Tasks of fisher group leaders Leadership skill development (facilitation, communication & negotiation) Grievance resolution and appeals mechanisms Conflict resolution skill development (in the cultural context) Awareness building Gender sensitivity Risk awareness and mitigation in fishing activities 3. JOINT TRAINING FOR EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF AND FISHER Training 3.1: Fish Catching Skills Subjects: Co-management concepts for reservoir management Overview of the regulations and zoning of NT2 Gear specifications Demonstration of fishing gear and innovative modifications Practical exercises in using the fishing gear Net-mending Boat repair and maintenance Basic mechanical maintenance and repair of boat engines Fish handling and post-harvest activities Principles of catch assessment Participation in catch assessment First aid and rescue of injured persons Accident risk awareness and mitigation in fishing activities November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 75 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Annex 24-5: Parameters for Monitoring of Fisheries Information 1. Fishing Community Assessment and Socio-Economic Data Method: Structured household survey questionnaire interview23, to be conducted by trained fisheries program staff. Parameters: · Head of household · Fisheries registration number / license · Registration in local Fisheries Association · Participation in Resettlement Program · Number of household members participating in fishing · Best fishing grounds and choice of fishing areas · Gear specification (origin, status, maintenance) · Main species caught / collected, and seasonal variation · Fishing schedule as per fishing method · Spoil of fish · Observation on ecological conditions reflecting CPUE, and record of perceived causes for harvest change over time · Observation on fish diseases · Other biological observation (fish, plankton, weeds) · Observation on illegal fishing activities · Theft of gear · Accidents · Knowledge and perception of fishing regulations · Aquaculture program: type and extension service received · Aquaculture program: operational and production details · Aquaculture program: financial details (investment, issues, credit) · Problems faced in fish farming · Fish consumption vs. sale, quantities and estimated household income (percentage of livelihood derived from fish culture or catch culture activities) · Post harvest activities and quantities (landing, storage, processing, sale) · Sales prices for sale through association · Other marketing and sales of fisheries product · Women's involvement in fishing and fish trade Proposed Schedule / Frequency: 2 per year, starting in second year Estimated duration of each assessment: 6 days Staff involved24: 1 Technician 1 Assistant 1 Driver Stakeholder involvement: Village Chief/Deputy Local Fisher Folk Association Leader 23For outline of questionnaire, see Matsaller, Annex C. 24The surveys will be conducted by the staff having received special training. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 76 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management 2. Monitoring the Fisheries Activities Performance in Nakai Reservoir Method: This activity is closely linked with the previous. Based on these findings, this activity will mainly conduct field surveys and observations on the spot to verify ongoing fishing activities. Parameters: · Verifying frequency and number of family households engaged in specific fishing practices · Direct observation on fishing efforts on "best fishing grounds" as indicated by fishers · Control and quantify gear in use · Verify species selectively caught with specific gear, and identify seasonal variation · Direct observation on spoil of fish due to poor handling · Direct observation on fish diseases · Other biological observation (fish, plankton, weeds) · Spot checks in areas reported for where theft of gear has been reported · Control of areas where "ghost fishing" is reported, due to abandoned and/or entangled gill nets · Verify operational performance of cage culture farms · Verify operational performance of the fish processing activities · Report any problems observed during the survey Proposed schedule / frequency: 2 per year, starting in year 2 Estimated duration of each assessment: 4 days Staff involved : 44 1 Technician 1 Assistant 1 Boat driver Stakeholder involvement: Fisher Group Leaders Local Fisher Folk 3. Catch Assessment Method: Regular and standardized quantitative assessment of samples taken at the landing centers during a full day. Parameters: · Recording the origin (zone) of individual catches · Recording of total fisher persons involved in the landed catch · Record of gear utilized, and CPUE · Recording net wet weight of total catches landed per single sampling day · Record of species' percentage and size in representative sub-samples (taxonomic classes, individual length and standard length measurement) · Recording of size/weight relationship of selected species in sub-samples · Direct observation on spoil of fish, and identification of causes · Health inspection on selected sub-samples (diseases, parasites) · Report any problems observed during the catch assessment Proposed schedule / frequency: 12 per year, starting at year 2.5 Estimated duration of each assessment: 1 day Staff involved : 1 Technician 44 1 Assistant 1 Driver Stakeholder involvement: Fisher Group Leader November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 77 Chapter 24: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Annex 24-6: Structure of Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Management The Nakai Reservoir fisheries management will operate at four levels: Nakai Reservoir Fisheries Resources Management at reservoir level Pre-impoundment preparation Removal of residual biomass Habitat enhancement Zoning and boundary demarcation * Water quality monitoring Fish species and aquatic biodiversity monitoring at PAFO/DAFO General management planning * level Budgeting License system * Reservoir fisheries information system * Monitor fisheries activities * Coordinate catch monitoring and collection of statistical data * Setting annual allowable catch rates * Regulations * Surveillance and patrolling/enforcement assistance* at village level Awareness programs Group formation and organization Consultative / co-management meetings Zoning and boundary demarcation Co-managing and agreement to regulations Conflict resolution Co-managing for patrolling and enforcement Technical support and advice to catch practices Catch monitoring and collection of statistical data Provision of gear and credit facilities Technical support and advice to aquaculture programs Technical support and advice to fish processing program at infrastructure level Ice Plant Fish storage and transport facilities Fish collection system * Fish processing facilities * Fish marketing system * Artificial stocking program for village aquaculture development Artificial stocking program for replenishing the reservoir fish stock Note: Activities marked with an * are to be discussed and decided upon by a participatory consultation process with the local communities and fisher groups. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 78 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability CHAPTER 25 LIVELIHOOD INTEGRATION AND INCOME SCENARIOS - TRANSITION TO STABILITY Table of Content 25 LIVELIHOOD INTEGRATION AND INCOME SCENARIOS - TRANSITION TO STABILITY .............................................................................1 25.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................1 25.1.1 Summary of Current Livelihoods .............................................................................................................1 25.1.2 Livelihood Options for Plateau Resettlers...............................................................................................1 25.1.3 Integration ­ Scenarios of Adoption of Livelihood Options................................................................1 25.1.4 Key Terminology ........................................................................................................................................2 25.1.5 Key Considerations in Livelihood Option Integration..........................................................................2 25.2 INCOME TARGETS FOR LIVELIHOOD INTEGRATION.................................................3 25.3 HOUSEHOLD SIZE CATEGORIES................................................................................4 25.4 RE-VIEW OF LIVELIHOOD OPPORTUNITIES..............................................................6 25.4.1 Food Security...............................................................................................................................................7 25.4.2 Crop Production .........................................................................................................................................7 25.4.3 Livestock Production..................................................................................................................................9 25.4.4 Forestry.......................................................................................................................................................10 25.4.5 Fisheries......................................................................................................................................................11 25.4.6 NTFPs and Hunting.................................................................................................................................11 25.4.7 Small-scale Business, Craft and Trade....................................................................................................11 25.4.8 Employment ..............................................................................................................................................12 25.5 PHASING - TRANSITION TO STABILITY.................................................................... 13 25.5.1 Access to Existing Resources..................................................................................................................14 25.5.2 Large Animal Raising................................................................................................................................14 25.5.3 Reservoir Area Biomass Utilisation........................................................................................................14 25.5.4 Employment in Reservoir Logging Activities.......................................................................................14 25.5.5 Payment for Labour on Resettlement Activities...................................................................................14 25.5.6 Employment in NT2 Project Construction Activities .........................................................................14 25.5.7 Production of Food for Labour Force...................................................................................................15 25.5.8 Rice Support ..............................................................................................................................................15 25.5.9 Forest Association Resource Dividend..................................................................................................15 25.5.10 Family Fund Management .......................................................................................................................15 25.6 INTEGRATION OF LIVELIHOODS............................................................................. 15 25.7 LABOUR REQUIREMENTS AND RETURNS TO LABOUR............................................. 17 25.8 ASSESSMENT OF INCOME GENERATION POTENTIAL.............................................. 21 25.8.1 Total Income .............................................................................................................................................21 25.8.2 Meeting the Income Targets....................................................................................................................22 List of Annexes Annex 25-1: Total Annual Income, Income Surplus and Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 1.1 to 6 for Two Examples in Transition Phase and Stability Phase, for Five Household Size Categories..................................................................................................................................34 Annex 25-2: Exchange Rates for Lao Kip : US Dollar, 1997/98, 2000 and 2002/03.................................45 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability List of Tables Table 31-1: Income Targets for Various Household Sizes...............................................................................4 Table 31-2: Composition of Five Indicative Household Categories, and Their Labour Resources..........6 Table 31-3: Composition of Whole Farm Scenarios (WFS) ............................................................................8 Table 31-4: Number of Enterprises within Business, Crafts and Trade and their Estimated Profit.......12 Table 31-5: Timing of Livelihood Options in Comparison with Resettlement Program .........................14 Table 31-6: Household Livelihood Mix Examples (10)..................................................................................17 Table 31-7: Number of Households within each Household Size Category Engaged in Main Components of Livelihood Options 3, 4 and 5..........................................................................20 Table 31-8: Returns to Labour for Household Livelihood Activities (US$ per person day)....................21 List of Figures Figure 31-1: Distribution of Household Sizes at Nakai Plateau, 1998.............................................................5 Figure 31-2: Number of Household within each Household Size Category, 1998........................................6 Figure 31-3: Comparison of Surplus Labour for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios for Five Household Size Categories..........................................................................................................................................19 Figure 31-4: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Large Households, Example 1.......................................................................................................23 Figure 31-5: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Large Households, Example 2.......................................................................................................24 Figure 31-6: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Larger Households, Example 1. ....................................................................................................25 Figure 31-7: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Larger Households, Example 2. ....................................................................................................26 Figure 31-8: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Average Households, Example 1. .................................................................................................27 Figure 31-9: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Average Households, Example 2. .................................................................................................28 Figure 31-10: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Smaller Households, Example 1....................................................................................................29 Figure 31-11: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Smaller Households, Example 2....................................................................................................30 Figure 31-12: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Small Households, Example 1. ......................................................................................................31 Figure 31-13: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Small Households, Example 2. ......................................................................................................32 Figure 31-14: Comparison of Total Income for 11 Household Livelihood Mixes for Five Household Size Categories..........................................................................................................................................33 PREFACE This Chapter is the version as of July 2004. It has not yet been revised to take into account the (slightly) revised livelihood planning that is now incorporated into component chapters, especially the flexibility required in the development and management of the currently degraded forest areas in the Resettlement Area and in the drawdown zone, and in the management of large livestock herds. Following agreement on the strategies proposed in these comments, this integration of livelihoods chapter will be revised. This chapter has also not yet been revised to incorporate the change in eligibility cut-off date, to reflect that the 2003 census, and not the 1998 census, is now the cut off date from the Plateau resettlement program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability 25 LIVELIHOOD INTEGRATION AND INCOME SCENARIOS - TRANSITION TO STABILITY 25.1 INTRODUCTION 25.1.1 Summary of Current Livelihoods The objective of the resettlement planning is to ensure that the affected households are able to successfully establish viable livelihoods in their new village locations. The effect of the inundation of over 40 percent of the Nakai Plateau will be the loss of a large portion of the land currently used by the villagers for agriculture, livestock grazing, gathering of forest products and hunting. Surveys conducted in 2002 revealed that there were 91 ha of rainfed (wet season) rice and 35 ha of dry season, irrigated paddy fields on the Plateau, plus about 434 ha of upland rice. Maize, cassava and vegetables are grown on 86, 49 and 4 ha, respectively. However, yields from these areas are usually very poor, due to flood and/or drought damage to the wet season crops, and elephant damage to the upland fields and dry season paddy crop. A survey in 1996 revealed that only 17 percent of households produced enough rice for year round consumption and 13 percent had rice deficits for over 8 months in the year. This finding was supported by the 1998 census survey that found total production of both wetland paddy and upland rice cultivation provides less than 10 percent of the total household consumption needs. This dire situation continues to this day, and it is for this reason that many plateau families rely on gathering of NTFPs for sale to buy rice, or exchange for rice. Thus, the (plateau) affected people have not traditionally depended upon a single source of income for their livelihoods. Aside from rice cultivation they have subsisted on livestock, fishing, hunting and gathering of forest products, and to a small extent on wage employment. The resettlement of the affected villages is this seen as an opportunity for improving their food security through a range of new livelihood opportunities. 25.1.2 Livelihood Options for Plateau Resettlers As described in previous Chapters, the resettlers on the Nakai Plateau will be able to choose from a range of livelihood options that the NT2 project will support, commonly referred to as the 5 livelihood options, which can be described as: 1. Agriculture: Wet and dry season cropping, with irrigation water pumped from the Nam Theun 2 Reservoir (as described in Chapters 21 and 22); 2. Livestock: Livestock raised on a mixture of feed-crops or forages grown on the irrigated areas, and grazing under the forest of the resettlement area and the drawdown zone (described in Chapter 21); 3. Commercial Community Forestry in the resettlement area forests, including management and harvest of the natural forest, reforestation of degraded forests and primary and secondary wood processing (as described in Chapter 23) providing both employment to some families, and dividends to all; 4. Fisheries: Subsistence and commercial fishing in the newly created Nam Theun 2 Reservoir (as described in Chapter 24); and 5. Non-farm employment: Waged or self employment in a range of activities such as small shops, repair and fabrication shops, handicrafts, primary produce trading and construction labour. 25.1.3 Integration ­ Scenarios of Adoption of Livelihood Options Earlier resettlement planning usefully distinguished between (a) Basic livelihood package: irrigated agriculture land (0.66 ha per family) and an annual dividend from the NPVFA, which will be made available to all households; and (b) Optional livelihood enterprises: fisheries, forestry employment, livestock raising and of-farm employment, which will be adopted by households to different extents, for different purposes. It is the objectives of this chapter to analyse how and which of these livelihood options are adopted by the resettlers. This is a complex task as any particular family may chose from one, two or all of the livelihood November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability options, and it will adopt these options in various ways ­ subsistence to commercial and to various degrees ­ depending on a number of factors, see Section 25.1.5 below. For the purpose of this predictive analysis or modelling of future livelihoods, a combination of a range of agriculture and the other livelihoods is considered, as "Household Livelihood Mixes", which are a combination of the following. 11 Whole Farm Scenarios (Crops and Livestock) X 3 Fisheries options X 2 Forestry options X various off-farm (wage/employment ) options 25.1.4 Key Terminology The complexity of this predictive livelihood analysis and modelling requires that some key terms are first clarified, as follows: · Whole Farm Scenarios (WFS) are those 11 mixtures of crops and animals that provide a range of the types of animal and cropping systems that that the resettling families may eventually, after some years of testing, decide to adopt for the 0.66 ha of irrigated crop land provided to them (see Chapter 21); · Household size categories (household categories), divides the population, for the purpose of predictive modelling, in 5 categories of 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 person households; · Household Livelihood Mixes (HLM) is the combination of options which a household may adopt, and on which the income predictive modelling is undertaken; · Household Livelihood Mix (HLM) Examples is a series of combined livelihoods options for each household size category presented as examples in the models; · Livelihoods refer in the context of this analysis only to food and income components of livelihoods; · Transition Phase is that period of time from the start of relocation (and the start of hydropower related construction) to the time that the reservoir is full and most construction has finished, a period in which focus will be on relocation, and not all livelihood options will be possible (e.g. irrigated agriculture and commercial fisheries); · Stability Phase: the period after transition when all livelihood options become a possibility, and villagers have adopted the mix of livelihood which they are likely to continue into the medium term, at least. 25.1.5 Key Considerations in Livelihood Option Integration Chapters 21, 23 and 24 detail the resources available and the technical requirements of the 5 main livelihood options, and the expected productivity or range of productivity of each enterprise. However, the choice or adoption of one, some or all of these of these options will not be the same for each family. From the point of view of a resettling family, the key considerations in choice or adoption of a livelihood activities will, depend on factors such as: (a) Family size (household size category): Family size and composition dictates the amount of labour available as well as the basic income requirement; (b) Experience to date in any of the livelihood activities. For example, some households may be riverine fishers already and thus adapt better to reservoir fisheries, or some may be good wet and/or dry season paddy farmers and thus more easily adapt to intensive agriculture; (c) Employment skills: Some members of a family may already be experienced, as tree loggers, carpenters, machinery repairs for example); November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability (d) Resource opportunities presented in or near each new village location. Some village resettlements locations ­ chosen by the villagers themselves, may provide better fishing opportunities, or better grazing areas, for example. From the point of view of resettlement planners, the key considerations in planning for and predicting how villagers may chose and adopt a mix of livelihoods are: (a) Income targets. The Project developers and the GoL must ensure that resettling villagers attain a certain level of income ­ the total of cash and imputed income, by year 4 and then year 8 or 9 after relocation. Thus, the income from a wide range of livelihood mixes must be analysed; (b) Feasibility of any livelihood mix, which relates to both (a) social feasibility, or human factors such as family size, skills, and (b) technical feasibility which relates to yields, quality of yields, cost of inputs and returns of marketing; (c) Financial support required to develop the mix of livelihoods The other consideration - for both villagers and planers, is the timing or phasing of the adoption and then integration of the livelihoods. This is important for two reasons: (i) not all of the livelihood opportunities will come on stream, or be available at the same time; and (ii) the period or actual relocation and construction of the NT2 Project itself will create temporary income generating opportunities, which could either interfere with the smooth adoption of the long term resettlement options or complement the gradual adoption of the resettlement options, at least two of which will not be available anyhow until construction is compete. 25.2 INCOME TARGETS FOR LIVELIHOOD INTEGRATION The NT2 Project is committed to ensure that 5 livelihood packages, which effectively is compensation by way of rehabilitation (increase for many families) of income, for inundation of villagers on the plateau will enable villagers to produce food and income to certain target levels. These target income levels are specified as a commitment in the Concession Agreement as follows: Household Income Target ­ to be achieved by each household in all villages no later than four years after relocation of the village. The greater of: (A) the then National Rural Poverty Line per capita multiplied by the number of persons in the household (in 1997/98 the NRPL per capita was 236,616 Kip per year or 1,305,647 Kip for an average household of 5,518 persons, equivalent to USD 8371; and (B) 1,420,800 Kip per person multiplied by the number of persons in the household (in 2002/03 this was equivalent to US$ 761 for an average household of 5.518 persons2). The figure was defined in October 2002 and will be updated regularly based on the inflation rate as calculated from the CPI published by NSC. Village Income Target ­ to be achieved by all villages no later than seven years after relocation of the village. The greater of: (A) the then National Average Rural Income per capita multiplied by the number of persons in the village (in 1997/98 the NARI for an average household of 5,518 persons was 1,946,404 Kip per year3, equivalent to US$ 1,243. However, in 2002/03 the NARI for an average household of 5,518 persons was 8,210,784 Kip per year 4, equivalent to US$ 797); and 1Using the average monthly exchange rate for the period March 1997 ­ February 1998 of 1,565 Kip/US$. The rate is an average of the parallel and official rates (1,628 Kip/US$ and 1,502 Kip/US$, respectively (For calculations on exchange rates, see Annex 25-2. Source: National Statistics Centre)). NRPL figures for 2002/03 will be released by May 2004. A simplified NRPL has been made by NSC for year 2000 of 80,000 Kip per month per capita or 5,297,280 Kip per year for an average household of 5.518 persons, equivalent to US$ 668. Average monthly exchange rate for 2000 is 7933 Kip/US$. 2Using the average monthly exchange rate for the period March 2002 ­ February 2003 of 10,299 Kip/US$ (average of parallel and official rate). 3191,066 Kip/month/HH (@ 6.5 persons) x 12 months x (5.518/6.5) persons/HH. The figure refers to rural households with access to road. Source: The households of Lao PDR, NSC 1999. 4124,000 Kip/month/capita x 12 months x 5.518 persons/HH. Source: NSC; data to be published with LECS 3 in April 2004. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability (B) 2,131,200 Kip per capita multiplied by the number of persons in the village (in 2002/03 this was equivalent to US$ 1,142 for an average household of 5.518 persons). The figure was defined in October 2002 and will be updated regularly based on the inflation rate as calculated from the CPI published by NSC. The Village Income Target is an aggregate measure at village level, using the National Rural Average Income and total number of people in the village to calculate the target for the entire village. Therefore, it does not necessarily follow that each and every person in the village will reach the national average rural income for the village to reach this target. However, no person or household will experience a level of income below the National Rural Poverty Line. Furthermore, it is the policy of the Project that no household will fall below their pre-relocation income level. The income targets are seen as minimum figures, and it is expected that some households and villages will exceed these targets.. The timing for achieving the household and village income targets will be established, and set to start for each village as that year of relocation of the individual village5. As of 1998, the average household income of Nakai Plateau families was about US$ 449 per year, which was well below the national poverty line. Thus, the aim is to lift household income to at least the National Poverty Line by end of year 4 after relocation, which is a significant step. This represents a challenge in the remote area of the Nakai Plateau where the best available farming land will be lost through inundation and where current farming practices are below subsistence level. However, the income targets will be quite feasible as the objective is not to attempt to improve current livelihood systems but rather support the development of a range of new (albeit related) enterprises, based on the new resource opportunities presented by the project, the support to purchase of agricultural and other inputs, and the provision of technical assistance and other services. The income targets are by nature floating and depending on the national figures for the Rural Poverty Line and the Average Rural Income as well as the Lao Kip - US Dollar exchange rate. To enable comparison of the potential incomes for livelihood scenarios for the various household size categories the Household Income Target (option B) and Village Income Target (option B) (per household) are presented in Table 25-1. It is apparent that there is a big gap of a factor 2 from an annual income of US$ 449 for the average household to the target set for end of Year 4. Table 25-1: Income Targets for Various Household Sizes. Household Category Large Larger Average Smaller Small Number of persons per household 10 8 6 4 2 Household Income Target (B) 1,379 1,103 827 552 276 Village Income Target (B) per household 2,070 1,656 1,242 828 414 Notes: Household Income Target (B) (US$ / average household, 5.518 persons) 761 Household Income Target (B) per capita (US$ / capita) 138 Village Income Target (B) per household (US$ / average household, 5.518 persons) 1142 Village Income Target (B) per capita (US$ / capita) 207 Average exchange rate for March 2002 - February 2003 was 10.299 Kip/US$. Exchange rate and thereby income targets will be updated regularly. 25.3 HOUSEHOLD SIZE CATEGORIES Possibly the main constraint or factor determining the range of livelihood activities that any particular family will or can undertake is the availability of labour within the household. 5For example, a village relocated in 2005 would aim to achieve the household income target in 2009 and the village income target in 2012. Another village relocated in 2007 will aim to achieve the household and village income targets in 2011 and 2014, respectively. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability In order to make a comparison of the livelihood opportunities that will be available, a simple system of categorising the households has been devised based upon five major types. These are based on the actual distribution of household sizes at the Nakai Plateau in 1998 (see Figure 25-1). · Large households with a total of 10 persons comprising the husband and wife together with one child (less than 13 years old), two teenage children, two adult offspring as well as three other adults, one of which is an elder. This would equate to 7.25 labour units per day and a total of 2,175 person days per year6. · Larger households with eight persons, consisting of a husband and wife together with a young child, two teenage children, an adult child as well as two other adults, one of which is an elder. This would equate to 5.25 labour units and would provide a total of 1,575 person days per year. · Average households with six persons, which would consist of the husband and wife together with two young children, a teenage child as well as an elder person. This would make a total of 2.75 labour units and a total of 825 person days per year. · Smaller households with a total of four persons being the husband and wife together with two small children making a total of 1.75 labour units and 525 person days per year. · Small households with only husband and wife who also would represent 1.75 labour units and 525 person days per year7. Figure 25-1: Distribution of Household Sizes at Nakai Plateau, 1998 140 sdlohesuo 120 100 Hfore 80 60 mb 40 Nu 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Household size Source: Socio-economic Survey, 1998. Other family types exist, e.g. female (or male) headed households. However, demographic data suggests that the female head in such households is typically around 60 years of age and therefore not likely to have small children to support. It is more likely that she gets support through adult working children and extended family ties. The likely composition of these households and their labour resources are presented in Table 25-2, where the labour ability for the various household members has been valued. It is obvious that the larger households have more labour resources available. This will have implication for, which and how many activities the household members can be involved in. 6Labour units are computed as follows: Husband 1.0, wife 0.75, teenage child 0.5, elderly 0.5 and other adults 1.0 person units per day for a total of 300 days per year. Even though children under 13 years often contribute their labour to the economic activities in the household, a model cannot include them as they ideally should be attending school. 7The difference between the Smaller Household and the Small Household lies in the income requirement. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Table 25-2: Composition of Five Indicative Household Categories, and Their Labour Resources Members: Large HH Larger HH Average HH Smaller HH Small HH > Husband 1 1 1 1 1 > Wife 1 1 1 1 1 Offspring > Child 1 1 2 2 > Teenager 2 2 1 > Adult 2 1 non-offspring adults > son/daughter-in- law, other relatives 2 1 > Elders 1 1 1 Total 10 8 6 4 2 Labour resources: Labour Unit > Husband: 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 > Wife: 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 Offspring > Child: 0.00 > Teenager: 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.50 > Adult: 1.00 2.00 1.00 Non-offspring adults > son/daughter-in- law, other relatives: 1.00 2.00 1.00 > Elders: 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 Total Labour Units per Day 7.25 5.25 2.75 1.75 1.75 Total Labour Units per Year 2,175 1,575 825 525 525 The number of households within each household size category is presented in Figure 25-2. Figure 25-2: Number of Household within each Household Size Category, 1998 300 sd 250 250 238 olhe 200 ousH 157 150 150 ofreb 91 100 muN 50 0 Small (2) Smaller (4) Average (6) Larger (8) Large (10) Household type (no. of persons) 25.4 RE-VIEW OF LIVELIHOOD OPPORTUNITIES The Project has adopted the strategy of ensuring that the resettled households are enabled to improve their living conditions and their standard of living by the development of a range of livelihood opportunities. A number of enterprises have been selected for the resettled households based upon an November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability evaluation of the natural resources and taking into account the socio-economic and cultural background of the people and the economic environment in which they will be operating. The objective is: To ensure that the people are able to derive a reliable income in order to achieve and sustain the expected standard of living by engaging in activities that are within their capacity, taking into account the availability of the resources on the Nakai Plateau and the type of enterprises that they are already engaged in. Given the resources of the affected households, it will not be feasible for each household to take up every one of the above activities. They will be able to choose among these livelihood elements and in the case of crop production there will be many different cropping patterns, covering both wet and dry season, which can be adopted and providing a range of income levels. Intensification of both crop and livestock production will be dependent on providing enhanced extension and other support services through the District. The Resettlement Budget provides funding for enhancing the capability of the support services as well as the hiring of additional field workers who can directly support the resettled households8. 25.4.1 Food Security The identification of alternative livelihood opportunities recognises the need to give adequate priority to meeting the basic household food requirements. Due to the socio-cultural significance of rice, the design of each resettlement village agriculture area will strive to include small land areas that are suitable for wetland paddy cultivation as well as the main areas for terraced upland farm plots. However, the current situation with rice production on the plateau is that rice is mainly derived from the shifting cultivation of upland rice, and even this (combined with the small area of paddy) only produces about 20 % of the total population subsistence needs9, the duration of the rice deficiency ranging from 5 to 12 months. The remainder has to be purchased from outside sources by the sale or trading of gathered products. As it is common for the households to purchase or barter their products in return for the rice required for household consumption, the idea that a livelihood is not based on rice production is familiar to most plateau families. What is not familiar is the need to produce or harvest in a managed system - rather than gather - those produce, which they must trade or barter for rice. During the initial resettlement period it will be essential to ensure that all households have sufficient rice for their subsistence needs. This will be achieved through Food for Work support during the land clearance, contouring and terracing operations as well as the cultivation of the first cycle of upland crops. 25.4.2 Crop Production At present the affected households do not engage in intensive upland cropping on their homesteads. They mainly grow fruit tree crops and food crops like cassava, maize, taro and sweet potato that are substitutes for rice and are at the same time less labour intensive. There is very little vegetable production. This allows them more time to engage in their traditional livelihood activities like hunting, gathering, shifting cultivation, caring for their livestock (mainly buffalo) and some unskilled employment. In the resettled villages it is intended that a more reliable income from forestry, wage employment and fisheries, supported by extension services, will engender a greater degree of interest by the households in a more sedentary farming system focusing most of the resources onto the individual permanent farm lots. This system envisages upland cropping in the wet season together with some dry season cropping under irrigation to produce a range of legumes, vegetables and fruit for consumption but mainly as cash crops. Each household will be provided with an irrigated farm of 0.66 ha. It will be terraced, and be suitable for growing crops, and possibly rice, in the wet season with supplementary irrigation, and probably a smaller area of dry season irrigated crops and vegetables. To guide livelihood and income planning, Activity 8See Chapter 7 for a description of the district level institutional capacity building program. 9See Chapter 21 for detailed description of existing rice production practices. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Models and Gross Margin Budgets10 have been developed for a wide range of individual crops which have potential in the resettlement area, including; · Cereal Crops ­ Irrigated Paddy, Upland Rice, Maize and Maize intercropped with Black Beans; · Legumes - Black Beans, Mungbeans, Peanuts and Soybeans; · Vegetables - Cabbage, Broccoli, Chilli, Carrot, Eggplant, Tomatoes, Cucumber, Onion and Garlic; · Industrial Crops - Coffee, Tea; and · Fruit - Water Melon, Mango, Lychee, Jackfruit, Guava, Pineapple and Banana. These crops have been combined into a total of 11 WFSs for the 0.5 ha area (alongside the 0.16 ha of irrigated paddy), which will be provided to each resettled household, as shown in Table 25-3. The WFSs provide examples of increasing intensification of the cropping pattern in both wet and dry season through the introduction of increased areas of grain legumes and vegetables and in some cases larger areas planted to a range of fruit trees. Two of the WFSs consider the introduction of industrial crops, namely coffee (WFS 3.1) and tea (WFS 3.2). In most of these WFSs it has been assumed that traditional backyard livestock raising will be continued alongside more intensive crop production. There are also two WFS that feature a larger area of irrigated rice in preference to other upland crops, which may be feasible on some farm plots in relative flatter areas (such as Don, Khon Kaen, and Nakai villages (Model 4.1 and 4.2). However, the financial returns from irrigated rice do not make a major contribution to the household incomes. The Gross Margin Budget for the production of irrigated paddy in both the wet and dry season shows that the 0.16 ha area can generate an income of US$ 56.25 and 62.50 during the wet and dry season, respectively (not including labour costs). This will apply to the first three post-resettlement years to villages where irrigation is already in place when funding is provided to cover the cost of all inputs. Subsequently, when farmers have to bear these costs, the Gross Margins declines to US$ -6.63 and -0.38, respectively. Table 25-3: Composition of (10) Whole Farm Scenarios (WFS)11 Model System Wet season crops Dry season crops 1.1 Intensive wet season cereal/legumes Irrigated paddy, maize & upland rice, Irrigated paddy, maize, legumes, with vegetable dry season production legumes, fruit trees vegetables, fruit trees 1.2 Intensive wet season cereal/legumes Irrigated paddy, legumes, maize & Irrigated paddy, legumes, maize, with vegetable dry season production black beans, fruit trees vegetables, fruit trees 1.3 Intensive wet season cereal/legumes Irrigated paddy, legumes, maize & Irrigated paddy, legumes, maize, with vegetable dry season production black beans, vegetables, fruit trees vegetables, fruit trees 2.1 Fruit production with wet season Irrigated paddy, fruit trees, maize, Irrigated paddy, fruit trees, cereal/legumes and dry season vegetable upland rice, legumes legumes, maize, vegetables production 2.2 Fruit production with wet season Irrigated paddy, fruit trees, legumes, Irrigated paddy, fruit trees, cereal/legumes and dry season vegetable maize maize, legumes, vegetables production 3.1 Industrial crops with cereal/legume Irrigated paddy, coffee, legumes Irrigated paddy, coffee, legumes production 3.2 Industrial crops with cereal/legume Irrigated paddy, tea, legumes Irrigated paddy, tea, legumes production 4.1 Irrigated paddy with legume/vegetable Irrigated paddy, legumes, fruit trees Water melon, vegetables, fruit production trees 4.2 Irrigated paddy with legume/vegetable Irrigated paddy, legumes, fruit trees Irrigated paddy, legumes, fruit production trees 5 Pasture and field crops in support of Irrigated paddy, improved grass, Irrigated paddy intensive buffalo/cattle production improved forage legumes 6 Intensive duck raising with Irrigated paddy, maize Irrigated paddy, legumes, cereal/legume/vegetable production vegetables 10See Appendix K for detailed Gross Margin Budgets of all proposed crop and livestock enterprises. 11See Appendix K for detailed Whole Farm Scenarios. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Even on optimistic rice yield assumptions of 3 tonnes per ha, the 0.16 ha area will produce only 480 kg of paddy and a total of 1 tonne if grown in both seasons. This would meet approximately 70 percent of the annual household food requirement. This in itself will represent an improvement in the situation of most households with a significant reduction on the number of months with rice shortages. However, for most families their initial yield levels may be lower and the adoption of dry season irrigated paddy production will take place over the first three years. During these early years less than half of the annual food requirement can be satisfied. This will inevitably mean that there will be a tendency for households to continue to plant upland rice on a part of their farm plot to maintain their food security. The transition away from upland rice production will be promoted through the extension system and households will be encouraged to diversify into upland cash crops to enable them to purchase more of their rice for food. The provision of direct support by the Project to the resettled households for seed, fertiliser and other inputs during the first three years of resettlement for each village will provide the mechanism for the extension system to promote this transition process. 25.4.3 Livestock Production All the affected households own some livestock; however, the distribution is very skewed. Most households have buffalo and the current average is over four buffaloes per household. Cattle are less common on the Plateau. All households have at least one pig and usually some poultry also. These are all raised under traditional practices with few, if any, external inputs12. On the assumption that the relocated households will wish to retain their livestock when they move into the new areas and every effort must be made to assist them in maintaining and improving their livestock quality and productivity. The main concern will be with the buffalo and cattle since most of the existing grazing areas will be lost with the inundation of the reservoir. There appear to be four options for these large animals: · Providing alternative feed supplies for the buffalo and cattle through an improvement in the grazing under the forested areas. · Within areas that have been cleared, or partially cleared, establish grazing areas through the introduction of improved grasses and legumes. · Making some use of the drawdown areas for dry season grazing with the possibility of introducing pasture species into the areas with shallow water depth that can survive the periodic inundation during each wet season. However, the potential impact of intense manure deposits on the water quality should be considered. · Establishing pasture and legumes on the farm lots that will generate forage to satisfy at least 75% of the dry matter vegetative requirements of the animals using a cut and carry feeding system. Thus, there will be a need to improve the feed supplies since the stocking rate will increase to 1 animal per 4 hectares, or, with a 25% increase in large animal populations, 1 animal per 3.2 hectares. Stocking rates of this order are considered close to the sustainable long term carrying capacity of the area. A further increase in the livestock numbers or a decrease in the feed supply is likely to result in a degradation of the natural resource base and the income that can be derived from both livestock and forestry related activities. The WFS that features intensive buffalo or cattle raising (WFS 5) predicts that the 0.5 ha area of the farm lot can generate sufficient dry matter yield to satisfy the requirements of 2 animals assuming that around 25% of their feed is through natural grazing in the forested areas. This will clearly present a problem given the high number of buffaloes owned by some families. Whether they will be prepared to devote their entire farm lot to the production of forage is uncertain, and a further uncertainty would be whether they will be prepared to provide the fertiliser for the forage crops to ensure that they attain the required levels of dry matter production. Undoubtedly, in the short term there will be a need to put a great deal of effort into improving the grazing in the forested or partially cleared areas, and also to investigate the possibility of exploiting the grazing areas in the drawdown zone. The present herd of approximately 4,500 buffaloes represents approximately 3,000 adult animal equivalents which would require about 10,000 ha of grazing area. The latest forestry 12See Chapter 21 for a full description of the existing livestock production. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability inventory estimates show that this area is available as cleared forest in the resettlement area but it will require a substantial effort to improve the grazing resource on this large area of forest land. However, without this benefit the households may have to move their livestock further away in order to find adequate grazing. In addition, the existing practice of bringing buffalo and cattle up onto the Plateau during the lowland rice growing season could exceed the carrying capacity of the available grazing area. Thus the inundation of the plateau may have further impacts on large animal production in the lowland parts of the province. Currently chickens and pigs and some ducks are kept in the villages and these livestock forage in the open and occasionally receive household scraps. Their productivity can be raised if feed supplies are increased, improved breeding stock is introduced and, most importantly, animal health services are strengthened. Improving animal health care should be the first priority prior to any further attempt to improve the breeding or feeding regimes. 25.4.4 Forestry Within the resettlement area, the natural resource endowment of the forested areas has the potential to constitute a source of income for the resettled households from the outset. The forests in the designated resettlement area are within the administrative boundaries of the villages to be relocated. The families from these villages already use these forests to some extent. However, the villages have previously had no involvement with the commercial logging of these forests. After inundation the resettled households are to benefit from the proceeds of the logging activities through the establishment of the NPVFA that will pay each (member) household a dividend of at least US$100 per year. This is designed to be a form of compensation for the loss of the traditional lands and to provide an incentive to limit the collection and harvesting of non-timber products to sustainable rates. This approach will thus contribute materially to improving their living standard and to good natural resource management. The gathering of NTFPs is limited to specific sites within the forested areas and is expected to diminish in importance very quickly and constitute a much smaller proportion of future household income. The resettlement area contains approximately 20,000 hectares of land classified as forest out of which an estimated 5,600 ha currently contains harvestable volumes that could be utilised through village forestry activities. The yield from this forest is estimated to be about 8,000 m3 per year over at least the first ten years. The area has native pine (Pinus merkussi) and hardwood resources, as well as rattan and other potentially commercial products. With improved management the growth of the softwood and hardwood forests on the Plateau could be increased. Of the available 20,000 ha, it is proposed that only 5,600 ha be utilised for sustainable logging in the shirt to medium term, in conformity with the 2001 forest resource inventory. Additionally, some 1,400 ha will be cleared for village settlements, farm plots, paddy and roads. The remainder (about 13,000 ha) would be available for protection, grazing, collection of NTFPs on a sustainable basis, and enrichment planting. The NPFVA will have a crucial role to play in all of these activities. The measures proposed for managing the timber output include harvesting at a rate of 1.2 m3 per ha per year in the hardwood areas and 1.5 m3 per ha per year in the softwood areas. Labour resources will be required for the conduct of per-harvest inventories, forest operations planning and tree marking. The actual logging operations would be preceded by access road and track clearing, followed by second landing operations and measures to control the logging. Measures to ensure regeneration would include post- harvest assessment and assisted natural regeneration, forest stand improvement, forest plantation (if feasible) and protection. All of these activities would provide potential labour opportunities, which is estimated at 46,445 person days per year which would earn on average US$3 per day13. This represents just over 40 person days per household per year for the resettled population and an annual income 13See Chapter 23. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability contribution of around $120. Clearly the opportunities for paid temporary labour in support of forestry activities will make a relatively minor contribution to their potential livelihood. The two nurseries that are established, one in the north and one in the south, will require some labour for operation and maintenance, and the sawmill, wood processing and sales will also generate significant labour demand. There will also be tasks involved in each village with the administration of the NPVFA. These activities will require labour of a permanent nature and will total 61,800 person days over the course of the year. On the basis of 300 working days per year this will actually benefit around 200 persons in total, which is 20 percent of the resettled households. The average rates for this semi-skilled permanent labour will be of the order of US$150 per month. Thus the contribution of permanent labour to the resettled households is potentially greater than that from temporary employment. 25.4.5 Fisheries The productive capacity of the new reservoir will depend on a range of factors such as water quality, nutrients area, depth and the adaptability of the indigenous fish species. However, the indications are that the water quality and reasonable nutrient levels will be present during the initial filling and at least around 30 local fish species will adapt to the new lacustrine conditions. By 2009 there will be 1,185 households that may be involved with fisheries and they will be competing for an assumed annual catch of 1,575 tonnes14 valued at US$ 945,000, which would equate to an average of about US$ 900 per household. However, not all households will wish to engage in fisheries with the result that those who do become more involved will benefit substantially from this enterprise with very favourable returns to labour compared with other commodities even after allowing for fuel, oil and ice purchases. The majority of the households (assumed to be 50 percent) will simply become subsistence fishers who will catch an average of 0.9 kg per day15. Their fishing activities will amount to about 3 hours per day which would equate to approximately 10 person days per month. The other large group comprising 41 percent of the households will become part-time commercial fishers who will devote more resources to fishing with daily catches of 5.9 kg and they would be expected to spend at least 150 person days per year fishing. Finally, there will be a small group, assumed to be 9 percent of the households, who become more involved with fisheries on a full time commercial basis. Their daily catch would be of the order of 7.8 kg and they would spend around 300 person days per year fishing. It is recommended that commercial fishing is only started once the reservoir has filled up and fish populations have established. Low effort fishing to cover home consumption, however, can take continue in the main water areas. 25.4.6 NTFPs and Hunting The households to be resettled derive some of their total household income from NTFPs and the hunting of wildlife. While the creation of the reservoir may affect these sources, it is reasonable to expect that they will continue to pursue these activities in the remaining forest areas of the plateau. However, for the purposes of livelihood income projections it is expected that the income from these sources will not increase so that as a proportion of the total household income they will decline in importance. It is expected that villagers will pursue this activity in their spare time and in times of excess labour. 25.4.7 Small-scale Business, Craft and Trade Most villages will also establish a range of businesses, crafts and trades. The types of enterprises will depend on the actual demand. A list of likely enterprises has been identified below with estimated numbers and profit (see Table 25-4). 14Studies by SEATEC and Lao PDR Department of Livestock and Fisheries on the Nam Ngum Reservoir, which is of same size as Nakai Reservoir at FSL, show production levels around 1,400 tonnes per year. 15See Chapter 24. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability The more dominating enterprises are expected to be small shops selling products from town (estimated daily profit US$2.80) and basket/mat handicraft (US$ 0.80 or 0.20 for quarter of a day). Others may include tailoring and sewing (US$ 2.00/day) and small restaurants/refreshment shops (US$ 10.00/day). In the Household Livelihood Mix Examples, it has been anticipated that it will be the large and larger households who will take on the business and craft/trade, mainly because they have available labour resources. It is estimated that there will be a total of 121 business units with an average profit of US$ 4.67/day for 300 days per year. In addition, there will be a total of 195 units of crafts / trades earning in average US$ 1.57/day in an average of 161 days per year16. Table 25-4: Number of Enterprises within Business, Crafts and Trade and their Estimated Profit. No. of Estimated Estimated Households Total No. of Average No. of Daily Profit Annual Profit Activity per Unit Units Days/Year (US$) (US$) Business Small shop 15 79 300 2.80 840 Pharmacy 100 12 300 4.00 1,200 Small Restaurant / Refreshment shop 40 30 300 10.00 3,000 Total, Business 121 300 4.67 1,400 Crafts and Trades Blacksmith 100 12 300 1.20 360 Tailor 30 40 300 2.00 600 Bicycle and tyre repair 100 12 300 2.00 600 Engine repairs/spares shop 100 12 300 8.00 2,400 Basket and mat making 1 10 119 75 0.80 60 Food/fish processing Not yet estimated Total, Crafts/Trades 195 161 1.57 253 1 Basket and mat making is not a full time activity but is commonly done in spare time. Here it is estimated that it will take up the average time of a quarter of the day. 25.4.8 Employment The NT2 Project, the timber industry, the fishing industry, transportation and other services, trading and other entrepreneurial activities, Protected Area management and tourism will all require the engagement of full time staff, as skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled labour. However, not all of these opportunities will be fully available to the resettled populations since these will not have the necessary skills to exploit all of these opportunities or the available spare labour. There will be three categories of permanent employment: Nam Theun 2 Project related employment · the NTPC will be responsible for the maintenance of the reservoir, particularly the control of logs and trash, maintenance of the water supply systems and part of the road to the dam site, and this will require a number of semi-skilled and unskilled staff; · NTPC installations; · NTPC and the WMPA will require drivers and boat drivers and boats men; and · staff of the NPVFA. Government jobs · school and nursery teachers; · grounds maintenance staff and guards; · drivers; · nursing assistants; 16Basket and mat making is estimated to occupy only 75 days per year. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability · WMPA offices will require guards and ground maintenance staff; and · WMPA drivers and boats men. Private jobs · employees of tourism companies; · employees of traders; and · employees in small shops, etc. 25.5 PHASING - TRANSITION TO STABILITY The development of the new livelihoods will, in most cases, take some time/years to develop, for two main reasons; (a) resource availability: not all the resources for the new livelihoods will be available at the time of actual relocation. This relates mainly to the fact that villagers will be relocated some 2 to 3 years before the reservoir is full. Thus, the reservoir fisheries and irrigated agriculture enterprises cannot be initiated until that time. (b) ethnic minority adaptation: the resettlement strategy recognises that the change in villager livelihood activities must be undertaken gradually, to enable villagers to become accustomed and skilled in the new enterprises. This means that the productivity and economic returns of the enterprises may not be fully realised until villagers have become fully adapt at these enterprises. In addition, the period during which the villagers will be actually relocating and starting to undertake the new livelihood enterprises will also be the period of construction of the NT2 Project, and as the plateau resettlers are relocating in the general vicinity of the NT2 Project, the creation of temporary income generating opportunities may be a significant influence. For some families it may interfere with their focus and smooth adoption of the long term resettlement livelihood options, but for most families it is expected to complement the gradual adoption of the resettlement livelihood options, of which at least 2 will not be available anyhow until construction is compete. This period of relocation, initiation of some of the livelihood options and development of skills, in parallel to the construction of the NT2 Project, is termed the transition period or phase. As shown in Table 25-5 this period is indicatively identified as that 5 year period from Financial Close (soon after which the full relocation process will occur), up until about CoD, a year after most NT2 Project construction activities have finished, and the initiation of the irrigated agriculture and fisheries livelihood enterprises. As Table 25-5 depicts the phasing of the core livelihood options together with the additional opportunities during the specific labour opportunities during the transition/construction phase. This is compared with the relocation program to illustrate how the phasing of the resettlement enables the households to avail of livelihood opportunities. There is no suggestion that every household will be engaged in every one of these activities. They will set their own priorities taking into account their available labour resources. As noted above, during the Transition Phase the livelihood model will be implemented according to when resources and infrastructure become available (e.g. irrigation system, reservoir for fisheries). Consequently, the benefit from livelihood options in terms of income can not be realized yet when certain resources are not yet available. For this reasons, families will have to seek income from other activities in order ensure adequate incomes, and especially to at least the National Poverty Line. Therefore, supporting measures will be required, and a range of other opportunities facilitated to bridge any gaps, as follows. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Table 25-5: Timing of Livelihood Options in Comparison with Resettlement Program FC to FC+1 to FC+2 to FC+3 to FC+4 to COD to COD+1 to COD+2 to FC +1 FC +2 FC +3 FC +4 COD COD +1 COD +2 COD +3 Transition Phase Stability Phase Core Livelihood Options Agriculture Rainfed - wet season Iirrigated - dry season Livestock Forestry Temporary Labour Permanent Labour Fisheries Subsistence Part time Commercial Full time Commercial Business, Crafts and Trade Transition / Construction Phase specific activities > Reservoir biomass clearance > Charcoal, wood and NTFP collection from reservoir > Reservoir logging labour > House timber sawmilling > House construction labour > Agricultural Land Develoment > Other food for work opportunities > Construction : Unskilled Labour Note: Year `FC+1 to FC+2' has been used as representative year for the transition phase and year `COD to COD+1' as representative for the stability phase. 25.5.1 Access to Existing Resources For as long a physically feasible access to defined sections of NBCA for non-destructive collection of NTFPs should be allowed. Although this activity in most cases will be a continuation of present practices, such permissions should be recognised in the Watershed Plan. 25.5.2 Large Animal Raising While it is recommended that villagers continue to raise large animals for as long as possible until the reservoir is flooded, villagers will also be encouraged to progressively sell their animals, e.g. for the constructions workers, which will facilitate the gradual decrease ultimately required due to reservoir flooding. 25.5.3 Reservoir Area Biomass Utilisation Villagers should be granted formalised access to utilise the biomass in the reservoir area. This will cover charcoal production, harvesting of small timber for firewood, NTFP collection, grazing of livestock, etc. Exploration of new uses and markets for NTFPs will be encouraged / supported. 25.5.4 Employment in Reservoir Logging Activities Removal of the trees in the reservoir area will be granted to companies. The NPVFA could be one of these. The work will involve semi-skilled and unskilled labour. 25.5.5 Payment for Labour on Resettlement Activities Skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour will be needed for activities like, house construction, land preparation and irrigation development. 25.5.6 Employment in NT2 Project Construction Activities Under Lao PDR labour laws, and as reflected in the Concession Agreement, priority is to be given to Lao workers over foreign labour. Where foreign labour is employed it is to be limited in number and duration and a detailed scheme must be established for the transfer of skills to Lao workers. As a general rule, all unskilled labour will be offered to Lao people, and Nakai Plateau residents will be given first priority. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Undoubtedly the greatest opportunity for employment of the resettlers will be through unskilled labour that will be required during the five year construction period. It is estimated that a total of 1,500 person years of labour will be required, which equates to an average of 375 labourers per year over the four year construction period. Thus, at least one in three households could have one adult male member fully engaged for the five year period earning for the household up to US$450 per year. This would represent a substantial contribution representing in many cases exceeding the estimated cash income from the agricultural from their farm plots. 25.5.7 Production of Food for Labour Force There will be a demand for food by those construction and other labourers not residing permanently in the area. This will cover: · dry seasons vegetables from Nong Boua and Bouama villages; · wets season vegetables and crops; · forest vegetables; · large livestock; as the large livestock herds on the Plateau would have to be reduced, these could generate big profits, which could be banked or put into productive use by the villagers. NTPC will establish an abattoir; and · small animals ­ chickens, ducks and pigs. Rice will be brought in from outside, as present production on the Plateau cannot even meet the demand of villagers. 25.5.8 Rice Support The project will provide each household with rice to meet the gap between the target income for a specific year and the actual income from all sources for the duration of the transition. The draft Resttlement Committee Regulation Number 5 stipulates that: · At the time of the move to the new house in the new village, each household will receive 55 kg of rice for each person in the household. · Six month later, each household will again receive 55 kg of rice for each person in the household. · The two allocations together will amount to 50 percent of the person's estimated annual rice consumption. · Households categorized as vulnerable by the RMU, according to data on record, will receive two allocations of 70 kg of rice for each person in a vulnerable household; this is a 27 percent higher allocation. 25.5.9 Forest Association Resource Dividend Sustainable logging at the Plateau will only take place after completion of the construction of the dam. During construction most logging will be salvage logging on project lands and new agricultural areas. The NPVFA will be in charge of cutting the trees on Project Lands in the Resettlement Area. NPVFA will also play a role in logging and timber preparation for construction of resettlement houses. Income from this will provide a dividend of a minimum US$ 100 per year. 25.5.10 Family Fund Management The flow of resettlement allowances and other cash funds will be managed by opening household bank accounts. Initially, these will be through micro savings and credit schemes, but later these will be formalized by the establishment of an official savings bank in Nakai by 6 months after financial close. Thus, the transition from a before-reservoir to an after-reservoir economy will not be abrupt, but will be gradual for a wide range of activities. This will make it possible to continue to maintain some existing income sources while at the same time developing new ones. This integrated approach should reduce risk. 25.6 INTEGRATION OF LIVELIHOODS Depending on labour resources available, past experience, skills and resources available, each household will develop their own livelihood system (combination of livelihood options or Household Livelihood Mix) by choosing a set of economic activities. For the purpose of analysis and predicting future livelihood November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability outcomes a set of 220 Household Livelihood Mix'es have been developed. These have been derived by combining: 11 Whole Farm Scenarios, based on variations in agriculture and livestock components X 2 Timing Scenarios X 2 Household Livelihood Mix Examples X 5 Household Size Categories; In Table 25-6, the examples have been outlined by combining the Whole Farm Scenarios (see page 7) with other activities within the fisheries, forestry, small-scale enterprise and construction sectors with due consideration to labour availability within each household size category. There are different levels of intensity for each sector: Agriculture and livestock · High level · Low level Fisheries · Subsistence · Part time commercial · Full time commercial Forestry · Temporary employment · Permanent employment · Charcoal making and NTFP collection The examples are divided into a Transition Phase and a Stability Phase. The reason for this is that villagers only after some time get accustomed to the new farming, fishing and forestry practices. Furthermore, the project withdraw it's support and some employment opportunities will cease after the Transition Phase. Clearly these are only an attempt to depict some of the possible livelihood mixes that will be possible. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Table 25-6: Household Livelihood Mix Examples (10) Household Example 1 Example 2 Size Category Transition Stability Transition Stability · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Livestock - High Inputs Livestock - High Inputs · Land Preparation and Terracing · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · Land Preparation and Terracing · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · Charcoal Making and NTFP Livestock - High Inputs Large · Fisheries - Subsistence Livestock - Low Inputs Collection · Fisheries - Part Time Household · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Fisheries - Full Time Commercial · Business + Craft / Trade · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary and Commmercial · Reservoir Biomass Clearance · Business + Craft / Trade Permanent Labour · Forestry - Temporary and · Reservoir Logging · Reservoir Biomass Clearance Permanent Labour · Construction - Unskilled Labour · Reservoir Logging · Construction - Unskilled Labour · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Livestock - High Inputs · Land Preparation and Terracing · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · Fisheries - Subsistence · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Livestock - High Inputs · Land Preparation and Terracing · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Larger · Charcoal Making and NTFP Livestock - Low Inputs · Charcoal Making and NTFP Livestock - High Inputs Household Collection · Fisheries - Full Time Commercial · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour Collection · Fisheries - Part Time Commercial · Business + Craft / Trade · Business + Craft / Trade · Forestry - Permanent Labour · Forestry - Permanent Labour · Reservoir Biomass Clearance · Reservoir Logging · Reservoir Logging · Construction - Unskilled Labour · Construction - Unskilled Labour · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Livestock - High Inputs · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · Land Preparation and Terracing Livestock - High Inputs · Fisheries - Subsistence · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · Land Preparation and Terracing · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Average · Charcoal Making and NTFP Livestock - Low Inputs · Charcoal Making and NTFP Livestock - High Inputs Household Collection · Fisheries - Part Time Commercial Collection · Fisheries - Subsistence · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Reservoir Biomass Clearance · Reservoir Logging · Reservoir Logging · Construction - Unskilled Labour · Construction - Unskilled Labour · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Livestock - High Inputs Livestock - High Inputs · Land Preparation and Terracing · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · Land Preparation and Terracing Smaller · Charcoal Making and NTFP Livestock - Low Inputs · Charcoal Making and NTFP · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Household Collection · Fisheries - Subsistence Collection Livestock - High Inputs · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Forestry - Temporary Labour · Reservoir Biomass Clearance · Reservoir Biomass Clearance · Reservoir Logging · Reservoir Logging · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Small Livestock - High Inputs · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · 11 WFS / Agriculture and · 11 WFS / Agriculture and Household · Land Preparation and Terracing Livestock - Low Inputs Livestock - High Inputs Livestock - High Inputs · Fisheries - Subsistence · Fisheries - Subsistence · Land Preparation and Terracing Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 to Figure 25-13 for full details on labour requirements and financial returns for each example. 25.7 LABOUR REQUIREMENTS AND RETURNS TO LABOUR The availability of labour within the different households will be an important determinant of the range and level of the options adopted. In addition, the returns to labour should also dictate the way in which household allocates its available labour to specific activities. An analysis has been made of the monthly labour requirements for each of the WFSs to determine how feasible each of these would be for the five household categories. Figure 25-3 presents the monthly surplus labour for each of the 11 Whole Farm Scenarios (agriculture and livestock) for each of the five household size categories in Stability Phase. It is immediately apparent that the smaller and small households will have labour shortages for 3 months in WFS 6 (intensive duck raising with cereal/legume/vegetable production). This will limit the income of these households, not only from their agricultural production but also from other potential livelihood activities. For the other activities (option 3, 4 and 5 on Page 1) the model has assumed that each household will be engaged in activities according to their labour supply. The possible number of households taking part in each of the main components of livelihood options 3, 4 and 5 is shown in Table 25-7. This is compared November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability with the estimated labour requirement or capacity of that activity. It is seen that for e.g. Permanent Forestry Labour the model example is incorporating up to 309 households whereas the number of jobs is estimated at 105. Similarly for Full Time Commercial Fisheries, where the model is expecting up to 323 households whilst yield calculations are based on only around 100 households. However, it should be said that the figures mentioned are maximum figures and that for both examples; households will have two choices (plus others not mentioned in the model). This shows that the model needs to be improved to include more examples. More importantly, monitoring of households uptake of the various livelihood options will show where there are technical, financial as well as extension related constraints and the Project together with DAFO will follow with technical (and where feasible) financial assistance. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-3: Comparison of Surplus Labour for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios for Five Household Size Categories. Large Household 1.1 )sy 200 1.2 danosrep( 1.3 150 2.1 2.2 ur 100 boaLsulpruS 3.1 3.2 50 4.1 4.2 0 5 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec 6 Larger Household 150 1.1 )syad 1.2 1.3 nosrep( 100 2.1 2.2 ur boaL 3.1 50 3.2 luspruS 4.1 4.2 0 5 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec 6 Average Household 1.1 1.2 1.3 )syadn 80 2.1 2.2 sorep(ruobaLsulpr 60 3.1 40 3.2 4.1 20 4.2 5 Su 0 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Smaller Household 1.1 )sy 40 1.2 danosrep( 1.3 2.1 20 2.2 ur 3.1 bo LasulpruS 0 3.2 4.1 4.2 -20 5 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec 6 Small Household 1.1 1.2 1.3 )syadn 40 2.1 2.2 sorep(ruobaLsulpr 20 3.1 3.2 4.1 0 4.2 5 Su -20 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Table 25-7: Number of Households within each Household Size Category Engaged in Main Components of Livelihood Options 3, 4 and 5. Estimated Household Size Category requirement Small Smaller Average Larger Large Total / capacity Number of HH, 1998 157 250 238 150 91 886 Number of HH, Census 2003 176 280 266 168 102 992 Livelihood option / Estimated number of HH, 2005 186 297 283 178 108 1052 component Estimated number of HH, 2009 210 334 318 201 122 1185 Transition, Example 1 186 283 178 108 Transition, Example 2 Subsistence FisheriesMaximum, Transition 186 283 178 108 755 1052 Stability, Eample 1 210 334 Stability, Example 2 Maximum, Stability 210 334 544 1052 Transition, Example 1 Transition, Example 2 3 Part Time Maximum, Transition 0 0 Commercial Fisheries Stability, Eample 1 318 Stability, Example 2 201 122 Maximum, Stability 318 201 122 641 495 Transition, Example 1 Transition, Example 2 Full Time Commercial Maximum, Transition 0 0 Fisheries Stability, Eample 1 201 122 Stability, Example 2 Maximum, Stability 201 122 323 109 Transition, Example 1 297 108 Transition, Example 2 297 283 108 Temporary Forestry Maximum, Transition 297 283 108 688 411 Labour Stability, Eample 1 334 318 201 122 Stability, Example 2 334 318 122 4 Maximum, Stability 334 318 201 122 975 411 Transition, Example 1 Transition, Example 2 178 108 Permanent Forestry Maximum, Transition 178 108 286 105 Labour Stability, Eample 1 Stability, Example 2 201 108 Maximum, Stability 201 108 309 105 Transition, Example 1 178 108 Transition, Example 2 Business Maximum, Transition 178 108 286 121 Stability, Eample 1 201 122 Stability, Example 2 Maximum, Stability 201 122 323 121 Transition, Example 1 178 108 Transition, Example 2 5 Craft / Trade Maximum, Transition 178 108 286 195 Stability, Eample 1 201 122 Stability, Example 2 Maximum, Stability 201 122 323 195 Transition, Example 1 283 178 108 Transition, Example 2 297 283 178 108 Unskilled Labour Maximum, Transition 297 283 178 108 866 400 Stability, Eample 1 Stability, Example 2 Maximum, Stability 0 75 Among the four Whole Farm Scenarios feasible in the Transition Phase (Year 2), Return to Labour range from US$ 1.30/day (WFS 1.1) to US$ 2.02/day (WFS 1.2, see Table 25-8). In Stability Phase (Year 6) the highest Return to Labour is obtained through the WFS 4.1 ­ slightly higher for Low Input Scenario (US$ 4.10) than High Input Scenario (US$ 3.96) while the lowest is obtained by WFS 4.2 (US$ 1.03 in either input scenario). Commercial fishing (part time and full time) yields Returns to Labour within this range (US$ 1.40/day and US$ 2.00/day, respectively), whilst employment in the Forestry Sector (especially as permanent staff) gives a significantly higher return (US$ 6.82/day). Business is also expected to give a high Return to Labour (US$ 4.67/day), while crafts and trades normally has a lower Return (average US$ 1.57/day). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Table 25-8: Returns to Labour for Household Livelihood Activities (US$ per person day) Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 (WFS Input Levels) (High) (Low) WFS Models a/ Transition 1.1 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.2 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.3 2.02 2.02 2.02 6 1.57 1.57 1.57 Stability 1.1 1.82 1.91 1.76 1.83 1.2 2.43 2.52 2.42 2.50 1.3 3.00 3.08 2.27 2.33 2.1 2.34 2.59 2.72 2.88 2.2 2.26 2.72 1.90 2.20 3.1 2.03 2.33 1.58 1.67 3.2 2.01 2.05 1.57 1.62 4.1 3.26 3.96 4.02 4.10 4.2 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 5 2.96 2.97 1.91 2.14 6 2.93 3.27 1.32 1.44 Fisheries Subsistence b/ 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 Part-Time Commercial c/ 1.40 1.40 Full Time Commercial d/ 2.00 2.00 Forestry Temporary Labour 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Permanent Staff 6.82 6.82 6.82 6.82 6.82 6.82 6.82 6.82 Business, Crafts and Trade Business 4.67 4.67 4.67 4.67 4.67 4.67 4.67 Crafts and Trade 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 1.57 Wage Labour Unskilled Labour 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 Notes: a/ In the Transition Phase, only WFS 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 6 are feasible due to lack of irrigation. Input levels are high with Project support. b/ Subsistence fishermen spend 100 person days per year fishing (e.g. 3 hrs per day for 300 days per year) with a daily catch value of US$ 0.54. c/ Part-time Commercial fishers spend 150 full person days per year with a daily catch value of US$ 3.5. They will incur costs of US$1.50 per day for fuel and US$0.60 per day for ice. d/ Full-time Commercial fishers spend 300 person days per year with a daily catch value of US$ 5.0. They will incur costs of US$ 2.00 per day for fuel and US$ 1.00 per day for ice. In the current model, no household size categories have labour deficits on an annual basis. However, for individual months small and smaller households do face labour shortages, especially with HLM 6 in Stability Phase (see page 17). Large and larger households have large unspent labour resources. It is the challenge of these households and of the Project to put these into productive use with the limited resources available within the household and the natural environment. 25.8 ASSESSMENT OF INCOME GENERATION POTENTIAL The composition of activities within each Household Size Category as shown in Table 25-6 is presented for each HLM in Figure 25-4 to Figure 25-13. This includes two examples for Transition Phase and two for Stability Phase. The profit margin (gross margin) for each HLM as well as the labour requirements are listed. 25.8.1 Total Income In the Transition Phase, HLM 1.3 (intensive cereal/legume/vegetable WS production with livestock) attains the highest total income in both Example 1 and 2 for all household categories except small households (e.g. US$ 1,054 and US$ 926, respectively for average size households). The small households fare slightly better with HLM 6 (Intensive duck raising with WS cereal production). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability For the large and larger households there is not a big variation between the various HLMs as agriculture and livestock makes up a relatively smaller part of the total income. The big labour force enables these household categories to engage in other and more profitable activities, especially forestry labour and business. The lowest incomes are obtained by HLM 6 for smaller, average and larger households in both examples (e.g. US$ 721 and US$ 652, respectively for average size households) and for large households in Example 2. In the Stability Phase, the highest incomes are obtained through HLM 4.1 (irrigated paddy with legume/ vegetable/water melon production with livestock) in Example 1 and HLM 6 (intensive duck raising with cereal/legume/vegetable production) in Example 2 for all household categories (e.g. US$ 1,451 and US$ 1,603 respectively, for average size households). The lowest incomes for both Example 1 and 2 are obtained by HLM 4.2 (irrigated paddy with legume/vegetable production with livestock, e.g. US$ 859 and US$ 608 respectively, for average size households). In HLM 4.2 paddy farming takes up a high percentage of the land 4,600 m2 and is grown in WS and DS. Paddy farming is usually not very profitable in Lao PDR but the model is included here as the activity has high cultural value for many farmers. 25.8.2 Meeting the Income Targets All household categories have income surplus in the Transition Phase, i.e. income above the current Household Income Target (B) in both Example 1 and 2 (see Figure 25-14). However, in the Stability Phase, the average and smaller households with HLM 1.1, 3.2, 4.2 and 5 in the present model do not manage to provide an average share to the Village Income Target (B) in either example. Furthermore, average households with both examples and smaller households with Example 1 have income deficit for HLM 1.2, 1.3 and 3.1. Finally, there will be income deficit for average households pursuing HLM 2.1 (Example 2), average and smaller households following HLM 6 (Example 1) and small households with HLM 4.2 (Example 1). Small households do in general ­ according to the model ­ have income above the targets, except for HLM 4.2 in Example 1, as mentioned above. Large and larger households by far exceed the Village Income Target (B) in Example 1 where the household is engaged in business and craft / trade and in Example 2 where a household member has permanent employment in the Forestry Sector. Large households are dependent on many and/or relative large sources of income to sustain their household. The fisheries and forestry sectors provide such opportunities as do small-scale business enterprises. Estimates on total income, income surplus/deficit and labour surplus/deficit are compared between the two Examples, the Transition and Stability Phase and five Household Size Categories for each HLM in Annex 25-1. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-4: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Large Households, Example 1. Household Type 1 - Large Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: subs; Fo: temp + NTFP; Business +Craft/Trade; Constr. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Subsistence Fisheries 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 200 200 200 136 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 Business 300 300 300 300 Crafts and Trade 161 161 161 161 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 50 50 50 50 Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 10 Unskilled Labour 275 275 275 275 Total Labour Required 1340 1336 1334 1328 Total Labour Available 2175 2175 2175 2175 Surplus/Deficit 835 839 841 847 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 Subsistence Fisheries 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 600 600 600 408 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 Business 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 Crafts and Trade 253 253 253 253 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 150 150 150 Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 30 Unskilled Labour 413 413 413 413 Total Income 3390 3443 3510 3329 Total Income Required 1379 1379 1379 1379 Surplus/Deficit 2010 2064 2131 1950 4,000 Unskilled Labour 3,500 413 Reservoir Logging 413 413 413 3,000 30 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 30 150 150 30 150 30 253 Crafts and Trade )$SU( 253 253 253 2,500 Business rnuteRliacnaniF Temporary Forestry Labour 2,000 1,401 1,401 1,401 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 1,401 NPVFA Dividend 1,500 Subsistence Fisheries 120 120 1,000 120 120 Land Prepration and Terracing 600 600 600 408 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 500 100 100 100 100 54 54 54 54 30 30 30 30 239 293 360 371 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Stability: Ag & Liv: low input; Fi: full time comm; Fo: temp; Business +Craft/Trade COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 199 180 217 227 303 254 257 200 243 155 365 Full Time Commercial Fisheries 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Business 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Crafts and Trade 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 Total Labour Required 1000 981 1018 1028 1104 1055 1058 1001 1044 956 1166 Total Labour Available 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 Surplus/Deficit 1175 1194 1157 1147 1071 1120 1117 1174 1131 1219 1009 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 364 450 506 655 666 424 416 821 249 332 524 Full Time Commercial Fisheries 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Business 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 Crafts and Trade 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 Total Income 2837 2923 2979 3129 3140 2898 2890 3295 2723 2806 2998 Total Income Required 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 Surplus/Deficit 768 854 910 1060 1070 828 820 1225 653 737 928 3,500 253 3,000 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 2,500 1,401 Crafts and Trade 1,401 1,401 (US$) 2,000 1,401 Business rnuteRlai 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 NPVFA Dividend nc 1,500 120 100 naiF 120 100 100 Full Time Commercial Fisheries 120 120 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 100 600 120 1,000 100 100 600 600 120 100 100 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 500 600 821 655 666 364 450 506 424 416 524 249 332 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-5: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Large Households, Example 2. Household Type 1 - Large Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Transition: Ag & Liv: High input; Fo: temp & perm; Constr. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 50 50 50 50 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 71 Permanent Forestry Labour 300 300 300 300 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 50 50 50 50 Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 10 Unskilled Labour 190 190 170 190 Total Labour Required 844 840 818 927 Total Labour Available 2175 2175 2175 2175 Surplus/Deficit 1331 1335 1357 1248 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 150 150 150 150 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 213 Permanent Forestry Labour 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 150 150 150 Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 30 Unskilled Labour 285 285 255 285 Total Income 3150 3204 3241 3375 Total Income Required 1379 1379 1379 1379 Surplus/Deficit 1771 1824 1861 1995 4,000 3,500 285 255 3,000 285 285 150 30 30 Unskilled Labour 150 30 150 150 30 Reservoir Logging 2,500 (US$) Reservoir Biomass Clearance rnuteRlai 2,000 Permanent Forestry Labour 2,046 2,046 Temporary Forestry Labour nc 2,046 2,046 naiF 1,500 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection NPVFA Dividend 1,000 213 Land Prepration and Terracing 120 120 500 120 150 150 150 150 100 100 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 100 100 30 30 30 30 239 293 360 371 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Stability: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: part time comm. Fo: temp. + perm. COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 267 268 274 298 365 273 277 276 324 138 406 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Permanent Forestry Labour 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Total Labour Required 757 758 764 788 855 763 767 766 814 628 896 Total Labour Available 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 Surplus/Deficit 1418 1417 1411 1387 1320 1412 1408 1409 1361 1547 1279 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 510 676 846 771 993 637 567 1,092 334 409 1,329 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Permanent Forestry Labour 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 Total Income 2986 3152 3322 3247 3469 3113 3043 3568 2810 2885 3805 Total Income Required 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 2070 Surplus/Deficit 916 1083 1252 1177 1399 1043 973 1499 740 816 1735 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,046 S$)U(nrut 2,500 2,046 2,046 Permanent Forestry Labour 2,046 2,046 2,046 Temporary Forestry Labour 2,046 Relai 2,000 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 NPVFA Dividend nc 120 naiF 100 1,500 120 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 120 100 210 120 100 210 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 100 120 210 1,000 120 100 120 120 100 210 210 100 120 100 210 210 100 120 120 210 210 100 100 1,329 500 1,092 210 846 993 771 210 510 676 637 567 334 409 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-6: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Larger Households, Example 1. Household Type 2 - Larger Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Transition: Ag &Liv: High input; Fi: subs; Fo: temp; Business + Craft/Trade; Constr. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Subsistence Fisheries 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 25 28 26 - Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 Business 300 300 300 300 Crafts and Trade 161 161 161 161 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 50 50 50 - Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 10 Unskilled Labour 275 275 275 275 Total Labour Required 1,165 1,164 1,160 1,142 Total Labour Available 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 Surplus/Deficit 410 411 415 433 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 Subsistence Fisheries 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 75 84 78 - Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 Business 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 Crafts and Trade 253 253 253 253 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 150 150 - Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 30 Unskilled Labour 413 413 413 413 Total Income 2,865 2,927 2,988 2,771 Total Income Required 1,103 1,103 1,103 1,103 Surplus/Deficit 1,761 1,824 1,885 1,668 3,500 3,000 Unskilled Labour 413 413 413 Reservoir Logging 30 413 )$SU( 2,500 30 30 150 150 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 -30 253 253 253 Crafts and Trade 253 nr 2,000 Business tueRliacnaniF Temporary Forestry Labour 1,500 1,401 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 1,401 1,401 1,401 NPVFA Dividend 1,000 Subsistence Fisheries 120 Land Prepration and Terracing 120 120 500 120 78 84 100 - 75 100 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 100 100 54 54 54 30 30 54 30 30 360 371 239 293 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Stability: Ag & Liv: low input; Fi: full time comm; Business +Craft/Trade; Fo: temp COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 199 180 217 227 303 254 257 200 243 155 365 Full Time Commercial Fisheries 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Business 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Crafts and Trade 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 161 Total Labour Required 1,000 981 1,018 1,028 1,104 1,055 1,058 1,001 1,044 956 1,166 Total Labour Available 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 Surplus/Deficit 575 594 557 547 471 520 517 574 531 619 409 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 364 450 506 655 666 424 416 821 249 332 524 Full Time Commercial Fisheries 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Business 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 Crafts and Trade 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 Total Income 2,837 2,923 2,979 3,129 3,140 2,898 2,890 3,295 2,723 2,806 2,998 Total Income Required 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 Surplus/Deficit 1,182 1,268 1,324 1,474 1,484 1,242 1,234 1,639 1,067 1,151 1,342 3,500 253 3,000 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 2,500 )$ 1,401 Crafts and Trade 1,401 1,401 (US Business rnut 2,000 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 1,401 Temporary Forestry Labour Re alic 120 1,500 NPVFA Dividend 120 120 100 naniF 100 100 Full Time Commercial Fisheries 120 120 120 120 120 100 120 100 100 600 120 Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 1,000 100 100 100 120 600 600 100 100 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 500 600 821 655 666 364 450 506 524 424 416 249 332 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-7: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Larger Households, Example 2. Household Type 2 - Larger Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fo: perm; Constr. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 25 28 27 - Permanent Forestry Labour 300 300 300 300 Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 - Unskilled Labour 275 275 275 208 Total Labour Required 814 813 810 764 Total Labour Available 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 Surplus/Deficit 761 762 765 811 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 75 84 81 - Permanent Forestry Labour 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 - Unskilled Labour 413 413 413 312 Total Income 2,933 2,995 3,059 2,859 Total Income Required 1,103 1,103 1,103 1,103 Surplus/Deficit 1,829 1,892 1,956 1,755 3,500 3,000 413 413 413 312 30 30 )$SU( 2,500 30 - Unskilled Labour Reservoir Logging nr 2,000 Permanent Forestry Labour tueRliacnaniF Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 2,046 1,500 2,046 2,046 2,046 NPVFA Dividend Land Prepration and Terracing 1,000 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 500 81 84 100 - 75 100 100 30 30 100 30 30 360 371 239 293 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Stability: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: part time comm; Fo: perm. COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 267 268 274 298 365 273 277 276 324 138 406 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Permanent Forestry Labour 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Total Labour Required 717 718 724 748 815 723 727 726 774 588 856 Total Labour Available 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 1,575 Surplus/Deficit 858 857 851 827 760 852 848 849 801 987 719 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 510 676 846 771 993 637 567 1,092 334 409 1,329 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Permanent Forestry Labour 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 Total Income 2,866 3,032 3,202 3,127 3,349 2,993 2,923 3,448 2,690 2,765 3,685 Total Income Required 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 1,656 Surplus/Deficit 1,210 1,377 1,546 1,471 1,693 1,337 1,267 1,793 1,034 1,110 2,029 4,000 3,500 3,000 )$SU( 2,046 2,500 2,046 Permanent Forestry Labour nr 2,046 tueRliacnaniF 2,046 2,046 NPVFA Dividend 2,000 2,046 2,046 2,046 2,046 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 2,046 2,046 100 1,500 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 210 100 100 210 100 210 1,000 100 100 210 210 100 100 210 100 210 210 210 100 1,329 100 500 993 1,092 210 846 210 676 771 637 510 567 334 409 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-8: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Average Households, Example 1. Household Type 3 - Average Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: subs; Fo: temp; Constr. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Subsistence Fishery 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 25 28 26 - Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 50 50 50 - Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 10 Unskilled Labour 87 88 88 11 Total Labour Required 516 516 512 417 Total Labour Available 825 825 825 825 Surplus/Deficit 309 309 313 408 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 Subsistence Fishery 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 75 84 78 - Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 150 150 - Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 30 Unskilled Labour 131 132 132 17 Total Income 929 993 1,054 721 Total Income Required 827 827 827 827 Surplus/Deficit 101 165 226 - 106 1,200 1,000 132 132 30 Unskilled Labour 131 )$SU( 30 Reservoir Logging 800 150 30 150 Reservoir Biomass Clearance n 150 -30 17 120 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 Returl 600 120 78 - Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 84 100 100 75 NPVFA Dividend nanciaiF 400 100 54 54 100 30 Subsistence Fishery 54 30 54 30 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 200 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 360 371 239 293 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Stability: Ag & Liv: low input; Fi: part time comm; Fo: temp COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 199 180 217 227 303 254 257 200 243 155 365 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 Temporary Forestry Labour 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Labour Required 449 430 467 477 553 504 507 450 493 405 615 Total Labour Available 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 Surplus/Deficit 376 395 358 348 272 321 318 375 332 420 210 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 364 450 506 655 666 424 416 821 249 332 524 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Total Income 974 1,060 1,116 1,265 1,276 1,034 1,026 1,431 859 942 1,134 Total Income Required 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 Surplus/Deficit -268 -182 -126 24 34 -208 -216 189 -383 -299 -107 1,600 1,400 300 1,200 300 300 100 S$)U( 1,000 300 300 Temporary Forestry Labour nru 300 100 100 210 300 300 NPVFA Dividend Ret 800 300 100 210 210 300 100 ialc 100 Part Time Commercial Fisheries 100 100 300 100 210 naniF 600 210 100 Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 210 210 210 100 210 400 821 210 655 666 210 524 200 450 506 364 424 416 332 249 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-9: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Average Households, Example 2. Household Type 3 - Average Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: subs; Fo: temp; Constr. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 25 28 27 - Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 - Unskilled Labour 137 138 137 21 Total Labour Required 416 416 412 317 Total Labour Available 825 825 825 825 Surplus/Deficit 409 409 413 508 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 75 84 81 - Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 - Unskilled Labour 206 207 206 32 Total Income 800 864 926 652 Total Income Required 827 827 827 827 Surplus/Deficit - 28 36 99 - 175 1,000 900 800 206 207 Unskilled Labour )$ 700 206 30 30 120 Reservoir Logging (US 600 -32 n 30 120 120 81 Temporary Forestry Labour Retur 500 120 - 84 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 100 100 ncial 400 75 100 30 30 NPVFA Dividend Fina 300 100 30 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 200 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 360 371 293 100 239 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Stability: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: subs; Fo: temp COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 267 268 274 298 365 273 277 276 324 138 406 Subsistence Fisheries 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Total Labour Required 407 408 414 438 505 413 417 416 464 278 546 Total Labour Available 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 825 Surplus/Deficit 418 417 411 387 320 412 408 409 361 547 279 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 510 676 846 771 993 637 567 1,092 334 409 1,329 Subsistence Fisheries 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Total Income 784 950 1,120 1,045 1,267 911 841 1,366 608 683 1,603 Total Income Required 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 1,242 Surplus/Deficit -458 -291 -122 -197 25 -331 -401 125 -634 -559 361 1,800 1,600 120 1,400 100 54 120 1,200 120 S$)U( 100 100 54 n 120 1,000 54 Temporary Forestry Labour 100 120 Retur 120 54 100 120 NPVFA Dividend 800 100 54 120 ncial 120 54 100 Subsistence Fisheries naiF 54 100 1,329 600 100 54 120 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 54 1,092 120 993 100 400 846 100 54 771 676 54 637 510 567 200 334 409 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-10: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Smaller Households, Example 1. Household Type 4 - Smaller Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fo: temp & NTFP FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 137 141 139 - Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 50 50 50 36 Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 10 Total Labour Required 441 441 437 342 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 84 84 88 183 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 411 423 417 - Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 150 150 108 Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 30 Total Income 1,080 1,146 1,207 759 Total Income Required 552 552 552 552 Surplus/Deficit 529 594 655 207 1,400 1,200 30 30 150 30 150 1,000 Reservoir Logging ) 150 120 S$U(nrut 120 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 120 800 Temporary Forestry Labour 30 Re 417 108 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection ial 423 600 411 120 NPVFA Dividend nanciF - Land Prepration and Terracing 100 100 400 100 30 30 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 100 30 30 200 360 371 239 293 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Stability: Ag & Liv: low input; Fi: Subs; Fo: temp COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 199 180 217 227 303 254 257 200 243 155 365 Subsistence Fisheries 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Total Labour Required 339 320 357 367 443 394 397 340 383 295 505 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 186 205 168 158 82 131 128 185 142 230 20 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 364 450 506 655 666 424 416 821 249 332 524 Subsistence Fisheries 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Total Income 638 724 780 929 940 698 690 1,095 523 606 798 Total Income Required 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 Surplus/Deficit -190 -104 -48 102 112 -130 -138 267 -305 -221 -30 1,200 120 1,000 100 120 120 54 ) 800 S$U( 100 100 120 120 Temporary Forestry Labour rnut 120 54 54 100 120 120 100 NPVFA Dividend Re 600 120 Subsistence Fisheries ial 100 54 100 54 100 120 100 54 Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) nanciF 54 54 120 100 400 54 821 54 655 666 100 54 524 200 450 506 424 364 416 332 249 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-11: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Smaller Households, Example 2. Household Type 4 - Smaller Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fo: temp & NTFP FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 100 100 100 46 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 50 50 50 - Reservoir Logging 10 10 10 - Unskilled Labour 37 41 39 - Total Labour Required 441 441 437 342 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 84 84 88 183 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 300 300 300 138 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 150 150 150 - Reservoir Logging 30 30 30 - Unskilled Labour 56 62 59 - Total Income 1,025 1,084 1,148 759 Total Income Required 552 552 552 552 Surplus/Deficit 473 532 596 207 1,400 1,200 59 62 30 1,000 56 30 150 Unskilled Labour )$SU(nruteRliacnaniF 30 150 Reservoir Logging 150 120 800 Reservoir Biomass Clearance 120 120 - Temporary Forestry Labour 120 300 Charcoal Making and NTFP Collection 600 300 138 NPVFA Dividend 300 Land Prepration and Terracing 100 100 400 100 30 30 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 100 30 30 200 360 371 239 293 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Stability: Ag & Liv: High input; Fo: temp COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 267 268 274 298 365 273 277 276 324 138 406 Temporary Forestry Labour 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Total Labour Required 307 308 314 338 405 313 317 316 364 178 446 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 218 217 211 187 120 212 208 209 161 347 79 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 510 676 785 771 993 632 562 1,092 334 409 1,228 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Temporary Forestry Labour 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Total Income 730 896 1,005 991 1,213 852 782 1,312 554 629 1,448 Total Income Required 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 828 Surplus/Deficit -98 68 177 163 385 24 -46 484 -274 -199 620 1,600 1,400 120 120 100 1,200 120 100 S$)U( 100 1,000 120 rntueRliacnaniF 120 Temporary Forestry Labour 800 120 100 100 120 NPVFA Dividend 100 120 120 100 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 600 100 1,228 100 1,092 120 993 120 100 400 785 771 100 676 632 510 562 200 334 409 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-12: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Small Households, Example 1. Household Type 5 - Small Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input; Fi: Subs. FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Subsistence Fisheries 100 100 100 100 Total Labour Required 304 300 298 356 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 221 225 227 169 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 Subsistence Fisheries 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Total Income 423 477 544 555 Total Income Required 276 276 276 276 Surplus/Deficit 147 201 268 279 600 500 100 100 100 54 54 )$SU( 400 100 30 30 54 NPVFA Dividend rnuteR Subsistence Fisheries 300 54 30 Land Prepration and Terracing ial 30 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) nanciF 200 360 371 293 239 100 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 1: Stability: Ag & Liv: low input; Fi: Subs. COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 199 180 217 227 303 254 257 200 243 155 365 Subsistence Fisheries 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Labour Required 299 280 317 327 403 354 357 300 343 255 465 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 226 245 208 198 122 171 168 225 182 270 60 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) 364 450 506 655 666 424 416 821 249 332 524 Subsistence Fisheries 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Income 518 604 660 809 820 578 570 975 403 486 678 Total Income Required 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 Surplus/Deficit 104 190 246 396 406 164 156 561 -11 73 264 1,200 1,000 100 54 ) 800 S$U( 100 100 54 rnuteR 54 NPVFA Dividend 100 600 100 Subsistence Fisheries ial 100 54 100 54 100 Agriculture & Livestock (Low Inputs) nanciF 100 54 54 54 100 400 54 821 655 666 100 54 54 524 200 450 506 424 364 416 332 249 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-13: Financial analysis of 4 HLMs in Transition (Year 2) and 11 HLMs in Stability (Year 6) for Small Households, Example 2. Household Type 5 - Small Household Item WFS 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Transition: Ag & Liv: high input FC+1 to FC+2 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 184 180 178 236 Land Preparation and Terracing 20 20 20 20 Total Labour Required 204 200 198 256 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 321 325 327 269 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 239 293 360 371 Land Prepration and Terracing 30 30 30 30 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 Total Income 369 423 490 501 Total Income Required 276 276 276 276 Surplus/Deficit 93 147 214 225 600 500 100 100 400 S$)U(nrut 100 30 30 100 NPVFA Dividend Relia 300 30 Land Prepration and Terracing nc 30 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) naiF 200 360 371 293 239 100 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 Scenario 2: Stability: Ag & Liv: high input COD to COD+1 Labour (days) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 267 268 274 298 365 273 277 276 324 138 406 Total Labour Required 267 268 274 298 365 273 277 276 324 138 406 Total Labour Available 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 Surplus/Deficit 258 257 251 227 160 252 248 249 201 387 119 Financial Returns (US$) Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 510 676 846 771 993 637 567 1,092 334 409 1,329 NPVFA Dividend 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Total Income 610 776 946 871 1,093 737 667 1,192 434 509 1,429 Total Income Required 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 414 Surplus/Deficit 196 362 532 457 679 323 253 778 20 95 1,015 1,600 1,400 100 1,200 100 )$SU(nruteRlai 100 1,000 100 NPVFA Dividend 800 100 100 Agriculture & Livestock (High Inputs) 100 nc 1,329 naiF 600 100 100 1,092 993 400 846 100 771 100 676 637 510 567 200 334 409 - 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 5 6 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Figure 25-14: Comparison of Total Income for 11 Household Livelihood Mixes for Five Household Size Categories Large Household HLM 1.1 US$/Year HLM 1.2 4,500 HLM 1.3 4,000 HLM 2.1 3,500 3,000 HLM 2.2 2,500 HLM 3.1 2,000 1,500 HLM 3.2 1,000 500 HLM 4.1 0 HLM 4.2 Scen 1, Transition Scen 2, Transition Scen 1, Stability Scen 2, Stability HLM 5 HLM 6 Larger Household HLM 1.1 HLM 1.2 US$/Year HLM 1.3 4,000 HLM 2.1 3,500 HLM 2.2 3,000 HLM 3.1 2,500 2,000 HLM 3.2 1,500 HLM 4.1 1,000 HLM 4.2 500 HLM 5 0 Scen 1, Transition Scen 2, Transition Scen 1, Stability Scen 2, Stability HLM 6 Average Household HLM 1.1 US$/Year HLM 1.2 2,000 HLM 1.3 HLM 2.1 1,500 HLM 2.2 1,000 HLM 3.1 HLM 3.2 500 HLM 4.1 0 HLM 4.2 Scen 1, Transition Scen 2, Transition Scen 1, Stability Scen 2, Stability HLM 5 HLM 6 Smaller Household HLM 1.1 US$/Year HLM 1.2 HLM 1.3 2,000 HLM 2.1 1,500 HLM 2.2 1,000 HLM 3.1 HLM 3.2 500 HLM 4.1 0 HLM 4.2 Scen 1, Transition Scen 2, Transition Scen 1, Stability Scen 2, Stability HLM 5 HLM 6 Small Household HLM 1.1 HLM 1.2 US$/Year HLM 1.3 2,000 HLM 2.1 1,500 HLM 2.2 HLM 3.1 1,000 HLM 3.2 500 HLM 4.1 0 HLM 4.2 Scen 1, Transition Scen 2, Transition Scen 1, Stability Scen 2, Stability HLM 5 HLM 6 ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Annex 25-1: Total Annual Income, Income Surplus and Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 1.1 to 6 for Two Examples in Transition Phase and Stability Phase, for Five Household Size Categories. US$/Year Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 1.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 4,000 3,500 3,000 Transition, S.1 2,500 Stability, S.1 2,000 Transition, S.2 Stability, S.2 1,500 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 1.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in US$ / Year Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 2,500 2,000 1,500 Transition, S.1 Stability, S.1 1,000 Transition, S.2 500 Stability, S.2 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 1.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,600 1,400 1,200 Transition, S.1 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Transition, S.2 600 Stability, S.2 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 1.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability US$/Year Phase, 5 Household Types 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500 Transition, S.1 Stability, S.1 2,000 Transition, S.2 1,500 Stability, S.2 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 1.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$ / Year 2,500 2,000 Transition, S.1 1,500 Stability, S.1 1,000 Transition, S.2 Stability, S.2 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 1.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Days / Year Phase, 5 Household Types 1,600 1,400 1,200 Transition, S.1 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Transition, S.2 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 1.3, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability US$/Year Phase, 5 Household Types 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500 Transition, S.1 2,000 Stability, S.1 1,500 Transition, S.2 Stability, S.2 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 1.3, Scenario 1 and 2 in US$ / Year Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 Transition, S.1 500 Stability, S.1 Transition, S.2 0 Stability, S.2 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 1.3, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Days / Year Phase, 5 Household Types 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 Transition, S.1 Stability, S.1 800 Transition, S.2 600 Stability, S.2 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability US$/Year Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 2.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 3,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 Stability, S.1 1,500 Stability, S.2 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 2.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$ / Year 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 Stability, S.1 Stability, S.2 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 2.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 Stability, S.1 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 2.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability US$/Year Phase, 5 Household Types 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500 Stability, S.1 2,000 Stability, S.2 1,500 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 2.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition US$ / Year and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 Stability, S.1 Stability, S.2 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 2.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 Stability, S.1 600 Stability, S.2 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 38 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 3.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$/Year 3,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 Stability, S.1 Stability, S.2 1,500 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 3.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$ / Year 2,500 2,000 1,500 Stability, S.1 1,000 Stability, S.2 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 3.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 39 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 3.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$/Year 3,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 Stability, S.1 Stability, S.2 1,500 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 3.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$ / Year 1,500 1,300 1,100 900 700 500 Stability, S.1 Stability, S.2 300 100 -100 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -300 -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 3.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 40 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 4.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$/Year 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500 Stability, S.1 2,000 Stability, S.2 1,500 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 4.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition US$ / Year and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,200 Stability, S.1 1,000 Stability, S.2 800 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 4.1, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,400 1,200 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Smaller Household Small Household Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 41 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 4.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability US$/Year Phase, 5 Household Types 3,000 2,500 2,000 Stability, S.1 1,500 Stability, S.2 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 4.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$ / Year 1,200 1,000 800 600 400 Stability, S.1 200 Stability, S.2 0 -200 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -400 -600 -800 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 4.2, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,400 1,200 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Smaller Small Household Household Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 42 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 5, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability US$/Year Phase, 5 Household Types 3,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 Stability, S.1 1,500 Stability, S.2 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 5, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types US$ / Year 1,300 1,100 900 700 Stability, S.1 500 Stability, S.2 300 100 -100 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -300 -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 5, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 Stability, S.1 800 Stability, S.2 600 400 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 43 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Total Income for Household Livelihood Mix 6, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability US$/Year Phase, 5 Household Types 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500 Transition, S.1 Stability, S.1 2,000 Transition, S.2 1,500 Stability, S.2 1,000 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household Income Surplus (above Target) for Household Livelihood Mix 6, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition US$ / Year and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types 3,000 2,500 2,000 Transition, S.1 1,500 Stability, S.1 Transition, S.2 1,000 Stability, S.2 500 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household -500 Labour Surplus for Household Livelihood Mix 6, Scenario 1 and 2 in Transition and Stability Phase, 5 Household Types Days / Year 1,400 1,200 1,000 800 Transition, S.1 600 Stability, S.1 Transition, S.2 400 Stability, S.2 200 0 Large Household Larger Household Average Household Smaller Household Small Household November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 44 Chapter 25: Livelihood Integration and Income Scenarios - Transition To Stability Annex 25-2: Exchange Rates for Lao Kip : US Dollar, 1997/98, 2000 and 2002/03. 1997/1998 Year Month Parallel Official Average 1997 3 1,044 1,006 1,025 4 1,464 1,021 1,242 5 1,135 1,021 1,078 6 1,132 1,039 1,085 7 1,254 1,138 1,196 8 1,418 1,214 1,316 9 1,572 1,347 1,459 10 1,675 1,602 1,638 11 1,804 1,760 1,782 12 2,065 2,019 2,042 1998 1 2,478 2,427 2,453 2 2,502 2,435 2,469 Average 1,628 1,502 1,565 2000 Year Month Parallel Official Average 2000 1 7,592 7,538 7,565 2 7,609 7,557 7,583 3 7,627 7,563 7,595 4 7,655 7,569 7,612 5 7,824 7,644 7,734 6 7,922 7,778 7,850 7 8,126 7,918 8,022 8 8,263 7,999 8,131 9 8,367 8,021 8,194 10 8,416 8,107 8,261 11 8,487 8,221 8,354 12 8,356 8,238 8,297 Average 8,020 7,846 7,933 2002/03 Year Month Parallel Official Average 2002 3 9,537 9,471 9,504 4 9,547 9,488 9,518 5 9,657 9,544 9,601 6 9,956 9,774 9,865 7 10,229 10,049 10,139 8 10,498 10,351 10,425 9 10,871 10,711 10,791 10 10,944 10,829 10,887 11 10,832 10,750 10,791 12 10,791 10,714 10,753 2003 1 10,689 10,610 10,650 2 10,704 10,631 10,668 Average 10,355 10,244 10,299 Source: NSC November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 45 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening CHAPTER 26 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY STRENGTHENING Table of Content 26 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY STRENGTHENING.............1 26.1 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................1 26.2 STRENGTHENING OF COMMUNITY INSTITUTIONS ....................................................2 26.2.1 Village Administration, Resettlement and Development.........................................................................2 26.2.2 Reservoir and Fisheries Management .........................................................................................................3 26.2.3 Nakai Plateau Community Forestry............................................................................................................4 26.2.4 Water Users Groups......................................................................................................................................6 26.2.5 Community Savings and Loans Groups.....................................................................................................6 26.2.6 Other Groups.................................................................................................................................................6 26.3 LABOUR ISSUES...........................................................................................................6 26.3.1 Construction Labour Opportunities...........................................................................................................6 26.3.2 Livelihood development and long term non-farm labour .......................................................................7 26.4 POVERTY ....................................................................................................................7 26.4.1 Multi-dimensional Aspects of Poverty .......................................................................................................7 26.4.2 Poverty and Resettlement.............................................................................................................................8 26.5 GENDER .....................................................................................................................8 26.5.1 Gender Resettlement Strategy......................................................................................................................9 26.6 EDUCATION.............................................................................................................. 10 26.6.1 Nursery Education ......................................................................................................................................10 26.6.2 Primary and Secondary Schooling.............................................................................................................10 26.6.3 Adult Education and Vocational Training ...............................................................................................12 26.7 CULTURAL HERITAGE.............................................................................................. 13 26.7.1 Archaeological, Cultural and Historical Aspects .....................................................................................13 26.7.2 Cultural and Religious Property Recovery and Relocation....................................................................14 List of Tables Table 26-1: Indicative Training Courses to be Offered in Support of Livelihood Options.........................13 List of Figures Figure 26-1: Possible Organizational Linkages between Reservoir Stakeholders..............................................4 Figure 26-2: Organisation Chart of Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA)............................5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening 26 SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND COMMUNITY STRENGTHENING 26.1 INTRODUCTION Resettlement of villages on the Nakai Plateau has the potential to cause significant social, psychological and physiological stress that may have adverse effects on social, cultural and family structures. These include: · Risks of adverse impacts associated with actual relocation processes and potential community discord; · Risk of impoverishment relating to difficulties in adapting to a new livelihood system and resource base; · Potential exploitation by others during and subsequently to relocation; and · Possible conflicts within or between communities or with government agencies over access to resources. Certain measures already have and will continue to be taken to mitigate these adverse effects. Most important in this respect, is the ongoing participatory consultation process that has actively involved villagers in decision-making, and keeping them well informed at all times. According to a number of recent anthropological studies on resettlement, the `familiar, is an essential aspect in minimizing possible negative consequences in relocating populations. Because the distance involved in moving the villages on the Nakai Plateau is not great, and because it involves relocation within a familiar habitat and usually within traditional and administrative village boundaries, the psychological and socio-cultural stress issues should be more manageable. Most villagers have shown a willingness to relocate to new sites and are attracted by the prospect of an improved lifestyle. Certain measures will be taken to avoid the possible adverse effects on social structure and cohesion due to the social, psychological and socio-cultural demands of relocation. Villagers will be involved not only in the decision making process but will be kept well informed at all times by means of PCPD visits as described in Chapter 4. In addition, Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) techniques have been used to familiarize village leaders and the community at large with the Project and to solicit their opinions and expectations. Many aspects, such as house design, conducting ritual procedures involved in moving houses and villages, and village layout have already been incorporated into resettlement planning. The villagers will be involved in deciding actual site locations and the sites of house plots and gardens and this should contribute significantly to reducing any possible psychological and social stress related to the relocation. PRA techniques are outlined as part of PCPD in Chapter 4 and are presently being employed for the Pilot Village Relocation program. In the longer term, there are also a number of positive social effects that will ensure that the displaced population derives benefits directly from the Project, and these aim to improve the present poor conditions on the Plateau. Significant benefits will accrue to villagers as a result of improved living conditions and improved economic welfare of households and communities due to additional educational opportunities, improved health conditions and employment opportunities, and the enhanced livelihood options for resettled villagers. Additional benefits include: 1. Improved transportation in the form of roads to each new village site. This will allow villagers access to markets and opportunities for work outside the village proper. 2. Enhanced water based transportation systems on the Reservoir. 3. Improved housing for the villagers who decide to opt for a new house. It is predicted that most will prefer the new houses since the majority of houses in the area are constructed of bamboo and are in poor condition. Those who decide to keep their present structures will be provided with support to relocate at the new village sites. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening 4. Every village will have better access to schools and health services. Most villages at present do not have schools which function and none have good access to health facilities. 5. Opportunities to learn new skills to improve agricultural production, which should result in greater food security in the form of produce (field-crops, rice and livestock) and income generated from the sale of fish and timber. 6. Improved services (water, electricity, health, and education) which will make a significant difference in day to day living. This will be especially noticeable in the domestic sphere that is the prime concern of women. 26.2 STRENGTHENING OF COMMUNITY INSTITUTIONS Probably the biggest current weakness in existing communities is a general lack of self reliance. Villagers are not used to making decisions about their own future, managing common resources, or taking joint action to improve their welfare. The ongoing PCPD and the participatory methods used to date for planning the relocation process are already having dramatic effects in this respect. By participating in planning and decision-making, local capacity is being raised, new skills are being learned, and villagers are beginning to see the benefits of cooperation. The advances already made in this respect, will greatly assist in reducing the potential risks of social upheaval community dysfunction associated with relocation. In many cases, existing community structures can be moved directly with the relocation, as community composition will not change. In these instances, village chiefs, development committees, women's groups, traditional support systems, etc. can continue to function as before. In resettlement villages involving the consolidation of more than one community, some adjustment will be necessary, and this will be supported by the RMU, with NTPC TA assistance for organizing community discussions, village meetings, fair and open elections, etc. In consolidated resettlement villages, existing support systems and kinship groups will be largely maintained by allowing individual families choice in house location and who their neighbors will be. The development of a single, cohesive and harmonious community will be facilitated by the provision of physical infrastructure such as a meeting hall where community meetings and informal gatherings can take place, schools where children will make new friends and parents will meet, and markets where all members of the community will meet and talk. All resettlement villages will need to make joint decisions about the management of community resources in the resettlement area. This will require new community groups, structures and institutions to be established, developed and strengthened. These management systems will be required at two levels. First, at the village community level, including committees for: village resettlement, village forestry, village fisheries and reservoir management, irrigation water use, and other functions such as production or marketing support. Second, at the level of the entire resettlement area for inter-community decisions mainly on reservoir management and community forestry. These various institutions are essential to ensure the successful resettlement of villages into new locations and livelihood systems. 26.2.1 Village Administration, Resettlement and Development All resettlement villages will become officially recognized administration units and have the rights, powers and responsibilities that go with this. The traditional Village Administration Committee (VAC) will be enhanced to a Village Resettlement Committee (VRC) and will after resettlement also work as a Village Development Committee (VDC). The VRC will have an elected Village Chief who is in overall charge of village affairs. He/she is supported by one or two deputies (depending on village size) who are responsible for finance/tax and socio-cultural affairs, respectively. These structures and positions, where they already exist, will be transferred with the relocation. In cases where new resettlement villages are created by the consolidation of two or more existing villages, new elections (which are normally held every 2 years, anyway) will be held to make these appointments. During the transitional resettlement period, the village administration is actually termed the Village Resettlement Committees (VRC), who represents the community in regard to relocation issues. The VRC is responsible for village administration, and for all intents and purposes is also the village development November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening committee. As resettlement proceeds, ad hoc committees will be formed to deal with specific issues such as housing, finance (relocation allowances, etc), village facilities, etc. Following the transitional resettlement period, the VRC will most likely transform into the Village Development Committee (VDC), which will work closely with the village administration (if not actually the same as the village administration) and be responsible for not only village administration but also issues related to continued village development.). The members of the VRC/VDC will typically include: · Village chief; · Deputy Village Chief; · LWU; · The Lao Youth Union (LYO); · The Lao National Front for Construction (LNFC) which includes the village elders; · Village teacher (representing formal, non-formal and nursery school); · Agriculture Coordinator; · Village Livestock Agent / Coordinator; · Forestry Coordinator; · Fisheries Coordinator. In the case of the NT2 Resettlement Areas, the villagers livelihoods will be based on the utilisation of an unusually large number of shared or community resources. This will require the VDCs to focus on the management and development of a range of livelihood specific community resources, especially: · reservoir fishers; · resettlement area forestry; · irrigation; and · drawdown zone grazing and agriculture. Thus, a range of livelihood specific community institutions will have to be developed, at both the village and whole resettlement area level, to deal with issues arising from resource management. 26.2.2 Reservoir and Fisheries Management Although the NT2 reservoir will be a valuable resource for resettled families, it will be used for a number of potentially competing and conflicting purposes by a wide variety of stakeholders. These multiple uses include power-generation, transport, conservation, fishing, tourism, agriculture (drawdown area) and other recreational and income related purposes. In order to manage these diverse functions, a Reservoir Management Coordination Authority (RMCA), comprising representatives of all the major stakeholders, will be established to formulate policy and take all major decisions in regard to reservoir management. It is essential that the diverse need of all resettlement villagers are fully represented in decisions taken by the RMA. To achieve this, a Village Reservoir Management Association (VRMA) will be formed at the Resettlement Area level, comprising members of all village groups or committees formed to ensure sustainable and effective management of livelihood activities which rely on the reservoir or its resources. This Association will represent the combined interests of all resettlement villages in regard to reservoir management decisions by the RMA. For the VRMA to effectively represent member interests, which in some instances may be at variance to the interests of possibly more influential groups, it will require significant capacity building and support. At the village level, groups with interests in the reservoir and its resources will most likely be formed into Village Fisheries and Reservoir Management Committees (VFRMC), established to promote reservoir- based activities within the community, including fishing, drawdown-area grazing, recession cropping, duck raising, and transport and tourism-related activities. The VFRMCs will thus represent village interests at the level of the entire resettlement area in regard to reservoir management through the VRMA. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening The various institutions and diverse groups with an interest in reservoir management will need to be linked and organized if they are to effectively cooperate in the best interests of all reservoir stakeholders, and a representation of these possible links and groups possible is presented in Figure 26-1. Figure 26-1: Possible Organizational Linkages between Reservoir Stakeholders Reservoir level RESERVOIR MANAGEMENT COORDINATION AUTHORITY NTPC WMPA VRMA District Authorities District level DAFO other RFMO Village level VFRMC 1 VFRMC 2 VFRMC 3 etc. Household level Drawdown Drawdown Irrigation Fishers graziers farmers water users 26.2.3 Nakai Plateau Community Forestry Under PM Decree 193, resettlement villages have been given the sole rights to the management and utilization of the forest resources in the resettlement area. To ensure their productive and sustainable management the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA) has been established. The NPVFA will be controlled on behalf of an assembly of resettlement member families through their elected village representatives. Professional management and technical staff will be hired to run the day to day business of the association. In the early years of operation, the NPVFA will be provided with intensive technical support by the RMU and Provincial and District Forestry Offices. Following capacity development, their main functions will be to make policy decisions in regard to the conduct of forest inventory and replanting programs, formulating sustainable management policies, developing appropriate operational plans and managing the processing and marketing of timber and wood products. A full description of the resettlement community commercial forestry program, the organizational and management structures, and the responsibilities of the NPVFA are provided in Chapter 23, and illustrated below in Figure 26-2 (extracted from Chapter 23). At the village level, Village Forestry Committees (VFC) will be established to promote village forestry- based activities and represent village interests in regard to the management of the plateau forestry program through the NPVFA. It is anticipated that VFCs will become involved in issues related to commercial forestry business, NTFP management, forest grazing, etc. on behalf of their village. VFCs will receive technical and management training prior to resettlement and during the first few years of commercial operation of the community forestry program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening Figure 26-2: Organisation Chart of Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA) General Assembly of Member Families KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsouk NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang Village Village Village Village Village HatKhPhan Village Village Village Paek village village Village Bouakham Village Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly SopMa Assembly Assembly Assembly Village Assembly Assembly Assembly village Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly of Village Representatives (5 per village ­ VFC) KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsouk NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang VFC VFC VFC VFC VFC HatKhPhan VFC VFC VFC Paek VFC VFC VFC Bouakham VFC Officers Officers Officers Officers Officers SopMa Officers Officers Officers VFC Officers Officers Officers VFC Officers 5 5 5 5 5 VFC 5 5 5 5 Officers 5 5 5 Officers 5 5 External Board of Inspection President of Vice the NPVFA President Board of Management` Manager Selected and hired Deputy Manager experts Elected by Assembly ofof Elected by Assembly Forestry Processing Sales Finance Administration Division Division Division Division Division village representa ives village representatives Silviculture Unit (includes Forest Survey and Logging and Sawmill Wood Processing Finance Office Administrative Regular staff nursery, plantation) Management Unit Transportation Unit Unit Office Village Work Teams Villagers hired as KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsou NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang required, Work Work Work Work Work HatKhPhan Work Work Work Paek Work k Work Work Work Bouakham Work seasonal Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams SopMa Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Work Teams work Work Team Teams November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening 26.2.4 Water Users Groups Each resettlement village will have at least one irrigation Water Users Group (WUG), which will be responsible for the management, maintenance and repair of the system and for ensuring timely, efficient and equitable water distribution according to user needs. They will also deal with user complaints and investigate reported cases of water theft or other abuses of the system. The WUG will also represent the village at the reservoir level in instances where issues may arise relating to the drawing (pumping) of waters from the NT2 reservoir for use in village irrigation systems. The WUGs will receive technical and management training and support during the early years of resettlement and irrigation system operation and management. 26.2.5 Community Savings and Loans Groups Community savings and loans schemes will be introduced in all resettlement villages as an institutional mechanism to assist in the transition to a market economy. For many households, the new livelihoods following resettlement will be their first experience with managing money. This is obviously of economic relevance, but also important from a social perspective as the availability of cash has the potential to introduce a number of social evils such as gambling, alcohol-abuse, etc. The purpose of these savings loan groups (orm sap) is to develop basic money management skills, demonstrate the benefits of saving and investment, and provide a source of credit to resettled households for use in cases of family emergencies. 26.2.6 Other Groups Other community support institutions will be established according to local conditions and perceived needs of the villagers. These might include women's groups to promote the social and economic interests of women, production groups through which producers of a common commodity can provide technical and material support to other members, marketing groups for the joint marketing of produce (for example fish, NTFPs, etc.), village school committees to support and guide education according to community needs and aspirations, and other groups, as necessary. 26.3 LABOUR ISSUES At the family level, each family will have to decide how to best utilize their labour resources. In rural Lao families, both the male and female family heads are fully involved in livelihood activities (food and income generating activities). Children may also be involved to varying degrees, depending on age, time spent at school etc. Older, post-school aged children who have not yet married to form their own family usually contribute just as much labour as family heads. Care of younger children, house building and tool making or repair are the major non-income or food generating activities undertaken. The resettlement plans offer of a range of livelihood options that will challenge resettlers, in that the type of labour skills required are relatively new, and in that they will have to chose which activities best suit their current or potential future skills and availability. In addition, the transition period during the construction and operation of the NT2 Project will have significant impacts on the labour demand for skilled and non-skilled workers, which should increase dramatically during the 3 to 4 year construction period. There will be additional opportunities in the service sector during this time, some of which may carry into the long term. 26.3.1 Construction Labour Opportunities High expectations for employment as non-skilled labourers have been expressed during many of the consultations with villagers. Many welcome and support the Project hoping to acquire positions during the construction phase. Some villagers are familiar with wage labour since logging companies have employed a small number of villagers over the years. In a rural economy that is in the process of being monitorized, employment opportunities are seen as a potential means of quickly improving one's standard of living. As explained in Chapter 3, the Lao Labour Law provides for priority being given to Lao over foreign workers, provided that the quantity and quality of the labour force is comparable. There are also provisions for training, and the stipulation that the supervision of recruitment procedures be the responsibility of a nominated GOL agency. One responsibility of the nominated agency is to prepare and implement a Lao Labour Preference Plan before recruitment for the Project commences. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening An estimated that at least 3,000-4,000 semi or un-skilled workers will be required during the peak construction period, although these will be distributed over the three main construction areas (Nakai Dam, Plateau and downstream (Gnommalat) areas. On the assumption that about 800 semi and unskilled workers are required on the Plateau during the main years of construction, about 373 of these could be filled by resettlers. The remaining labour ­ mainly semi skilled and skilled ­ will be recruited from outside the area. It is in the interests of the construction contractors to employ local people, not only for the possible savings in not having to provide accommodation and facilities for outside workers but also to establish good relations with the local communities. The number of full time positions in the operational phase that could be taken by resettlers could range from 20 to 50 (on the Plateau only). Not all able-bodied resettlers will want employment on the Project due to unfamiliarity with this type of work and other priorities, not least building one's house and developing one's farm plot. Experience from the Nam Theun Hinboun Hydropower Project indicates that there will be high interest initially, but, being unfamiliar with a disciplined work routine and the hard work, many will opt for the flexibility of selling agricultural produce or engaging in other service sector activities that can be combined with the agricultural cycle and social priorities. It is excepted that families along the road with more diversified economies (not solely dependent on agriculture) and with a generally higher percentage of lowland families who are literate and more experienced in working as labourers will find employment during the construction period. It is possible that employment during the construction period might reduce the time spent on developing other aspects of the new livelihood options in terms of available labour input. This aspect will be monitored, and action taken accordingly to encourage families to balance their short and long term labour inputs and income potential. 26.3.2 Livelihood development and long term non-farm labour During resettlement site preparation, the resettlers will be encouraged to contribute their own labour on a remunerated basis in order to create familiarity with the new site, to foster responsibility and attachment through the establishment of a new home, and to provide a source of transitional income. It is important for resettlers that the process of relocation is a gradual one, allowing social, psychological and cultural adjustment to their new surroundings. Labour requirements for the development of new farm lands to full production are outlined in Chapters 19 and 25. It is estimated that approximately 750 person-days (250 labour days over a three-year period) of labour will provided by each resettlement household as paid project labour, at the rate of about 2/3 average daily wage, and usually paid in rice. If it is paid for in cash, it will be paid into a village bank. This labour, and its income component, is incorporated into the development model of the livelihoods of the resettlers. It is difficult to estimate the number of households that will derive a portion of their incomes from off- farm employment but the integrated livelihood scenarios presented in Table 25-4 is presenting a calculation of figures. 26.4 POVERTY A survey of the 1998 economic situation on the Plateau reveals that the average income per household is only US $450, compared to the Lao poverty line set at US$ 837 in 1997/98. The target family income for resettled households is initially this National Poverty Line, with a longer term target of raising average village income to the national average for rural areas. 26.4.1 Multi-dimensional Aspects of Poverty The World Bank's Report on Poverty Alleviation through Agricultural Projects (Economic Development Institute, WB) states that poverty is "multi-dimensional" and involves more than focusing on income levels. Poverty alleviation also involves health, education and access to resources to improve the standard of living, the so-called "human development index." Part of the resettlement plan for the Nakai Plateau involves providing improved infrastructure (roads), health care (dispensaries and access to medicine and medical advice), schools and other social facilities such as domestic water and electricity. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening A recent study undertaken by the Asian Development Bank (ADB), titled Participatory Poverty Assessment in Lao PDR (June 2001) confirms this multidimensional aspect by means of an extensive assessment of the whole country using participatory methodologies. The main findings of this report reveal that poverty is measured by villagers in terms of absence of rice sufficiency (food security) and the number of livestock (a source of cash income). Other signifiers are availability of arable land (shortened fallow cycles), water supplies, poor health facilities and lack of labour. These conclusions mirror in many respects the situation on the Nakai Plateau and confirm the importance of sustainable livelihood systems of the SDP strategy. 26.4.2 Poverty and Resettlement The present social situation on the Plateau is poor with high mortality rates, a lack of proper medical facilities, few schools that operate and only logging tracks and trails as a means of getting to towns where there are markets and medical help. The resource base is deteriorating due to increased population pressure and unsustainable use of natural resources and previous logging activities on the Plateau. All villages acknowledge a gradual decrease in forest resources (damar resin, rattan and edible roots) and declining yields of rice. The underlying problem is a lack of money and skills to overcome the difficulties caused by the poor soils, flooding and a shortened cycle of fallow period for swidden fields. In the case of the Nakai Plateau, the balance between the human population and available natural resources, including rainfed rice production, cannot be sustained in its present form. For the population on the Plateau to improve its standard of living, new means of livelihood must be found, regardless of the NT2 Project. Resettlement includes a significant addition to existing livelihood systems through the addition of increased fisheries, forestry, and employment opportunities. Even though these are not completely `new' livelihood systems, there are nevertheless new elements and variations of existing livelihood systems. Hence, training and management will be required in order to make these systems work. In addition to dealing with general income and quality-of-life poverty issues, the SDP attempts to explicitly identify particularly vulnerable groups such as female headed households, the elderly, the poorest of the poor. The intention is to provide all Potentially Vulnerable Households (PVH) with additional support. Monitoring systems have been designed to identify PVH groups, provide special assistance and to track their progress in regard to poverty alleviation objectives. The approach, implementation strategy and monitoring considerations for resettlement, livelihood improvements and service improvements conform to World Bank Operational Directive 4.15 on Poverty Reduction. The SDP confirms to government policy concerning poverty reduction, "promoting growth that makes efficient use of labour" and "enabling the poor to respond to opportunities to improve their well-being" through the livelihood proposals in Chapters 22-25, and a detailed consultation process and incorporation of concerns as outlined in Chapter 4. 26.5 GENDER There is a clear division of labour based on gender on the Plateau and in the surrounding project areas, and this reflects the position of women in Lao society in general. It appears that men hold practically all positions of authority, undertake most of the activities that bring them into contact with other communities outside the village as well as doing all the heavy work. Women are much more household and village oriented both occupationally and socially, and thus have more limited exposure to the outside world than men. This makes them particularly vulnerable to resettlement into a new location. Female mobility appears to be restricted by the realities of frequent pregnancies, nursing and minding children, and being responsible for housework and kitchen gardens. Even so, women are more economically active than men when it comes to buying and selling and many walk a considerable distance to local markets to trade for rice. In general, women are in charge of the household economy and control family cash spending. While women have ideas and concerns that differ from men, they are reluctant to express their opinions, partly because women themselves view decision making as the prerogative of male villagers and partly November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening because they fear being ridiculed. Lack of female education and organization further reduces their ability, or their own perceptions of their ability, to take part in community decision making. Few girls receive more than a minimal amount of formal education, if any at all. National statistics show significantly lower female enrolment rates in highland schools than in lowland schools (Country Report on Women in the Economic Development of the Lao PDR, 1996). This is probably only of relative validity in the project area since literacy rates are low for both sexes. Girls take responsibility for minding younger children and other household chores at an early age. Female education is not considered important because most girls will marry young, bear children and remain responsible mainly for household tasks that are not viewed as requiring formal learning. Thus, the existing limited educational opportunities are reserved largely for boys because they are expected to deal with the outside world and increasingly need to acquire skills to procure employment and deal with outside authorities. Given the constraints on female mobility, lower levels of education and a general reluctance to be involved in decision making, all of the women in the village will be targeted during the resettlement. 26.5.1 Gender Resettlement Strategy There are two complementary approaches to gender / women in development: the equity approach, which aims to improve women's decision-making powers in relation to men, and the anti-poverty approach which concerns special programs for women with the goal of improving their socio-economic conditions. Both approaches give women more control over their own time and money. In this context, there are a number of aspects of the SDP Project that directly affect women that encompass both approaches. 1. Improved labour opportunities in the resettled villages: Most of the work, such as caring for vegetable gardens, small livestock and plots of cash-crops in the vicinity of the house have traditionally been women's responsibilities. With improved agricultural methods and better yields, there should be more food for the family grown near the household (money saved) and possibly surpluses which can be sold in local markets (money earned). However, these improved opportunities can lead to increased workloads for women, creating additional burden and causing greater stress. The gender dis-aggregated monitoring system for labour will enable any trends of this nature to be identified and amelioration measures taken. 2. Labour opportunities in forest management: Caring for seedlings and weeding in the community forests will provide women with another source of income. This income could go directly into the household budget. In the resettled BPKP village, Ban Jat San, it was mostly women who did the work on the nearby plantation. 3. Clinics: The greater availability of medical facilities will give women access to medicine and proper advice on a range of topics which affect their lives. Women are responsible for the sick, the infirm and elderly as well as the care of young children. Improved access to medical facilities will be an important improvement and can save money and time, as well as the obvious improvements in pre- and post-natal care. Awareness raising and the provision of family planning advice will be undertaken in all resettlement villages in conjunction with LWU. 4. Schools: The introduction of more schools will allow more children between the ages of 5 and 12 to attend. This will relieve mothers of some of the childcare burden and allow them more time for income generation activities. Convenient access to schooling is also expected to lead to greater opportunities for girls. Coupled with the provision of nursery schools, which will reduce the burden of care for younger siblings, this is expected to lead to higher female school attendance rates. These will be monitored, and awareness raising and counselling will be undertaken with recalcitrant families. 5. Availability of clean water: The introduction of convenient domestic water supplies in resettlement villages will have a positive impact on all members of the community, but especially women and children. Hygiene standards and consequently health will improve and the time-consuming burden of carrying water, usually an activity of women and young girls, will be significantly reduced. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening 6. New Roads: Improved transportation is beneficial to both men and women but has a special importance for women since they make most of the trips to the market to purchase food and supplies and to sell agricultural and forest products. Again this will improve women's economic earning power, most of which goes directly to caring for the needs of the family. These benefits would allow women to earn more money by means of reducing the time spent within the confines of the domestic sphere and its reliance on men for cash income. Money earned goes for the most part to improving the lot of the family such that development for women means development for the next generation as well. The Lao Women's Union (LWU) will play a key role in ensuring women are equal beneficiaries of the development of the Nakai Plateau. A representative already exists in each village, although how active they are varies considerably. These representatives need to be mobilized and trained to guide development on the village level. The LWU will play a key role in pre- and post-relocation activities in such areas as vegetable gardens, health care and other aspects of livelihood training. Village Resettlement Committees will consist of at least one member of the LWU, and the LWU is also represented on the staff of the Resettlement Management Unit as Deputy Manager. 26.6 EDUCATION Under the SDP, three types of educational support are envisaged: (i) nursery and crèche-type facilities, (ii) primary and secondary schooling, and (iii) adult education and vocational training. 26.6.1 Nursery Education Nursery facilities will be provided in every resettlement village to improve the welfare of infants and to relieve their parents of the task of childcare during the day at busy times. Infant education and the development of early life skills in an appropriate environment is now known to be critical in determining later development potential. It is important that toddlers and infants interact with their own age group during the critical period of developing inter-personal communication skills. Currently, many plateau infants are denied this opportunity as they are cared for by older siblings, elderly relatives or left to their own devices in a small field-hut, while their parents work on their swiddens. It is therefore proposed to establish nursery facilities, either as part of the village primary school or independently in each resettlement village. Nursery arrangements will also include some form of crèche facilities for the very young, managed by the village women's group, with the assistance and support of the LWU. The crèche and nursery facility will be equipped (through SDP funding) with such items as educational toys, bedding and mosquito-nets for afternoon naps, first-aid kits, support for school-lunch and other essentials. Young mothers will be trained in basic nursery teaching and management techniques, who could then continue to supervise the infants on a rotational basis after SDP support ends. By means of the village nursery/crèche facilities, not only will resettled infants be provided with an appropriate environment for early development, but their parents will have time to undertake other livelihood tasks during the day. The expected result being that they will be more likely to provide additional `quality-time' with their young family in the evenings when they are free from other worries and responsibilities. 26.6.2 Primary and Secondary Schooling In many villages on the Nakai Plateau, schools are not functioning properly due to the lack of adequate facilities, the difficulties of recruiting properly qualified teachers and the low salaries offered. Attendance rates are generally low, particularly among girls of school-age, and only about a third of the population have any schooling at all. Although, in theory, every official village should have its own school, in some villages, primary schools have not operated at all for a number of years. There are some notable exceptions to the general rule, in particular the comparatively large schools in Oudomsouk and Nakai Neua villages, demonstrating that, with proper facilities and qualified staff, a good education can be offered as a `Basic-Right' to all children. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening 26.6.2.1 Primary Schools Under the SDP, a primary school will be constructed, equipped and staffed with qualified teachers in every resettlement village. Where possible, teachers will be recruited from the District and the resettlement villagers themselves. This will be made facilitated by the adult education programs and the improved secondary schooling to be provided under the SDP, which will raise local capacity levels. These etahcers will be more in touch with local culture and the future livelihood needs of their pupils and are more likely to remain in their positions. Scholarships for appropriate candidates from the resettled population for further education and teacher-training will be considered as a means of supporting this longer-term goal. The attendance of school-age children, particularly girls, will be closely monitored so that problems of natural or enforced truancy can be identified early, and ameliorative measures and support provided. Awareness-raising programs for parents on the importance of schooling will be conducted and community involvement in each village school will be encouraged by holding parent-teacher meetings, and through the formation of village school committees. The role of these committees, very much like a board of community school governors, will be to offer support to the village school, provide feedback from the community, and give guidance on educational concerns and the needs of the community in regard to schooling. Dependent on the wishes of resettled villagers, consideration will be given to integrating the proposed village meeting halls with the school building, thus providing a number of potential advantages: · Promoting stronger links between the community and the school and making it a center for community activities. · Providing the school with additional facilities that can be used periodically, as required. · Providing a location for information dissemination and awareness programs through notices, posters, etc. with access to school children and the general public alike. · Savings in both school and meeting hall construction costs. Involving village schools in community development initiatives has proved extremely successful in other parts of the Lao PDR and across the region. The village school is a valuable community resource, it usually has the best educated members of the community as teachers, it has adequate buildings and land resources, and most importantly, it provides a direct communication channel to virtually every household in the village, through the school children themselves. School-based livelihood development activities have the potential, not only to provide a valuable community service, but also to teach the school children necessary future livelihood skills, often more locally-appropriate than literacy and numeracy skills. Under the SDP, adequate facilities and land areas will be provided for a variety of school-based livelihood development programs. These might include agriculture trials and demonstrations to test new crops or improved varieties, testing and comparing different composting techniques to encourage the use of organic fertilizer, IPM trials to develop pesticide-free crop protection measures, etc. 26.6.2.2 Secondary Schooling The resettlement needs for secondary education are more difficult to assess than for primary schooling. Only four percent of the resettlement population have any secondary schooling at all, and the numbers attending high-school, college and university are negligible. It is the intention of the SDP to improve this situation by the provision of improved access to secondary schooling. Further surveys and studies will be conducted to obtain information on future required needs, existing secondary school facilities, and the potential to either expand or improvement of existing facilities and/or by the establishment of new schools. Based on the outcome of these studies, access to and the quality of secondary education opportunities for the younger generation of the resettled population will be improved. In addition, steps will be taken to ensure that the type of secondary education offered will be made more relevant to the new livelihood needs and employment opportunities for resettled school-leavers. The aim is to view the current school- age population as the future teachers, nurses, agricultural extension agents, vets, community forestry management staff, etc. who will serve the livelihood needs of the resettled population. In this respect, the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening school-based livelihood development program proposed for primary schools has added relevance and importance, and will be modified and implemented at the secondary school level as well. 26.6.3 Adult Education and Vocational Training Formal education levels in adults are even lower than they are for the young age groups. This poses a considerable risk for the resettlement process as a whole, as many of the adults making the key decisions on behalf of their families and communities have had little or no schooling and may be illiterate and lack basic numeracy skills. Compared to an average of 31 percent of the entire resettlement population having had some formal education, only 7 percent of household heads have had any education at all. It is for this very reason that the SDP has adopted a participatory planning approach from the outset. Although the approach has enabled people of any educational level to participate, it has made the planning process a slow one. Nevertheless, the participatory approaches and tools used have had a capacity development effect on the participants involved. The result is that key decision makers in the resettlement population now have a much better understanding of the issues involved and have developed many new skills for analyzing information and making appropriate decisions. This participatory approach will continue throughout the entire resettlement period and is expected to lead to further, ongoing capacity development. 26.6.3.1 Adult literacy Education support to the adult population will include a program to raise literacy and numeracy levels in the general population, by providing training in reading, writing and basic arithmetic to all adults who are interested. This will begin with an awareness-raising program emphasizing the importance of these basic skills in the new livelihood systems that resettlement will bring, and explaining the type(s) of training on offer. One possible option that is being considered is to use the school-based community development program approach described in the preceding section on Primary Schools. Under this scenario, school children would be asked to repeat some of their lessons with parents in the evening. Appropriate books, teaching aids and specially modified materials would be developed and used for such a program. This approach has a number of potential advantages: · Adults are more likely to be receptive to informal training in their own homes compared to formal courses with their peers where they may be embarrassed of making mistakes in public. · Lessons learned by schoolchildren during the day will be reinforced by additional exercises in the evening. · It would help to promote family unity and harmony by bringing households together for a common task in the evenings. · It would reduce costs and allow lessons to occur at a time of the day when people are free from routine livelihood activities. Some of the community group activities described in Section 26.2.1 will also contribute to raising literacy and numeracy levels in the resettled adult population. For example the training provided and the skills developed under the proposed village savings and loans program is expected to add significantly to arithmetic and simple accounting ability. 26.6.3.2 Livelihood training A range of livelihood focused training courses are planned under the SDP in support of the livelihood options provided to resettlers. In general, orientation and training will be provided to all, based on their interest. For the major economic activities (i.e. agriculture, livestock, forestry and fishing) training will be provided at village level as many villagers are likely to embark on these. Also training in savings and credit will be provided to all interested villagers. For more specific activities (e.g. weaving, wickerwork, food processing, mechanics), where there is a limited market for the product, villagers will have to select, which field they will focus on taking into consideration the amount of support given to each village as well as the market. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening Table 26-1 presents examples of the type of training courses that might be offered to community specialists under each general livelihood type. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of training activities across different livelihood components. For example, non-farm carpentry training will be offered to make best use of the timber produced by the forestry livelihood option; plumbing and electrician training will be provided to facilitate local repair and maintenance; and non-farm fish processing training will be offered to increase the value of fish caught from the reservoir. Table 26-1: Indicative Training Courses to be Offered in Support of Livelihood Options. Community Crop production forestry Fisheries Livestock Non-farm work · Irrigated paddy · Forest inventory · Reservoir fishing · Animal health · Food processing · Rice variety · Business techniques · Livestock feed · Shop keeping testing management · Fishing gear repair · Artificial · Accounting · Post harvest mgt. · Enrichment and maintenance insemination · Weaving red · Vegetable planting Boat-building and · Vaccination · Sewing/tailoring offe production · Plantation repair · Forage production · Electrician · Fruit tree growing management · Fingerling raising · Grazing mgt. · Plumbing · Fruit tree grafting · Wood processing · Fish catch · Pig breeding · Motor mechanics/ · Field crops · Sustainable NTFP monitoring · Pig fattening Motorcycle repair Training· IPM management · Fish processing · Poultry · Blacksmith work · Soil nutrient · NTFP processing · Fish marketing production · Carpentry management · Livestock · Charcoal · Compost marketing production production · Business mgt. · Sericulture · Savings and loans · Micro-credit 26.7 CULTURAL HERITAGE 26.7.1 Archaeological, Cultural and Historical Aspects There are no known archaeological or historical sites in the area to be flooded by the NT2 reservoir. No evidence of prehistoric human habitation and no stone implements or other indications of Paleolithic or Neolithic habitation have been found. A detailed Physical Cultural Resources Survey will be carried out in 2004 to confirm these initial findings and make any additional recommendations. Due to the mobility of the population on the Plateau and the disruption caused by war and invasion, there are very few items of archaeological or historical importance. There are several temples constructed of wood, stupas made of stone or concrete, gravesites and the remains of the foundations of a hunting lodge built by a Lao viceroy and located near the present location of Ban Nakai Tai. In the case of village temples and stupas, adequate measures will be taken for their transportation to new village sites or new buildings of at least a similar quality and value is constructed. The present temples at the villages of Ban Done, Ban Khone Khen and Ban Boua Ma are not in good condition, and it is expected that these villages opt for new buildings. Stupas and other religious structures such as spirit houses (simple structures made of bamboo and thatch) for village spirits (phi muang, phi thiem and phi mau) may be moved by the villagers themselves. There are local rituals and procedures for moving such objects and adjustments to schedules such as the selection of an auspicious day for commencing the relocation that will be made. The allowance of US$ 15 per person during relocation includes the costs of rituals (sacrifice of small pig or chicken and jars of rice wine for celebrations for the spirits) when leaving the old village and entering the new one. Similar measures and ritual observances may be necessary regarding appeasing spirits of deceased relatives at gravesites, although this does not seem to be the practice among the majority of the villages on the Plateau. Consultations with villagers and ritual experts revealed that it is not necessary to remove bones from gravesites as long as the correct rituals are performed. Measures will November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 26: Social Development and Community Strengthening be taken not to locate new houses near gravesites or any other spiritually important locations such as places where spirits are believed to reside. Measures will be taken to avoid locating houses close to the foundations of the old hunting lodge, on which a school is now located. This site will not be inundated by the reservoir. The same measures will be taken for all project construction lands, including campsites, access roads, spoil tiles and quarries. 26.7.2 Cultural and Religious Property Recovery and Relocation Recovery and relocation of the few moveable archaeological and historical artefacts from the Ban Nakai Tai area and other communities (e.g. Buddha images) will be completed in conjunction with provincial and district Culture and Information Offices. Consultations and negotiations will be carried out to determine culturally acceptable relocation to nominated sites. The historical artefacts near Ban Nakai Tai may not have to be moved but can be integrated into the new village in the immediate vicinity. According to villagers in consultation meetings, it will not be necessary to relocate village cemeteries, on the condition that appeasement rituals for relocation of village spirits (phi muang) are held. The villagers have indicated that all items that may be regarded as `cultural property' will be easily incorporated in the move with their other belongings. This includes small Buddha statues that are kept in the local temples or in houses. Appropriate protective and/or salvage measures will be adopted if any archaeologically significant properties are uncovered during the NT2 Project construction phase. ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program CHAPTER 27 SCHEDULING OF PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT PROGRAM Table of Content 27.1 INTRODUCTION ­ BASIS OF SCHEDULING....................................................................1 27.1.1 Linkage to Hydropower Construction Schedule...........................................................................................1 27.1.2 Social Considerations.........................................................................................................................................2 27.1.3 Duration of Resettlement..................................................................................................................................3 27.2 INSTITUTIONS ............................................................................................................. 3 27.2.1 Resettlement Management Unit.......................................................................................................................3 27.2.2 Resettlement Office ...........................................................................................................................................4 27.2.3 External Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................4 27.3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL SERVICES SCHEDULING ........................... 4 27.3.1 Community Development and Income Support ...........................................................................................4 27.4 HEALTH PROGRAM SCHEDULING ............................................................................... 8 27.4.1 Resettlers' Health Program ...............................................................................................................................8 27.4.2 Regional Health Program..................................................................................................................................8 27.5 RESETTLEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE SCHEDULING...................................................... 8 27.6 RESETTLEMENT LIVELIHOODS SCHEDULING............................................................13 27.6.1 Forestry Development Program.....................................................................................................................13 27.6.2 Agriculture and Livestock Development Program......................................................................................17 27.6.3 Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Program...................................................................23 List of Tables Table 27-1: Schedule of Key Hydropower Construction Activities Relevant to Plateau Resettlement, and of Key Plateau Resettlement Programs.............................................................................................................................................................. 2 Table 27-2: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Community Development Program................................................................... 5 Table 27-3: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Resettlement Infrastructure Program................................................................. 9 Table 27-4: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Community Forestry Development Program................................................. 14 Table 27-5: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Agriculture and Livestock Development Program........................................ 18 Table 27-6: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Program..................... 24 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 27 SCHEDULE OF PLATEAU RESETTLEMENT PROGRAM 27.1 INTRODUCTION ­ BASIS OF SCHEDULING 27.1.1 Linkage to Hydropower Construction Schedule The timing of implementation of the social and resettlement activities on the Nakai Plateau is closely related to the timing and scheduling of hydropower construction activities. Current planning is that Financial Close would be achieved on 31 April 2005, although the notice to proceed on main construction activities1 would be issued on 1 April 2005, that the dam would be closed around May 2008 and then full COD around October 2009.t . The key or main reference date of the construction activities for the plateau resettlement process is the date of closure of the Nakai Dam, as all affected villages and dwellings on the plateau must be relocated before that date. The construction schedule specifies that the Nakai dam would be closed 37 months after start of construction, which will be 37 months after 1 April 2005. Thus, the Nakai Dam is planned to be closed on or about 1 May 2008, which is the start of the 2008 wet season (see Table 27-1). Other construction scheduling dates of importance to resettlement and social development include: (i) Date of closure of the coffer dam, the crest height of which will be 520 EL. In a normal rainfall year the diversion tunnel should be able to handle all of the Nam Theun wet season flow, and thus the coffer dam will not overflow. In these years, the small reservoir created at or below 520 EL by the coffer dam would not pose any problem to the dwellings of current plateau villages. However, in a year of above average rainfall the diversion tunnel may not be able to handle all of the Nam Theun wet season flows, and the coffer dam would overtop (and thus construction impeded) for a period of days, weeks or (improbably) months. When the coffer dam overflows, the elevation of water at the coffer dam would be > 520 EL, possibly up to 525 EL in a very wet year. In this case, the (temporary) reservoir created by the coffer dam and its overflow would create a reservoir which could slightly flood the dwelling areas of some villages (the bulk of which are above 526 EL, except for Ban Sop Hia) and the agricultural fields of some villages. Flooding of the Nakai Plateau and fields already occurs in some years, and as long as people are fully informed of the possibility of increased flooding or flooding for a longer period than usual due to this coffer dam, then this issue may not be a trigger for earlier relocation per se. Notwithstanding this, it is planned to resettle the lower villagers - those that may be affected by increased level or duration of seasonal flooding due to the coffer dam - as the first group of villages (see Chapter 19). (ii) Dates that new plateau resettlement area roads are constructed. The NTPC, through its HCJV, will build a new road from Oudomsouk to Talang (and onwards) and this road will be the new access road for villages relocated to the north of the central town of Oudomsouk. If these northern villages can be relocated and developed using the current, not this proposed new road, then the date of construction of the new road is not so significant. In any case, at least the alignment of this new road must be known to resettlement planners so that the layout of the new village housing and agricultural plots can be consistent with access to the new road. The same issue applies to the NTPC/HCJV construction of the road running south from Oudomsouk to access the southern saddle dams. (iii) Dates of backfilling with spoil and saddle dam construction in Oudomsouk village. A considerable area of the current Oudomsouk village is below 540 EL, and dwellings or buildings below this line would have to be relocated. Thus, to assist in this problem (of loss of land in Oudomsouk village, the District centre), it is proposed that many of the areas below 540 EL in Oudomsouk village will be backfilled with spoil from the excavation of the headrace channel and 1PCA or Preliminary Construction Activities started in November 2003. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program intake tunnel. The actual date that such spoil is deposited will be crucial to the date of relocation (and re-establishment) of buildings - houses, shops, some public buildings - in Oudomsouk village. (iv) Date of dam closure and reservoir impoundment, May 2008 and October 2009 respectively. before dam close and filling of the reservoir, full irrigation (expect for three small systems) and the reservoir fisheries activities cannot be initiated. However, some irrigation construction will need to be undertaken and completed prior to inundation, while the header tanks and on-farm systems can be undertaken after. Building of fish landings etc would be undertaken only after filling and emptying of the reservoir for at least one cycle. Table 27-1 below presents an overview of some of the key hydropower construction dates and how plateau resettlement activities will be scheduled in relation to the hydropower construction dates. Table 27-1: Schedule of Key Hydropower Construction Activities Relevant to Plateau Resettlement, and of Key Plateau Resettlement Programs. 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 A key NT2 Project Dates 1 Financial Close - FC 2 Closure of Coffer Dam 3 Nakai Dam Closure 4 Commercial Operations Date - COD B Plateau Resettlement activities 1 Initital Resettlement Planning 2 Detailed Resettlement Planning 3 Topographic and Soils Surveys 4 Consultations 5 Relocate/Establish Pilot Village) 6 Main Relocation: Villages group 1 7 Main Relocation: Villages group 2 8 Livelihood Options development > Construct Irrigation Systems > Agriculture: Rainfed > Agricultural: Irrigated, double cropping > Forestry > Fisheries > Construction related work (transistional) > off farm employment, small business etc 27.1.2 Social Considerations The scheduling of the plateau resettlement, social and livelihood activities must also take into account various key to construction activities. For example; (a) As many of resettlers' new livelihoods ­ fisheries and irrigation ­ depend on the water and fisheries resources of the Nakai Reservoir, relocation before reservoir filling will mean that the initiation of these new livelihoods will initially not be possble. From this point of view, delaying relocation as close as possible to reservoir filling may be preferable (although not necessarily feasible). (b) The location of the new villages will be closely linked to the construction of new roads in the resettlement areas, and thus coordinating relocation with the construction of these access routes would be necessary. (c) The start of construction will see the influx of large numbers of people onto the Nakai Plateau, mainly in and around Oudomsouk town, and possibly along the construction routes of the new routes north (to Talang) and south (to saddle dams). These people will create two, potentially opposite, impacts or opportunities: (c.1) the influx of people will create markets for produce, and job opportunities. The plateau villagers may wish to take advantage of these better opportunities, and they may be able to do this more easily if they were resident in their new relocation sites, in which case they would (a) be producing at least wet season crops, and (b) closer to job opportunities. Thus, from this perspective an earlier move would be preferable. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program (c.2) on the other hand, this inflow of peoples and markets will most likely cause some social pressures. Trying to establish a new village and new livelihoods within the context of this new social environment may cause problems. From this perspective a delay in relocation may be preferable. However, as construction will continue for a time after the start of reservoir filling, it may not be practical to avoid to period, and thus this is not considered as a factor for the timing of resettlement. (d) A major consideration for resettlement implementation is the logistic, technical and social ability of villagers in the 15 villages to, in parallel, develop new villages ands new livelihoods. It is planned to move all the villages (except Ban Nong Boua) in the two years immediately following Financial Close. The NTPC and the RMU are now developing the required logistical and managerial organisation, while the villagers involvement in public consultations to date, and the on-going preparatory community development activities on-going should ensure that they have the absorptive capacity to participate effectively in this schedule. 27.1.3 Duration of Resettlement Any discussion on resettlement scheduling should consider; (a) the date of starting; and (b) the date of finishing of the resettlement - End of Resettlement - which is more than just the finish of relocation, but related to the establishment of sustainable resettled villages and livelihoods. The Concession Agreement (Schedule 4, Part 1, clause 2) provides a definition of the Resettlement Planning Period, and this may be slightly modified to read " ....that period in which plans are developed and finalized, which will commence some months or years prior to occurrence of Financial Close and finish when all those plans and activities are finalised, which may occur some years after Financial Close for certain activities.." Similarly, the Resettlement Implementation Period may be modified to read ..."... the "Resettlement Implementation Period" being the period for the implementation of resettlement activities, which will commence on the date of actual commencement of key activities of the resettlement process, being (a) for plateau relocation, the year on which any village is actually relocated, (b) for any livelihood activity, the year in which that livelihood activity should commence, and (c) for any other activity, the date on which the first activity in that program is commenced, providing that the Resettlement Committee has approved or provided its non objection to the commencement of that resettlement activity......and which will end when the RC is satisfied, on advice from the Panel of Experts, that the Resettlement Objectives and Resettlement Provisions have been achieved". It is the intention of the Project that these Objectives and Provisions will be achieved within a period of eight to ten years (depending on the actual achievement of livelihood targets), commencing at Financial Close, and extending to some five years after COD. It should be noted however, that even after the end of the Resettlement Period per se, the NTPC has committed to the provision to the GOL of US$300,000 every year (called the Social amd Environment Remediation Fund - SERF budget), for the full 25 year Operating Period as defined by the Concession Agreement. This program budget is to ensure the maintainence and operation of resettlement infrastructure and to implement any further programs required to ensure the sustainability of livelihoods of the resettled villagers. 27.2 INSTITUTIONS 27.2.1 Resettlement Management Unit The GOLs Resettlement Management Unit (RMU) and the other GOL agencies it supports and coordinates (the District Resettlement and/or Compensation Working Groups, and the Provincial level Resettlement Committee) were originally envisaged to operate for 8 years, from Financial Close to COD plus three years. However, the RMU, the DRWGs and the RC are active now, before Financial Close, will now continue to about 5 years after Commercial Operations Date. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 27.2.2 Resettlement Office As for the RMU above, the NTPCs Resettlement Office (RO) was also originally envisaged to start operations at Financial Close, but has actually been in operation for more than a year prior to Financial Close. 27.2.3 External Monitoring A team or agency will be employed by GOL to conduct in independent external monitoring. This team will be engaged and active for the approximately nine year Resettlement Implementation Period, starting at Financial Close and continuing thru to about five years after Financial Close. 27.3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL SERVICES SCHEDULING 27.3.1 Community Development and Income Support Community Development and Social Strengthening activities have commenced prior to Financial Close, in order to prepare GOL staff and villager institutions. The activities will increase (reach a peak) duration during the actual relocation, and will continue for the duration of the whole resettlement period. The community development program has four (4) major components, as follows: (i) General community development and social strengthening of the ethnic communities and indigenous organisations on the Nakai plateau, including: · village resettlement committees formation and training, mainly between October 2001 and October 2003, while participatory development of planning will focus from 2004 to 2006, as required and in parallel to the reestablishment of villages; · resettlement site and livelihood consultations, starting before Financial Close and continuing until no longer required; · the implementation of cultural and spiritual heritage plans, focused mainly around the time of actual relocation; · the training and support to other community organisations, such as Lao Women's Union, the youth organisation and the Lao National Front for Construction, which have already started and will continue until about five years after Financial Close; · the establishment and operation of village savings and loans facilities. (ii) Support to the development of, and training in off-farm income generating activities, a program which will be conducted at a medium level throughout the Resettlement Period. (iii) The provision of rice support (also called income support) to villagers, if required, and food support for vulnerable families is planned for the whole Resettlement Period. However, it is expected that this program will focus on the transition period, and thus be less required or active during the second half of the period. (iv) The provision of formal and informal education for ethnic minority plateau resettlers throughout the nine to ten year Resettlement Period. Table 27-2 presents a level 2 scheduling of the main activities of the Community Development and Social Services program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program Table 27-2: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Community Development Program. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT - NAKAI PLATEAU 1 Village Resettlement/Development Committees Planned Financial Close close of Nakai Dam Commercial Opertaions Date 1.1 Establish VRC in each village 1.2 Build Village Resettlement Office and Consultation Centre 1.3 Develop VRC roles in Census and data management 1.4 Training in Management of Vilage Res. Office 1.5 Training in report writing, etc 1.6 Consultations with village re resettlment plans 1.7 Consultations with village re Development Plans 1.8 NTPC/GOL supervise amd monitor CD activities 1.9 Quarterly meetings of Village Resettlement Committees 1.10 Quarterly meetings of Village Development Committees 2 Population Management 2.1 Initial Census & Asset Inventorym (1998) ALREADY 2.2 Second Population Census (2003) ALREADY 2.3 Final (pre-relocation) Census and Assets Inventory NTPC asist GOL in managing statistics, monitoring population 2.4 change 2.5 Make family registration books 2.6 Make and issue citizen cards 3 Resettlement Site Location Consultations 3.1 Consultation for all Villages 3.2 Confirmation Consultation, Group 1 Villages 3.3 Confirmation Consultation, Group 2 Villages 4 Livelihoods Options Consultations 4.1 Consultation for all Villages 4.2 Confirmation Consultation, Group 1 Villages 4.3 Confirmation Consultation, Group 2 Villages 4.4 Post Reservoir Consultations, all Villages 5 Cultural and Spiritual Heritage Mitigation 5.1 Physical Cultural Resources Survey - See EAMP 5.2 Confirm Physical and Spiritual Culture Heritage Plans 5.3 Draft Final Village CSH Plans 5.4 Implement C & S H Plans: Group 1 Villages 5.5 Implement C & S H Plans: Group 2 Villages 6 Support to the Relocation Process 6.1 Provide assistance during relocation: Group 1 villages 6.2 Provide assistance during relocation: Group 2 villages 7 Support to Community Groups 7.1 Strengthening of Womens' groups and gender issues > Improve the structure and role of Village Women's Group Outreach to all women re. the "3 G's" and of Gender (workshops, > study tours etc) > Outreach to all women re the "3 Cleans" as required Coordinate with Health Department re. mother & child health, > family planning, breast feeding > Training in food preparation and nutrition > Study tour to review experience in savings groups November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De 7.2 Training and support to young adult and teenager group > Training in roles and duties of the "Sow Num" Development of "Sow Num" to be effective in the resettlement and > village development > Coordinate with Education Dept to develop sports in Villages > Coordinate with Health re HIV/AIDs awareness > Establish theatre groups -"Sow Num" - in each of 15 villages 7.3 Training and support to the process's of the LNFC > Training in Roles and Duty of LNFC Discuss etc, with village elders (and leaders) to develop/ensure > their role in resettlement process > Investigate and review Ethnic information Develop an understanding of the special aspects and requirment > of EM in the project 7.4 CD supoort to Community Forestry Association activities 7.5 CD support to Village Water User Groups 7.6 CD support to Reservoir Fishers Association 8 Socio Economic Monitoring 8.1 develop TOR for IEM 8.2 engagement of IEM 8.3 IEM trains local (GOL) staff 8.4 IEM and local staff train villages 8.5 Participatory Monitoring of HH Socio-Economy (IEM & GOL) 8.6 Recall Monitoring of Family Socio-Economy (EMA) 8.7 Bi-annual reports of villager socio economy status 9 Support to Vulnerables 9.1 Review data on vulnerable families 9.2 Development of Guidelines for Distribution of Income Support 9.3 Identify conditions/procedure for support to vulnerable HHs 9.4 Identify Vulnerable Households Consult with villagers to develop regulations to ensure even and 9.5 fair distribution of resources & profits 9.6 Provide activities, as appropriate, to these families 9.7 Distribution of income support as approved and as appropriate 9.8 Support to Vulnerable Households 10 Income Generation Activities 10.1 Weaving > Establish weaving groups > Training in weaving as required > Training in natural dying > Support a revolving fund for weaving 10.2 Sewing and Tailoring > Training, and then retraining in sewing and tailoring > Support in tailoring, and marketing as required > Monitoring and evaluation 10.3 Wickerwork > Training in wickerwork > Study tour to wickerwork industries in Vte Province as required > Support to wickerwork for sale November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De 10.4 Commercial food production > Support to food making for sale > Establish a shop to sale locally produced goods as required > Support trading within villages 10.5 Rice mill > Establish a medium size rice mill, Ban Nong Boua > Support to purchase of paddy rice (seed funds) as required > Establish a rice mill (2 stones) in 3 other villages > Support to purchase of paddy rice (seed funds) 11 Village Savings and Loans Facilities 11.1 Savings and loans > Training on Saving and Loan Management > Establish Saving and Loan Scheme as required > Fund and Implement Scheme > Monitor Saving and Loan Scheme 11.2 Rice banks > Training on Rice Bank Management > Establish Rice Banks as required > Fund and Implement Rice Banks > Monitor Rice Banks 12 Education 12.1 Nursery/Creche > Children's lunch support program > Equipment - and toys etc, as required > Develop and train nursery teachers/carers, 2/ village > Ensure salary supplement for teachers 12.2 Non-formal education (mainly literacy and numeracy) > Training of teachers > Teaching > Teaching and study materials and equipment as required > Ensure salary supplement for teachers > Monitoring and evaluation of teaching 12.3 Normal primary school > Select and train teachers > Training of teachers teaching more than one class > Per diem of teachers as required > Equipment and childrens materials > Field level training of teachers November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 27.4 HEALTH PROGRAM SCHEDULING 27.4.1 Resettlers' Health Program A range of public health related activities will be developed to address health issues of the plateau resettling populations. While activities will be focused on the relocation and the construction periods, the medium and long term will see the conduct of monitoring, and response programs to address any health problems which may arise from the water resource development aspects of the NT2 Project, or from the slight change in lifestyles that will be experienced by the ethnic minorities on the Plateau. 27.4.2 Regional Health Program The Regional Health Program is being developed to address non-plateau resettlement health issues. It will focus initially public health activities during and related to the construction period. It will then establish a monitoring and response program to address any health problems which may arise from the water resource development aspects of the Project, especially along the Downstream Channel and along the Xe Bangfai. The detailed scheduling of the Health programs is undergoing finalisation. 27.5 RESETTLEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE SCHEDULING Prior to and just after Financial Close, topographic surveys of relocation sites will precede the detailed design of the layout of village house and farm plots. Sites will then be cleared by the villagers themselves. Unexploded Ordinance will then be surveyed and cleared from all resettlement areas. This survey and clearance effort will depend on the level of contamination, and for planning purposes, areas of light, moderate and heavy contaminated land will be identified. It will take place mainly in the two year period starting at just before Financial Close and continuing until about FC+2. Roads and drains will be designed and constructed, and actual house and agricultural plots marked in the field. The next step is the construction of the house's. Those villages relocating only a short distance can opt to remain in their original village while their new houses are being constructed. However, for distant villagers who want to be involved in the construction of their own houses, or whose villages may be affected by the coffer dam, a move to the house plots just prior to house construction would enable them to participate in the final design process, and then the construction of the houses. Village water supplies, mainly groundwater and rainwater prior to the filling of the reservoir, will be developed at the same time as house construction. The construction of the electricity network, and then connection to it will occur just after house construction. The construction of a permanent domestic water supply will be undertaken after reservoir filling. Table 27-3 presents the level 2 scheduling of the main activities of the Resettlement Infrastructure Development program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program Table 27-3: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Resettlement Infrastructure Program. ID Task Name 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 WBS J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F 181 04 RESETTLEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE 182 04.01 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY AND MAPPING OF INDICATIVE LOCATIONS 183 04.01.01 Tender procedures, Survey and Mapping Contract, Sop Hia/ Nam Pan 184 04.01.02 Undertake Topographic Surveys, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 185 04.01.03 Draft and Finalise Maps /Reports, Sop Hia/ Nam Pan 186 04.01.04 Tender procedures, Survey and Mapping Contract, Village Group 1 (VG1) 187 04.01.05 Undertake Topographic Surveys, Village Group 1 188 04.01.06 Draft and Finalise Maps /Reports, Village Group 1 189 04.01.07 Tender procedures, Survey and Mapping Contract, Village Group 2 (VG2) 190 04.01.08 Undertake Topographic Surveys, Village Group 2 191 04.01.09 Draft and Finalise Maps /Reports, Village Group 2 192 04.02 FINALIZATION OF VILLAGE LOCATION 193 04.02.01 Inspect all resettlement Sites - Consultations (Phase 1) 194 04.02.02 Produce Maps and Dis closure Sites 195 04.02.03 access results of Topo survey for Sop Hia/Nam Pan 196 04.02.04 stakeholders review of data, site inspection, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 197 04.02.05 confirmation (or rejection) of relocation sites, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 198 04.02.06 access results of detailed soil surveys, VG1 199 04.02.07 access results of Topo survey for VG1 200 04.02.08 stakeholders review of data, site inspection, VG1 201 04.02.09 confirmation (or rejection) of relocation sites, VG1 202 04.02.10 access results of detailed soil surveys, VG2 203 04.02.11 access results of Topo survey for VG2 204 04.02.12 stakeholders review of data, site inspection, VG2 205 04.02.13 confirmation (or rejection) of relocation sites, VG2 206 04.03 VILLAGE LAYOUT DESIGN 207 04.03.01 Prepare TOR, Organise Contract, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 208 04.03.02 Design Village Layout, with Villagers, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 209 04.03.03 Prepare TOR, Organis e Contract, Village Group 1 210 04.03.04 Design Village Layout, with Villagers, VG1 211 04.03.05 Prepare TOR, Organis e Contract, Village Group 2 212 04.03.06 Design Village Layout, with Villagers, VG2 214 04.04 UXO SURVEY AND CLEARING 215 04.04.01 Participatory UXO clearance of Site, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 216 04.04.02 Participatory UXO clearance of Site, VG1 217 04.04.03 Participatory UXO clearance of Site, VG2 218 04.05 SITE PREPARATION 219 04.05.01 Land Clearing, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 220 04.05.02 Measure and Mark Plots, Sop Hia/Nam Pan 221 04.05.03 Land Clearing, VG1 222 04.05.04 Measure and Mark Plots, VG1 223 04.05.05 Land Clearing, VG2 224 04.05.06 Measure and Mark Plots, VG2 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program ID Task Name 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 WBS J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F 225 04.06 LAND TITLING (Housing and Agricultural Plots) 226 04.06.01 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Adjudication, Confirm Survey, Public Announcement 227 04.06.02 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Install markers, Issue land titles 233 04.06.03 VG1: Adjudication, Confirm Survey, Public Announcement 234 04.06.04 VG1: Install markers, Is sue land titles 235 04.06.05 VG2: Adjudication, Confirm Survey, Public Announcement 236 04.06.06 VG2: Install markers, Is sue land titles 237 04.07 VILLAGE ROADS and DRAINAGE 238 04.07.01 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Preliminary Design (Use Topo Maps and Village Layout 239 04.07.02 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Prepare ToR, Organise Design Contract 240 04.07.03 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Prepare Design, BoQ and Tender Documents 241 04.07.04 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Call for Tenders 242 04.07.05 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Evaluate and Contract Award 243 04.07.06 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Construct Roads and Drains 244 04.07.07 VG1: PreliminaryDesign (Use Topo and Village Layout), 245 04.07.08 VG1: Prepare ToR, Organise Design Contract 246 04.07.09 VG1: Prepare Design, BoQ and Tender Documents 247 04.07.10 VG1: Call for Tenders 248 04.07.11 VG1: Evaluate and Contract Award 249 04.07.12 VG1: Construct Roads and Drains 250 04.07.13 VG2: PreliminaryDesign (Use Topo Maps and Village Layout) 251 04.07.14 VG2: Prepare ToR, Organise Design Contract 252 04.07.15 VG2: Prepare Design, BoQ and Tender Documents 253 04.07.16 VG2: Call for Tenders 254 04.07.17 VG2: Evaluate and Contract Award 255 04.07.18 VG2: Construct Roads and Drains 256 04.08 MAINS ELECTRICITY NETWORK 257 04.08.01 Organise Design Contract for Lak Sao - Nam Pan Transmission Line 258 04.08.02 Prepare Design and Tender Documents for Lak Sao - Nam Pan Line 259 04.08.03 Call for Tenders 260 04.08.04 Evaluate and Contract Award 261 04.08.05 Construct Lak Sao - Nam Pan Transmission Line 262 04.08.06 Meetings with EDL on Southern Resettlement Village Transmission Line 263 04.08.07 Prepare Tender Documents, Resettlement Village Transmission Line 264 04.08.08 Call for Tenders 265 04.08.09 Evaluate and Contract Award 266 04.08.10 Construct Southern Resettlement Village Transmission Line 267 04.09 230 V HOUSEHOLD ELECTRICITY SUPPLY 268 04.09.01 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Organise Design Contract 269 04.09.02 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Call for Tenders 270 04.09.03 Sop Hia/ Nam Pan: Evaluate and Contract Award 271 04.09.04 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Install Household Electricity 272 04.09.05 VG1: Organise Contract, Prepare Designs, BoQ and Bid Documents 273 04.09.06 VG1: Call for Tenders 274 04.09.07 VG1: Evaluate and Contract Award 275 04.09.08 VG1: Install Household Electricity 276 04.09.09 VG2: Organise Contract, Prepare Designs, BoQ and Bid Documents 277 04.09.10 VG2: Call for Tenders 278 04.09.11 VG2: Evaluate and Contract Award 279 04.09.12 VG2: Install Household Electricity November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program ID Task Name 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 WBS J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F 280 04.10 VILLAGE HOUSES 281 04.10.01 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Prepare Designs and BoQ 282 04.10.02 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Call for Supply Contracts 283 04.10.03 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Award Supply Contracts 284 04.10.04 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Call for Carpentry Contracts 285 04.10.05 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Award Carpentry Contracts, Arrange Participation 286 04.10.06 Construct for Sop Hia/Nam Pan Village 287 04.10.07 VG1: Prepare Designs and BoQ 288 04.10.08 VG1: Call for Supply Contracts 289 04.10.09 VG1: Award Supply Contracts 290 04.10.10 VG1: Call for Carpentry Contracts 291 04.10.11 VG1: Award Carpentry Contracts, Arrange Participation 292 04.10.12 Construct for Group 1 Villages 293 04.10.13 VG2: Prepare Designs and BoQ 294 04.10.14 VG2: Call for Supply Contracts 295 04.10.15 VG2: Award Supply Contracts 296 04.10.16 VG2: Call for Carpentry Contracts 297 04.10.17 VG2: Award Carpentry Contracts, Arrange Participation 298 04.10.18 Construct for Group 2 Villages 299 04.11 PUBLIC BUILDINGS 300 04.11.01 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Prepare Designs and BoQ 301 04.11.02 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Call for Supply Contracts 302 04.11.03 Sop Hia: Award Supply Contracts 303 04.11.04 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Call for Carpentry Contracts 304 04.11.05 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Award Carpentry Contracts, Arrange Participation 305 04.11.06 Construct for Sop Hia/Nam Pan Village 306 04.11.07 VG1: Prepare Designs and BoQ 307 04.11.08 VG1: Call for Supply Contracts 308 04.11.09 VG1: Award Supply Contracts 309 04.11.10 VG1: Call for Carpentry Contracts 310 04.11.11 VG1: Award Carpentry Contracts, Arrange Participation 311 04.11.12 Construct for Group 1 Villages 312 04.11.13 VG2: Prepare Designs and BoQ 313 04.11.14 VG2: Call for Supply Contracts 314 04.11.15 VG2: Award Supply Contracts 315 04.11.16 VG2: Call for Carpentry Contracts 316 04.11.17 VG2: Award Carpentry Contracts, Arrange Participation 317 04.11.18 Construct for Group 2 Villages November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program ID Task Name 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 WBS J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F MA M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F 318 04.12 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS - Sop Hia/Nam Pan 319 04.12.01 Preliminary Design bas ed on Topo Survey and Mapping 320 04.12.02 Feasibility Study and Detail Design - Finalize ToR 321 04.12.03 Feasibility Study and Detail Design - Call for Tenders 322 04.12.04 Feasibility Study and Detail Design - Evaluate Bids/Contract Award 323 04.12.05 Undertake Feasibility Study, Detail Design, Prepare Tender Documents 324 04.12.06 Construction - Call for Tenders 325 04.12.07 Construction - Evaluate Tenders and Contract Award 326 04.12.08 Construct Headworks and Canal Systems 327 04.12.09 Construct: field canals and terraces 328 04.13 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS - Villages with Pre-Reservoir Available Water (3) 329 04.13.01 Preliminary Designs, Based on Topographic Survey and Mapping 330 04.13.02 Prepare ToR for Contract for Detail Design, BoQ and Tender Documents 331 04.13.03 Call for Tenders 332 04.13.04 Evaluate Tenders and Contract Award 333 04.13.05 Prepare Detail Design, BoQ and Tender Documents 334 04.13.06 Construction - Call for Tenders 335 04.13.07 Evaluate and Contract Award 336 04.13.08 Construct: intake canals, pump stations, header tanks, distribution syste 337 04.13.09 Construct: on-farm distribution systems and terraces 338 04.14 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS - Villages Requiring Nakai Reservoir Water (9) 339 04.14.01 Preliminary Designs, Based on Topographic Survey and Mapping 340 04.14.02 Prepare ToR for Contracts for Detail Design, BoQ and Tender Docum ents 341 04.14.03 Call for Tenders 342 04.14.04 Evaluate Tenders and Contract Award 343 04.14.05 Prepare Detail Design, BoQ and Bid Documents 344 04.14.06 Construction - Call for Tenders 345 04.14.07 Evaluate and Contract Award 346 04.14.08 Construct: intake canals, pump station foundations/pipelines, header tan 347 04.14.09 Construct: conveyance and distribution canal/pipe systems, install pump 348 04.14.10 Construct: field distribution systems 349 04.14.11 Construct: terraces, remaining villages VG1 350 04.14.12 Construct: terraces, remaining villages VG2 351 04.15 DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION 352 04.15.01 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Village Consultations 353 04.15.02 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Prepare Designs and BoQ 354 04.15.03 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Construct/install Water Supply System and Latrines 355 04.15.04 VG1: Village Consultations 356 04.15.05 VG1: Prepare Design and BoQ (for possible temporary supplies) 357 04.15.06 VG1: Construct/install Water Supply Systems and Latrines 358 04.15.07 VG2: Village Consultations 359 04.15.08 VG2: Prepare Designs and BoQ (for possible temporary supplies) 360 04.15.09 VG2: Construct/install Water Supply Systems and Latrines 361 04.15.10 Sop Hia/Nam Pan: Review, Possibly Develop Rainwater Collection Facilitie 362 04.15.11 VG1: Review Possibly Develop Rainwater Collection Facilities 363 04.15.12 VG2: Review, Possibly Develop Rainwater Collection Facilities 364 04.15.13 VG1: Review Water Supply Facilities 365 04.15.14 VG2: Review Water Supply Facilities 366 04.15.15 VG1: Possibly Incorporate with Irrigation System, include filtration tanks/stan 367 04.15.16 VG2: Possibly Incorporate with Irrigation System, include filtration tanks/stan November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 27.6 RESETTLEMENT LIVELIHOODS SCHEDULING The scheduling of the initiation and then implementation of the various resettlement livelihood programs presents considerable challenges. Firstly, the Nakai Reservoir will not be operation for some 2 to 3 years after actual relocation, and thus those activities relying on waters of the reservoir - irrigated agriculture, fisheries - cannot be initiated until full reservoir inundation and operation. Secondly, some activities will require either (a) considerable testing of technologies, or (b) considerable institutional development and strengthening, which will extend the period of implementation. Thus, each resettlement livelihood activity has its on specific activity scheduling, as detail in sections 26.6.1 to 26.6.3 below. 27.6.1 Forestry Development Program Due to (a) the lag in initiation of those livelihoods dependant on reservoir filling, (b) the availability of forestry resources now, and (c) the requirement for semi-finished forestry products during the relocation period, it has been decided to initiate the forestry program as a matter of priority.. This will also ensure an income and an activity base for the newly relocated villagers during the transition period. Thus, the following community forestry activities have already or will soon be planned and initiated: · Training of the Nakai Plateau Forestry Village Association, VFC, workers etc: FC onwards; · Plantations of native species, and regeneration: FC-1 onwards · Salvage logging on Project Lands: FC-1 to FC+2 · Sawmilling and secondary processing (windows, doors, furniture etc) - for resettlement villagers houses: FC-1 to FC+3 · Selective, sustainable logging, and sawmilling and secondary processing: FC+4 onwards (before this time there will be too many logs from the reservoir clearance operation. Table 27-4 presents the level 2 scheduling of the main activities to be undertaken during the implementation of the Forestry Development Program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program Table 27-4: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Community Forestry Development Program. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Activity: Community Commercial Foretsry l g p t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Component 1: Institutional Development 1.1 NPVFA establishment Planned Fin. Cose close of Nakai Dam Commercial Opertaions Date 1.1.1 Organize VFCs and Enlist NPVFA members (Completed) ALREADY 1.1.2 Formulate and ratify Articles of Association (Completed) RATIFY 1.1.3 Approval of AoA and thus formal recognization of the NPVFA [approved in 2003, expect company seal in Nov 2004) 1.1.4 Prepare NPVFA Logframe Business Plan 1.2 Organisation of NPVFA Units 1.2.1 Organize managerial staff (by annual meeting) 1.2.2 Organize different village forestry work teams 1.2.3 Appoint & organize logging staff 1.2.4 Appoint and organize sawmill staff 1.2.5 Organize other wood processing JV 1.3 Capacity Development - infrastructure, equipment 1.3.1 Finalise plan for NPVFA offices 1.3.2 Construct (or refurbish) main office 1.3.3 Construct acommodation 1.3.4 Construct staff/workercanteen 1.3.5 Construct northern and southern offices 1.3.6 Purchase logistics & field equipment, phase 1 1.3.7 Purchase logistics & field equipment, phase 2 1.4 Capacity development: Training NPVFA Units 1.4.1 Training of VFC: Village Forestry Committees 1.4.2 Training of NPVFA managerial staff - Production & Inventories as required 1.4.4 Training of NPVFA in Business Planning and Management 1.4.3 Monthly and quarterly Board reporting/performance Component 2: Forest Management 2.1 Resource Assessment and Management Planning 2.1.1 Indicative Survey - 1% (Completed 2004) ALREADY 2.1.2 Survey 100 % of Resettlement Sites (Agric and Housing Land) ALREADY 2.1.4 Survey - 100 % - of Project Lands in RA 2.1.5 Investigations to improve Management Zonation 2.1.6 Investigation - develop forest ecotype zonation 2.1.7 Production Forest Survey - 15% 2.1.8 Finalies 50 year Forest Management Agreement' 2.1.9 Finalies 5 year Forest Management Plans 2.2 Logging Planning - Project (construction) Lands 2.2.1 Pre-harvest inventory and tree marking 2.2.2 Logging Planning 2.2.3 Apply for quota for salarage logging 2.2.4 Secure salvage harvesting quota November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Activity: Community Commercial Foretsry l g p t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t n r r y n l g o t Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Ja Feb Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc Nov Dec Component 1: Institutional Development 1.1 NPVFA establishment Planned Fin. Cose close of Nakai Dam Commercial Opertaions Date 1.1.1 Organize VFCs and Enlist NPVFA members (Completed) ALREADY 1.1.2 Formulate and ratify Articles of Association (Completed) RATIFY 1.1.3 Approval of AoA and thus formal recognization of the NPVFA [approved in 2003, expect company seal in Nov 2004) 1.1.4 Prepare NPVFA Logframe Business Plan 1.2 Organisation of NPVFA Units 1.2.1 Organize managerial staff (by annual meeting) 1.2.2 Organize different village forestry work teams 1.2.3 Appoint & organize logging staff 1.2.4 Appoint and organize sawmill staff 1.2.5 Organize other wood processing JV 1.3 Capacity Development - infrastructure, equipment 1.3.1 Finalise plan for NPVFA offices 1.3.2 Construct (or refurbish) main office 1.3.3 Construct acommodation 1.3.4 Construct staff/workercanteen 1.3.5 Construct northern and southern offices 1.3.6 Purchase logistics & field equipment, phase 1 1.3.7 Purchase logistics & field equipment, phase 2 1.4 Capacity development: Training NPVFA Units 1.4.1 Training of VFC: Village Forestry Committees 1.4.2 Training of NPVFA managerial staff - Production & Inventories as required 1.4.4 Training of NPVFA in Business Planning and Management 1.4.3 Monthly and quarterly Board reporting/performance Component 2: Forest Management 2.1 Resource Assessment and Management Planning 2.1.1 Indicative Survey - 1% (Completed 2004) ALREADY 2.1.2 Survey 100 % of Resettlement Sites (Agric and Housing Land) ALREADY 2.1.4 Survey - 100 % - of Project Lands in RA 2.1.5 Investigations to improve Management Zonation 2.1.6 Investigation - develop forest ecotype zonation 2.1.7 Production Forest Survey - 15% 2.1.8 Finalies 50 year Forest Management Agreement' 2.1.9 Finalies 5 year Forest Management Plans 2.2 Logging Planning - Project (construction) Lands 2.2.1 Pre-harvest inventory and tree marking 2.2.2 Logging Planning 2.2.3 Apply for quota for salarage logging 2.2.4 Secure salvage harvesting quota November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Activity: Community Commercial Foretsry g p t v c r g o t v c r g o t v c r g o t v c r g o t v c r g o t v c Jul Au Se Oc No De Jan Feb Mar Ap May Jun Jul Au Se Oc No De Jan Feb Mar Ap May Jun Jul Au Se Oc No De Jan Feb Mar Ap May Jun Jul Au Se Oc No De Jan Feb Mar Ap May Jun Jul Au Se Oc No De Jan Feb Mar Ap May Jun Jul Au Se Oc No De 3.4 Infrastructure and equipment - sawmilling 3.4.1 Complete designs and tendering 3.4.2 Site layout, foundation works , security fence 3.4.3 Construct sawmill 3.4.4 Purchase sawmill equipment and Planer /gauger 3.4.5 Purchase treatment plant and chemicals 3.4.6 Install equipment (including electrical works, transformers,lights) 3.4.7 Purchase additional sawmill equipment, as required 3.4.8 Purchase Forklift 3.5 Infrastructure and equipment - wood processing 3.5.1 Construct "transition" WP factory 3.5.2 Purchase wood processing machinery (withJV) 3.5.3 Construct post transition - long term WP factories 3.5.4 Purchase more wood processing machinery, as required 3.6 Operations - Logging 3.6.1 Conduct salvage logging in RA Project Lands 3.6.2 Provide logs to sawmill 3.6.3 Conduct selective logging in RA 3.6.4 Provide logs to sawmill 3.6.5 Sale other logs, if appropriate 3.7 Operations - Sawmilling 3.7.1 undertaking sawmilling of logs from PLs 3.7.2 provide sawn timber etc to wood processing plants 3.7.3 sell sawn timber to house construction 3.7.4 undertaking sawmilling of logs from selective harvest 3.7.5 provide sawn timber to processing factories 3.7.6 market the remaining timber 3.8 Operations - Wood Processing (optional) 3.8.1 search for secure markets - regular 3.8.2 search for a secure markets - one time contracts 3.8.3 secure contracts to supply resettlement villages 3.8.4 wood processing for RV - doors, windows etc 3.8.5 wood processing for external markets - doors, windows, furniture November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 27.6.2 Agriculture and Livestock Development Program The Agriculture and Livestock Development Program will start at or just after Financial Close, expcet for Ban Nong Boua pilot village, which started in 2003. While some villages may open their land and plant upland rice crops just before FC, the implementation of managed and sedentary agriculture can only follow the full development of the agricultural land and plots. However, except for three small villages (NongBoua, Bouma and Phinsavng), from FC to FC+4 years, agriculture can only be undertalenin the wet season, as until FC + 4 (at the earliest) there will be no Nakai Reservoir from which to pump water. The activities and schedule for this program is therefore: · Wet season agriculture: FC to FC+5; · Irrigated wet and dry season agriculture: FC+4 onwards; · Irrigated agriculture for Nong Boua, Bouma and Phonsavang: FC+1 onward · Livestock Raising Program: FC+1 onwards. Table 27-5 presents the level 2 scheduling of the main activities to be undertaken during the implementation of the Agriculture and Livestock program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program Table 27-5: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Agriculture and Livestock Development Program. 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity: Agriculture and Livestock r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Planned Fin. Cose close of Nakai Dam Commercial O 2Summary schedule of Construcion, and related transformation from Rainfed to Rainfed-Irrigated Agriculture house construction: preparation 1Nam Pan (from Nam Nian, part of Sop Hia) house construction: building House Construction irrigation system construction Irrigation Construction rainfed agriculture (in new site) Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site rainfed & irrigated agriculture Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 2Talang House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 3Sophene House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 4Sopma House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 5Sop Hia House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 6Nongbouakham House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 7NakaiDtai House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 8Nakai Neua House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity: Agriculture and Livestock r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju 9 Phonphanpeak House Construction: N/A Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 10 Nong Boua House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site: N/A Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 11 Bouama House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 12 Phonsavang House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 13 SopOn House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 14 Done House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site 15 Khon khene House Construction Irrigation Construction Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Irrigated/Rainfed Agriculture - Relocated Site Cropping 1 Site assessment and Land use Planning 1.1 Topographic surveys 1.2 General soil survey of whole Resettlement Area/Sites 1.3 Detailed Soil Surveys of (selected) resettlement sites 1.4 Preliminary land and forest use planning 1.5 follow up land and forest use planning (post relocation, post DMC testing) 1.6 post COD land and forest use planning (post reservoir filling) November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity: Agriculture and Livestock r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju 2 Progressive development of irrigated farm lots 2.1 Villages with irrigation before main reservoir b construction of houses (see infrastructure schedule ) a construction of irrigation system (see infrastructure schedule ) 2.1.2 Assess and Plan famr plots, terracing requirments (from topo surveys) 2.1.2 Draft farm/field layout designs 2.1.2 Clearing of land 2.1.2 Initial demarcation of farm plots 2.1.2 wet season upland cropping (upland rice, maize) 2.1.2 final demarcation of farm lots and contour marking 2.1.2 Initial ploughing/terracing - early wet season 2.1.2 2nd wet season crop 2.1.2 final terracing 2.1.2 1st dry season crop 2.2 Villages whose irrigation is from main reservoir b construction of houses (see infrastructure schedule ) a construction of irrigation system (see infrastructure schedule ) 2.2.1 Assess and Plan farm plots, terracing requirements (from topo surveys) 2.2.3 Draft farm/field layout designs 2.2.5 Clearing of agricultural land 2.2.7 Initial demarcation of farm plots 2.2.9 wet season upland cropping (upland rice, maize) 2.2.11 final demarcation of farm lots and contour marking 2.2.13 Initial ploughing/terracing - early wet season 2.2.15 final terracing 2.2.17 1st dry season crop 3 Rainfed Cropping with DMC systems 3.1 establish and operate first set of research/trial sites 3.2 establish second set of trial sites 3.3 annual reports of progress 3.4 recommendations re. feasibility and applicabilityof DMC 3.5 expansion of farmer areas of DMC, as appropriate 4 Trials and demonstrations 4.2 Nong Boua Project trial area 4.2 Nong Boua - on farm trials and demonstration 4.2 Bouma, Phonsavang - on farm trials and demonstration 4.2 Phonsavang Project Trial area 4.2 Other 4.2 Establish operate Project trial areas, as appropriate 4.2 Establish operate on farm trial areas, as appropriate 5 Provison of Livelihood equipment, other inputs 5.1 Purchase power tillers, Ban Nong Boua 5.2 Purchase power tillers, Bouma, Phonsavang 5.3 Purchase power tillers, Village relocation group 1 5.4 Purchase power tillers, Village relocation group 2 5.5 Provide hoes, etc 6 Provison of Seeds 6.1 Purchase and distribute seeds, as appropriate and required 6.2 Build Nong Boua seed processing facility 6.3 Build Sop On seed facility 6.4 Build Nakai Tai seed facility 6.4 Operate seed processing facility November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity: Agriculture and Livestock r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju 7 Provison of Fertilisers 7.1 Expand Nong Boua fertiliser factory 7.2 Build Sop On organic fertiliser factory 7.3 Build 2 northern organic fertiliser factories 7.4 Operate organic fertliser factories 7.5 Develop on farm production of organic fertiliser 7.6 Provison of lime 7.7 Provision of rock phosphate or dolomite 7.8 Provision of other chemical fertilsers, as appropriate 7.9 Purchase or Propagation of biological control agents 8 Development of Extension Facilities 8.1 Expansion of DAFO office 8.2 Provision of Office Equipment for DAFO 8.3 Provision of Laboratory Equipment for DAFO 8.4 Purchase of motorcycles 8.5 building of village staff house and training centre 9 Training 9.1 Farmer Extension Leader Training 9.2 Training on improved rice production as required 9.3 Improved cropping - vegetable growing skills 4.4 other training, as required Livestock raising 1 FORAGE 1.2 Establishment of forage nurseries 1.2.1 Procurement of seed, planting materisl 1.2.2 Establish and maintain nurseries 1.2.3 Ensure distribution of planting materials to farmers 1.3 establishment of forage - irrigated depots 1.3.1 establish grasses on contour bund - selected farmers 1.3.2 establish pastures - selected farmers 1.3.3 use plots as FFS and field day sites as required 1.3.4 support the expansion of areas, as rqeuired 1.4 Establishment of forage - upland rainfed areas 1.4.1 Survey of potential grazing areas 1.4.2 establish trials and demonstration plots 1.4.3 use plots as FFS and field day sites as required 1.4.4 develop methods for sward establishment 1.4.5 support the expansion of areas, as required 1.5 Establishment of forage - drawdown zones 1.5.1 Survey of potential forage areas 1.5.2 establish trials and demonstration plots 1.5.3 use plots as FFS and field day sites 1.5.5 support the expansion of areas, as required 2 TRAINING IN LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT & DISEASE CONTROL 2.1 Training of VLA 2.1.2 training in livestock husbandry: breeding and housing 2.1.2 training in livestock husbandry: forage and feeding 2.1.2 training in livestock diseases: diagnosis as required 2.1.2 training in livestock diseases: prevention 2.1.2 training in livestock diseases: curative November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Activity: Agriculture and Livestock r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l t v c n b r y n l Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju Aug Sep Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Apr Ma Ju Ju 2.2 Training of farmers - FFS 2.2.1 training in livestock husbandry: 2.2.2 training in livestock diseases: diagnosis and prevention as required 2.2.3 training in livestock diseases: curative 2.2.4 training in other subjects as required 3 ANIMAL RAISING TRIALS AND DEMONSTRATIONS 3.1 Project trials and demonstrations 3.1 establish trials sites for pig raisng 3.1 establish trials sites for chicken as required 3.1 establish trials sites for eel, frog, rabbit raising 3.2 On-farm trials and demonstrations 3.1 select, work with farmers - pig raising demonstration 3.2 select, work with farmers - chicken/egg demos as required 3.2 select, work with farmers - eel, frog, rabbit demo 3.2 select, work with farmers - other demonstrations 4 BREEDING AND DISTRIBUTION OF (IMPROVED) STOCK 4.1 Cows/buffaloes 4.1 purchase of cows 4.1 distribution of cows, via subsidised loan shceme 4.1 purchase of Bulls 4.1 temporary loan of bulls (or AI) for insemination as required 4.2 Pigs 4.2 purchase of sows 4.2 distribution of sows via loan shceme 4.2 establishment of boar raising centres 4.2 temporary loan of boars (or AI) for insemination as required 4.3 Ducks 4.3 purchase ducklings 4.3 distribution of ducklings, via subsidised loan scheme 4.4 Poultry, and rabbits 4.4 establishment of poultry breeding farms 4.4 operation of poultry breeding farms 4.4 distribution of chicks, via subsidised loan scheme 4.5 Frog, eel and other aquatics 4.5 Establishment/operate of 'aquatics' breeding farms 4.5 Distribute stock 5 PROCUREMENT OF VETERINARY SUPPLIES, LIVESTOCK EQUIPMENT 5.1 procurement of veterinary tool kits 5.1 establish procedures for distribution and use 5.1 manage the distrbution and use of kits 5.1 procurement of medicine (tranfer to private) 5.1 establish procedures for distribution/use 5.1 monitor the distribution and use of medicine 5.1 procurement and distribute feed supplements/licks 6 FACILITIES for RANGE GRAZING 6.1 Gully Stops 6.1 survey areas and sites for gully stop/dams 6.1 organise and support construction of gully stops 6.1 develop tenure, and maintainence procedures 6.2 Fencing 6.2 survey grazing area etc, and plan for fencing 6.2 coordinate: village forest and land use committees 6.2 progressively develop fencing: temporary - permanent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program 27.6.3 Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Program Under the current schedule for the dam construction, the Nakai Dam will be closed by May 2008. It is estimated that it will take at least a full rainy season for the Nakai Reservoir to fill. Depending of the actual closure of the dam, this could mean up to 1 ½ year. However, if the dam is closed at May 2008, it could be almost filled by October 2008. Following filling of the reservoir, and depending of the timing of this closure and filling, it could from 1 to 4 years before a new fish population has been established. Thus, due to the vulnerability of the fish population through the time of establishment, it is recommended that only subsistence fishing is allowed in the first year after dam closure. The activities and scheduling of the Reservoir Fisheries Program will include: · Office construction and installation: COD-1 to COD+1 · Formation of local management bodies: COD-1 to COD+1 · Training of fishers as well as Government staff: COD -1 to COD+5 · Zoning and regulation: COD-1 onwards · Credit facilitation: COD+1 to COD+6 · Monitoring: COD onwards · Research and development: COD - 1 onwards, and · Aquaculture activities, if required: COD+5 onwards; Thus, the program covers a total of 7-8 years from COD-1 to COD+6. Table 27-6 presents a level 2 schedule of the main activities to be undertaken during the implementation of the Fisheries Program. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program Table 27-6: Timetable of the Main Activities of the Reservoir Fisheries Development and Management Program. 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Activity: NAKAI RESERVOIR FISHERIES n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De close of Nakai Dam Commercial Opertaions Date 1 Construction of Facilities 1.1 Construction of Jetties, Fish Landing Places 1.2 Construction of Fish markets 1.3 Construction Reservoir Fisheries Management office 1.4 Maintainance of jetties, landings and markets 2 Purchase of Equipment 2.1 Purchase of office equipment 2.2 Purchase of Monitoring equipment 2.3 Purchase of boats etc 2.4 Purchase of Vehicles 3 Village Fisheries Association 3.1 Formation of Village Fishing Groups 3.2 Formation of Reservoir Fisheries Association 3.3 Support role of VFA on NRMA 4 Training (Implememtation focussed) 4.1 Assessment of Staff and Villager Training Needs 4.2 Communication Skills and Working Procedures (Staff) 4.3 Fish Catch Monitoring Training (Staff and Villagers) 4.4 Boat Building, Operation and Maintainence 4.5 Fishing Gear and Techniques Training 4.6 Reservoir Fisheries Management, Lesson based Traning 5 Reservoir Management - Zoning and Regulations 5.1 NRMA Meetings - Review of Reservoir uses & zonation 5.2 Formulation of Fishing Rules & Regulations 5.3 Zoning & Demarcation Village Fishing Areas 5.4 Selection & Demarcation of Fish Sancturies 5.5 Enforcement of Fishing Rules & Regulation 6 Reservoir Managemet - Monitoring 6.1 Monitoring of Fish Species and Ecology 6.2 Monitoring of Reservoir Fish Catch 6.3 Monitoring of use of drawdown zone 6.4 Monitoring of other zone 7 Reservoir Managemet - Licencing and Enforcement 7.1 Identification Potential Reservoir Fishing HH1 7.2 Registration & Licensing Fishing HH & HH Members 7.3 VFA, in NRMA, ensure enforcement 7.4 Annual review of licencing arrangements November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Chapter 27: Scheduling of Plateau Resettlement Program ` 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 Activity: NAKAI RESERVOIR FISHERIES n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c n b r r y n l g p t v c Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De Ja Fe Ma Ap Ma Ju Ju Au Se Oc No De 8 Fishing Equipment Entitlements and Credit Program 8.1 Setting up Vill Revolving Funds-Fishing Equipment 8.2 Setting up Credit Scheme Fish Traders(APB) 8.3 Management of Vill Revolving Funds&Credit Scheme 9 Research and Development 9.1 Cost Benefit Analysis 9.2 Review Analysis Fisheries Co-Management1 9.3 Review Analysis Fisheries Co-Management 2 as required 9.4 Feasibility of Aquaculture 9.5 Feasibility Study of weirs across Inlets 10 Aquaculture (if required and approved) 10.1 Promote & Establish Cage Culture 10.2 Formulation Cage Culture Regulations 10.3 Enforcement Cage Culture Regulations if required 10.4 Licensing & Monitoring Cage Culture 10.5 Extension Services to Cage Culture Activities1 ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget CHAPTER 28 SUMMARY OF PLATEAU / RESERVOIR RESETTLEMENT BUDGET Table of Content 28 SUMMARY OF PLATEAU / RESERVOIR RESETTLEMENT BUDGET ................... 1 28.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 1 28.2 TIMING OF EXPENDITURE................................................................................................... 1 28.3 FIXED SCOPE AND FIXED BUDGET...................................................................................... 1 28.4 BUDGET SUMMARY ..............................................................................................................2 28.5 BUDGET DESCRIPTIONS ......................................................................................................4 28.5.1 Studies and Surveys (Development Stage) ............................................................................................... 4 28.5.2 External Monitoring.................................................................................................................................... 4 28.5.3 UXO Survey and Clearance for Resettlement Areas .............................................................................. 5 28.5.4 Contingency for Grievance Outcomes..................................................................................................... 5 28.5.5 RMU + DRWG/DCWG and RC Activities ........................................................................................... 5 28.5.6 Training of Resettlers in Farming and Income Generating Activities.................................................. 6 28.5.7 Clearance of Village Sites, House Construction and Provision of Farm Equipment......................... 6 28.5.8 Design and Construction of Infrastructure and Equipment.................................................................. 7 28.5.9 Regional Health Program............................................................................................................................ 8 28.5.10 Resettler Health Program............................................................................................................................ 8 28.5.11 Community Forestry Program................................................................................................................... 9 28.5.12 Livestock Improvement Program............................................................................................................10 28.5.13 Agricultural Development Program........................................................................................................10 28.5.14 Reservoir Fisheries Development Program ...........................................................................................11 28.5.15 Provide other Livelihood Equipment.....................................................................................................12 28.5.16 Community Development........................................................................................................................12 28.5.17 Income Support .........................................................................................................................................13 28.5.18 Social and Environment Remediation Fund..........................................................................................13 28.5.19 Indicative Budgets ­ Guide to Possible Activities and Disbursements ­ of SERF..........................14 List of Tables Table 28-1: Summary of Social and Resettlement Budgets (USD), excluding (a) Downstream Program, (b) Project Lands, and (c) NTPC Cost..............................................................................................3 Table 28-2: Indicative Budget for Studies and Surveys........................................................................................4 Table 28-3: Indicative Budget for External Monitoring......................................................................................4 Table 28-4: Indicative Budget for UXO Survey and Clearance .........................................................................5 Table 28-5: Budget for RMU + DRWG/DCWG and RC activities.................................................................6 Table 28-6: Budget for Training of Resettlers in Farming and Income Generating Activities .....................6 Table 28-7: Budget for Clearance of Village Sites, House Construction and Provision of Farm Equipment..............................................................................................................................................7 Table 28-8: Budget for Design and Construction of Infrastructure and Equipment.....................................7 Table 28-9: Budget for Regional Health Program................................................................................................8 Table 28-10: Budget for Resettler Health Program................................................................................................9 Table 28-11: Budget for Community Forestry Program........................................................................................9 Table 28-12: Budget for Livestock Improvement Program................................................................................10 Table 28-13: Budget for Agricultural Development Program ............................................................................11 Table 28-14: Budget for Reservoir Fisheries Development Program ...............................................................11 Table 28-15: Budget for Other Livelihood Equipment.......................................................................................12 Table 28-16: Budget for Community Development.............................................................................................13 Table 28-17: Budget for Income Support..............................................................................................................13 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget 28 SUMMARY OF PLATEAU / RESERVOIR RESETTLEMENT BUDGET 28.1 INTRODUCTION The budget for the social and resettlement components of the NT2 Project, summarised below, is based firstly on the Concession Agreement of 3/10/2002 (Schedule 4 Part 1 - see Appendix A, SDP Volume 1), which describes NTPC commitments for social and resettlement activities. However, surveys, studies and investigations carried out since signature of the Concession Agreement have led to changes in the implementation and disbursement schedule and amounts, and the budget has increased significantly. The Budgets described here reflects these changes. The budget described in summary below includes only the external or "CA costs" of the various social programs, and does not include the considerable funds allocated by NTPC to the staffing, TA and organizational costs borne by NTPC for defining, implementing and monitoring these programs. This chapter summarises budgets (mainly) of the Nakai plateau resettlement components of the Social and resettlement (SDP) program. It does not include budgets of two other important, which are considered in other volumes in the SDP, namely: · Downstream Areas Development Plan and Compensation Framework (incl. Xe Bangfai) : Vol. 3 · Project Lands Resettlement and Compensation framework: Vol. 4 The corresponding budgets are described in their respective volumes. 28.2 TIMING OF EXPENDITURE The timing of expenditure has been revised compared to CA, to take into account the updated relocation planning as described in Chapter 1 and 19 of the SDP. It is anticipated to complete resettlement activity before the 2007 rainy season (2 years after Financial Close), which will provide approximately one year time contingency before the reservoir impounding. The End of Resettlement Period (ERP) being the attainment of sustainable resettler livelihoods, is conservatively targeted for COD+5 years (8 years after relocation), but dependent on POE certification. The Concession Agreement will be modified accordingly. 28.3 FIXED SCOPE AND FIXED BUDGET The Concession Agreement also details the commitment of the Company towards GoL to consider the Resettlement Budget as consisting of two general types, as follows: Fixed Scope, for the budget classification of an obligation appearing in this Part, means that such an obligation is of the type referred to in clause 30.7(a)(ii) of the Concession Agreement for which the estimate or budget is for internal Company budgeting purposes only and that the physical quantities and quality levels of infrastructure and equipment as contemplated under this Schedule are based on. Fixed Amount, for the budget classification of an obligation appearing in this Part, means that such an obligation is of the type referred to in clause 30.7(a)(i) of the Concession Agreement as being "limited by cost" so that the financial liability of the Company, when performing that activity itself or when funding the GOL if the GOL elects to perform that activity, shall be limited to the indicated budget amount. Thus, in the case of budgets which are "fixed scope", the cost estimate in the budget is indicative only, and the Company will be responsible for the provision or completion of all studies, planning and actions, in compliance with international standards (unless otherwise defined in the CA). This will include for instance the provision of housing, equipments and infrastructures, as well as UXO survey and clearing, surveys relocation, etc. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget In the case of a "fixed amount" the cost estimate shows the budget limit within which the activity is expected to be carried out. 28.4 BUDGET SUMMARY Table 28.1 below summarizes the external costs of the various social programs to be funded by the Company (except Project Lands and Downstream areas, cf. Introduction), for the various phases of the project: before COD, during construction, and during operation. The budget until the End of Resettlement Period (COD+5 years) is 31.2 M $, and the total budget, up to the end of the concession (COD + 25 years), amounts to 37.2 M$. The disbursement schedule indicated in the tables here-after remain preliminary and will be further detailed and confirmed before Financial Close and during work execution as required to best adapt to the obligations and goals to be achieved. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Table 28-1: Summary of Social and Resettlement Budgets (USD), excluding (a) Downstream Program, (b) Project Lands, and (c) NTPC Cost Pre Operation Period Grand Total Budget- Financial Total up to Fixed Fixed from COD to Total up to from ERP to up to end of line CA Item Close Construction COD Scope Amount End of ERP end of Concession (FC) (FC to COD) (col.3+4) Resettlement (5+8) Concession. (9+10) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 B Studies and Surveys 2,500,000 2,500,000 1 0 2,500,000 2,500,000 A External monitoring 0 300,000 300,000 1 335,000 635,000 635,000 C1 UXO clearance 116,500 582,500 699,000 1 0 699,000 699,000 C2 Grievance procedures 0 500,000 500,000 1 0 500,000 500,000 F RMU + DRWG and RC activities 535,100 2,175,700 2,710,800 1 1,137,100 3,847,900 3,847,900 F2 Training resettlers farming and income 16,200 330,500 346,700 91,400 438,100 438,100 generating activities 1 G Clearance of village sites house construction and 133,500 5,310,300 5,443,800 69,900 5,513,700 5,513,700 farm equipment 1 H Design Construction of infrastructure and 343,600 7,456,600 7,800,200 0 7,800,200 7,800,200 equipment 1 N Regional Health Program 219,600 1,332,500 1,552,100 1 468,900 2,021,000 2,021,000 U Resettler Health Program 203,500 554,000 757,500 1 210,300 967,800 967,800 O Community Forestry Program 521,500 97,600 619,100 1 0 619,100 619,100 P Livestock improvement Program 8,600 449,500 458,100 1 89,000 547,100 547,100 Q Agricultural Development Program 52,300 621,800 674,100 1 129,400 803,500 803,500 R Reservoir Fisheries Development Program 264,400 264,400 1 142,800 407,200 407,200 S Provide other Livelihood Equipment 378,000 618,900 996,900 1 0 996,900 996,900 T Community Development 26,000 544,300 570,300 1 263,300 833,600 833,600 T3 Income Support 3,100 364,200 367,300 1 297,000 664,300 664,300 V Social and Environment Remediation Fund 1,500,000 1,500,000 6,000,000 7,500,000 (SERF) * Total USD 5,057,500 21,502,800 26,560,300 4,734,100 31,294,400 37,294,400 * For SERF a total of US$7,500,000 ($300,000 for each operating year) has been allocated to be disbursement after COD according to the guidelines detailed in the Concession Agreement. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget 28.5 BUDGET DESCRIPTIONS This section provides a summary description, quantity and disbursement schedule of each of the items in table 28.1, up to ERP. The summary budgets are based on more detailed activity based budgets, developed by NTPC's SRD (RO). Values are in US Dollars for semesters starting May to October for semester 1 (S1) and November to April for semester 2 (S2). The reason for the this is that Financial Close (FC) is expected in April 2005 and so each semester of financing is counted from May 2005 onwards. Thus each year shown on the tables actually includes 2 months from the previous year viz. November and December. 28.5.1 Studies and Surveys (Development Stage) This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 10 and 19. The development of the Social and Resettlement component of the Project started in 1996, and continued up to 2004. The funds to support this program of consultancies, studies and investigations, surveys, public consultations and then the drafting of concepts and eventually detailed plans for resettlement and compensation are provided for by the Project Sponsors, and are termed the Companies development budget. Table 28-2: Indicative Budget for Studies and Surveys Construction Period Development Total Pre Financial Close (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 COD 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 US$ Total Studies and Surveys 2,500,000 2,500,000 28.5.2 External Monitoring This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 8, 17, 38 and 44. A total of $635,000 has been allocated for the engagement, by GOL, of an independent external monitoring agency. Thus, an average of US$ 67,000 per year will be used to engage such a consultant or agency. The engaged agency or company will most likely be composed of (at least) three persons representing the three main disciplines of livelihoods, infrastructure and ethnic minority development. This agency will not actually do the detailed socio-economic and social surveys, as these will be conducted regularly and internally by NTPC's SRD and GOL's RMU. The scope of work for the external team will be: review the internal monitoring processes, advise and assist in improvements to the internal monitoring processes; and verify and comment on the information coming from internal monitoring. Table 28-3: Indicative Budget for External Monitoring Construction Period Total Development Up to Pre FC (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Total Ext. Monitoring 32,000 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 300,000 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- COD+5 to S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ COD+5 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 US$ Total Ext. Monitoring 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 33,500 335,000 635,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget 28.5.3 UXO Survey and Clearance for Resettlement Areas This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 20 and 27. Prior to the relocation of Resettlers, the Company will arrange for a UXO survey and clearance of the land within the Resettlement Area as follows: (a) land within the new village boundaries as indicated on the Detailed Village Plans; (b) land to be used for access to other villages and the Community Forestry Area; and (c) any other land allocated by the RMU for domestic or cultivation purposes by the Resettlers excluding the Community Forestry Area, to be undertaken in accordance with clause 30.13 of the Concession Agreement. The Clearance will be performed during the dry season of two years (2004-2005 and 2005-2006). Table 28-4: Indicative Budget for UXO Survey and Clearance Construction Period Developme Total nt (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to Pre FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 COD 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 US$ Total 116,500 98,750 98,750 192,500 192,500 0 0 0 0 0 699,000 28.5.4 Contingency for Grievance Outcomes This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 6, 19, 46. A total contingency of US$ 500,000 has been allocated for the possible outcome of Grievance Procedures. The purpose of the Grievance Procedure (CA Schedule 4 part 1, clause 13.9) is to allow Project Affected Persons to seek satisfactory resolution to grievances they may have in relation to the Resettlement Process and to ensure that: - the basic rights and interests of Project Affected Persons are protected; - the concerns of Project Affected Persons arising from the Resettlement Process are adequately addressed; and - entitlements of Project Affected Persons are provided in accordance with the Concession Agreement. 28.5.5 RMU + DRWG/DCWG and RC Activities The organizational framework for this activity is described in SDP, Chapters 6 and the development of the activity is described in chapters 7 and 26. The GOLs Resettlement Management Unit, and the other GOL agencies it supports and coordinates (the District Resettlement and Compensation Working Groups), and the Provincial level Resettlement Committee) have been allocated funds to cover running costs and the conduct of community mobilisation activities with the local villagers. Funds have been allocated to cover the operation of the RMU for 10 1/2 years, from one year prior to Financial Close until End of Resettlement Period. Table 28.6 summarizes the budget allocation and expected distribution of the allocation over the period of the project construction and beyond commencement of operation (COD). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Table 28-5: Budget for RMU + DRWG/DCWG and RC activities Construction Period Total Up Development (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) to COD Pre FC US$ S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Other 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 Civil Works 84,500 39,500 39,500 8,750 8,750 5,250 5,250 0 0 0 Equipment 140,100 59,350 59,350 10,650 10,650 1,250 1,250 18,650 18,650 1,300 / Goods Training 12,900 5,100 5,100 7,450 7,450 5,650 5,650 7,100 7,100 8,700 Services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Op Costs 295,100 226,250 236,250 257,300 257,300 252,500 142,500 142,150 142,150 149,400 Total 535,100 332,700 342,700 286,650 286,650 267,150 157,150 170,400 170,400 161,900 2,710,800 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- COD+5 to COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Other 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250 0 0 0 0 Civil Works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equipment / Goods 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250 1,650 1,650 750 750 750 750 Training 6,250 6,250 5,300 5,300 4,950 4,950 0 0 0 0 Services 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Op Costs 144,850 144,850 134,500 134,500 127,000 127,000 72,950 72,950 63,350 63,350 Total 153,600 153,600 142,300 142,300 134,850 134,850 73,700 73,700 64,100 64,100 1,137,100 3,847,900 28.5.6 Training of Resettlers in Farming and Income Generating Activities These activities are described in SDP, Chapters 21, 23. The adoption of a sedentary form of agriculture by the resettled households will take several seasons and will require considerable support from the Project in the form of material inputs as well as technical assistance. The resettlers will be trained by the RMU (GoL) on new farming techniques, to enable farmers to change from an extensive to an intensive farming. A special focus will be brought to irrigated rice cultivation and upland irrigation techniques. The RMU will also conduct training programs for fishing, forestry and livestock management. Table 28-6: Budget for Training of Resettlers in Farming and Income Generating Activities Construction Period Total Development (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to Pre FC COD S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Total 16,200 14,200 14,200 26,500 26,500 36,000 36,000 51,200 51,200 74,700 346,700 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Total 26,800 26,800 18,900 18,900 0 0 0 0 0 0 91,400 438,100 28.5.7 Clearance of Village Sites, House Construction and Provision of Farm Equipment This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 19, 27 and 21, 28. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget A total of US$ 5,513,700 has been allocated for activities including: the clearing of the new village sites by the resettlers themselves; the actual relocation, whereby the company will assist in current house dismantling and transportation of these materials, and all good and chattels to the new village site; the construction of new village housing by villagers, with hired carpenters as required; and the and provision of equipment. The activity will be funded in accordance with resettlement program as defined in Chapter 1 of SDP. Table 28-7: Budget for Clearance of Village Sites, House Construction and Provision of Farm Equipment Construction Period Develop Total ment Pre (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to FC COD S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works 112,400 1,242,850 1,242,850 902,600 902,600 0 0 0 0 0 Equipment / 12,800 52,850 52,850 83,100 83,100 106,250 106,250 56,250 56,250 89,700 Goods Op Costs 8,300 93,300 93,300 73,100 73,100 Total 133,500 1,389,000 1,389,000 1,058,800 1,058,800 106,250 106,250 56,250 56,250 89,700 5,443,800 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 COD+5 COD+5 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 US$ Civil Works Equipment / 25,400 25,400 9,550 9,550 Goods Op Costs Total 25,400 25,400 9,550 9,550 0 0 0 0 0 0 69,900 5,513,700 28.5.8 Design and Construction of Infrastructure and Equipment This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 15, 19, 20 and 27. A total of US$ 7,800,200 has been allocated to cover the design and construction of access roads, electricity supply to each Resettler house, irrigation or household water supply and distribution to each house or farm lot, community buildings, etc... This budget also includes the cost for moving items of cultural heritage for each village as per the GOL plans. The activity will be funded in accordance with resettlement program as defined in Chapter 1 of SDP. Table 28-8: Budget for Design and Construction of Infrastructure and Equipment Construction Period Total Development (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to Pre FC COD S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works 199,800 400,000 400,000 483,350 483,350 314,900 314,900 500 500 0 Equipment / 143,800 863,100 863,100 973,900 973,900 584,950 584,950 107,600 107,600 0 Goods Total 343,600 1,263,100 1,263,100 1,457,250 1,457,250 899,850 899,850 108,100 108,100 0 7,800,200 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works Equipment / Goods Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7,800,200 28.5.9 Regional Health Program This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 5. A total of US$2,021,000 has been allocated to support a range of public health related activities, especially during and related to the construction period, and also to establish a monitoring and response programs to address any health problems which may arise from the water resource development provided by the project. Table 28-9: Budget for Regional Health Program Develo pment Construction Period Pre FC Total Up to COD up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) US$ FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Other 10,500 21,800 21,800 2,250 2,250 2,450 2,450 1,900 1,900 6,800 Civil Works 176,700 88,350 88,350 6,000 6,000 0 0 3,000 3,000 6,000 Equipment 5,500 220,950 220,950 2,100 2,100 150 150 150 150 37,600 / Goods Training 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Services 10,000 17,900 17,900 5,050 5,050 19,700 19,700 4,700 4,700 32,800 Op Costs 16,900 108,700 108,700 31,500 31,500 29,000 29,000 30,000 30,000 58,000 Total 219,600 457,700 457,700 46,900 46,900 51,300 51,300 39,750 39,750 141,200 1,552,100 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Other 5,300 5,300 2,800 2,800 3,100 3,100 0 0 0 0 Civil Works 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 0 0 0 0 Equipment 68,800 68,800 16,050 16,050 16,050 16,050 0 0 0 0 / Goods Training 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Services 5,200 5,200 7,700 7,700 14,400 14,400 0 0 0 0 Op Costs 28,350 28,350 29,350 29,350 28,350 28,350 0 0 0 0 Total 110,650 110,650 58,900 58,900 64,900 64,900 0 0 0 0 468,900 2,021,000 28.5.10 Resettler Health Program This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 5. A total of US$967,800 has been allocated to support a range of public health related activities, especially during the construction period, but also to establish monitoring and response programs to address any health problems which may arise from the water resource development provided by the project, or from the change in lifestyles that will be experienced by the ethnic minorities and majorities on the plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Table 28-10: Budget for Resettler Health Program Construction Period Total Up to up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Other 9,700 6,900 6,900 5,850 5,850 4,150 4,150 3,850 3,850 7,600 Civil Works 182,500 36,000 36,000 9,000 9,000 6,000 6,000 1,750 1,750 3,500 Equipment 6,300 19,550 19,550 36,450 36,450 0 0 3,400 3,400 11,300 / Goods Training 0 15,000 15,000 13,850 13,850 11,500 11,500 13,000 13,000 14,200 Services 5,000 8,950 8,950 2,550 2,550 9,850 9,850 2,350 2,350 12,400 Op Costs 0 11,250 11,250 7,450 7,450 7,700 7,700 8,450 8,450 15,400 Total 203,500 97,650 97,650 75,150 75,150 39,200 39,200 32,800 32,800 64,400 757,500 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Other 4,200 4,200 2,950 2,950 3,150 3,150 Civil Works 1,750 1,750 1,750 1,750 1,750 1,750 Equipment 25,700 25,700 3,400 3,400 3,400 3,400 / Goods Training 9,100 9,100 5,950 5,950 8,450 8,450 Services 2,600 2,600 2,200 2,200 5,200 5,200 Op Costs 7,450 7,450 8,700 8,700 7,450 7,450 Total 50,800 50,800 24,950 24,950 29,400 29,400 0 0 0 0 210,300 967,800 28.5.11 Community Forestry Program This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 23. The whole forest area on the southern side of the Nakai reservoir has been designed by the GOL as a community forest. It will be used by Nakai resettlers for sustainable commercial harvesting. This program is directed towards resettled household, and aims at increasing off-farm employment, providing annual dividends, as well as timber, firewood, NTFPs and protecting watersheds and biodiversity. Table 28-11: Budget for Community Forestry Program Construction Period Total Up to up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works 132,500 14,250 14,250 0 0 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 Equipment 389,000 5,250 5,250 5,250 5,250 1,250 1,250 10,800 10,800 / Goods Total 521,500 19,500 19,500 5,250 5,250 7,250 7,250 16,800 16,800 0 619,100 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works Equipment / Goods Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 619,100 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget 28.5.12 Livestock Improvement Program This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 21. This program aims at improving livestock productivity once the resettlers have been relocated. It will comprise the development of forage production, an improvement of animal health conditions, training to farmers and introduction of better breeding stock. A total of US$ 547,100 has been allocated for the Livestock Development program, and this will be used to fund following activities: - Preparation of Livestock Improvement Program; - Surveys of Common Grazing Areas and Mapping; - Establishment of Forage Nurseries; - Training of VLA (staff); - Training in livestock management and disease control; - Procurement of Improved Stock for Breeding; and - Veterinary Supplies & Livestock Equipment. Table 28-12: Budget for Livestock Improvement Program Construction Period Total Up to up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Equipment 6,900 69,950 69,950 71,250 71,250 18,900 18,900 22,350 22,350 41,300 / Goods Training 1,700 1,650 1,650 4,850 4,850 4,850 4,850 2,450 2,450 5,700 Services 0 2,500 2,500 0 0 0 0 2,500 2,500 0 Total 8,600 74,100 74,100 76,100 76,100 23,750 23,750 27,300 27,300 47,000 458,100 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Equipment 15,550 15,550 10,400 10,400 8,300 8,300 / Goods Training 2,450 2,450 2,850 2,850 2,450 2,450 Services 0 0 0 0 2,500 2,500 Total 18,000 18,000 13,250 13,250 13,250 13,250 0 0 0 0 89,000 547,100 28.5.13 Agricultural Development Program This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 21. The goal of the Agriculture (and Livestock) Development Program is to enable resettled households to develop productive and sustainable agriculture and livestock production as a part of their livelihood system. This program will be developed by an international TA team, and consists mainly in identification and agronomical preparation of land for cultivation. Fields will be prepared once the proper soil and topographic surveys have been carried out. A total of US$803,500 has been allocated for the Agricultural Development program, and this will be used to fund following activities: - Preparation of Agricultural Development Program; - Resettlement Village Planning, demarcation of paddy areas; - Land Development; - Procurement of fertilizers and agro-chemicals; and - Support for Extension. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Table 28-13: Budget for Agricultural Development Program Construction Period Total Up to up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works 4,100 16,450 16,450 21,200 21,200 22,750 22,750 0 0 0 Equipment 45,500 23,600 23,600 33,650 33,650 12,300 12,300 11,150 11,150 12,900 / Goods Op Costs 2,700 13,500 13,500 48,600 48,600 48,600 48,600 36,450 36,450 32,400 Total 52,300 53,550 53,550 103,450 103,450 83,650 83,650 47,600 47,600 45,300 674,100 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Equipment 8,150 8,150 8,400 8,400 4,800 4,800 5,200 5,200 5,750 5,750 / Goods Op Costs 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 Total 18,950 18,950 19,200 19,200 15,600 15,600 5,200 5,200 5,750 5,750 129,400 803,500 28.5.14 Reservoir Fisheries Development Program This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 24. A fisheries program will be implemented to ensure that the reservoir is productive after the new villages have been established. It includes the preparation of a sustainable fisheries development and management plan that will cover all costs of production, provide secure income to entitled beneficiary fishing associations and gradually improve the fish stock to ensure a stabilized production rate (1,000 ­ 2,000 tons/year) 5 to 10 years after impoundment. A total of US$407,200 has been allocated for the Reservoir Fisheries Development Program, and this will be used to fund following activities: - Infrastructure; - Field Equipment; - Office Equipment; - Research & Development Equipment; - Resettlement Household Fishing gear; - Technical Assistance; - Training Fishers; and - Recurrent Operating Costs. Table 28-14: Budget for Reservoir Fisheries Development Program Construction Period Total Up to up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works 26,250 26,250 7,500 Equipment 45,050 45,050 28,000 / Goods Op Costs 20,600 20,600 45,100 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 91,900 91,900 80,600 264,400 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Civil Works Equipment 500 500 / Goods Op Costs 23,800 23,800 23,550 23,550 23,550 23,550 Total 23,800 23,800 23,550 23,550 24,050 24,050 0 0 0 0 142,800 407,200 28.5.15 Provide other Livelihood Equipment This activity is described in SDP, Chapter 21, 28. Community equipment will be provided to groups of 50 (or 100) families, comprising agricultural equipments, carpentry tools, sawmills, etc...The equipment will be related to the forestry, agriculture and livestock and fisheries activities. Table 28-15: Budget for Other Livelihood Equipment Construction Period Total Up to up to (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) COD FC S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Equipment 378,000 31,100 31,100 41,700 41,700 44,200 44,200 8,750 8,750 367,400 / Goods Total 378,000 31,100 31,100 41,700 41,700 44,200 44,200 8,750 8,750 367,400 996,900 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Equipment / Goods Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 996,900 28.5.16 Community Development This activity is described in SDP, Chapters 15, 26. The budget for community development has been separated in two sub budget lines, as follows: to support general community development and social strengthening of the ethnic communities and indigenous organizations on the Nakai plateau, and to support formal and informal education for ethnic minority plateau resettlers. A total of US$833,600 has been allocated for the Community Development, and this will be used to fund following activities: - Support Village Resettlement Committees and Community Organisations; - Population and Citizen Management; - Resettlement Site Location Consultation; - Resettlement Livelihood Options Consultation; - Cultural and Spiritual Heritage Plan and Implementation; - Undertake and Support Relocation; - Income Generating Activities; and - Village Savings and Loans Facilities. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget Table 28-16: Budget for Community Development Construction Period Develo Total pment (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to Pre FC COD S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Training 7,300 10,350 10,350 11,200 11,200 10,900 10,900 10,850 10,850 18,700 Services 18,700 20,800 20,800 45,200 45,200 58,650 58,650 47,200 47,200 95,300 Total 26,000 31,150 31,150 56,400 56,400 69,550 69,550 58,050 58,050 114,000 570,300 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Training 7,650 7,650 3,550 3,550 3,550 3,550 Services 43,550 43,550 36,800 36,800 36,550 36,550 Total 51,200 51,200 40,350 40,350 40,100 40,100 0 0 0 0 263,300 833,600 28.5.17 Income Support The Project is committed to support the provision of rice support to villager, if required, during the livelihood transition period, including contingency rice and food support for vulnerable groups The budget has been calculated based on average rice requirement in terms of Kg / people / year. The actual payments will be calculated according to requirements defined in CA. In terms of dollars the budget total allows for USD 664,300 Table 28-17: Budget for Income Support Construction Period Develo Total pment (2005) (2006) (2007) (2008) (2009) Up to Pre FC COD S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 US$ 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Services 3,100 13,500 13,500 28,950 28,950 45,550 45,550 46,400 46,400 95,400 Total 3,100 13,500 13,500 28,950 28,950 45,550 45,550 46,400 46,400 95,400 367,300 Operation Period Total Total up (2010) (2011) (2012) (2013) (2014) COD- to COD+5 COD+5 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 US$ US$ 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 11-04 05-10 Services 48,450 48,450 50,000 50,000 50,050 50,050 Total 48,450 48,450 50,000 50,000 50,050 50,050 0 0 0 0 297,000 664,300 28.5.18 Social and Environment Remediation Fund A total of US$7,500,000 ($300,000 for each operating year) has been allocated to be disbursement after COD according to the guidelines detailed in the Concession Agreement, Schedule 4, Part 1, clause 15.4, as quoted below: (a) Prior to the occurrence of the Commercial Operations Date, the GOL through the RC shall establish and maintain a fund (the "Social and Environmental Remediation Fund") for the purpose of funding: (i) the operation and maintenance costs of the community water and irrigation systems for the Resettlement Area; (ii) the maintenance of the GOL Resettlement Assets in accordance with Good Operating Practices for the Concession Period; (iii) any initiatives designed to mitigate and address any remaining problems which have arisen or which may arise in the future, whether before or after the occurrence of the Commercial Operations Date, from the Resettlement Process; and November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Chapter 28: Summary of Plateau /Reservoir Resettlement Budget (iv) any initiatives designed to mitigate and address any resettlement activities set out in this Part to be funded by the Social and Environmental Remediation Fund. (b) The Company agrees with the GOL that each annual payment of USD300,000 as escalated in accordance with clause 15.5, shall be considered to be a budget which is Limited by Cost, for the purposes of clause 30.7(a)(i) of the Concession Agreement. (c) In the event that the GOL reasonably considers that the annual payment is insufficient in any year and the Fund is then reduced to USD10,000 or less, and the GOL can provide reasonable supporting evidence to the Company to justify additional expenditure, the Company agrees for the purposes of clause 30.7(e)(i) of the Concession Agreement that the budget amount referred to in paragraph (e) shall be subject to the Overrun Allowance in accordance with the Concession Agreement. 28.5.19 Indicative Budgets ­ Guide to Possible Activities and Disbursements ­ of SERF Indicative annual budget for O & M of irrigation systems US$ 64,400 Indicative budget for maintenance of resettlement area access roads US$ 43,000 Indicative annual budget for community building maintenance US$ 32,900 Indicative annual budget for fisheries infrastructure maintenance US$ 36,000 Indicative annual costs of the Nakai Reservoir Management Office US$ 51,800 Indicative annual costs of operating Agricultural extension facilities US$ 26,000 Other activities or support to resettlers US$ 45,900 Total per year US$ 300,000 ********** * * * ********** November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendices in Volume 2 Appendices in Volume 2 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-economic Survey (of 1998) H1: Objectives H2: Notification and Cut-Off Date H3: Registration H4: Socio-economic Survey H5: Overview of Findings H6: Socio-economic Profile H7: Conclusion H8: Nakai District Census and Survey Appendix I: Demonstration Farms I1: Objectives I2: Selection of Demonstration Farms I3: Consultation Process I4: Farm Layouts I5: Development Schedule I6: Results of Demonstration Farms I7: Household Incomes I8: Labour Input I9: Evaluation of Demonstration Farm Experiences I10: Extension Education and Training I11: Opinions of Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Families I12: Conclusions and Recommendations Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience J1: Introduction J2: Establishing a Pilot Village J3: Rationale of Village Selection J4: Selection of Pilot Village J5: Consultation Process J6: Layout and Allocation of Plots J7: Soil Surveys J8: Health J9: Development Schedule November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendices in Volume 2 J10: Domestic Water Supply J11: Irrigation Water Supply J12: Progress on Agriculture and Livestock J13: Income J14: Infrastructure Development J15: Socio-Cultural Development J16: Initial Lessons Learned for the Resettlement Programme Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K1: Results of Soil Survey Conducted in Pilot Village K2: Results from Theun Duane Demonstration Farm K3: Notes on Pasture Species Suitable for Testing in Drawdown Zone K4: Forage Introductions in Xieng Khouang Province K5: Activity Models and Gross Margin Budgets K6: Whole Farm Cropping and Livestock Scenarios K7: Labour Profiles for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios ­ High and Low Input Levels K8: Financial Analysis for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios ­ High and Low Input Levels K9: Sensitivity Analysis for 11 Whole Farm Scenarios Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L1: Regulations of the Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association L2: Extracts from "Forest Inventory and Preliminary Harvesting and Management Considerations" Prepared by Forest Inventory and Planning Centre of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry. January 2002 L3: Outline of the Operational Plan L4: Outline of Training Plan L5: Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MAF) Position L6: Forest Management and Conservation Programme (FOMACOP) Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey APPENDIX H NAKAI PLATEAU NOTIFICATION, REGISTRATION AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY (OF 1998) Table of Content H-1 OBJECTIVES-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 H-2 NOTIFICATION AND CUT-OFF DATE-------------------------------------------------------- 1 H-3 REGISTRATION---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 H-4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY-------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 H-5 OVERVIEW OF FINDINGS ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 H-6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE ------------------------------------------------------------------ 5 H-7 CONCLUSION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 H-8 NAKAI DISTRICT CENSUS AND SURVEY ----------------------------------------------------- 7 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey List of Tables and Figures Source of Page Number Title Data* Number Table H-1 Outline of Registration Form Contents C 7 Table H-2 NT2 Census Data Compilation Sheet C 8 Table H-3 Sample Size for Socio-Economic Survey SE 9 Table H-4 Outline of Socio-Economic Survey Form Contents SE 10 Table H-5 Affected households in the reservoir area by village, from C 11 surveys conducted since 1995 Table H-6 Household Size Distribution of Affected Households C 12 Table H-7 School Attendance C 12 Table H-8 Cash and Imputed Incomes of Reservoir Households SE 13 Table H-9 Income Variability of Villages SE 14 Figure H-1 Income Variability of Villages SE 15 Table H-10 Potentially Vulnerable Households C 16 Table H-11 Age, Marital Status, Birth Place, Gender, Religion of Affected C 17 Population Table H-12 Education, Occupation of Head of Household C 18 Table H-13 Education, Occupation of Affected Population C 18 Table H-14 Housing Characteristics C 19 Table H-15 Livestock Population for Reservoir Villages SE 20 Table H-16 Livestock Ownership per Household SE 21 Table H-17 Fruit Trees in the Reservoir C 22 Table H-18 Health Data SE 23 Table H-19 Sample Household Incomes by Village SE 24 Table H-20 Format of Detailed Household Income Data SE 30 * C = data from Census SE = data from Socio-Economic Survey November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey H-1 OBJECTIVES In order for the NT2 Resettlement Policy to apply, it was necessary that: formal notification be given to affected persons a cut-off date is established a population and asset count be undertaken and registered a socio-economic survey of a sample of affected households is undertaken as a benchmark (baseline) of pre-project conditions. These actions are under the jurisdiction of GOL. This Appendix sets out the methodology and results of the above actions having been carried out. An overall Provincial Census was planned by the Lao authorities in the second half of 1998, GOL therefore planned the timing of the specific notification and registration census for Nam Theun 2 for October 1998. All the above events and activities were carried out under the jurisdiction of GOL, with the work carried out by Provincial and District staff with technical assistance from the National Statistics Center and logistical assistance from the RMU and NTEC. H-2 NOTIFICATION AND CUT-OFF DATE GOL was requested to issue formal notification to the Plateau households that it intends to create a reservoir on the Plateau and that consequently most households may have to be relocated and compensated. The formal Notification prepared by GOL (see below) stated that GOL intended to change the land use in the reservoir area and that this required that inhabitants vacate the area at some time in the future. Adequate compensation and replacement opportunities would be provided to those affected. Those taking up residence in the area after notification (the cut-off date) would not be eligible to receive compensation and resettlement. The effective date for the Project as a result of the Notification having been served is October 1, 1998. The Village Chiefs were actively involved in ensuring that all village households received the Notification (in Lao) and understood it. The Chiefs used a master list on which each household signed that they had been notified. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey (English Translation) Lao People's Democratic Republic Peace Independence Democracy Unity Prosperity Khammouane Province No. 0191/Gov.KM 15 September 1998 NOTIFICATION · With reference to the decision of the Lao PDR Government approving NTEC to develop and build the Nam Theun 2 Project. · Withrespecttothecreation ofthewaterreservoir ofNamTheun2Project. · Withreferencetothe notification ofthe PrimeMinister'sOfficeNo.2574/PMdated11.09.98. The Governor of Khammouane Province hereby notifies the population affected by the proposed water reservoir of NT2 Project as follows: 1. Under the Land Law of 1997, the State may take back in the public interest, lands that are being used by individuals under an assigned or traditional basis (Article 63). Under such circumstances, the State must provide appropriate compensation (Article 70). 2. This NOTIFICATION is intended for all individuals currently living or working in the proposed reservoir below elevation El 539. 3. All individuals under paragraph 2, please take note that the Government will use these lands for the purpose of creating the water reservoir designated under paragraph 2 and will pay compensation for the loss and damages incurred according to the NT2 Resettlement Policy adopted by the Government. 4. All individuals living or working in the reservoir as of 01 October 1998 will be eligible for compensation in accordance with the NT2 Resettlement Policy adopted by the Government. Those individuals who came to live in the reservoir after 01 October 1998 will not be eligible for compensation. 5. All individuals affected by the proposed reservoir will be registered by Nakai District Authority on behalf of Khammouane Province Authority and in collaboration with the Resettlement Management Unit for the purpose of establishing eligibility and determining affected assets. 6. The filling of the proposed reservoir is not expected to take place until 2003; there is therefore sufficient time to make adequate provisions for alternative living and working arrangements. 7. This notification will be delivered to affected individuals by Nakai District Authority on behalf of the Khammouane Province, will be posted in public places in the vicinity of the proposed reservoir, broadcast by the local radio station and published by other mass media. 8. Any questions regarding this NOTIFICATION should be addressed to the Nakai District offices. 9. This notification is issued to provide advance information on the intention of the Government to proceed with the Nam Theun 2 Project, subject to all necessary approvals being obtained. Thakhek, 15 September 1998 The Governor Note: A similar notification took place in Bolikhamxay Province. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey H-3 REGISTRATION The purpose of the registration is to make an accurate count (census) of the persons living on the Plateau and the assets they own that would be affected by the Project. Registration establishes eligibility and provides a firm basis on which entitlements can be established and resettlement costs calculated. On the Plateau, three categories of eligible persons, as noted in Chapter 10, are: · households living inside the reservoir that require relocation · households living outside the reservoir but deriving benefits from land inside the reservoir · households living outside the reservoir that may be affected by the Project The reservoir affected area is defined as the area below El 539. The registration recorded household information and fixed assets of 1,160 households. The purpose is to provide a basis on which to establish which households are eligible for compensation and what their entitlements would be. It provides detailed information on the composition of households, record their fixed assets and establish whether or not the household chooses to remain on the Plateau or proposes to leave and accept cash as compensation. In addition, the number of household members, the dwelling structure and house sizes are important information for village layout and the actual relocation. For future identification, a village letter and house number was affixed to each house registered. In Ban Oudomsouk and in Ban Phonphanpek, which includes the village of Ban Jat San, the registration survey allowed planners to identify which households are affected, and how they are affected. It was necessary to distinguish which households are relying on the land for their livelihood, based on topographic information that has been verified in July 1998, and which households are merchants, officials and wage earners. Table H-1 shows the types of information that was collected at the time of registration. Registered households were issued a registration and identity booklet showing the information that has been collected. This was signed by the household and the RMU. The registration made an accurate count of the households (and the persons that constitute each household) and the assets that would be affected by the Project for which compensation would be required, either in cash or in kind. On the basis of this information, eligibility and entitlements are to be determined. The census team used a form (in Lao) for each household as per Table H-2. Each household head signed one of these forms. Data from these forms was then copied into three booklets: one for the householder, one for the RMU and one for the District. The RMU and the District have both signed each booklet. The village chief and each household signed the three booklets upon distribution of the household copies. This distribution was completed by October 2000. H-4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY With the RMU visiting all Plateau households, this opportunity will be used to carry out a baseline socio- economic survey to collect information on households that will supplement the information collected for registration purposes. Together, the data will establish the reference point for monitoring. The socio-economic survey collected additional information beyond that collected for the registration by way of a sample household interview survey. This information established baseline conditions on the Plateau, against which future change can be measured. The survey gives a representative picture of the actual socio-economic situation on the ground. A random selection of the houses was made from village maps before carrying out the survey. For residents absent during the survey, the closest adjacent house was chosen to fill the quota. All households were surveyed in villages and hamlets of 10 or less households. For villages of 10-24 households, 50% were November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey included in the sample, and 25% were included in the sample for villages with more than 25 households, according to the survey design. In Table H-3 the actual sample size is indicated, showing that 311 households were included in the socio- economic survey. This is 26.8% of the households on the Plateau, and includes some non-affected households in Ban Oudomsouk and Jat San. The contents of the socio-economic survey was divided into sections dealing with non-fixed assets, food sources, income sources, health, education and issues. An outline of the contents of a socio-economic data is in Table H-4. All information collected by means of Registration and Socio-economic Survey was processed and stored electronically by the RMU. Registration data form the basis of individual household files which will be administered by DRWG and RMU. H-5 OVERVIEW OF FINDINGS There were altogether 1,160 households and a total of 6,319 persons included in this Registration Census and Asset Count. The form shown as Table H-2 was signed by each household and shows the data compilation sheet used subsequently to transfer field data into the household booklets and RMU/NTEC computer database. At the time of registration a village and house identification number was physically attached to each house for future identification and administration purposes. Table H-5 shows the registration results by village, in comparison to previous survey results. Due to the combined effects of additional elevation surveys and the registration census, plus the fact that the Army Village of Ban Nong Boua Kham is now deemed to be included, the estimate of the total number of affected households has increased to 886. The actual total number of persons living in those affected households was 4,889 for an average household size of 5.518 persons. The computer database that has been developed on the reservoir population has been utilized to extract relevant information and analysis that will assist further implementation planning. The RMU/NTEC electronic database is available to all interested parties such as GOL Ministries, researchers, NGOs and Development Agencies, for the purpose of furthering the knowledge of health, education, gender, ethnicity and overall development issues regarding the Nakai Plateau population. Data from affected households was examined against nineteen criteria considered to indicate at least a potential for vulnerability during the actual relocation process and re-establishment of livelihood activities. They are based on gender, age, handicaps, comparative income levels, small households, non- Lao and any shortage of able-bodied working age males in the household. These households will receive special attention from the RMU during the development phase, for instance through the provision of paid laborers to assist in the relocation and re-establishment phases. The socio-economic database for the sample of households and the census data was used to prepare a 1998 socio-economic profile of the affected reservoir population that can serve as the baseline for future monitoring as well as for further implementation planning. In total, 319 households were selected out of a registered total of 1,160 for a sample of 28 percent. Of these 319 households, 251 were determined to be affected by the Project. Sampling was also carried out for 8 affected households in Ban Nam Nian but the results from this trading village were excluded from income calculations because they were quite atypical. The sample is considered adequate for the purpose of establishing a benchmark database on pre-project conditions that can subsequently be used for monitoring purposes. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey An analysis of affected household incomes (Tables H-8) indicates that in nominal Kip terms, incomes have increased from Kip 462,000 in 1996 to Kip 1,628,784 in 1998. However, given the rapid inflation over this period, real incomes have not increased in this proportion. Nevertheless there appears to have been a significant increase in plateau residents' average incomes, albeit from an extremely low base. The variability between villages is shown in Table H-9. It seems also that the proportion of total income accounted for by self-grown products consumed has increased somewhat over the last two years which could be an indication of an increasing reliance on the subsistence mode of living. There could be several reasons for this apparent increase in income. Perhaps most likely is the fact that the October 1998 surveys were more methodically executed than previous surveys and certainly included the widest range of potential income sources. There is also a possibility that there may be an increased utilization of the resource base in an unsustainable manner. The important issue however is that the October 1998 survey has been carried out with a sufficiently high level of care that it can serve as a base for current planning and future monitoring. H-6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE The sample size for the Socio-Economic Survey covers 26.8% of all the households to be relocated on the Nakai Plateau. There is much variation in the households in terms of composition and economic activities. It is difficult to describe a typical village or average household. However, a brief profile is provided below in order to give some idea of the main characteristics of the people inhabiting the Nakai Plateau. The majority of households on the Plateau consist of parents and children but a significant number include other family members as well such as daughters-in-law and other relations. Most households live nearby relatives and for the most part kinship ties are patrilineal. Most people are from the Plateau and marry within a short distance from their village, although inter-marriage between the various ethnic groups is common. The population is young with the average household consisting of more children than able-bodied adults. As with the composition and size of households, the income variability is high, both among members of villages and between villages. This difference seems to depend on a combination of location on the Plateau, village size, ethnic group and proximity to natural resources. However, village leadership, education levels and recent history of migration also play a role. Differences in household income depend on family size and access to resources. The majority of people practice a mix of `folk Buddhism' and local animist traditions consisting of beliefs in territorial spirits, nature spirits and ancestors. Most household heads and women are illiterate. School attendance is irregular at best, except for roadside villages, with children frequently assisting their parents in clearing swidden, harvesting rice or collecting NTFPs. Most houses have been constructed using traditional materials, that is wood, bamboo and thatch or shingles for roofing. Lighting consists of oil lamps. Water sources are natural springs and nearby rivers and only large villages have regular access to potable water sources throughout the year. Livelihood systems vary greatly but there are common characteristics. The average household has a mixed economy consisting of swidden upland rice, vegetable gardens, fruit trees, fishing, livestock raising and selling of forest products (NTFPs and wildlife). Having a number of livelihood elements provides a safety net since variation in weather, flooding, scarcity of particular resources, livestock epidemics and other factors, mean that survival necessitates several sources of livelihood. Again there are very large differences between individual household and villages on the Plateau. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey H-7 CONCLUSION Given the fact that it is difficult to describe a typical household, consideration for the range of household types is important. This is especially the case when considering the relocation and its possible effects on vulnerable households, that is households without able-bodied adults, with elderly, with female household heads, ill or with infirm members. It will be important when monitoring and interpreting statistical results always to consider the range of responses or data November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey H-8 NAKAI DISTRICT CENSUS AND SURVEY Table H-1: Outline of Registration Form Contents REGISTRATION A) Household Information 1. Names of household members 2. Relationship to family head 3. Sex of each member 4. Age of each member 5. Place of birth of each member 6. Place of residence on 1/99 of each member 7. Ethnic group of each member 8. Marital status of each member 9. Level of education of each member 10. Occupation of each member 11. Last year's livelihood activities 12. Number of dependents presently residing in the house 13. Number of dependents outside the village 14. Number of years in this house/village B) Relocation Information 1. Name of Village 2. Preference for relocation on the Plateau 3. Relocation village 4. Preference for relocating off the plateau C) Fixed Assets 1. Who is the owner of the house 2. Type of house. Construction materials 3. Services - water, well, electricity 4. Size in square meters 5. Other structures such as rice barns, pens, spirit houses, etc. 6. Size of these structures in square meters 7. Number of tree fruits and gardens a) Old trees: mango, tamarind, jackfruit, coconut, bamboo, etc. b) Middle-aged: sugarcane, coffee, tea, banana, pineapple, etc. c) Annual plants and crops such as rice, corn, vegetables, etc. 8. Number of fishponds in square meters 9. Number of wells or water sources described 10. Amount and quality of irrigated or rain fed paddy in square meters (D) Identify Vulnerable Households based on listed categories November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-2: NT2 Census Data Compilation Sheet November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-3: Sample Size for Socio-Economic Survey Number of Sample Size for Socio-Economic Survey Households from Census Percent Number Name of Village Total Affected Total Affected Total Affected Ban Oudomsouk 283 94 25% 26% 70 24 Ban Sop Hia 54 54 24% 24% 13 13 Ban Nam Nian* 16 16 50% 50% 8 8 Ban Thalang 52 52 25% 25% 13 13 Ban Nong Boua Kham 42 42 26% 26% 11 11 Ban Nakai Tai 147 147 25% 25% 37 37 Ban Nakai Neua 67 67 25% 25% 17 17 Ban Sop Phene 43 43 23% 23% 10 10 Ban Hat Khamphane 18 18 50% 50% 9 9 Ban Sop Ma 15 15 47% 47% 7 7 Ban Keng Gnao 14 14 50% 50% 7 7 Ban Nong Boua 8 8 100% 100% 8 8 Ban Sailom 13 13 46% 46% 6 6 Ban Pamanton 7 7 100% 100% 7 7 Ban Phonphanpek 85 0 26% 0% 22 0 Ban Boua Ma 53 53 25% 25% 13 13 Ban Phonsavang 25 25 28% 28% 7 7 Ban Nikhom 3 0 0 0% 0% 0 0 Ban Sop On 66 66 24% 24% 16 16 Ban Done 89 89 25% 25% 22 22 Ban Khone Khen 37 37 24% 24% 9 9 Ban Ka Oy 26 26 27% 27% 7 7 Total 1,160 886 28% 28% 319 251 *Ban Nam Nian (Trading Village) results were not included in Income Calculations. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-4: Outline of Socio-Economic Survey Form Contents SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY A) Non-fixed Assets 1. Number of animals: chickens, ducks, geese, turkeys, pigs, cows, goats, buffalo and horses 2. Large farming equipment 3. Boats and fishing gear 4. Motors and other machines 5. Furniture 6. Clothes and other personal belongings to be transported B) Food Sources 1. Upland rice ­ kilo production from the previous year 2. Paddy rice ­ kilo production from the previous year 3. Gardens ­ types of vegetables and fruits 4. Hunting ­ types of animals 5. Wild foods ­ types of edible plants 7. Fishing ­ amount of catch 8. Shops ­ purchased food types C) Income Sources and Household Income in Cash or Consumption 1. Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) 2. Wildlife and wild plants 3. Wages 4. Domestic Animals (types, prices) 5. Farm produce 6. Fish 7. Handicraft 8. Sale of assets D) Health 1. Any member of the household deceased over the last year: Age and cause of death 2. Illness in the year: List of most common types listed. 3. Number of visits to doctor or clinic 4. Distance to nearest medical facility 5. Medicine purchased 6. Number of mosquito nets 7. Water source ­ identify and number of meters from dwelling E) Education 1. How many years of schooling for each member 2. Which children are presently attending school - frequency, sex 3. Reason for non-attendance 4. Distance to nearest school F) Problems/Concerns/ Opinions November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-5: Affected households in the reservoir area by village, from surveys conducted since 1995 Social/Cultural RMU Census October 1998 Research Institute LWU Survey March CARE Survey PCPP Survey April PCPP Survey May Registered Affected Affected Name of Village or Settlement February 1995 1995 February 1996 1997 1998 Households Households Persons Ban Oudomsouk 167 N/A N/A 234 248 283 94* 521* Ban Sop Hia 24 N/A 51 34 53 54 54 327 Ban Pakkatan (abandoned) N/A N/A (w/ Sop Hia) Ban Nam Nian 24 N/A 24 14 17 16 16 96 Ban Nya Long (abandoned) N/A N/A 4 Ban Tham On (abandoned) N/A N/A 12 Ban Thalang 28 28 37 35 50 52 52 265 Ban Nong Boua Kham 48 39 41 53 55 42 42 283 Ban Nakai Tai 134 140 130 130 148 147 147 730 Ban Nakai Neua 59 58 58 58 63 67 67 303 Ban Sop Phene 40 38 40 38 41 43 43 204 Ban Hat Khamphane (w/ Sop Ma) (w/ Sop Ma) (w/ Sop Ma) 10 18 18 18 71 Ban Sop Ma 38 38 34 14 14 15 15 72 Ban Keng Gnao (w/ Sop Ma) (w/ Sop Ma) (w/ Sop Ma) 14 14 14 14 78 Ban Nong Boua (w/ Sailom) (w/ Sailom) (w/ Sailom) (w/ Sailom) 9 8 8 52 Ban Sailom 28 27 40 35 12 13 13 52 Ban Pamanton (w/ Sailom) (w/ Sailom) (w/ Sailom) (w/ Sailom) 7 7 7 47 Ban Phonphanpek (incl. Jat San) N/A N/A N/A 51** 93 ** 85 0* 0 Ban Boua Ma 48 54 39 39 53 53 53 259 Ban Phonsavang 28 29 29 28 22 25 25 137 Ban Nikhom 3 (incl. in Sop On) N/A 12 N/A N/A 3 Ban Sop On 62 60 58 62 62 66 66 382 Ban Done 81 85 87 88 88 89 89 655 Ban Khone Khen 36 36 36 36 37 37 37 202 Ban Ka Oy N/A 25 23 24 26 26 26 153 Affected Households 630 630 702 659 737 886* 4,889 Total Households 845 669 743 946 1133 1160 - Blank spaces indicate village no longer exists * Actual numbers of houses affected were not known until detailed elevation surveys were conducted in late 1998 as part of the Notification/Registration process. Previous surveys included total number of houses in these villages. In addition, there are 25 households in Ban Oudomsouk and 19 in Ban Phonphanpek which have agricultural land located in the reservoir, for which they will be compensated,even though their houses are outside the reservoir area. In April 2002, a decision was made to provide the 51 previously classified as "unaffected" households at Ban Jat San with village infrastructure and livelihood program ** Ban Phonphanpek included only Ban Jat San (51 houses) in PCPP Survey April 1997 because of doubt regarding the village boundary. Clarification of the boundary resulted in an increase to 93 houses in the PCPP Survey May 1998. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-6: Household Size Distribution of Affected Households No. of People in Household No. of Households No. of People 1 36 36 2 69 138 3 105 315 4 132 528 5 131 655 6 123 738 7 98 686 8 75 600 9 51 459 10 34 340 11 13 143 12 7 84 13 6 78 14 3 42 15 1 15 16 2 32 Total 886 4,889 Average HH Size 5.518 Table H-7: School Attendance Age Group Number % Age 0 - 4 888 53% Age 5 - 9 511 31% Age 10 - 14 170 10% Age 15 - 19 99 6% Total: 1,668 100% November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-8: Cash and Imputed Incomes of Reservoir Households November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-9: Income Variability of Villages Village Income per Head Income per Household % of No. of No. of Avg. HH Kip US$ avg. HH people size Kip US$ % of avg. Ban Phonephanpek 141,492 33.93 43% 85 422 5.0 702,465 168.46 38% Ban Ka Oy 166,086 39.83 50% 26 153 5.9 977,355 234.38 52% Ban Sop Hia 181,713 43.58 55% 54 327 6.1 1,100,373 263.88 59% Ban Keng Gnao 214,195 51.37 65% 14 78 5.6 1,193,370 286.18 64% Ban Sop Ma 225,807 54.15 69% 15 72 4.8 1,083,873 259.92 58% Ban Phonesavang 241,887 58.01 73% 25 137 5.5 1,325,542 317.88 71% Ban Boua Ma 269,480 64.62 82% 53 259 4.9 1,316,894 315.80 70% Ban Hat khamphane 273,365 65.56 83% 18 71 3.9 1,078,273 258.58 58% Ban Nong Boua 276,974 66.42 84% 8 52 6.5 1,800,332 431.73 96% Ban Pamanton 287,788 69.01 87% 7 47 6.7 1,932,294 463.38 103% Ban Nong Boua Kham 288,432 69.17 88% 42 283 6.7 1,943,486 466.06 104% Ban Oudomsouk 293,405 70.36 89% 94 521 5.5 1,626,211 389.98 87% Ban Sop On 313,727 72.23 95% 66 382 5.8 1,815,811 435.45 97% Ban Thalang 325,681 78.10 99% 52 265 5.1 1,659,720 398.01 89% Ban Sailom 385,168 92.37 117% 13 52 4.0 1,540,673 369.47 82% Ban Nakai Tai 386,266 92.63 117% 147 730 5.0 1,918,194 460.00 103% Ban Done 386,902 92.78 117% 89 655 7.4 2,847,428 682.84 152% Ban Sop Phene 424,493 101.80 129% 43 204 4.7 2,013,874 482.94 108% Ban Khone Khen 449,010 107.68 136% 37 202 5.5 2,451,352 587.85 131% Ban Nakai Neua 560,909 134.51 170% 67 303 4.5 2,536,648 608.31 136% Ban Nam Nain 572,425 137.27 174% 16 96 6.0 3,434,549 823.63 184% AVERAGE 329,320 78.97 100% 886 4,889 5,518 1,868,860 448.17 100% Notes: 1. The results for the trading village of Ban Nam Nian (8 HH in sample) are noted above but have not been used in determining overall averages because they were quite atypical due to the trading activities. 2. For Ban Oudomsouk, only statistics for affected households are included. There are another 189 households in Ban Oudomsouk, of which 25 have agricultural land in the reservoir. See Table H-5. 3. Village household incomes are arranged from low to high. 4. 4,170 Kip/USD. 5. Data in Tables H-8 and H-9 based on 243 affected households. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Figure H-1: Income Variability of Villages 100% 80% 60% 40% 20% 0% Per Head Per HH -20% -40% -60% -80% Phanpek Oy g e BouaMantoua n uk Ka Hia Ma Ma am Tai ne Sop Nyao p an kh So a Do Nian So SawanBoua pOne lang Lomkai So Th Sai PheneeKenei Neuam ka Phone Keng Phone Na tKhampNong Pa Bo dom Na Sop Ou Khon Na Ha ng No November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-10: Potentially Vulnerable Households Affected PV PVH Category Total Category Definition Households Households % 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Categories Head of Household Balance of Household 0 2 1 1 2 1 Male over 60 in 2003 Insufficient able-bodied 26 6 23 2 3 1 2 8 2 Fem ale (not widow) working age m ales. * 54 8 15 4 1 2 1 8 3 W idow 14 2 14 1 1 2 4 Handicapped 15 3 20 1 1 1 3 5 Under 16 in 1998 25 4 16 3 1 3 1 1 9 6 Single person HH - 53 14 26 9 2 2 1 3 17 7 - 18 4 22 1 1 1 1 4 Two or m ore handicapped persons 8 1 13 1 1 8 Non-Lao - 7 0 0 0 42 6 14 5 1 2 8 *For a 4 person household or less, "insufficient" is defined as 94 22 23 12 3 1 1 1 7 25 less than 2. Sim ilarly for a 5-8 person household, it is less than 3 and for a household in excess of 8 persons, less than 4. 66 19 29 10 4 5 2 2 1 24 52 8 15 3 2 3 2 10 13 4 31 1 1 2 1 5 147 37 25 22 6 7 7 9 4 55 89 25 28 11 1 9 6 3 6 36 43 10 23 5 1 3 3 2 1 15 37 10 27 3 4 3 2 2 14 67 20 30 8 5 7 1 4 25 16 2 13 1 1 1 3 886 207 23 102 33 48 28 0 36 18 7 272 # Not included in Totals Som e individual households m atch m ore than one category Villages aranged in ascending order of current per head incom e. Although there is little positive correlation evident in the above results between current econom ic circum stances and these vulnerability definitions another potential vulnerability characteristic which will be m onitored during the im plem entation phase will be low incom e fam ilies. Accordingly, this prelim inary categorisation should be considered as quite a conservative benchm ark estim ate. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-11: Age, Marital Status, Birth Place, Gender, Religion of Affected Population AFFECTED RESERVOIR POPULATION 4889 People Age Profile (all affected population) 0 - 9 1632 33% 10 - 19 1023 21% 20 - 29 737 15% 30 - 39 594 12% 40 - 49 415 8% 50 - 59 221 5% 60+ 264 5% no response 2 0% 4888 Sex (all affected population) Male 2387 49% Female 2501 51% No Response 1 4889 Religion (all affected population) Bhuddist 1570 32% Animist 3285 67% Christian 26 1% no response 7 0% 4888 Marital Status (all affected population) Unmarried 2745 56% Married 1831 37% Divorced 121 2% Widowed 191 4% 4888 Place of Birth (all affected population) Nakai 3876 79% Khamkheuth 466 10% Nhomalath 88 2% Thakek 91 2% Hinboun 59 1% Mahasay 34 1% Others 275 6% Total: 4889 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-12: Education, Occupation of Head of Household Education Level (head of household) Primary School 1 24 3% Primary School 2 115 13% Primary School 3 84 9% Primary School 4 34 4% Primary School 5 101 11% Secondary School 1 11 1% Secondary School 2 8 1% Secondary School 3 47 5% Secondary School 4 0 0% High School 1 1 0% High School 2 2 0% High School 3 21 2% College 6 1% Institute 2 0% University 3 0% Semester/Master 1 0% Others 2 0% No Schooling 423 48% No Response 1 0% 886 100% Table H-13: Education, Occupation of Affected Population Education Level (all affected population) Primary School 1-5 1526 31% Secondary School 1-4 214 4% High School 1-3 43 1% College 8 0% Institute 5 0% University 7 0% Semester/Master 1 0% Others 9 0% Illiterate 3076 63% Total: 4889 100% Occupation (all affected population) Farmer 1628 33% Civil Servant 719 15% Construction/Service Sector 38 1% Forestry/Sawmill/Wood 8 0% Trader (including small shop) 18 0% Making Handicrafts 18 0% Retired Civil Servant 1 0% Handicap or Elderly Person 133 3% Student 697 14% Child or Unemployed 1668 34% No Response 10 0% November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-14: Housing Characteristics O w nership Status of House (head of household) O wn house 868 98% Tenant 4 0% Live w/ relatives 2 0% State House 7 1% O ther 3 0% N o R esponse 2 0% Total: 886 100% Type of House (head of Household) C oncrete 1 0% H alf concrete, half wood 0 0% W ood 396 45% Bam boo 487 55% O ther 2 0% Total: 886 100% Electricity Type (head of household) H ave electricity 1 0% Share electricity 0 0% U se a generator 1 0% U se a battery 28 3% N o electricity 850 96% N o response 6 1% Total: 886 100% Type of Roof for House (head of household) Thatched 442 50% Tim ber Tile 309 35% G alvanised Iron 122 14% M asonry Tile 0 0% N o R esponse 13 1% Total: 886 100% Type of Floor in House (head of household) Bam boo 231 26% Softwood 293 33% H ardwood 351 40% C em ent 1 0% N o R esponse 10 1% Total: 886 100% Type of W alls in House (head of household) Bam boo 582 66% Softwood 186 21% H ardwood 109 12% Bricks 1 0% N o Response 8 1% Total: 886 100% Type of Pillars for House (head of household) Bam boo 7 1% Softwood 241 27% H ardwood 627 71% C oncrete 3 0% N o Response 8 1% Total: 886 100% W ater Source (head of household) C overed W ell 42 5% U ncovered W ell 307 35% R iver, pond 531 60% R ain W ater 4 0% O ther 2 0% Total: 886 100% Year M oved into House (head of household) Before 1960 8 1% 1960 - 1969 15 2% 1970 - 1974 48 5% 1975 - 1979 69 8% 1980 - 1989 110 12% 1990 - 1994 126 14% 1995 - 1996 83 9% 1997 - 1998 31 3% N o Response 396 45% Total: 886 100% November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-15: Livestock Population for Reservoir Villages Livestock Population 1996 Livestock Population 1998 Village Name Buffalo Pigs Poultry Buffalo Pigs Poultry Ban Nakai Neua 209 22 500 384 36 763 Ban Nakai Tai 740 260 580 1123 89 2281 Ban Sop Phene 100 150 2000 188 39 428 Ban Ma/Keng Gnao 31 13 850 35 21 365 Ban Tham On 19 21 600 Village no longer exists Ban Boua Ma 262 59 246 304 53 634 Ban Sop On 105 36 600 166 95 552 Ban Phonsavang 69 25 150 77 7 158 Ban Done 760 262 1400 1076 115 2381 Ban Khone Khen 153 56 363 164 72 331 Ban Sailom 239 60 200 47 13 49 Ban Sop Hia 40 20 300 73 32 1154 Ban Nong Boua Kham 15 15 230 4 38 615 Ban Thalang 328 158 1700 51 40 661 Ban Nya Long 14 7 80 Village no longer exists Ban Nam Nian 16 17 250 8 0 262 SUB-TOTAL 3100 1181 10,049 3700 650 10,634 Ban Hat Khamphane Not included in 1996 survey 58 5 310 Ban Ka Oy Not included in 1996 survey 38 57 364 Ban Nong Boua Not included in 1996 survey 140 3 145 Ban Oudomsouk Not included in 1996 survey 56 48 1178 Ban Pamanton Not included in 1996 survey 16 2 148 Ban Phonphanpek Not included in 1996 survey 138 22 393 SUB-TOTAL Not included in 1996 survey 446 137 2538 TOTAL 3100 1181 10,049 4146 787 13,172 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-16: Livestock Ownership Per Household CARE Survey - 1996 Oct 1998 Census Average Ownership/HH Average Ownership/HH Village Name Buffalo Pigs Poultry Buffalo Pigs Poultry Ban Nakai Neua 3.6 0.4 8.6 6.7 0.6 13.4 Ban Nakai Tai 5.7 2.0 4.5 7.7 0.6 15.7 Ban Sop Phene 2.5 3.8 50.0 4.6 1.0 10.4 Ban Ma/Keng Gnao 0.9 0.4 25.0 1.2 0.7 12.6 Ban Tham On 1.6 1.8 50.0 Village no longer exists Ban Boua Ma 6.7 1.5 6.3 5.7 1.0 12.0 Ban Sop On 1.8 0.6 10.3 2.7 1.5 8.9 Ban Phonsavang 2.4 0.9 5.2 3.1 0.3 6.3 Ban Done 8.7 3.0 16.1 12.4 1.3 27.4 Ban Khone Khen 4.3 1.6 10.1 4.4 1.9 8.9 Ban Sailom 6.0 1.5 5.0 3.6 1.0 3.8 Ban Sop Hia 0.8 0.4 5.9 1.4 0.6 21.4 Ban Nong Boua Kham 0.4 0.4 5.6 0.1 1.2 18.6 Ban Thalang 8.9 4.3 45.9 1.2 1.0 16.1 Ban Nya Long 3.5 1.8 20.0 Village no longer exists Ban Nam Nian 0.7 0.7 10.4 0.5 0.0 16.4 SUB-TOTAL 4.3 1.6 14.0 5.3 0.9 15.3 Ban Hat Khamphane No data available 3.2 0.3 17.2 Ban Ka Oy No data available 1.5 2.2 14.0 Ban Nong Boua Included with Ban Sailom 17.5 0.4 18.1 Ban Oudomsouk No data available 0.6 0.5 12.5 Ban Pamanton Included with Ban Sailom 2.3 0.3 21.1 Ban Phonphanpek No data available 3.5 0.6 10.1 SUB-TOTAL No data available 2.3 0.7 13.2 TOTAL 4.3 1.6 14.0 4.7 0.9 14.9 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-17: Fruit Trees in the Reservoir Type of Tree Mature Middle Aged Young Seedling Total Mango 391 922 235 1,187 2,735 Jackfruit 816 1,290 277 2,311 4,694 Tamarind 206 303 123 553 1,185 Coconut 22 58 31 121 232 Milk Fruit 16 29 12 120 177 Bamboo 181 263 41 58 543 Pomelo 599 619 145 747 2,110 Marian Plum 0 0 10 0 10 Lemon 44 109 5 80 238 Longan 33 46 5 112 196 Guava 22 152 68 77 319 Type of Mangostein (Yellow) 0 2 0 3 5 Egg Tree 1 38 12 69 120 Red Cotton Tree 32 60 84 100 276 Hogplum 0 1 0 0 1 Carambola 1 7 1 0 9 Star Gooseberry 0 0 0 5 5 Custard Apple 0 0 0 2 2 Jujube 0 5 3 3 11 Sour Berry 9 5 0 4 18 Betel 34 5 0 1 40 Kam tree 2 0 0 0 2 Naseberry 0 0 0 10 10 Rambutan 0 1 0 0 1 Neem 1 0 0 0 1 Bael Fruit 0 5 0 0 5 Orange 3 0 0 0 3 Grenade Tree 1 15 0 0 16 Un Tree 0 1 0 0 1 Banana 7,279 Sugarcane 23,009 Tea 18,381 Coffee 746 Pineapple 27,842 Melon 0 Papaya 133 Tea 6,344 Lead Tree 5 Cassava 6,030 Mulberry 16 Nae Tree 3,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-18: Health Data Cause of Death Age Range Fever 16 0-65 Malaria 10 0-67 Don't Know 10 0-113 Stomach Ache 5 0-70 Stillborn Baby 3 0 Lung Cancer 1 61 Diarrhea 1 2 Disappeared 1 61 Dengue Fever 1 6 Constipation 1 35 Allergy to Fruit 1 7 AFP 1 50 51 # of People Reporting Disease in Past Year Malaria 232 Diarrhea 106 Respiratory Disease 74 Accident 14 Distance to hospital (km) 11.2 avg 7 med 94 high 0.01 low Of those reporting a doctor visit, # of Mosquito Nets # of Visits to Doctor in Past Year 791 sum 3.9 avg 2.8 avg 3.9 med 3 med 50 high 30 high 1 low 1 low Distance to School (km) 1.4 avg 0.6 med 14 high 0.02 low Of those who reported using medicine (some people using >1 medicine), # of Times Medicine was Bought/Used Paracetamol 228 Quinine 105 Chloroquine 55 Tetracycline 54 Novalgine 34 Ampiciline 30 Stomach medicine 18 Malacine 18 Analgine 14 Cough medicine 9 Herbs 6 Others (28) 59 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-19: Sample Households by Village Head of No. of persons Cash Income Imputed Income Total Income Community House No. Affected Household in HH (Kip) (Kip) (Kip) English A B C D E F E+F Ban Pamanton - Yes - 7 880,000.00 1,950,014.00 2,830,014.00 - Yes - 9 388,000.00 1,255,725.00 1,643,725.00 - Yes - 5 961,000.00 1,184,680.00 2,145,680.00 - Yes - 8 271,500.00 1,096,535.00 1,368,035.00 - Yes - 6 1,340,000.00 1,235,125.00 2,575,125.00 - Yes - 5 227,000.00 1,159,988.00 1,386,988.00 - Yes - 7 325,000.00 1,030,740.00 1,355,740.00 47 4,392,500.00 8,912,807.00 13,305,307.00 Ban Nong Boua - Yes - 6 1,992,000.00 908,669.00 2,900,669.00 - Yes - 7 3,020,000.00 666,250.00 3,686,250.00 - Yes - 10 1,390,000.00 1,022,338.00 2,412,338.00 - Yes - 7 961,000.00 1,061,262.00 2,022,262.00 - Yes - 6 640,000.00 335,850.00 975,850.00 - Yes - 3 33,000.00 112,540.00 145,540.00 - Yes - 8 530,000.00 866,465.00 1,396,465.00 - Yes - 5 50,000.00 667,630.00 717,630.00 52 8,616,000.00 5,641,004.00 14,257,004.00 Ban Sailom - Yes - 6 340,000.00 772,090.00 1,112,090.00 - Yes - 9 229,500.00 1,359,610.00 1,589,110.00 - Yes - 3 1,038,000.00 989,501.00 2,027,501.00 - Yes - 5 606,000.00 2,226,835.00 2,832,835.00 - Yes - 3 10,000.00 0.00 10,000.00 - Yes - 3 1,245,000.00 1,943,920.00 3,188,920.00 29 3,468,500.00 7,291,956.00 10,760,456.00 Ban Keng Gnao - Yes - 7 255,000.00 462,750.00 717,750.00 - Yes - 7 508,000.00 519,340.00 1,027,340.00 - Yes - 4 342,000.00 623,380.00 965,380.00 - Yes - 7 900,000.00 266,610.00 1,166,610.00 - Yes - 5 0.00 623,415.00 623,415.00 - Yes - 4 905,000.00 286,790.00 1,191,790.00 - Yes - 2 90,000.00 1,847,880.00 1,937,880.00 36 3,000,000.00 4,630,165.00 7,630,165.00 Ban Sop Ma - Yes - 3 308,000.00 263,285.00 571,285.00 - Yes - 9 964,000.00 1,246,210.00 2,210,210.00 - Yes - 3 360,000.00 255,115.00 615,115.00 - Yes - 3 991,000.00 662,765.00 1,653,765.00 - Yes - 3 50,000.00 379,495.00 429,495.00 - Yes - 4 394,000.00 112,450.00 506,450.00 - Yes - 4 268,000.00 264,040.00 532,040.00 29 3,335,000.00 3,183,360.00 6,518,360.00 Ban Nam Nian - Yes - 5 2,490,000.00 551,140.00 3,041,140.00 - Yes - 2 884,000.00 1,419,118.00 2,303,118.00 - Yes - 8 720,000.00 1,254,550.00 1,974,550.00 - Yes - 9 2,440,000.00 1,399,500.00 3,839,500.00 - Yes - 5 6,780,000.00 1,949,261.00 8,729,261.00 - Yes - 4 970,000.00 486,725.00 1,456,725.00 - Yes - 8 1,381,100.00 1,081,363.00 2,462,463.00 - Yes - 1 300,000.00 300,000.00 42 15,965,100.00 8,141,657.00 24,106,757.00 Ban Hat - Yes - 4 650,000.00 521,612.00 1,171,612.00 - Yes - 6 590,000.00 849,618.00 1,439,618.00 - Yes - 2 318,000.00 882,015.00 1,200,015.00 - Yes - 6 628,000.00 2,118,123.00 2,746,123.00 - Yes - 6 270,000.00 733,805.00 1,003,805.00 - Yes - 3 962,000.00 175,088.00 1,137,088.00 - Yes - 6 580,000.00 76,172.00 656,172.00 - Yes - 5 100,000.00 813,550.00 913,550.00 - Yes - 2 220,000.00 644,865.00 864,865.00 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Head of No. of persons Cash Income Imputed Income Total Income Community House No. Affected Household in HH (Kip) (Kip) (Kip) English A B C D E F E+F 40 4,318,000.00 6,814,848.00 11,132,848.00 Ban Ka Oy - Yes - 11 535,000.00 1,518,707.50 2,053,707.50 - Yes - 5 1,463,000.00 205,400.00 1,668,400.00 - Yes - 9 1,842,000.00 142,410.00 1,984,410.00 - Yes - 11 1,400,000.00 302,135.00 1,702,135.00 - Yes - 11 155,000.00 127,745.00 282,745.00 - Yes - 3 430,000.00 946,570.00 1,376,570.00 - Yes - 12 60,000.00 938,900.00 998,900.00 62 5,885,000.00 4,181,867.50 10,066,867.50 Ban Khone Ken - Yes - 8 116,000.00 1,013,240.00 1,129,240.00 - Yes - 6 154,000.00 1,789,900.00 1,943,900.00 - Yes - 6 2,700,000.00 2,092,540.00 4,792,540.00 - Yes - 6 930,000.00 1,419,336.00 2,349,336.00 - Yes - 3 1,394,000.00 1,070,910.00 2,464,910.00 - Yes - 6 928,000.00 1,527,085.00 2,455,085.00 - Yes - 6 595,000.00 1,112,750.00 1,707,750.00 - Yes - 4 2,960,000.00 875,646.00 3,835,646.00 - Yes - 1 0.00 9,600.00 9,600.00 46 9,777,000.00 10,911,007.00 20,688,007.00 Ban Nong Boua - Yes - 5 790,000.00 930,200.00 1,720,200.00 - Yes - 8 745,000.00 1,054,039.00 1,799,039.00 - Yes - 9 777,000.00 1,558,975.00 2,335,975.00 - Yes - 8 1,487,000.00 3,594,090.00 5,081,090.00 - Yes - 3 55,000.00 686,375.00 741,375.00 - Yes - 5 772,000.00 680,299.00 1,452,299.00 - Yes - 9 1,210,000.00 1,160,760.00 2,370,760.00 - Yes - 8 668,000.00 814,865.00 1,482,865.00 - Yes - 8 920,000.00 692,040.00 1,612,040.00 - Yes - 4 225,000.00 791,005.00 1,016,005.00 - Yes - 2 372,500.00 600,620.00 973,120.00 69 8,021,500.00 12,563,268.00 20,584,768.00 Ban Sop Phene - Yes - 3 294,000.00 971,390.00 1,265,390.00 - Yes - 2 100,000.00 361,940.00 461,940.00 - Yes - 6 15,000.00 186,010.00 201,010.00 - Yes - 11 1,505,000.00 2,363,100.00 3,868,100.00 - Yes - 3 830,000.00 280,929.00 1,110,929.00 - Yes - 5 5,088,000.00 1,225,240.00 6,313,240.00 - Yes - 1 130,000.00 59,747.50 189,747.50 - Yes - 5 320,000.00 795,955.00 1,115,955.00 - Yes - 5 2,160,000.00 658,085.00 2,818,085.00 - Yes - 4 1,285,000.00 610,534.00 1,895,534.00 45 11,727,000.00 7,512,930.50 19,239,930.50 Ban Thalang - Yes - 5 610,000.00 2,260,340.00 2,870,340.00 - Yes - 5 1,190,000.00 1,568,414.00 2,758,414.00 - Yes - 4 1,140,000.00 438,057.00 1,578,057.00 - Yes - 3 2,000.00 334,170.00 336,170.00 - Yes - 3 1,950,000.00 560,430.00 2,510,430.00 - Yes - 7 258,300.00 2,196,424.00 2,454,724.00 27 5,150,300 7,357,835 12,508,135 Ban Thalang - Yes - 5 0.00 226,100.00 226,100.00 - Yes - 6 135,000.00 571,350.00 706,350.00 - Yes - 10 155,000.00 1,654,000.00 1,809,000.00 - Yes - 5 192,000.00 1,474,133.00 1,666,133.00 - Yes - 6 878,000.00 1,485,660.00 2,363,660.00 - Yes - 4 81,000.00 747,900.00 828,900.00 - Yes - 5 1,502,600.00 788,136.00 2,290,736.00 68 8,093,900.00 14,305,114.00 22,399,014.00 Ban Boua Ma - Yes - 7 512,000.00 998,600.00 1,510,600.00 - Yes - 6 332,000.00 943,650.00 1,275,650.00 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Head of No. of persons Cash Income Imputed Income Total Income Community House No. Affected Household in HH (Kip) (Kip) (Kip) English A B C D E F E+F - Yes - 6 150,000.00 538,705.00 688,705.00 - Yes - 8 4,445,000.00 1,556,300.00 6,001,300.00 - Yes - 7 265,000.00 575,165.00 840,165.00 - Yes - 5 55,000.00 658,137.00 713,137.00 - Yes - 2 16,000.00 1,224,784.00 1,240,784.00 - Yes - 3 185,000.00 902,405.00 1,087,405.00 - Yes - 9 12,000.00 1,020,160.00 1,032,160.00 - Yes - 5 692,000.00 647,535.00 1,339,535.00 - Yes - 9 1,448,000.00 316,900.00 1,764,900.00 - Yes - 4 30,000.00 734,950.00 764,950.00 - Yes - 3 100,000.00 1,090,540.00 1,190,540.00 74 8,242,000.00 11,207,831.00 19,449,831.00 Ban Sop Hia - Yes - 6 30,000.00 372,300.00 402,300.00 - Yes - 5 145,000.00 1,602,960.00 1,747,960.00 - Yes - 3 154,000.00 726,890.00 880,890.00 - Yes - 3 505,000.00 199,175.00 704,175.00 - Yes - 6 150,000.00 453,292.00 603,292.00 - Yes - 8 153,000.00 838,488.00 991,488.00 - Yes - 5 0.00 162,000.00 162,000.00 - Yes - 9 394,000.00 1,806,253.00 2,200,253.00 - Yes - 4 440,000.00 401,000.00 841,000.00 - Yes - 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 - Yes - 5 47,500.00 879,315.00 926,815.00 - Yes - 6 310,000.00 776,000.00 1,086,000.00 - Yes - 6 934,000.00 795,930.00 1,729,930.00 68 3,262,500.00 9,013,603.00 12,276,103.00 Ban Phonsavang - Yes - 4 560,000.00 521,157.00 1,081,157.00 - Yes - 3 860,000.00 381,600.00 1,241,600.00 - Yes - 10 975,000.00 1,026,415.00 2,001,415.00 - Yes - 7 120,000.00 387,905.00 507,905.00 - Yes - 6 189,000.00 783,645.00 972,645.00 - Yes - 6 2,141,000.00 1,246,390.00 3,387,390.00 - Yes - 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 37 4,845,000.00 4,347,112.00 9,192,112.00 Ban Nakai Neua - Yes - 7 1,392,000.00 1,200,700.00 2,592,700.00 - Yes - 3 5,000.00 1,145,600.00 1,150,600.00 - Yes - 5 1,800,000.00 805,719.00 2,605,719.00 - Yes - 2 400,000.00 439,470.00 839,470.00 - Yes - 6 1,520,000.00 1,102,335.00 2,622,335.00 - Yes - 6 1,265,000.00 608,100.00 1,873,100.00 - Yes - 2 7,500,000.00 1,285,200.00 8,785,200.00 - Yes - 4 580,000.00 673,115.00 1,253,115.00 - Yes - 4 4,463,000.00 1,668,975.00 6,131,975.00 - Yes - 7 317,000.00 2,209,720.00 2,526,720.00 - Yes - 9 1,800,000.00 2,325,215.00 4,125,215.00 - Yes - 5 899,000.00 836,300.00 1,735,300.00 - Yes - 4 535,000.00 272,600.00 807,600.00 - Yes - 6 693,000.00 1,557,810.00 2,250,810.00 - Yes - 4 325,000.00 2,147,440.00 2,472,440.00 - Yes - 4 1,000,000.00 853,500.00 1,853,500.00 - Yes - 4 1,096,000.00 1,343,700.00 2,439,700.00 82 25,590,000.00 20,475,499.00 46,065,499.00 Ban Done - Yes - 13 2,948,000.00 3,633,290.00 6,581,290.00 - Yes - 4 137,600.00 1,069,985.00 1,207,585.00 - Yes - 6 960,000.00 1,156,198.00 2,116,198.00 - Yes - 8 394,000.00 730,145.00 1,124,145.00 - Yes - 10 2,070,000.00 1,434,330.00 3,504,330.00 - Yes - 5 1,880,000.00 3,426,430.00 5,306,430.00 - Yes - 9 2,774,000.00 2,679,675.00 5,453,675.00 - Yes - 5 1,296,000.00 1,564,100.00 2,860,100.00 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Head of No. of persons Cash Income Imputed Income Total Income Community House No. Affected Household in HH (Kip) (Kip) (Kip) English A B C D E F E+F - Yes - 7 2,450,000.00 1,592,225.00 4,042,225.00 - Yes - 6 858,400.00 2,435,981.00 3,294,381.00 - Yes - 10 235,000.00 1,152,015.00 1,387,015.00 - Yes - 4 3,177,000.00 271,220.00 3,448,220.00 - Yes - 10 1,355,000.00 322,430.00 1,677,430.00 - Yes - 8 80,000.00 1,811,630.00 1,891,630.00 - Yes - 8 174,250.00 2,348,284.00 2,522,534.00 - Yes - 12 1,235,000.00 3,177,840.00 4,412,840.00 - Yes - 7 1,900,000.00 735,965.00 2,635,965.00 - Yes - 11 1,555,000.00 2,106,890.00 3,661,890.00 - Yes - 13 750,000.00 1,779,650.00 2,529,650.00 - Yes - 7 1,272,500.00 1,376,130.00 2,648,630.00 - Yes - 6 1,935,000.00 1,158,940.00 3,093,940.00 - Yes - 5 840,000.00 966,300.00 1,806,300.00 174 30,276,750.00 36,929,653.00 67,206,403.00 Ban - Yes - 9 2,801,000.00 821,400.00 3,622,400.00 - Yes - 7 90,000.00 424,080.00 514,080.00 - Yes - 6 425,000.00 1,008,560.00 1,433,560.00 - No - 3 465,000.00 349,825.00 814,825.00 - No - 4 10,000.00 429,075.00 439,075.00 - No - 7 90,000.00 174,800.00 264,800.00 - No - 3 0.00 873,534.00 873,534.00 - No - 5 45,000.00 140,355.00 185,355.00 - No - 6 940,000.00 27,775.00 967,775.00 - No - 9 228,000.00 263,940.00 491,940.00 - No - 4 240,000.00 280,625.00 520,625.00 - No - 2 54,000.00 90,180.00 144,180.00 - No - 3 451,000.00 37,875.00 488,875.00 - No - 5 62,000.00 15,150.00 77,150.00 - No - 5 1,090,000.00 1,630,750.00 2,720,750.00 - No - 4 703,000.00 1,515.00 704,515.00 - No - 3 610,000.00 166,201.00 776,201.00 - No - 5 420,000.00 979,332.00 1,399,332.00 - No - 5 55,000.00 190,400.00 245,400.00 - No - 8 960,000.00 1,010.00 961,010.00 - No - 2 756,000.00 0.00 756,000.00 - No - 6 1,685,000.00 19,290.00 1,704,290.00 111 12,180,000.00 5,671,632.00 14,535,632.00 Ban Sop On - Yes - 6 1,224,000.00 1,678,860.00 2,902,860.00 - Yes - 5 100,000.00 265,014.00 365,014.00 - Yes - 7 535,000.00 1,058,810.00 1,593,810.00 - Yes - 5 62,000.00 828,433.00 890,433.00 - Yes - 4 203,600.00 944,520.00 1,148,120.00 - Yes - 3 100,000.00 246,680.00 346,680.00 - Yes - 6 854,000.00 1,299,770.00 2,153,770.00 - Yes - 4 527,000.00 2,063,776.00 2,590,776.00 - Yes - 4 500,000.00 1,269,512.00 1,769,512.00 - Yes - 4 140,000.00 748,570.00 888,570.00 - Yes - 5 960,000.00 1,979,714.00 2,939,714.00 - Yes - 12 1,060,600.00 1,641,465.00 2,702,065.00 - Yes - 8 1,080,000.00 1,400,050.00 2,480,050.00 - Yes - 8 556,000.00 720,079.00 1,276,079.00 - Yes - 8 275,000.00 901,950.00 1,176,950.00 - Yes - 6 1,172,800.00 2,799,627.00 3,972,427.00 95 9,350,000.00 19,846,830.00 29,196,830.00 Ban Nakai Tai - Yes - 8 186,000.00 914,150.00 1,100,150.00 - Yes - 4 256,000.00 1,266,810.00 1,522,810.00 - Yes - 6 300,000.00 719,368.00 1,019,368.00 - Yes - 4 285,100.00 1,185,450.00 1,470,550.00 - Yes - 3 1,715,000.00 1,501,850.00 3,216,850.00 - Yes - 8 256,000.00 1,239,200.00 1,495,200.00 - Yes - 1 460,000.00 2,128,610.00 2,588,610.00 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Head of No. of persons Cash Income Imputed Income Total Income Community House No. Affected Household in HH (Kip) (Kip) (Kip) English A B C D E F E+F - Yes - 5 1,370,000.00 2,317,685.00 3,687,685.00 - Yes - 2 86,000.00 680,730.00 766,730.00 - Yes - 6 1,806,000.00 3,063,580.00 4,869,580.00 - Yes - 2 265,000.00 670,480.00 935,480.00 - Yes - 4 1,210,000.00 1,492,610.00 2,702,610.00 - Yes - 4 332,000.00 606,180.00 938,180.00 - Yes - 4 660,000.00 1,310,275.00 1,970,275.00 - Yes - 7 180,000.00 322,623.00 502,623.00 - Yes - 3 1,000,000.00 1,216,930.00 2,216,930.00 - Yes - 7 865,000.00 622,099.00 1,487,099.00 - Yes - 4 70,000.00 825,000.00 895,000.00 - Yes - 7 1,618,000.00 1,558,095.00 3,176,095.00 - Yes - 4 245,000.00 2,158,570.00 2,403,570.00 - Yes - 3 60,000.00 1,078,170.00 1,138,170.00 - Yes - 4 475,000.00 2,745,107.00 3,220,107.00 - Yes - 4 535,000.00 1,236,760.00 1,771,760.00 - Yes - 6 45,000.00 708,880.00 753,880.00 - Yes - 6 80,000.00 1,987,110.00 2,067,110.00 - Yes - 7 66,500.00 1,325,834.00 1,392,334.00 - Yes - 7 250,000.00 2,165,670.00 2,415,670.00 - Yes - 5 90,000.00 1,369,510.00 1,459,510.00 - Yes - 8 3,350,000.00 2,777,270.00 6,127,270.00 - Yes - 6 370,000.00 348,200.00 718,200.00 - Yes - 6 190,000.00 1,615,805.00 1,805,805.00 - Yes - 3 320,000.00 1,174,835.00 1,494,835.00 - Yes - 10 464,000.00 2,014,220.00 2,478,220.00 - Yes - 7 1,313,000.00 1,438,370.00 2,751,370.00 - Yes - 6 153,750.00 1,198,625.00 1,352,375.00 - Yes - 4 390,000.00 604,340.00 994,340.00 - Yes - 2 100,000.00 1,295,200.00 1,395,200.00 187 21,417,350.00 50,884,201.00 72,301,551.00 Ban Oudomsouk - Yes - 5 600,000.00 261,430.00 861,430.00 - Yes - 6 0.00 213,840.00 213,840.00 - Yes - 9 200,000.00 2,080,250.00 2,280,250.00 - Yes - 7 1,271,000.00 128,264.00 1,399,264.00 - Yes - 6 95,000.00 137,015.00 232,015.00 - Yes - 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 - Yes - 4 64,000.00 155,650.00 219,650.00 - Yes - 5 768,320.00 168,430.00 936,750.00 - Yes - 7 0.00 750,600.00 750,600.00 - Yes - 9 1,020,000.00 134,795.00 1,154,795.00 - Yes - 6 4,055,500.00 1,098,955.00 5,154,455.00 - Yes - 4 1,600,000.00 1,216,465.00 2,816,465.00 - Yes - 5 4,814,000.00 125,224.00 4,939,224.00 - Yes - 2 1,320,000.00 5,195.00 1,325,195.00 - Yes - 7 2,965,030.00 270,409.00 3,235,439.00 - Yes - 5 47,000.00 118,578.00 165,578.00 - Yes - 5 432,000.00 101,867.50 533,867.50 - Yes - 5 1,160,400.00 1,108,965.00 2,269,365.00 - Yes - 5 810,000.00 705,805.00 1,515,805.00 - Yes - 6 545,000.00 1,773,800.00 2,318,800.00 - Yes - 6 322,000.00 1,605,084.00 1,927,084.00 - Yes - 3 1,920,000.00 730,790.00 2,650,790.00 - Yes - 10 1,635,000.00 1,052,307.50 2,687,307.50 - Yes - 8 2,100,000.00 791,317.00 2,891,317.00 - Yes - 7 2,352,000.00 492,345.00 2,844,345.00 - Yes - 8 2,570,000.00 790,670.00 3,360,670.00 - Yes - 4 1,520,000.00 30,375.00 1,550,375.00 - Yes - 8 430,000.00 753,540.00 1,183,540.00 - Yes - 8 60,000.00 172,975.00 232,975.00 - Yes - 8 265,000.00 1,392,900.00 1,657,900.00 - Yes - 5 0.00 74,590.00 74,590.00 - No - 4 0.00 0.00 0.00 - No - 9 1,639,000.00 472,602.00 2,111,602.00 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Head of No. of persons Cash Income Imputed Income Total Income Community House No. Affected Household in HH (Kip) (Kip) (Kip) English A B C D E F E+F - No - 9 605,000.00 23,950.00 628,950.00 - No - 2 15,000.00 151,500.00 166,500.00 - No - 7 484,000.00 164,170.00 648,170.00 - No - 7 786,496.00 395,470.00 1,181,966.00 - No - 9 1,340,000.00 317,715.00 1,657,715.00 - No - 3 484,000.00 12,625.00 496,625.00 - No - 7 850,000.00 29,000.00 879,000.00 - No - 3 2,200,704.00 405,150.00 2,605,854.00 - No - 7 925,400.00 104,659.50 1,030,059.50 - No - 3 624,000.00 114,767.00 738,767.00 - No - 4 0.00 27,125.00 27,125.00 - No - 9 950,000.00 29,000.00 979,000.00 - No - 10 15,000.00 380,200.00 395,200.00 - No - 7 285,000.00 81,875.00 366,875.00 - No - 5 675,000.00 172,350.00 847,350.00 - No - 5 1,030,000.00 337,400.00 1,367,400.00 - No - 9 900,000.00 121,010.00 1,021,010.00 - No - 3 984,000.00 33,600.00 1,017,600.00 - No - 3 552,000.00 55,907.00 607,907.00 - No - 5 60,000.00 147,700.00 207,700.00 - No - 4 1,188,000.00 78,895.00 1,266,895.00 - No - 5 100,000.00 134,885.00 234,885.00 - No - 4 350,000.00 76,370.00 426,370.00 - No - 5 0.00 32,400.00 32,400.00 - No - 5 0.00 329,635.00 329,635.00 - No - 9 345,000.00 205,684.00 550,684.00 - No - 12 640,000.00 140,450.00 780,450.00 - No - 4 5,200.00 18,670.00 23,870.00 - No - 3 864,000.00 24,000.00 888,000.00 - No - 6 6,000.00 1,126,850.00 1,132,850.00 - No - 5 3,360,000.00 50,400.00 3,410,400.00 - No - 9 1,550,000.00 177,300.00 1,727,300.00 - No - 8 822,500.00 4,127,684.00 4,950,184.00 - No - 4 1,700,000.00 267,980.00 1,967,980.00 - No - 5 1,900,000.00 159,995.00 2,059,995.00 - No - 4 160,000.00 418,275.00 578,275.00 100 64,202,550.00 10,947,248.50 39,342,548.50 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Appendix H: Nakai Plateau Notification, Registration and Socio-Economic Survey Table H-20: Sample of Detailed Household Income Data November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms APPENDIX I DEMONSTRATION FARMS Table of Contents I-1 OBJECTIVES..................................................................................................................1 I-2 SELECTION OF DEMONSTRATION FARMS ....................................................................1 I-3 CONSULTATION PROCESS............................................................................................ 2 I-4 FARM LAYOUTS ........................................................................................................... 2 I-5 DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE......................................................................................... 6 I-6 RESULTS OF DEMONSTRATION FARMS.......................................................................10 I-7 HOUSEHOLD INCOMES ..............................................................................................11 I-8 LABOUR INPUT...........................................................................................................12 I-9 EVALUATION OF DEMONSTRATION FARM EXPERIENCES..........................................13 I-10 EXTENSION EDUCATION AND TRAINING ..................................................................13 I-11 OPINIONS OF THEUN DUANE DEMONSTRATION FARM FAMILIES ............................14 I-12 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS..................................................................14 List of Tables Table 1: Overview of Development Schedule................................................................................................... 6 Table 2: Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Development Schedule.......................................................... 8 Table 3: Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery Development Schedule.............................. 9 Table 4: Rice Yields at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm during 1999-2000.........................................10 Table 5: Crop Yields at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm........................................................................10 Table 6: Livestock Status.....................................................................................................................................11 Table 7: Household Incomes of Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Families (in `000 Kip) ................11 Table 8: Sources of Agricultural Income (Incomes in `000 Kip)..................................................................12 Table 9: Person-days of Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Families.......................................................12 Table 10: Person-days for All Agricultural Activities........................................................................................13 Table 11: Production Status - Family 1...............................................................................................................15 Table 12: Production Status - Family 2...............................................................................................................16 Table 13: Production Status - Family 3...............................................................................................................17 List of Figures Figure 1: Layout of the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm........................................................................... 3 Figure 2: Detailed Layout of the Test Farms....................................................................................................... 4 Figure 3: Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery Layout........................................................... 5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Appendix I: Demonstration Farms I-1 OBJECTIVES The main objective of establishing demonstration farms was to test the assumptions in the livelihood model and options before resettlement activities are started. It is necessary to demonstrate and document carefully and precisely the livelihood model as actual field tests are carried out. This allows planners to understand problems and make adjustments to the livelihood model if necessary. Two farms were established with different goals: · The Demonstration Farm at Theun Duane (ca. 5 km by foot from Ban Sop On) was established to test the subsistence element through the trailing and demonstrating of the basic common components of the livelihood model. The general approach has been (a) establishing a range of crops and livelihood activities that are looked after by extension workers and advisors, (b) selecting successful crops for larger trail plots, and (c) the gradual introduction of successful crops to households with supervision. · The Demonstration Farm and Nursery at Ban Nakai Neua was established to demonstrate extra (optional) income generating activities (herbs, mushrooms, handicrafts, NTFPs) of the livelihood model and to act as a nursery facility for rearing seedlings that will be needed for the actual resettlement. The specific objectives are the following: · Prove that selected soils on the Nakai Plateau could produce the commodities described in the SDP given the inputs; this has been proven and demonstrated; · Monitor labor inputs as a basis for confirming the proposed plot size envisaged in the SDP, including the forestry element; · Pilot sedentary (irrigation) farming with communities that only had previous experience with swidden cultivation; · Establish a centre for production of seedlings for resettlement at Ban Nakai Neua. I-2 SELECTION OF DEMONSTRATION FARMS The rationale of choosing the Theun Duane site for the demonstration farms was: · Typical selection that would reflect a realistic site for livelihood trials; · Close to Ban Oudomsouk for year round easy access; · Near the water sources; · Above the highest reservoir level so that it can be sustained after impoundment; · Areas containing damaged forest due to fire and shifting cultivation; · Poor soils (acid, low nutrient, low infiltration, low humidity, etc.) where improvements require the testing of new techniques; · Topography of the location is characterized by sloping land, terrace system construction is necessary to keep water and prevent erosion. In addition to the above-mentioned points, the selection of Ban Nakai Neua also considered the fact that the village would only partially be relocated and that the site could serve as a permanent source of seedlings throughout the resettlement period. In addition, the nursery would be located beside the school in an attempt to involve school children in the improved livelihood model. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms I-3 CONSULTATION PROCESS The consultation process has been ongoing from the establishment of the farms. In the case of the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm, the three families were selected from Ban Sop On after village discussions over several months in 1996-1997 and a collective decision. Meetings were held with village leaders, technical advisors and NTEC and later a selection of three families representing different levels of income (high, middle and low) were selected. These families moved voluntarily with the consent of the village leaders of Ban Sop On and with the understanding of their relatives. The move itself was sanctioned by ritual specialists and a proper relocation and moving ritual was held involving relatives and other village members. In the case of the selection of the site at Ban Nakai Neua, an agreement was worked out involving the district authorities, village leaders, school teachers and the villagers of Ban Nakai Neua. The community agreed to give land and to promise to supply able-bodied laborers and allow for the incorporation of activities (vegetable gardens and other aspects of the livelihood model) in the school curriculum. I-4 FARM LAYOUTS Figures 1, 2 and 3 on the following pages indicate the layouts of the two demonstration farms. On the basis of experience with numerous SE Asian projects, the area of land per household labor inputs was established by agricultural advisors at the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm location. The layout also depended on location of deciduous forests, indicating areas that would be good for vegetable growing and adjacent areas of pine, indicating areas of poor soils and potential forest plots. Each family at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm was supplied with 0.5 ha of land, one house of 75 sq. m. with water tank of 1,250 liters and water supply system, two cows, two pigs, ample seeds and agricultural implements, kitchen apparatus for cooking, mosquito nets and bedroom furniture. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Figure 1: Layout of the Theun Duane Demonstration Farm November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Figure 2: Detailed Layout of the Test Farms November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Figure 3: Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery Layout November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms I-5 DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE Table 1 outlines the main activities in establishing the demonstration farms and the stages of development. A more detailed overview of specific development activities related to the various elements in the livelihood model is presented in Tables 2 and 3. Table 1: Overview of Development Schedule Date Activities Nov-Dec 1996 Site selection for Theun Duane Demonstration Farm decided by physical conditions (water supply and representative soils) in co-operation with District authorities Dec 1996- Site clearing and preparation, erection of fencing and livestock shelters. March 1997 Gully-stop dams for initial irrigation. Through local labor (food for work programme). Establish trial plots of a wide range of arable and tree crops that are applicable to the environmental conditions of the Nakai Plateau (continued throughout 1997) Ongoing training of extension workers (government and local consultants) April 1997 Families moved to temporary shelters after consultations on the positioning of houses with families May 1997 Construction of houses and moving in of families with appropriate rituals and celebrations June 1997 Farmers planted traditional vegetables and crops of cassava, upland rice and other swidden crops after the ground was prepared (terraced) Sept 1997 Assessment made of plant introduction trails and promising crops in farm-size trail plot and continued training of extension workers Oct-Dec 1997 Introduction of cattle for three households at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm and emphasis on the manufacture of compost for arable crops Jan-March 1998 Clearing and bunding for rice to be irrigated on typical soils above the Full Supply Level and bunding of valley bottoms in preparation for pond and pasture trials (later used for irrigated rice) Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery site cleared, terraced, fenced and training facilities erected, gully stops and piped irrigation systems installed, mushroom growing facilities set up, and livestock pens and compost bins established. Labor force recruited from young men and women from potential resettlers who were given employment and on-the-job training in the various technologies April 1998 Fencing and weeding of forest plots (3 hectares per family) at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Installation of pumped irrigation systems and potable water tube wells Local school children were involved in production of irrigated vegetables and terraces for sell in local markets at Ban Nakai Neua May 1998- June Promotion of commercial vegetable production for selling in the market (sugarcane, chillies and 2002 other vegetables) as well as poultry Rice production in valley bottoms and limited swidden or upland rice production at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Rearing of nursery seedlings for future distribution to resettled villages and well as selected activities at Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery Jan 1999- June Extension of Agriculture production in neighboring villages to produce vegetables, irrigation 2002 improvements, distribution of seeds and tools by NTEC, training of model farmers as supervisors during the resettlement period, involvement of youth volunteers and ongoing evaluation of results November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Table 2: Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Development Schedule Time Fame Activities Responsible Parties 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Farm Establishment NTEC,Dist Land utilization NTEC-3F Vegetables NTEC-3F, School, Villagers Fruit trees NTEC-3F, Villagers Nursery NTEC Grass NTEC-3F Soil improvement NTEC-3F, Villagers Irrigation NTEC-3F, Villagers Ground water NTEC 3 Pilot households NTEC-3F Terrace rice 3F Seeds development NTEC Wet land rice NTEC-3F Upland rice 3F Irrigated rice NTEC-3F Forest plantation (pine) NTEC-3F, Villagers Pig NTEC-3F Cattle NTEC-3F Training NTEC, Villagers, Teacher, School, Youth Study tour NTEC, LWU, youth Seeds distribution to villagers (sesame, millet) NTEC, Villagers Evaluation workshop NTEC-GOL RMU-VRC, LWU-Villagers November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Table 3: Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery Development Schedule Time Fame Activities Responsible Parties 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Farm Establishment NTEC, District Land utilization NTEC Vegetables NTEC Fruit trees NTEC Nursery NTEC Grass NTEC Soil improvement NTEC Irrigation NTEC Ground water NTEC Seeds development NTEC Upland rice NTEC Cattle NTEC Training NTEC, Villager, LWU, Teacher, School, Youth Study tour NTEC, Villager, LWU, Teacher, School, Youth Evaluation workshop NTEC-GOL RMU-VRC, LWU-VILL November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms I-6 RESULTS OF DEMONSTRATION FARMS Rice Production The yield per hectare has not been fully satisfactory in all cases with the possible exception for the intensive irrigated rice cultivation, being considered as acceptable despite it being lower than the average yields in the lowland regions of Khammouane Province and below the national average. Table 4 shows the average yields: Table 4: Rice Yields at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm during 1999-2000 Theun Duane Lowland Khammouane Rice Yields Demonstration Farm Province National Average Wet season rice 1,000 kg/ha 2,680 kg/ha 2,920 kg/ha Irrigated rice: 3,013 kg/ha 4,470 kg/ha 3,710 kg/ha Upland rice: 1,276 kg/ha 1,220 kg/ha 1,650 kg/ha One should be cautious in interpreting these results for a number of reasons since the rice has been grown on atypical land, that is on the valley bottoms instead on in terraces according to the livelihood model. Valley bottom locations were selected due to the ease of irrigation. However, such soils will eventually be below the Full Supply Level and, therefore, do not provide ideal conditions for fully testing the assumptions of the livelihood model. These results could be improved if there is better site selection and more intensive supervision by agricultural advisors. Fruit Trees Many fruit trees appear to be appropriate for cultivation in the area but in general it is too early to draw conclusions. Trees with promising results include mango, orange, leeche, jackfruit, lemon and grapefruit. Less promising results have been obtained for tamarind, durian and mangosteen. Vegetables and Other Cash Crops Various vegetables have been successfully cultivated by villagers and some of the approximate yields are listed in the Table A-5 below with a comparison to national averages when available. The successful experiences will be further developed for introduction to the Pilot Village. Table 5: Crop Yields at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Yields at Theun Duane Crop Type Demonstration Farm National Average Banana 3,300 kg/ha/year N.A. Papaya 2,800-3,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Maize 6,000 kg/ha/year 2,000-2,500 kg/ha/year Sugarcane 80,000 kg/ha/year 25,000-27,000 kg/ha/year Sorgum 2,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Cassava 25,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Sweet potato 5,000 kg/ha/year 5,100-6,000 kg/ha/year Millet 1,119 kg/ha/year N.A. Long bean 11,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Cucumber 20,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Cabbage 16,000-18,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Chinese cabbage 12,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Chinese kale 7,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Chinese radish 20,000 kg/ha/year N.A. Cauliflower 4,000 kg/ha/year N.A. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Non Timber Forest Products Rattan and cardamom have been planted, and it was found out that only rattan has given a reasonable return. For cardamom it may be too early to make conclusions. Other products are being tested at the Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery. Mushroom cultivation has been carried out in Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farm and Nursery with mixed results and work is still continuing. It will be necessary to establish links with work going on in the catchment area in this field. Forestry Pine and Acacia have been tested and it appears that only Acacia grows very well. Pines have been planted in the community forest area but are still small after a 3 year period. BPKP has also had experience with a pine plantation near Ban Oudomsouk. The results have not been promising due to a number of reasons, not least a lack of training and awareness for villagers and weak support for follow-up and monitoring. Livestock Livestock results have been good and the adjustment to fodder feeding has been highly successful. As can be seen from the income breakdown in the following section, the sale of cattle has contributed considerable to household income. The present status of the three families is listed in the table below. Table 6: Livestock Status Family Mature Small Mature Small Mature Small Mature Small Name Period Buffalo Buffalo Cattle Cattle Pig Pig Poultry Poultry 1997 - - 2 - 2 - - - Vanh Sept 2001 1 - 4 2 - 1 5 - 1997 - - 2 - 2 - - - Khamphou Sept. 2001 4 3 5 3 1 2 3 3 1997 - - 2 - 2 - - - Lae Sept. 2001 - - 3 2 - - 5 4 All experimented grasses have grown very well. Very good yields have been recorded for the three species (Stylo, King and Ruzi) of about 49,000 kg/ha/year. Local cattle prefer the King and Ruzi species only. I-7 HOUSEHOLD INCOMES An analysis of household incomes reveals a 2000-2001 yearly average income per household of Kip 6.4 million, with little variation between the families. At an average Kip to USD exchange rate of about 8,200 for the period, the income equivalent would be US$ 780. A note of caution on the incomes: the purpose of the demonstration farm is to demonstrate the feasibility of growing various agricultural products, as one of the components of the livelihood model. Therefore the demonstration farm incomes are not representative of what will be the ultimate resettlement experience. Two-thirds of income is derived from the Project for working on the demonstration farm (rice-for-work), while one-third comes from the sale and consumption of produce grown. This experience indicates that the rice-for-work component can be expected to be considerable during the first few years after relocation. Table 7: Household Incomes of Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Families (in `000 Kip) 2000 2001 Family Project Agricultural Project Agricultural Name Employment Income Total Employment Income Total Vanh 4,253 2,113 6,366 4,336 2,374 6,710 Khamphou 4,396 2,131 6,527 4,382 2,152 6,534 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Lae 4,382 1,871 6,253 3,542 2,520 6,062 A further breakdown of the agricultural income, that is income that the families earn themselves, reveals that certain sources are becoming more important for earning cash. This is especially noticeable for livestock which made up nearly half of the agricultural income for two of the three families in the 9 months of data from 2001. Income from vegetable and fruits is also considerable, in spite of the fact that logging activity on the Plateau has subsided and hence the opportunity to sell vegetables and fruits to workers has declined. With most of the commercial timber in the reservoir area now gone, income from hunting and from the collection of Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFPs) has also declined as traditional sources of income. Since the demonstration farms are located further from the river as compared to the original village, the opportunity to fish has decreased; coupled with the workload on the demonstration farm, this has caused a reduction in fishing income. However, once the reservoir is established and the fish resource developed, income from fishing is expected to increase again. More detailed tables of the breakdown of income are presented at the end of this appendix. Table 8: Sources of Agricultural Income (Incomes in `000 Kip) Family Fishing / Name Year Livestock Vegetable Fruit NTFP Hunting Rice Total 2000 340 277 7-2 - 614 180 2,113 Vanh 2001 1,260 228 712 - 174 - 2,374 2000 378 347 739 40 452 175 2,131 Khamphou 2001 384 800 877 - 91 - 2,152 2000 343 276 767 40 330 115 1,871 Lae 2001 1,550 301 669 - - - 2,520 I-8 LABOUR INPUT The labour provided by the farm families is considerable when the inputs for all agricultural activities are added to the project employment on the demonstration farm. Table 9: Person-days of Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Families 2000 2001 # Days for # Days for Family Project # Days for Total # Project # Days for Total # Name Employment Agriculture* Days Employment Agriculture* Days Vanh 605 234 839 619 223 842 Khamphou 628 223 851 626 192 818 Lae 626 235 861 506 199 705 * Includes vegetables, fruit and rice. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Table 10: Person-days for All Agricultural Activities Days for Days for Family Days for Days for Days for NTFP fishing & Days for Total Name Year livestock vegetable fruit collection hunting rice days 2000 353 118 46 0 0 70 587 Vanh 2001 356 108 70 0 0 45 579 2000 361 120 35 2 55 68 641 Khamphou 2001 365 119 25 0 15 48 572 2000 357 110 57 2 33 68 627 Lae 2001 348 98 58 0 11 43 558 Notes: 1. Livestock is almost everyday in the year because the cattle are going out in the morning and return in late afternoon. They are taken care of by the children in each family. Sometimes the families have to go out to search for the cattle because some of them did not return for a couple of days. These days are added. 2. Since the start of growing rice in demonstration farms in irrigated paddy field area (Na nong Phong), the three families work together on this. On upland rice they work individually. I-9 EVALUATION OF DEMONSTRATION FARM EXPERIENCES Despite a short period of development the two farms have firmly concluded some results concerning the experimentation of agricultural production. The outcome is very clear regarding what is suitable or appropriate and what is not for vegetables, fruit trees, grasses and some other cash crops. These can be summarized as follows: · Siting the home lot in the garden has led to very high labor efficiency. Each family has been able to keep its half hectare farm lot completely weed-free. On an additional quarter hectare per family (external to the farm lot), they cultivated paddy rice on available land, and still had more than one laborer available for employment in forests or other off-farm activities. · Families at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm have demonstrated that they understand and can adopt the composting of animal wastes to maintain the productivity of the home-lot soils thus minimizing the need for importing chemical fertilizers. This is significant since swidden cultivators believe that you cannot utilize plots for more than one year in a seven to ten year cycle. · Terracing and bunding have been completely effective in preventing soil erosion under intensive arable cultivation. · Growth rate of both fruit trees and fast-growing timber plantations given proper care has been very satisfactory. · The availability of hand-feed irrigated green forage in the dry season for cattle has led to greatly improved health and productivity of cattle. · The important contribution of fencing has greatly reduced the labour requirement for animal husbandry and eliminated damage to crops by free-ranging animal stock. · Given adequate attention to varietal selection of rice and irrigation techniques, there is every reason to believe that the estimates for rice production (see Chapter 21) can be attained and maintained. I-10 EXTENSION EDUCATION AND TRAINING Theun Duane and Ban Nakai Neua Demonstration Farms extension education and training program has focus on the following: · Forest plantation; · Wet land rice farming; · Upland irrigation techniques; · Vegetable and fruit cultivation; and · Livestock management. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms One of the difficulties in holding training courses at the Training Centre at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm is that the majority of farmers attending lectures and demonstrations are illiterate, with little experience and no or limited schooling. The demonstration plots of new techniques are an effective way of showing people that new techniques work such that all courses should consist of time on the farm and actual instructions with technical advisors in the fields. I-11 OPINIONS OF THEUN DUANE DEMONSTRATION FARM FAMILIES After 4 years of living at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm and working on the new livelihood, the three families' lifestyle has improved in many respects. They summarize experiences in the following manner: · Food security is no longer a pressing concern since there is no deficiency in rice, the staple crop; · Able to purchase better clothes; · Reside in a sturdier and cleaner house; · More opportunities for cash crops production and making money; · Better overall health; · Stable lifestyle with few risks (predictability); · Ability to save money in order to buy luxury goods such as TV sets and other items. I-12 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS A number of general conclusions can be made along with recommendations based on the work at the demonstration farms since their inception in 1996-97: · Consideration for enlarging existing home lot based on the successful results of the trails. Families at Theun Duane Demonstration Farm have demonstrated that they have more than sufficient labor to maintain, productive and weed-free, a three-quarter hectare irrigated home lot (vegetables, fruit and forage). · The combination of animal fertilizer, terracing and bunding and irrigation has resulted in a sustainable agricultural regime within the managerial and labor-capacity of the resettled farmers once trained and experienced. · Strong indications that increasing the amount of irrigation water delivered throughout the dry season could greatly increase (perhaps double) present levels of agricultural production given adequate trail of labor-saving irrigation options. · Given a reliable year-round pumped irrigation supply, it should not be necessary to bear the cost of installing tube wells, provided that filters are installed. · It took at least three years to convince people of the benefits of self-supporting sedentary farmers using irrigation ­ time frame is realistic in the SDP. · Motivation factor: farmers respond positively to adopting new techniques once they have been convincingly demonstrated, with rigorous technical support applied in a culturally sensitive manner. Particular emphasis should be placed on the participation of the younger generation and women. · Experimentation work must be maintained without a break, because it is fundamental to the success of the livelihood change and adaptation activities. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Table 11: Production Status - Family 1 Area Product Consumption Sold New Receive Activity Unit Quant (m2) (kg) (kip) (kg) (head) (kip) (kg) (kip) (head) (kg) (Unit) Dead Balance Fruit tree Tree 87 1,200 87 Banana Tree 161 1,450 306 383,419 223 279,419 83 104,000 161 Pineapple Tree 500 400 170 327,704 52 100,204 118 227,500 300 Tapioca Tree 200 460 40 40 0 All Vegetables 200 256.5 149,374 157 91,374 99.5 58,000 200 Papaya Tree 10 90 34 57,445 5 8,445 29 49,000 10 Guava Tree 5 20,000 4 16,000 1 4,000 Gathering Kg Fishing Kg 22 173,544 13 102,544 9 71,000 Hunting Kg Employment (rice) Kg 619.5 1,239 2,478,000 2,478,000 Employment (cash) Kp 619.5 1,858,500 1,858,500 General employment Kp Animal shade Sgm 1 225 225 Big buffalo Head 0 0 Small buffalo Head 2 1,000,000 1,000,000 1 1 0 Big cattle Head 4 4 Small cattle Head 1 1 2 Big poultry Head 5 5 Small poultry Head 0 0 Big pig Head 1 260,000 260,000 1 0 Small pig Head 2 2 1 1 Grass / Feed Sgm 400 400 Total 6,707,986 597,986 6,110,000 6,709,986 6,709,986 Family (1) Mr. Vanh Total Member = 06 For January to December 2001 Man Labor = 02 Sub Labor = 01 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Table 12: Production Status - Family 2 Area Product Consumption Sold kp New Receive Activity Unit Quant (m2) (kg) (kip) (kg) (head) (kip) (kg) (kip) (head) (kg) (Unit) Dead Balance Fruit tree Tree 107 1,200 107 Banana Tree 143 1,359 260 457,285 115 202,285 145 255,000 143 Pineapple Tree 550 300 280 420,000 40 60,000 240 360,000 850 Tapioca Tree 876 1,970 57 57 1,594 All Vegetables 250 471 494,450 129 135,450 342 359,000 Papaya Tree 840 640 400 204,281 71 36,281 329 168,000 10 840 Guava Tree 115 49 11 59,125 3 16,125 8 43,000 115 Gathering Kg 10 90 25 41,676 8 13,176 17 28,500 10 Fishing Kg 31 93,000 28 84,000 3 9,000 Hunting Kg Employment (rice) Kg 626 1,252 2,504,000 1,252 2,504,000 Employment (cash) Kp 626 1,878,000 1,878,000 General employment Kp Animal shade Sgm 1 225 225 Big buffalo Head 4 4 Small buffalo Head 4 3 1 3 Big cattle Head 4 4 Small cattle Head 4 4 Big poultry Head 14 144,000 144,000 11 3 Small poultry Head 43 35,000 3 35,000 9 43 28 3 Big pig Head 1 185,000 185,000 1 1 0 Small pig Head 6 20,000 20,000 1 6 5 0 Grass / Feed Sgm 400 400 Total 6,535,817 547,317 5,988,500 6,535,817 6,535,817 Family (2) Mr. Khamphou Total Member = 06 For January to December 2001 Man Labor = 02 Sub Labor = 01 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Table 13: Production Status - Family 3 Area Product Consumption Sold kp New Receive Activity Unit Quant (m2) (kg) (kip) (kg) (head) (kip) (kg) (kip) (head) (kg) (Unit) Dead Balance Fruit tree Tree 93 1,200 93 Banana Tree 175 1,641 354 556,640 120 188,640 234 368,000 175 Pineapple Tree 650 400 96 112,192 19 22,192 77 90,000 650 Tapioca Tree 1,594 1,594 35 35 1,594 All Vegetables 250 150 184 176,292 84 85,092 90 91,200 150 Papaya Tree 250 250 25 125,000 25 125,000 250 Guava Tree Gathering Kg Fishing Kg Hunting Kg Employment (rice) Kg 506 1,012 2,024,000 1,012 2,024,000 Employment (cash) Kp 506 1,518,000 1,518,000 General employment Kp Animal shade Sgm 1 225 225 Big buffalo Head 1 1,250,000 1,250,000 1 0 Small buffalo Head 0 0 Big cattle Head 4 1 3 Small cattle Head 2 2 Big poultry Head 5 2 5 Small poultry Head 4 4 Big pig Head 2 300,000 300,000 2 0 Small pig Head 1 1 1 0 Grass / Feed Sgm 400 400 Total 6,062,124 295,924 5,766,200 6,062,124 6,062,124 Family (1) Mr. Lae / Boummy Total Member = 06 For January to December 2001 Man Labor = 02 Sub Labor = 01 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Appendix I: Demonstration Farms Photo 1: Theun Duane Demonstration Farm Plot Photo 2: Nakai Neua Theun Demonstration Farm November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience APPENDIX J PILOT VILLAGE EXPERIENCE Table of Content J-1 INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................... 2 J-2 ESTABLISHING A PILOT VILLAGE ................................................................................ 2 J-3 RATIONALE OF VILLAGE SELECTION.......................................................................... 2 J-4 SELECTION OF PILOT VILLAGE................................................................................... 3 J-5 CONSULTATION PROCESS........................................................................................... 3 J-6 LAYOUT AND ALLOCATION OF PLOTS......................................................................... 5 J-7 SOIL SURVEYS ............................................................................................................. 6 J-8 HEALTH...................................................................................................................... 7 J-9 DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE ........................................................................................ 8 J-10 DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY ......................................................................................... 9 J-11 IRRIGATION WATER SUPPLY......................................................................................10 J-12 PROGRESS ON AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK ..........................................................10 J-13 INCOME .....................................................................................................................12 J-14 INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT............................................................................12 J-15 SOCIO-CULTURAL DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................12 J-16 INITIAL LESSONS LEARNED FOR THE RESETTLEMENT PROGRAMME.......................13 List of Tables Table 1: Main Characteristics of the Soil...........................................................................................................15 Table 2: Soil Samples............................................................................................................................................16 Table 3: Meteorological Data Nakai Plateau.....................................................................................................16 Table 4: Size and Number of Livestock Owned by each Household, Pilot Village, 2004........................20 Table 5: Crops Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003 .......................................................21 Table 6: Yields of Maize and Peanuts, Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003..................................22 Table 7: Fruit Trees Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, 2003 ....................................................................23 Table 8: Other Crops Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003............................................24 Table 9: The First Plantings of Vegetable Crops, Dry Season 2003-2004...................................................25 Table 10: Income and Expenditure for Households in Nong Boua Pilot Village, January ­ December 2003..........................................................................................................................................................26 Table 11: Income and Expenditure for Households in Nong Boua Pilot Village, January ­ June 2004..26 Table 12: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 3 persons..........................................................................35 Table 13: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 4 persons..........................................................................36 Table 14: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 5 persons..........................................................................37 Table 15: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 6 persons..........................................................................38 Table 16: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 7 persons..........................................................................39 Table 17: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 8 persons..........................................................................40 Table 18: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 9 persons..........................................................................41 List of Figures Figure 1: Development Schedule of Pilot Village .............................................................................................14 Figure 2: Proposed Pilot Village - Layout 1 .......................................................................................................17 Figure 3: Proposed Pilot Village ­ Layout 2.......................................................................................................18 Figure 4: Soil Classification Map..........................................................................................................................19 Figure 5: Income, Expenditure and Balance for Villagers in Nong Boua Pilot Village, January 2003 ­ June 2004.................................................................................................................................................27 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience J-1 INTRODUCTION In 1997 the IAG proposed that serious consideration be given to resettling an entire village at a very early date. The IAG believed that such a visible and tangible model will have a greater impact on communities preparing for resettlement and both positive and negative experiences can be utilized by communities and implementing agencies. NTEC accepted the proposal and included it in the July 1998 RAP. In the POE's opinion in 1999, the decision to proceed with the selection of a pilot resettlement village was endorsed. J-2 ESTABLISHING A PILOT VILLAGE With the agreement of GOL, NTEC has agreed to develop a pilot demonstration village on the following basis: · Selection of an existing village and the resettlement relocation site in tandem with GOL, Resettlement Committee, Resettlement Management Unit, Provincial and District officials and affected villagers. · Conduct topographical and soil surveys of the new location; develop initial cropping proposals; train agricultural extension advisers on techniques relevant to selected crops; prepare, in an interactive and consultative manner, a Master Plan for village layout; indicate on plans the extent of clearing and levelling required; mark on plans ground clearing and levelling guide marks, particularly for cropping areas. · Request village resettlers to carry out clearing and levelling program for a significant portion of their normal crop in the new location on cash and rice-for-work program (i.e. redirection of their normal activity); agricultural extension advisers begin training programs; initial crop planting in new fields by resettlers using their own labour; seed/seedlings, implements and any irrigation water needed to be supplied by NTEC. · Arrange appropriate land use rights certificates for individual farms and house plots. · Build houses, community buildings and other village infrastructure using available village labour on cash and rice-for-work basis with support of building advisers and any necessary additional labour. · Organize health checks program. · Build additional infrastructure elements with sub-contractors (wells, electricity distribution, irrigation systems and special buildings). · Monitor the livelihood models to further the achievement of the income targets. The objective of moving a complete village before the bulk of the population is to demonstrate to other villages how a new village might look and function as well as to allow planners to experience problems on the scale of a single village and make adjustments to the resettlement plan if necessary. J-3 RATIONALE OF VILLAGE SELECTION The Public Consultation and Participation Process Report (1998) recommended a pilot village as a result of the ongoing consultation on the Nakai Plateau. The village of Ban Sailom appeared to be a good candidate for a pilot village. It actually consisted of three separate hamlets: Ban Nong Boua (8 households), Ban Pamanton (7 households) and Ban Sailom (14 households). The Pilot Village would thus consist of 29 households. The advantages of making this village the pilot village are many: · The villagers are positively inclined towards moving as soon as possible. · The village is not located near the river and less reliant on fishing. · Of the three sections of the village, two are recently established hamlets without fruit trees or established vegetable gardens. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience · Current houses are of poor quality and the village is one of the poorest villages to be moved. · The distance to the selected new site is only 1 to 2 km. · Two hamlets and the new site are close to Ban Oudomsouk and therefore easily accessible throughout the year. · Health of the population is very vulnerable and weak. · The village is mixed Brou and Tai Bo ethnic groups representative of the Plateau. · No education facilities. · The new area complies with village preferences of wanting to be near the future reservoir, near or on an all weather road, near the forest, near land that can be used for growing rice, and near grazing sites for cattle and buffalo. The possible disadvantages were that village leadership was relatively weak and that the village consists of three separate hamlets. Weak leadership and a lack of skills and human resources will have to be dealt with in relation to planning, organization and motivating the villagers establish themselves area. It was believed that these disadvantages would represent typical problems to be encountered. Interesting lessons could be learnt for the RMU, the villagers, and the new village planning process. J-4 SELECTION OF PILOT VILLAGE Site Selection Process GOL and NTEC selected the resettlement relocation site and have provisionally called it Ban Nong Boua Mai (mai meaning `new'). Provincial and District officials and affected villagers participated in various stages of consultation (see J-5 below). The resettlement site was chosen based on a combination of desirable physical features, including favourable soils, good access to water supply as well as the villagers own preferences. The site is located between co-ordinates: E 518000 ­ 520000 N 1958000 ­ 1959000 The site is located adjacent to the source of the Huoui Malai (a stream) approximately 3 km East of Nakai District, next to the existing village of Ban Phonphanpek. Houses were to be built above El 539, and the village has been planned to accommodate the 29 initial families as well as about another 20 families in the futire, in terms of house lots, agricultural land and infrastructure support. J-5 CONSULTATION PROCESS The main consultation activities and meetings undertaken in relation to the Pilot Village are summarized below: Consultation Facilitator and Date Form Participants Comments and Results 16 Jun 2000 RC Ordinary All RC members Pilot Village Annual Meeting including the Selection of Ban Nong Boua (Ban Sailom and Ban Chairman Pamanton) as Pilot Village. Village boundary, land survey and clearing, soil survey, land and forest allocation and management. 5-6 Sep RC Extra- All 5 members Asset Registration (plateau as a whole) 2000 Ordinary of RC including Natural increase of family member to be entitled to Meeting the Chairman, compensation, but not in-immigrant even if these Vice Governor November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Consultation Facilitator and Date Form Participants Comments and Results of Khammouane persons are relatives of husband or wife. Province, RO Civil servants, soldiers or policemen moving into the (total 7 persons) villages after registration (1/10/98) may be considered as part of the resettled people. People moving out of the District before the resettlement process are not subject to compensation. Prohibition on selling land and houses in the villages to be resettled. Classification of affected household: - house + land affected: 100% affected - only house affected: 100% affected - only land affected: partly affected 2 Nov 2000 Workshop on RC, Villages Training workshop for new RC members and NT2 (Total 33 concerned villagers in order to be aware of Policies and Resettlement persons) RAP. Policy and RAP 15 to 17 Pilot Village RMU, DRWG, New Village Location Dec 2000 Location and VRC, Village The second option was approved (Huoui Malai Source Layout Village Head, Mass Area) with about 400 ha of land. Level (Ban Nong organizations, Boua) Villagers of Ban House construction should be completed before the Nong Boua relocation. (Total 43 On voluntary basis households are encouraged to do persons) shifting cultivation on land cleared by themselves in exchange of rice provided by the Project. This land will become the house plot and garden in the future. Houses will be built in groups along both side of the main road: - Mr. Sy Group from No.1 ­ No.7 (Ban Nong Boua hamlet) - Ban Pamanton Group from No.8 ­ No.16 - Ban Sailom Group from No.17 ­ No. 28 New houses should be along village access routes; construction outside the village boundary is prohibited. Close relatives from other villages are allowed to join subject to approval by the Resettlement Committee. Request NTEC to provide goods for traditional spiritual ceremony of moving such as: - Farewell old village: 1 pig, 1 jar of rice liquor. - New village welcome: 1 pig, 1 jar of rice liquor. - Cemetery move: 1 set offering (cash). 7-9 Jan Workshop on RC, DRWG, Strengthening all Resettlement staffs responsible for 2001 NT2 VRC, (Total 39 RAP implementation at all levels. Resettlement persons) Policy and RAP 23 Apr 2001 Pilot Village Nakai District District approval on Pilot Village, proposed by Ban Layout Governor and Sailom. Vice Governor, Head of Approval of houses to be grouped according to clan. different District Vulnerable families such as widow or lack of labour Services, RMU, should own one land plot for house and garden, close November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Consultation Facilitator and Date Form Participants Comments and Results DRWG, Mass to their relatives. organizations DRWG, VRC should discuss together prior submission (Total 20 to the villagers. persons) 25 Apr 2001 Pilot Village DRWG, RMU, Approval of the option of houses to be grouped by Layout VRC Ban Nong clan. Boua (Total 12 persons) 8 vulnerable families prefer to own land for house and farm combined 21 households prefer to have separate land for agriculture. PCPP at village level should be organized as soon as possible. 27 Apr 2001 Pilot Village Vice District 2 options were presented to the meeting. Layout Governor, RMU, DRWG, GOL Villagers unanimously adopted the option where houses Representative, are in one group, by voting 78 for and 0 voices against. RO, Consultants, The preference is for small home/garden plots with 5 Neighboring agricultural land in other location. Villages, Village 4 clan groups of houses were agreed: head, Mass - Nang clan 7 organizations, Villages (Total - Pheng clan: 5 99 persons) - Sy clan: 10 - Xieng Inh clan: 7 Total = 29 Households 30 Jul 2001 Land Allocation DRWG, Village In principle most of villagers are happy and accept land head, Mass distribution and allocation according to the previous organizations consensus. and Villagers (Total 37 Very few families request to own another plot instead. persons) One family wishes to move to Ban Sop Ma, one to Ban Gnommalat Neua, one to Ban Nakai Neua and one to Ban Oudomsouk. Some persons suggest to own permanently the provisional land allocated. 23 Nov Activities RMU, DRWG, Repayment to rice Bank in 2001: about 3 families will 2001 Planned for 2002 VRC not be able to reimburse the capital (due to bad harvests ) but could pay the interest,. J-6 LAYOUT AND ALLOCATION OF PLOTS Pilot Village Layout Figure 2 and Figure 3 show the two layouts proposed to the villagers, and they adopted the layout presented in Figure 3 in which houses are grouped together, complying with Lao traditional style. The first layout consists of houses located along the roadside within each individual agricultural plot of land (The Road Model). This model was initially the preferred one, judging from the 1998 PCPP results. The second layout plans for houses being grouped together in an area separate from the agricultural cropland (The Cluster Model). After several rounds of consultation, the villagers indicated that they would prefer to be grouped together in order to facilitate all assistance to each other, including sharing of meals and support and care during illness. However, the Cluster Model also has drawbacks, such as limited space for livestock, loss of agricultural productivity due to distance from fields. Although these aspects were explained to the villagers by the November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience RMU and technical staff, the villagers still preferred the cluster model, prioritizing social cohesiveness and mutual support over economic performance. A final village consultation on the technical and cultural pros and cons of the various options took place in January 2002 at which time the Cluster Model was unanimously approved by the villagers. The selection of the cluster model has certain implications regarding the assumptions and conclusions from the demonstration plots as outlined in Appendix I. Certain assumptions, such as proximity to fields, labour inputs, weeding and caring for fields on a daily basis and the housing of livestock near both the house and the source of fodder, are part of the livelihood model developed at Theun Duane. Thus, livelihood models developed in this latest SDP (Chapter 21 and 25, and Appendix K) do not assume that labour savings will be made by siting each house on each agricultural field. Some villages may still choose to locate their houses on their plots or near to them. There is extra land available at the village site, and one should remember that the livelihood consists of a number of options. It is important to consider the move of the Pilot Village and the establishment of some, but not all, of the livelihood model aspects as a dynamic process. Monitoring adjustments and adaptations to the livelihood model will be carried out once the Pilot Village is up and running. Consultations will be ongoing throughout the whole process. Allocation of Plots Plots for houses are grouped in 4 clans: Nang clan: 7 plots Chane Pheng clan: 5 plots Chane Sy clan: 10 plots Xieng Inh clan: 7 plots In principle, most villagers are happy and accept land distribution and allocation according to the consensus. Each household will own 0.5 ha of agricultural land allocated officially by the District Authority, as well as approximately 600m2 for a house plot measuring about 30m x 20m. Plot Development The new village location of 16 ha was cleared using villager labour (men and women). Vulnerable families (lack of labour) were provided with labour assistance. NTEC/RMU provided incentive (rice-for-work program) at the rate of 3 kg of rice + 1,000 kip cash per man/day, using these estimated durations: - Clearing/burning: 56 man/day/HH - Shed building: 30 man/day/HH - Fencing: 24 man/day/HH In addition NTEC/RMU provided axes, hoes, saws, hammers, mosquito nets, vegetable seeds, barbed wire and other materials and equipment. Tree Planting On 10 June 2001 a tree planting ceremony was organized at the Pilot Village site under the chairmanship of Mr. Le Kakanya, Governor of Khammouane Province, President of the Resettlement Committee (RC), with the participation of authorities from the District of Nakai, villages of Ban Nong Boua and Ban Phonphanpek, in total 368 persons. Two and a half hectare of land was planted with Pinus (2,000 seedlings), rose wood (Pterocarpus, Afzelia) (3,800 seedlings) and Acacia (500 seedlings). J-7 SOIL SURVEYS The soil survey and analysis reveal that soils in the pilot Resettlement Area have limited agricultural crop potential unless irrigation is introduced and soils are improved with organic fertiliser. Nutrient content and organic matter are of low quality. The pH of the soils ranges from 4.66 to 5.42 which is strongly acidic. Supplementing lime is not necessary in irrigated rice fields where an increase of pH occurs with November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience inundation of the field. Adding lime involved the danger of raising the pH to 7 which can lead to nutrient deficiencies can be induced. In practical terms this only requires raising the pH to above about 5.6. Resettlement Area consists of 3 categories of soil: S2 ­ Moderately suitable soils S3 ­ Marginally suitable soils S4 ­ Unsuitable soils The geographic areas with these characteristics are shown in Figure 4 (although this map may not accurately reflect soil variations in the area), while the characteristics and values of these 3 kinds of soil are detailed in Table 1 and Table 2. Based on the climate prevailing in the area, current soil condition and topography of the land there are a limited number of crops, which can be recommended and could be produced on an economic basis. Such crops are maize and sugar cane, cassava, taro, fruit trees, forest plantation, tropical grass and vegetables. Increasing the nutrient content and organic matter of the soil will be a process of 10 years or more, and with associated cost. J-8 HEALTH Due to Malaria program implemented by the EU with NTEC support on the Plateau, the health check carried out in Ban Nong Boua and Ban Nakai Neua reveals that Malaria has decreased significantly from 1998 to 2002, but the parasite load is still a long term sanitary problem. The results of Ban Nong Boua and Ban Nakai Neua are the following: Ban Nong Boua 167 persons checked: - Malaria 6 cases or 3.6% - Tuberculosis 2 cases or 1.2% - Parasite 158 cases or 94.6% - Other 1 case Ban Nakai Neua 336 persons checked: - Ascaris lumbricoid 262 cases or 78.0% - Strongguloid 33 cases or 9.8% - Hook worm 37 cases or 11.0% - Opistoris viverrini 1 case - Liver fluke 1 case - Tricomonas 1 case - Oxyrosis 1 case At one time malaria was the most potentially life threatening of the diseases, but now has been generally brought under control, thanks to the success of the EU programme. In order to assure the health of the population, the Project is rechecking the health status of all villagers which will be affected and measures will be established including upgrade of health facilities at the village, district and provincial levels. Collaboration between NTPC and Amitié-Coopération Franco-Laotienne (French NGO) is underway for elaboration of future programs, which will include sanitation, nutrition, prevention, etc. The District with the support of NTPC will launch a hygiene campaign at the village level. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience J-9 DEVELOPMENT SCHEDULE 1998 Registration of household assets and classification of affected families were performed with the participation of RC, RMU, RO and villagers. During 2000 the following development activities were implemented: - selection of Pilot Village to be the three hamlets of Ban Sailom; - selection of new village location; - soil survey; - consultations at different levels (RC, RMU, DRWG, VRC and Villagers). The year 2001 saw the implementation of the following activities: - various consultations at different levels concerning the village layout, plot allocation, administrative strengthening, etc.; - plan of village location; - plan village layout and plots; - irrigation planning survey; - household plot allocation and temporary land certificates; - villages commencement to clear the site area of the new location; - demarcation of farm/house plots; - upland rice growing; - rice bank development; - health check; The year 2002 saw the implementation of the following activities: - finalisation of the design and BOQ of the irrigation system, and call for tenders; - construction of children's nursery; - first formation of contour bunds; - limited wet season cropping on new plots; - limited dry season vegetable growing (late 2002) based on a gully stop dam water source; - construction of 3 pilot houses; The year 2003 saw the implementation of the following activities: - construction of 26 villager houses; - construction of 22kV electricity network, then connections to houses - followed by training in electricity use and management at the family level; - construction and initial operation of organic fertiliser factory, production capacity of about 800 kg per day, and employing 4 people full time; - full wet season cropping of agriculture areas - maize. peanuts, rice; - planting if fruit trees in farm plots; - construction of the Huai Malai reservoir, irrigation pump and the distribution system, and then initiation of a water user group; - first seasons vegetable cropping (late 2003) with new irrigation system (utilisation about 15 % of cropping; - initiation of the family socio economic monitoring book; - training in tailoring and natural dying; - training in gender issues and birth spacing; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience - development of village regulations;. - establishment of an industrial forestry nursery, with more than 4,000 tress planted , employing 5 people full time; - the full operation of the children's nursery continued, and provided a focus for the village; - non formal education for literacy was run every night, and now more than 14 people can write and read;. - a series of study tour to the pilot village was organised for more than 150 people from different villages; and - a health check up found that nobody was carrying malaria, although 13 people have problem with aspiration system and 16 skin system. The year 2004 is seeing the implementation of the following activities: - finalisation of the field level farmer outlets of the irrigation system; - ongoing improvements to contour embankments and drainage system; - construction of one last villager house; - construction of a domestic water supply system, in parallel to irrigation system; - finalisation of access road and in-field road and drainage system; - construction of villager office and meeting hall; - continued application of composted organic fertiliser, and wet season cropping of mainly rice; - establishment of a crop research plot; - construction of a furniture factory, and testing various charcoal production techniques; - expansion of the industrial tree nursery, reforestation of about 20 hectares, and natural regeneration of about 35 ha. J-10 DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY The requirements for irrigation water in terms of volume are higher than for domestic use. For the Ban Nong Boua Pilot Village, possible sources of water are: natural rain, streams (Huoui Khuang and Huoui Malai), nearby ponds (Nong Ma and Nong Boua), deep wells and eventually the reservoir for the NT2 Project (after the impoundment period). With a population of nearly 200 persons, the requirement of domestic water (estimated 50 l/person/day per WHO recommendations) will be around 10m3 per day. Three deep ground wells were drilled in 2001 with the following results: · One well delivered 0.5 l/sec. · Two of the other wells delivered 0.1 l/sec. each Analysis of water quality indicated that the general water from these wells complies with WHO requirements with the exception of turbidity. These three wells were fitted with hand pumps, but where very soon abandoned. Firstly, the wells were drilled at the location spread out over the whole resettlement area - probably on the expectation that houses would be spread out on each agricultural plot, not concentrated into a village. Thus, the wells were not near any dwellings. Secondly, the wells were drilled well in advance of the actual relocation, and for both of these reasons, there was (a) nobody to care (b) nobody to use the wells. Thus, some of the fittings were stolen, and the water from remaining wells became unfit for consumption. Due to these various problems with the wells, and the ready source of water available from the Huai Malai reservoir, it was decided to supply domestic water from the irrigation header tank, after first passing it thru a charcoal and sand filter (for the first 12 months, the villagers actually used unfiltered Huai Malai reservoir waters). A distribution system has been installed and there is one stand pipe + tap for every five houses. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience In addition to this filter reservoir water, each house has been fitted with roof rainwater collection gutters and a concrete rain water collection tanks. It is envisaged that this rainwater will be used for drinking and cooking purposes. J-11 IRRIGATION WATER SUPPLY Chapter 22 explains in detail the development of an irrigation system for Ban Nong Boua Pilot Village. This system is composed of the following 4 main components, as follows: (a) An earthen dam on the Huai Malai with crest of 532 EL, creating a reservoir to store about 800,000 m3 of water. The reservoir surrounds the southern side of the Ban Nong Boua village and agricultural area. The amount of water stored will also be sufficient to provide water to a second resettlement area, no. 17, onto which Ban Bouma will be relocated. When the main Nakai reservoir is impounded, this earthen dam will be flooded in the wet season (to 538 EL), and then when this main reservoir recedes during the dry season, the Huai Malai dam will then continue to retain water in the reservoir. (b) A supply channel, pump station, delivery pipe and header tank. Two pumps have been installed to pump water at a maximum of 29 l/s from the Huai Malai reservoir up 40 m head to a header tank (of 56 m3 storage capacity) located on the side of a small hill at about 554 EL. (c) A buried pipe conveyance and distribution system The header tank has two main steel pipe outlets, which then transforms into two main PVC main lines. These then transform into HDPE pipe laterals to provide water to each farmers fields. (d) A the head of each farmers field a specialised farm outlet has been designed and built to allow maximum flexibility in the way that water is used and distributed through each farmers field. This farm outlet allows for distribution down the farm plot by either (i) a pipe system, (ii) an open channel system, or (iii) from paddy to paddy - if these are developed. The outlet can also be used for general purpose water access at the top of the farmer's plots - for animals, for example, and for bathing after a hard days work in the field. J-12 PROGRESS ON AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK The major concern on the Plateau is food security, especially of rice, despite the considerable time and effort put into cultivating upland rice. Rice deficiency has always been a fact of life because of poor soils, climate, water management and flooding. Resettling villagers insist on paddy production despite rice production on the plateau being inefficient with very low yields. Social, cultural and psychological factors may override practicality and technical logic in this case. Soil fertility, labour availability, access to a reliable water supply, draught and animal supply are all factors contributing to yield. Average yields of the rain-fed rice in the area are generally in the range of 0.8 ton per hectare for upland and 1.5 to 2.0 tons per hectare for wet land paddy rice. The climate (see Chapter 21), the soil, water and other factors all limit current rice yields, and suggests the area may not be suitable for rice cultivation due to soil and water constants. Others crops which require less water are thus also being considered, although some rice will be cultivated in the interim adjustment period until villagers can experience how other elements of the livelihood model work. It should be noted that the topography of the area also imposes limitations, and terraces and contour line planting is being promoted. The eventual ideal system will be a combination of livestock, forage pasture, forest plantation and other crops, all based on soils improvements by (a) application of composted organic fertiliser, (b) judicious application of chemical fertiliser, and (c) crop rotations. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Wet Season Cropping The 2003 wet season crop plantings in Ban Nong Boua are presented in Table 5, which shows that a total of 1.59 ha of upland rice (13 families), 3.97 ha of maize (all 27 families), 1.83 hectares of peanuts (all 27 families) and 1.82 hectares of black bean (25 families) were planted. Yields were monitored through sampling of four 3m * 3m areas within each farmers plot and are presented in Table 6. The average maize yield was 1.7 t/ha, ranging from 1.0 to 2.3 t/ha. With low input medium yields are expected to be around 1.5 t/ha, while high inputs (improved seed, chemical fertiliser and more organic fertiliser) would expect a medium yield of 3.0 t/ha (see Appendix K-5). Yields for unshelled peanuts were in average 1.1 t/ha and ranging from 0.8 to 1.7 t/ha. In summary, yields of maize and peanuts were only fair, and will have to be improved if the cropping of these crops would prove to be viable alternative to rice growing. One reason for low yields is that farmers planted a mixture of local and improved varieties of corn, and planting in such mixtures crop agronomy is difficult. Peanuts were considerably attacked by soil insects, a problem which should decrease after a couple of years of cropping. In the 2004 wet season most of the farmers have planted predominantly upland rice plus small areas of maize (for animal feed) and peanuts. Dry Season Cropping The dry season on the Nakai plateau starts late September or early October and extends to late March or early April. Vegetables rather than field crops are normally grown during this dry, season, and for many vegetables it is possible to plant and harvest two crops over the duration of the dry season. Table 9 provides details of the number of vegetable seedlings planted by each family in the first round of vegetable planting in the 2003-2004 dry season. This was the first season that vegetables have been grown on Ban Nong Boua Pilot village by utilising the newly constructed irrigation system. The main vegetables planted were cabbage, chilli, tomato, cucumber and eggplant, with smaller quantities of broccoli, kale, lettuce and herbs also grown. Fruit Trees While some fruit trees were planted in 2002, most trees were planted in 2003, and all households planted various quantities of a number of fruit trees, including pomelo (total of 325), lychee (total of 178), lime (total of 302), jack fruit (total of 135), mango (total of 194), rose apple (total of 18) and longan (total of 16), as detailed in Table 7. The average number of trees planted is about 43 trees per family, considerably less that the 72 trees per family that was envisaged in the earlier RAPs. This is because the profitability of fruit trees is not yet fully understood or proven, and thus the plantings to date are more trial plantings. If, over the years, any family considers that fruit trees are suitable in terms of labour requirements and profitability, then they will have the option to plant more trees and manage their farm plot as an orchard. In addition, most households planted pineapple (see Table 8), while only a minority of households planted banana, rose apple and longan. These fruit tress were planted from end of April to mid June. Livestock The villagers in Nong Boua have generally fairly low numbers of domestic animals (see Table 4), with buffalos being the most important. 15 families have buffaloes, while the remaining 13 families do not have any buffaloes. Of these 15 families with buffaloes, the average ownership is 15 head per family. 6 families have significant numbers, 20 or more head of buffalo. Only 2 families have cattle - cows - and these are all from the Project. Thus, pre relocation, none of the families had cows. Only 12 families have pigs, and 9 of these received their pigs from the project. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience J-13 INCOME Starting in early 2003, each Pilot Village family has been encouraged to use a family socio-economic monitoring book in order to keep track of incomes and expenditure. In most cases it is the female head of the household who maintains this book. Incomes and expenditure are recorded daily, or as occurring, and are summarised, with the assistance of project staff, on a monthly basis. Family income and expenditures for each month for the periods January ­ December 2003 and January ­ June 1004 are summarized in Table 10 and Table 11, respectively and illustrated in Figure 5. Although this is the analysis of only half the year, it can be seen that the average income (5,723,555 Kip) is more than the double of the average expenditure (2,822,056 Kip). Once data for a full year has been collected a better picture will be formed on the economic performance of the households in the pilot village. Only one household (no. 7) has higher expenditures than income in the period monitored. J-14 INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT Houses During meetings with the villagers, it was decided that seven different sizes of houses would be required, for households of three persons up to nine persons. While NTPC had developed, following consultations some years previously, the general design of houses, each family was given the option to modify the design according to their wishes. Thus, during construction minor changes have been made to some of the houses. By December 2003, 29 new houses were built, and the final one house is due to be completed in June 2004. Wherever labour has been available within the families, these have played an active role in construction of their house. The actual BoQ and cost of construction for each of the seven models is presented in Table 12 to 18. It can be seen that the major cost factor is the cost of wood. Wood for these 29 houses was from three main sources, as follows: (a) timbers that were felled to clear land for agriculture or housing for Ban Nong Boua; (b) timbers that were felled for shifting cultivation, and collected by the project, in the general resettlement area on the plateau; and (c) timbers that were felled to construct the electricity transmission line into the pilot village. In some cases (for some of the timbers) villages were paid to hand saw. However, most of the timbers were transported to a sawmill in Thakhek. In the case of fallen pine trees that were collected (as described above), the timber company exchanged this pine wood for semi- hardwoods. Each house was also supplied with (a) a pour flush toilet and (b) a rainwater collection tank. Nursery and Primary school The primary school will be built in 2004. However, the children's nursery was completed in late 2002, and is used by the children of the village. Two teachers (local ethnic villagers) are employed and lunch is provided to all the children. Road The road from the main road to Ban Nong Boua, and roads within the village and agriculture areas were initially (2002) only cleared and roughly formed. By mid 2004, newly formed road and drainage system will have been constructed. J-15 SOCIO-CULTURAL DEVELOPMENT Community hall Construction of the community hall is presently ongoing. This will serve as a central point for the villagers of Nong Boua, for meetings, training and celebrations. It will also contain offices for groups such as the water users association, the village forestry group, etc. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Spirit house Two families in Ban Nong Boua have members of the family who are spirit mediums. These two families have thus rebuilt a spirit house next to their main house. J-16 INITIAL LESSONS LEARNED FOR THE RESETTLEMENT PROGRAMME It is still to early to seriously evaluate the success and/or failings of the pilot village. However, some valuable lessons can be learned already from the development, construction and livelihood activities to date and these include the following: While it depends on each village, it appears that they may prefer that households are grouped by clan and possibly in a cluster model. If the cluster model is selected by villagers, then this may require a reassessment of the assumptions and conclusions of the demonstration farm results; Special provisions with regards to land plot allocation for disadvantaged households (such as households with a single mother, widow, labour deficit, elderly or infirm) should be provided as needed; While difficult to achieve in practice, each family should be provided with land of similar slope and soil conditions; At least domestic water supply must be available in the relocation sites at, or just before, moving to that site; Electricity is a strong attraction for villagers to move, because this will be one of the most important factors to make possible water supply to irrigate crops as well as for other household utilities; When performing topographic surveys for new village areas, particular attention must be paid to the 538 m contour as the lowest level for permanent agriculture, and 540 m contour as the lowest level for housing construction; Village planning, in terms of reaching agreements on the physical plan and layout of all the infrastructure improvements, is time-consuming. This should be recognized in scheduling the planning for the remaining villages. Both the RMU and the RO will allocate staff accordingly; The method for actually distributing water to the agricultural fields is a difficult and as yet unresolved issue. This is partly because it will depend on the slope of each field, which is likely to vary considerably over the resettlement area. It will also depend on the eventual choice of crops and cropping systems found to be the most economic; and It will take at least 2 growing seasons ­ 2 wet seasons and 2 dry seasons ­ for villagers to become familiar with, and test out the new cropping systems. Only after this trial period will they have a better understanding of what the long term cropping system that is the most effective and economic. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Figure 1: Development Schedule of Pilot Village No. Activities Responsible Parties Time Frame 1997-1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1 Registration RC, RMU, RO , Village 2 Selection village RC, RMU, RO , Village 3 Survey village land RMU, DRWG, VRC, RO 4 Survey soil condition RO, Sub Contractor 5 Plan village location RO, RMU, VRC 6 Plan village layout and plot RO, Sub Contractor 7 Survey Irrigation RO, Sub Contractor 8 Consult village RMU, DRWG, VRC, Mass Org. 9 Location for each household RO, VRC, RMU, villagers 10 Clear site area RO, VRC, RMU, villagers 11 Obtain land certificate Dist. DRWG, RMU, villagers 12 Demarcate farm/house plot RMU, RO, DRWG, VRC, villagers 13 Construct access road RO, Sub Contractor 14 Construct infrastructures RO, Sub Contractor 15 Construction house RO, RMU, VRC, villagers, Sub Contractor 16 Resettlement monitoring RMU, DRWG, VRC 17 Physical relocation RO, RMU, DRWG, VRC 18 Upland rice production RMU, RO, Village 19 Construction irrigation RO, Sub Contractor 20 Training farm technique RO,Villagers 21 Rice bank RMU, VRC, Villagers 22 Health check, sanitary RMU, RO, VRC 23 Tree plantation (reforestation) RMU, RO, DRWG, VRC 24 Forest survey RO, Sub Contractor 25 Village organizational strengthening RC, RMU, DRWG, VRC 26 Improve soil fertility RO, VRC, villagers 27 Water supply RO, Sub Contractor 28 Vegetable production RO, villagers 29 Irrigated rice production RO, villagers 30 Forest management RO, VRC, RMU, DRWG 31 Fruit tree plantation RO, VRC, villagers 32 Animal raising RO, VRC, villagers November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 1: Main Characteristics of the Soil Moderate - S2 Marginal - S3 Not Suitable - S4 Soil type Ferric and Haplic acrisol Topography Terrasse Landform Plateau Slope 0 ­ 8% 0 ­ 16% 0 ­ 8% Micro-topography Up to 16% 16% up Oxygen Medium Medium to good Low Rooting depth > 50 cm 50 cm 50-25 cm Vegetation Chromolena, Imperala Chromolena, Imperala Pine Land use Shifting cultivation Shifting cultivation Degraded forest Parent material alluvial Alluvial Alluvial Surface characteristic Silt stone, crusting and sealing Silt stone, stoniness 0.1-3%surface is Sandstone, surface are sealing sealing compaction Rock Outcrop 2-10% 10-25% 2-10% % of stone 0.01-0.1% 0.1-3% 0.1-3% Erosion factor water Water, can be high water Erosion susceptibility low medium low Moisture High to medium medium low Soil depth More than 120 cm 120 cm 120 cm Drainage medium medium low Infiltration low low low Texture horizon A) Sandy loam, Loam, Sandy clay Sandy loam, Loam, clay loam Sandy loam, Loam, Sandy clay (Btc) Sandy loam, Loam, Sandy clay and Clay Sandy loam, Loam, Silt loam Sandy loam, Loam, Sandy clay and Clay loam loam (C) Clay loam, Sandy clay and Clay Clay loam, Silt and Clay Clay loam, Sandy clay and Clay Sources: Soil Survey of NT2 Resettlement Area No.16 ­ January 2001. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 2: Soil Samples Results of soil samples analysis are summarized in the table below with an interpretation of the value. Moderate - S2 Marginal - S3 Not Suitable - S4 Value Interpretation Value Interpretation Value Interpretation Texture SL SL SL SL L L PH KCI 4.1 Very strongly acid 4.1 Very strongly acid 4.1 Very strongly acid PH H20 4.9 Very strongly acid 4.9 Very strongly acid 4.9 Very strongly acid OM% 1.8 Low 1.2 Low 0.9 Low Nitrogen % 0.083 Very low 0.079 Very low 0.058 Very low C/N 12.5 High 9.5 Medium 8.5 Medium P. total % 0.019 Low 0.026 Low 0.019 Low P. available ppm 1.4 Medium 1.4 Medium 1.5 Medium K. total % 0.037 Low 0.040 Low 0.045 Low K available % 7.3 Medium 7.1 Medium 5.3 Medium CEC, total me/100g 8.0 Low 7.4 Low 6.3 Low BS, % 15.3 Very low 16.1 Very low 13.8 Very low Ca me/100g 0.429 Very low 0.378 Very lo0w 0.250 Very low Mg me/100g 0.548 Low 0.557 Low 0.383 Very low K me 100g 0.138 Medium 0.134 Medium 0.085 Low Na me 100g 0.142 Very low 0.137 Very low 0.135 Very low Sources: Soil Surveys of NT2 Resettlement Area No.16 ­ January 2001 Table 3: Meteorological Data Nakai Plateau Observation Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual Mean Period Temperature (c) 18.4 18.8 23.2 25.6 26.1 25.6 25.2 25.5 25.0 22.1 21.2 19.3 23.0 1994-98 Precipitation (mm) 17.0 30.3 133.9 186.4 275.7 298.2 414.4 538.7 336.5 192.2 37.5 12.3 2473.1 1984-92 Evaporation (mm) 150.5 148.6 185.8 153.4 173.5 168.7 163.8 146.6 116.3 172.6 153.4 121.8 1855.0 1996-98 Duration of Sunshine (h) 282 245 214 207 195 108 127 121 132 239 225 236 2331 1994-98 Daily mean Sunshine (h) 9.1 8.7 6.9 6.9 6.3 3.6 4.1 3.9 4.4 7.7 7.5 7.6 6.39 1994-98 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Figure 2: Proposed Pilot Village - Layout 1 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Figure 3: Proposed Pilot Village ­ Layout 2 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Figure 4: Soil Classification Map November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 4: Size and Number of Livestock Owned by each Household, Pilot Village, 2004 No. family HH No. members Cow Buffalo Horse Goat Pig Duck Chicken 1 4 2 3 2 4 2 3 3 7 2 4 3 8 10 5 4 2 6 10 29 2 10 7 8 19 8 11 37 10 9 4 1 10 11 5 2 12 12 3 2 10 13 5 2 14 3 9 15 16 3 2 10 17 10 50 18 3 4 2 19 8 20 2 4 20 8 2 2 21 12 4 22 10 5 23 6 6 6 24 6 3 25 1 4 6 26 6 21 27 6 9 28 1 Total 169 4 223 0 0 28 0 91 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 5: Crops Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003 Rice Maize Peanut Soybean Black bean HH Area Seed Area Seed Area Seed Area Seed Area Seed No. Date (ha) (Kg) Date (ha) (Kg) Date (ha) (Kg) Date (ha) (Kg) Date (ha) (Kg) 1 10/05/2003 0.06 12 08/05/2003 0.06 3 05/05/2003 0.06 5 26/05/2003 0.02 1 2 16/05/2003 0.12 12 08/05/2003 0.12 5 05/05/2003 0.03 5 28/05/2003 0.075 1.5 3 03/05/2003 0.18 8 01/05/2003 0.03 6 26/05/2003 0.03 1.5 4 22/05/2003 0.18 12 10/05/2003 0.04 1 05/05/2003 0.06 3 12/05/2003 0.06 0.5 5 25/05/2003 0.04 6 08/05/2003 0.16 5 28/05/2003 0.03 2 06/06/2003 0.015 0.5 6 26/05/2003 0.1 6 29/04/2002 0.32 11 02/05/2003 0.22 14 28/05/2003 0.16 3 7 08/05/2003 0.16 3 09/05/2003 0.09 3 29/05/2003 0.09 1.5 8 05/05/2003 0.24 5 09/05/2003 0.08 6 29/05/2003 0.03 1.5 9 08/05/2003 0.16 2 02/05/2003 0.1 3 28/05/2003 0.07 1.5 10 09/05/2003 0.32 8 08/05/2003 0.2 6 28/05/2003 0.15 1 11 18/05/2003 0.12 22 07/05/2003 0.16 4 09/05/2003 0.12 7 26/05/2003 0.15 2 12 20/05/2003 0.16 14 06/05/2003 0.16 5 09/05/2003 0.03 6 27/05/2003 0.12 2 13 21/05/2003 0.28 13 16/05/2003 0.18 3 13/05/2003 0.12 5 14 18/05/2003 0.15 13 12/05/2003 0.15 3 10/05/2003 0.05 3 28/05/2003 0.01 0.5 15 16/05/2003 0.16 3 15/05/2003 0.07 4 30/05/2003 0.08 1 16 07/05/2003 0.24 4 09/05/2003 0.06 5 26/05/2003 0.06 0.5 17 26/05/2003 0.03 3 09/05/2003 0.03 4 28/05/2003 0.06 0.5 18 06/05/2003 0.15 3 03/05/2003 0.08 5 28/05/2003 0.15 1 19 29/04/2003 0.15 3 27/04/2003 0.04 6 01/05/2003 0.01 1 27/05/2003 0.15 1.5 20 28/04/2003 0.16 3 26/04/2003 0.01 4 30/04/2003 0.01 0.5 27/05/2003 0.04 2 21 03/06/2003 0.06 4 08/05/2003 0.1 5 06/05/2003 0.06 5 28/05/2003 0.012 1 22 30/05/2003 0.12 12 10/05/2003 0.12 5 09/05/2003 0.06 6 30/05/2003 0.09 0.5 23 22/05/2003 0.08 10 10/05/2003 0.1 3 13/05/2003 0.04 6 29/05/2003 0.08 1 24 16/05/2003 0.12 12 07/05/2003 0.12 3 05/05/2003 0.07 7 19/05/2003 0.005 0.2 09/06/2003 0.018 1 25 21/05/2003 0.07 2 20/05/2003 0.03 2 26 21/05/2003 0.07 1 20/05/2003 0.04 5 19/05/2003 0.006 0.2 30/05/2003 0.072 2 27 07/05/2003 0.09 3 08/05/2003 0.02 5 09/06/2003 0.03 1 Total 1.59 148 3.97 107 1.83 138 0.031 1.9 1.822 31 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 6: Yields of Maize and Peanuts, Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003. Maize Peanuts Estimated Estimated Area Yield production Area Yield production HH No. (m2) (kg/ha) (kg) (m2) (kg/ha) (kg) 1 740 1,806 134 304 1,000 30 2 1292 1,958 253 1,161 1,083 126 3 1000 1,486 149 2,116 1,222 259 4 716 1,528 109 524 1,222 64 5 0 1,917 - - - - 6 2600 1,861 484 5,400 1,222 660 7 643 1,389 89 1,319 1,028 136 8 746 1,167 87 1,348 806 109 9 360 1,889 68 960 861 83 10 648 2,083 135 648 833 54 11 175 1,333 23 350 889 31 12 175 1,306 23 980 833 82 13 225 972 22 225 1,028 23 14 0 1,389 - - 1,306 - 15 496 1,667 83 248 917 23 16 250 2,167 54 1,000 972 97 17 150 1,250 19 1,254 1,264 159 18 1140 1,389 158 1,880 1,653 311 19 1042 1,972 206 964 1,000 96 20 1170 1,528 179 468 889 42 21 244 2,306 56 890 1,153 103 22 591 2,000 118 320 861 28 23 879 1,778 156 950 1,639 156 24 474 1,694 80 553 1,333 74 25 768 1,889 145 700 1,417 99 26 1224 1,389 170 1,530 1,222 187 27 1459 2,250 328 750 1,472 110 Average 711 1,680 123 994 1,079 116 Note: Yield is measured by 4 representative sampling areas (@ 3m * 3m) in each farm plot. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 7: Fruit Trees Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, 2003 Pomelo Lychee Lime Jack fruit Mango Rose apple Longan Seed Seed Seed Seed Seed Seed Seed HH No. Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) 1 23/05/2003 8 23/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 8 24/05/2003 8 23/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 5 2 23/05/2003 4 23/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 9 24/05/2003 17 23/05/2003 7 23/05/2003 5 3 23/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 10 4 23/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 5 23/05/2003 13 23/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 3 5 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 9 27/05/2003 6 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 12 6 23/05/2003 8 23/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 20 23/05/2003 4 7 24/05/2003 15 24/05/2003 6 24/05/2003 15 24/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 5 8 24/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 6 24/05/2003 15 24/05/2003 5 9 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 4 27/05/2003 5 10 26/05/2003 38 23/05/2003 8 26/05/2003 20 26/05/2003 11 26/05/2003 3 11 23/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 6 23/05/2003 10 23/05/2003 5 23/05/2003 4 23/05/2003 4 12 24/05/2003 15 24/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 5 13 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 2 14 22/05/2003 15 22/05/2003 5 22/05/2003 10 22/05/2003 22/05/2003 5 15 28/05/2003 15 28/05/2003 5 29/05/2003 10 29/05/2003 3 29/05/2003 5 16 24/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 5 24/05/2003 10 24/05/2003 6 17 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 7 27/05/2003 15 27/05/2003 8 23/05/2003 4 18 22/05/2003 7 22/05/2003 10 22/05/2003 15 22/05/2003 6 19 23/05/2003 17 23/05/2003 10 29/07/2003 13 23/05/2003 14 20 24/05/2003 24 27/05/2003 7 29/07/2003 13 01/08/2003 5 26/05/2003 10 21 26/05/2003 10 26/05/2003 5 26/05/2003 10 26/05/2003 8 22 27/05/2003 12 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 17 27/05/2003 2 27/05/2003 7 23 26/05/2003 10 26/05/2003 5 26/05/2003 10 26/05/2003 1 28/05/2003 10 24 26/05/2003 10 26/05/2003 7 26/05/2003 10 26/05/2003 2 28/05/2003 5 28/05/2003 4 25 26/05/2003 9 26/05/2003 6 26/05/2003 11 26/05/2003 4 26/05/2003 6 26 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 10 27/05/2003 5 27/05/2003 9 27 28/05/2003 13 28/05/2003 6 28/05/2003 10 28/05/2003 4 28/05/2003 8 Total 325 178 302 135 194 18 16 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 8: Other Crops Planted in Nong Boua Pilot Village, Wet Season 2003 Banana Pine apple Chili Asparagus Rattan Seed Seed Seed Seed Seed HH No. Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) Date (Kg) 1 24/04/2003 69 10/05/2003 400 30/05/2003 100 2 49 09/05/2003 100 23/05/2003 300 3 56 09/05/2003 300 25/05/2003 200 4 30/04/2003 64 26/05/2003 250 30/05/2003 100 5 65 19/05/2003 200 31/05/2003 150 6 112 28/05/2003 686 29/05/2003 200 16/05/2003 300 13/05/2003 208 7 01/05/2003 51 18/05/2003 250 26/05/2003 200 8 56 18/05/2003 300 26/05/2003 200 9 02/05/2003 69 18/05/2003 200 29/05/2003 100 10 25/05/2003 114 21/05/2003 300 30/05/2003 200 11 45 18/05/2003 210 26/05/2003 250 12 45 26/06/2003 200 27/06/2003 200 13 70 19/06/2003 150 30/05/2003 110 14 70 26/06/2003 200 27/04/2003 100 15 52 31/05/2003 280 16 65 20/05/2003 200 27/05/2003 150 17 45 26/05/2003 250 30/05/2003 270 18 45 26/05/2003 200 26/05/2003 100 19 51 27/05/2003 577 13/05/2003 300 14/05/2003 189 20 27/04/2003 45 27/04/2003 656 27/04/2003 100 14/05/2003 287 21 27/05/2003 48 17/06/2003 200 27/05/2003 150 22 57 17/06/2003 300 30/05/2003 180 23 61 17/05/2003 250 31/05/2003 100 24 28/04/2003 51 19/05/2003 200 26/05/2003 100 25 29/04/2003 45 30/05/2003 100 26 45 18/05/2003 195 30/05/2003 150 27 79 30/05/2003 130 Total 1624 6774 4520 776 208 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 9: The First Plantings of Vegetable Crops, Dry Season 2003-2004 Number of Plants/Holes per Family HH Water No Cabbage Chilli Egg plant Papaya melon Tomato Cucumber Long bean 1 180 300 20 20 22 60 60 2 100 300 20 20 20 20 60 3 150 482 60 20 25 40 20 4 360 300 20 20 36 80 60 60 5 165 300 40 20 20 20 6 540 536 50 20 50 80 80 60 7 162 310 80 20 20 60 60 60 8 222 300 30 20 20 60 60 60 9 150 300 20 20 21 60 60 60 10 417 430 220 30 20 30 80 11 278 947 85 45 32 30 80 12 339 300 45 38 22 22 50 13 265 550 40 45 34 35 14 125 265 20 25 20 32 30 15 335 400 20 25 20 30 16 235 273 125 30 19 35 80 90 17 320 300 60 20 26 60 60 60 18 125 250 80 20 20 60 60 60 19 460 300 50 20 18 80 60 20 200 300 20 30 60 60 60 21 228 600 60 40 20 101 22 330 400 30 35 20 54 80 50 23 223 325 30 40 20 58 90 70 24 266 300 50 30 20 30 80 25 120 300 20 10 20 30 30 20 26 467 646 107 50 20 70 80 30 27 301 417 98 50 20 60 80 50 Total 7,063 10,431 1,500 763 605 1,357 1,460 790 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 10: Income and Expenditure for Households in Nong Boua Pilot Village, January ­ December 2003. no Family Name Livestock Production NTFP Worker Other Income total Expenditure Balance 1 Mr Vang 595,000 436,500 555,000 4,379,500 379,000 6,345,000 3,486,500 2,858,500 2 Mr Chomngon 85,000 336,500 77,000 1,418,000 1,545,000 3,461,500 1,333,500 2,128,000 3 Mr Ka 725,000 2,128,000 714,500 6,513,000 1,197,000 11,277,500 5,089,500 6,188,000 4 Ms Sai 136,000 1,025,500 245,000 2,229,000 771,000 4,406,500 2,118,000 2,288,500 5 Mr On 1,835,000 531,000 130,000 10,860,000 364,000 13,720,000 4,064,500 9,655,500 6 Mr Khamfong 8,190,000 3,328,500 1,132,500 16,153,500 2,166,500 30,971,000 14,259,000 16,712,000 7 Mr Thongdam 4,670,000 594,000 1,287,000 1,429,000 1,366,000 9,346,000 9,691,000 - 345,000 8 Mr Xiengnon 5,812,500 1,288,000 8,451,000 4,828,000 772,000 21,151,500 14,523,500 6,628,000 9 Mr Phon 1,745,000 605,500 722,000 6,094,500 1,428,500 10,595,500 5,943,000 4,652,500 10 Mr Thon 315,000 761,000 306,500 1,629,000 450,000 3,461,500 1,866,000 1,595,500 11 Mr Xiengkom 796,000 2,047,000 525,000 3,971,000 2,225,500 9,564,500 3,964,500 5,600,000 12 Mr Som 316,000 1,215,000 1,157,000 2,777,000 555,000 6,020,000 3,913,500 2,106,500 13 Mr Phomma 702,000 1,080,500 929,000 2,956,500 699,000 6,367,000 3,903,500 2,463,500 14 Mr Khem 97,000 762,500 201,000 2,163,500 387,000 3,611,000 2,478,500 1,132,500 15 Mr Vong 120,000 744,500 689,500 2,412,500 1,972,500 5,939,000 2,600,000 3,339,000 16 Mr Seng 80,000 303,000 65,500 1,277,500 619,500 2,345,500 626,000 1,719,500 17 Mr Xiengin 19,449,000 2,025,500 589,000 2,614,500 415,000 25,093,000 17,949,000 7,144,000 18 Mr Han 268,000 248,000 375,500 1,575,000 739,000 3,205,500 1,999,000 1,206,500 19 Mr Sysavan 3,037,000 1,151,500 752,500 3,379,000 210,500 8,530,500 4,523,500 4,007,000 20 Mr Khen 562,000 608,000 220,500 1,890,000 4,496,500 7,777,000 6,271,000 1,506,000 21 Mr Nod 131,000 806,000 299,000 4,349,000 2,051,000 7,636,000 7,589,500 46,500 22 Me Singlak 141,000 1,586,000 501,000 4,586,500 3,373,000 10,187,500 5,683,000 4,504,500 23 Mr Bounmythan 375,000 929,000 594,500 1,725,000 717,500 4,341,000 2,172,500 2,168,500 24 Mr Ooy 6,493,000 1,194,500 356,000 4,093,000 639,000 12,775,500 3,903,500 8,872,000 25 Mr Pe 227,000 286,000 241,000 1,818,000 519,000 3,091,000 1,918,000 1,173,000 26 Mr It 2,027,000 938,000 537,000 1,972,000 351,000 5,825,000 6,277,500 - 452,500 27 Mr Chanpeng 677,000 1,218,500 1,353,000 2,211,500 1,709,000 7,169,000 7,153,000 16,000 28 Mme. Hay - - - - - - - - 29 Mr. Chansy - - - - - - - - 30 Mr. Xiengsong - - - - - - - - TOTAL 59,606,500 28,178,000 23,006,500 101,305,000 32,118,000 244,214,000 145,300,000 98,914,000 Table 11: Income and Expenditure for Households in Nong Boua Pilot Village, January ­ June 2004. no Name Livestock Production NTFP Worker Other Income total Expenditure Balance 1 Mr Vang 2,750,000 657,500 220,000 1,605,000 681,000 5,913,500 4,356,500 1,557,000 2 Mr Chomngon 15,000 157,000 76,500 875,000 550,500 1,674,000 702,000 972,000 3 Mr Ka 150,000 1,354,000 875,500 3,297,000 1,473,500 7,150,000 3,024,700 4,125,300 4 Ms Sai 80,000 483,000 95,500 2,452,000 646,500 3,757,000 2,858,000 899,000 5 Mr On 93,000 344,000 238,500 1,057,000 750,500 2,483,000 1,476,500 1,006,500 6 Mr Khamfong 67,000 3,756,000 1,194,500 7,887,500 3,257,000 16,162,000 5,791,500 10,370,500 7 Mr Thongdam 3,270,000 422,500 408,500 3,319,000 1,760,500 9,180,500 4,726,000 4,454,500 8 Mr Xiengnon 4,481,000 520,500 1,088,500 5,954,000 2,409,500 14,453,500 10,139,000 4,314,500 9 Mr Phon 30,000 357,000 538,000 3,250,000 596,000 4,771,000 3,990,800 780,200 10 Mr Thon 410,000 623,000 404,000 2,572,000 797,500 4,806,500 1,838,300 2,968,200 11 Mr Xiengkom 813,000 1,632,000 785,500 4,607,000 1,304,500 9,142,000 5,314,000 3,828,000 12 Mr Som 110,000 1,216,500 374,500 3,613,000 673,000 5,987,000 2,077,500 3,909,500 13 Mr Phomma 20,000 510,500 257,500 1,536,000 1,455,500 3,779,500 2,197,700 1,581,800 14 Mr Khem 320,000 452,000 745,000 2,452,000 646,500 4,615,500 1,296,900 3,318,600 15 Mr Vong - 544,500 302,000 2,115,000 831,500 3,793,000 2,092,000 1,701,000 16 Mr Seng - 470,500 9,500 150,000 633,000 1,263,000 275,500 987,500 17 Mr Xiengin 27,350,000 1,070,500 741,500 3,712,000 899,500 33,773,500 29,485,500 4,288,000 18 Mr Han 68,000 878,500 445,500 1,562,000 522,500 3,476,500 2,907,000 569,500 19 Mr Sysavan 1,205,000 396,000 1,096,500 5,312,000 1,267,500 9,277,000 4,142,500 5,134,500 20 Mr Khen 280,000 427,000 580,500 2,167,000 1,453,500 4,908,000 3,127,500 1,780,500 21 Mr Nod 305,000 603,000 441,500 3,865,000 5,526,500 10,741,000 5,361,500 5,379,500 22 Me Singlak 385,000 1,394,500 1,383,500 4,947,000 1,399,500 9,509,500 5,255,000 4,254,500 23 Mr Bounmythan 185,000 721,500 85,000 1,847,500 1,062,000 3,901,000 1,536,500 2,364,500 24 Mr Ooy 2,670,000 1,111,000 312,000 1,032,500 8,935,500 14,061,000 11,828,700 2,232,300 25 Mr Pe 2,558,000 543,000 157,000 1,080,000 989,000 5,327,000 4,732,200 594,800 26 Mr It 7,880,000 1,249,500 288,500 1,008,000 4,387,500 14,813,500 18,615,000 - 3,801,500 27 Mr Chanpeng 9,458,000 560,000 326,500 1,688,000 7,938,000 19,970,500 15,619,500 4,351,000 28 Mme. Hay - - - - - - - - 29 Mr. Chansy 500,000 88,000 170,500 4,625,000 171,500 5,555,000 1,565,500 3,989,500 30 Mr. Xiengsong 30,000 9,000 253,000 2,600,000 752,000 3,644,000 2,580,000 1,064,000 TOTAL 64,953,000 22,455,000 13,471,500 74,962,500 52,847,500 228,689,500 154,767,800 73,921,700 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Figure 5: Income, Expenditure and Balance for Villagers in Nong Boua Pilot Village, January 2003 ­ June 2004. 1 Mr. Vang Income & Expenditure for Mr Vang's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 441,000 1,559,000 Feb-03 50,000 169,000 3,500,000 Mar-03 150,000 106,500 3,000,000 Apr-03 222,000 48,000 May-03 200,000 47,000 ) 2,500,000 Jun-03 369,500 233,000 ip Jul-03 558,000 95,000 (k 2,000,000 Income total Aug-03 128,000 614,500 nt Expenditure Sep-03 2,852,000 162,000 ou 1,500,000 Oct-03 538,000 379,000 Am 1,000,000 Nov-03 376,500 30,500 Dec-03 460,000 43,000 500,000 Jan-04 1,958,000 72,500 Feb-04 1,697,500 3,018,500 - Mar-04 250,000 96,500 3 3 g-03 p-03Oct-0Nov 3 04 04 4 4 Apr-04 122,000 572,000 b-03 -03 -03 b- r-0 y-04 n-04 May-04 236,000 142,500 Jan-03Fe Ma A r-03 pr-0May-03Jun-03Jul-0Au Se Dec Jan- Fe Ma Apr-0Ma Ju Jun-04 1,650,000 454,500 Month Total: 6,345,000 3,486,500 2 Mr. Chomgon Income & Expenditure for Mr Chomgon's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 19,000 1,000,000 Feb-03 - 31,000 Mar-03 27,000 42,500 900,000 Apr-03 163,500 19,500 800,000 May-03 1,500 8,500 700,000 Jun-03 516,000 242,000 )pi (k 600,000 Jul-03 373,500 165,500 Income total Aug-03 725,500 506,000 500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 267,000 73,500 ount 400,000 Oct-03 927,000 96,000 mA 300,000 Nov-03 262,500 67,000 200,000 Dec-03 198,000 63,000 100,000 Jan-04 208,000 253,000 Feb-04 75,000 16,000 - Mar-04 50,500 64,500 3 3 3 3 3 30-l 3 3 30t- 30- 30- 4 4 4 4 4 Apr-04 128,500 196,500 r-0a 03-y Ju r-0a 04-y May-04 392,500 74,000 an-0J eb-0F M r-0pA Ma un-0J ug-0A ep-0S Oc Nov Dec an-0J eb-0F M r-0pA Ma un-0J Jun-04 819,500 98,000 Month Total: 3,461,500 1,333,500 3 Mr. Ka Income & Expenditure for Mr Ka's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 1,257,000 225,000 Feb-03 307,000 199,000 2,500,000 Mar-03 32,000 157,500 Apr-03 289,500 36,500 2,000,000 May-03 1,086,000 366,000 Jun-03 868,000 451,500 )pi 1,500,000 Jul-03 1,225,000 993,000 (k Income total Aug-03 1,741,500 591,000 unto Expenditure Sep-03 1,994,000 498,500 1,000,000 Oct-03 1,203,500 780,000 mA Nov-03 560,000 347,000 500,000 Dec-03 714,000 444,500 Jan-04 694,000 450,000 Feb-04 805,000 108,000 - Mar-04 1,151,500 808,700 3 3 -03 3 3 03 3 -03 -03 -04 4 4 Apr-04 1,333,500 985,000 Jan-0Fe Ma Apr b-03 r-0 y-03Jun-03Jul-0Aug-0Sep- Oct-0Nov Dec May-04 1,208,000 350,000 Ma Jan Feb-04Mar-0Apr-0May-04Jun-04 Jun-04 1,958,000 323,000 Month Total: 11,277,500 5,089,500 4 Mme. Sai Income & Expenditure for Mme Sai Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 118,000 38,000 1,000,000 Feb-03 226,000 45,000 Mar-03 277,000 212,000 900,000 Apr-03 237,000 116,000 800,000 May-03 338,000 436,000 700,000 Jun-03 242,000 80,500 600,000 Jul-03 905,500 188,500 ip)k(t Income total Aug-03 331,000 33,500 500,000 oun Expenditure Sep-03 605,000 667,000 400,000 Oct-03 644,500 106,500 mA 300,000 Nov-03 382,500 100,000 200,000 Dec-03 100,000 95,000 100,000 Jan-04 519,000 488,000 Feb-04 86,000 201,000 - Mar-04 145,500 675,000 3 03 03 03 03 3 3 3 4 04 04 04 04 4 Apr-04 588,000 351,000 r- r- y- g-03 p-03Oc t-03 r- r- y- Ap May-04 264,000 132,000 Jan-0Feb- Ma Ap Ma Jun-0 Jul-0Au Se Nov-0Dec-03Jan-0Feb- Ma Ma Jun-0 Jun-04 264,000 132,000 Month Total: 4,406,500 2,118,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 5 Mr. On Income & Expenditure for Mr On's family(2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 153,000 65,500 10,000,000 Feb-03 1,212,000 791,000 Mar-03 369,000 261,000 9,000,000 Apr-03 386,000 312,000 8,000,000 May-03 570,000 248,500 7,000,000 Jun-03 438,000 87,000 6,000,000 Jul-03 738,500 645,500 Income total Aug-03 416,500 322,000 ount 5,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 8,910,000 950,500 Am 4,000,000 Oct-03 386,000 71,000 3,000,000 Nov-03 95,500 163,500 2,000,000 Dec-03 45,500 147,000 Jan-04 154,500 32,000 1,000,000 Feb-04 109,500 136,000 - Mar-04 401,500 316,500 03 03 03 03 04 04 Apr-04 674,000 458,000 30-r 30-l 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 466,500 205,500 an-03J eb-F Mar- Ap May-03 un-03J ug-A ep-S Oc No De an-04J eb-F Mar- Ap May-04 un-04J Jun-04 677,000 328,500 Month Total: 13,720,000 4,064,500 6 Mr. Khamfong Income & Expenditure for Mr Khamfong's family (2003 to 1-6/004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 20,000 718,000 12,000,000 Feb-03 30,000 193,500 Mar-03 2,033,000 1,613,000 Apr-03 851,000 298,500 10,000,000 May-03 1,185,000 771,000 Jun-03 1,795,500 376,000 8,000,000 Jul-03 6,833,000 1,558,000 ip)k( Income total Aug-03 4,163,000 5,543,000 6,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 10,166,500 1,078,000 ount Oct-03 2,267,000 460,000 mA 4,000,000 Nov-03 892,000 494,500 Dec-03 735,000 1,155,500 2,000,000 Jan-04 1,124,000 314,500 Feb-04 674,500 472,000 - 3 Mar-04 2,939,500 898,000 03- 30-r 03- l-0 03-t 04- 40-r 04- Apr-04 4,368,000 851,000 30-v 30-c Ap Ju Oc Ap May-04 3,689,000 950,000 an-03J Feb-03 Mar May un-03J Aug-03 Sep-03 No De an-04J Feb-04 Mar May un-04J Jun-04 3,367,000 2,306,000 Month Total: 30,971,000 14,259,000 7 Mr. Thongdam Income & Expenditure for Mr Thongdam's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 2,000,000 68,500 4,000,000 Feb-03 70,000 300,500 Mar-03 500,000 672,000 3,500,000 Apr-03 2,977,000 3,516,000 3,000,000 May-03 60,000 681,000 Jun-03 272,000 821,000 2,500,000 Jul-03 605,000 852,500 (kip)t Income total Aug-03 169,000 1,173,000 2,000,000 oun Expenditure Sep-03 609,000 456,000 1,500,000 Oct-03 1,358,000 813,000 mA Nov-03 434,000 92,500 1,000,000 Dec-03 292,000 245,000 500,000 Jan-04 572,500 516,500 Feb-04 1,500,500 240,000 - Mar-04 2,390,500 1,969,500 3 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 3 3 4 04 04 04 04 Apr-04 824,000 725,000 r-03 pr- y- Jun- Jul- r-04 pr- y- A Jun- May-04 676,000 135,000 Jan-0Feb- Ma A Ma Aug- Sep- Oct-0Nov-0Dec-03Jan-0Feb- Ma Ma Jun-04 3,217,000 1,140,000 Month Total: 9,346,000 9,691,000 8 Mr. Xiengnon Income & Expenditure for Mr Xiengsong' s family ( 2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 210,000 9,000,000 Feb-03 150,000 604,000 Mar-03 2,800,000 1,760,000 8,000,000 Apr-03 236,000 909,000 7,000,000 May-03 1,089,500 2,044,500 Jun-03 943,000 1,446,000 6,000,000 Jul-03 7,963,000 1,935,000 (kip)t 5,000,000 Income total Aug-03 3,232,000 2,178,500 4,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 1,074,500 676,000 oun Oct-03 994,000 562,500 mA 3,000,000 Nov-03 1,432,500 804,000 2,000,000 Dec-03 1,237,000 1,394,000 1,000,000 Jan-04 854,500 1,019,000 Feb-04 2,146,000 1,095,000 - Mar-04 4,370,000 4,269,500 Apr-04 2,156,500 940,500 30-l 03-t 30-v 30-c Ju May-04 1,690,500 509,000 an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 r-03pA May-03 un-03J ug-03A ep-03S Oc No De an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 r-04pA May-04 un-04J Jun-04 3,236,000 2,306,000 Month Total: 21,151,500 14,523,500 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 9 Mr. Phon Income & Expenditure for Mr Phon's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 66,000 Feb-03 - 40,000 7,000,000 Mar-03 300,000 619,500 6,000,000 Apr-03 5,909,000 1,328,000 May-03 527,500 860,000 5,000,000 Jun-03 481,000 1,115,000 Jul-03 146,000 1,115,000 ip)k( 4,000,000 Income total Aug-03 424,500 163,500 Expenditure Sep-03 1,030,000 171,000 ount 3,000,000 Oct-03 1,105,000 889,500 mA 2,000,000 Nov-03 343,000 100,000 Dec-03 329,500 320,500 1,000,000 Jan-04 417,500 656,000 Feb-04 148,500 13,500 - Mar-04 998,000 616,800 3 30 Apr-04 705,000 127,000 l-0 May-04 610,000 315,500 an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 Apr-03 May-03 un-03J Ju ug-03A ep-03S Oct- Nov-03 Dec-03 an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 Apr-04 May-04 un-04J Jun-04 1,892,000 1,704,000 Month Total: 10,595,500 6,788,000 10 Mr. Thon Income & Expenditure for Mr Thon's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 5,000 13,000 Feb-03 - 246,000 3,000,000 Mar-03 - 9,000 Apr-03 234,000 36,000 2,500,000 May-03 - 121,000 Jun-03 870,000 252,500 2,000,000 Jul-03 222,000 171,000 (kip)t Income total Aug-03 214,500 646,500 1,500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 280,000 12,500 oun Oct-03 831,000 89,500 mA 1,000,000 Nov-03 366,000 11,000 Dec-03 439,000 258,000 500,000 Jan-04 414,000 118,000 Feb-04 116,500 116,000 - Mar-04 489,500 517,000 3 03 r-03 pr-0Ma 3 03 03 03 3 3 4 04 04 04 04 Apr-04 1,058,000 127,000 t- r-04 pr- y- May-04 261,500 374,800 Jan-0Feb- Ma A y-03Jun-03Jul-03Aug- Sep- Oc Nov-0Dec-0Jan-0Feb- Ma A Ma Jun- Jun-04 2,467,000 585,500 Month Total: 3,461,500 1,866,000 11 Mr. Xiengkom Income & Expenditure for Mr Xiengkom's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 2,000 13,000 3,500,000 Feb-03 10,000 95,000 Mar-03 928,000 51,500 3,000,000 Apr-03 152,500 145,000 May-03 1,120,000 604,500 2,500,000 Jun-03 1,651,000 342,500 Jul-03 1,155,000 460,000 (kip)t 2,000,000 Income total Aug-03 1,066,500 754,000 Expenditure oun 1,500,000 Sep-03 879,500 420,000 Oct-03 1,496,500 448,000 mA1,000,000 Nov-03 743,000 206,000 Dec-03 360,500 301,000 500,000 Jan-04 1,981,000 1,025,500 Feb-04 338,500 327,500 - Mar-04 1,422,500 1,218,000 3 03 3 3 03 03 3 3 3 4 04 04 04 04 Apr-04 1,521,000 878,500 Jan-0Feb- Mar-0Ap r-03 y-03Jun-0 Mar-04Apr- y- Jun- May-04 834,500 834,500 Ma Jul-03Aug- Sep- Oct-0Nov-0Dec-0Jan-0Feb- Ma Jun-04 3,044,500 1,604,500 Month Total: 9,564,500 3,840,500 12 Mr. Som Income & Expenditure for Mr Som's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 180,000 299,500 Feb-03 43,000 47,000 2,500,000 Mar-03 270,000 129,000 Apr-03 405,000 35,000 2,000,000 May-03 400,000 362,500 ) Jun-03 528,000 543,000 1,500,000 Jul-03 1,126,000 737,000 (kipt Income total Aug-03 613,000 700,500 ou Expenditure Sep-03 830,000 313,000 1,000,000 Oct-03 1,093,000 318,000 Am Nov-03 216,000 229,000 500,000 Dec-03 316,000 200,000 Jan-04 1,363,000 1,025,500 Feb-04 109,000 390,000 - Mar-04 973,500 550,000 03 3 -03 3 3 v-03 c-03Jan-0Feb-04Mar 4 -04 -04 -04 4 Apr-04 990,500 451,000 b-0 Jul-03Aug-0Sep-03Oct-03No Apr Jun-0 May-04 378,500 238,500 Jan- Fe Mar-03Apr-03May Jun-0 De May Jun-04 2,172,500 320,000 Month Total: 6,020,000 3,913,500 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 13 Mr. Phomma Income & Expenditure for Mr Phomma's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 162,000 194,000 1,400,000 Feb-03 181,000 55,000 Mar-03 335,000 232,500 1,200,000 Apr-03 214,000 183,000 May-03 502,000 517,000 1,000,000 Jun-03 801,500 533,000 ip) Jul-03 517,500 352,000 (k 800,000 Income total Aug-03 544,000 375,000 Expenditure Sep-03 897,000 406,500 ount 600,000 Oct-03 1,192,000 269,500 mA 400,000 Nov-03 590,500 321,500 Dec-03 430,500 464,500 200,000 Jan-04 450,000 156,500 Feb-04 446,500 37,000 - Mar-04 542,500 645,200 03 03 03 03 04 04 Apr-04 793,000 313,000 30-r 30-l 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 814,500 291,500 an-03J eb-F Mar- Ap May-03 un-03J ug-A ep-S Oc No De an-04J eb-F Mar- Ap May-04 un-04J Jun-04 733,000 754,500 Month Total: 6,367,000 3,903,500 14 Mr. Khem Income & Expenditure for Mr Khem's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 138,000 1,600,000 Feb-03 181,000 55,000 Mar-03 90,000 61,000 1,400,000 Apr-03 379,500 59,000 May-03 200,000 96,000 1,200,000 Jun-03 859,000 533,000 ip) 1,000,000 Jul-03 481,500 892,500 (k Income total Aug-03 236,000 189,500 unt 800,000 Expenditure Sep-03 467,500 406,500 600,000 Oct-03 478,500 210,500 Amo Nov-03 286,000 18,500 400,000 Dec-03 133,000 98,500 200,000 Jan-04 211,000 96,500 Feb-04 101,500 35,000 - Mar-04 659,000 305,900 03- 3 04- Apr-04 1,298,500 155,000 30-r 30-r l-0 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r 40-r Ju May-04 860,500 389,500 an-03J eb-03F Ma Ap May un-03J Aug-03 Sep-03 Oc No De an-04J eb-04F Ma Ap May un-04J Jun-04 1,485,000 315,000 Month Total: 3,792,000 2,758,000 15 Mr. Vong Income & Expenditure for Mr Vong's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 193,000 34,000 1,600,000 Feb-03 193,000 32,000 Mar-03 - 135,500 1,400,000 Apr-03 693,500 158,000 May-03 625,000 464,000 1,200,000 Jun-03 770,000 49,500 ip) 1,000,000 Jul-03 625,500 329,000 (k Income total Aug-03 452,500 419,500 nt 800,000 Expenditure Sep-03 689,000 303,500 600,000 Oct-03 927,000 230,500 Amou Nov-03 311,500 85,000 400,000 Dec-03 459,000 359,500 200,000 Jan-04 476,500 99,000 Feb-04 94,000 238,000 - Mar-04 587,000 293,000 30-l 30 Apr-04 1,371,000 451,000 r-03pA Ju Oct- r-04pA May-04 274,500 353,000 an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 May-03 un-03J ug-03A ep-03S Nov-03 Dec-03 an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 May-04 un-04J Jun-04 990,000 658,000 Month Total: 5,939,000 2,600,000 16 Mr. Seng Income & Expenditure for Mr Seng's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - - 1,200,000 Feb-03 - 14,000 Mar-03 - - Apr-03 153,000 - 1,000,000 May-03 - 2,000 Jun-03 211,500 78,000 ip) 800,000 Jul-03 68,000 30,000 (k Income total Aug-03 299,000 94,000 600,000 Expenditure Sep-03 235,500 2,000 ount Oct-03 980,000 67,000 Am 400,000 Nov-03 135,500 60,500 Dec-03 263,000 278,500 200,000 Jan-04 257,000 12,000 Feb-04 117,000 238,000 - Mar-04 159,000 22,000 3 03 3 3 3 3 03 03 3 4 04 4 4 4 Apr-04 91,500 9,500 y-03 t-0 -03 -03 y-04 May-04 64,000 2,500 Jan-0Feb- Mar-0Apr-0Ma Jun-0 Jul-0Aug- Sep- Oc Nov Dec Jan-0Feb- Mar-0Apr-0Ma Jun-0 Jun-04 574,500 129,500 Month Total: 2,345,500 626,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 17 Mr. Xiengin Income & Expenditure for Mr Xiengin's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 348,000 25,000,000 Feb-03 8,050,000 364,000 Mar-03 96,000 4,734,000 Apr-03 3,270,000 4,017,000 20,000,000 May-03 2,785,000 3,598,000 Jun-03 781,500 709,000 ip) 15,000,000 Jul-03 343,000 143,000 (k Income total Aug-03 3,687,000 1,700,000 Expenditure Sep-03 781,500 709,000 ount 10,000,000 Oct-03 1,185,500 142,000 mA Nov-03 1,453,000 692,500 5,000,000 Dec-03 2,047,500 775,000 Jan-04 374,000 937,000 Feb-04 5,962,500 6,447,500 - Mar-04 1,467,500 1,244,500 03 03 03 03 04 04 Apr-04 1,902,000 1,080,500 30-r 30-l 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 1,971,500 354,000 an-03J eb-F Mar- Ap May-03 un-03J ug-A ep-S Oc No De an-04J eb-F Mar- Ap May-04 un-04J Jun-04 22,096,000 19,422,000 Month Total: 24,480,000 17,931,500 18 Mr. Han Income & Expenditure for Mr Han's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - - 1,000,000 Feb-03 - - Mar-03 249,000 220,500 900,000 Apr-03 180,000 70,000 800,000 May-03 193,500 221,000 700,000 Jun-03 417,500 265,000 ip) 600,000 Jul-03 262,500 150,500 (k Income total Aug-03 243,000 263,000 unt 500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 558,500 123,500 400,000 Oct-03 701,000 239,500 Amo 300,000 Nov-03 270,500 226,000 200,000 Dec-03 130,000 220,000 Jan-04 550,000 266,500 100,000 Feb-04 188,000 402,500 - Mar-04 926,000 480,000 03- 3 04- Apr-04 845,000 646,000 30-r 30-r l-0 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r 40-r Ju May-04 - - an-03J eb-03F Ma Ap May un-03J Aug-03 Sep-03 Oc No De an-04J eb-04F Ma Ap May un-04J Jun-04 - - Month Total: 3,205,500 1,999,000 19 Sysavan Income & Expenditure for Mr Sysavan's famliy (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 1,400,000 122,000 3,000,000 Feb-03 8,000 53,000 Mar-03 54,000 64,000 Apr-03 1,276,000 745,000 2,500,000 May-03 480,500 200,000 Jun-03 401,500 672,000 2,000,000 Jul-03 950,500 672,000 ip)k( Income total Aug-03 620,000 215,500 1,500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 424,000 150,500 ount Oct-03 650,000 715,500 mA1,000,000 Nov-03 988,500 495,000 Dec-03 1,277,500 505,000 500,000 Jan-04 742,000 53,000 Feb-04 1,698,500 402,500 - Mar-04 1,294,500 2,078,500 Apr-04 1,316,500 689,000 30-l 03-t Ju May-04 1,396,500 238,500 an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 r-03pA May-03 un-03J ug-03A ep-03S Oc Nov-03 Dec-03 an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 r-04pA May-04 un-04J Jun-04 2,829,000 675,500 Month Total: 8,530,500 4,609,500 20 Mr. Khen Income & Expenditure for Mr Khen's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 77,000 Feb-03 80,000 564,000 3,000,000 Mar-03 752,000 54,000 Apr-03 675,000 1,414,000 2,500,000 May-03 230,000 250,000 Jun-03 1,341,000 153,000 ip) 2,000,000 Jul-03 1,089,500 598,000 (k Income total Aug-03 704,500 994,000 nt 1,500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 437,000 494,000 Oct-03 908,000 565,500 Amou 1,000,000 Nov-03 818,000 675,500 Dec-03 742,000 432,000 500,000 Jan-04 141,000 341,000 Feb-04 449,000 206,500 - Mar-04 487,500 1,292,000 03- 03- 3 04- 04- Apr-04 906,500 742,000 30-r l-0 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r May-04 502,500 249,000 an-03J Feb-03 Mar Ap May un-03J Ju Aug-03 Sep-03 Oc No De an-04J Feb-04 Mar Ap May un-04J Jun-04 2,421,500 297,000 Month Total: 7,777,000 6,271,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 21 Mr. Nod Income & Expenditure for Mr Nod's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 158,000 Feb-03 50,000 344,000 3,000,000 Mar-03 589,000 1,194,000 Apr-03 302,000 482,000 2,500,000 May-03 800,000 1,304,000 Jun-03 1,122,000 468,000 ip) 2,000,000 Jul-03 477,500 942,500 (k Income total Aug-03 490,000 825,500 1,500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 299,000 122,500 ount Oct-03 1,317,000 637,500 mA 1,000,000 Nov-03 1,097,500 128,000 Dec-03 1,122,000 468,000 500,000 Jan-04 477,500 968,000 Feb-04 294,500 477,000 - Mar-04 1,232,500 1,138,500 03 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 Apr-04 1,223,000 968,500 30-r 30-l 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 833,500 384,000 an-J eb-F Mar- Ap May-03 un-J ug-A ep-S Oc No De an-J eb-F Mar- Ap May-04 un-J Jun-04 2,656,000 1,425,500 Month Total: 7,666,000 7,074,000 22 Mr. Singlak Income & Expenditure for Mr Singlak's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 244,000 67,000 5,000,000 Feb-03 244,000 248,000 Mar-03 345,500 58,000 4,500,000 Apr-03 302,000 223,500 4,000,000 May-03 395,000 481,500 3,500,000 Jun-03 1,965,500 1,012,500 ip) (k 3,000,000 Jul-03 893,000 955,000 Income total Aug-03 1,100,000 1,528,500 nt 2,500,000 Expenditure Sep-03 506,000 110,000 2,000,000 Oct-03 1,465,000 332,500 Amou 1,500,000 Nov-03 974,000 100,000 1,000,000 Dec-03 1,180,500 566,500 500,000 Jan-04 1,087,500 978,500 Feb-04 973,000 686,000 - Mar-04 1,464,500 1,210,000 03- 03- 3 l-0 03-t 04- 04- Apr-04 1,101,000 697,500 30-r 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 533,500 14,500 an-03J Feb-03 Mar Ap May un-03J Aug-03 Sep-03 Oc No De an-04J Feb-04 Mar Ap May un-04J Jun-04 4,350,000 1,668,500 Month Total: 9,614,500 5,683,000 23 Mr. Bounmythan Income & Expenditure for Mr Bounmythan's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 40,000 35,500 2,500,000 Feb-03 244,000 248,000 Mar-03 345,500 58,000 Apr-03 875,000 223,500 2,000,000 May-03 395,000 481,500 Jun-03 1,965,500 1,012,500 1,500,000 Jul-03 893,000 955,000 ip)k( Income total Aug-03 1,100,000 1,528,500 Expenditure Sep-03 506,000 110,000 ount 1,000,000 Oct-03 1,465,000 332,500 mA Nov-03 974,000 100,000 500,000 Dec-03 1,180,500 566,500 Jan-04 450,000 260,000 Feb-04 170,000 52,500 - Mar-04 1,100,500 303,500 Apr-04 685,500 420,000 30-l 03-t Ju May-04 425,000 144,000 an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 r-03pA May-03 un-03J ug-03A ep-03S Oc Nov-03 Dec-03 an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 r-04pA May-04 un-04J Jun-04 1,070,000 356,500 Month Total: 9,983,500 5,651,500 24 Mr. Ooy Income & Expenditure for Mr Ooy's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 21,000 8,000,000 Feb-03 - 208,000 Mar-03 572,000 289,500 7,000,000 Apr-03 348,000 101,500 May-03 43,500 96,000 6,000,000 Jun-03 470,500 474,500 ip) (k 5,000,000 Jul-03 634,000 596,000 Income total Aug-03 6,168,500 170,000 nt 4,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 1,804,000 144,000 3,000,000 Oct-03 1,604,000 1,078,000 Amou Nov-03 637,500 184,000 2,000,000 Dec-03 493,500 541,000 1,000,000 Jan-04 3,025,000 2,768,000 Feb-04 241,500 206,000 - Mar-04 632,500 351,200 03- 03- 3 04- 04- Apr-04 6,801,000 6,464,000 30-r l-0 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 1,538,500 1,018,000 an-03J Feb-03 Mar Ap May un-03J Aug-03 Sep-03 Oc No De an-04J Feb-04 Mar Ap May un-04J Jun-04 1,822,500 1,021,500 Mount Total: 12,775,500 3,903,500 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 25 Mr. Pe Income & Expenditure for Mr Pe's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 74,000 4,000,000 Feb-03 - 92,000 Mar-03 - 74,000 3,500,000 Apr-03 348,000 194,000 May-03 325,000 559,000 3,000,000 Jun-03 332,000 32,000 ip) 2,500,000 Jul-03 239,000 52,000 (k Income total Aug-03 236,000 97,000 2,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 212,500 58,000 ount 1,500,000 Oct-03 940,500 415,500 mA Nov-03 236,500 145,000 1,000,000 Dec-03 221,500 125,500 500,000 Jan-04 2,965,500 3,508,000 Feb-04 324,500 13,000 - Mar-04 632,000 244,000 03 03 03 03 04 04 Apr-04 119,000 219,500 30-r 30-l 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r Ju May-04 638,000 439,200 an-03J eb-F Mar- Ap May-03 un-03J ug-A ep-S Oc No De an-04J eb-F Mar- Ap May-04 un-04J Jun-04 648,000 308,500 Month Total: 3,091,000 1,918,000 26 Mr. It Income & Expenditure for Mr It's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - 59,000 9,000,000 Feb-03 - 68,000 Mar-03 25,000 155,500 8,000,000 Apr-03 367,000 114,000 7,000,000 May-03 1,525,000 2,753,000 Jun-03 638,000 248,000 ip) 6,000,000 Jul-03 388,000 19,000 (k 5,000,000 Income total Aug-03 468,500 921,500 unt 4,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 525,500 312,000 Oct-03 961,000 146,500 Amo 3,000,000 Nov-03 398,500 890,000 2,000,000 Dec-03 398,500 890,000 1,000,000 Jan-04 1,947,000 2,086,000 Feb-04 373,000 353,500 - Mar-04 7,670,500 8,349,000 03- 3 04- Apr-04 1,546,500 5,991,500 30-r 30-r l-0 03-t 30-v 30-c 40-r 40-r Ju May-04 1,613,500 190,500 an-03J eb-03F Ma Ap May un-03J Aug-03 Sep-03 Oc No De an-04J eb-04F Ma Ap May un-04J Jun-04 1,663,000 1,644,500 Month Total: 5,695,000 6,576,500 27 Mr. Chanpeng Income & Expenditure for Mr Chanpeng's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 100,000 69,000 8,000,000 Feb-03 105,000 160,000 Mar-03 524,000 424,000 7,000,000 Apr-03 516,000 293,000 May-03 400,000 1,505,000 6,000,000 Jun-03 736,500 780,000 5,000,000 Jul-03 588,000 862,000 (kip)t Income total Aug-03 851,000 1,073,500 4,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 867,500 278,500 oun 3,000,000 Oct-03 1,770,000 789,000 mA Nov-03 390,000 201,000 2,000,000 Dec-03 321,000 718,000 1,000,000 Jan-04 2,072,000 2,247,500 Feb-04 7,105,500 4,469,500 - Mar-04 2,148,000 623,000 3 3 3 4 Apr-04 3,289,000 3,582,000 03 r-03 -03 -03 y 03 03 03 03 03 04 04 04 04 04t- v- c-Jan- Feb- Ma Apr- r- y- May-04 1,215,000 1,677,500 Jan-0Feb- Ma Apr Ma Jun-0 Jul-0Aug- Sep- Oc No De Ma Jun-0 Jun-04 4,141,000 3,020,000 Month Total: 27,139,500 22,772,500 28 Mme Hay Income & Expended for Mme Hay's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - - 1 Feb-03 - - Mar-03 - - 1 Apr-03 - - 1 May-03 - - 1 Jun-03 - - ip) 1 Jul-03 - - (k Income total Aug-03 - - 1 Expenditure Sep-03 - - ount 0 Oct-03 - - Am 0 Nov-03 - - 0 Dec-03 - - Jan-04 - - 0 Feb-04 - - - Mar-04 - - 03 03 3 03 03 3 3 4 04 4 Apr-04 - - -03 -03 y t-03 -04 -04 y May-04 - - Jan- Feb- Mar-03Apr Ma Jun-0 Jul-03Aug- Sep- Oc Nov-0De c-0 Jan-0Feb- Mar-04Apr Ma Jun-0 Jun-04 - - Month Total: - - November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience 28 Mr. Chansy Income & Expended for Mr Chansy's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - - 4,000,000 Feb-03 - - Mar-03 - - 3,500,000 Apr-03 - - 3,000,000 May-03 - - Jun-03 - - )pik( 2,500,000 Jul-03 - - Income total Aug-03 - - 2,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 - - ount 1,500,000 Oct-03 - - mA Nov-03 - - 1,000,000 Dec-03 - - 500,000 Jan-04 - - Feb-04 - - - Mar-04 - - 3 l-0 30 Apr-04 - - Ju May-04 3,616,000 1,461,000 an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 Apr-03 May-03 un-03J ug-03A ep-03S Oct- Nov-03 Dec-03 an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 Apr-04 May-04 un-04J Jun-04 1,939,000 104,500 Month Total: 5,555,000 1,565,500 30 Mr. Xiengsong Income & Expended for Mr Xiengsong's family (2003 to 1-6/2004) Month Income total Expenditure Jan-03 - - Feb-03 - - 4,000,000 Mar-03 - - 3,500,000 Apr-03 - - May-03 - - 3,000,000 Jun-03 - 2,500,000 Jul-03 - - ip)k( Income total Aug-03 - - 2,000,000 Expenditure Sep-03 - - ount 1,500,000 Oct-03 - - mA Nov-03 - - 1,000,000 Dec-03 - - 500,000 Jan-04 - - Feb-04 - - - Mar-04 - - 30 Apr-04 - - 30-l May-04 - - an-03J eb-03F Mar-03 Apr-03 May-03 un-03J Ju ug-03A ep-03S Oct- Nov-03 Dec-03 an-04J eb-04F Mar-04 Apr-04 May-04 un-04J Jun-04 3,644,000 2,580,000 Month Total: 3,644,000 2,580,000 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 12: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 3 persons. Actual cost of housing for 3 person X 14 m2 = 42 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 5,123,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 54 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 1.375 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 1 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 11 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 81 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 42 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 107 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 3 220,000 660,000 3 Material 15,010,500 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 11 21,000 231,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 11 72,900 801,900 3.3 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 80 23,000 1,840,000 3.4 nut&bolt 18cm pc 38 1,700 64,600 3.5 nails for galvanized iron box 20 1,350 27,000 3.6 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.7 all type of nails kg 40 6,500 260,000 3.8 hinge/(door + window) pc 21 6,300 132,300 3.9 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.1 handles/(door + window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.11 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 55,000 110,000 3.12 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=180 sheet m3 2.448 1,500,000 3,672,000 3.13 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 600=42 sheet m3 1.1088 1,500,000 1,663,200 3.14 other type of wood - > 15 X 15 X 600 = 20 pc m3 0.9 1,500,000 1,350,000 > 5 X 15 X 600 = 15 pc m3 0.45 1,500,000 675,000 > 5 X 15 X 500 = 13 pc m3 0.325 1,500,000 487,500 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 150 pc m3 2.304 1,500,000 3,456,000 in US$ Wages: 5,123,000 $493 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 $173 Material: 15,010,500 $1,443 Transportation : 800,000 $77 per sq. mtr Total Value: 22,733,500 $2,186 $52 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 13: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 4 persons. Actual cost of housing for 4 person X 14 m2 = 56 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 5,534,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 56 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 1.625 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 1.25 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 11 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 95.12 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 56 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 108.8 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 3 220,000 660,000 3 Material 16,214,700 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 11 21,000 231,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 11 72,900 801,900 3.3 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 62 23,000 1,426,000 3.4 galvanized iron 300 cm sheet 22 28,000 616,000 3.5 nut&bolt 18cm pc 36 1,700 61,200 3.6 nails for galvanized iron box 20 1,350 27,000 3.7 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.8 all type of nails kg 43 6,500 279,500 3.9 hinge/(door + window) pc 21 6,300 132,300 3.10 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.11 handles/(door + window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.12 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 55,000 110,000 3.13 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=190 sheet m3 2.584 1,500,000 3,876,000 3.14 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 600=44 sheet m3 1.3552 1,500,000 2,032,800 3.15 other type of wood - > 15 X 15 X 700 = 12 pc m3 0.63 1,500,000 945,000 > 5 X 15 X 600 = 10 pc m3 0.45 1,500,000 675,000 > 5 X 15 X 500 = 12 pc m3 0.3 1,500,000 450,000 > 5 X 10 X 600 = 12 pc m3 0.36 1,500,000 540,000 > 5 X 10 X 700 = 6 pc m3 0.21 1,500,000 315,000 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 180 pc m3 2.304 1,500,000 3,456,000 in US$ Wages: 5,534,000 $532 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 $173 Material: 16,214,700 $1,559 Transportation : 900,000 $87 per sq. mtr Total Value: 24,448,700 $2,351 $42 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 14: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 5 persons. Actual cost of housing for 5 person X 14 m2 = 70 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 6,160,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 84 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 1.625 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 1.2 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 13 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 112 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 70 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 123 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 3 220,000 660,000 3 Material 18,799,150 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 13 21,000 273,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 13 72,900 947,700 3.3 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 58 23,000 1,334,000 3.4 galvanized iron 300 cm sheet 40 28,000 1,120,000 3.5 nut&bolt 18cm pc 43 1,700 73,100 3.6 nails for galvanized iron box 23 1,350 31,050 3.7 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.8 all type of nails kg 48 6,500 312,000 3.9 hinge/(door + window) pc 21 6,300 132,300 3.10 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.11 handles/(door + window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.12 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 5,500 11,000 3.13 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=220 sheet m3 2.992 1,500,000 4,488,000 3.14 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 400=75sheet m3 1.372 1,500,000 2,058,000 2.2 X 20 X 500=23 sheet m3 0.506 1,500,000 759,000 3.15 other type of wood - > 15 X 15 X 700 = 14 pc m3 0.735 1,500,000 1,102,500 > 5 X 15 X 500 = 6 pc m3 0.225 1,500,000 337,500 > 5 X 15 X 700 = 16 pc m3 0.58 1,500,000 870,000 > 5 X 10 X 400 = 9 pc m3 0.18 1,500,000 270,000 > 5 X 10 X 500 = 16 pc m3 0.4 1,500,000 600,000 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 200 pc m3 2.56 1,500,000 3,840,000 in US$ Wages: 6,160,000 $592 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 $173 Material: 18,799,150 $1,808 Transportation : 1,000,000 $96 per sq. mtr Total Cost: 27,759,150 $2,669 $38 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 15: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 6 persons. Actual cost of housing for 6 person X 14 m2 = 84 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 6,895,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 104 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 1.625 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 1.2 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 13 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 115.92 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 84 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 142.3 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 3 220,000 660,000 3 Material 22,264,900 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 13 21,000 273,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 13 72,900 947,700 3.3 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 21 23,000 483,000 3.4 galvanized iron 300 cm sheet 89 28,000 2,492,000 3.5 nut&bolt 18cm pc 43 1,700 73,100 3.6 nails for galvanized iron box 28 1,350 37,800 3.7 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.8 all type of nails kg 53 6,500 344,500 3.9 hinge/(door + window) pc 21 6,300 132,300 3.10 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.11 handles/(door + window) pc 12 2,500 30,000 3.12 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 55,000 110,000 3.13 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=220 sheet m3 3.536 1,500,000 5,304,000 3.14 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 400=75 sheet m3 1.584 1,500,000 2,376,000 2.2 X 20 X 500=23 sheet m3 0.484 1,500,000 726,000 3.15 other type of wood - > 15 X 15 X 800 = 13 pc m3 0.78 1,500,000 1,170,000 > 5 X 15 X 500 = 14 pc m3 0.525 1,500,000 787,500 > 5 X 15 X 800 = 21 pc m3 0.84 1,500,000 1,260,000 > 5 X 10 X 400 = 24 pc m3 0.6 1,500,000 900,000 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 240 pc m3 3.072 1,500,000 4,608,000 in US$ Wages: 6,895,000 $663 frame, door, window and installation work 1,800,000 $173 Material: 22,264,900 $2,141 Transportation : 1,000,000 $96 per sq. mtr Total Value: 31,959,900 $3,073 $37 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 38 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 16: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 7 persons. Actual cost of housing for 7 person X 14 m2 = 98 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 7,830,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 98 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 1.875 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 1.5 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 15 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 112 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 98 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 122.5 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 2,020,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 4 220,000 880,000 3 Material 25,597,000 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 15 21,000 315,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 15 72,900 1,093,500 3.3 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 65 23,000 1,495,000 3.4 galvanized iron 300 cm sheet 56 28,000 1,568,000 3.5 nails for galvanized iron box 30 1,350 40,500 3.6 nut&bolt 18cm pc 50 1,700 85,000 3.7 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.8 all type of nails kg 60 6,500 390,000 3.9 hinge/(door + window) pc 25 6,300 157,500 3.10 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 14 2,500 35,000 3.11 handles/(door + window) pc 14 2,500 35,000 3.12 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 55,000 110,000 3.13 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=220 sheet m3 4.08 1,500,000 6,120,000 3.14 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 400=75 sheet m3 1.92 1,500,000 2,880,000 2.2 X 20 X 500=23 sheet m3 0.44 1,500,000 660,000 3.15 other type of wood - > 15 X 15 X 800 = 12 pc m3 0.73 1,500,000 1,095,000 > 5 X 15 X 500 = 22 pc m3 0.825 1,500,000 1,237,500 > 5 X 10 X 500 = 50 pc m3 1.25 1,500,000 1,875,000 > 5 X 10 X 600 = 20 pc m3 0.6 1,500,000 900,000 > 5 X 10 X 700 = 10 pc m3 0.35 1,500,000 525,000 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 250 pc m3 3.2 1,500,000 4,800,000 in US$ Wages: 7,830,000 $753 frame, door, window and installation work 2,020,000 $194 Material: 25,597,000 $2,461 Transportation : 1,000,000 $96 per sq. mtr Total Value: 36,447,000 $3,505 $36 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 39 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 17: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 8 persons. Actual cost of housing for 8 person X 14 m2 = 112 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 8,703,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 112 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 2.375 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 2 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 19 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 146.22 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 112 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 203.5 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 2,460,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 6 220,000 1,320,000 3 Material 27,897,200 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 19 21,000 399,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 19 72,900 1,385,100 3.3 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 148 23,000 3,404,000 3.4 nut&bolt 18cm pc 60 1,700 102,000 3.5 nails for galvanized iron box 32 1,350 43,200 3.6 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.7 all type of nails kg 65 6,500 422,500 3.8 hinge/(door + window) pc 33 6,300 207,900 3.9 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 18 2,500 45,000 3.10 handles/(door + window) pc 18 2,500 45,000 3.11 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 55,000 110,000 3.12 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=400 sheet m3 5.576 1,500,000 8,364,000 3.13 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 700=65 sheet m3 2.002 1,500,000 3,003,000 2.2 X 20 X 500=23 sheet m3 0.506 1,500,000 759,000 3.14 other type of wood - > 5 X 15 X 700 = 22 pc m3 1.155 1,500,000 1,732,500 > 5 X 15 X 500 = 12 pc m3 0.45 1,500,000 675,000 > 5 X 10 X 600 = 33 pc m3 0.09 1,500,000 135,000 > 5 X 10 X 500 = 30 pc m3 0.75 1,500,000 1,125,000 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 300 pc m3 3.84 1,500,000 5,760,000 in US$ Wages: 8,703,000 $837 frame, door, window and installation work 2,460,000 $237 Material: 27,897,200 $2,682 Transportation : 1,300,000 $125 per sq. mtr Total Value: 40,360,200 $3,881 $35 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 40 Appendix J: Pilot Village Experience Table 18: Total Construction Cost for Houses for 9 persons. Actual cost of housing for 9 person X 14 m2 = 126 m2 No Description unit quantity unit price total price/kip 1 Wages 9,476,000 1.1 Structure leveling m2 162 - 1.2 Site preparation m2 600 - 1.3 excavation (pothole) m3 3.000 - 1.4 refill the pothole m3 2.5 - 1.5 pillar paring pc 24 - 1.6 roofing(Structuring and covering ) m2 180 - 1.7 flooring including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 128 - 1.8 walling including smoothening 3 surfaces m2 176 - 1.9 stairs m 6 - 2 frame, door, window and installation work 2,240,000 2.1 doorframe + doors pc 3 380,000 1,140,000 2.2 windows frame + windows pc 5 220,000 1,100,000 3 Material 33,569,650 3.1 wooden pillar 15 X 15 X 300 pc 24 21,000 504,000 3.2 concrete pillar 15 X 15 X 250 pc 24 72,900 1,749,600 3.3 galvanized iron 300 cm sheet 109 28,000 3,052,000 3.4 galvanized iron 240 cm sheet 43 23,000 989,000 3.5 nut&bolt 18cm pc 80 1,700 136,000 3.6 nails for galvanized iron box 35 1,350 47,250 3.7 concrete to support stair sheet 2 90,000 180,000 3.8 all type of nails kg 70 6,500 455,000 3.9 hinge/(door + window) pc 36 6,300 226,800 3.10 locks/latchs(door + Window) pc 16 2,500 40,000 3.11 handles/(door + window) pc 16 2,500 40,000 3.12 Normal lock/ pad lock + hinges (door) set 2 55,000 110,000 3.13 wooden walling material 1.7 X 20 X 400=420 sheet m3 5.7 1,500,000 8,550,000 3.14 wooden flooring material 2.2 X 20 X 700=70 sheet m3 1.12 1,500,000 1,680,000 2.2 X 20 X 500=100sheet m3 2 1,500,000 3,000,000 3.15 other type of wood - > 5 X 15 X 500 = 28 pc m3 1.05 1,500,000 1,575,000 > 5 X 15 X 400 = 32 pc m3 0.96 1,500,000 1,440,000 > 5 X 10 X 500 = 70 pc m3 1.75 1,500,000 2,625,000 > 5 X 10 X 400 = 34 pc m3 0.68 1,500,000 1,020,000 > 4 X 8 X 400 = 300 pc m3 4.1 1,500,000 6,150,000 in US$ Wages: 9,476,000 $911 frame, door, window and installation work 2,240,000 $215 Material: 33,569,650 $3,228 Transportation : 1,500,000 $144 per sq. mtr Total Value: 46,785,650 $4,499 $36 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 41 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development APPENDIX K AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT Table of Content K-1 RESULTS OF SOIL SURVEY CONDUCTED IN PILOT VILLAGE ......................................1 K-2 RESULTS FROM THEUN DOUN DEMONSTRATION FARM...........................................4 K-3 NOTES ON PASTURE SPECIES SUITABLE FOR TESTING IN DRAWDOWN ZONE ........10 K-4 FORAGE INTRODUCTIONS IN XIENG KHOUANG PROVINCE.....................................16 K-5 ACTIVITY MODELS AND GROSS MARGIN BUDGETS..................................................18 K-6 WHOLE FARM CROPPING AND LIVESTOCK SCENARIOS............................................93 K-7 LABOUR PROFILES FOR 11 WFS (ALL HIGH INPUTS) OVER SIX YEARS. .................. 104 K-8 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS FOR 11 WHOLE FARM SCENARIOS ­ HIGH AND LOW INPUT LEVELS................................................................................................................... 108 List of Tables Table 1: Summary of Soil Physical and Chemical Characteristics..................................................................2 Table 2: Listing of crops planted at Theun Duan Demonstration Farm......................................................4 Table 3: Results of vegetables, 2000-2002..........................................................................................................6 Table 4: Results of field crops, 2000-2002.........................................................................................................7 Table 5: Results of fruit trees, 2000-2002...........................................................................................................8 Table 6: Fruit trees ­ advantages and disadvantages ........................................................................................9 Table 7: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Irrigated Paddy, Wet Season..............................19 Table 8: Labour Profile, Irrigated Paddy, Wet Season...................................................................................20 Table 9: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Irrigated Paddy, Dry Season ..............................21 Table 10: Labour Profile, Irrigated Paddy, Dry Season ...................................................................................22 Table 11: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Upland Rice ..........................................................23 Table 12: Labour Profile, Upland Rice ...............................................................................................................24 Table 13: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Maize, Wet Season...............................................25 Table 14: Labour Profile, Maize, Wet Season....................................................................................................26 Table 15: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Maize, Dry Season...............................................27 Table 16: Labour Profile, Maize, Dry Season....................................................................................................28 Table 17: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Maize / Black Beans............................................29 Table 18: Labour Profile, Maize / Black Beans.................................................................................................30 Table 19: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Peanuts, Wet Season ...........................................31 Table 20: Labour Profile, Peanuts, Wet Season ................................................................................................32 Table 21: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Peanuts, Dry Season............................................33 Table 22: Labour Profile, Peanuts, Dry Season.................................................................................................34 Table 23: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Soybeans, Wet Season.........................................35 Table 24: Labour Profile, Soybeans, Wet Season..............................................................................................36 Table 25: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Soybeans, Dry Season.........................................37 Table 26: Labour Profile, Soybeans, Dry Season..............................................................................................38 Table 27: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Mungbeans, Wet Season.....................................39 Table 28: Labour Profile, Mungbeans, Wet Season..........................................................................................40 Table 29: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Mungbeans, Dry Season.....................................41 Table 30: Labour Profile, Mungbeans, Dry Season..........................................................................................42 Table 31: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Black Beans, Wet Season....................................43 Table 32: Labour Profile, Black Beans, Wet Season.........................................................................................44 Table 33: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Black Beans, Dry Season ....................................45 Table 34: Labour Profile, Black Beans, Dry Season .........................................................................................46 Table 35: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Cabbage, Wet Season..........................................47 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 36: Labour Profile, Cabbage, Wet Season...............................................................................................48 Table 37: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Cabbage, Dry Season ..........................................49 Table 38: Labour Profile, Cabbage, Dry Season ...............................................................................................50 Table 39: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Broccoli .................................................................51 Table 40: Labour Profile, Broccoli ......................................................................................................................52 Table 41: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Chilli.......................................................................53 Table 42: Labour Profile, Chilli............................................................................................................................54 Table 43: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Carrot.....................................................................55 Table 44: Labour Profile, Carrot..........................................................................................................................56 Table 45: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Eggplant ................................................................57 Table 46: Labour Profile, Eggplant .....................................................................................................................58 Table 47: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Tomato..................................................................59 Table 48: Labour Profile, Tomato.......................................................................................................................60 Table 49: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Cucumber..............................................................61 Table 50: Labour Profile, Cucumber...................................................................................................................62 Table 51: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Water Melon.........................................................63 Table 52: Labour Profile, Water Melon..............................................................................................................64 Table 53: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Garlic .....................................................................65 Table 54: Labour Profile, Garlic ..........................................................................................................................66 Table 55: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Onion.....................................................................67 Table 56: Labour Profile, Onion..........................................................................................................................68 Table 57: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Fruit Trees (High Input Level)..........................69 Table 58: Labour Profile, Fruit Trees (High Input Level)...............................................................................70 Table 59: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Fruit Trees (Low Input Level)...........................71 Table 60: Labour Profile, Fruit Trees (Low Input Level)................................................................................72 Table 61: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Coffee (High Input Level)..................................73 Table 62: Labour Profile, Coffee (High Input Level).......................................................................................74 Table 63: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Coffee (Low Input Level)...................................75 Table 64: Labour Profile, Coffee (Low Input Level)........................................................................................76 Table 65: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Tea (High Input Level).......................................77 Table 66: Labour Profile, Tea (High Input Level)............................................................................................78 Table 67: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Tea (Low Input Level)........................................79 Table 68: Labour Profile, Tea (Low Input Level).............................................................................................80 Table 69: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening...................81 Table 70: Labour Profile, Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening........................................................................82 Table 71: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Semi-Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening.........83 Table 72: Labour Profile, Semi-Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening..............................................................84 Table 73: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Buffalo Rearing ....................................................85 Table 74: Labour Profile, Buffalo Rearing .........................................................................................................86 Table 75: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Pigs and Chicken Raising....................................87 Table 76: Labour Profile, Pigs and Chicken Raising.........................................................................................88 Table 77: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Intensive Duck Raising.......................................89 Table 78: Labour Profile, Intensive Duck Raising............................................................................................90 Table 79: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Semi-Intensive Duck Raising.............................91 Table 80: Labour Profile, Semi-Intensive Duck Raising..................................................................................92 Table 81: WFS 1.1 Cereal/Legume WS Cropping with Vegetable DS Production ....................................93 Table 82: WFS 1.2 Cereal/Legume WS Cropping with Vegetable DS Production ....................................94 Table 83: WFS 1.3 Cereal/Legume WS Cropping with Vegetable DS Production ....................................95 Table 84: WFS 2.1 Fruit Production with WS Cereal/Legumes and DS Vegetable Production..............96 Table 85: WFS 2.2 Fruit Production with WS Cereal/Legumes and DS Vegetable Production..............97 Table 86: WFS 3.1 Industrial Crops with Cereal/Legume Production .........................................................98 Table 87: WFS 3.2 Industrial Crops with Cereal/Legume Production .........................................................99 Table 88: WFS 4.1 Irrigated Paddy with Legume/Vegetable Production.................................................. 100 Table 89: WFS 4.2 Irrigated Paddy with Legume/Vegetable Production.................................................. 101 Table 90: WFS 5 Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Production............ 102 Table 91: WFS 6 Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal/Legume/Vegetable Production ......................... 103 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 92: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.1 A: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level)............................ 108 Table 93: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.1 B: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level)............................. 109 Table 94: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.2 A: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level)............................ 110 Table 95: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.2 B: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level)............................. 111 Table 96: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.3 A: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level)............................ 112 Table 97: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.3 B: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level)............................. 113 Table 98: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.1 A: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level)............ 114 Table 99: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.1 B: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level)............. 115 Table 100: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.2 A: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level)............ 116 Table 101: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.2 B: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level)............. 117 Table 102: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.1 A: Industrial Crops (Coffee) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) ............................................. 118 Table 103: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.1 B: Industrial Crops (Coffee) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level).............................................. 118 Table 104: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.2 A: Industrial Crops (Tea) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) ............................................. 119 Table 105: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.2 B: Industrial Crops (Tea) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level).............................................. 120 Table 106: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.1 A: Irrigated Paddy with Water Melon / Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level)......................... 121 Table 107: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.1 B: Irrigated Paddy with Water Melon / Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level).......................... 122 Table 108: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.2 A: Irrigated Paddy with Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) .............................................................. 123 Table 109: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.2 B: Irrigated Paddy with Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) ............................................................... 124 Table 110: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 5 A: Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo / Cattle Production (High Input Level)......................................................... 125 Table 111: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 5 B: Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo / Cattle Production (Low Input Level).......................................................... 125 Table 112: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 6 A: Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal / Legume / Vegetable Production (High Input Level) .................................................................. 126 Table 113: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 6 B: Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal / Legume / Vegetable Production (High Input Level) .................................................................. 126 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 iii Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development List of Figures Figure 1: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 1.1.................................................................................................93 Figure 2: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 1.2.................................................................................................94 Figure 3: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 1.3.................................................................................................95 Figure 4: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 2.1.................................................................................................96 Figure 5: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 2.2.................................................................................................97 Figure 6: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 3.1.................................................................................................98 Figure 7: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 3.2.................................................................................................99 Figure 8: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 4.1.............................................................................................. 100 Figure 9: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 4.2.............................................................................................. 101 Figure 10: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 5................................................................................................. 102 Figure 11: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 6................................................................................................. 103 Figure 12: Labour Profile for WFS 1.1 (High Input)...................................................................................... 104 Figure 13: Labour Profile for WFS 1.2 (High input) ...................................................................................... 104 Figure 14: Labour Profile for WFS 1.3 (High input) ...................................................................................... 104 Figure 15: Labour Profile for WFS 2.1 (High input) ...................................................................................... 105 Figure 16: Labour Profile for WFS 2.2 (High input) ...................................................................................... 105 Figure 17: Labour Profile for WFS 3.1 (High input) ...................................................................................... 105 Figure 18: Labour Profile for WFS 3.2 (High input) ...................................................................................... 106 Figure 19: Labour Profile for WFS 4.1 (High input) ...................................................................................... 106 Figure 20: Labour Profile for WFS 4.2 (High input) ...................................................................................... 106 Figure 21: Labour Profile for WFS 5 (High input) ......................................................................................... 107 Figure 22: Labour Profile for WFS 6 (High input) ......................................................................................... 107 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 iv Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-1 RESULTS OF SOIL SURVEY CONDUCTED IN PILOT VILLAGE Introduction The soil survey and analysis of the Nam Theun 2 Resettlement Area 16 (XXXXX) was carried out by the Soil Survey and Land Classification Centre from 26th November to 3rd December 2000. The objective of the survey was to gather information on the main characteristics of the soils in the area of the Pilot Village in order to assess the suitability for agricultural development and to identify corrective measures to take to improve fertility. The total area studied was 300 ha ranging in altitude from 528 to 550 masl. Based upon a stratification of the area 15 profiles and 50 auger borings were made. The soils at each of the sampled sites were classified into Soil Suitability Categories using the standard FAO definitions: S1 - Highly Suitable Soils representing land with no significant limitations to sustained use, or only minor limitations, which will not significantly reduce productivity or benefits and will not raise input requirements above an acceptable level. No soil in the area meets this criteria. S2 - Moderately Suitable Soils with some limitations for sustained use. The limitation reduces productivity or benefits, or increases required inputs to the extent that the general advantage to be gained from use, although still attractive, will be somehow lower than that expected from Class S1. 20% of area sampled falls into this classification. S3 - Marginally Suitable Soils having moderate to severe limitations for sustained use and will reduce productivity or benefits, or increase required inputs to the extent that the defined use will be only marginally justified. 20% of area sampled falls into this classification S4 - Unsuitable Soils having limitation difficulties corrected with existing knowledge at unacceptable cost. 60% of area sampled falls into this classification The profile descriptions and chemical analyses that characterise the soils grouped according to the above classification are shown in Table 1. The chemical analysis reveals that the soils are highly acidic and generally fertile. All three categories are categorised by low levels of organic matter and very low levels of N. Total P and K are both low but both available P and available K are at a moderate level, and K levels are also low. Cation Exchange Capacity is low and Base Saturation very low. The infiltration tests have returned low values, although this may have been due to the fact that at that time of year the soil moisture content is high and is also compacted. Also at approximately 125 cm there is a clay level that reduces infiltration. Based upon the climate prevailing in the area and the current soil conditions, there are a limited number of crops that would grow well. These include maize and sugar cane, although the latter should be only planted in the best areas, cassava, taro, fruit trees, forest plantation and tropical grasses. With adequate application of organic matter, vegetables could be grown. Recommendations Based upon the climate prevailing in the area and the current soil conditions, there are a limited number of crops that can be recommended and could be produced on an economic basis. Such crops are maize and sugar cane, cassava, taro, fruit trees, forest plantations and tropical grasses. ON e smaller scale, and because of the need of relatively high levels of organic matter, vegetable can be grown in the area. Rice is grown in the area, but yields are not high. There are obvious limitations to rice growing in the area. The climate, the soil and the water management, due to the irregularity of the rainfall, are limiting factors. These can be overcome by the adoption of improved varieties, fertilisation, improvement of the organic matter content and appropriate water management. Other plantations should be promoted such as forest plantations in combination with livestock production. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 1: Summary of Soil Physical and Chemical Characteristics Characteristic S2 S3 S4 Summary of profile Descriptions Soil Type Ferric and Haplic Acrisol Topography Terrasse Landform Plateau Slope 0 - 8 % 0 - 16 % 0 - 8 % Micro-Topography Up to 16 % 16% up Oxygen Medium Medium to Good Low Rooting Depth > 50 cm 50 cm 50 - 25 cm Vegetatation Chrolomena, Imperata Chrolomena, Imperata Pinus Land Use Shifting Cultivation Shifting Cultivation Degraded Forest Parent Material Alluvial Alluvial Alluvial Silt stone, stoneiness 0.1 to 3 Sandstone, surface sealing Silt stone, crusting and sealing Surface Characteristic % surface is sealing with compaction Rock Outcrop 2 - 10 % 10 - 25 % 2 - 10 % % of stone 0.01 - 0.1 % 0.1 - 3 % 0.1 - 3 % Erosion Factor Water Water, can be high Water Erosion Susceptibility Low Medium Low Moisture High to Medium Medium Low Soil Depth More than 120 cm 120 cm 120 cm Drainage Medium Medium Low Infiltration Low Low Low Sandy Loam, Loam, Clay Sandy Loam, Loam, Sandy Texture Horizon A Sandy loam, Loam, Sandy Clay Loam Clay Sandy Loa,, Loam, Sandy Clay Sandy Loam, Loam, Sandy B Sandy Loam, Loam, Silt Loam and Clay Loam Clay and Clay Loam Clay Loam, Sandy Clay and Clay Loam, Sandy Clay and C Clay Loam, Silt and Clay Clay Clay Summary of Soil Analyses Texture Sandy Loam Sandy Laom Sandy Loam pH KCl 4.1 4.1 4.1 pH H2O 4.9 4.9 4.9 Organic Matter % 1.8 1.2 0.9 Nitrogen % 0.083 0.079 0.058 C/N Ratio 12.5 9.5 8.5 P, total % 0.019 0.026 0.019 P, available ppm 1.4 1.4 1.5 K. total % 0.037 0.04 0.045 K, available ppm 7.3 7.1 5.3 CEC, total me/100g 8.0 7.4 6.3 Base Saturation, % 15.3 16.1 13.8 Ca me/100g 0.429 0.378 0.25 Mg me/100g 0.548 0.557 0.383 K me/100g 0.138 0.134 0.085 Na me/100g 0.142 0.137 0.135 Infiltration (Time, min) 5 1.85 3.31 2.37 15 0.86 0.38 0.85 35 0.62 0.25 0.60 65 0.48 0.13 0.48 125 0.40 0.11 0.35 245 0.40 0.11 0.35 Organic Fertilisers Organic fertilisers are very important to improve soil conditions. They have an effect on improved soil texture, pH and in stimulating the activity of micro-organisms. Organic fertilisers that could be applied in the area include farmyard manure, crop residues, compost and green manure. However, the rates of application range from 15 to 25 tons per ha according to the crop needs. Several types of green manure could be used. Crotolaria juncea, Sesbania, Phaseolus and Leuceana. The green manure can be incorporated in to the soil during its preparation. Green manure can be grown 2 months November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development before growing the main crops and should be able to rely on the existing moisture in the soil without the need for irrigation. Another source of organic fertiliser comes from livestock. In the relatively poor soils of the plateau an integrated cropping system including livestock will improve soil at a reasonable cost as parts of the crop, and/or crop residue can feed cattle, and create compost. This would require a change from the traditional way of raising cattle so that they are grazed on the farm lot and animal manure is deposited in situ. The application of large quantities of organic fertiliser would be a major difficulty for farmers. Where they have limited access to such materials it will be preferable to limit the area that is treated in order to maximise the benefit. It is also important that the organic matter is incorporated into the soil in order to have maximum benefit. Acidity The pH of the soils ranges from 4.7 to 5.2 which is strongly acidic. Lime needs to be applied at a rate of 2 to 5 tons per ha. The application of ground limestone will raise the pH and improve cation exchange capacity, and therefore stimulate growth. Lime is the most common soil amendment used to correct soil acidity, and it is usual to attempt to raise the pH to near 7. However, there are dangers in raising the pH to 7 in that nutrient deficiencies can be induced, particularly for phosphorous and the micronutrients boron, zinc and manganese. A better approach is to aim to neutralise the exchangeable aluminium, which is the main problem in most acid soils. In practical terms this only required raising the pH to above about 5.6. Lime can be applied every year at a rate of 1.5 to 2 tons per ha or every three years at a rate of 7 t/ha. All classes of soil will benefit from this application and obviously the more acid soils. Lime should be applied in preference for cash crops, and for fruit trees it should be applied in the immediate proximity of the root system instead of a general application. Lime applications are not necessary for the irrigated paddy areas as the anaerobic conditions of the waterlogged soils leads to a stabilisation of the pH. Erosion Control A cropping sequence that provides a substantial vegetation cover is required to control erosion and degradation of soil fertility. Minimizing tillage and leaving crop residues on the soil surface will increase filtration and reduce the hazard of run off and erosion. These practices could be adapted to most soils in the survey area. Contour line planting and building terraces would also contribute to the maintenance of the soil fertility. Conclusions The results of the soil survey have indicated that the soils in the resettlement area are very poor. Nutrient content is very low and organic matter is also low. The area has limitations for agricultural production, at least until the nutrient content in increased and a higher level of organic matter is reached in the soils. This will be a long process, which could take 10 years or more. The topography of the area also imposes limitations, unless terraces and built and contour planting is promoted. A gradual improvement of the fertility of the soil could include the development of pasture and cattle raising. If properly managed, this will give the means to increase the organic matter, and the structure of the soil, and therefore will improve the soil capacity to retain nutrients. Ideally leguminous forage species could also enrich the soil in nitrogen, and be used by livestock. The development of forest plantations including species improving soil fertility should also be promoted. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-2 RESULTS FROM THEUN DOUN DEMONSTRATION FARM In order to investigate the feasibility of cropping within the proposed resettlement areas NTEC funded the establishment of a Demonstration Farm at Theun Duan in 1997. The farm occupies an area of 0.8 ha and has been used for the production of a range of annual field crops since establishment and in addition a range of Fruit Tree crops have been established. A listing of the crops that have been planted and the year of establishment is shown in Table 2 and a summary of the results of the crops planted is presented. The documentation of the trials and demonstrations has revealed some inconsistencies in the results, and it has been concluded that the yield results from the vegetable crops maybe somewhat unreliable. This may have been caused by the difficulties in recording production where several harvest were being made as opposed to the other field crops that have just one harvest date. However, the results have provided useful indicators of the suitability of the vegetable crops for the soil and climatic conditions in the area. The labour inputs that were required have also been recorded although the plots were generally very small and the labour has been recorded in terms of whole days of input, with the result that the overall labour requirements are overstated. In the case of the fruit trees there is also useful information on the suitability of the various species that have been planted although again the production data may be unreliable. Table 2: Listing of crops planted at Theun Duan Demonstration Farm Crop Year 1997 2000 2001 2002 Vegetables Cabbage v v v Green Kale v v Broccoli v v v Lettuce v v Chinese Radish v v Cauliflower v Turnip v v Cucumber v v v Field Crops Soybeans v Maize v v v Peanuts v Fruit Trees Mango v Jackfruit v Tamarind v Linchee v Pomelo v Lime v Longans v Mangosteen v Guava v Pomelo v Banana v November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Results of Demonstrations Setting aside the limitations on the absolute yield results obtained for the vegetable crops some general conclusions can be drawn: - Amongst the vegetable crops all appear to be have been successful, with the exception of cauliflower which achieved poor yields. - Most of the testing of vegetables has been performed during the early part of the DS and the only crops tried during the later DS have been Cabbage, Green Kale, Lettuce and Radish. - There was little testing of legumes crops aside from one crop of soybeans and one crop of peanuts. - Maize was tested in three seasons but did not achieve very good yields. - In the case of fruit trees only Mangosteen, Tamarind and Longans appear to be unsuitable for growing in the area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 3: Results of vegetables, 2000-2002 Crop Units Year 2000 2001 2002 per plot per 0.1 ha per plot per 0.1 ha per plot per 0.1 ha Cabbage Date of planting 1st Jan 2000 1st Oct 2001 3rd Oct 2002 Date of harvest 31st Mar 2000 26th Dec 2001 28th Dec 2002 No. of days 91 87 87 Area planted sq. m 150 118 214 Plant Spacing cm 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 Seed Quantity gm 5 3 3 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 74 130 107 Emergence 75% 80% 80% Yield kg 675 3,150 531 3,150 963 3,150 Green Kale Date of planting 7th Jan 2000 3rd Oct 2001 Date of harvest 12th Mar 2000 12th Dec 2001 No. of days 66 71 Area planted sq. m 199 62 Plant Spacing cm 30 x 30 30 x 30 Seed Quantity gm 3 2 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 4 5 Yield kg 358 1,259 69 779 Broccoli Date of planting 15th Oct 2000 2nd Oct 2001 4th Oct 2002 Date of harvest 28th Dec 2000 10th Dec 2001 13th Dec 2002 No. of days 75 68 70 Area planted sq. m 123 41 54 Plant Spacing cm 30 x 30 30 x 30 30 x 30 Seed Quantity gm 5 1 2 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 0.5 36 Yield kg 138 785 61 1,041 81 1,050 Lettuce Date of planting 5th Jan 2000 22nd Oct 2001 Date of harvest 28th Feb 2000 30th Dec 2001 No. of days 55 69 Area planted sq. m 154 36 Plant Spacing cm 25 x 25 30 x 30 Seed Quantity gm 3 1 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 73 30 Yield kg 308 1,400 40 778 Radish Date of planting 2nd Jan 2000 1st October 2002 Date of harvest 17th Mar 2000 13th Dec 2002 No. of days 76 74 Area planted sq. m 172 54 Plant Spacing cm 30 x 30 30 x 30 Seed Quantity gm 70 20 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 86 24 Yield kg 387 1,575 121 1,569 Cauliflower Date of planting 3rd Jan 2001 Date of harvest 14th Mar 2001 No. of days 71 Area planted sq. m 36 Plant Spacing cm 30 x 30 Seed Quantity gm 1 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 31 Yield kg 46 894 Green Mustard Date of planting 11th Oct 2001 7th Oct 2002 Date of harvest 24th Dec 2001 20th Dec 2002 No. of days 75 75 Area planted sq. m 74 57 Plant Spacing cm 30 x 30 30 x 30 Seed Quantity gm 2 2 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 65 28 Yield kg 133 1,258 113 1,388 Cucumber Date of planting 9th Jan 2000 20th Oct 2001 9th Oct 2002 Date of harvest 27th Feb 2000 30th Dec 2001 21st Dec 2002 No. of days 50 72 74 Area planted sq. m 314 48 94 Plant Spacing cm 50 x 50 50 x 50 50 x 50 Seed Quantity gm 10 4 8 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 148 24 47 Yield kg 1256 2,800 192 2,800 376 2,800 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 4: Results of field crops, 2000-2002 Crop Units Year 2000 2001 2002 per plot per 0.1 ha per plot per 0.1 ha per plot per 0.1 ha Soybeans Date of planting 7th Sept 2000 Date ? 6th Oct 2000 Date of harvest 31st Dec 2000 No. of days Area planted sq. m 640 Plant Spacing cm 15 x 15 Seed Quantity gm 2.5 3.9 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 302 472 Insecticide Weeding Emergence Growth Heading Yield kg 64 70 Maize Date of planting 4th Apr 2000 16th Apr 2001 5th Apr 2002 Date ? 4th June 2000 11th June 2001 1st June 2002 Date of harvest 17th July 2000 31st July 2001 20th July 2002 No. of days Area planted sq. m 1,338 914 640 Plant Spacing cm 50 x 50 50 x 50 50 x 50 Seed Quantity gm 4 3 3 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 631 315 315 Insecticide Weeding Emergence Growth Heading Yield kg 281 147 192 147 134 147 Peanuts Date of planting 7th Sept 2001 Date ? 6th Oct 2001 Date of harvest 23rd Dec 2001 No. of days Area planted sq. m 307 Plant Spacing cm 40 x 40 Seed Quantity gm 2 Organic Fertiliser Application kg 150 Insecticide Weeding Emergence Growth Heading Yield kg 61.4 140 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 5: Results of fruit trees, 2000-2002 Mango Jackfruit Tamarind Linchee Pommelo Lime Longans Mangosteen Guava Pineapple Banana 1 2 3 No. of trees planted 43 30 57 114 41 28 42 88 35 7 15 300 196 Date of planting 1st July 1997 1st July 1997 1st July 1997 10th July 1997 15th July 1997 15th July 1997 19th July 1997 19th July 1997 10th July 1997 4th July 1997 1st Jan 1997 1st Mar 1997 1st Apr 1997 Spacing (m) 8 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 8 8 x 8 5 x 5 8 x 8 8 x 8 5 x 5 1 x 1 3 x 3 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 60 x 60 20 x 20 70 x 70 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 20 60 60 60 80 30 80 60 30 30 30 30 2 2nd June 2000 20th June 2000 15th June 2000 4th June 2001 20th May 2001 11th Dec 2001 6th June 2000 1st June 2000 5th Jan 1999 1st June 1997 2nd Apr 1998 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 4 2 1 1 Results from 2000 Date planted 14th June 2000 14th June 2000 14th June 2000 26th June 2000 18th July 2000 20th Aug 2000 3rd June 2000 10th June 2000 5th Jan 2000 22nd July 2000 No. of trees 43 30 57 114 41 28 42 88 35 7 15 300 196 No. of fruit bearing trees 20 15 25 35 0 10 10 2 0 0 16 0.8 0 Yield of fruit (kg) 860 450 1,420 3,110 0 280 420 132 105 0 240 24 0 Price per kg 6,000 6,000 6,000 35,000 n.a. 8,000 5,000 4,000 6,000 n.a. 3,000 4,000 n.a. Value of fruit (US$) 516 270 852 10,885 n.a. 224 210 53 63 n.a. 72 10 n.a. No. of trees per he 156 156 156 156 n.a. 156 156 400 156 n.a. 400 1,000 n.a. Value of fruit (US$ per ha) 1,872 1,404 2,332 14,895 n.a. 1,248 780 240 281 n.a. 1,920 32 n.a. Results from 2001 Date planted 18th June 2001 18th June 2001 18th June 2001 24th June 2001 16th July 2001 22nd July 2001 10th June 2001 10th Jan 2001 20th July 2001 No. of trees 43 30 57 114 41 28 42 88 35 7 15 300 196 No. of fruit bearing trees 25 30 50 4 0 20 30 3 0 0 20 0.8 0 Yield of fruit (kg) 1,075 900 2,850 399 0 560 1,360 264 0 0 300 240 0 Price per kg 7,000 7,000 7,000 3,000 n.a. 10,000 5,000 4,500 n.a. n.a. 3,000 6,500 n.a. Value of fruit (US$) 753 630 1,995 120 n.a. 560 680 119 n.a. n.a. 90 150 n.a. No. of trees per he 156 156 156 156 n.a. 156 156 400 n.a. n.a. 400 1,000 n.a. Value of fruit (US$ per ha) 2,730 3,276 5,460 164 n.a. 3,120 2,526 540 n.a. n.a. 2,400 500 n.a. Results from 2002 Date planted 14th June 2002 14th June 2002 14th June 2002 24th June 2002 18th July 2002 22nd July 2002 4th June 2002 5th Jan 2002 10th July 2002 No. of trees 43 30 57 114 41 28 42 88 35 7 15 300 196 No. of fruit bearing trees 13 25 22 3.5 0 12 21 3 0 0 10 0.8 0 Yield of fruit (kg) 538 756 1,284 399 0 336 882 264 0 0 150 240 0 Price per kg 8,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 n.a. 10,000 5,500 4,000 n.a. n.a. 3,500 6,000 n.a. Value of fruit (US$) 430 605 1,027 200 n.a. 336 485 106 n.a. n.a. 53 144 n.a. No. of trees per he 156 156 156 156 n.a. 156 156 156 n.a. n.a. 400 1,000 n.a. Value of fruit (US$ per ha) 1,560 3,145 2,811 273 n.a. 1,872 1,802 187 n.a. n.a. 1,400 480 n.a. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 6: Fruit trees ­ advantages and disadvantages Ranking Type Advantages Disadvantages Hardy in DS and disease resistant, large fruit with thin skin, Pommelo sweet and very juicy. Suitable for the area and recommended In cool weather, borer damage and rust disease found. for villages to proopagate themselves. Very hardy, vigorous growth, root system spreads rapidly, Linchee many bearing branches, sweet fruit and scented. Heavy Some fruits may rot on tree. frtuiing and well suited to conditions. Most Suitable Well suited to climatic conditions, hardy and disease resistant, Slow growth in cool weather, borer damage same as Pomelo Lime fruits twice a year, large fruit thin skinned and sour and juicy. and also some leaf rust. Easy to propagate. Suitable for climati conditions both hot and cold months, Grafted plants suffer from reduced fruit production at 4 to 5 Guava vigorous growth early fruiting and larget sweet fruit. Bears fruit years. Borers in trunk and leaf rust. Insect attack in cold in 2 years with 15 kg of fruit per tree. weather and susceptble to water logging. Leaf diseases (rust) and on new shoots, caterpillar leaf eaters, Hardy in DS, fruit are good size and sweet. Can bear fruit in Mango not resistant to cold weather, frost burns leaves, wholoe three years 20 to 25 kg of fruit per tree after 5 years. disease may become diseased and have slow growth. Vigorous growth, easy management, vigorous root system, Risk of disease, borers in trunk, leaves go yellow and also Jackfruit fruit of good colour, sweet and good aroma. Quick growth and fiund grubs within the fruit. Moderately Suitable 30 to 35 kg of fruit after 4 to 5 years. Suitable for conditions, good for erosion protection, early fruit Three year production after which rootgs some to surface and Pineapple with good yield. Fruits within first year. small fruits produced, suggers from root rot. Root rot and borers in stem, not resistant to cold weather, frost Reaonably suitable for conditions, bear frtui in first year, easy Bananas to propagate, conserves mooisture. damage causing yellowing and death of leaves. Some plants affected die or have stunted growth. Not suited to cold weather, suffers from frost damage, leaf Longans n.a. loss, some tree deather, of slow stunted growth. Unsuitable Tamarind n.a. Some trees do not bear fruit. Mangosteen n.a. Slow growth, some dies and not suitable for cold conditions. Orange Sapodilla Still under trial Custard Apple Peach Plum November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-3 NOTES ON PASTURE SPECIES SUITABLE FOR TESTING IN DRAWDOWN ZONE1 A. American Joint Vetch Description American Joint Vetch (Aeschynomene americana) is a vigorous, erect annual or perennial summer growing legume herb or shrub. Plants can grow to 2 m tall and 2 m wide. Stem bases are hard, hairless and up to 10 cm in diameter, while upper stems often turn reddish-brown and are covered with hairs 1-2 mm long. Leaves are 2-8 cm long and contain 20-70 leaflets 4-15 mm long and 1-2 mm wide. Leaflets fold together at night, and when touched. Flowers are pea-like and 5-10 mm long. Flower colour is yellow, orange or mauve, usually with red or purple stripes. Pods are flat, containing 3-9 segments 2.5-5 mm wide and 3-6 mm long. When mature, the segments of the pod separate readily. Seeds are 2-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide and dark brown to black in colour. There are two cultivars of American Joint Vetch available, Glenn and Lee. - Glenn is an annual, erect cultivar with leaves 4-8 cm long and 1-1.5 cm wide with 12-34 pairs of leaflets. Stems are generally green in appearance. Flowers are 5.6 mm long and are mostly mauve. Pods have 5-7 segments 5 mm long and 4 mm wide. There are 190 000 per kg. Seeds are grey-green to light or dark brown, 368 000 per kg. - Lee is a late maturing annual. It is regarded as a predominantly perennial cultivar in Queensland, where plants live for 1 to 4 years. It generally behaves as an annual except in those years with a short dry season. Lee plants are more compact and more branched than Glenn, particularly near the base. Stems of Lee are generally reddish in appearance. Flowers are 7.6 mm long and bright orange in colour and 2 slightly larger than those of Glenn. Pods are slightly longer than Glenn with 6-8 segments but seeds are smaller (476 000 per kg). Lee flowers later then Glenn. Climate and Soils American Joint Vetch is a native of the Caribbean islands and adjacent areas in North and South America between 30°N and 30°S. While Glenn and Lee grow in tropical areas receiving 1100 mm or more average annual rainfall, they are both tolerant of and best suited to wet, waterlogged and flooded soils in this rainfall zone. Glenn has persisted on waterlogged soils receiving 900 mm of average annual rainfall. While both cultivars will grow and persist on a range of soil types including sandy earths, and solodics, they grow best on more fertile clay soils of sub-coastal plains. Persistence has been lowest on sandier soils. Glenn has tolerated 3 months of flooding without any adverse effects on plant population or yield, but 5 months of flooding drastically reduced both plant population and pasture yield. Establishment Seed should be sown at a rate of 4-6 kg/ha of pods or 2-3 kg/ha of dehulled seed. For best results, seed should be sown into a well prepared seedbed. Glenn and Lee are not specific in their Rhizobium requirements for nodulation and generally do not require inoculation. Growth during the seedling phase is slow, but they show vigorous growth once established. Both cultivars regenerate well from seed, and seed is spread in cattle dung. Freshly harvested seed has a high hard seed content. This falls with dehulling and/or storage. Fertiliser Requirements American Joint Vetch grows best in more fertile situations, i.e. fertile clay soils or areas with a history of fertilisation. Generally superphosphate or its equivalent at 100-150 kg/ha should be sown with the seed. Maintenance dressings of 75-100 kg/ha should be applied annually. Applications of potassium, zinc or molybdenum may be necessary on some soils. 1Extracts from Agnotes Nos. 207, 285, 549 and 642, Department of Primary Industry, Northern Territory, Australia November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Yield Dry matter yields from 9 000 to 14 000 kg/ha have been recorded. Seed yields of Glenn up to 750 kg/ha have been recorded in the Northern Australia. Grazing Glenn and Lee grow well in wet areas. These areas, if flooded should not generally be grazed during the wet season. In this situation the plants become stemmy and there is only a small proportion of leaf present when grazed in the dry season. Both cultivars perform best in swards which can be grazed during the wet season. This keeps them shorter, more leafy and of better quality, and the leaf remains on the plants longer into the dry season. Where a pasture can not be grazed during the wet season, the later flowering Lee is the preferred cultivar as it will hold green leaf later into the dry season. Mixtures Grasses which can be sown in mixtures with Glenn and Lee are Pangola (Digitaria eriantha), Jarra (D. milanjiana), Kazungula (Setaria sphacelata), Common Guinea (Panicum maximum) and Tully (Brachiaria humidicola). Hay Good quality hay can be made from Glenn and Lee provided it is cut early while it is green and leafy. Later cuts will be more stemmy and of lower quality. Pests and Diseases Powdery mildew (Oidium sp) is commonly seen on Glenn in the late wet season-early dry season period. This does not appear to affect production, quality or acceptability to animals. Lee is less affected by powdery mildew than Glenn. Flowers and developing seed pods can be attacked by Heliothis larvae. A severe attack can reduce or eliminate seed production in first year stands, and control of this pest may be required in seed crops. B. PARA GRASS (A pasture grass for wet and flooded soils) Description Para grass (Brachiaria mutica) is a coarse, vigorous, trailing perennial which is useful for wet and flooded soils in higher rainfall areas. It has stout runners (stems, stolons) which branch and root readily at all nodes. The runners grow up to 5 m long, with the sward growing only to 1m tall. Leaves and leaf sheaths are generally hairy; leaves are 6-20 cm long and 1-2 cm wide. The seeds are small, 935,000 per kilogram. Climate and Soils Para grass is a native of tropical Africa and South America Annual rainfall should be more than 1,000 mm. Para grass will grow on a range of soil types including solodic and cracking clays, but water relations are the most important factor. It is adapted to wet conditions, waterlogging and prolonged flooding. It is suited to shallow flooded areas where the depth of water does not exceed 1 m. It is also very drought hardy and can survive long dry spells. It is recommended for wet or seasonally flooded areas. Establishment by Seed Para grass can be sown by seed at 1-2 kg/ha, but the seed is expensive, the germination is low and small seedlings can be killed by flooding. For good establishment seed must be sown into a well-prepared weed- free seedbed and lightly rolled. Sowing should be in early to April to May to allow germination and growth before flooding occurs. Freshly harvested seed has a low germination rate because of seed dormancy. Germination improves after six to eight months. Sowing para grass by seed has not generally been successful. Establishment by Cuttings Establishment has been mostly with cuttings containing two to three nodes, with at least one node being buried. Para grass requires protection from excessive weed competition. A well prepared seedbed is therefore an advantage. Cuttings are generally planted in mud or shallow water (up to 15 cm). Planting November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development occurs in January and February, depending on rainfall. Cuttings should be planted on a square grid at 2-4 m intervals. Fertiliser Requirements Para grass pastures are generally not fertilised on fertile clay floodplain soils but they do need fertiliser, at least initially, on less fertile soils. Para grass is very responsive to nitrogen fertilisers. An application of nitrogen in the first season is useful to improve establishment and help young plants overcome weed competition. Nitrogen fertiliser gives increased yields but the greatest returns are at lower levels of fertilisation (100-200 kg N/ha). Crude protein content is not increased at these levels of nitrogen fertilisation. The application of phosphate fertilisers by themselves has not been shown to increase dry matter production of Para Grass. Yield Dry matter yields of 4-7 t/ha have been recorded from pastures where no nitrogen was applied. Yields of 10-15 t/ha have been recorded when 100-200 kg/ha nitrogen fertiliser had been applied early in the wet season. Seed yields of 11-27 kg/ha have been recorded. Grazing Para grass is very palatable and grazing of new plantings should be delayed until the cuttings are well rooted and well developed. It is desirable not to graze the pasture in the first year because early grazing results in the pulling out and destruction of the cuttings. It generally takes 12 months for a stand to develop properly. It is normally used as saved fodder during the dry season. Allowing animals onto ground which is too wet can damage the stand by pugging and plant destruction. Para should be regarded as a browse grass. Grazing should be controlled to prevent excessive damage to the runners. With light stocking, animals eat only the leaves. With heavy stocking, stems are destroyed to the crown or roots which results in a very slow recovery. It can withstand heavy grazing while the soil moisture is high and the plants are actively growing. Under normal conditions para will not stand continuous grazing. A stocking rate of one beast to 1.5-2 ha is recommended as a safe stocking rate for a para grass stand. Mixtures Legumes which may be included in mixtures are Glenn, Lee, Murray phasey bean, Cavalcade, Bundey and Maldonado. Ponding Banks can be constructed to create artificial ponds to store runoff water to grow para grass in areas where rainfall is too low, or to extend the growth period of the grass in other areas. Para can be planted into ponded areas as they dry out, extending the planting until July. The legumes Glenn, Lee and Murray are more suitable in ponds. Other Para grass is tolerant of soil salinity. It will withstand flooding for a number of weeks provided some green material is at the water surface. Stands of para grass can be thinned out if flooded when grazed or if cut very short or burnt. A hot fire can make para grass vulnerable to drought, overgrazing or flooding. Stands can be dramatically thinned and regeneration is very slow after a hot fire. It should not be burnt. Pests and Diseases None have been identified which affect the production of Para Grass. C. HYMENANCHE Description Hymenachne (Hymenachne acutigluma) is a perennial aquatic or semi-aquatic grass that is a native of Australia. It is a trailing grass and roots at the lower nodes. The stems are thick, and can be over 4 m long, containing 10 or more nodes. Leaves are 15-30 cm long and 2-3 cm wide. The plant generally has a dark green appearance. The seed head is a spike 8-10 cm long. Seeds are small (1-2 mm). Olive Hymenachne (Hymenachne amplexicaulis cv Olive) is a grass from South America that has been tested as a species for ponded pastures. Olive hymenachne appears almost identical to Native Hymenachne, except for shorter and broader leaves. Olive Hymenachne has been declared a Weed of National Significance and is on November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development longer recommended for planting as a pasture in Northern Australia. Natural stands normally form a monoculture, completely covering the soil in the dry season. Establishment - Cuttings Hymenachne can be planted by dropping cuttings containing 2-3 nodes into water over 10 cm deep, during the wet season. Because of its ability to spread by runners, Hymenachne can be sown or planted in wide spaced (i.e. 5 m) rows and allowed time to fill in the spaces by itself. Seed Hmenachne has been successfully established by dropping seed onto shallow water by helicopter or air-boat. The Native Hymenachne produces little viable seed and regeneration from seed is significant in natural stands where, after big floods, new seedlings can be found from the high water mark down. Seed is difficult to harvest as it produces seed heads and flowers during periods of flooding. Sowing rates recommended for Native Hymenachne are 1 to 2 kg of seed per hectare. Fertiliser Requirements Nitrogen and phosphorus fertilisers applied at the beginning of the wet season have not increased dry matter yield or plant content of nitrogen or phosphorus at the end of the wet season. This is because the grasses are only adapted to the more fertile clay floodplain soils. Nitrogen fertiliser (25-50 kg/ha) can be applied to sparse or newly established stands to promote the number and growth of tillers to increase population density. Grazing Hymenachne is a valuable fodder resource for the DS in coastal areas of the Northern Australia. It should be used solely as a DS feed due to the harmful effects of grazing at other times of the year. Grazing in the late wet-early dry period particularly causes destruction of stands by trampling, puddling and plants being pulled out of the wet soil. A stocking rate of one beast per 1.5 to 2 ha is recommended as a safe stocking level for Hymenachne stands. Yield Hymenachne is a very lush plant, containing low levels of dry matter, generally 20 to 47%. Yields of 2,000- 3,500 kg/ha of dry matter can be expected at the end of the wet season for Native Hymenachne. There is also re-growth following grazing or cutting in the dry season, as Hymenachne occupies the deep flooding areas of the floodplains where the water table is close to the soil surface in the dry season. Quality Nitrogen contents of whole plants have averaged 2.2 to 3.3% (13.8 to 20.6% crude protein) in WS and 1.8% 1.4% (8.8% CP) in the DS. Up to 4.2% (25% CP) nitrogen has been recorded in leaves of re-growth early in the WS. Phosphorus contents are 0.20% or over during the WS and 0.16% or over during the dry season. Haymaking Good quality hay has been made from Native Hymenachne. Pests and Diseases Tar spot (Phyllachora spp.) has been recorded on Hymenachne acutigluma in the NT. Symptoms are numerous small (1.5 mm) black, shiny raised spots, round to oval in shape. This disease causes little damage and is not important. The caterpillars of Marasmia spp, a leaf roller of rice and other grasses attack both native and Olive hymenachnes. Symptoms are dead and dying leaf tips. A small caterpillar can generally be found in the rolled up leaf. The damage is much more severe in Olive hymenachne, and may affect production in some years. D. ALEMAN GRASS (A Grass for Flooded or Ponded Pastures) Description Aleman Grass (Echinochloa polystachya cv Amity) is a robust vigorous aquatic or semi aquatic grass which produces long stems that tend to grow upright or float on the water surface. The stems are 10-15 mm in November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development diameter, up to 2.5 metres long containing 7-10 nodes. Leaf blades which are 10-25 mm wide and 200-600 mm in length are smooth and hairless. The seed head is an open panicle 15-25 cm long producing seeds 4- 5 mm in length. Seed is sterile. The grass is a light blue-green colour. Climate and Soils Aleman Grass is a native southern USA to northern Argentina. It is suitable for areas receiving more than 1,000 mm average annual rainfall and is recommended for wet areas or for seasonally flooded. Aleman Grass grows well in the black cracking clay soils of Northern Australian coastal areas where flooding can occur for 7-12 months of the year. Aleman Grass will take deeper flooding than Para Grass but less than Hymenachne and there are reports of it growing in water to 3 m depth. Aleman Ponding with contour banks to keep an area flooded for a longer period of the year is likely to provide a good site for the growth of Aleman Grass. Banks planned and constructed to pond water up to about 1.2 m depth are suitable for Aleman Grass. Establishment Aleman Grass has to be established vegetatively. The procedure is to harvest the long stems during the WS when it is actively growing, trim off the leaves and plant sets/cuttings with 2-3 nodes into mud with only 1 node showing. Care should be taken to plant the stem pieces rightway up 1 to 4 metres apart in rows. Plant sets can be planted vertically, angled or horizontally but not upside down. Row spacing can be varied depending on when it will be grazed, and the level of grass competition. If a good first year stand is required, then plant spacings should be close i.e. on a 2 m x 2 m grid. If wide row spacings are used, ploughing between the rows at the beginning of the next wet season encourages spread. This can be done on a yearly basis until adjacent rows have merged. Herbicide may be substituted for ploughing. This method will be more economical in the planting of runners in the long term due to the labour costs in planting. This planting method can be used in water. The top of the stems should be above the water level. One end of the stem should be embedded in the mud. Establishment will be less successful if not planted into the mud because of competition from existing vegetation and slower early growth. Cut stems, if kept covered, dark, cool and moist can be stored for a week or more. They will develop roots from each node prior to planting, which may aid in quicker establishment. If a track type vehicle is available, stems can be dropped into the water or mud in front of the tracks. In all planting situations the success depends on removing competition from other vegetation present so that the stems can root down from nodes that are in contact with the soil. With removal of competition, the plants can spread up to 4 m in the first season. Rows 10 metres apart should converge within 2-4 years. Fertiliser Requirements There is little information on fertiliser regimes. However, on the black cracking clays, stands have persisted well without any fertiliser applied. Requirements are likely to be similar to Para Grass where good responses to nitrogen applications are recorded in DM yields. Nitrogen fertiliser applied early in the establishment phase (e.g. when grass is 20-30 cm tall) is likely to increase tillering and DM production considerably. NPK fertilisers are likely to boost Aleman Grass establishment where phosphorus levels are lower. Dry matter yields from 10-20 t/ha are expected after a wet season. Grazing Because of the wet areas where it grows, most grazing will be restricted to the early DS once water recedes, through to the early wet season. It is good management to not graze too low just before deep flooding as plants will not survive inundation without leaf above the flooded water level. Generally 16-18 months should elapse before grazing i.e. during the second dry season. A light grazing in the first dry season may promote tillering and reduce some grass competition. However, because Aleman Grass is very palatable, establishment may be significantly reduced. Aleman Grass is usually grazed to the crown by cattle, buffalo and horses during the dry season. This does not reduce its ability to re-grow once moisture is again available. Over grazing during this early re-growth stage may cause problems with survival. Observations are that it is more palatable than Para Grass and the Hymenachnes. It recovers well when spelled. It is able to recover moisture from lower soil levels more efficiently than Para Grass, actively November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development producing green shoots later into the dry season on black cracking clay soils. Recordings of grazing productivity in South America show that beef yields of 200-250 kg/ha/annum have been recorded. Nutrient Concentrations Ranges from 1.4% to 2.8% of nitrogen have been recorded from limited sampling. This equates to a crude protein content of 8.8% to 17.5%. Early WS re-growth has been measured as high as 22% CP. Ranges from 0.14% to 0.28% phosphorus have been recorded on non fertilised black cracking clays. Hay Making/Silage Hay making is difficult on this species because of the thick stem. If soil moisture was still adequate or irrigation available then a reasonable quality hay could be made off the re-growth. Mixtures Suitable species would be Glenn or Lee Joint Vetch or Murray Phasey Bean, for wetter areas and Bundey for only lightly flooded areas. In the long term most legumes will be out competed by Aleman Grass. Fire Although Aleman Grass can recover from a fire, it is recommended that these areas are protected by firebreaks as there will be high losses of nutrients from the mulch if it burns, leaving a period when there will be significantly greater evaporation and a complete lack of feed for the stock until the next rains or irrigation. Pests and Diseases As yet no pests or diseases have been recorded. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-4 FORAGE INTRODUCTIONS IN XIENG KHOUANG PROVINCE The Province of Xieng Khouang province has become a priority area for cattle and buffalo production. At present most of the cattle and buffalo are found on the pine tree savannah grassland of the Plan of Jars in the centre of the province. The cattle and buffalo are reared traditionally, they feed mainly on native grasses (Themeda sp. etc.,) which are burnt regularly to provide young green shoots. Supplementation with untreated rice straw (and rice stubble) occurs in the DS. The province is characterised by three agro-ecological zones: - The pine tree grassland savannas. Elevation about 1,100 masl with average annual temp of 20o C, average rainfall 1,500 mm, silty loam soils with pH 4.8 which are high in aluminium and low in available phosphorous and calcium. - Fertile soils at high altitude. Elevation 1,200 to 1,500 masl. Loamy moderately acid soils (pH 5.7) of moderate phosphorous and high calcium content. These soils are mainly developed from limestone. - Fertile soils at low altitude. Elevation 500 to 1,000 masl. Soils are similar to the high altitude fertile soils. About 20 years ago a range of forages were tested at the Lat Saene Cattle Station on the Plain of Jars. As a result two species have been propagated for use, namely Napier or Elephant Grass and Paspalum plicatulum. The latter is being grown without fertiliser and their productivity in most areas is little better than the native grasses. A few years ago, seed of several varieties were obtained from the Nam Suang Livestock Research Centre and sown at a number of sites. Under light grazing three species were found to grow well, namely, Gamba Grass Andropogon gayanus (cv Kent), Hamil Guinea Grass (Panicum maximum) and Ruzi Grass (Brfacharia ruziziensis). In 1994 the Xieng Khouang Highland Development Program (UNDP/UNDAC/IFAD) grew 64 different introduced forages at 25 sites covering the three major agro-ecological zones of Xieng Khouang. The following results and conclusions were drawn: - No introduced forage grew satisfactorily in the infertile pine-tree savannas without phosphate fertiliser addition. However, Paspaulum pliculatum can persist without phosphorous addition). - Oversowing the grassland savannas without both prior cultivation and phosphorous addition were not successful. - With both cultivation and phosphorous, several grasses grew well in the infertile savannas. Outstanding was Gamba Grass. However, the following were also excellent: Setaria sphacelata, Hamil and Makueni Guinea Grass, and Signal Grass (Bracharia decumbens). B. humidicola cv Tully showed promise for more heavily grazed and wetter areas. - Lotonis bainesii cv Miles was the outstanding legume for the infertile savannas but there was doubt as to its persistenmce (very severe end of season fungal foliage defoliation). - Other legumes with potential for the infertile savannas were: Chamaecrista rotundifolia cv Wynn (Round-leafed Cassia), Macrotyloma axillare cv Archer (Axillaris) and stylosanthes guianensis cv CIAT 1842. - No legumem shrub grew well in the infertile savannas. However, Caliandra calothyrsus grew well in the more fertile backyards. - On the fertile soils, growth of the best forages was excellent without fertiliser addition. 2All of the Stylosanthes varieties tested were apparently attacked by anthracnose leaf and stem nose fungus). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development - On the high altitude, fertile soils, Desmodium intortum cv Greenleaf was the outstanding vigorous legume. Trifolium repens cv Haifa (White Clover) may be suitable for heavily grazed situations. At medium altitude Aeschynomene Americana cv. Glenn (American Joint Vetch) was also outstanding. - At all altitudes, Avena stiva cv. Saia (Saia Oats) was a satisfactory DS forage grass crop in unused, irrigated rice paddies, but fertiliser was necessary on infertile soils. Lolium multiflorum cv Tetila and Surrey (Italian Ryegrass) were also satisfactory. - At all altitudes Trifolium resupinatum (Persian.Shaftal Clover) and T. alexandrinum cv Bigbee (Berseem Clover) were sattsfactory DS forage crop legumes in rice paddies. Fertiliser was essential and rice stubble burning highly beneficial in infertile soils. Vicia villosa ssp dasycarpa cv Namoi (Wollypod Vetch) was outstanding in some infertilse paddies. Lotus pedinculatus cv Maku has also potential. - Neither fertiliser nor irrigation are necessary in some high altitude fertilse oils for successful growth of DS forages. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-5 ACTIVITY MODELS AND GROSS MARGIN BUDGETS This Appendix presents activity models, gross margin budgets and labour profiles for all crops considered in the farm models. Separate presentations are given where crops are grown in the wet and in the dry season. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 7: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Irrigated Paddy, Wet Season Unit Low input [a] High input [b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.16 ha Unit (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Paddy kg 0.13 150 225 300 300 450 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.36 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 150 150 150 300 300 300 15.15.15 kg 0.27 7.5 7.5 7.5 Urea kg 0.22 7.5 7.5 7.5 Water ls 40.00 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 Sacks pc 0.10 3 5 6 6 9 12 Labour pdays 0.90 Draft Inputs 1 ha 6.40 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Ploughing ha 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Harrowing ha 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Transplanting pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 Irrigation pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 5.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting pdays 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 5.0 Threshing pdays 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 Drying pdays 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Sub-total (Labour) pdays 17.0 22.0 24.0 28.5 30.5 32.5 Sub-total (Draft) ha 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Value of Paddy $18.75 $28.13 $37.50 $37.50 $56.25 $75.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 $ 2.70 Organic Fertiliser $ 15.00 $ 15.00 $ 15.00 $ 30.00 $ 30.00 $ 30.00 15.15.15 $ - $ - $ - $ 2.03 $ 2.03 $ 2.03 Urea $ - $ - $ - $ 1.65 $ 1.65 $ 1.65 Water $ - $ 6.40 $ 6.40 $ 6.40 $ 6.40 $ 6.40 Sacks $ 0.30 $ 0.50 $ 0.60 $ 0.60 $ 0.90 $ 1.20 Sub-Total $ 18.00 $ 24.60 $ 24.70 $ 43.38 $ 43.68 $ 43.98 Labour Inputs Family Labour $ 15.30 $ 19.80 $ 21.60 $ 25.65 $ 27.45 $ 29.25 Draft $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 Sub-Total $ 34.50 $ 39.00 $ 40.80 $ 44.85 $ 46.65 $ 48.45 Total Costs $ 52.50 $ 63.60 $ 65.50 $ 88.23 $ 90.33 $ 92.43 >With Project Support [c] Gross Margin -$15.75 -$10.88 -$3.30 -$7.35 $9.60 $26.55 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $18.75 $28.13 $37.50 $37.50 $56.25 $75.00 Return to labour (per day) $1.10 $1.28 $1.56 $1.32 $1.84 $2.31 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income 100% $18.75 $28.13 $37.50 $37.50 $56.25 $75.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$33.75 -$35.48 -$28.00 -$50.73 -$34.08 -$17.43 Gross Margin (ex family labour cost) -$18.45 -$15.68 -$6.40 -$25.08 -$6.63 $11.83 Return to labour (per day) -$1.09 -$0.71 -$0.27 -$0.88 -$0.22 $0.36 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income 100% -$18.45 -$15.68 -$6.40 -$25.08 -$6.63 $11.83 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex family labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % -$20.33 -$18.49 -$10.15 -$28.83 -$12.25 $4.33 by 25 % -$23.14 -$22.71 -$15.78 -$34.45 -$20.69 -$6.93 Increase in Input Prices by 10% -$22.17 -$20.06 -$10.79 -$31.33 -$12.91 $5.51 by 25% -$27.75 -$26.63 -$17.38 -$40.72 -$22.34 -$3.97 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied a rate of 50 kg per ha and Top Dressing of 50 kg per ha of Urea together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 8: Labour Profile, Irrigated Paddy, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Land Preparation Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.5 Harrowing Transplanting 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 1.0 1.0 1.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.7 1.7 1.7 Harvesting 3.5 Drying 2.0 Threshing 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 3.0 2.7 2.7 2.7 8.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Land Preparation Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.5 Harrowing Transplanting 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 1.5 Irrigation 1.0 1.0 1.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.7 2.7 2.7 Harvesting 4.5 Drying 3.0 Threshing 5.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 3.0 5.2 3.7 3.7 7.5 5.0 0.0 0.0 30.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 9: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Irrigated Paddy, Dry Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.16 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Paddy kg 0.13 165 250 330 330 500 660 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.36 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 150 150 150 300 300 300 15.15.15 kg 0.27 7.5 7.5 7.5 Urea kg 0.22 7.5 7.5 7.5 Water ls 40.00 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 Sacks pc 0.10 3 5 6 6 9 12 Labour pdays 0.90 Draft Inputs 0.16 ha 6.40 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Ploughing ha 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Harrowing ha 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Transplanting pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 Irrigation pdays 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 5.0 5.0 5.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting pdays 3.0 3.50 4.0 4.0 4.50 5.0 Threshing pdays 1.5 2.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.5 Drying pdays 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Sub-total (Labour) pdays 23.0 25.0 27.0 31.5 33.5 35.5 Sub-total (Draft) ha 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Value of Paddy $20.63 $31.25 $41.25 $41.25 $62.50 $82.50 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 $2.70 Organic Fertiliser $15.00 $15.00 $15.00 $30.00 $30.00 $30.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $2.03 $2.03 $2.03 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.65 $1.65 $1.65 Water $6.40 $6.40 $6.40 $6.40 $6.40 $6.40 Sacks $0.30 $0.50 $0.60 $0.60 $0.90 $1.20 Sub-Total $24.40 $24.60 $24.70 $43.38 $43.68 $43.98 Labour Inputs Family Labour $ 20.70 $ 22.50 $ 24.30 $ 28.35 $ 30.15 $ 31.95 Draft $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 $ 19.20 Sub-Total $ 39.90 $ 41.70 $ 43.50 $ 47.55 $ 49.35 $ 51.15 Total Costs $ 64.30 $ 66.30 $ 68.20 $ 90.93 $ 93.03 $ 95.13 >With Project Support [c] Gross Margin -$19.28 -$10.45 -$2.25 -$6.30 $13.15 $31.35 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $20.63 $31.25 $41.25 $41.25 $62.50 $82.50 Return to labour (per day) $0.90 $1.25 $1.53 $1.31 $1.87 $2.32 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income #### $20.63 $31.25 $41.25 $41.25 $62.50 $82.50 >Post Project Gross Margin -$43.68 -$35.05 -$26.95 -$49.68 -$30.53 -$12.63 Gross Margin (ex family labour cost) -$22.98 -$12.55 -$2.65 -$21.33 -$0.38 $19.33 Return to labour (per day) -$1.00 -$0.50 -$0.10 -$0.68 -$0.01 $0.54 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income #### -$22.98 -$12.55 -$2.65 -$21.33 -$0.38 $19.33 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex family labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % -25.04 -15.68 -6.78 -25.45 -6.63 11.08 by 25 % -28.13 -20.36 -12.96 -31.64 -16.00 -1.30 Increase in Input Prices by 10 % -25.42 -15.01 -5.12 -25.66 -4.74 14.93 by 25 % -29.08 -18.70 -8.83 -32.17 -11.29 8.33 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied a rate of 50 kg per ha and Top Dressing of 50 kg per ha of Urea together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 10: Labour Profile, Irrigated Paddy, Dry Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Land Preparation 1.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.5 Harrowing 1.5 Transplanting 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Applicatio 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.7 1.7 1.7 Harvesting 3.5 Threshing 2.0 Drying 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 6.7 3.7 9.2 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.5 28.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Land Preparation 1.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.5 Harrowing 1.5 Transplanting 3.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Applicatio 1.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 Harvesting 4.5 Threshing 3.0 Drying 5.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 9.2 4.7 12.2 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.2 39.2 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 11: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Upland Rice Units Unit Low input High input cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Paddy kg 0.13 80 120 160 160 240 320 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.22 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 4.00 Sacks pc 0.10 2 3 4 4 5 6 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sowing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 8.0 8.00 8.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Threshing pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays Sub-total pdays 14.5 15.8 17.0 22.5 23.8 25.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Value of Paddy $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.20 $0.30 $0.40 $0.40 $0.50 $0.60 Sub-Total $11.30 $11.40 $11.50 $22.85 $22.95 $23.05 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.05 $14.18 $15.30 $20.25 $21.38 $22.50 Total Costs $24.35 $25.58 $26.80 $43.10 $44.33 $45.55 >With Project [c] Gross Margin -$3.05 $0.82 $4.70 -$0.25 $8.63 $17.50 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 Return to labour (per day) $0.69 $0.95 $1.18 $0.89 $1.26 $1.60 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income 100% $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$14.35 -$10.58 -$6.80 -$23.10 -$14.33 -$5.55 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) -$1.30 $3.60 $8.50 -$2.85 $7.05 $16.95 Return to labour (per day) -$0.09 $0.23 $0.50 -$0.13 $0.30 $0.68 Proportion cash income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Proportion imputed income 100% $3.60 $8.50 -$2.85 $7.05 $16.95 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % -$2.30 $2.10 $6.50 -$4.85 $4.05 $12.95 by 25 % -$3.80 -$0.15 $3.50 -$7.85 -$0.45 $6.95 Increase in Input Prices by 10 % -$2.43 $2.46 $7.35 -$5.14 $4.76 $14.65 by 25 % -$4.13 $0.75 $5.63 -$8.56 $1.31 $11.19 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied a rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 12: Labour Profile, Upland Rice Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Sowing 2.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harvesting 1.3 Threshing 2.5 Drying 2.5 Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 3.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 6.3 0.0 0.0 15.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.0 Harrowing 1.0 Sowing 2.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 1.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 1.75 Threshing 3.5 Drying 3.5 Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 8.8 0.0 0.0 23.8 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 13: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Maize, Wet Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs [c] Grain kg 0.10 100 150 200 200 300 400 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local kg 0.10 2 2 2 Seed - Hybrid kg 0.40 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 3 4 5 6 7 8 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Irrigation pdays Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 Drying [c] pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 13.5 14.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 22.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Total $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed - Hybrid $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.80 $0.80 $0.80 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.30 $0.40 $0.50 $0.60 $0.70 $0.80 Sub-Total $10.50 $10.60 $10.70 $22.75 $22.85 $22.95 Labour Inputs Family Labour $12.15 $12.60 $14.40 $18.00 $19.80 $20.25 Total Costs $22.65 $23.20 $25.10 $40.75 $42.65 $43.20 >With Project [d] Gross Margin -$2.15 $2.40 $5.60 $2.00 $10.20 $19.75 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 Return to labour (per day) $0.74 $1.07 $1.25 $1.00 $1.36 $1.78 Proportion cash income 50% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 Proportion imputed income 50% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$12.65 -$8.20 -$5.10 -$20.75 -$12.65 -$3.20 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) -$0.50 $4.40 $9.30 -$2.75 $7.15 $17.05 Return to labour (per day) -$0.04 $0.31 $0.58 -$0.14 $0.33 $0.76 Proportion cash income 50% -$0.25 $2.20 $4.65 -$1.38 $3.58 $8.53 Proportion imputed income 50% -$0.25 $2.20 $4.65 -$1.38 $3.58 $8.53 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % -$1.50 $2.90 $7.30 -$4.75 $4.15 $13.05 by 25 % -$3.00 $0.65 $4.30 -$7.75 -$0.35 $7.05 Increase in Input Prices by 10% -$1.55 $3.34 $8.23 -$5.03 $4.86 $14.76 by 25 % -$3.13 $1.75 $6.63 -$8.44 $1.44 $11.31 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes introduction of Composite varieties and Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that half of the production will be consumed as green cobs and remainder dried, shelled and sold as grain or consumed by livestock [d] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 14: Labour Profile, Maize, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 1.0 Irrigation Harvesting 2.0 Drying 2.0 Shelling 2.50 Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 1.0 1.0 7.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.0 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 Irrigation Harvesting 4.0 Drying 2.0 Shelling 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 2.5 2.0 12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 15: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Maize, Dry Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Grain kg 0.10 100 150 200 200 300 400 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local kg 0.10 2 2 2 Seed - Hybrid kg 0.40 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 3 4 5 6 7 8 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 Drying [c] pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 17.5 18.0 20.0 24.0 26.0 26.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Value of Grain $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed - Hybrid $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.80 $0.80 $0.80 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.30 $0.40 $0.50 $0.60 $0.70 $0.80 Sub-Total $10.75 $10.85 $10.95 $23.00 $23.10 $23.20 Labour Inputs Family Labour $15.75 $16.20 $18.00 $21.60 $23.40 $23.85 Total Costs $26.50 $27.05 $28.95 $44.60 $46.50 $47.05 >With project [d] Gross Margin -$5.75 -$1.20 $2.00 -$1.60 $6.60 $16.15 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 Return to labour (per day) $0.57 $0.83 $1.00 $0.83 $1.15 $1.51 Proportion cash income 50% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 Proportion imputed income 50% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$16.50 -$12.05 -$8.95 -$24.60 -$16.50 -$7.05 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) -$0.75 $4.15 $9.05 -$3.00 $6.90 $16.80 Return to labour (per day) -$0.04 $0.23 $0.45 -$0.13 $0.27 $0.63 Proportion cash income 50% -$0.38 $2.08 $4.53 -$1.50 $3.45 $8.40 Proportion imputed income 50% -$0.38 $2.08 $4.53 -$1.50 $3.45 $8.40 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % -$1.75 $2.65 $7.05 -$5.00 $3.90 $12.80 by 25 % -$3.25 $0.40 $4.05 -$8.00 -$0.60 $6.80 Increase in Input Prices by 10% -$1.83 $3.07 $7.96 -$5.30 $4.59 $14.48 by 25 % -$3.44 $1.44 $6.31 -$8.75 $1.13 $11.00 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes introduction of Composite varieties and Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that half of the production will be consumed as green cobs and remainder dried, shelled and sold as grain or consumed by livestock [d] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 16: Labour Profile, Maize, Dry Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 1.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 2.0 Drying 2.0 Shelling 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 1.0 3.0 9.5 18.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.0 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 4.0 Drying 2.0 Shelling 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 2.5 4.0 14.5 26.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 17: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Maize / Black Beans Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Maize - Grain kg 0.07 100 150 200 200 300 400 Black Beans kg 0.60 30 60 90 90 120 150 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - Maize kg 0.22 5 5 5 5 5 5 Seed - Black Beans kg 0.10 2 2 2 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 4.00 Sacks pc 0.10 2 3 4 4 5 6 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sowing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 8.0 8.00 8.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Threshing pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays Sub-total pdays 14.5 15.8 17.0 22.5 23.8 25.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Value of Maize - Grain $7.00 $10.50 $14.00 $14.00 $21.00 $28.00 Value of Black Beans $18.00 $36.00 $54.00 $54.00 $72.00 $90.00 Sub-Total $25.00 $46.50 $68.00 $68.00 $93.00 $118.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.30 $1.30 $1.30 $1.30 $1.30 $1.30 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.20 $0.30 $0.40 $0.40 $0.50 $0.60 Sub-Total $11.50 $11.60 $11.70 $23.05 $23.15 $23.25 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.05 $14.18 $15.30 $20.25 $21.38 $22.50 Total Costs $24.55 $25.78 $27.00 $43.30 $44.53 $45.75 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $11.95 $32.33 $52.70 $47.75 $71.63 $95.50 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $25.00 $46.50 $68.00 $68.00 $93.00 $118.00 Return to labour (per day) $1.72 $2.95 $4.00 $3.02 $3.92 $4.72 Proportion cash income 80% $20.00 $37.20 $54.40 $54.40 $74.40 $94.40 Proportion imputed income 20% $5.00 $9.30 $13.60 $13.60 $18.60 $23.60 >Post Project Gross Margin $0.45 $20.73 $41.00 $24.70 $48.48 $72.25 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $13.50 $34.90 $56.30 $44.95 $69.85 $94.75 Return to labour (per day) $0.93 $2.22 $3.31 $2.00 $2.94 $3.79 Proportion cash income 80% $10.80 $27.92 $45.04 $35.96 $55.88 $75.80 Proportion imputed income 20% $6.98 $11.26 $8.99 $13.97 $18.95 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $11.00 $30.25 $49.50 $38.15 $60.55 $82.95 by 25 % $7.25 $23.28 $39.30 $27.95 $46.60 $65.25 Increase in Input Prices by 10 % $12.35 $33.74 $55.13 $42.65 $67.54 $92.43 by 25 % $10.63 $32.00 $53.38 $39.19 $64.06 $88.94 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with 15.15.15 applied a rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 18: Labour Profile, Maize / Black Beans Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Sowing 2.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harvesting 1.25 Drying 2.5 Threshing 2.5 Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 3.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 6.3 0.0 0.0 15.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 1.0 Harrowing 1.0 Sowing 2.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 1.0 Irrigation 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 1.75 Drying 3.5 Threshing 3.5 Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 8.8 0.0 0.0 23.8 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 19: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Peanuts, Wet Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Unshelled Peanuts kg 0.25 100 150 200 200 300 400 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - Local kg 0.20 5 5 5 Seed - Improved kg 0.80 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 11.5 12.0 13.5 17.0 18.0 19.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Unshelled Peanuts $25.00 $37.50 $50.00 $50.00 $75.00 $100.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - Local $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed - Improved $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 Sub-Total $11.20 $11.20 $11.20 $24.20 $24.20 $24.20 Labour Inputs Family Labour $10.35 $10.80 $12.15 $15.30 $16.20 $17.10 Total Costs $21.55 $22.00 $23.35 $39.50 $40.40 $41.30 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $14.65 $26.70 $37.85 $34.70 $58.80 $82.90 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $25.00 $37.50 $50.00 $50.00 $75.00 $100.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.17 $3.13 $3.70 $2.94 $4.17 $5.26 Proportion cash income 80% $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 $40.00 $60.00 $80.00 Proportion imputed income 20% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $3.45 $15.50 $26.65 $10.50 $34.60 $58.70 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $13.80 $26.30 $38.80 $25.80 $50.80 $75.80 Return to labour (per day) $1.20 $2.19 $2.87 $1.52 $2.82 $3.99 Proportion cash income 80% $11.04 $21.04 $31.04 $20.64 $40.64 $60.64 Proportion imputed income 20% $2.76 $5.26 $7.76 $5.16 $10.16 $15.16 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $11.30 $22.55 $33.80 $20.80 $43.30 $65.80 by 25 % $7.55 $16.93 $26.30 $13.30 $32.05 $50.80 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $12.68 $25.18 $37.68 $23.38 $48.38 $73.38 by 25 % $11.00 $23.50 $36.00 $19.75 $44.75 $69.75 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the introduction of improved varieties, split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 20: Labour Profile, Peanuts, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Drying 2.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 1.5 1.5 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Drying 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 3.5 3.0 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 21: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Peanuts, Dry Season Unit Low input High input cost Low Medium High Low Medium High ale: 0.1 ha Unit (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS utputs Unshelled Peanuts kg 0.25 100 150 200 200 300 400 puts Material Inputs Seed - Local kg 0.20 5 5 5 Seed - Improved kg 0.80 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.50 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 15.5 16.0 17.5 21.0 22.0 23.0 FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ utputs Unshelled Peanuts $25.00 $37.50 $50.00 $50.00 $75.00 $100.00 puts Material Inputs Seed - Local $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed - Improved $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 Sub-Total $11.45 $11.45 $11.45 $24.45 $24.45 $24.45 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.95 $14.40 $15.75 $18.90 $19.80 $20.70 otal Costs $25.40 $25.85 $27.20 $43.35 $44.25 $45.15 With Project [c] Gross Margin $11.05 $23.10 $34.25 $31.10 $55.20 $79.30 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $25.00 $37.50 $50.00 $50.00 $75.00 $100.00 Return to labour (per day) $1.61 $2.34 $2.86 $2.38 $3.41 $4.35 Proportion cash income 80% $20.00 $30.00 $40.00 $40.00 $60.00 $80.00 Proportion imputed income 20% $5.00 $7.50 $10.00 $10.00 $15.00 $20.00 Post Project Gross Margin -$0.40 $11.65 $22.80 $6.65 $30.75 $54.85 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $13.55 $26.05 $38.55 $25.55 $50.55 $75.55 Return to labour (per day) $0.87 $1.63 $2.20 $1.22 $2.30 $3.28 Proportion cash income 80% $10.84 $20.84 $30.84 $20.44 $40.44 $60.44 Proportion imputed income 20% $2.71 $5.21 $7.71 $5.11 $10.11 $15.11 RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $11.05 $22.30 $33.55 $20.55 $43.05 $65.55 by 25 % $7.30 $16.68 $26.05 $13.05 $31.80 $50.55 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $12.41 $24.91 $37.41 $23.11 $48.11 $73.11 by 25% $10.69 $23.19 $35.69 $19.44 $44.44 $69.44 Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop High Input Level assumes the introduction of improved varieties, split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 22: Labour Profile, Peanuts, Dry Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Drying 2.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 16 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Drying 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 5.0 5.0 7.0 21.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 23: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Soybeans, Wet Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Grain kg 0.25 75 100 125 150 200 250 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 1.00 2 2 2 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Innoculum gm 0.10 5 5 5 Water kg 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 2 2 3 3 3 4 Labour Inputs Ploughing pdays 0.90 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 12.5 13.25 14.0 17.5 18.25 19.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Grain $18.75 $25.00 $31.25 $37.50 $50.00 $62.50 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.50 $0.50 $0.50 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.30 $0.30 $0.30 $0.40 Sub-Total $12.20 $12.20 $12.30 $22.80 $22.80 $22.90 Labour Inputs Family Labour $11.25 $11.93 $12.60 $15.75 $16.43 $17.10 Total Costs $23.45 $24.13 $24.90 $38.55 $39.23 $40.00 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $7.50 $13.08 $18.65 $21.75 $33.58 $45.40 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $18.75 $25.00 $31.25 $37.50 $50.00 $62.50 Return to labour (per day) $1.50 $1.89 $2.23 $2.14 $2.74 $3.29 Proportion cash income #### $18.75 $25.00 $31.25 $37.50 $50.00 $62.50 Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $11.25 $11.93 $12.60 $15.75 $16.43 $17.10 Return to labour (per day) $0.90 $0.90 $0.90 $0.90 $0.90 $0.90 Proportion cash income #### $11.25 $11.93 $12.60 $15.75 $16.43 $17.10 Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $16.88 $22.50 $28.13 $33.75 $45.00 $56.25 by 25 % $14.06 $18.75 $23.44 $28.13 $37.50 $46.88 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $17.53 $23.78 $30.02 $35.22 $47.72 $60.21 by 25 % $15.70 $21.95 $28.18 $31.80 $44.30 $56.78 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the use of innoculum and a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 24: Labour Profile, Soybeans, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 1.25 Drying 2.00 Shelling 1.50 Hauling (to Market) 1.00 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 1.5 1.5 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.25 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3 3 Harvesting 1.75 Drying 2.00 Shelling 2.50 Hauling (to Market) 1.00 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 3.5 3.0 7.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 25: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Soybeans, Dry Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Grain kg 0.25 75 100 125 150 200 250 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 1.00 2 2 2 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Innoculum gm 0.10 5 5 5 Water kg 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 2 2 3 3 3 4 Labour Inputs Ploughing pdays 0.90 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 16.5 17.3 18.0 21.5 22.3 23.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Grain $18.75 $25.00 $31.25 $37.50 $50.00 $62.50 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.50 $0.50 $0.50 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.30 $0.30 $0.30 $0.40 Sub-Total $12.45 $12.45 $12.55 $23.05 $23.05 $23.15 Labour Inputs Family Labour $14.85 $15.53 $16.20 $19.35 $20.03 $20.70 Total Costs $27.30 $27.98 $28.75 $42.40 $43.08 $43.85 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $3.90 $9.48 $15.05 $18.15 $29.98 $41.80 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $18.75 $25.00 $31.25 $37.50 $50.00 $62.50 Return to labour (per day) $1.14 $1.45 $1.74 $1.74 $2.25 $2.72 Proportion cash income #### $18.75 $25.00 $31.25 $37.50 $50.00 $62.50 Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 >Post Project Gross Margin -$8.55 -$2.98 $2.50 -$4.90 $6.93 $18.65 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $6.30 $12.55 $18.70 $14.45 $26.95 $39.35 Return to labour (per day) $0.38 $0.73 $1.04 $0.67 $1.21 $1.71 Proportion cash income #### $6.30 $12.55 $18.70 $14.45 $26.95 $39.35 Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $4.43 $10.05 $15.58 $10.70 $21.95 $33.10 by 25 % $1.61 $6.30 $10.89 $5.08 $14.45 $23.73 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $5.06 $11.31 $17.45 $12.15 $24.65 $37.04 by 25 % $3.19 $9.44 $15.56 $8.69 $21.19 $33.56 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertilise and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the use of innoculum and a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per he together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 26: Labour Profile, Soybeans, Dry Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 1.3 Drying 2.0 Shelling 1.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.5 1.5 1.5 5.75 13.25 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 2.0 Shelling 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.5 3.5 3 7.25 18.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 38 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 27: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Mungbeans, Wet Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Grain kg 0.60 60 80 100 120 160 200 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.60 2 2 2 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Innoculum gm 0.10 Water kg 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 2 2 3 3 3 4 Labour Inputs Ploughing pdays 0.90 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 12.5 13.25 14.0 17.5 18.25 19.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Grain $36.00 $48.00 $60.00 $72.00 $96.00 $120.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.30 $0.30 $0.30 $0.40 Sub-Total $11.40 $11.40 $11.50 $21.50 $21.50 $21.60 Labour Inputs Family Labour $11.25 $11.93 $12.60 $15.75 $16.43 $17.10 Total Costs $22.65 $23.33 $24.10 $37.25 $37.93 $38.70 >With Project Gross Margin $24.75 $36.08 $47.40 $56.25 $79.58 $102.90 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $36.00 $48.00 $60.00 $72.00 $96.00 $120.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.88 $3.62 $4.29 $4.11 $5.26 $6.32 Proportion cash income 80% $28.80 $38.40 $48.00 $57.60 $76.80 $96.00 Proportion imputed income 20% $7.20 $9.60 $12.00 $14.40 $19.20 $24.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $13.35 $24.68 $35.90 $34.75 $58.08 $81.30 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $24.60 $36.60 $48.50 $50.50 $74.50 $98.40 Return to labour (per day) $1.97 $2.76 $3.46 $2.89 $4.08 $5.18 Proportion cash income 80% $19.68 $29.28 $38.80 $40.40 $59.60 $78.72 Proportion imputed income 20% $4.92 $7.32 $9.70 $10.10 $14.90 $19.68 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $21.00 $31.80 $42.50 $43.30 $64.90 $86.40 by 25 % $15.60 $24.60 $33.50 $32.50 $50.50 $68.40 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $23.46 $35.46 $47.35 $48.35 $72.35 $96.24 by 25 % $21.75 $33.75 $45.63 $45.13 $69.13 $93.00 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertilise and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 39 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 28: Labour Profile, Mungbeans, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 1.3 Drying 2.0 Shelling 1.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 1.5 1.5 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 2.0 Shelling 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 3.5 3.0 7.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 40 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 29: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Mungbeans, Dry Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Grain kg 0.60 60 80 100 120 160 200 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.60 2 2 2 2 2 2 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Innoculum gm 0.10 Water kg 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 2 2 3 3 3 4 Labour Inputs Ploughing pdays 0.90 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 16.5 17.25 18.0 21.5 22.25 23.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Grain $36.00 $48.00 $60.00 $72.00 $96.00 $120.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 $1.20 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.20 $0.20 $0.30 $0.30 $0.30 $0.40 Sub-Total $11.65 $11.65 $11.75 $21.75 $21.75 $21.85 Labour Inputs Family Labour $14.85 $15.53 $16.20 $19.35 $20.03 $20.70 Total Costs $26.50 $27.18 $27.95 $41.10 $41.78 $42.55 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $21.15 $32.48 $43.80 $52.65 $75.98 $99.30 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $36.00 $48.00 $60.00 $72.00 $96.00 $120.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.18 $2.78 $3.33 $3.35 $4.31 $5.22 Proportion cash income 80% $28.80 $38.40 $48.00 $57.60 $76.80 $96.00 Proportion imputed income 20% $7.20 $9.60 $12.00 $14.40 $19.20 $24.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $9.50 $20.83 $32.05 $30.90 $54.23 $77.45 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $24.35 $36.35 $48.25 $50.25 $74.25 $98.15 Return to labour (per day) $1.48 $2.11 $2.68 $2.34 $3.34 $4.27 Proportion cash income 80% $19.48 $29.08 $38.60 $40.20 $59.40 $78.52 Proportion imputed income 20% $4.87 $7.27 $9.65 $10.05 $14.85 $19.63 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $20.75 $31.55 $42.25 $43.05 $64.65 $86.15 by 25 % $15.35 $24.35 $33.25 $32.25 $50.25 $68.15 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $23.19 $35.19 $47.08 $48.08 $72.08 $95.97 by 25 % $21.44 $33.44 $45.31 $44.81 $68.81 $92.69 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 41 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 30: Labour Profile, Mungbeans, Dry Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 1.3 Drying 2.0 Shelling 1.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.5 1.5 1.5 5.75 13.25 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 2.00 Shelling 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.5 3.5 3 7.25 18.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 42 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 31: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Black Beans, Wet Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Shelled Beans kg 0.60 50 75 100 100 150 200 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.60 3 3 3 3 3 3 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Urea kg 0.22 Water drum 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 1 2 2 2 3 3 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 12.5 13.25 14.0 17.5 18.25 19.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Shelled Beans $30.00 $45.00 $60.00 $60.00 $90.00 $120.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.10 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.30 $0.30 Sub-Total $11.90 $12.00 $12.00 $22.00 $22.10 $22.10 Labour Inputs Family Labour $11.25 $11.93 $12.60 $15.75 $16.43 $17.10 Total Costs $23.15 $23.93 $24.60 $37.75 $38.53 $39.20 >With Project Gross Margin $18.75 $33.08 $47.40 $44.25 $73.58 $102.90 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $30.00 $45.00 $60.00 $60.00 $90.00 $120.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.40 $3.40 $4.29 $3.43 $4.93 $6.32 Proportion cash income 80% $24.00 $36.00 $48.00 $48.00 $72.00 $96.00 Proportion imputed income 20% $6.00 $9.00 $12.00 $12.00 $18.00 $24.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $6.85 $21.08 $35.40 $22.25 $51.48 $80.80 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $18.10 $33.00 $48.00 $38.00 $67.90 $97.90 Return to labour (per day) $1.45 $2.49 $3.43 $2.17 $3.72 $5.15 Proportion cash income 80% $14.48 $26.40 $38.40 $30.40 $54.32 $78.32 Proportion imputed income 20% $3.62 $6.60 $9.60 $7.60 $13.58 $19.58 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $15.10 $28.50 $42.00 $32.00 $58.90 $85.90 by 25 % $10.60 $21.75 $33.00 $23.00 $45.40 $67.90 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $16.91 $31.80 $46.80 $35.80 $65.69 $95.69 by 25 % $15.13 $30.00 $45.00 $32.50 $62.38 $92.38 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the use of split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 43 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 32: Labour Profile, Black Beans, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 1.25 Drying 2.0 Shelling 1.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 1.5 1.5 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.25 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3 3 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 2.0 Shelling 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0 0 0 4.5 3.5 3 7.3 0 0 0 0 0 18.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 44 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 33: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Black Beans, Dry Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Shelled Beans kg 0.60 50 75 100 100 150 200 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.60 3 3 3 3 3 3 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 1 2 2 2 3 3 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Watering pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Shelling pdays 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 16.5 17.25 18.0 21.5 22.25 23.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS (US$) Outputs Shelled Beans $30.00 $45.00 $60.00 $60.00 $90.00 $120.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 $1.80 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.10 $0.20 $0.20 $0.20 $0.30 $0.30 Sub-Total $12.15 $12.25 $12.25 $22.25 $22.35 $22.35 Labour Inputs Family Labour $14.85 $15.53 $16.20 $19.35 $20.03 $20.70 Total Costs $27.00 $27.78 $28.45 $41.60 $42.38 $43.05 >With project [c] Gross Margin $15.15 $29.48 $43.80 $40.65 $69.98 $99.30 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $5.80 $20.70 $35.70 $15.70 $45.60 $75.60 Return to labour (per day) $0.35 $1.20 $1.98 $0.73 $2.05 $3.29 Proportion cash income 80% $4.64 $16.56 $28.56 $12.56 $36.48 $60.48 Proportion imputed income 20% $1.16 $4.14 $7.14 $3.14 $9.12 $15.12 >Post Project Gross Margin $3.00 $17.23 $31.55 $18.40 $47.63 $76.95 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $17.85 $32.75 $47.75 $37.75 $67.65 $97.65 Return to labour (per day) $1.08 $1.90 $2.65 $1.76 $3.04 $4.25 Proportion cash income 80% $14.28 $26.20 $38.20 $30.20 $54.12 $78.12 Proportion imputed income 20% $3.57 $6.55 $9.55 $7.55 $13.53 $19.53 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $14.85 $28.25 $41.75 $31.75 $58.65 $85.65 by 25 % $10.35 $21.50 $32.75 $22.75 $45.15 $67.65 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $16.64 $31.53 $46.53 $35.53 $65.42 $95.42 by 25 % $14.81 $29.69 $44.69 $32.19 $62.06 $92.06 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the use of split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tonnes per hectare together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 45 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 34: Labour Profile, Black Beans, Dry Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application Watering 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 1.25 Drying 2.0 Shelling 1.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 3.5 3.5 5.8 17.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Watering 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 2.0 Shelling 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 5.5 5.0 7.3 22.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 46 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 35: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Cabbage, Wet Season Units Unit Low input [a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Cabbage kg 0.15 300 400 500 600 800 1000 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local gm 0.05 25 25 25 25 25 25 Seed - Hybrid gm 0.20 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 10 12 15 15 20 25 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Transplanting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 11.0 11.5 12.0 15.5 16.0 16.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Cabbage $45.00 $60.00 $75.00 $90.00 $120.00 $150.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 Seed - Hybrid $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $1.00 $1.20 $1.50 $1.50 $2.00 $2.50 Sub-Total $12.25 $12.45 $12.75 $24.10 $24.60 $25.10 Labour Inputs Family Labour $9.90 $10.35 $10.80 $13.95 $14.40 $14.85 Total Costs $22.15 $22.80 $23.55 $38.05 $39.00 $39.95 3. GM ANALYSIS > With Project Support [c] US$ Gross Margin $35.10 $49.65 $64.20 $76.05 $105.60 $135.15 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $44.00 $58.80 $73.50 $88.50 $118.00 $147.50 Return to labour (per day) $4.00 $5.11 $6.13 $5.71 $7.38 $8.94 Proportion cash income 90% $39.60 $52.92 $66.15 $79.65 $106.20 $132.75 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.40 $5.88 $7.35 $8.85 $11.80 $14.75 > Post Project Support Gross Margin $22.85 $37.20 $51.45 $51.95 $81.00 $110.05 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $32.75 $47.55 $62.25 $65.90 $95.40 $124.90 Return to labour (per day) $2.98 $4.13 $5.19 $4.25 $5.96 $7.57 Proportion cash income 90% $29.48 $42.80 $56.03 $59.31 $85.86 $112.41 Proportion imputed income 10% $3.28 $4.76 $6.23 $6.59 $9.54 $12.49 4. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $28.25 $41.55 $54.75 $56.90 $83.40 $109.90 by 25 % $21.50 $32.55 $43.50 $43.40 $65.40 $87.40 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $31.53 $46.31 $60.98 $63.49 $92.94 $122.39 by 25 % $29.69 $44.44 $59.06 $59.88 $89.25 $118.63 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the introduction of hybrid varieties, split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [b] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 47 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 36: Labour Profile, Cabbage, Wet Season Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 2.5 1.5 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11.5 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 4.5 3.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 16.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 48 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 37: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Cabbage, Dry Season Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Cabage kg 0.15 300 400 500 600 800 1000 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local gm 0.05 25 25 25 25 25 25 Seed - Hybrid gm 0.20 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 10 12 15 15 20 25 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Transplanting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 15.0 15.5 16.0 19.5 20.0 20.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Cabage $45.00 $60.00 $75.00 $90.00 $120.00 $150.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed - local $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 Seed - Hybrid $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $1.00 $1.20 $1.50 $1.50 $2.00 $2.50 Sub-Total $12.50 $12.70 $13.00 $24.35 $24.85 $25.35 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.50 $13.95 $14.40 $17.55 $18.00 $18.45 Total Costs $26.00 $26.65 $27.40 $41.90 $42.85 $43.80 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $31.50 $46.05 $60.60 $72.45 $102.00 $131.55 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $44.00 $58.80 $73.50 $88.50 $118.00 $147.50 Return to labour (per day) $2.93 $3.79 $4.59 $4.54 $5.90 $7.20 Proportion cash income 90% $39.60 $52.92 $66.15 $79.65 $106.20 $132.75 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.40 $5.88 $7.35 $8.85 $11.80 $14.75 >Post Project Gross Margin $19.00 $33.35 $47.60 $48.10 $77.15 $106.20 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $32.50 $47.30 $62.00 $65.65 $95.15 $124.65 Return to labour (per day) $2.17 $3.05 $3.88 $3.37 $4.76 $6.08 Proportion cash income 90% $29.25 $42.57 $55.80 $59.09 $85.64 $112.19 Proportion imputed income 10% $3.25 $4.73 $6.20 $6.57 $9.52 $12.47 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $28.00 $41.30 $54.50 $56.65 $83.15 $109.65 by 25 % $21.25 $32.30 $43.25 $43.15 $65.15 $87.15 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $31.25 $46.03 $60.70 $63.22 $92.67 $122.12 by 25 % $29.38 $44.13 $58.75 $59.56 $88.94 $118.31 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes the introduction of hybrid varieties, split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 49 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 38: Labour Profile, Cabbage, Dry Season 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.0 5.5 7 15.5 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 6.5 9.5 20.0 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.0 5.5 7.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.0 0 0 15.5 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 4.0 6.5 9.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 50 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 39: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Broccoli Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Broccoli kg 0.20 150 200 250 300 400 500 Inputs Material Inputs Seed (Hybrid) gm 0.20 25 25 25 25 25 25 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 5 7 8 8 10 12 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Transplanting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.75 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 15.0 15.25 15.5 19.0 19.25 19.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Broccoli $30.00 $40.00 $50.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed (Hybrid) $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.50 $0.70 $0.80 $0.80 $1.00 $1.20 Sub-Total $15.75 $15.95 $16.05 $27.40 $27.60 $27.80 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.50 $13.73 $13.95 $17.10 $17.33 $17.55 Total Costs $29.25 $29.68 $30.00 $44.50 $44.93 $45.35 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $16.50 $26.28 $36.05 $42.90 $62.68 $82.45 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $30.00 $40.00 $50.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.00 $2.62 $3.23 $3.16 $4.16 $5.13 Proportion cash income 90% $27.00 $36.00 $45.00 $54.00 $72.00 $90.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $3.00 $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $8.00 $10.00 >Post Project [c] Gross Margin $0.75 $10.33 $20.00 $15.50 $35.08 $54.65 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $14.25 $24.05 $33.95 $32.60 $52.40 $72.20 Return to labour (per day) $0.95 $1.58 $2.19 $1.72 $2.72 $3.70 Proportion cash income 90% $12.83 $21.65 $30.56 $29.34 $47.16 $64.98 Proportion imputed income 10% $1.43 $2.41 $3.40 $3.26 $5.24 $7.22 3. RISK ANALYSIS US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $11.25 $20.05 $28.95 $26.60 $44.40 $62.20 by 25 % $6.75 $14.05 $21.45 $17.60 $32.40 $47.20 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $12.68 $22.46 $32.35 $29.86 $49.64 $69.42 by 25 % $10.31 $20.06 $29.94 $25.75 $45.50 $65.25 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 tones per hectare and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 51 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 40: Labour Profile, Broccoli 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 5.5 6.8 15.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2 2 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3 3 Harvesting 2.75 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 7.5 8.8 19.25 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.0 5.5 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.0 7.5 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 52 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 41: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Chilli Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Chillie kg 0.50 100 125 150 200 250 300 Inputs Material Inputs Seed gm 0.05 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 5 7 8 8 9 10 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.00 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Transplanting pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.75 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 15.5 15.75 16.0 19.5 19.75 20.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Chillie $50.00 $62.50 $75.00 $100.00 $125.00 $150.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.50 $0.70 $0.80 $0.80 $0.90 $1.00 Sub-Total $11.00 $11.20 $11.30 $22.65 $22.75 $22.85 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.95 $14.18 $14.40 $17.55 $17.78 $18.00 Total Costs $24.95 $25.38 $25.70 $40.20 $40.53 $40.85 >With Project[c] Gross Margin $36.05 $48.33 $60.60 $82.45 $107.23 $132.00 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $50.00 $62.50 $75.00 $100.00 $125.00 $150.00 Return to labour (per day) $3.23 $3.97 $4.69 $5.13 $6.33 $7.50 Proportion cash income 90% $45.00 $56.25 $67.50 $90.00 $112.50 $135.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $5.00 $6.25 $7.50 $10.00 $12.50 $15.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $25.05 $37.13 $49.30 $59.80 $84.48 $109.15 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $39.00 $51.30 $63.70 $77.35 $102.25 $127.15 Return to labour (per day) $2.52 $3.26 $3.98 $3.97 $5.18 $6.36 Proportion cash income 90% $35.10 $46.17 $57.33 $69.62 $92.03 $114.44 Proportion imputed income 10% $3.90 $5.13 $6.37 $7.74 $10.23 $12.72 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $34.00 $45.05 $56.20 $67.35 $89.75 $112.15 by 25 % $26.50 $35.68 $44.95 $52.35 $71.00 $89.65 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $37.90 $50.18 $62.57 $75.09 $99.98 $124.87 by 25 % $36.25 $48.50 $60.88 $71.69 $96.56 $121.44 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 53 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 42: Labour Profile, Chilli 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 5.5 6.8 15.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2 2 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3 3 Harvesting 2.75 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 7.5 8.8 19.75 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.5 5.5 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.5 7.5 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.75 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 54 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 43: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Carrot Unit Unit cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Carrots kg 0.30 200 250 300 400 500 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed gm 0.05 25 25 25 25 25 25 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 10 12 15 15 20 25 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sowing pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation pdays 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 14.5 15.0 15.5 19.0 19.5 20.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Carrots $60.00 $75.00 $90.00 $120.00 $150.00 $180.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $1.00 $1.20 $1.50 $1.50 $2.00 $2.50 Sub-Total $12.50 $12.70 $13.00 $24.35 $24.85 $25.35 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.05 $13.50 $13.95 $17.10 $17.55 $18.00 Total Costs $25.55 $26.20 $26.95 $41.45 $42.40 $43.35 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $46.95 $61.50 $76.05 $102.90 $132.45 $162.00 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $60.00 $75.00 $90.00 $120.00 $150.00 $180.00 Return to labour (per day) $4.14 $5.00 $5.81 $6.32 $7.69 $9.00 Proportion cash income 90% $54.00 $67.50 $81.00 $108.00 $135.00 $162.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $6.00 $7.50 $9.00 $12.00 $15.00 $18.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $34.45 $48.80 $63.05 $78.55 $107.60 $136.65 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $47.50 $62.30 $77.00 $95.65 $125.15 $154.65 Return to labour (per day) $3.28 $4.15 $4.97 $5.03 $6.42 $7.73 Proportion cash income 90% $42.75 $56.07 $69.30 $86.09 $112.64 $139.19 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.75 $6.23 $7.70 $9.57 $12.52 $15.47 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $41.50 $54.80 $68.00 $83.65 $110.15 $136.65 by 25 % $32.50 $43.55 $54.50 $65.65 $87.65 $109.65 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $46.25 $61.03 $75.70 $93.22 $122.67 $152.12 by 25 % $44.38 $59.13 $73.75 $89.56 $118.94 $148.31 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 55 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 44: Labour Profile, Carrot 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 5.5 7.0 15.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 7.5 9.5 19.5 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 2.5 5.5 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 3.5 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 2.5 7.5 9.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 56 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 45: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Eggplant Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh eggplant kg 0.20 200 250 300 400 500 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.05 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 7 8 10 10 12 14 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Planting 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.75 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 15.0 15.3 15.5 19.0 19.3 19.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh eggplant $40.00 $50.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 $120.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $0.70 $0.80 $1.00 $1.00 $1.20 $1.40 Sub-Total $11.20 $11.30 $11.50 $22.85 $23.05 $23.25 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.50 $13.73 $13.95 $17.10 $17.33 $17.55 Total Costs $24.70 $25.03 $25.45 $39.95 $40.38 $40.80 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $26.50 $36.28 $46.05 $62.90 $82.68 $102.45 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $40.00 $50.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 $120.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.67 $3.28 $3.87 $4.21 $5.19 $6.15 Proportion cash income 90% $36.00 $45.00 $54.00 $72.00 $90.00 $108.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $8.00 $10.00 $12.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $15.30 $24.98 $34.55 $40.05 $59.63 $79.20 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $28.80 $38.70 $48.50 $57.15 $76.95 $96.75 Return to labour (per day) $1.92 $2.54 $3.13 $3.01 $4.00 $4.96 Proportion cash income 90% $25.92 $34.83 $43.65 $51.44 $69.26 $87.08 Proportion imputed income 10% $2.88 $3.87 $4.85 $5.72 $7.70 $9.68 3. RISK ANALYSIS US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $24.80 $33.70 $42.50 $49.15 $66.95 $84.75 by 25 % $18.80 $26.20 $33.50 $37.15 $51.95 $66.75 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $27.68 $37.57 $47.35 $54.87 $74.65 $94.43 by 25 % $26.00 $35.88 $45.63 $51.44 $71.19 $90.94 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 57 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 46: Labour Profile, Eggplant 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 5.5 6.8 15.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2 2 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3 3 Harvesting 2.75 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 7.5 8.8 19.25 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.0 5.5 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Applicat 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.0 7.5 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.25 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 58 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 47: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Tomato Units Unit Low input High input cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Tomatoes kg 0.20 200 250 300 400 500 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.05 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 100 100 100 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water drum 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Crates pc 0.20 20 30 40 40 50 60 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Seed Bed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.50 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Transplanting 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.75 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.00 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 14.75 14.75 15.0 18.75 19.0 19.25 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Tomatoes $40.00 $50.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 $120.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $4.00 $6.00 $8.00 $8.00 $10.00 $12.00 Sub-Total $14.50 $16.50 $18.50 $19.85 $21.85 $23.85 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.28 $13.28 $13.50 $16.88 $17.10 $17.33 Total Costs $27.78 $29.78 $32.00 $36.73 $38.95 $41.18 >With Project[c] Gross Margin $26.73 $36.73 $46.50 $63.13 $82.90 $102.68 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $40.00 $50.00 $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 $120.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.71 $3.39 $4.00 $4.27 $5.26 $6.23 Proportion cash income 90% $36.00 $45.00 $54.00 $72.00 $90.00 $108.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.00 $5.00 $6.00 $8.00 $10.00 $12.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $12.23 $20.23 $28.00 $43.28 $61.05 $78.83 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $25.50 $33.50 $41.50 $60.15 $78.15 $96.15 Return to labour (per day) $1.73 $2.27 $2.77 $3.21 $4.11 $4.99 Proportion cash income 90% $22.95 $30.15 $37.35 $54.14 $70.34 $86.54 Proportion imputed income 10% $2.55 $3.35 $4.15 $6.02 $7.82 $9.62 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $21.50 $28.50 $35.50 $52.15 $68.15 $84.15 by 25 % $15.50 $21.00 $26.50 $40.15 $53.15 $66.15 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $24.05 $31.85 $39.65 $58.17 $75.97 $93.77 by 25 % $21.88 $29.38 $36.88 $55.19 $72.69 $90.19 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 59 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 48: Labour Profile, Tomato 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.3 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 4.8 6.8 14.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowing 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 0.3 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2 2 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3 3 Harvesting 2.75 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.5 6.8 8.8 19.0 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowi 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Ap 0.3 Harrowing 0.3 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.3 4.8 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Seedbed Preparation/Sowi 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Ap 0.5 Harrowing 0.3 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 3.5 6.8 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 19 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 60 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 49: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Cucumber Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Fresh Cucumber kg 0.20 200 225 250 400 450 500 Inputs Material Inputs Seed gm 0.05 25 25 25 25 25 25 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 100 100 100 15.15.15 kg 0.27 5 5 5 Urea kg 0.22 Water drum 2.50 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Sacks pc 0.10 10 22 25 25 30 35 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Planting 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 Watering 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.75 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 14.5 14.75 15.0 18.50 18.75 19.0 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Fresh Cucumber $40.00 $45.00 $50.00 $80.00 $90.00 $100.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 $1.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 15./15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.35 $1.35 $1.35 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Sacks $1.00 $2.20 $2.50 $2.50 $3.00 $3.50 Sub-Total $12.50 $13.70 $14.00 $15.35 $15.85 $16.35 Labour Inputs Family Labour $13.05 $13.28 $13.50 $16.65 $16.88 $17.10 Total Costs $25.55 $26.98 $27.50 $32.00 $32.73 $33.45 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $26.95 $31.73 $36.50 $63.35 $73.13 $82.90 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $40.00 $45.00 $50.00 $80.00 $90.00 $100.00 Return to labour (per day) $2.76 $3.05 $3.33 $4.32 $4.80 $5.26 Proportion cash income 90% $36.00 $40.50 $45.00 $72.00 $81.00 $90.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.00 $4.50 $5.00 $8.00 $9.00 $10.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $14.45 $18.03 $22.50 $48.00 $57.28 $66.55 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $27.50 $31.30 $36.00 $64.65 $74.15 $83.65 Return to labour (per day) $1.90 $2.12 $2.40 $3.49 $3.95 $4.40 Proportion cash income 90% $24.75 $28.17 $32.40 $58.19 $66.74 $75.29 Proportion imputed income 10% $2.75 $3.13 $3.60 $6.47 $7.42 $8.37 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $23.50 $26.80 $31.00 $56.65 $65.15 $73.65 by 25 % $17.50 $20.05 $23.50 $44.65 $51.65 $58.65 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $26.25 $29.93 $34.60 $63.12 $72.57 $82.02 by 25 % $24.38 $27.88 $32.50 $60.81 $70.19 $79.56 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 applied at rate of 50 kg per ha together with increased labour inputs for maintenance/weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 61 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 50: Labour Profile, Cucumber 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 5.5 6.8 14.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.5 7.5 8.8 18.75 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Ap 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 2.5 5.5 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 14.8 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Ap 0.5 Harrowing 1.0 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 2.5 7.5 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 18.75 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 62 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 51: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Water Melon Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Melon Fruit kg 0.20 300 400 500 600 800 1000 Inputs Material Inputs Seed kg 0.05 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 Urea kg 0.22 Water ls 2.50 Sacks pc 0.10 40 45 50 50 55 60 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application pdays 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 Harrowing pdays Planting pdays 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application pdays 0.25 0.25 0.25 Watering pdays Crop Maintenance/Weeding pdays 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 Harvesting pdays 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.75 3.0 Hauling (to Market) pdays 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total pdays 7.3 7.5 7.8 11.0 11.3 11.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Melon Fruit $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 $120.00 $160.00 $200.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $4.00 $4.50 $5.00 $5.00 $5.50 $6.00 Sub-Total $14.25 $14.75 $15.25 $25.25 $25.75 $26.25 Labour Inputs Family Labour $6.53 $6.75 $6.98 $9.90 $10.13 $10.35 Total Costs $20.78 $21.50 $22.23 $35.15 $35.88 $36.60 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $53.48 $73.25 $93.03 $110.10 $149.88 $189.65 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $60.00 $80.00 $100.00 $120.00 $160.00 $200.00 Return to labour (per day) $8.28 $10.67 $12.90 $10.91 $14.22 $17.39 Proportion cash income 90% $54.00 $72.00 $90.00 $108.00 $144.00 $180.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $6.00 $8.00 $10.00 $12.00 $16.00 $20.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $39.23 $58.50 $77.78 $84.85 $124.13 $163.40 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $45.75 $65.25 $84.75 $94.75 $134.25 $173.75 Return to labour (per day) $6.31 $8.70 $10.94 $8.61 $11.93 $15.11 Proportion cash income 90% $41.18 $58.73 $76.28 $85.28 $120.83 $156.38 Proportion imputed income 10% $4.58 $6.53 $8.48 $9.48 $13.43 $17.38 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $39.75 $57.25 $74.75 $82.75 $118.25 $153.75 by 25 % $30.75 $45.25 $59.75 $64.75 $94.25 $123.75 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $44.33 $63.78 $83.23 $92.23 $131.68 $171.13 by 25 % $42.19 $61.56 $80.94 $88.44 $127.81 $167.19 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with additional labour inputs for maintenance/weeding [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 63 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 52: Labour Profile, Water Melon 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.0 Transplanting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 2.0 4.8 7.5 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.0 Transplanting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.3 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 2.8 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 3.8 6.8 11.25 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.0 Transplanting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.5 1.5 Harvesting 2.3 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.8 2.0 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.5 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.0 Transplanting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.3 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 3.0 3.0 Harvesting 1.4 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 Total 0.0 0.8 3.8 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9.375 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 64 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 53: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Garlic Units Unit Low input High input cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Garlic kg 0.60 200 250 300 400 500 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed gm 0.05 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 0 0 0 0 0 0 Urea kg 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water drum 2.50 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sacks pc 0.10 4 5 6 6 7 8 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.50 Harrowing 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Planting 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Harvesting 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 10.8 11.3 11.8 14.5 15.0 15.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Garlic $120.00 $150.00 $180.00 $240.00 $300.00 $360.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.40 $0.50 $0.60 $0.60 $0.70 $0.80 Sub-Total $10.65 $10.75 $10.85 $25.85 $25.95 $26.05 Labour Inputs Family Labour $9.68 $10.13 $10.58 $13.05 $13.50 $13.95 Total Costs $20.33 $20.88 $21.43 $38.90 $39.45 $40.00 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $110.33 $139.88 $169.43 $226.95 $286.50 $346.05 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $120.00 $150.00 $180.00 $240.00 $300.00 $360.00 Return to labour (per day) $11.16 $13.33 $15.32 $16.55 $20.00 $23.23 Proportion cash income 90% $108.00 $135.00 $162.00 $216.00 $270.00 $324.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $12.00 $15.00 $18.00 $24.00 $30.00 $36.00 >Post Project [c] Gross Margin $99.68 $129.13 $158.58 $201.10 $260.55 $320.00 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $109.35 $139.25 $169.15 $214.15 $274.05 $333.95 Return to labour (per day) $10.17 $12.38 $14.40 $14.77 $18.27 $21.55 Proportion cash income 90% $98.42 $125.33 $152.24 $192.74 $246.65 $300.56 Proportion imputed income 10% $10.94 $13.93 $16.92 $21.42 $27.41 $33.40 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $97.35 $124.25 $151.15 $190.15 $244.05 $297.95 by 25 % $79.35 $101.75 $124.15 $154.15 $199.05 $243.95 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $108.29 $138.18 $168.07 $211.57 $271.46 $331.35 by 25 % $106.69 $136.56 $166.44 $207.69 $267.56 $327.44 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 at a rate of 50 kg per hectare and additional labour inputs for maintenance and weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 65 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 54: Labour Profile, Garlic 1st Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 Harvesting 1.3 Drying 1.3 Hauling (to market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 4.0 6.5 11.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 2.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 1.8 Hauling (to market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 5.5 8.5 15 2nd Crop Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 1.3 Drying 1.3 Hauling (to market) 1.0 Total 0.8 7.0 9.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 17.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 4.0 4.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 1.8 Hauling (to market) 1.0 Total 1.0 9.5 12.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 23 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 66 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 55: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Onion Units Unit Low input[a] High input[b] cost Low Medium High Low Medium High Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield Yield 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Onions kg 0.50 200 250 300 400 500 600 Inputs Material Inputs Seed gm 0.05 5 5 5 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 100 100 100 200 200 200 15.15.15 kg 0.27 0 0 0 0 0 0 Urea kg 0.22 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water drum 2.50 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sacks pc 0.10 4 5 6 6 7 8 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.50 Harrowing 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Planting 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Harvesting 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Drying 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.5 1.75 2.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 6.8 7.3 7.8 10.5 11.0 11.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Onions $100.00 $125.00 $150.00 $200.00 $250.00 $300.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seed $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 $0.25 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $5.00 $5.00 $5.00 Urea $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Water $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.40 $0.50 $0.60 $0.60 $0.70 $0.80 Sub-Total $10.65 $10.75 $10.85 $25.85 $25.95 $26.05 Labour Inputs Family Labour $6.08 $6.53 $6.98 $9.45 $9.90 $10.35 Total Costs $16.73 $17.28 $17.83 $35.30 $35.85 $36.40 >With Project [c] Gross Margin $93.93 $118.48 $143.03 $190.55 $240.10 $289.65 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $100.00 $125.00 $150.00 $200.00 $250.00 $300.00 Return to labour (per day) $14.81 $17.24 $19.35 $19.05 $22.73 $26.09 Proportion cash income 90% $90.00 $112.50 $135.00 $180.00 $225.00 $270.00 Proportion imputed income 10% $10.00 $12.50 $15.00 $20.00 $25.00 $30.00 >Post Project Gross Margin $83.28 $107.73 $132.18 $164.70 $214.15 $263.60 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $89.35 $114.25 $139.15 $174.15 $224.05 $273.95 Return to labour (per day) $13.24 $15.76 $17.95 $16.59 $20.37 $23.82 Proportion cash income 90% $80.42 $102.83 $125.24 $156.74 $201.65 $246.56 Proportion imputed income 10% $8.94 $11.43 $13.92 $17.42 $22.41 $27.40 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % $79.35 $101.75 $124.15 $154.15 $199.05 $243.95 by 25 % $64.35 $83.00 $101.65 $124.15 $161.55 $198.95 Increase in Input Prices by 10% $88.29 $113.18 $138.07 $171.57 $221.46 $271.35 by 25 % $86.69 $111.56 $136.44 $167.69 $217.56 $267.44 [a] Low Input Level assumes Organic Fertiliser applied as Basal Dressing at a rate of 1.0 ton/ha and no Inorganic Fertiliser and reduced labour inputs for Maintenance/Weeding of crop [b] High Input Level assumes a split dressing of Organic Fertiliser applied at a total rate of 2.0 tons/ha together with Basal Dressing of 15.15.15 at a rate of 50 kg per hectare and additional labour inputs for maintenance and weeding. [c] Assumes that Project provides all seed and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 67 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 56: Labour Profile, Onion Low Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.3 Harrowing 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 Harvesting 1.3 Drying 1.3 Hauling (to market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 2.0 4.5 7.3 High Input Medium Yield Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Harrowing 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 0.0 0.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 1.8 Drying 1.8 Hauling (to market) 1.0 Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 3.5 6.5 11 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 68 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 57: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Fruit Trees (High Input Level) Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Scale 0.1 ha (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Mango kg 0.50 37.5 75 105 Linchee kg 0.70 25 50 75 Jackfruit kg 0.25 0 50 125 Guava kg 0.25 25 50 75 Pineapples kg 0.20 75 100 100 100 100 Bananas kg 0.40 30 60 100 100 100 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings of Fruit Trees pc 1.00 20 Banana Suckers pc 0.10 10 Pineapple Slips pc 0.01 50 Organic Fertiliser[b] kg 0.10 400 400 400 400 400 400 15.15.15 [c] kg 0.27 5 Urea [d] kg 0.22 0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Irrrigation Reticulation Alkathene Tubing m 1.00 100 50 Under-Tree Sprinklers pc 2.50 20 10 Crates pc 0.20 4 8 16 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Land Preparation 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 0.50 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.50 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation 8.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 12.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 Harvesting 10.0 12.0 14.0 Hauling (to Market) 2.0 3.0 4.0 Sub-total 24.0 44.5 44.5 56.5 59.5 62.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs: Fruit Mango $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $18.75 $37.50 $52.50 Linchee $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $17.50 $35.00 $52.50 Jackfruit $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $12.50 $31.25 Guava $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $6.25 $12.50 $18.75 Pineapples $0.00 $15.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 Banana $0.00 $12.00 $24.00 $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 Sub-total $0.00 $27.00 $44.00 $102.50 $157.50 $215.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings of Fruit Trees $20.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Banana Suckers $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 $40.00 15.15.15 $1.35 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 Irrrigation Reticulation Alkathene Tubing $100.00 $0.00 $0.00 $50.00 $0.00 $0.00 Under-Tree Sprinklers $50.00 $0.00 $0.00 $25.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.80 $1.60 $3.20 Sub-Total $212.35 $40.55 $40.55 $116.35 $42.15 $43.75 Labour Inputs Family Labour $21.60 $40.05 $40.05 $50.85 $53.55 $56.25 Total Costs $233.95 $80.60 $80.60 $167.20 $95.70 $100.00 >With Project [e] Gross Margin -$21.60 -$13.05 $3.95 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $0.00 $27.00 $44.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $0.00 $0.61 $0.99 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 90% $0.00 $24.30 $39.60 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 10% $0.00 $2.70 $4.40 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. -$64.70 $61.80 $115.00 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. -$13.85 $115.35 $171.25 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. -$0.25 $1.94 $2.74 Proportion cash income 90% n.a. n.a. n.a. -$12.47 $103.82 $154.13 Proportion imputed income 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. -$1.39 $11.54 $17.13 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. -$24.10 $99.60 $149.75 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. -$39.48 $75.98 $117.50 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. -$25.49 $111.14 $166.88 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. -$42.94 $104.81 $160.31 [a] Assumed that household will establish a total of 25 trees that are assumed to be 4 trees each of Mango, Linchee, Jackfruit and Guava planted at spacing of at least 6 m and 5 trees Banana plants at spacing of 2m x 3m all of which is intercropped together with 50 pineapples. [b] Organic Matter applied at planting at rate of 20 kg per tree [c] 15.15.15 applied as a basal dressing in first year at rate of 250 gm per tree [d] Urea applied as top dressing from 2nd year at rate of 125 gm per tree [e] Assumes that Project provides all seedlings and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 69 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 58: Labour Profile, Fruit Trees (High Input Level) Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 1.0 Irrigation Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Harvesting Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 11.0 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting Hauling (to Market) Total 6.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 44.5 Year 3 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting Hauling (to Market) Total 6.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 44.5 Year 4 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 3.3 3.3 3.3 Hauling (to Market) 0.7 0.7 0.7 Total 6.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 6.0 56.5 Year 5 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 4.0 4.0 4.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 Total 6.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 7.0 7.0 11.0 6.0 59.5 Year 6+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Harvesting 4.7 4.7 4.7 Hauling (to Market) 1.3 1.3 1.3 Total 6.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.0 8.0 8.0 12.0 6.0 62.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 70 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 59: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Fruit Trees (Low Input Level) Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Mango kg 0.50 25 50 75 Linchee kg 0.70 15 25 35 Jackfruit kg 0.25 25 50 Guava kg 0.25 15 25 50 Pineapples kg 0.20 50 75 75 75 75 Bananas kg 0.40 15 30 50 75 75 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings of Fruit Trees pc 1.00 20 Banana Suckers pc 0.10 10 Pineapple Slips pc 0.01 50 Organic Fertiliser[b] kg 0.10 200 200 200 200 200 200 15.15.15 [c] kg 0.27 Urea [d] kg 0.22 0 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Irrrigation Reticulation Alkathene Tubing m 1.00 100 50 Under-Tree Sprinklers pc 2.50 20 10 Crates pc 0.20 4 8 16 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Land Preparation 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Irrigation 8.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 8.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 Harvesting 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 Sub-total 20.0 39.5 41.5 43.5 46.5 48.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs: Fruit Mango $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $12.50 $25.00 $37.50 Linchee $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.50 $17.50 $24.50 Jackfruit $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $6.25 $12.50 Guava $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $3.75 $6.25 $12.50 Pineapple $0.00 $10.00 $15.00 $15.00 $15.00 $15.00 Banana $0.00 $6.00 $12.00 $20.00 $30.00 $30.00 Sub-total $0.00 $16.00 $27.00 $61.75 $100.00 $132.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings of Fruit Trees $20.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Banana Suckers $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.28 $0.28 $0.28 $0.28 $0.28 Irrrigation Reticulation Alkathene Tubing $100.00 $0.00 $0.00 $50.00 $0.00 $0.00 Under-Tree Sprinklers $50.00 $0.00 $0.00 $25.00 $0.00 $0.00 Sacks $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.80 $1.60 $3.20 Sub-Total $191.00 $20.28 $20.28 $96.08 $21.88 $23.48 Labour Inputs Family Labour $18.00 $35.55 $37.35 $39.15 $41.85 $43.65 Total Costs $209.00 $55.83 $57.63 $135.23 $63.73 $67.13 >With Project [e] Gross Margin -$18.00 -$19.55 -$10.35 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $0.00 $16.00 $27.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $0.00 $0.41 $0.65 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 90% $0.00 $14.40 $24.30 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 10% $0.00 $1.60 $2.70 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. -$73.48 $36.28 $64.88 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. -$34.33 $78.13 $108.53 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. -$0.79 $1.68 $2.24 Proportion cash income 90% n.a. n.a. n.a. -$30.89 $70.31 $97.67 Proportion imputed income 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. -$3.43 $7.81 $10.85 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. -$40.50 $68.13 $95.33 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. -$49.76 $53.13 $75.53 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. -$43.93 $75.94 $106.18 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. -$58.34 $72.66 $102.66 [a] Assumed that household will establish a total of 25 trees that are assumed to be 4 trees each of Mango, Linchee, Jackfruit and Guava planted at spacing of at least 6 m and 5 trees Banana plants at spacing of 2m x 3m. [b] Organic Matter applied at planting at rate of 10 kg per tree [c] 15.15.15 applied as a basal dressing in first year at rate of 250 gm per tree [d] Urea applied as top dressing from 2nd year at rate of 125 gm per tree [e] Assumes that Project provides all seedlings and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 71 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 60: Labour Profile, Fruit Trees (Low Input Level) Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings 2.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 0.5 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 1.0 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 4.7 4.7 16.7 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Harvesting 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 6.8 6.8 39.5 Year 3 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Harvesting 2.0 2.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.3 3.8 3.8 5.3 5.3 41.5 Year 4 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Harvesting 3.0 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.3 4.8 4.8 5.3 5.3 43.5 Year 5 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Harvesting 2.7 2.7 2.7 Hauling (to Market) 0.7 0.7 0.7 Total 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.3 4.7 4.7 8.7 5.3 46.5 Year 6+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Irrigation 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 Harvesting 3.3 3.3 3.3 Hauling (to Market) 0.7 0.7 0.7 Total 5.3 5.3 5.3 1.3 1.3 1.8 1.3 1.3 5.3 5.3 9.3 5.3 48.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 72 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 61: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Coffee (High Input Level) Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Dried Berries kg 0.55 50 75 100 150 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings pc 1.00 150 Organic Fertiliser[b] kg 0.10 200 200 200 200 200 200 15.15.15 [c] kg 0.27 10 Replacement seedlings pc 1.00 15 Urea [c] kg 0.22 5 5 5 5 5 Sacks pc 0.20 1 2 2 2 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 0.50 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.50 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 4.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 Drying 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 10.0 14.0 24.5 26.5 29.5 31.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs: Dried Berries $0.00 $0.00 $27.50 $41.25 $55.00 $82.50 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings $150.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 $20.00 15.15.15 $2.70 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 $1.10 Sacks $0.00 $0.00 $0.20 $0.40 $0.40 $0.40 Sub-Total $172.70 $21.10 $21.30 $21.50 $21.50 $21.50 Labour Inputs Family Labour $9.00 $12.60 $22.05 $23.85 $26.55 $28.35 Total Costs $181.70 $33.70 $43.35 $45.35 $48.05 $49.85 >With Project [e] Gross Margin -$9.00 -$12.60 $5.45 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $0.00 $0.00 $27.50 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $0.00 $0.00 $1.12 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income #### $0.00 $0.00 $27.50 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. -$4.10 $6.95 $32.65 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $19.75 $33.50 $61.00 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $0.75 $1.14 $1.94 Proportion cash income #### n.a. n.a. n.a. $19.75 $33.50 $61.00 Proportion imputed income 0% n.a. n.a. n.a. $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $15.63 $28.00 $52.75 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $9.44 $19.75 $40.38 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $17.60 $31.35 $58.85 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $14.38 $28.13 $55.63 [a] Assumed that household will establish coffee at planting density of 3m x 3m [b] Organic Matter applied at planting at rate of 2 tonnes per hectare [c] 15.15.15 applied as a basal dressing in first year at rate of 100 kg per hectare [d] Urea applied as top dressing from 2nd year at rate of 50 kg per hectare [e] Assumes that Project provides all seedlings and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 73 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 62: Labour Profile, Coffee (High Input Level) Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.0 Irrigation 0.7 0.7 0.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 4.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 10.0 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.7 0.7 1.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5 1.5 14.0 Year 3 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 1.5 1.5 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 2.2 5.3 3.8 2.3 24.5 Year 4 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.5 2.5 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.2 6.3 3.8 2.3 26.5 Year 5 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.3 2.3 2.3 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 4.0 6.0 6.0 2.7 29.5 Year 6+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 3.0 3.0 3.0 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.7 6.7 6.7 3.7 31.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 74 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 63: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Coffee (Low Input Level) Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Dried Berries kg 0.55 30 45 60 80 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings pc 1.00 150 Organic Fertiliser [b] kg 0.10 100 100 100 100 100 100 15.15.15 [c] kg 0.27 5 Replacement seedlings pc 1.00 15 Urea [d] kg 0.22 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Sacks pc 0.20 1 2 2 2 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 0.50 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.50 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 4.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 Drying 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 10.0 14.0 23.5 25.5 28.5 30.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs: Dried Berries $0.00 $0.00 $16.50 $24.75 $33.00 $44.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings $150.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 15.15.15 $1.35 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 Sacks $0.00 $0.00 $0.20 $0.40 $0.40 $0.40 Sub-Total $161.35 $10.55 $10.75 $10.95 $10.95 $10.95 Labour Inputs Family Labour $9.00 $12.60 $21.15 $22.95 $25.65 $27.45 Total Costs $170.35 $23.15 $31.90 $33.90 $36.60 $38.40 >With Project [e] Gross Margin -$9.00 -$12.60 -$4.65 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $0.00 $0.00 $16.50 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $0.00 $0.00 $0.70 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income #### $0.00 $0.00 $16.50 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. -$9.15 -$3.60 $5.60 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $13.80 $22.05 $33.05 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $0.54 $0.77 $1.08 Proportion cash income #### n.a. n.a. n.a. $13.80 $22.05 $33.05 Proportion imputed income 0% n.a. n.a. n.a. $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $11.33 $18.75 $28.65 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $7.61 $13.80 $22.05 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $12.71 $20.96 $31.96 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $11.06 $19.31 $30.31 [a] Assumed that household will establish coffee at planting density of 3m x 3m [b] Organic Matter applied at planting at rate of 1 tonne per hectare [c] 15.15.15 applied as a basal dressing in first year at rate of 50 kg per hectare [d] Urea applied as top dressing from 2nd year at rate of 25 kg per hectare [e] Assumes that Project provides all seedlings and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 75 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 64: Labour Profile, Coffee (Low Input Level) Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 0.5 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.0 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.0 Irrigation 0.7 0.7 0.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 4.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 10.0 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.7 0.7 1.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5 1.5 14.0 Year 3 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 1.0 1.0 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 1.7 4.8 3.8 2.3 23.5 Year 4 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.0 2.0 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 2.7 5.8 3.8 2.3 25.5 Year 5 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.0 2.0 2.0 Drying 0.3 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.0 5.7 5.7 2.7 27.8 Year 6+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.7 2.7 2.7 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.3 6.3 6.3 3.7 30.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 76 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 65: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Tea (High Input Level) Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Dried Tea kg 1.20 50 80 100 120 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings pc 1.00 150 Organic Fertiliser[b] kg 0.10 200 200 200 200 200 200 15.15.15 [c] kg 0.27 10 Replacement seedlings pc 1.00 15 Urea [c] kg 0.22 5 5 5 5 5 Sacks pc 0.20 1 2 2 2 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 Nursery Establishment/Planting 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 4.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 Drying 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 10.5 14.0 25.5 27.5 30.5 32.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs: Dried Tea 0.00 0.00 60.00 96.00 120.00 144.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings 150.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Organic Fertiliser 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 15.15.15 2.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Urea 0.00 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 1.10 Sacks 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.40 Sub-Total 172.70 21.10 21.30 21.50 21.50 21.50 Labour Inputs Family Labour 9.45 12.60 22.95 24.75 27.45 29.25 Total Costs 182.15 33.70 44.25 46.25 48.95 50.75 >With Project [e] Gross Margin -9.45 -12.60 37.05 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) 0.00 0.00 60.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) 0.00 0.00 2.35 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income #### 0.00 0.00 60.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 0% 0.00 0.00 0.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. 70.85 92.15 114.35 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. 95.60 119.60 143.60 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. 3.48 3.92 4.42 Proportion cash income #### n.a. n.a. n.a. 95.60 119.60 143.60 Proportion imputed income 0% n.a. n.a. n.a. 0.00 0.00 0.00 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. 86.00 107.60 129.20 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. 71.60 89.60 107.60 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. 93.45 117.45 141.45 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. 90.23 114.23 138.23 [a] Assumed tea plants are planted at triangular spacing of 0.75 m apart in rows 1.5 m apart [b] Organic Matter applied at planting at rate of 2 t per ha [c] 15.15.15 applied as a basal dressing in first year at rate 100 kg per hectare [d] Urea applied as top dressing from 2nd year at rate of 50 kg per hectare [e] Assumes that Project provides all seedlings and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 77 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 66: Labour Profile, Tea (High Input Level) Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 0.7 0.7 0.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 1.2 10.5 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.7 1.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5 1.5 14.0 Year 3 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.0 2.0 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 2.7 5.8 3.8 2.3 25.5 Year 4 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 3.0 3.0 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.7 6.8 3.8 2.3 27.5 Year 5 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.7 2.7 2.7 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 4.3 6.3 6.3 2.7 30.5 Year 6+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 3.3 3.3 3.3 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 4.0 7.0 7.0 3.7 32.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 78 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 67: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Tea (Low Input Level) Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Scale: 0.1 ha (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs Dried Tea kg 1.20 30 50 70 90 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings pc 1.00 150 Organic Fertiliser [b] kg 0.10 100 100 100 100 100 100 15.15.15 [c] kg 0.27 5 Replacement seedlings pc 1.00 15 Urea[c] kg 0.22 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Sacks pc 0.20 1 2 2 2 Labour Inputs pdays 0.90 Ploughing 2.0 Nursery Establishment/Planting 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Transplanting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 2.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 4.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Harvesting 3.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 Drying 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0 Hauling (to Market) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Sub-total 10.5 14.0 24.5 26.5 29.5 31.5 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs: Dried Tea $0.00 $0.00 $36.00 $60.00 $84.00 $108.00 Inputs Material Inputs Seedlings $150.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 15.15.15 $1.35 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Urea $0.00 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 $0.55 Sacks $0.00 $0.00 $0.20 $0.40 $0.40 $0.40 Sub-Total $161.35 $10.55 $10.75 $10.95 $10.95 $10.95 Labour Inputs Family Labour $9.45 $12.60 $22.05 $23.85 $26.55 $28.35 Total Costs $170.80 $23.15 $32.80 $34.80 $37.50 $39.30 >With Project [e] Gross Margin -$9.45 -$12.60 $13.95 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $0.00 $0.00 $36.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $0.00 $0.00 $1.47 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income #### $0.00 $0.00 $36.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 0% $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. $35.75 $57.05 $79.25 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $59.60 $83.60 $107.60 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $2.25 $2.83 $3.42 Proportion cash income #### n.a. n.a. n.a. $59.60 $83.60 $107.60 Proportion imputed income 0% n.a. n.a. n.a. $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $53.60 $75.20 $96.80 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $44.60 $62.60 $80.60 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $58.51 $82.51 $106.51 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $56.86 $80.86 $104.86 [a] Assumed tea plants are planted at triangular spacing of 0.75 m apart in rows 1.5 m apart [b] Organic Matter applied at planting at rate of 1 t per ha [c] 15.15.15 applied as a basal dressing in first year at rate 50 kg per hectare [d] Urea applied as top dressing from 2nd year at rate of 25 kg per hectare [e] Assumes that Project provides all seedlings and fertiliser requirements together with pumping costs for Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 79 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 68: Labour Profile, Tea (Low Input Level) Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation 2.0 Purchase of seedlings 1.0 Organic Basal Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting 1.0 Top Dressing Fertiliser Application Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.3 1.3 1.3 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.3 1.3 1.3 8.5 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings 0.5 Irrigation 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting Drying Hauling (to Market) Total 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.7 1.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5 1.5 14.0 Year 3 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 1.5 1.5 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 2.2 5.3 3.8 2.3 24.5 Year 4 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.5 2.5 Drying 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.5 0.5 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.2 6.3 3.8 2.3 26.5 Year 5 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 2.3 2.3 2.3 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 4.0 6.0 6.0 2.7 29.5 Year 6+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation Purchase of seedlings Organic Basal Fertiliser Application Planting Top Dressing Fertiliser Application 0.5 Planting of replacement seedlings Irrigation 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Crop Maintenance/Weeding 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 Harvesting 3.0 3.0 3.0 Drying 1.0 1.0 1.0 Hauling (to Market) 0.3 0.3 0.3 Total 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.7 0.7 3.7 6.7 6.7 3.7 31.5 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 80 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 69: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Incremental Production from 2 Fatteners (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs No. of animals fattened 1 2 2 2 2 2 ADG per animal kg/hd/day 0.15 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 Total LW gain kg LW 1.70 55 183 219 219 219 219 Inputs Material Inputs DM yield b/ Elephant Grass kg DM 3750 3750 3750 3750 3750 3750 Forage Legumes kg DM 500 500 500 500 500 500 DM requirement [c] kg DM 2053 4106 4106 4106 4106 4106 Forage Production Poles (Napier Grass) pc 0.02 25000 Seed (Forage Legumes) kg 0.10 5 5 5 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 125 125 125 125 125 125 Mineral Blocks pc 3.00 1 2 3 3 3 3 Animal Health Vaccinations doses 0.75 3 6 6 6 6 6 Drugs ls 2.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 Labour Inputs pday 0.90 Land Preparation and planting 10 0 2 0 2 0 Cut and Carry 6 30 30 30 30 30 Animal Care 24 24 24 24 24 24 Sub-total 40 54 56 54 56 54 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Total value of production $93.08 $310.25 $372.30 $372.30 $372.30 $372.30 Inputs Material Inputs Forage production[d] Poles (Napier Grass) $500.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed (Forage Legumes) $0.50 $0.00 $0.50 $0.00 $0.50 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 Animal Health Vaccinations [e] $2.25 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 Drugs [f] $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 Sub-Total $517.25 $19.00 $19.50 $19.00 $19.50 $19.00 Labour Inputs Family Labour $36.00 $48.60 $50.40 $48.60 $50.40 $48.60 Total Costs $553.25 $67.60 $69.90 $67.60 $69.90 $67.60 >With Project [g] Gross Margin $57.08 $261.65 $321.90 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $93.08 $310.25 $372.30 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $2.33 $5.75 $6.65 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 90% $83.77 $279.23 $335.07 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 10% $9.31 $31.03 $37.23 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. $304.70 $302.40 $304.70 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $353.30 $352.80 $353.30 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $6.54 $6.30 $6.54 Proportion cash income 90% n.a. n.a. n.a. $317.97 $317.52 $317.97 Proportion imputed income 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $35.33 $35.28 $35.33 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $316.07 $315.57 $316.07 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $260.23 $259.73 $260.23 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $351.40 $350.85 $351.40 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $348.55 $347.93 $348.55 [a] Based upon 200 kg LW steer, fattened for 1 year, 90 - 100 kg LW gain over 1 year period Assumed that 250 kg LW steer requires 7 kg DM per day [b] 15000 kg DM production/ha/annum from fertilised Napier Grass or similar 2000 kg DM production/ha/annum from Stylo or similar forage legume [c] Average LW 250 kg x 3 percent of LW/day x 75 percent of total requirements from from Cut and Carry; balance from outside feeding [d] Half of 0.25 ha planted with Napier Grass poles at spacing of 50 cm x 20 cm Half of 0.25 ha planted with Forage Legumes at 50 kg/ha. [e] Each animal vaccinated for HS (2x/year) and BL (1x) [f] Each animal drenched 2x/yr @US$0.50 plus misc costs of US$0.50 per head [g] Assumes that Project provides all planting material and fertiliser together with vaccines and drugs during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 81 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 70: Labour Profile, Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation and planting 10.0 Cut and Carry 2.0 2.0 2.0 Animal Care 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Total 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 12.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 40.0 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation and planting 0.0 Cut and Carry 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Animal Care 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Total 7.0 7.0 7.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 54.0 Year 3+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation and planting 2 Cut and Carry 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Animal Care 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Total 7.0 7.0 7.0 2.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 56.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 82 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 71: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Semi-Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Incremental Production from 2 Fatteners (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs No. of animals fattened 1 2 2 2 2 2 ADG per animal kg/hd/day 0.12 0.20 0.22 0.25 0.25 0.25 Total LW gain kg LW 1.70 44 146 161 183 183 183 Inputs Material Inputs DM yield b/ Elephant Grass kg DM 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 Forage Legumes kg DM 500 500 500 500 500 500 DM requirement[c] kg DM 1643 3285 3285 3285 3285 3285 Forage Production Poles (Napier Grass) pc 0.02 25000 Seed (Forage Legumes) kg 0.10 10 10 Organic Fertiliser kg 0.10 75 75 75 75 75 75 Mineral Blocks pc 3.00 1 2 3 3 3 3 Animal Health Vaccinations doses 0.75 2 4 4 4 4 4 Drugs ls 2.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 Labour Inputs pday 0.90 Land Preparation and planting 10 10 0 0 0 0 Cut and Carry 6 30 30 30 30 30 Animal Care 20 20 20 20 20 20 Sub-total 36 60 50 50 50 50 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Total value of production $74.46 $248.20 $273.02 $310.25 $310.25 $310.25 Inputs Material Inputs Forage production[d] Poles (Napier Grass) $500.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Seed (Forage Legumes) $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1.00 $0.00 $0.00 Organic Fertiliser $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 $7.50 Animal Health Vaccinations[e] $1.50 $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 $3.00 Drugs f/ $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 Sub-Total $512.00 $12.50 $12.50 $13.50 $12.50 $12.50 Labour Inputs Family Labour $32.40 $54.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 $45.00 Total Costs $544.40 $66.50 $57.50 $58.50 $57.50 $57.50 >With Project [g] Gross Margin $42.06 $194.20 $228.02 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $74.46 $248.20 $273.02 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $2.07 $4.14 $5.46 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 90% $67.01 $223.38 $245.72 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 10% $7.45 $24.82 $27.30 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. $251.75 $252.75 $252.75 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $296.75 $297.75 $297.75 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $5.94 $5.96 $5.96 Proportion cash income 90% n.a. n.a. n.a. $267.08 $267.98 $267.98 Proportion imputed income 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $29.68 $29.78 $29.78 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $265.73 $266.73 $266.73 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $219.19 $220.19 $220.19 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $295.40 $296.50 $296.50 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $293.38 $294.63 $294.63 [a] Based upon 200 kg LW steer, fattened for 1 year, 90 - 100 kg LW gain over 1 year period Assumed that 250 kg LW steer requires 7 kg DM per day [b] 12000 kg DM production/ha/annum from fertilised Napier Grass or similar 2000 kg DM production/ha/annum from Stylo or similar forage legume [c] Average LW 250 kg x 3 percent of LW/day x 60 percent of total requirements from from Cut and Carry; balance from outside feeding [d] Half of 0.25 ha planted with Napier Grass poles at spacing of 50 cm x 20 cm Half of 0.25 ha planted with Forage Legumes at 50 kg/ha. [e] Each animal vaccinated for HS (2x/year) and BL (1x) [f] Each animal drenched 2x/yr @US$0.50 plus misc costs of US$0.50 per head [g] Assumes that Project provides all planting material and fertiliser together with vaccines and drugs during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 83 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 72: Labour Profile, Semi-Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Fattening Year 1 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation and planting 10.0 Cut and Carry 2.0 2.0 2.0 Animal Care 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Total 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 11.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 36.0 Year 2 Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation and planting 10.0 Cut and Carry 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Animal Care 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Total 6.7 6.7 6.7 1.7 11.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 60.0 Year 3+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Land Preparation and planting Cut and Carry 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Animal Care 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 Total 6.7 6.7 6.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 50.0 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 84 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 73: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Buffalo Rearing Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Incremental Production from 2 Fatteners (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Outputs No. of animals fattened 1 2 2 2 2 2 ADG per animal kg/hd/day 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.15 Total LW gain kg LW 1.70 37 73 73 110 110 110 Inputs Material Inputs Animal Health Vaccinations doses 0.75 3 6 6 6 6 6 Drugs ls 2.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 Labour Inputs pday 0.90 Animal Care 24 24 24 24 24 24 Sub-total 24 24 24 24 24 24 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Outputs Total value of production $62.05 $124.10 $124.10 $186.15 $186.15 $186.15 Inputs Material Inputs Animal Health Vaccinations [c] $2.25 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 $4.50 Drugs [d] $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 $2.00 Sub-Total $4.25 $6.50 $6.50 $6.50 $6.50 $6.50 Labour Inputs Family Labour $21.60 $21.60 $21.60 $21.60 $21.60 $21.60 Total Costs $25.85 $28.10 $28.10 $28.10 $28.10 $28.10 >With Project [e] Gross Margin $40.45 $102.50 $102.50 n.a. n.a. n.a. Gross Margin (ex labour cost) $62.05 $124.10 $124.10 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $2.59 $5.17 $5.17 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 90% $55.85 $111.69 $111.69 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 10% $6.21 $12.41 $12.41 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. $158.05 $158.05 $158.05 Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $179.65 $179.65 $179.65 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $7.49 $7.49 $7.49 Proportion cash income 90% n.a. n.a. n.a. $161.69 $161.69 $161.69 Proportion imputed income 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $17.97 $17.97 $17.97 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $161.04 $161.04 $161.04 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $133.11 $133.11 $133.11 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $179.00 $179.00 $179.00 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $178.03 $178.03 $178.03 [a] Based upon 200 kg LW steer, fattened for 1 year, 60 - 80 kg LW gain over 1 year period [b] Average LW 250 kg x 3 percent of LW/day x 75 percent of total requirements from from Cut and Carry; balance from outside feeding [c] Each animal vaccinated for HS (2x/year) and BL (1x) [d] Each animal drenched 2x/yr @US$0.50 plus misc costs of US$0.50 per head [e] Assumes that Project provides all planting material and fertiliser together with vaccines and drugs during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 85 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 74: Labour Profile, Buffalo Rearing Year 1+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Animal Care 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 24 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 86 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 75: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Pigs and Chicken Raising Units Unit Year 1 Pig (breeding and fattening) cost 1 2 3 4 5+ 15 Poultry (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Pigs: Outputs [a] No. of pigs sold [c] 1 1 1 1 1 Total LW @ 55 kg per pig kg 0.70 55 55 55 55 55 No. of weaners sold 3 3 3 3 3 Total LW @ 5 kg per weaner kg 0.70 15 15 15 15 15 Pigs: Inputs Material Inputs Purchased Feed Rice Bran [d] kg 0.05 200 200 200 200 200 Animal Health Vaccinations (Swine Fever) [e] doses 0.75 2 2 2 2 2 De-worming[f] ls 2.00 4 4 4 4 4 Labour[g] pdays 0.90 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.4 Poultry: Outputs Total poultry no 15 15 15 15 15 Mortalities no 5 3 2 2 2 Poultry eaten/sold[h] kg 1.50 12 12 12 12 12 Poultry: Inputs Day-old Chicks no 0.40 15 15 15 15 15 Purchased feed Rice Bran kg 0.05 50 50 50 50 50 Animal Health Vaccines[i] doses 0.75 2 2 2 2 2 Labour [j] pdays 0.90 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 Sub-total 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Pig:Outputs Total value of production $38.50 $38.50 $38.50 $38.50 $38.50 Pig: Inputs Material Inputs Purchased Feed Rice Bran [e] $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 Animal Health Vaccinations (Swine Fever) [f] $1.50 $1.50 $1.50 $1.50 $1.50 De-worming [g] $8.00 $8.00 $8.00 $8.00 $8.00 Sub-Total $19.50 $19.50 $19.50 $19.50 $19.50 Labour [h] $10.27 $10.27 $10.27 $10.27 $10.27 Sub-Total $29.77 $29.77 $29.77 $29.77 $29.77 Pigs: Gross Margin $8.73 $8.73 $8.73 $8.73 $8.73 Pigs: Gross Margin (exc. Labour) $19.00 $19.00 $19.00 $19.00 $19.00 Poultry: Outputs Total value of production $18.00 $18.00 $18.00 $18.00 $18.00 Poultry: Inputs Day-old Chicks $6.00 $6.00 $6.00 $6.00 $6.00 Purchased feed $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 Animal Health Oral Vaccine (Newcastle Disease) [j] $1.50 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 $4.00 Sub-Total $10.00 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 $12.50 Labour[j] $3.42 $3.42 $3.42 $3.42 $3.42 Sub-Total $13.42 $15.92 $15.92 $15.92 $15.92 Gross Margin $4.58 $2.08 $2.08 $2.08 $2.08 Gross Margin (exc. Labour) $8.00 $5.50 $5.50 $5.50 $5.50 >With Project [k] Total net cash flow (pigs and poultry) $42.81 $42.81 $42.81 n.a. n.a. Total net cash flow (pigs and poultry) exc labour $56.50 $56.50 $56.50 n.a. n.a. Total labour $15.21 $15.21 $15.21 n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) $3.72 $3.72 $3.72 n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 50% $28.25 $28.25 $28.25 n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 50% $28.25 $28.25 $28.25 n.a. n.a. >Post Project Total net cash flow (pigs and poultry) n.a. n.a. n.a. $10.81 $10.81 Total net cash flow (pigs and poultry) exc labour n.a. n.a. n.a. $24.50 $24.50 Total labour n.a. n.a. n.a. $15.21 $15.21 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $1.61 $1.61 Proportion cash income 50% n.a. n.a. n.a. $12.25 $12.25 Proportion imputed income 50% n.a. n.a. n.a. $12.25 $12.25 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $18.85 $18.85 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $10.38 $10.38 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $21.30 $21.30 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $16.50 $16.50 [a] Low input/output output systems as practiced at present, but with important animal health improvements [b] Each household keeps 1 pigs on average which farrows once a year and produces 4 piglets of which three are sold [c] Average fattening period 2 years [d] Rice bran is the only purchased feed, fed at a rate of 100 kg/pig/year. Other feed sources include household scraps, tuberous aquatic plants, green leaf from tree legumes [e] 1 x per year per pig [f] 2x year per pig [g] 15 minutes/day [h] Assumed dessed wt of 1.5 kg [i] Oral Vacccine for ND 1x/yr, Fowl Cholera 2x/yr [j] 5 minutes/day k[] Assumes that Project supplies all feed, vaccines and drugs during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 87 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 76: Labour Profile, Pigs and Chicken Raising Year 1+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Pigs 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 Poultry 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95 Total 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 1.03 12.31 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 88 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 77: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Intensive Duck Raising Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5 6+ 15 Ducks (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Ducks: Outputs Ducks eaten/sold [b] kg 1.50 19 123 295 383 406 407 Duck Eggs sold [d] pc 0.10 312 694 1033 1121 1116 1198 (Total Flock) 39 74 92 98 105 107 Ducks: Inputs Material Inputs Housing ls 25.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 Feeding Troughs and Waterers ls 10.00 1 1 1 1 1 1 Day old Ducklings pc 0.50 15 Purchased Feed Rice Bran kg 0.50 39 35 56 42 64 43 Animal Health Biologics ls 0.50 39 35 56 42 64 43 Labour [f] pdays 0.90 60.8 60.8 60.8 60.8 60.8 60.8 Sub-total 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Ducks: Outputs Value of production Ducks 42.75 276.75 663.75 861.75 913.50 915.75 Eggs 31.21 69.43 103.31 112.08 111.60 119.80 Total 73.96 346.18 767.06 973.83 1025.10 1035.55 Ducks: Outputs Day-old Ducklings 7.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Purchased feed 19.55 17.70 28.06 20.84 31.79 21.64 Animal Health Oral Vaccine (Newcastle Disease) 19.55 17.70 28.06 20.84 31.79 21.64 Sub-Total 46.59 35.41 56.13 41.68 63.58 43.29 Labour 54.75 54.75 54.75 54.75 54.75 54.75 Sub-Total 101.34 90.16 110.88 96.43 118.33 98.04 >With Project [g] Total Gross Margin -27.38 256.03 656.19 n.a. n.a. n.a. Total Gross Margin (ex labour cost) 27.37 310.78 710.94 n.a. n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) 0.45 5.11 11.69 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 75% 20.53 233.08 533.20 n.a. n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 25% 6.84 77.69 177.73 n.a. n.a. n.a. >Post Project Total Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. 877.40 906.78 937.52 Total Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. 932.15 961.53 992.27 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. 15.32 15.81 16.31 Proportion cash income 75% n.a. n.a. n.a. 699.11 721.15 744.20 Proportion imputed income 25% n.a. n.a. n.a. 233.04 240.38 248.07 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. 834.77 859.02 888.71 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. 688.69 705.25 733.38 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. 927.98 955.17 987.94 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. 921.73 945.63 981.44 Notes: [a] Assumes high level of management maintained [b] Assumed dressed weight of 1.5 kg per head and culled at 24 months [c] Assumed 3 ovipositions per year and 6 eggs/duck/oviposition [d] Assumed that 70% of eggs are sold, 90% of eggs hatch and duckling mortality is 5%. [e] Assumes that Project supplies all of inputs during first three years. [f] Assumes 4 hours per day [g] Assumes that Project supplies all feed, drugs and vaccines during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 89 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 78: Labour Profile, Intensive Duck Raising Year 1+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Duck 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 60.8 Flock Projection Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 Ovi 0 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Initial Stock - Ducks 14 - Drakes 1 Flock - Ducks 14 25 36 43 55 68 80 82 84 87 91 88 89 87 90 92 96 97 - Drakes 1 12 4 4 6 7 9 9 8 9 9 9 13 14 15 15 14 15 Sales - Ducks 12 15 20 30 50 60 60 60 70 70 70 65 65 65 70 - Drakes 19 19 25 32 40 52 63 62 64 67 67 67 67 67 70 70 No. of eggs per ovi 6 % sold 70% % eggs hatching 90% % ducking mortality 5% November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 90 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 79: Activity Model and Gross Margin Budget for Semi-Intensive Duck Raising Units Unit Year cost 1 2 3 4 5+ 15 Ducks (US$) 1. PHYSICAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS Ducks: Outputs Ducks eaten/sold [b] kg 1.50 12 82 109 110 110 Duck Eggs sold [c] pc 0.10 118 1026 1276 1277 1307 (Total Flock) 33 39 40 39 41 Ducks: Inputs Material Inputs Housing ls 25.00 1 1 1 1 1 Feeding Troughs and Waterers ls 10.00 1 1 1 1 1 Day old Ducklings pc 0.50 15 Purchased Feed Rice Bran kg 0.50 33 6 34 5 36 Animal Health Biologics ls 0.50 33 6 34 5 36 Labour [f] pdays 0.90 60.8 60.8 60.8 60.8 60.8 Sub-total 2. FINANCIAL INPUTS/OUTPUTS US$ Ducks: Outputs Total value of production $38.76 $287.12 $372.90 $375.20 $378.21 Ducks: Inputs Day-old Ducklings $7.50 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Purchased feed $16.62 $2.98 $16.83 $2.71 $17.84 Animal Health Oral Vaccine (Newcastle Disease) $16.62 $2.98 $16.83 $2.71 $17.84 Sub-Total $40.74 $5.96 $33.65 $5.41 $35.69 Labour $54.75 $54.75 $54.75 $54.75 $54.75 Sub-Total $95.49 $60.71 $88.40 $60.16 $90.44 >With Project [g] Total Gross Margin -$56.73 $226.41 $284.50 n.a. n.a. Total Gross Margin (ex labour cost) -$1.98 $281.16 $339.25 n.a. n.a. Return to labour (per day) -$0.03 $4.62 $5.58 n.a. n.a. Proportion cash income 25% -$0.50 $70.29 $84.81 n.a. n.a. Proportion imputed income 25% -$0.50 $70.29 $84.81 n.a. n.a. >Post Project Total Gross Margin n.a. n.a. n.a. $315.03 $287.77 Total Gross Margin (ex labour cost) n.a. n.a. n.a. $369.78 $342.52 Return to labour (per day) n.a. n.a. n.a. $6.08 $5.63 Proportion cash income 50% n.a. n.a. n.a. $184.89 $171.26 Proportion imputed income 50% n.a. n.a. n.a. $184.89 $171.26 3. RISK ANALYSIS (Post Project) US$ Gross Margin (ex labour cost) Decrease in Output Price by 10 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $332.26 $304.70 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $275.99 $247.97 Increase in Input Prices by 10% n.a. n.a. n.a. $369.24 $338.95 by 25 % n.a. n.a. n.a. $368.43 $333.60 Notes: [a] Assumes lower level of management maintained [b] Assumed dressed weight of 1.5 kg per head and culled at 24 months [c] Assumed 3 ovipositions per year and 4 eggs/duck/oviposition [d] Assumed that 60% of eggs are sold, 80% of eggs hatch and duckling mortality is 10%. [e] Assumes that Project supplies all of inputs during first three years. [f] Assumes 4 hours per day [g] Assumes that Project supplies all feed, drugs and vaccines during Years 1 to 3 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 91 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 80: Labour Profile, Semi-Intensive Duck Raising Year 1+ Month Grand Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Total Duck 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1 60.8 Flock Projection Year 1 2 3 4 5 Ovi 0 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Initial Stock - Ducks 14 - Drakes 1 Flock - Ducks 14 22 29 31 34 33 34 34 34 34 34 35 35 36 37 - Drakes 1 9 4 4 4 6 7 7 6 5 4 5 5 5 5 Sales - Ducks 10 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 - Drakes 12 12 15 15 18 18 19 19 19 18 18 19 19 No. of eggs per ovi 5 % sold 70% % eggs hatching 80% % ducking mortality 10% November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 92 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-6 WHOLE FARM CROPPING AND LIVESTOCK SCENARIOS This appendix presents the 11 Whole Farm Scenarios in terms of crops, areas, livestock, and additional observations. Table 81: WFS 1.1 Cereal/Legume WS Cropping with Vegetable DS Production The main WS crops are Upland Rice and Maize grown as separate crops (rather being intercropped) with additional areas of legumes, namely Peanuts and Black Beans. Fruit Trees (Mango, Lychee, Jackfruit, Guava, Pineapples and Banana) are planted on 500 sq m. DS cropping includes Maize together with Peanuts and Black Beans, each occupying equal areas, and small areas of Cabbage, Chillies and Cucumber for one DS cropping only. Irrigated Paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown either on the lower terraces or a dedicated paddy area in both WS and DS. WS DS Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Crop Production Upland Rice 1,500 Maize 500 (Whole Farm Scenario Maize 1,500 Peanuts 250 at Full Development Peanuts 750 Black Beans 250 by Year 3) Black Beans 750 Cabbage 200 Fruit Trees 500 Chillies 150 Cucumber 150 Fruit Trees 500 Total 5,000 Total 2,000 CI 100% CI 40% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the Livestock Production drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. The Model represents the first stage of crop intensification moving away from the traditional intercropping of Observations upland rice and maize to sole cropping together with areas of legumes grown in both WS and DS. Vegetable cropping in the DS is also introduced. Labour requirements for this model peak in November with a maximum of 38 days required at full development. This will enable most households to take advantage of employment opportunities during the construction period as well as allowing the family to pursue other livelihood options including fishing and forestry related activities. This WFS can be further intensified through the expansion of DS cropping of vegetables and enlargement of the areas planted to legumes either as sole crops or as intercrops with Maize. The Model A (High Inputs) predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 510 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 220 will represent cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 29% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 1: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 1.1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING UPLAND RICE MAIZE PEANUTS BLACK BEANS MAIZE PEANUTS BLACK BEANS CABBAGE CHILLIES CUCUMBER FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 93 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 82: WFS 1.2 Cereal/Legume WS Cropping with Vegetable DS Production The main WS crops are Maize intercropped with Black Beans together with sole crops of Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soybeans. Fruit Trees (Mango, Lychee, Jackfruit, Guava, Pineapples and Banana) are planted on 500 sq m. DS cropping comprises sole crops of Maize together with Peanuts and Black Beans. Vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) are grown in the early DS (October to December). Irrigated Paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown on either the lower terraces or a dedicated paddy area in both WS and DS. WS DS Upper Terraces ­ Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Maize/Black Beans 1,000 Maize 500 Crop Production Peanuts 1,500 Peanuts 500 (Whole Farm Scenario Mung Beans 1,000 Black Beans 500 at Full Development Soybeans 1,000 Broccoli 100 by Year 3) Eggplant 100 Tomato 100 Cucumber 100 Garlic 100 Fruit Trees 500 Fruit Trees 500 Total 5,000 Total 2,500 CI 100% CI 50% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Livestock Production Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. The Model represents further crop intensification with maize/legume intercropping and larger areas of legumes Observations grown in both WS and DS. Vegetable cropping in the DS is also expanded. Labour requirements for this model peak in November with a maximum of 36 days required at full development. This will enable most households to take advantage of employment opportunities during the construction period as well as allowing the family to pursue other livelihood options including fishing and forestry related activities. This WFS can be further intensified through the expansion of DS cropping of vegetables and enlargement of the areas planted to legumes either as sole crops or as intercrops with Maize. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 676 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 348 will represent cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 34% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 2: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 1.2 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING MAIZE/BLACK BEANS PEANUTS BLACK BEANS SOYABEANS MAIZE PEANUTS BLACK BEANS BROCCOLI EGGPLANT TOMATOES CUCUMBER GARLIC FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 94 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 83: WFS 1.3 Cereal/Legume WS Cropping with Vegetable DS Production The main WS crops are Maize intercropped with Black Beans together with sole crops of Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soybeans. A WS crop of Cabbages is also introduced. Fruit Trees (Mango, Lychee, Jackfruit, Guava, Pineapples and Banana) are planted on 500 sq m. DS cropping comprises sole crops of Maize together with Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soy beans. Vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) are grown twice in the early and late DS. Irrigated Paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown either on the lower terraces or a dedicated paddy area in both WS and DS. WS DS Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Crop Production Maize/Black Beans 1,000 Maize 500 (Whole Farm Scenario Peanuts 1,000 Peanuts 500 at Full Development Mung Beans 1,000 Mung Beans 250 by Year 3) Soybeans 500 Soybeans 250 Cabbage 1,000 Broccoli 100 100 Fruit Trees 500 Eggplant 100 100 Tomato 100 100 Cucumber 100 100 Garlic 100 100 Fruit Trees 500 Total 5,000 Total 3,000 CI 100 % CI 60% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Livestock Production Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. This WFS represents a further stage of crop intensification with maize/legume intercropping alongside areas of Observations legumes grown in both WS and DS and the introduction of vegetable cropping in the WS. Vegetable cropping in the DS is also expanded through the introduction of a third cropping in the late DS. Labour requirements for this model peak in November with a maximum of 36 days required at full development. This will enable most households to take advantage of employment opportunities during the construction period as well as allowing the family to pursue other livelihood options including fishing and forestry related activities. This WFS can be further intensified through the expansion of DS cropping of vegetables and enlargement of the areas planted to legumes either as sole crops or as intercrops with Maize. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 846 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 511 will represent cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 40% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 3: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 1.3 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING MAIZE/BLACK BEANS PEANUTS BLACK BEANS SOYABEANS CABBAGE MAIZE PEANUTS MUNGBEANS SOYBEANS BROCCOLI BROCCOLI EGGPLANT EGGPLANT TOMATOES TOMATOES CUCUMBER CUCUMBER GARLIC GARLIC FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 95 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 84: WFS 2.1 Fruit Production with WS Cereal/Legumes and DS Vegetable Production The main WS annual crop is maize but with an equivalent area planted with fruit trees, and smaller areas of legumes (Peanuts and Mungbeans) grown as sole crops. In the DS small areas of maize together with legumes (Peanuts and Mungbeans) are planted alongside a range of vegetable crops (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Crop Production Cucumber and Garlic) grown in a single cropping season. (Whole Farm Scenario Irrigated Paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown on either the lower terraces or as a dedicated paddy area in both the WS and at Full Development DS. by Year 3) WS DS Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Maize 1,500 Maize 500 Peanuts 1,000 Peanuts 250 Mung Beans 1,000 Mung Beans 250 Broccoli 100 100 Eggplant 100 100 Tomato 100 100 Cucumber 100 100 Garlic 100 100 Fruit Trees 1,500 Fruit Trees 1,500 Total 5,000 Total 3,500 CI 100 % CI 70% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household. This would entail grazing within the forest land as well Livestock Production as taking advantage of the seasonal grazing within the drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support would be a minor activity. This Model features an increased area of fruit trees and less emphasis on annual field crops, maize, Peanuts and Observations Mungbeans. Vegetable cropping is maintained with the production of two crops in the DS. Labour requirements for this model peak in November with a maximum of 36 days required at full development. There is a progressive increase in the labour demand over the first six years as the fruit trees start to bear. Households would have the opportunity increase the area planted to legumes during the first two years as an intercrop for the fruit trees. This has not been included in the calculation of the Gross Margins. Because of the gradual increase in labour demand over the first few years most households would have surplus labour to take advantage of employment opportunities during the construction period as well as allowing the family to pursue other livelihood opportunities including fisheries and other forestry related activities. This WFS can also be further intensified through the expansion of DS cropping of vegetables and enlargement of the areas planted to legumes either as sole crops or as intercrops with Maize. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 771 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 462 will represent cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 15% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 4: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 2.1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING MAIZE/BLACK BEANS PEANUTS BLACK BEANS SOYABEANS MAIZE PEANUTS BLACK BEANS BROCCOLI EGGPLANT TOMATOES CUCUMBER GARLIC FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 96 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 85: WFS 2.2 Fruit Production with WS Cereal/Legumes and DS Vegetable Production The main crop is Fruit Trees now occupying an area of 3000 sq m with smaller areas of WS maize and legumes (Peanuts and Mungbeans) grown as sole crops. In the DS small areas of maize together with legumes (Peanuts and Mungbeans) are planted alongside a range of vegetable crops (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) Crop Production grown in a single cropping season. (Whole Farm Scenario Irrigated Paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown on either the lower terraces or as a dedicated paddy area in both the WS and at Full Development DS. by Year 3) WS DS Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Maize 500 Maize 500 Peanuts 750 Peanuts 250 Miung Beans 750 Mung Beans 250 Broccoli 100 100 Eggplant 100 100 Tomato 100 100 Cucumber 100 100 Garlic 100 100 Fruit Trees 3,000 Fruit Trees 3,000 Total 5,000 Total 4,500 CI 100 % CI 90% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the Livestock Production drawdown areas. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. This Model features a further increase in the area of fruit trees so that they now become the dominant crop in the Observations cropping pattern and there is less emphasis on the annual field crops Maize, Peanuts and Mungbeans. Vegetable cropping is maintained with the production of two crops in the DS. Labour requirements for this model peak in December with a maximum of 51 days required at full development. There is a progressive increase in the labour demand over the first six years as the fruit trees start to bear. Households would have the opportunity increase the area planted to legumes during the first two years as an intercrop for the fruit trees. This has not been included in the calculation of the Gross Margins. Because of the gradual increase in labour demand over the first few years most households would have surplus labour to take advantage of employment opportunities during the construction period as well as allowing the family to pursue other livelihood opportunities including fisheries and other forestry related activities. This WFS can also be further intensified through the expansion of DS cropping of vegetables and enlargement of the areas planted to legumes either as sole crops or as intercrops with Maize. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 993 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 666 will represent cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 33% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 5: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 2.2 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING MAIZE PEANUTS MUNGBEANS MAIZE PEANUTS MUNGBEANS BROCCOLI BROCCOLI EGGPLANT EGGPLANT TOMATOES TOMATOES CUCUMBER CUCUMBER GARLIC GARLIC FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 97 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 86: WFS 3.1 Industrial Crops with Cereal/Legume Production In this model the main crop to be planted on the upper terraces will be coffee. Alongside this there will be small areas of legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) in the WS. Legumes will also be cropped in the DS on the same areas. There would be opportunities for growing larger areas of legumes on the first two years during the Crop Production establishment of the coffee. (Whole Farm Scenario Irrigated Paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown either on the lower terraces or a dedicated paddy area in both WS and DS. at Full Development by WS DS Year 3) Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Peanuts 750 Peanuts 750 Black Beans 750 Mung Beans 750 Coffee 3,500 Coffee 3,500 Total 5,000 Total 5,000 CI 100 % CI 100% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the Livestock Production drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. This Model depicts the cultivation of one perennial crop across 70 percent of the upper terraces and there is less Observations emphasis on the production of annual field crops. During the first two years there would be some additional peanuts intercropped within the coffee areas. This Model has been constructed without any vegetable production to keep the labour demands manageable. Labour requirements for the Model peak in November with a maximum of 45 days required at full development. There is a progressive increase in the demand for labour during the first four year but during the first two years the labour demand is relatively low and would provide good opportunities for wage employment during the construction period. The Model could be further intensified by the cultivation of vegetables during the DS in place of the legume crops, and furthermore the vegetable crops could be grown in two croppings. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 637 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 364 will represent cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 33% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 6: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 3.1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING MAIZE PEANUTS MUNGBEANS PEANUTS MUNGBEANS COFFEE Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 98 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 87: WFS 3.2 Industrial Crops with Cereal/Legume Production In this Model the main crop to be planted on the upper terraces will be tea. Alongside this there will be small areas of legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) in the WS. Legumes will also be cropped in the DS on the same areas. There would be opportunities for growing larger areas of legumes in the first two years during the establishment Crop Production of the tea. (Whole Farm Scenario Irrigated paddy (1,600 sq m) is grown either on the lower terraces or a dedicated paddy area in both the WS and at Full Development DS. by Year 3) WS DS Upper Terraces ­ Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Peanuts 750 Peanuts 750 Black Beans 750 Mung Beans 750 Tea 3,500 Tea 3,500 Total 5,000 Total 5,000 CI 100 % CI 100% Lower Terraces ­ Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the Livestock Production drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. This Model depicts the cultivation on one perennial crop across 70 percent of the upper terraces and there is less Observations emphasis on the production of annual field crops. During the first two years there would be some additional peanuts intercropped within the tea plantation. This Model has been constructed without any vegetable production to keep labour demands manageable. Labour requirements for the Model peak in October with a maximum of 41 days required at full development. There is a progressive increase in demand for labour during the first four years but during the first two years the labour demand is relatively low and would provide good opportunities for wage employment during the construction period. The Model could be further intensified by the cultivation of vegetables during the DS in place of the legume crops, and furthermore the vegetable crops could be grown in two croppings. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 567 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 324 represents cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 27% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 7: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 3.2 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING MAIZE PEANUTS MUNGBEANS PEANUTS MUNGBEANS TEA Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 99 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 88: WFS 4.1 Irrigated Paddy with Legume/Vegetable Production This Model features an increased area of irrigated paddy for situations where soil conditions permit. The total area of irrigated paddy has risen to 4,600 sq m in the WS whilst during the DS on the same areas Water Melon is planted. Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) are planted in the WS and vegetables (Cabbage, Melon, Eggplant and Crop Production Tomato) are planted in the DS in two croppings. Fruit Trees are established on 500 sq m. (Whole Farm Scenario WS DS at Full Development Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ by Year 3) Irrigated Paddy 3,000 Water Melon 3,000 Peanuts 750 Cabbage 500 500 Black Beans 750 Eggplant 500 500 Fruit Trees 500 Tomato 500 500 Fruit Trees 500 500 Total 5,000 Total 7,000 CI 100 % CI 140 % Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Water Melon 1,600 Livestock Production Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. The Model represents a special case where suitable land is available for conversion to irrigated paddy. Not all Observations households would be enabled to adopt this model since it will depend on the soil conditions on their farm lot. It would however, represent a Model I which the family were able to produce all of their rice requirement. The double cropping of vegetables provides additional cash income for them. Labour requirements for the Model peak in November with a maximum of 54 days required at full development. The Model could be made less intensive by substituting legume crops in the DS for some of the vegetable crops and also reducing the area that is planted to Water Melon on the DS. The Model predicts a Gross Margin of US$ 1,092 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 852 represents cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 25 % where the household reverts to lower inputs levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 8: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 4.1 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY WATER MELON WATER MELON II. UPPER TERRACES - IRRIGATED PADDY AND DIVERSIFIED CROPPING IRRIGATED PADDY WATER MELON PEANUTS BLACK BEANS CABBAGE EGGPLANT TOMATOES FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 100 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 89: WFS 4.2 Irrigated Paddy with Legume/Vegetable Production This Model also features an increased area of irrigated paddy for situations where soil conditions permit. The total area of irrigated paddy has risen to 4,600 sq m in the WS and during the DS the same areas is planted to irrigated paddy. Legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) are planted in the WS and vegetables (Cabbage, Melon, Eggplant and Crop Production Tomato) are planted in the DS in two croppings. Fruit Trees are established on 500 sq m. (Whole Farm Scenario WS DS at Full Development Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ by Year 3) Irrigated Paddy 3,000 Water Melon 3,000 Peanuts 750 Cabbage 500 500 Black Beans 750 Eggplant 500 500 Fruit Trees 500 Tomato 500 500 Fruit Trees 500 500 Total 5,000 Total 7,000 CI 100 % CI 100 % Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Livestock Production Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. The Model also represents a special case where suitable land is available for conversion to irrigated paddy and not Observations all households would be enabled to adopt this model since it will depend on the soil conditions on their farm lot. It would however, represent a Model in which the family were able to produce well in excess of their rice requirement. The double cropping of vegetables provides additional cash income for them. Labour requirements for the Model peak in March with a maximum of 62 days required at full development. The Model could be made less intensive by substituting legume crops in the DS for some of the vegetable crops and also reducing the area that is planted to Water Melon on the DS. The Model predicts a Gross Margin of US$ 558 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 393 represents cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 42 % where the household reverts to lower inputs levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 9: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 4.2 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - IRRIGATED PADDY AND DIVERSIFIED CROPPING IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY PEANUTS BLACK BEANS CABBAGE EGGPLANT TOMATOES FRUIT TREES/PINEAPPLES/BANANAS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 101 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 90: WFS 5 Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo/Cattle Production This Model depicts a specialised case where the household have opted to focus on raising either buffalo or cattle and devote most of their land to the production of forage crops that are fed by a cut and carry system. Irrigated rice is grown on the lower terraces or in a dedicated irrigated paddy area in both the WS and DS. Crop Production WS DS (Whole Farm Scenario Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ at Full Development by Forage Crops 5,000 Forage Crops 5,000 Year 3) Total 5,000 Total 5,00 CI 100 % CI 100% Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Livestock Production Intensive buffalo or cattle raising. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. The Model depicts intensive buffalo or cattle raising with the cultivation of forage, both grasses and selected Observations legumes, including some annual crops for forage, and the utilisation of this through a cut and carry system. The 0.5 ha plot will generate sufficient forage to feed 2 animals although there will be a periodic need for them to also graze in forested or in the drawdown areas. There is no cultivation of annual legumes or vegetables in this Model and the labour requirements are somewhat reduced in consequence. The production of irrigated rice on the lower terraces will also provide small areas of additional grazing after harvest for the livestock. Labour requirements for this Model peak in March with a maximum of 27 days required at full development which will be a constraint only for Households in Category 4. For most households there would remain good opportunities for wage employment throughout most of the year. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 409 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 330 represents cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 19% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 10: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 5 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING PASTURE AND FORAGE CROPS Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 102 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 91: WFS 6 Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal/Legume/Vegetable Production This Model depicts the adoption of intensive duck raising as the main activity and would be feasible for those households that have access to a perennial body of water that could be fenced to contain the ducks. It is also assumes that the household would be able to plant a larger area of paddy to provide additional grazing Crop Production for the ducks after harvest. (Whole Farm Scenario In the WS there would be Maize planted and in the DS legumes (Peanuts, Mung Beans) aw well as vegetables at Full Development (Cabbage, Eggplant, Tomato and Cucumber). by Year 3) WS DS Upper Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Crop 1 a/ Crop 2 b/ Irrigated Paddy 2,500 Irrigated Paddy 2,500 Maize 2,500 Peanuts 500 Mung Beans 500 Cabbage 250 Eggplant 250 Tomato 250 Cucumber 250 Total 5,000 Total 4,500 CI 100 % CI 90 % Lower Terraces - Crop Areas (sq. m) Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Irrigated Paddy 1,600 Livestock Production Traditional buffalo rearing is continued by the household that are grazed in forest areas and seasonally within the drawdown area. Backyard production of pigs and poultry with improved animal health care through Project support. The Model provides an example of a specialisation in duck production that might be adopted by some households Observations where they have access to water. These households might also have a farm lot that had a larger area of land suitable for planting irrigated paddy. The inclusion of maize will generate some of the feed requirements of the ducks supplemented by the grazing that they be able to do on their paddy land. It is anticipated that the household would be able to also graze their ducks on other paddy land belonging to other households, the ducks providing very effective control of the Golden Snail. Labour requirements for this Model peak in December with a maximum of 59 days required at full development which will be a constraint for Households in Categories 4 and 5. The Model could be further intensified by the introduction of a second crop of vegetables in the DS depending on the availability of labour. The Model predicts a Gross Margin (excluding labour costs) of US$ 1,329 per annum by Year 6 of which US$ 931 represents cash income. The Gross Margin will decline by 61% where the household reverts to lower input levels in Years 4 to 6. Notes: a/ DS cropping from October to December b/ DS cropping from January to March Figure 11: Cropping Pattern Diagram, WFS 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec I. LOWER TERRACES OR DEDICATED IRRIGATED PADDY AREA IRRIGATED PADDY IRRIGATED PADDY II. UPPER TERRACES - DIVERSIFIED CROPPING IRRIGATED RICE IRRIGATED RICE MAIZE PEANUTS MUNG BEANS CABBAGE EGGPLANT TOMATOES CUCUMBER Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Key: Rainfed Partial Irrigation Full Irrigation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 103 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-7 LABOUR PROFILES FOR 11 WFS (ALL HIGH INPUTS) OVER SIX YEARS. Figure 12: Labour Profile for WFS 1.1 (High Input) 60.0 50.0 htno 40.0 mrep syad 30.0 no 20.0 rseP 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 13: Labour Profile for WFS 1.2 (High input) 60.0 50.0 htno 40.0 mrep 30.0 aysD opnsreP 20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 14: Labour Profile for WFS 1.3 (High input) 60.0 50.0 h nto mr 40.0 pe syaD 30.0 onsreP 20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 104 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Figure 15: Labour Profile for WFS 2.1 (High input) 60.0 50.0 nth 40.0 mor pe sy 30.0 da onsreP20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 16: Labour Profile for WFS 2.2 (High input) 60.0 50.0 htno 40.0 mr pe syaD 30.0 onsreP 20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 17: Labour Profile for WFS 3.1 (High input) 45.0 40.0 35.0 nthso 30.0 mrepsy 25.0 20.0 da onsreP 15.0 10.0 5.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 105 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Figure 18: Labour Profile for WFS 3.2 (High input) 45.0 40.0 h 35.0 30.0 montrep 25.0 syaD 20.0 onsreP 15.0 10.0 5.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 19: Labour Profile for WFS 4.1 (High input) 60.0 50.0 htno mrep 40.0 30.0 aysD nosreP 20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 20: Labour Profile for WFS 4.2 (High input) 70.0 60.0 htno 50.0 mrep 40.0 aysD 30.0 nosreP20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 106 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Figure 21: Labour Profile for WFS 5 (High input) 60.0 50.0 ntho 40.0 mr pe sy 30.0 da nosreP 20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Figure 22: Labour Profile for WFS 6 (High input) 60.0 50.0 htn 40.0 mor pesyad 30.0 onsreP20.0 10.0 0.0 Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 107 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development K-8 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS FOR 11 WHOLE FARM SCENARIOS ­ HIGH AND LOW INPUT LEVELS This appendix presents financial analysis for the 11 Whole Farm Scenarios over the first six years. Presentations include a high and low input scenario (A and B, respectively). Table 92: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.1 A: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Upland Rice WS 0% 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 10.58 1500 10.58 1500 10.58 Maize WS 50% 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 10.73 1500 10.73 1500 10.73 DS1 50% 250 7.50 500 15.00 500 3.45 500 3.45 500 3.45 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 38.10 750 38.10 750 38.10 DS1 80% 125 9.38 250 18.75 250 12.64 250 12.64 250 12.64 Black Beans WS 80% 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 50.93 750 50.93 750 50.93 DS1 80% 125 5.70 250 11.40 250 16.91 250 16.91 250 16.91 Cabbage DS1 90% 100 11.80 200 23.60 200 19.08 200 19.08 200 19.08 Chillies DS1 90% 75 9.38 150 18.75 150 15.34 150 15.34 150 15.34 Cucumber DS1 90% 75 6.75 150 13.50 150 11.12 150 11.12 150 11.12 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 0.02 500 22.00 500 -6.92 500 57.68 500 85.63 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 500 2850 3600 3600 3600 3600 Cropping Intensity 108% 143% 155% 155% 155% 155% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 388.55 563.62 636.10 417.49 482.09 510.04 Imputed Income 267.05 401.16 412.92 280.79 287.25 290.04 Cash Income 121.50 162.46 223.19 136.70 194.84 220.00 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 168 241 258 264 265 267 Total 198 261 258 264 265 267 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize and Upland Rice as separate crops on 60% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on 30% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upland terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 10%, vegetables in one cropping on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 108 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 93: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.1 B: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Upland Rice WS 0% 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 5.40 1500 5.40 1500 5.40 Maize WS 50% 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 6.60 1500 6.60 1500 6.60 DS1 50% 250 7.50 500 15.00 500 2.08 500 2.08 500 2.08 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 DS1 80% 125 9.38 250 18.75 250 6.51 250 6.51 250 6.51 Black Beans WS 80% 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 24.75 750 24.75 750 24.75 DS1 80% 125 5.70 250 11.40 250 8.19 250 8.19 250 8.19 Cabbage DS1 90% 100 11.80 200 23.60 200 9.46 200 9.46 200 9.46 Chillies DS1 90% 75 9.38 150 18.75 150 7.70 150 7.70 150 7.70 Cucumber DS1 90% 75 6.75 150 13.50 150 4.70 150 4.70 150 4.70 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 0.02 500 22.00 500 -17.16 500 39.06 500 54.26 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 500 2850 3600 3600 3600 3600 Cropping Intensity 108% 143% 155% 155% 155% 155% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Total Net Cashflow (exc. Labour cost) 388.55 563.62 636.10 292.26 348.49 363.69 Imputed Income 267.05 401.16 412.92 236.37 241.99 243.51 Cash Income 121.50 162.46 223.19 55.90 106.50 120.18 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 168 241 258 197 198 199 Total 198 261 258 197 198 199 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize and Upland Rice as separate crops on 60% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on 30% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upland terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 10%, vegetables in one cropping on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 109 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 94: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.2 A: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Maize/Black Beans WS 50% 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 69.85 1000 69.85 1000 69.85 Maize DS1 50% 250 7.50 500 15.00 500 3.45 500 3.45 500 3.45 Peanuts WS 80% 1500 112.50 1500 112.50 1500 112.50 1500 76.20 1500 76.20 1500 76.20 DS1 80% 250 18.75 500 37.50 500 25.28 500 25.28 500 25.28 Mung Beans WS 80% 1000 96 1000 96 1000 96 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 Soybeans WS 100% 1000 50 1000 50 1000 50 1000 16.43 1000 16.43 1000 16.43 Black Beans DS1 80% 250 11.40 500 22.80 500 33.83 500 33.83 500 33.83 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -6.92 500 57.68 500 85.63 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 500 3100 4100 4100 4100 4100 Cropping Intensity 108% 147% 162% 162% 162% 162% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 526.30 735.50 815.15 583.72 648.32 676.27 Imputed Income 263.00 402.03 416.01 319.02 325.48 328.28 Cash Income 263.30 333.47 399.14 264.70 322.84 347.99 B. Labour Requirements (person-days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 160 237 259 265 267 268 Total 190 257 259 265 267 268 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize intercropped with Black Beans on 20% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soybeans) on 70% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 20%, vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) in one cropping on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 110 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 95: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.2 B: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Maize/Black Beans WS 50% 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 34.90 1000 34.90 1000 34.90 Maize DS1 50% 250 7.50 500 15.00 500 2.08 500 2.08 500 2.08 Peanuts WS 80% 1500 112.50 1500 112.50 1500 112.50 1500 39.45 1500 39.45 1500 39.45 DS1 80% 250 18.75 500 37.50 500 13.03 500 13.03 500 13.03 Mung Beans WS 80% 1000 96 1000 96 1000 96 1000 36.6 1000 36.6 1000 36.6 Soybeans WS 100% 1000 50 1000 50 1000 50 1000 11.93 1000 11.93 1000 11.93 Black Beans DS1 80% 250 11.40 500 22.80 500 16.38 500 16.38 500 16.38 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 2.41 100 2.41 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 3.87 100 3.87 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 3.35 100 3.35 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 3.13 100 3.13 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 13.93 100 13.93 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -17.16 500 39.06 500 54.26 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 500 3100 4100 4100 4100 4100 Cropping Intensity 108% 147% 162% 162% 162% 162% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 526.30 735.50 815.15 378.19 434.42 449.62 Imputed Income 263.00 402.03 416.01 254.85 260.48 262.00 Cash Income 263.30 333.47 399.14 123.34 173.94 187.62 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 160 237 259 178 179 180 Total 190 257 259 178 179 180 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize intercropped with Black Beans on 20% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soybeans) on 70% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 20%, vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) in one cropping on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 111 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 96: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.3 A: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Maize/Black Beans WS 50% 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 69.85 1000 69.85 1000 69.85 Maize DS1 50% 250 7.50 500 15.00 500 3.45 500 3.45 500 3.45 Peanuts WS 80% 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 50.80 1000 50.80 1000 50.80 DS1 80% 250 18.75 500 37.50 500 25.28 500 25.28 500 25.28 Mung Beans WS 80% 1000 96 1000 96 1000 96 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 DS1 80% 125 12.00 250 24.00 250 18.56 250 18.56 250 18.56 Soybeans WS 100% 500 25 500 25 500 25 500 8.21 500 8.21 500 8.21 DS1 100% 125 62.50 250 125.00 250 67.38 250 67.38 250 67.38 Cabbage WS 90% 1000 118.00 1000 118.00 1000 118.00 1000 95.40 1000 95.40 1000 95.40 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 DS2 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 DS2 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 DS2 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -6.92 500 57.68 500 85.63 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 500 3350 4600 4600 4600 4600 Cropping Intensity 108% 151% 170% 170% 170% 170% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 581.80 887.60 1063.85 753.19 817.79 845.74 Imputed Income 267.30 409.80 427.25 325.99 332.45 335.24 Cash Income 314.50 477.80 636.60 427.20 485.34 510.50 B. Labour Requirements (persopn days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 157 239 265 271 273 274 Total 187 239 265 271 273 274 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize intercropped with Black Beans on 20% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soybeans) on 50%, Vegetables (Cabbages) on 20% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 20%, vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) in two croppings on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 112 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 97: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 1.3 B: Intensive Cereal / Legume WS Cropping with DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Maize/Black Beans WS 50% 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 93.00 1000 34.90 1000 34.90 1000 34.90 Maize DS1 50% 250 7.50 500 15.00 500 2.08 500 2.08 500 2.08 Peanuts WS 80% 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 26.30 1000 26.30 1000 26.30 DS1 80% 250 18.75 500 37.50 500 13.03 500 13.03 500 13.03 Mung Beans WS 80% 1000 96 1000 96 1000 96 1000 36.6 1000 36.6 1000 36.6 DS1 80% 125 12.00 250 24.00 250 9.09 250 9.09 250 9.09 Soybeans WS 100% 500 25 500 25 500 25 500 5.96 500 5.96 500 5.96 DS1 100% 125 5.70 250 11.40 250 8.19 250 8.19 250 8.19 Cabbage WS 90% 1000 118.00 1000 118.00 1000 118.00 1000 47.55 1000 47.55 1000 47.55 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 2.41 100 2.41 DS2 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 2.41 100 2.41 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 3.87 100 3.87 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 3.87 100 3.87 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 3.35 100 3.35 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 3.35 100 3.35 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 3.13 100 3.13 DS2 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 3.13 100 3.13 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 13.93 100 13.93 DS2 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 13.93 100 13.93 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -17.16 500 39.06 500 54.26 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 500 3350 4600 4600 4600 4600 Cropping Intensity 108% 151% 170% 170% 170% 170% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 581.80 830.80 950.25 434.21 490.44 505.64 Imputed Income 267.30 409.80 427.25 258.19 263.81 265.33 Cash Income 314.50 421.00 523.00 176.02 226.62 240.30 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 157 239 265 214 216 217 Total 187 259 265 214 216 217 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize intercropped with Black Beans on 20% of upper terraces, with legumes (Peanuts, Mung Beans and Soybeans) on 50%, Vegetables (Cabbages) on 20% and Fruit Trees in remaining 10%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 20%, vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) in two croppings on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 10%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 113 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 98: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.1 A: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Maize WS 50% 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 10.73 1500 10.73 1500 10.73 Peanuts WS 80% 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 50.80 1000 50.80 1000 50.80 DS1 80% 125 9.38 250 18.75 250 12.64 250 12.64 250 12.64 Mung Beans WS 80% 1000 96 1000 96 1000 96 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 DS1 80% 125 12.00 250 24.00 250 18.56 250 18.56 250 18.56 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 DS2 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 DS2 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 DS2 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 1500 0.00 1500 40.50 1500 66.00 1500 -20.78 1500 173.03 1500 256.88 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 1500 3850 4600 4600 4600 4600 Cropping Intensity 123% 158% 170% 170% 170% 170% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 390.80 644.23 758.10 493.14 686.94 770.79 Imputed Income 231.50 371.08 384.60 281.25 300.63 309.01 Cash Income 159.30 273.15 373.50 211.89 386.31 461.78 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 153 256 271 289 293 298 Total 183 276 271 289 293 298 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize and Upland rice each on 25% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) on 20% and Fruit Trees on remaining 30%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) on 10% and vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) with two croppings on 20% (and Fruit Trees on 30%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 114 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 99: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.1 B: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Maize WS 50% 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 45.00 1500 6.60 1500 10.73 1500 10.73 Peanuts WS 80% 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 75.00 1000 26.30 1000 50.80 1000 50.80 DS1 80% 125 9.38 250 18.75 250 6.51 250 12.64 250 12.64 Mung Beans WS 80% 1000 96 1000 96 1000 96 1000 36.6 1000 74.5 1000 74.5 DS1 80% 125 12.00 250 24.00 250 9.09 250 18.56 250 18.56 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 5.24 100 5.24 DS2 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 5.24 100 5.24 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 7.70 100 7.70 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 7.70 100 7.70 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 7.82 100 7.82 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 7.82 100 7.82 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 7.42 100 7.42 DS2 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 7.42 100 7.42 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 27.41 100 27.41 DS2 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 27.41 100 27.41 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 1500 0.00 1500 40.50 1500 66.00 1500 -51.49 1500 117.19 1500 162.79 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 1500 3850 4600 4600 4600 4600 Cropping Intensity 123% 158% 170% 170% 170% 170% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 390.80 644.23 758.10 301.30 609.88 655.48 Imputed Income 231.50 371.08 384.60 233.51 273.82 278.38 Cash Income 159.30 273.15 373.50 67.79 336.06 377.10 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 153 256 262 220 224 227 Total 183 276 262 220 224 227 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Maize and Upland rice each on 25% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) on 20% and Fruit Trees on remaining 30%. DS: Maize grown on 10% of upper terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) on 10% and vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) with two croppings on 20% (and Fruit Trees on 30%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 115 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 100: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.2 A: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Maize WS 50% 500 15.00 500 15.00 500 15.00 500 3.58 500 3.58 500 3.58 DS 50% 0.00 500 15.00 500 15.00 500 3.45 500 3.45 500 3.45 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 38.10 750 38.10 750 38.10 DS 80% 125 9.38 250 18.75 250 12.64 250 12.64 250 12.64 Mung Beans WS 80% 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 55.88 750 55.88 750 55.88 DS 80% 125 12.00 250 24.00 250 18.56 250 18.56 250 18.56 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 DS2 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 5.24 100 5.24 100 5.24 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.70 100 7.70 100 7.70 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 7.82 100 7.82 100 7.82 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 DS2 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 7.42 100 7.42 100 7.42 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 DS2 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 27.41 100 27.41 100 27.41 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 3000 0.00 3000 81.00 3000 132.00 3000 -41.55 3000 346.05 3000 513.75 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 3000 5850 6600 6600 6600 6600 Cropping Intensity 145% 189% 200% 200% 200% 200% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 318.05 626.98 766.35 437.34 824.94 992.64 Imputed Income 207.95 359.08 375.15 271.06 309.82 326.59 Cash Income 110.10 267.90 391.20 166.28 515.12 666.05 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 138 305 320 356 365 365 Total 168 325 320 356 365 365 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Fruit Trees grown on 60% of upper terraces, with Maize on 10% and legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) on 30% of remaining area. DS: Fruit Trees grown on 60% of upper terraces, with Maize on 10% and legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 10% vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) in two croppings on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 60%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 116 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 101: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 2.2 B: Fruit Production with WS Cereal / Legumes and DS Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Maize WS 50% 500 15.00 500 15.00 500 15.00 500 2.20 500 2.20 500 2.20 DS 50% 500 15.00 500 15.00 500 7.50 500 7.50 500 7.50 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 DS 80% 125 9.38 250 18.75 250 6.51 250 6.51 250 6.51 Mung Beans WS 80% 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 27.45 750 27.45 750 27.45 DS 80% 125 12.00 250 24.00 250 9.09 250 9.09 250 9.09 Broccoli DS1 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 2.41 100 2.41 DS2 90% 50 4.00 100 8.00 100 2.41 100 2.41 100 2.41 Eggplant DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 3.87 100 3.87 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.87 100 3.87 100 3.87 Tomato DS1 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 3.35 100 3.35 DS2 90% 50 5.00 100 10.00 100 3.35 100 3.35 100 3.35 Cucumber DS1 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 3.13 100 3.13 DS2 90% 50 4.50 100 9.00 100 3.13 100 3.13 100 3.13 Garlic DS1 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 13.93 100 13.93 DS2 90% 50 15.00 100 30.00 100 13.93 100 13.93 100 13.93 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 3000 0.00 3000 81.00 3000 132.00 3000 -102.98 3000 234.38 3000 325.58 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 750 1500 1500 1500 1500 Cropping Intensity 100% 111% 123% 123% 123% 123% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 318.05 626.98 766.35 237.19 574.54 665.74 Imputed Income 207.95 366.58 382.65 230.52 264.25 273.37 Cash Income 110.10 260.40 383.70 6.67 310.28 392.36 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 138 305 320 294 303 303 Total 168 325 320 294 303 303 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Fruit Trees grown on 60% of upper terraces, with Maize on 10% and legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) on 30% of remaining area. DS: Fruit Trees grown on 60% of upper terraces, with Maize on 10% and legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 10% vegetables (Broccoli, Eggplant, Tomato, Cucumber and Garlic) in two croppings on 10% (and Fruit Trees on 60%) Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 117 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 102: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.1 A: Industrial Crops (Coffee) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Peanuts b/ WS 80% 2500 187.50 2500 187.50 750 56.25 750 38.10 750 38.10 750 38.10 DS1 80% 375 28.13 750 56.25 750 37.91 750 37.91 750 37.91 Black Beans WS 80% 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 55.88 750 55.88 750 55.88 Mungbeans DS1 80% 375 36.00 750 72.00 750 55.69 750 55.69 750 55.69 Coffee 100% 3500 0.00 3500 0.00 3500 96.25 3500 69.13 3500 117.25 3500 213.50 Total Cropped Area WS 8350 8350 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 3500 5850 6600 6600 6600 6600 Cropping Intensity 180% 215% 200% 200% 200% 200% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 0% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 0% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 434.30 622.98 652.10 492.25 540.38 636.63 Imputed Income 226.70 364.08 350.65 273.07 273.07 273.07 Cash Income 207.60 258.90 301.45 219.19 267.31 363.56 B. Labour Requirements (Person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing c/ 30 20 Agriculture 174 229 249 256 266 273 Total 204 249 249 256 266 273 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Coffee grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on the remaining 30%. DS: Coffee grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) grown on 30% of area in two croppings. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Assumed that in Years 1 and 2 half of the coffee area would be intercropped with Peanuts Table 103: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.1 B: Industrial Crops (Coffee) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Peanuts b/ WS 80% 2500 187.50 2500 187.50 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 DS1 80% 375 28.13 750 56.25 750 19.54 750 19.54 750 19.54 Black Beans WS 80% 750 67.50 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 27.45 750 27.45 750 27.45 Mungbeans DS1 80% 375 36.00 750 72.00 750 27.26 750 27.26 750 27.26 Coffee 100% 3500 0.00 3500 0.00 3500 96.25 3500 48.30 3500 77.18 3500 115.68 Total Cropped Area WS 8350 8350 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 3500 4250 5000 5000 5000 5000 Cropping Intensity 180% 191% 176% 176% 176% 176% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 429.80 622.98 652.10 356.60 385.48 423.98 Imputed Income 141.71 224.14 210.71 59.19 59.19 59.19 Cash Income 288.10 398.84 441.39 297.42 326.29 364.79 B. Labour Requirements (Person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing c/ 30 20 Agriculture 174 229 249 236 244 254 Total 204 249 249 236 244 254 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Coffee grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on the remaining 30%. DS: Coffee grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) grown on 30% of area in two croppings. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Assumed that in Years 1 and 2 half of the coffee area would be intercropped with Peanuts November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 118 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 104: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.2 A: Industrial Crops (Tea) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Peanuts b/ WS 80% 2500 187.50 2500 187.50 750 56.25 750 38.10 750 38.10 750 38.10 DS1 80% 375 28.13 750 56.25 750 37.91 750 37.91 750 37.91 Black Beans WS 80% 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 55.88 750 55.88 750 55.88 Mungbeans DS1 80% 375 36.00 750 72.00 750 55.69 750 55.69 750 55.69 Tea 3500 0.00 3500 0.00 3500 60.00 3500 95.60 3500 119.60 3500 143.60 Total Cropped Area WS 8350 8350 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 3500 5850 6600 6600 6600 6600 Cropping Intensity 180% 215% 200% 200% 200% 200% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 434.30 622.98 615.85 518.73 542.73 566.73 Imputed Income 142.61 224.14 270.71 194.73 218.73 242.73 Cash Income 291.70 398.84 345.14 324.00 324.00 324.00 B. Labour Requirements (Person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing c/ 30 20 Agriculture 162 229 252 259 270 277 Total 192 249 252 259 270 277 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Tea grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on the remaining 30%. DS: Tea grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) grown on 30% of area in two croppings. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Assumed that I Years 1 and 2 half of the tea would be intercropped with Peanuts c/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 119 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 105: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 3.2 B: Industrial Crops (Tea) with Cereal / Legumes Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Peanuts b/ WS 80% 2500 187.50 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 DS1 80% 375 28.13 750 56.25 750 19.54 750 19.54 750 19.54 Black Beans WS 80% 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 72.00 750 27.45 750 27.45 750 27.45 Mungbeans DS1 80% 375 36.00 750 72.00 750 27.26 750 27.26 750 27.26 Tea 3500 0.00 3500 0.00 3500 36.00 3500 59.60 3500 83.60 3500 107.60 Total Cropped Area WS 8350 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 3500 5850 6600 6600 6600 6600 Cropping Intensity 180% 189% 200% 200% 200% 200% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 434.30 491.73 591.85 367.90 391.90 415.90 Imputed Income 142.61 197.89 246.71 118.79 142.79 166.79 Cash Income 291.70 293.84 345.14 249.12 249.12 249.12 B. Labour Requirements (Person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing c/ 30 20 Agriculture 162 197 252 240 250 257 Total 192 217 252 240 250 257 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terrace WS: Tea grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) grown on the remaining 30%. DS: Tea grown on 70% of upper terraces and legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) grown on 30% of area in two croppings. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Assumed that I Years 1 and 2 half of the tea would be intercropped with Peanuts c/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 120 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 106: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.1 A: Irrigated Paddy with Water Melon / Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 4600 161.72 4600 161.72 4600 161.72 4600 36.15 4600 36.15 4600 36.15 Water Melon DS1 90% 1550 248.00 3100 496.00 3100 496.00 3100 416.18 3100 416.18 3100 416.18 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 38.10 750 38.10 750 38.10 Black Beans WS 80% 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 50.93 750 50.93 750 50.93 Cabbage DS1 90% 250 29.50 500 59.00 500 47.58 500 47.58 500 47.58 DS2 90% 250 29.50 500 59.00 500 47.58 500 47.58 500 47.58 Eggplant DS1 90% 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 38.48 500 38.48 500 38.48 DS2 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 38.48 500 38.48 500 38.48 Tomatoes DS1 90% 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 39.08 500 39.08 500 39.08 DS2 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 50.00 500 50.00 500 50.00 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -6.92 500 57.68 500 85.63 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 2050 4350 5100 5100 5100 5100 Cropping Intensity 131% 166% 177% 177% 177% 177% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 652.02 1134.57 1302.07 999.75 1064.35 1092.30 Imputed Income 245.72 338.98 400.73 230.84 237.30 240.10 Cash Income 406.30 795.59 901.34 768.91 827.05 852.21 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 227 290 319 325 327 328 Total 257 310 319 325 327 328 Notes: a/ WS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 60% of lower terraces and on upper terraces legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 30% and Fruit Trees on remaining 30%. DS: Water Melon grown on 60% of lower terraces and on upper terraces vegetables (Cabbages, Eggplant and Tomatoes) on 30% of area in two croppings and Fruit Trees on remaining 10%. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 121 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 107: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.1 B: Irrigated Paddy with Water Melon / Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 4600 161.72 4600 161.72 4600 161.72 4600 10.13 4600 10.13 4600 10.13 Water Melon DS1 90% 1550 248.00 3100 496.00 3100 496.00 3100 202.28 3100 202.28 3100 202.28 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 Black Beans WS 80% 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 24.75 750 24.75 750 24.75 Cabbage DS1 90% 250 29.50 500 59.00 500 23.65 500 23.65 500 23.65 DS2 90% 250 29.50 500 59.00 500 23.65 500 23.65 500 23.65 Eggplant DS1 90% 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 19.35 500 19.35 500 19.35 DS2 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 19.35 500 19.35 500 19.35 Tomatoes DS1 90% 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 16.75 500 16.75 500 16.75 DS2 250 25.00 500 50.00 500 25.00 500 25.00 500 25.00 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -17.16 500 39.06 500 54.26 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 2050 4850 6100 6100 6100 6100 Cropping Intensity 131% 173% 192% 192% 192% 192% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 652.02 1134.57 1302.07 571.62 627.85 643.05 Imputed Income 245.72 338.98 400.73 120.45 126.07 127.59 Cash Income 406.30 795.59 901.34 451.18 501.78 515.46 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 168 224 253 200 200 200 Total 198 244 253 200 200 200 Notes: a/ WS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 60% of lower terraces and on upper terraces legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 30% and Fruit Trees on remaining 30%. DS: Water Melon grown on 60% of lower terraces and on upper terraces vegetables (Cabbages, Eggplant and Tomatoes) on 30% of area in two croppings and Fruit Trees on remaining 10%. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 122 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 108: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.2 A: Irrigated Paddy with Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Area Gross Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin Margin sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 6600 232.03 6600 232.03 6600 232.03 6600 51.87 6600 51.87 6600 51.87 DS1 0% 6600 257.81 6600 257.81 6600 77.65 6600 77.65 6600 77.65 Peanuts WS 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 DS1 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 Black Beans WS 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 DS1 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 Fruit Trees n.a. 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 Cropping Intensity 100% 200% 200% 200% 200% 200% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 350.58 670.44 670.44 333.68 333.68 333.68 Imputed Income 266.49 530.50 530.50 159.74 159.74 159.74 Cash Income 84.10 139.94 139.94 173.94 173.94 173.94 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 162 324 324 324 324 324 Total 192 344 324 324 324 324 Notes: a/ WS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 60% of area and on upper terraces legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 30% and Fruit Trees on remaining 30%. DS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 60% of area and on upper terraces legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 30% of area in two croppings and Fruit Trees on remaining 10%. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 123 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 109: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 4.2 B: Irrigated Paddy with Legume / Vegetable Production, 0.66 ha plus Livestock (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 4600 161.72 4600 161.72 4600 10.13 4600 10.81 4600 10.81 DS1 0% 0.00 4600 179.69 4600 179.69 4600 20.39 4600 20.39 4600 20.39 Peanuts WS 80% 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 DS1 80% 375 28.13 750 56.25 750 19.73 750 19.73 750 19.73 Black Beans WS 80% 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 67.50 750 24.75 750 24.75 750 24.75 DS1 80% 375 33.75 750 67.50 750 24.75 750 24.75 750 24.75 Fruit Trees n.a. 90% 500 0.00 500 13.50 500 22.00 500 -17.16 500 0.00 500 0.00 Total Cropped Area WS 3600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 5350 6100 6100 6100 6100 Cropping Intensity 55% 181% 192% 192% 192% 192% Livestock Production Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 62.05 124.10 124.10 179.65 179.65 179.65 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 298.55 721.13 791.51 306.47 324.30 324.30 Imputed Income 115.46 420.54 433.77 76.82 79.21 79.21 Cash Income 183.10 300.59 357.74 229.65 245.10 245.10 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 99 302 319 246 246 246 Total 129 322 319 246 246 246 Notes: a/ WS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 60% of lower terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 30% and Fruit Trees on remaining 30%. DS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 60% of area and on upper terraces legumes (Peanuts and Black Beans) on 30% of area in two croppings and Fruit Trees on remaining 10%. Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 124 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 110: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 5 A: Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo / Cattle Production (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 1600 12.58 DS1 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 1600 18.83 Livestock Production Intensive Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 5000 93.08 5000 310.25 5000 372.30 5000 353.30 5000 352.80 5000 353.30 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 Cropping Intensity 100% 124% 124% 124% 124% 124% Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 205.83 485.50 547.55 409.20 408.70 409.20 Imputed Income 93.81 178.03 184.23 78.98 78.93 78.98 Cash Income 112.02 307.48 363.32 330.22 329.77 330.22 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 83 136 138 138 138 138 Total 113 156 138 138 138 138 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terraces in WS and DS Pasture and Forage Legumes to support intensive Buffalo/Cattle Production Improved Grass Production (Pennisetum purpureum - Elephant Grass) grown on 50% of upper terraces Improved Forage Legumes (Stylosantes humilis - Stylo) grown on the other 50% of that upper terraces Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food-for Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent Table 111: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 5 B: Pasture and Field Crops in Support of Intensive Buffalo / Cattle Production (Low Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 56.25 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 1600 3.53 DS 0% 1600 62.50 1600 62.50 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 1600 6.65 Livestock Production Intensive Buffalo/Cattle n.a. 90% 5000 93.08 5000 310.25 5000 372.30 5000 296.75 5000 297.75 5000 297.75 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 Cropping Intensity 100% 124% 124% 124% 124% 124% Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 205.83 485.50 547.55 331.43 332.43 332.43 Imputed Income 93.81 178.03 184.23 52.10 52.20 52.20 Cash Income 112.02 307.48 363.32 279.33 280.23 280.23 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 101 178 180 174 174 174 Total 131 198 180 174 174 174 Notes: a/ Irrigated Paddy grown on 0.16 ha of lower terraces in WS and DS Pasture and Forage Legumes to support intensive Buffalo/Cattle Production Improved Grass Production (Pennisetum purpureum - Elephnang Grass) grown on 50% of upper terraces Improved Forage Legumes (Stylosantes humilis - Stylo) grown on the other 50% of that upper terraces Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 125 Appendix K: Agriculture and Livestock Development Table 112: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 6 A: Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal / Legume / Vegetable Production (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High High High High A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 4100 144.14 4100 144.14 4100 144.14 4100 32.22 4100 32.22 4100 32.22 DS1 0% 4100 160.16 4100 160.16 4100 48.24 4100 48.24 4100 48.24 Maize WS 50% 2500 75.00 2500 75.00 2500 75.00 2500 17.88 2500 17.88 2500 17.88 Peanuts DS1 80% 250 18.75 500 37.50 500 25.28 500 25.28 500 25.28 Mung Beans DS1 80% 250 24.00 500 48.00 500 37.13 500 37.13 500 37.13 Cabbage DS1 90% 125 14.75 250 29.50 250 23.79 250 23.79 250 23.79 Eggplant DS1 90% 125 12.50 250 25.00 250 19.24 250 19.24 250 19.24 Tomato DS1 90% 125 12.50 250 25.00 250 19.54 250 19.54 250 19.54 Cucumber DS1 90% 125 11.25 250 22.50 250 18.54 250 18.54 250 18.54 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 5100 6100 6100 6100 6100 Cropping Intensity 100% 177% 192% 192% 192% 192% Livestock Production Duck Raising n.a. 75% 27.37 310.78 710.94 932.15 961.53 961.53 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 303.01 840.33 1334.23 1198.49 1227.87 1227.87 Imputed Income 216.73 461.39 575.08 355.28 362.62 362.62 Cash Income 86.28 378.93 759.15 843.21 865.24 865.24 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 253 386 453 453 453 406 Total 283 406 453 453 453 406 Notes: a/ WS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 50% of lower terraces and on upper terraces Maize on 50%. DS: Irrigated Paddy grown on lower terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) grown on 20% and vegetables (Cabbage, Eggplant, Tomato and Cucumber) on 20% of upper terraces Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers maintain high input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent Table 113: Financial Analysis for Whole Farm Scenario 6 B: Intensive Duck Raising with Cereal / Legume / Vegetable Production (High Input Level) Commodity Season % Year Cash 1 2 3 4 5 6+ Income Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Area Net Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow Cashflow sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ sq.m. US$ Input Level a/ High High High Low Low Low A. Agriculture Crop Production Irrigated Paddy WS 0% 4100 144.14 4100 144.14 4100 144.14 4100 9.03 4100 9.03 4100 9.03 DS1 0% 4100 144.14 4100 144.14 4100 17.04 4100 17.04 4100 17.04 Maize WS 50% 2500 75.00 2500 75.00 2500 75.00 2500 37.50 2500 37.50 2500 37.50 Peanuts DS1 80% 250 18.75 500 37.50 500 18.75 500 18.75 500 18.75 Mung Beans DS1 80% 250 24.00 250 24.00 500 24.00 500 24.00 500 24.00 Cabbage DS1 90% 125 14.75 250 29.50 250 14.70 250 14.70 250 14.70 Eggplant DS1 90% 125 12.50 250 25.00 250 12.50 250 12.50 250 12.50 Tomato DS1 90% 125 12.50 250 25.00 250 12.50 250 12.50 250 12.50 Cucumber DS1 90% 125 11.25 250 22.50 250 11.25 250 11.25 250 11.25 Total Cropped Area WS 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 6600 DS 0 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 Cropping Intensity 100% 162% 162% 162% 162% 162% Livestock Production Duck Raising n.a. 75% 27.37 310.78 710.94 369.78 342.52 342.52 Pigs/Poultry n.a. 50% 56.50 56.50 56.50 24.50 24.50 24.50 Gross Margin (exc. Labour cost) 303.01 824.31 1294.22 551.56 524.29 524.29 Imputed Income 216.73 445.38 554.27 163.16 156.35 156.35 Cash Income 86.28 378.93 739.95 388.39 367.94 367.94 B. Labour Requirements (person days per annum) Land Clearance/Terracing b/ 30 20 Agriculture 253 433 448 399 399 399 Total 283 453 448 399 399 399 Notes: a/ WS: Irrigated Paddy grown on 50% of lower terraces and on upper terraces Maize on 50%. DS: Irrigated Paddy grown on lower terraces with legumes (Peanuts and Mung Beans) grown on 20% and vegetables (Cabbage, Eggplant, Tomato and Cucumber) on 20% of upper terraces Yields assumed at Medium Levels (Model assumes Project Support for all Material Inputs is provided in Years 1 to 3 and farmers revert to low input levels in subsequent years) Total area of farm plot 0.65 ha DS cropping on upper terraces is assumed to be introduced progressively from the second year as farmers gain experience with irrigation of field crops b/ Land Clearing, Contouring and Planting of Hedgerows assumed to require 50 person-days for the 0.50 ha upper terraces with Food For Work compensation paid at US$0.90 per day equivalent November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 126 APPENDIX L NAKAI PLATEAU FORESTRY: POLICY AND BACKGROUND DOCUMENTS Table of Content L-1 REGULATIONS OF THE NAKAI PLATEAU VILLAGE FORESTRY ASSOCIATION................ 1 L-2 EXTRACTS FROM "FOREST INVENTORY AND PRELIMINARY HARVESTING AND MANAGEMENT CONSIDERATIONS" PREPARED BY FOREST INVENTORY AND PLANNING CENTRE OF THE MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY, JANUARY 2002..............................................................................................................16 L-3 OUTLINE OF THE OPERATIONAL PLAN (INDICATIVE AND SUMMARY ONLY) ............. 28 L-4 OUTLINE OF TRAINING PLAN (INDICATIVE AND SUMMARY)...................................... 29 L-5 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY (MAF) POSITION .................................31 L-6 FOREST MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION PROGRAMME (FOMACOP)............... 33 List of Tables Table 1: Possible Logging Volumes and Priority Classes................................................................................... 19 Table 2: Potential Reduction in the Rate of Cutting of the Natural Forest, Plantation Establishment, and Income Generation from Plantation and Natural Forest. .......................................................... 23 List of Figures Figure 1: Organizational Structure of Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA).....................15 Figure 2: Current Land Use and Forest Type Map .............................................................................................24 Figure 3: Forest Management Map........................................................................................................................25 Figure 4: Possible Logging Volumes and Priority Harvesting...........................................................................26 Figure 5: Long-Term Harvesting Planning...........................................................................................................27 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L-1 REGULATIONS OF THE NAKAI PLATEAU VILLAGE FORESTRY ASSOCIATION. Lao People's Democratic Republic Peace Independence Democracy Unity Prosperity . ------------------------------------ Khammouan Province Provincial Agriculture and Forestry Department Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association of the Resettlement Area, Nam Theun 2 Project Regulations of the Association [Translation of Lao document] Khammoune, 29/9/2003 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents INDEX PART I ................................................................................................................................................................... 4 GENERAL PROVISION....................................................................................................................................................................... 4 Article 1. Name of the Association..................................................................................................................................... 4 Article 2. Area of operation................................................................................................................................................ 4 Article 3. Term of existence of the NPVFA. ..................................................................................................................... 4 Article 4. Objectives. .......................................................................................................................................................... 4 Article 5. Share distribution............................................................................................................................................... 4 PART II.................................................................................................................................................................. 4 ROLES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ASSOCIATION ................................................................................................ 4 Article 6. The Roles of the Association. .............................................................................................................................. 4 Article 7. Rights of the Association..................................................................................................................................... 5 Article 8. Responsibilities of the Association. ...................................................................................................................... 5 PART III ................................................................................................................................................................ 6 THE ASSOCIATION MEMBERSHIP.................................................................................................................................................... 6 Article 9. Membership of the Association............................................................................................................................ 6 Article 10. Conditions for membership.................................................................................................................................. 6 Article 11. Obligations of the Members................................................................................................................................. 6 Article 12. Rights of the Members. ....................................................................................................................................... 7 Article 13. Termination of membership............................................................................................................................ 7 PART IV................................................................................................................................................................. 7 ORGANIZATIONAL COMPONENTS OF THE ASSOCIATION.......................................................................................................... 7 Article 14. The organization of the Association..................................................................................................................... 7 Article 15. The Association components................................................................................................................................ 7 Article 16. Board of Management......................................................................................................................................... 8 Article 17. The Forestry Technician Division of the Association. ........................................................................................... 9 Article 18. Sale and Marketing Division.............................................................................................................................. 9 Article 19. Finance and Administration Division................................................................................................................. 9 Article 20. Village forestry Division. .................................................................................................................................... 9 Article 21. External Board of Inspection. ............................................................................................................................. 9 PART V .................................................................................................................................................................10 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EACH COMPONENT OF THE ASSOCIATION...................................................................... 10 SECTION A. ASSOCIATION'S COUNCIL ................................................................................................................................ 10 Article 22. Roles and Responsibilities of the Association's Council....................................................................................... 10 Article 23. Meeting schedule of the Association's Council..................................................................................................... 10 Article 24. Roles and responsibilities of the Association's Chairperson. ................................................................................ 10 Article 25. Rights and Duties of Association vice-Chairperson............................................................................................. 10 Article 26. Rights and Duties of the members of the Association's Council........................................................................... 10 SECTION B. THE BOARD OF MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 11 Article 27. Rights and responsibilities of the Board of Management...................................................................................... 11 Article 28. Rights and Duties of the Manager..................................................................................................................... 11 Article 29. Rights and Duties of the Assistant Manager. .................................................................................................... 11 Article 30. Rights and Duties of the Forest Technician Division.......................................................................................... 12 Article 31. Rights and Duties of the Sale and Marketing Division...................................................................................... 12 Article 32. Rights and Duties of the assistant (secretary). .................................................................................................... 12 Article 33. Rights and Duties of the Accountant/ Finance.................................................................................................. 12 GROUP C. THE VILLAGE FORESTRY UNIT................................................................................................................................ 12 Article 34. Rights and Duties of the Village Forestry Unit. ................................................................................................ 12 PART VI................................................................................................................................................................13 CAPITAL SOURCES AND PROFIT SHARING................................................................................................................................... 13 Article 35. Capital sources of Association........................................................................................................................... 13 Article 36. Incomes and Expenditure of the Association...................................................................................................... 13 Article 37. The distribution of the dividend. ........................................................................................................................ 13 PART VII..............................................................................................................................................................13 FINAL PROVISION........................................................................................................................................................................... 13 Article 38. Seal.................................................................................................................................................................. 13 Article 39. The amendment and validity of this Regulation.................................................................................................. 13 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Lao People's Democratic Republic Peace Independence Democracy Unity Prosperity Khammouane Province No........../KM.PG Regulation of the Village Forestry Association in the Nam Theun II project ­ Nakai Plateau Resettlement area. In reference to: The Constitution of Lao PDR of 1991, Article 31 on the establishment of Associations. The Forestry Law No. 01/NA, dated October 11, 1996. The Decision of the Prime Minister no. 64/PMO dated 14 November 1998 on the establishment of the Resettlement Committee of Nam Theun II Project Affected People. Decree No. 193/PM of December 29, 2000 on the establishment the Nakai-Nam Theun Forestry Reserve Area, the Corridor Areas, the Nam Theun II reservoir area and the Resettlement and Forest Areas for the Nam Theun II Project Affected People. Supplementary Decree No. 37/PM of April 12, 2002 on the approval of the Resettlement and Forest Areas for Nam Theun II Project Affected villagers or village organizations to run forestry business (Appendix). Regulation No. 0535/AF.2001 of June 18, 2001 on the village forestry management. Regulation No. 484/KM.PG of June 13, 2002 on the establishment and operation of the Village Forestry Association in the Nam Theun II ­ Nakai Plateau Resettlement area.(Appendix) Concession Agreement, Schedule 4, Part 1, Social Component, of the Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Power Project Concession Agreement dated 3rd October 2002. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents PART I GENERAL PROVISION Article 1. Name of the Association. The , abbreviated as NPVFA, is a juristic entity and has an office located in Ban Oudomsouk, Nakai District, Khammouane Province. Article 2. Area of operation. NPVFA has within its responsibility the Resettlement Area as stated in the Article 7 of Decree No. 193/PM, dated 29/12/2000. Article 3. Term of existence of the NPVFA. The term of existence of the NPVFA shall be indefinite. ARTICLE 4. OBJECTIVES. 4.1 To gather the Nam Theun II Project Affected People in the Resettlement Area into a single organization to ensure favorable conditions for timely rehabilitation of living standards according to predetermined criteria defined in the Concession Agreement and the Resettlement Action Plan. 4.2 To increase the collective rights and responsibilities of the multi-ethnic population in the Resettlement Area regarding the sustainable forest management and utilization. 4.3 To ensure the effectiveness of the management of forestry activities, and the utilization of forest lands and resources, in order to guarantee the sustainability of the forest. Article 5. Share distribution. 5.1 The maximum number of shares is equal to or less than the number of the family member(s) listed in the resettlement registry on the cutoff registration day. The member(s) shall be present in the family and shall continually be in the village for no less than 6 months. 5.2 The share(s) is divided according to the number of the family member on the application submission day. 5.3 A new born child is not eligible to receive a new share of the Association but he/ she is entitled to the share(s) handed down from the initial family members on the cutoff registration day. 5.4 The shares of the Association can be transferred among family members, but the buying and selling of the shares to a non-family member(s) are prohibited. PART II ROLES, RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ASSOCIATION Article 6. The Roles of the Association. 6.1 To effectively and sustainably manage, utilize and protect the forest resource within the area of its responsibility. 6.2 To rally community spirit and unity among the NPVFA members to achieve the above- mentioned objectives. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 6.3 To coordinate with other related organizations. 6.4 To actively implement the Law, set out by the state, and Regulations of the Association. Article 7. Rights of the Association. 7.1 To coordinate with associated organizations for the best interest of the Association. 7.2 To request for the establishment, adjustment and closing down of any organization pertaining to the Association. 7.3 To enter into agreements regarding the logging, transporting, processing of timber and NTFPs and the sale of NTFPs and finished wood products with legal business organization(s) and individual(s). 7.4 To buy, own, control, exchange, and sell tools, equipment, vehicles and buildings that are legal properties of the Association. 7.5 To order the suspension of activities, to educate, confiscate, impose a fine and detain any offender and pass on to village authorities and other relevant agencies to adjudicate according to the Law. 7.6 To open and be the owner of a bank account for and on behalf of the Association. 7.7 To establish a social welfare fund to assist disadvantaged people and income deficient (or disadvantaged) households. 7.8 To unanimously and fairly share out profits to its members. 7.9 To request the establishment of a forestry business unit under the regulations and the Law of the state. 7.10 To take a loan according to the Association's approved action plan. 7.11 To obtain a concession and quota to conduct the timber logging in the forest area stated in the Decree No 193/PM. Article 8. Responsibilities of the Association. 8.1 To, jointly with the District and Provincial Agriculture and Forestry office, to conduct management and pre-harvest, and post harvest forest inventories. 8.2 To coordinate with associated organizations, to make periodic operation plans according to the forest management plan and apprise to the District Agriculture-Forestry Office for its consideration, consent and approval. 8.3 To create favorable conditions for villagers to effectively participate in the operation of the forest-related businesses such as: forest rehabilitation, tree nursery management, bush fire protection, conservation, logging, processing and the sale of wood and non-timber forest products and other activities within its Government-allocated forestland to generate forest related employment and profits according to the predetermined objectives. 8.4 To resolve all internal problems, ensuring peacefulness and to take necessary measures on the malfeasants. 8.5 To successfully implement the operation plans by coordinating with related organizations. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 8.6 To formulate management and operation regulations of the Association for the smooth and effective performance of its business units. 8.7 To train villagers to have knowledge and ability in basic forestry activities. 8.8 To present its performance reports to concerned authorities and to members at the Associations General Meeting. 8.9 To organize the annual General Meeting of the Association with the participation of the two members of village forestry unit from each village; on behalf of all members of the Association, the objective of the meting being to adopt the annual plans and the annual report of the Association. 8.10 To make an annual financial report for each task of the Association. PART III THE ASSOCIATION MEMBERSHIP Article 9. Membership of the Association. The NT 2 Project affected households and those who voluntarily resettled according to the Resettlement Action Plan all have the rights to join and benefit from the NPVFA. Article 10. Conditions for membership. To be a member of the NPVFA, the following requirements have to be met. 10.1 Be registered as Project Affected Person of Nam Theun II Project. 10.2 Relocate according to the Nam Theun II Project Resettlement Action Plan. 10.3 Write and submit a written application for membership to the NPVFA on behalf of the family and clearly detail the number of family members. 10.4 Agree to comply with the rules and regulations of the Association. 10.5 The registered project affected households and the households established due to natural expansion (ie, emanating from the original household) can apply for a membership at anytime. 10.6 The membership application is valid within 30 days, commencing from the date of submission. 10.7 Individual(s) from a non-member household is ineligible to apply for membership of the NPVFA but has the rights to participate in the activities or labor force of the Association as paid workers. Article 11. Obligations of the Members. 11.1 To take part in the accomplishment of targets, objectives, plans, and activities of the Association. 11.2 To comply with all rules, regulations and decisions of the Association. 11.3 To be liable to pay customary incomes taxes, duties and other obligations. 11.4 To be active in protecting security and order of the society. 11.5 To be active in controlling, guarding and supervising the village forestry activities such as: hunting, the illegal trade of aquatic animals / wildlife, bush fire protection, timber and other November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents non-timber forest products logging protection, wood processing, forest plantation, forest rehabilitation and the preservation of the village forest area. 11. 6 To participate in the Association`s meeting. Article 12. Rights of the Members. 12.1 To be eligible to vote and be a candidate of the Association's organization as per the issued rules of the Association. 12.2 To obtain dividends according to the amount of the shares held as stated in Article 5 as well as social welfare according the regulations of the Association. 12.3 To undertake other types of activities and occupations, that are not part of the Associations activities, as long as they are not inconsistent with the Associations Regulations and the Law. 12.4 To suggest idea(s) to the Board of Management. 12.5 Apply for any position with any organization of the Association. 12.6 Demand justice according to the Law. 12.7 To voluntarily resign from membership. 12.8 To have the right to handover shares to other members of family. Article 13. Termination of Membership. A household NPVFA membership can be terminated as follows: 13.1 By voluntarily resigning, where a family submits in its resignation to the Board of Management and the resignation is valid from the day from which the letter is submitted. 13.2 By not complying with the Association regulations. 13.3 By demise and when there is no other family member to take over the shares. 13.4 By relocation to other place (outside the NT2 Resettlement Area). 13.5 Individual(s) of the household family has the right to resign from the Association but that resignation has no effects to the household membership and the resigned individual will not receive any benefit from the Association. PART IV ORGANIZATIONAL COMPONENTS OF THE ASSOCIATION Article 14. The organization of the Association. NPVFA has its own organizational structure as defined in the organization chart (appendix No 1). The said structure can be modified accordingly upon the approval of the Association Council. Article 15. The Association Components. 15.1 The Association's Council is the top managerial and administrative management level of the NPVFA in directing, managing and monitoring as well as ensuring the achievement of the Association's objectives. The Association's Council consists of 2 representatives from each village, namely the village chief, who is also the head of the village forestry unit, and the village November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents forestry officer. All members of the Association's council are eligible to vote for and to be a candidate for the position of the Chairperson or the vice-Chairperson of the Association. 15.2 The Chairperson and the vice-Chairperson of the Association are elected, every 3 years, from the Association's Council and endorsed by the District Governor. 15.3 Between the two annual meetings of the Association's Council, the Chairperson and vice- Chairperson are responsible for the directing and the monitoring of the Association management (by the Board of Management). Article 16. Board of Management 16.1 The members of the Association Board of Management consist of: A Manager (Provide general guidance, focus on forestry related activities, wood processing and marketing). An Assistant Manager (Responsible for Administration and Finance Division). Two (2) accounting and finance officers (Responsible for Marketing and Finance Division). Two (2) administrative assistants and secretaries (Responsible for Administration Division). Two forestry specialists (one of whom is responsible for Forestry Division and other in charge in Wood Processing Division). 16.2 The Manager and assistant Manager will be selected, from a broad basis and will appointed by the Chairperson of the Association, under the consensus of the NPFVE Council, by searching for candidates from both within the council, and nationally. The nominated person(s) shall pass on his/her knowledge to the other members of the Association in order for them to be able to perform the task themselves in the future. 16.3 The two assistants (secretaries) of the Board of Management are elected from the village secretaries of the village forestry unit and appointed by the Chairperson of the Association. 16.4 The head and the assistant of finance/account of the Board of Management are elected from the account/finance of the village forestry unit and appointed by the Chairperson of the Association. 16.5 The head and the assistant of the forest specialists of the Board of Management are elected from village forestry unit and appointed by the Chairperson of the Association. 16.6 The term of existence of the Board of Management is contingent upon the consideration of the Council. 16.7 Periodically, if deemed necessary, the Manager, through the agreement of the Chairperson and vice Chairperson, has the right to exercise the recruitment and the dismissal of permanent staff of the Forest Divisions. 16.8 In accord with the workload requirement of the Board of Management, from time to time, through the agreement of the Chairperson or the vice-Chairperson, the Board of Management has the right to engage an assistant and advisers for the Manager to assist in various types of November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents works. If it is necessary to engage public servants, it is essential to have an approval from his/her related organization beforehand. Article 17. The Forestry Technician Division of the Association. The Forestry Technical Division consists of: The Silviculture Branch (nursery, forest plantation and enrichment planting). The Forest Inventory and Management Branch (forest conservation, monitoring, patrolling and bush fire protection) The timber logging and NTFP harvesting Branch. The Sawmilling Branch The Wood and NTFP Processing Branch. Article 18. Sale and Marketing Division The Sale and Marketing Division is responsible for expanding the market and the sales of forestry and NTFP products associated with the production of the Association. This unit works closely with the Forestry and Wood Processing Division under the guidance of the Manager. Article 19. Finance and Administration Division. The Finance and Administration Division is responsible for accouning, finance and administration of the Association as well as cooperating with the Forestry Technical Division and the Village Forestry Units. Article 20. Village forestry Division. The village forestry unit is the unit in charge of forest related works within the village boundary, which is internally elected from each village and consists of 5 members as follow: Village chief, as head of the Village Forestry Unit who is also a member of the Association Council (thus, no election required); One village forestry unit assistant; One assistant (secretary); One account/finance officer; and One village forest technician. Article 21. External Board of Inspection. The external board of inspection consists of individuals who do not belong to the organization of the Association and have been appointed by the District Governor for the annual monitoring of the forest management and forest-related business activities of each year. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents PART V ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EACH COMPONENT OF THE ASSOCIATION SECTION A. ASSOCIATION'S COUNCIL Article 22. Roles and Responsibilities of the Association's Council. 22.1 To consider and periodically agree with the operation plan according to the forest management plan approved by District Agriculture-Forestry office. 22.2 To endorse the regulations and obligations of the Association. 22.3 To adopt the 6 month and annual plans and reports including the budget plan of the Association Board of Management. 22.4 To endorse financial regulations of the Association. 22.5 To endorse the appointment of the Manager and assistant Manager of the Associations Board of Management, who have been selected. 22.6 To approve the election result of the head and the assistant of the Secretariat (Administration) Division, the account/finance Division and the Forest Technician Division as elected from related specialist units at the village level. 22.7 To consider the admitting, the resigning and the dismissing of the members of the Association. 22.8 To consider and approve the profit sharing and other funds of the Association. Article 23. Meeting schedule of the Association's Council 23.1 The General Meeting of the Association's Council shall be held twice a year. An Extraordinary session, if deemed necessary, can be held at anytime. 23.2 The Councils General Meeting can only be opened with at least 2/3 of the members' total number. Article 24. Roles and responsibilities of the Association's Chairperson. 24.1 The Chairperson of the Association shall have the right to convene the General Meeting of the Association's Council and shall notify at least 7 days in advance to members. 24.2. Officially represent the Association as well as being the acting person in providing instructions, in monitoring and in coordinating between the two general Meeting of Association's Council. 24.3 Appoint the vice-Chairperson to act on his/her behalf, in the absence or disability case. Article 25. Rights and Duties of Association vice-Chairperson. 25.1 Act as the Association Chairperson assistant. 25.2 Act as the Chairperson in the absence or disability of the Chairperson Article 26. Rights and Duties of the members of the Association's Council 26.1 Guide and supervise the operations within its village. 26.2 Present villager's ideas to the Association's Council, and present the plans and policies of the council to villagers. 26.3 If deemed necessary, 1/3 of the total members can approach the Chairperson to open the extraordinary session meeting. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents SECTION B. THE BOARD OF MANAGEMENT Article 27. Rights and responsibilities of the Board of Management. 27.1 Formulate policies and strategies to present to the Association's Council. 27.2 Formulate financial regulations of the Association. 27.3 Formulate forest related plans, operation plans, forest management and utilization plans to be submitted to related authorities and to General Meeting of the Association's Council for the consideration and ratification. 27.4 Effectively implement the management plan, operation plans and decisions of the General Meeting for the profits of the Association. 27.5 Produce the monthly/quarterly/annual financial statement of each Association related tasks. 27.6 Coordinate with the administration and concerned authorities for the smooth implementation of the Association's programs. 27.7 Coordinate with relevant internal and external organizations. 27.8 Enter into agreements with other partners for the legitimate interest of the Association. 27.9 Issue appropriate measures to protect the interest and members of the Association. 27.10 Undertake internal problems resolution. 27.11 Prepare and organize meetings of the Association. 27.12 Felicitate, praise and instigate appropriate rewards toward the best-doers as prescribed by the rules of the Association. Article 28. Rights and Duties of the Manager. 28.1 To be responsible for all activities and operations of the Association for its benefits. 28.2 To closely coordinate with the village forestry unit. 28.3 To provide general guidance, giving special attention to the works performed by the Forestry Technical Division, the Wood Processing Division and the Marketing and Sales Division. 28.4. To prepare reports and operational plans to present to the Association's Council, in the name of the Association secretary. 28.5 To assign tasks to the assistant Manager as deemed appropriate. 28.6 To recruit, when necessary, temporary employees to assist in various types of works. 28.7 To assign tasks and responsibilities to the Divisions and Offices operating under his/her management. 28.8 To assign tasks to the assistant Manager and staff of the Board of Management in order for them to guide and manage each of the units in the Forestry Technical Division. Article 29. Rights and Duties of the Assistant Manager. 29.1 To assist the Manager. 29.2 To provide guidance to the Administration (secretary) and the Finance (account) Divisions. 29.3 To act as the Manager in his/ her absence or disability. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Article 30. Rights and Duties of the Forest Technician Division. 30.1 To be active in formulating and implementing of management plans and operational plans regarding the forest management and utilization of the Association. 30.2 To closely monitor the implementation of each of the forest-related works. 30.3 To perform other duties assigned by the Manager. Article 31. Rights and Duties of the Sale and Marketing Division. 31.1 To formulate marketing strategies, to find local and foreign markets for the certified finished products associated with the production of the Association in order to guarantee the profitable and sustainable utilization of the forest resources. 31.2 To play the leading role in the formulation of the marketing plan associated with the production and effectively implement the plans and programs for the best interest of the Association. 31.3 To maintain contacts and good relationship with the market (customers) to ensure the sale of finished forestry and NTFP products. 31.4 To perform other duties assigned by the Manager. Article 32. Rights and Duties of the assistant (secretary). 32.1 To take care of all the Association' documents. 32.2 To be responsible for in and out documents and take care of the Association's official seal. 32.3 To keep minutes of meetings and compile reports. 32.4 To coordinate and follow up the Association-related works as directed and assigned by the Manager or the Assistant Manager. 32.5 To perform other duties assigned by the Manager. Article 33. Rights and Duties of the Accountant/ Finance. 33.1 To take care of the Association' assets and money. 33.2 To operate accounting and finance-related tasks of the Association in accord with the Laws and Regulations pertaining to account and finance of enterprises. 33.3 To corroborate the accounting and financial correctness. 33.4 To perform other duties assigned by the Manager. GROUP C. THE VILLAGE FORESTRY UNIT. Article 34. Rights and Duties of the Village Forestry Unit. 34.1 To effectively perform forest-related activities according to the plan of the Association. 34.2 To form village teams in accordance with the Association's plans such as: forest plantation and rehabilitation teams, forest conservation, monitoring and patrolling teams, bush fire protection team, forest inventory and management team, timber logging teams, and the wood processing team. 34.3 To take care of the equipment given to villagers by the Association. 34.4 To provide guidance and monitor tasks performed by the Village Forestry Unit. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 34.5 To approve the tasks performed by villagers in accord with the plans. 34.6 To make consideration of all forest related application to submit before the Association Council. PART VI CAPITAL SOURCES AND PROFIT SHARING. Article 35. Capital sources of Association. The NPVFA has the sources of capital as follow: The Nam Theun 2 Power Company, in accordance with the Concession Agreement. Profits from the operations of the forest-related business activities. From other parties assistance, as well as from bank loans. Article 36. Incomes and Expenditure of the Association. The incomes from the operation and businesses of the Association will be distributed as follow: Wages and salaries for permanent staff. Daily allowances for the members of the Association who have been appointed to perform works for the Association. Per-diem for the members of the council. Capital coverage for management operating costs, for the infrastructure and for the expansion of the means of production. Capital coverage for taxes and duties and other obligations. Dividend distribution according to the number of people in the household member. Put into practice the social security policy within villages as requested by each village and as agreed to by the Association. Article 37. The distribution of the dividend. Distribute to the accumulated fund of the Association: 10 %( Ten percent). Distribute to the social security: 20 %( twenty percent). Dividend distribution according to the number of people in the household member: 70 %( Seventy percent). PART VII FINAL PROVISION. Article 38. Seal. The Association has its own seal for its official use. Article 39. The amendment and validity of this Regulation. 39.1 This Regulation can be amended after 3 years of its implementation. If deemed necessary, an Extraordinary Session of the General Meeting can be called for the consideration of amendments to this regulation. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 39.2 This Regulation can only be amended by the Association's Council and approved and consented by the District. 39.3 This Regulation is valid upon the approval of the District Governor, entrusted by the Provincial Governor, onward. Signatures Khammouane, date.25/11/2003 Chairperson of the Association [Mr Jumpa Anusorn] Certified by Nakai DistrictGovernor [Siangsi Saengthongdi] 28 November 2003 Provincial Governor for Khammoune Province Chairperson of the Resettlement Committee. [Khambai Damlat] November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Figure 1: Organizational Structure of Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association (NPVFA) General Assembly of Member Families KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsouk NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang Village Village Village Village Village HatKhPhan Village Village Village Paek village village Village Bouakham Village Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly SopMa Assembly Assembly Assembly Village Assembly Assembly Assembly village Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly Assembly of Village Representatives (5 per village ­ VFC) KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsouk NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang VFC VFC VFC VFC VFC HatKhPhan VFC VFC VFC Paek VFC VFC VFC Bouakham VFC Officers Officers Officers Officers Officers SopMa Officers Officers Officers VFC Officers Officers Officers VFC Officers 5 5 5 5 5 VFC 5 5 5 5 Officers 5 5 5 Officers 5 5 External Board of Inspection President of Vice the NPVFA President Board of Management` Manager Selected and hired Deputy Manager experts Elected by Assembly ofof Elected by Assembly Forestry Processing Sales Finance Administration Division Division Division Division Division village representa ives village representatives Silviculture Unit (includes Forest Survey and Logging and Sawmill Wood Processing Finance Office Administrative Regular staff nursery, plantation) Management Unit Transportation Unit Unit Office Village Work Teams Villagers hired as KhonKene Done SopOn KaOy Ponsavan Kengyao Sopphene Bouama Nong Boua PhonPaan Oudomsou NakaiDtai NakaiNeua Nong Talang required, Work Work Work Work Work HatKhPhan Work Work Work Paek Work k Work Work Work Bouakham Work seasonal Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams SopMa Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Teams Work Teams work Work Team Teams November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L-2 EXTRACTS FROM "FOREST INVENTORY AND PRELIMINARY HARVESTING AND MANAGEMENT CONSIDERATIONS" PREPARED BY FOREST INVENTORY AND PLANNING CENTRE OF THE MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY, JANUARY 2002. 1. Executive Summary The government of Lao PDR has allocated by Prime Ministerial Decree, 20,800 hectares of State Forest land for the resettlement of some 900 families, part of whose traditional territories will be flooded by the reservoir for the Nam Theun 2 (NT2) hydropower Project. This Resettlement Area is located on the south-western edge of Nakai Plateau in Khammouane Province and has been allocated for the purpose of resettlers' livelihood support, which traditionally is based on agriculture, fishing and in recent years some wage income. The NT2 Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has identified community forestry as a sustainable source of augmentary income for the villagers to be resettled. The Nakai Plateau Village Forest Association (NPVFA) incorporating community representation, will be established to manage the forest resources. Owing to the restricted area of soils considered suitable for agriculture on the Nakai Plateau, the RAP envisages that, village forestry will need to augment resettlers' agricultural incomes by USD $300/family/annum. This income is to consist of USD $100 dividend from the logging of the forest in the Resettlement Area plus USD $200 from forest labor. It is anticipated that these two income components will be derived from a share of proceeds from the sale of around 10,000 m3 of saw log per annum The Forest Inventory and Planning Center (FIPC) of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MAF) has been contracted by the NT2 Hydropower Project (NT2) to perform a forest management inventory of the Resettlement Area. This inventory follows a preliminary resettlement location planning and forest inventory exercise performed by Margules Poyry in 1997. The objective is to use the inventory data as a basis for developing a Forest Management and Forest Harvesting Plan that will meet the requirements of the RAP. A field inventory was undertaken in January and February 2001, following the standard methodology utilized by the Department of Forestry (DoF) for initial planning of the layout of Forest Management Compartments for long term capital intensive logging operations. A 1% systematic sampling inventory plot layout was employed. Based on the survey results and assuming a 30 year felling cycle, the Resettlement Area has been divided into logging Management Compartments ranging in size from 150 to 450 hectares depending on the density of the forest. The logging schedule of the Resettlement Area was then prioritized over the thirty year cutting cycle, by ranking Compartments in order of Possible Logging Volume (PLV). The PLV is an indicative measure of the remaining commercial volumes of trees of Diameter at Breast Height (DBH), exceeding 50 cm. It also incorporates a sustainability requirement, that not more than 25% of standing volume, may be cut at any one time during the 30 year logging cycle and that a minimum volume of follow on trees must remain after the cut. According to the MAF forest management inventory methodology, which prioritizes the sequence of Compartments to be logged during the ensuing five years, the next step is to undertake a more intensive inventory, based on a 5% systematic sample immediately before logging each Compartment. This sampling intensity will reduce the error in the estimation of the annual cut from the current +/- 30% to close to +/- 10%. The information so gained will be used as a basis for setting rules for tree marking just prior to logging. The inventory indicated the following. Twenty-six percent of the Resettlement Area has already been cleared or partially cleared for agriculture. Another twenty-three percent is too steep for production forestry and has been classified as Protection Forest. A significant portion of the remaining area has been heavily logged. A further portion would need to be cleared for access November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents roads and the possible expansion of Ban Oudomsouk (industrial and peri-urban zones). The total area of stocked natural forest (crown density >20%) covers 10,144 hectares. Mixed Broadleaf and Coniferous ecotype (MS), composed of 68 percent of Pinus merkusii, is the dominant forest type, covering more than 70% of the stocked forest. Hardwood species cover the remainder of the stocked area. Except for Compartments located in the northwestern and southeastern extremities of the Resettlement Area, most of the easily accessible commercial tress above 50cm DBH have already been removed. Much of the remainder are located on steep slopes and along the drainage lines and are not easily logged by conventional heavy logging equipment. However, they could be exploited without significant environmental impact, by labor intensive methods. A significant portion of the forest (10%) located in flat areas in the low volume Compartments is severely degraded, with little or no regrowth of native timber species, because logging over the past 20 years has not followed sustained yield regimes, and because no control have been exerted over fires in the undergrowth. Much of the forest canopy has been opened excessively, leaving the remaining commercial trees exposed to wind-throw and/or excessive lateral growth and thereby, reduced log quality. Accordingly it will be necessarily to incorporate some forest rehabilitation into the Forest Management Plan. The recommended management regimes for such tract is salvage logging and/or replanting of a mixed forest stand, combining slower growing native commercial species with `nurse crops' of faster growing leguminous species for soil improvement and the provision of short term income for the resettlers. Such areas could also be replanted to fast growing plantations. The total standing volume of sawlog trees with DBH exceeding 50 cm and which are potentially eligible for logging over the whole area of stocked forest is 500,000 m3 +/- 5% (95 percent confidence limits). Of this, 383,000 m3 +/- 5% is located within the high stocked Mixed Broadleaf/Coniferous Species (MS) ecotype (covering 7,500 hectares). The total volume of MS type forest which could be logged immediately, under current logging regulations, amount to 175,000 m3 +/- 5%. For the Mixed Deciduous (MD) and Dry Evergreen (DE) forest types, the volumes that can be logged under current logging regulations are 53,000 +/- 20% and 10,000 +/- 20% m3 respectively. Thus the total potential volume available for logging under the current regulations, is 238,000 m3. Currently, these harvesting rules would apply: a chosen interval of 30 years between cuts, with a sustainability requirement that not more than 25 percent of the standing volume should be removed in any one cut. These regulations on cutting intensity are imposed so as to encourage a closed canopy. A closed canopy minimizes lateral branching, preserves tree form and future log values, maintains growth rates and avoids wind-throw. Significant wind-throw is already evident on flat areas with shallow water-logged soils during the wet season. This has arisen because of the patch work even aged nature of much of the MS forest type which is reflected in the tendency for loggable trees to occur in patches, rather than be dispersed evenly throughout a uniform mixed age stand. At this juncture, the survey data indicate that the forest income requirements would not be met 20- 30 years hence, if the family income from forestry is maintained at USD $ 30/m3 of timber harvested and the logging regulations are adhered to. There are several possibilities for increasing the volume logged and the community's resultant income. A more dispersed logging operation, that skims the high volume logs from the whole forest every year, or a reduction of the logging cycle to 20 years are means by which the harvested volumes could be increased. However, a dispersed skimming operation risks making the logging operation uneconomic and can open the canopy excessively where the remaining high log volumes occur in restricted areas of difficult access. Reducing the length of the logging cycle could be justified if forest growth rates were increased by about 30%, through intensive silviculture. Alternatives to increasing the volume of logs extracted, is to provide a greater proportion of log revenues, November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents especially from the more valuable hardwood logs, to the community and/or involve the community more in the logging operation itself, thereby reducing monetary outgoing from the logging operation itself to commercial contractors. While the above modifications to the logging plan could result in increased volumes of timber extracted during the first cutting cycle, unless carefully implemented, they could pose some risk to sustaining log volumes in second and subsequent cuts. Moreover there is little margin for safety to deal with a contingency, such as a major fire through the forest. The means by which these problems can be avoided is to rehabilitate the areas of unstocked and degraded forest, by establishing fast growing plantations for the production and sale of pulpwood, thereby generating future income. A large Japanese market exists for wood-fibre nearby. This market could be accessed from the Nakai Plateau area, once Highway 12 to Vietnam is sealed and easy truck access is obtained to the Vietnamese port of Vinh. Sealing of the highway is expected by Year 2005. Economic Analysis of forest plantation trials conducted in the Lao PDR to date, indicate that the introduction of fast growing pulpwood plantations of Acacia species on over 2,000 ha of unstocked forest and degraded forest land, could potentially provide USD $200/family of annual income from planting and harvesting the plantations. An advantage of the community undertaking such a venture, is that the annual cut from the natural forest could be reduced from its initial level of 10,000 m3/year, to perhaps half that level after year 10. This would facilitate greater flexibility in the management, silvicultural improvement and rehabilitation of the natural forest. The dividend payment, when combined with earnings of USD $200/family/year from labor in the forest and its plantations, plus any distributed earnings, would yield a total family income from forestry in the Resettlement Area, in excess of the USD $300/year income required by the RAP. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Table 1: Possible Logging Volumes and Priority Classes Forest type Area Total volume Commercial Trees Volume Deductions (m3) Possible 25% of Standing Indicative (ha) m3 No of trees m3 from Commercial Volume, DBH 50+ Logging Volume Volume Logging Volume DBH 20+ DBH 30-49 DBH 50+ Residual Stand Low Quality Trees m3 m3 m3 MS 7691 845118 210884 394309 149997 9832 234501 211279 175216 MD 766 71625 15805 33647 23191 0 10457 17906 9919 DE 1665 220247 48956 84945 25658 1349 57938 55062 52891 Sum over whole forest 10122 1136990 275644 512901 198846 11181 302895 284248 238027 April 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 2. Conclusions and Recommendations The forest needs to be salvage logged. The forest has been logged intermittently over the last decades and the distribution of commercial timber and potentially commercial timber is very uneven. Some areas have degraded and need enrichment plantings or, given the slow growth rate of native species, to be augmented by plantations of fast growing timbers. Others that have been overlogged will need to be salvaged to avoid the wastage of logs arising from wind-throw. Such areas should be identified using aerial photography at the same time as a baseline evaluation is undertaken of the Resettlement Area The suggested criteria for deciding whether to undertake salvage logging operations, is when the average tree spacing of trees (DBH>20 cm) exceeds the mean tree height over areas of more than 5 ha. This corresponds to a stand density of approximately 30 stems/ha (DBH>20 cm). The alternative to salvage logging in areas where the low stand density is not extensive is to replant fast growing species in the inter tree spaces. Use labor intensive logging methods in poorly accessible areas Forest located on steep areas or within more incised drainage channels have significant stands of commercial logs, due to the difficulties experienced in accessing such locations with conventional mechanized logging equipment. The in-situ sawing of logs into billets and the use of animal or human draft is the favored method of extraction from such areas. Ease the pressure on the forest, maintain flexibility and grow plantations Providing the felling cycle for pines can be reduced to 20 years, or the restriction that no more than 25% of the standing volume is removed, there is sufficient timber available to meet the requirements of the RAP. NTEC may be able to negotiate such a change to the logging plan. However, there may still be insufficient flexibility in the resulting plan to overcome events such as a major fire. Accordingly, it is suggested that rather than trying to increase the proposed rate of extraction of pine, consideration be given to generating income in years 20-30 through the establishment of plantations as early as possible, in all areas designated for forestry, but with sub-optimal tree cover. Plantations have the potential to yield income a decade after planting, so there is time for trailing potential species suitable to the poor soils of the region, determining optimum fertilizer inputs and establishing the market for plantation products. Inclusion of plantations would not preclude extracting more timber from the mature forest than currently envisaged, if more detailed inventory indicates that such extraction were consistent with sustained yield. April 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Fire control and management must be included in the forest management plan. Many Compartments have been exploited and fire damaged and lack follow-on trees in the 1- 20 years age class. These areas will need to be identified and monitored. P. merkusii is a fire climax species and regenerates after fire. A hot fire induces cones in the overstorey to open and provides an ash bed for seed to germinate and then compete effectively with the understorey species. Too frequent fires, destroys the regrowth before it has a chance to attain sufficient bulk and height to withstand subsequent fires. If regrowth does not occur after a period of fire control, depending on the amount of understorey, either hand planting of follow on species, or a hot burn followed by fire control will be required, even though stand volumes might be significant. Social fire control and general fire protection should have a very high priority in the silvicultural plan. After physically protecting and rehabilitating eroded roadside drains and gullies, fire protection after an initial hot regeneration burn, will serve to restore a cover of leaf litter on the soil surface, thus preventing further top soil erosion. The control of too frequent fires, that destroy recent regenerated stock, can be achieved through village organizations and awareness raising. The forest should be rehabilitated. The long-term natural forest management recommendation and harvesting plan detailed above, in practice applies mainly to the Compartments of the Resettlement Area which have not been logged or only partially logged. Though this report recommends sustainable land and forest management regimes, this has not been practiced in the past in the Resettlement Area by either the logging concessionaires or the local community. Soil erosion and stand degradation have been the result and some potentially usable timber has been wasted by rotting or burning. The status of the forest and the degree of land degradation should be recorded at the same time as the areas requiring salvage logging are determined from aerial photography, and remedial action undertaken as soon as practicable. The rehabilitation of the forest will require the establishment of a seedling nursery to produce a mix of slow and fast growing native species, leguminous nurse trees and the applicable NTFPs. The seedlings will need to be grown in December through to May and then planted out in June. Enrichment planted Compartments must then be protected from grazing for at least the next two years. The estimated planting cost is USD $300-500/ha. The forest management model will also eventually need to consider the parallel production and introduction into the forest of those NTFPs upon which the RAP Livelihood Model relies, but which are not suitable for domestication in village gardens. Land that does not require a hot burn for regeneration, can be cheaply prepared for enrichment plantation by herding cattle and buffaloes in heavy concentrations to eat and trample the grass and weeds, Compartment by Compartment. The herds can be restricted to one Compartment at a time by the strategic placement of salt licks, supplementary feeding (green forage and salt) and by organizing a roster of supervisory herdsmen from the animal owning communities. Where degraded areas are not salvage logged, there will remain an urgent need to fill canopy gaps as quickly as possible. This should be done using fast growing trees in order to provide sufficient lateral competition to the remaining commercial trees, thus minimizing lateral branching and a loss in log value as quickly as possible. It is recommended to plant a mixture of a native species and exotic fast growing leguminous species such as Acacia mangium. At harvest after 5-6 years, these trees will provide poles, timber, fence post, pulp wood or chip wood while rejuvenating the top soil through nitrogen fixation and leaf litter deposition. They are also reasonably fire resistant and could be planted in rows along the roadsides, and firebreak alignments to reduce the cost of firebreak weed control. Acacia species could November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents also serve as a nurse crop for slower growing native species when establishing the wind break following the reservoir shoreline. Native species should be reintroduced into each forest ecotype, some of which are slow growing but highly valuable. 3. Meeting the RAP Forestry Target Income To maintain the proposed cutting cycle of 30 years in the forest management plan requires that the harvesting rate of the natural forest be reduced by 25% over the final 20 years of the logging cycle. Income to the community from fast growing plantations has the potential to reduce the cut over the last 20 years of the cycle by 66%, while maintaining family income from labor of at least USD $200/annum with a significant margin of safety (close to 100%). The area available for fast growing plantations consists of about 2,000 ha of unstocked forest and up to about 1,000 ha of forest to be salvage logged. The latter is not always on the better soils, but unstocked forest is mainly bush fallow and was originally the evergreen forest ecotype located on the better soils. Plantation forests located on evergreen ecotype in the region yield in excess of 25 tonne/ha/year of pulpwood. Assuming a plantation growth rate of 20 m3/ha/yr on 2,000 ha of unstocked forest and a return on plantation wood of USD $15/m3, the income/family available to labor, mainly from the logging operation, is in the range of USD $100 to USD $200/annum. As most of the research and development has already been done in Lao PDR, a joint venture or similar arrangement, could result in this income being generated 10 years from the date planting commences, if the rate of forest establishment is set at 200 ha/yr starting from Year 3. By Year 10, the annual cut from only the natural forest could be reduced from 10,000 m3 to 5,000 m3, and still provide a dividend payment of USD $100 (Table H-2). This would result in a sustainable remaining annual PLV for the natural forest. This is a significant reduction in the cut and provides an opportunity for the logging operation to be much more selective so as to rehabilitate the forest and increase its growth rate. A potential limitation on the logging and rehabilitation of the natural forest is labor availability from Year 10 onwards (100 person days/family/year for all forestry activities). Thus it would be advisable to ensure that areas of difficult access are logged by labor intensive methods during the first ten years. Alternatively, the plantation areas could be reduced so as to ensure sufficient labor is available for logging such areas at a later date In Years 1 and 2 of the rotation, there is a significant vacant and cultivated inter-row space (60-80% of land area) between the tree rows. Fertilizer applied during these years, is placed directly into the small volume of the root zone of the newly planted trees. Thus there is about 70% (1.4 ha/family) of the established plantation area that is already cultivated and which can be planted by villagers, to a rain-fed rice crop, without adverse effects on tree growth and robbing of the fertilizer input. This additional asset of about 0.3-0.4 ha/family/year of rain-fed paddy, has the potential to increase both food security and/or incomes of the resettled villagers. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Table 2: Potential Reduction in the Rate of Cutting of the Natural Forest, Plantation Establishment, and Income Generation from Plantation and Natural Forest. Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12-28 29 30 Natural forest Remaining PLV (x 1000 m3) 238 228 218 208 198 188 178 168 158 155 150 - - - 60 55 Volume Logged (x 1000 m3) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Labor Forest - Logging, Rehabilitation (Days) 100 100 86 83 80 76 76 75 74 50 50 50 50 50 Income (USD $) * 300 300 272 266 260 253 251 250 248 200 200 200 200 200 Plantations Area of plantations (ha) 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2000 2000 Logged Area (ha) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 200 200 200 200 Labor (days/family) 0 0 14 17 20 24 24 25 26.0 50 50 50 50 50 Income (USD $) 0 0 28 34 40 47 49 50 52 100 100 100 100 100 Total Income (USD $) 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 Note: Calculations are based on a wage rate of USD $2/day, assuming a plantation growth rate of 20 m3/ha/yr * includes USD $100 dividend. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Figure 2: Current Land Use and Forest Type Map November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Figure 3: Forest Management Map November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 25 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Figure 4: Possible Logging Volumes and Priority Harvesting November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 26 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents Figure 5: Long-Term Harvesting Planning November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 27 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L-3 OUTLINE OF THE OPERATIONAL PLAN (INDICATIVE AND SUMMARY ONLY) 1. Introduction 1.1 Location of the area 1.2 Objectives of the operational plan 1.3 Methodology used in writing the operational plan 2. Forest Management Area 2.1 Land use plan 2.2 Forest resource 2.3 Forest management plan 3. Forest Management Plan Implementation 3.1 Road construction 3.2 Trees and volume to be harvested 3.3 NTFP harvesting 3.4 Post harvested evaluation/recommendations 3.5 Forest rehabilitation/stands improvement 3.6 Forest protection 4. Plan Implementation Organization 4.1 Forest village association as implementation 4.2 Contractors 4.3 Human and financial resources 4.4 Schedule of plan implementation 5. Results and Impacts 5.1 Revenue and cost 5.2 Taxes and duties 6. Tables and Appendices November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 28 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L-4 OUTLINE OF TRAINING PLAN (INDICATIVE AND SUMMARY) 1. Forestry Extension [10 hours] 1.1 Effective communication 1.2 Extension methods 1.3 Planning and conducting village forestry extension 2. Village Organizing [10 hours] 2.1 Process of village organizing 2.2 Importance of participation in village organizing 2.3 Basic village organizing skills 3. Forming and Operating Village Forestry Core Groups or Committees [10 hours] 3.1 Village forestry core group or committee 3.2 Steps in forming village core groups 3.3 Requirement for forming a suitable organization for village forestry 4. Support to village development [8 hours] 4.1 Roles of village forestry in the overall village development 4.2 Preparing and approving village development projects 5. Delineation of Forest Management Unit [FMU] [12 hours] 5.1 Village forestry and management unit 5.2 Village boundary demarcation 5.3 Village land use mapping 6. Land allocation [12 hours] 6.1 Land use planning and land allocation 6.2 Allocating and delineating land for FMU 6.3 Land registering 7. Forest Inventory for Management purposes [9 hours] 7.1 Designing and preparing for forest inventory 7.2 Conducting the forest inventory 7.3 Calculating and reporting the forest inventory 8. Village Management Planning [15 hours] 8.1 Village management system 8.2 Writing the village management plan 9. Village Management Contract [2 hours] 10. Pre-harvest Inventory [8 hours] 10.1 Objectives of pre-harvest inventory 10.2 Designing pre-harvest inventory 10.3 Pre-harvest field work 10.4 Calculating and reporting pre-harvest inventory 11. Annual Village Forestry Operations Planning [14 hours] 11.1 Specifications of annual operations planning 11.2 Writing the operational plan November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 29 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 12. Timber Harvesting [8 hours] 12.1 Preparing for logging 12.2 Felling trees and logs transport 12.3 Second landing operations 13. Post Harvest Operations [5 hours] 13.1 Post harvest assessment 13.2 Forest regeneration and stand improvement Note: This is the first tentative outline of training plan to secure the successful beginning of a community forestry establishment in the Lao PDR. More training will be needed later. It is aimed to provide district staff, extension workers and villagers basic knowledge about the village forestry concept, village forestry organization, land use planning, forest management and trees harvesting. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 30 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L-5 MINISTRY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY (MAF) POSITION Following the National Public Consultation on the RAP in January 1999, the Department of Forestry reviewed the forestry proposals in the RAP and submitted their views to the Resettlement Committee on March 16, 1999, via a letter from the Director of the Forestry Department as follows: "Views of the Department of Forestry Concerning the Community Forest Development for the Nakai Plateau Villages, Nam Theun 2 Project - With reference of Nam Theun 2 Hydro-electric Project. - With reference to the Resettlement Action Plan Submitted to GOL by the Resettlement Committee. The Forestry Department has the following views and position on the project: 1. First the Department of Forestry approves and agrees with the policies of the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project and the Resettlement Action Plan in the Project Area. 2. Regarding the development of 13,750 ha of Nakai Plateau forest, and in order to implement the project successfully as well as the policies with full participation and responsibility from the resettled population, based on lessons learned, the views of the Department of Forestry are as follows: 2.1 The first action required is public information and consultation concerning government policy in terms of the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project. The concerned population should be properly informed and they must understand well prior to the implementation of the Resettlement Action Plan. 2.2 Selection of sites and Resettlement Areas should be distributed according to a suitable land allocation plan after discussion with members of the resettled population. 2.3 A Community Forest Management Committee should be established at the village level to take responsibility for the forest, deal with state organizations and attend to the various forestry training requirements. 2.4 The responsible committee at the village level should be trained in basic knowledge of forestry management, such as map interpretation, definition of village border lines defining and map drawing etc. 2.5 The District and Province authorities should officially certify the border limit of each village. 2.6 Maps should be drawn showing the land allocation and projection of land utilization for a long term period of 10 to 20 years of each village. 2.7 Plans should be prepared by land and forest classification (cleared forest, dense forest, damaged forest). November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 31 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 2.8 Inventory planning of land suitable for production purpose (zone and plot defined according to the forest condition) should be carried out. 2.9 A forest action plan should be prepared and logging should be according to the management plan. For example, extraction could be 1.00 CUM, 1.5 CUM or 2 CUM per ha depending on the yearly yield of each species in the region). The forest action plan should conform with the integrated approach. The various species under the management plan will be divided for sale to the market and for processing locally into finished or semi-finished products for the village consumption in accordance with the demand. In addition, non timber forest products are encouraged in all aspects such as the trading, processing etc. (based on conditions and the resources in the region). Other employment opportunity promotion will depend on the long term land use planning which will identify appropriate area for different activities such as agriculture, livestock or tree planting. This production will contribute positively to increase the population's income. 2.10 Village forest development fund The village forest development fund is to be mainly funded from the sale of timber which is a benefit shared by the state and the population: the income from the sale of logs at the second log yard, after forest royalty payment to the state, will be used as village socio-economic development fund by the population. (This should be discussed in more detail with particularly the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Finances.......with regards to the obligations and benefits distribution." November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 32 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents L-6 FOREST MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION PROGRAMME (FOMACOP) Introductory Note: As part of a Case Study prepared by consultants for the ADB*, the following discussion on Village Forestry provides a background overview. It is understood by NTEC that the subsequent MAF Regulation 535 of June 18, 2001 on the Management of Village Forestry, does not apply to the special case of the Nakai Plateau, as this is covered by Decree 37/PM of April 12, 2002. * Seatec International. Strengthening Social and Environmental Management Project (SSEMP) ­ Asian Development Bank (TA3133). July 2000. Background The Forest Management and Conservation Programme (FOMACOP) Phase 1, is a five-year program scheduled for conclusion in September 2000, executed by the Department of Forestry (DOF), of the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry (MAF). The project budget, of around USD $ 20.3 million, was provided by the World Bank (USD $ 8.7 Million), the Global Environmental Facility of the United Nations (USD $ 5 million), the Government of Finland (USD $ 5.6 million) and the GOL (USD $ 1 million). FOMACOP consists of two sub-programmes: the Forest Management Sub-programme, which focuses on the development and implementation of Village Forestry, and the National Biodiversity and Conservation Area (NBCA) Management Sub-programme, which focuses on the conservation of biodiversity, using an Integrated Conservation & Development (ICAD) approach. Jaakko Pöyry Consulting of Finland provided technical assistance along with the Vientiane based Burapha Development Consultants and the NGO CARE International under the forestry component. MIDAS Agronomics of Thailand provided technical assistance within the conservation component, while the NGOs World Wildlife Fund for Nature (WWF) and the World Conservation Society (WCS) cooperated with the FOMACOP National Biodiversity & Conservation Area (NBCA) Management Sub-programme. In Phase 1 of the program (1995-2000) the goals of FOMACOP were: · To develop and trial pilot schemes that improve the implementation of sustainable forest management and biodiversity conservation systems; and · To strengthen villagers' and forestry staff's capacity to Implement these systems, and to seek acceptance for the developed systems as a basis for expanding their implementation. During a second phase, expected to commence in 2002, the goal will be: · To expand these systems beyond the pilot sites and to continually develop, test and improve other systems elsewhere. At the national level, FOMACOP aims to promote the sustainable management of forest through the development of forest and conservation policy. Within the impact area of the project FOMACOP aims to (i) promote Village Forestry in two Provinces (Savannakhet and Khammouane), (ii) improve the well being of villagers in the project area and (iii) to establish four NBCAs and bring them under efficient management (in the Provinces of Savannakhet, Khammouane, Saravan/Xé Kong and Champasak/Attapeu). It is the Forest Management sub-Programme that has primarily drawn the attention of the SSEMP Team, with its potential to maintain rural community incomes above the poverty level, and thence its potential use in community based watershed management and as a component in the planning and implementation November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 33 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents of resettlements associated with large infrastructure projects. By the end of 1999 FOMACOP was working in 60 villages, with approximately 18,000 people, over an area of 145,000 ha. They claim to have brought about 115,000 ha of forest under systematic, sustainable forest management. The Village Forestry Concept Village forestry is a partnership between the GOL and the local villagers, which aims to bring all forested land within their traditional village territories under the sustained-yield management of the local villagers. The forest remains legally under the ownership of the GOL, with the villagers compensated for its management and protection by allowing them to keep net revenue after the payment of royalties and other taxes, of which part is channeled back into forest management. The villager's customary use of the forest is recognized. Income, which is not channeled back into forest management, goes to the village community for the financing of community projects, such as schools, potable water supply, small irrigation schemes, etc. A basic premise of the FOMACOP development concept is that in the face of poverty and increasing population pressure, forest resources can be protected only if forestry contributes to meeting villager's basic needs and to their overall economic and social development. Sustainable forest management in itself will not improve villager's well being unless some revenue from forest management is invested directly into the farm family cash flow, or indirectly by the promotion of development, livelihood projects and small businesses. FOMACOP claims that many other Community Forest projects have failed primarily because villagers have been allocated poor quality forests, or totally deforested village land, that cannot support the population and even less generate the surpluses essential for financing development. In FOMACOP's adopted village forestry approach, villagers will be managing natural Production Forests, which fall within their traditional (customary use) territories. The areas range in size from about 800 hectares to up to 6000 hectares, containing dry dipterocarpus forest and dry evergreen/mixed deciduous hardwood forests, which have good commercial potential, and can provide more or less immediate benefits. The final decision as to how the forests within a village territory are used lies with the villagers, in so far as they stay within the regulatory framework. The villagers also collect most of the social, technical and economic information needed to formulate and implement their plans. Forestry staff, primarily from the District Agriculture and Forestry Office (DAFO), provides management control, extension services, training and technical assistance to assist villagers in the planning and management. The DAFO staff are in turn trained through a strengthened Provincial Agriculture and Forestry Office (PAFO). It is essential to have the necessary checks and controls both in planning and implementation to ensure that forest management will be sustainable, and that the system is not abused by villagers or people coming from outside. This function is the responsibility of both DAFO and PAFO. Benefits of Village Forestry FOMACOP's Village Forestry model has the potential to provide benefits to all stakeholders. It brings Production Forests and Protection/Conservation Forests within the village forest management area under sustainable management and efficient protection, which has the potential to ensure its availability for future generations. Lao PDR Society as a whole benefits from the collection of timber-related royalties and taxes. In 1999 about 70 percent of the value of logs (at a depot) was returned to the state. Another benefit is transparency, with checks and controls, which mean that there should be no "leakages" and the government should obtain the full, true commercial value of the timber. In relative terms however, FOMACOP claims it should be the villagers who are the greatest beneficiaries, since in the past they were not entitled to financially benefit from Production Forest management at all. In 1999, when the regional timber markets were still depressed, villages were earning on average USD $ November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 34 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents 3,000, which equates to approximately USD $ 60 per family1. In the future, average revenues are expected to increase as a result of forest certification and improved international market situation. Village forestry has also generated local employment, which is very important in areas where employment opportunities are limited, especially during the dry season. Almost all the villages want to use the revenue, which remains after allocating part of the funds into forest management, for improving water supply and developing agriculture, which will in turn lead to an improved and hopefully sustainable livelihood in the future. Several villages have planned to improve basic infrastructures, such as access roads and bridges, and to build schools. FOMACOP is also actively trying to attract other organizations to start development activities in the districts where village forestry is being promoted. This will help ensure that development of various sectors will be balanced and consistent with villagers needs. Lessons Learnt & Recommendations The FOMACOP management model is designed to meet the specific requirements of the various forest types encountered in the project area. The forest management system is both comprehensive and technically excellent. It not likely to adversely change the biodiversity or species composition of the forest, nor does it deplete the standing volume. The pre-harvest inventory, assessment of natural regeneration before and after harvesting, the marking of seed trees and control of Non-Timber Forest Products (NTFP) extraction, aim at ensuring sustainability and even improving the productivity of the forest. Harvesting is implemented at a lower rate than the growth of the forest. On average only 1-2 trees per hectare are removed at each entry in accordance with comprehensive selection criteria. The February 2000 World Bank/Government of Finland's (GOF) Supervision Mission review of the combination of silvicultural measures, harvesting and logging practices, control of illegal cutting, grazing, NTFP extraction and fire prevention indicates that the FOMACOP model provides the vital elements needed for sustainable forest management. The Mission was convinced that independent third-party certification assessment would confirm this finding and open the way to VFA (Village Forest Association) access to high value international markets for sustainably harvested timber. The Mission was also convinced that, while a range of institutional and technical approaches need to be developed in the Lao forestry sector, the village forestry model demonstrated by FOMACOP could be the basis for the development of a significant portion of the resource base and that it has enormous potential to contribute to sustainable poverty alleviation and Government revenue mobilization. Whilst the Village Forestry model has been demonstrated most comprehensively and successfully, the project has had less success with the implementation of ICAD in the buffer zones of the project areas NBCAs, nor has it yet been able to convince the GOL of the nationwide need and applicability of the Village Forestry model. Some reasons for these problems are as follows: · The GOL depends heavily on the proceeds of logging for financing its activities in both the civilian and military spheres. Instead of defining Village Production Forests according to the income needs of villagers, vis-à-vis maintaining themselves reasonably above the national poverty level, the project has raised expectations that the villagers will have a continuing right to share in the proceeds of logging from the entirety of their indigenous village territories. Previously, without roads and sawmills, the forests were of no commercial value to the villagers, except as sources of NTFPs. The GOL's view, justifiably, is that the advent of roads and processing infrastructure represents and unearned windfall for the local inhabitants and would prefer to see each village territory demarcated between Village Production Forest (sized according to family income needs) and State Production Forest. 1By comparison, in planning for meeting the income targets for the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project, a forestry wage labor income of USD $ 200 per family was projected, plus a USD $ 150 share a revenue from timber sales, of which USD $ 50 is assigned to community development and USD $ 100 to family cash flow. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 35 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents · Due, in large part, to FOMACOP having counterparts in the DOF rather than in the MAF as a whole, individual farm incomes have not yet been significantly augmented by the proceeds of Village Production Forests management nor have unsustainable agricultural land use practices been rectified (income from timber sales has been devoted mainly to improvements at community level, such as village road access, clinics, schools etc.). Low agricultural productivity forces the farmers to attempt to expand their cattle and buffalo herds and to extend their grazing areas by frequent firing of the grasslands and savannahs. This exacerbates soil erosion and leads to the degradation of adjacent forests. To be more holistic, therefore, the project future Phase 2 should incorporate a technical support component to be devoted to agricultural intensification stabilization measures such as water harvesting, pasture improvement, irrigation system expansion and upgrading, aquaculture, fruit orchard establishment and the home garden production of vegetables, herbs and spices. · The World Bank/GOF Supervision Mission Draft Aide-Memoire (February 2000) seeks to attribute lack of progress in the Biodiversity Conservation component of FOMACOP to delays in the implementation of land allocation. The aide-Memoire fails to mention that land allocation and other conservation measures such as disarming the population or forbidding access to NBCA core areas cannot succeed unless viable livelihood substitutes are first provided for the buffer zone and enclave communities. These aspects are discussed in depth in the 1999 IUCN report on Community Development in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA (Ban Mak Feuang Pilot Village). This report also highlights the contention that without parallel integrated rural development support measures on both sides of the Lao-Vietnam border it is unrealistic to hope for effective forest or biodiversity conservation in eastern Lao PDR. · Neither is land allocation as currently practiced in the Lao PDR a solution to the problems of human impact on conservation areas. The current policy of providing only three plots of bush fallow to swidden cultivators will only lead to yield decline and weed infestation. Moving the swidden villagers to focal zones exacerbates forest destruction in those focal zones without leading to forest regeneration in the lands vacated, nor provides any means of resisting incursions by highland dwelling ethnic minorities from neighboring countries. Rectification of the drawbacks of the land allocation processes currently in vogue are being addressed by NAWACOP, whereby land development and soil conservation are introduced as components of the process. Current institutional reorganization will place land allocation under the responsibility of a new resources management agency in the Prime Minister's Office (Report of the meeting of the National Land Allocation Committee, Paksé, 20-22nd December 1999). The focus of FOMACOP's village forestry model has been, up till now, on natural Production Forests. In the future it will be important to strengthen the management of all land resources within village boundaries in a more integrated manner. Agro-forestry and other interventions, such as industrial tree plantations, must be developed to provide adequate benefits to villages, which do not have forest resources. Unless this equity issue is resolved conflicts over resources may arise. FOMACOP notes that the sustainability of efforts is a key issue everywhere, including FOMACOP. Provincial trainers and DAFO/PAFO field staff have now enough skills and experience to sustain village forestry work in the project area and even expand to new areas provided they will continue to enjoy adequate levels of compensation post-project. VFA are also becoming stronger and stronger. However, this is not enough. FOMACOP states that the following issues must be addressed before Village Forestry will become a feasible proposition in the long term: · A supporting policy, legal and organizational environment for village forestry, and sustainable forest management in general, must be created; · A system of financing village forestry must be developed; November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 36 Appendix L: Nakai Plateau Forestry: Policy and Background Documents · Provincial and District forestry offices must be re-oriented to become more service-oriented organizations with adequate capacity to both support and control village forestry operations; · VFAs and groups of VFAs must be further strengthened both organizationally and technically. This again will require strengthening forest extension services. Village forestry extension must become a routine function of DAFO and PAFO; and · External "pull-factors", which help in sustaining or even driving village forestry development in the future, must be established. Forest certification and linkages between the forest managers (state and villagers) and industry/market could become such forces. · A possible alternative to placing such reliance on DAFO and PAFO is to organize joint venture contracts incorporating an ethical, international forest management corporation to provide the necessary technical support and international linkages. · As FOMACOP notes, it is however important to put things into perspective. Although FOMACOP's village forestry project is large, even by international standards, the reality is that in relation to the total forest area in Laos or the annual total removals, village forestry is still practiced on a very small scale. To really make a difference, it is necessary to expand village forestry to new areas. · In the case, particularly in the rain shadow areas of Savannakhet Province, where soils are generally poor and erodible and irrigation possibilities few, income from forestry activities will need to remain the most important component of the rural family cash flow. There is a current tendency on the part of the GOL administrators to view "conservation" and "development" as mutually exclusive activities, and therefore to place heavy emphasis on "development". For sustainability however, they must go hand-in-hand. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 37 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning APPENDIX M KHAMKERD RESETTLEMENT VILLAGE SITE PLANNING BAN SOP HIA and BAN NAM NIAN IRRIGATION SCHEME and VILLAGE DEVELOPMENT NAM PAN AREA Table of Content 1 SUMMARY............................................................................................................................. 1 2 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................... 4 2.1 General ..............................................................................................................................................................................4 2.2 Number of Households to be Resettled near Lak Sao ...............................................................................................4 2.3 Livelihood/Income Scenario..........................................................................................................................................7 2.3.1 Farm Plot Area....................................................................................................................................................7 2.3.2 Irrigation Scheme Area Required .....................................................................................................................8 3 HOUAY SOT IRRIGATION SCHEME: CONSIDERED NOT FEASIBLE....................................... 8 3.1 Introduction......................................................................................................................................................................8 3.2 Scheme Components.......................................................................................................................................................8 3.2.1 Embankment Dam No. 1..................................................................................................................................8 3.2.2 Dam No. 1 Spillway ...........................................................................................................................................8 3.2.3 Embankment Dam No. 2 and Main Canal Intake Structures ......................................................................8 3.2.4 Irrigation Canal System......................................................................................................................................9 3.3 Design Problems..............................................................................................................................................................9 3.4 Scheme Costs..................................................................................................................................................................10 3.5 Other Resettlement Village Components...................................................................................................................10 3.5.1 Village Housing and Water Supply.................................................................................................................10 3.5.2 Access Road ......................................................................................................................................................10 3.5.3 Electricity Supply..............................................................................................................................................10 3.5.4 Agriculture and Forest Lands..........................................................................................................................11 3.6 Recommendation: Not Considered Feasible..............................................................................................................11 4 NAM PAN SCHEME, DAFO PRELIMINARY PROPOSAL........................................................11 4.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................11 4.2 Embankment Dam ........................................................................................................................................................12 4.3 Spillway............................................................................................................................................................................12 4.4 Irrigation Area ................................................................................................................................................................12 5 NAM PAN SCHEME, CONSULTANTS PROPOSALS.................................................................13 5.1 General ............................................................................................................................................................................13 5.2 Embankment Dam ........................................................................................................................................................13 5.3 Spillway............................................................................................................................................................................17 5.4 Irrigation Area ................................................................................................................................................................17 5.5 Irrigation Water Requirement.......................................................................................................................................18 5.6 Main Canal and Main Canal Inlet Structure ...............................................................................................................18 5.7 Canal System...................................................................................................................................................................18 5.7.1 General...............................................................................................................................................................18 5.7.2 Preliminary Layout ...........................................................................................................................................18 5.7.3 Canal Structures................................................................................................................................................19 5.8 Irrigation Farm Plot Development..............................................................................................................................19 6 OTHER NAM PAN RESETTLEMENT VILLAGE COMPONENTS ............................................ 20 6.1 Access Road....................................................................................................................................................................20 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 i Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 6.2 Village Housing ..............................................................................................................................................................20 6.3 Water Supply and Sanitation.........................................................................................................................................20 6.4 Electricity Supply ...........................................................................................................................................................21 6.5 Agriculture and Forest Lands.......................................................................................................................................21 6.6 Indicative Cost Estimates .............................................................................................................................................21 7 NEXT STEPS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NAM PAN SCHEME..................................... 22 7.1 Technical Procedures.....................................................................................................................................................22 7.1.1 Pre-feasibility Study..........................................................................................................................................22 7.1.2 Feasibility Study ................................................................................................................................................22 7.2 Involvement of Khamkerd District.............................................................................................................................23 7.3 Scheme Concept and Size.............................................................................................................................................23 7.4 Cost Sharing ­ Feasibility and Design Stages.............................................................................................................23 7.5 Cost Sharing ­ Construction ........................................................................................................................................24 7.5.1 Possible Option 1.............................................................................................................................................24 7.5.2 Preferred Option 2...........................................................................................................................................24 7.6 Competitive Bidding ...................................................................................................................................24 List of Tables Table 1: Cost of Infrastructure Development without and with Cost Sharing. .....................................................3 Table 2: Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian Preferred Resettlement Locations.......................................................4 Table 3: Projected Full Development Household Incomes, Nakai and Lak Sao...................................................7 Table 4: Indicative Cost Estimate, Nam Pan Area Irrigation Scheme and Village Development.................... 15 List of Figures Figure 1: Topography and Village Location. .................................................................................................................5 Figure 2: Location of Proposed Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme. ...................................................................................6 Figure 3: Proposed Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme, Irrigation Area and Preliminary Canal Layout..................... 14 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 ii Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 1 SUMMARY Forty-seven households from two of the villages that will be affected by the impoundment of the Nakai Reservoir, Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian, wish to be resettled near to the Khamkerd District Center of Lak Sao in Bolikhamxay Province. The Khamkerd District officials have proposed two possible areas for village and irrigation development. The areas are adjacent to the small rivers of Houay Sot and Nam Pan and both can be reached from the Lak Sao to Nakai Road No. 8B. Bolisat Phattana Khet Phoudoy (BPKP) has prepared drawings and a design report for the Houay Sot irrigation scheme. The Khamkerd District Agriculture and Forestry Office (DAFO) have prepared a preliminary assessment report on the Nam Pan irrigation scheme and have commenced topographical survey. It is planned to move the two villages no later than 2005. Consequently, for planning purposes, the number of households was increased slightly to fifty. An irrigated plot area of 1.5-ha per family has been assumed, as these resettlers will have reduced opportunities when compared to the resettlers on the Nakai Plateau. Consequently a net irrigation area of 75-ha is required. Taking into account land lost by right of way for canals, access tracks, plot boundary berms, high and low spots, etc, the area should be increased by 10 per cent and a gross area of 82.5-ha established. The Houay Sot drawings and design report were reviewed and not considered feasible. The scheme area is 63-ha and located near to a river, the Nam Phao, that caused considerable flash-flood damage along its banks at the end of the last wet season. The scheme requires two fairly large embankment dams, 160 and 150-m long and height from streambed to crest of around 16-m, a spillway, two main canals and two secondary canals. The estimated cost is US$ 454,116 or US$ 7,208 per hectare. The final cost is likely to be considerably more as the spillway design is not good and no dam geotechnical investigations have been undertaken. The Houay Sot catchment area above the dams is relatively small at 9 km2 and it is unlikely that most years there will be discharges during the last few months of the dry season. The relatively high dam heights are necessary to raise water levels so that river flow is diverted into the two main canals. Without pumping, none of the water stored behind the dams is "live" storage and can be used for irrigation. For the above reasons, it is recommended that the Houay Sot Scheme is not pursued further. The Khamkerd DAFO has recently commenced investigating the Nam Pan scheme. The proposed area is located in an undulating area of low hills between mountains to the east and the relatively flat Lak Sao town area to the west. The undulations are between 509 masl and hills over 540 masl. The area is mostly mixed forest with dense undergrowth with a few areas cleared, assumed by farmers from the nearby existing Ban Nam Pan. The Nam Pan is a larger stream than the Houay Sot with a catchment area of 13.8-km2 above the proposed dam site. The area has a good forest cover and the river is perennial but with low end of dry season flows. There are a series of narrow winding tracks in the area and the present distance from Road 8B to the proposed dam site is about 12-km. Unfortunately the DAFO preliminary proposal appears to be heading in an expensive direction. The report gives brief details of an earth dam 780-m long and 28.7-m high from streambed to crest. The cost is estimated between US$ 0.9 to 1.5 million depending on the depth from streambed to an impervious foundation and the unit rate used for compacted earth fill (the DAFO unit rate is US$ 2.5/m3 and the Pilot Village rate is US$ 1.4/m3). The spillway and main canal intake structure are likely to be expensive as a general rule is that the higher the embankment dam, then the higher the cost of these structures. The spillway has a greater drop from the crest back to the riverbed and the intake structure has a greater depth from the crest to the lower reservoir storage depths. It is assumed that DAFO wish to store as much water as possible for maximum area dry season irrigation. A less expensive option is to: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 1 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning · Do not attempt to create a large reservoir storage volume for dry season irrigation of rice. Assume wet season rice and dry season non-rice crops. · Do not attempt reservoir storage for all the dry season. The structure is designed to store dry season night flows only or perhaps no storage, diversion only. · Do not attempted to irrigate land above the 530-masl contour. Then a dam around 190-m long and 15-m height is required with an indicative cost of around US$ 122,800 based on a foundation depth of 5-m and unit rate of US$ 2.5/m3 for the compacted fill. An irregular rectangular shape irrigation area and gravity open channel canal system has been identified. The area is about 265-ha but includes fifteen hills of various sizes that cannot be commanded by a canal system at a water elevation of about 530-masl. After deducting these areas, plus some more for a swamp area and other undulations and steeper slopes, it is considered safer to assume an area of around 150-ha. This is sufficient for the Sop Hia and Nam Nian resettled households plus about 67-ha extra. Farmers from Ban Nam Pan could use this extra area. A preliminary canal system has a main canal supplying four secondary canals. These in turn supply a series of tertiary canals. The canals are excavated and wind along the side of the hills in the area and irrigate the lower land. Imported canal compacted earth fill volumes are minimized. Because of the undulating nature of the area, the canal lengths are relatively long when compared to a "flat" area irrigation scheme. The main canal is about 0.7-km long, the four secondaries about 3.9-km long and the tertiaries over 5.3-km long. If vehicle access tracks are incorporated along the canal banks, the earthwork volumes increase considerably. Provisionally, vehicle access is limited to the main canal only. The canal system will require regulation, conveyance, protection and measuring structures including turnouts, checks, emergency spillways and culverts. The area is naturally draining in three directions and the inclusion of a drainage system is not required. The resettlers will decide the location of the new village housing. A good possible site is along the banks of the Nam Pan on the northern boundary of the scheme. It is proposed that the existing access road from Road 8B to the existing Ban Nam Pan is upgraded by some realignment, widening and a gravel surface. A new road can then follow the Nam Pan in an easterly direction to the village housing area and then on to the new dam site. Other possible housing sites are above the new reservoir and on the high ground above the main canal. The latter location has the advantage of less walking distance to the scheme southern areas. The housing area will include buildings for a school, clinic, community center, workshop and rice mill. A new village domestic water supply will be installed. Hand dug wells with handpumps are proposed as there are no streams that can provide a gravity fed supply available. Pour flush latrines will be installed at every house. An electricity supply will be provided. Lak Sao has a good supply from the Theun Hinboun Power Station. It is proposed to install a new 22 KV line along Road 8B to the village, about 9-km long. The forested Nam Pan catchment area is in good condition and has good potential for the collection of non- timber forest products (NTFPs) and hunting. The Nam Pan area appears suitable and it is recommended that it be pursued further. Technically, the next step is a Nam Pan irrigation scheme pre-feasibility study. The existing Ban Nam Pan must be consulted, as they will have traditional rights to at least part of the area under consideration and the discharge in the Nam Pan will be affected by the new scheme. The Khamkerd DAFO has commenced topographical survey. If the completed maps show that a canal system can command a suitable area without undue large earthworks volumes, then this, plus the consultations with Ban Nam Pan and some exercises on dam size and reservoir storage volume, will suffice as this study. If the pre-feasibility investigations prove positive then further feasibility studies are required. Important are geotechnical investigations for the dam and spillway as is a more in-depth examination of the cropping patterns, cost of various reservoir storage options with regard to dry season river discharges and downstream riparian flows. This includes considering full dry season storage, nigh-flow storage and no storage, i.e., use a November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 2 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning diversion weir and no crops grown for several months of the year. Also important is discussion and agreement on the scheme beneficiaries. Will the beneficiaries be: · Sop Hia and Nam Nian resettlers only? · The resettlers plus Ban Nam Pan households? Not including them in the scheme may cause friction and problems later. They could use the area irrigated by Secondary Canal S1. · Also households from other villages if there is area available? The Khamkerd DAFO identified the Nam Pan scheme as part of their own irrigation development programme with regard to reducing shifting cultivation areas and poverty alleviation. If the scheme is proved feasible, then it is unlikely that the District will simply allow NTEC to develop the area without any conditions. They will likely wish to maximize the scheme and include other farmers. NTEC are unlikely to finance a large scheme for non-Project farmers and cost sharing with the Khamkerd District authorities should be considered and is a preferred option. However it should be noted that cost sharing might lead to later complications regarding the choice of Consultants for further studies and detail design, and the choice of Contractors for construction. Then later, the District may have problems with making payments of its share of the cost to the Contractor. Indicative cost estimates have been prepared with two summaries. Summary No. 1 is for a 150-ha irrigation scheme assuming that the scheme should include farmers from the existing Ban Nam Pan and NTEC finances the full scheme. Summary No. 2 considers an option for cost sharing with NTEC financing the dam, spillway, main canal and the cost of the remaining irrigation development is shared with Khamkerd District. Table 1 shows that the Summary No. 1 grand total is US$ 805,200 at US$ 16,104 per household for the fifty Sop Hia and Nam Nian households. The irrigation scheme claims 56 per cent of the total at US$ 447,100. For a 150-ha scheme, the cost is reasonable at US$ 2,981 per hectare. Indicative estimates for access road construction, village housing and community buildings, water supply and sanitation, and electricity supply have also been prepared totaling US$ 358,100. Summary No. 2 shows the NTEC contribution is US$ 731,400 at US$ 14,628 per household for the fifty Sop Hia and Nam Nian households. Khamkerd District contributes US$ 73,800 for the remaining 67.5-ha area development. The irrigation scheme cost is US$ 373,300 or US$ 4,525 per hectare for 82.5-ha. Table 1: Cost of Infrastructure Development without and with Cost Sharing. Item Description Amount (US$) Percentage 1. Summary No. 1: No Cost Sharing 1.1 Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme, 150-ha 447,100 56% 1.2 Other Infrastructure 1.2.1 Access road 23,000 3% 1.2.2 Village Housing and Community Buildings 217,600 27% 1.2.3 Water supply and sanitation 8,500 1% 1.2.4 Electricity supply and distribution 109,000 14% Sub-total, Other Infrastructure 358,100 44% Total 805,200 2. Summary No. 2: Cost Sharing (Preferred Option) 2.1 Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme, Headworks and 83-ha irrigation area 373,500 46% development 2.2 Other Infrastructure 358,100 44% Sub-total 731,400 91% 2.3 Khamkerd District Contribution, 67-ha area development 73,800 9% November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 3 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 2 INTRODUCTION 2.1 General After impoundment of the Nakai Reservoir, thirteen of the seventeen affected villages will be resettled on various sites on the southwestern edge of the reservoir. Two of the other three villages, Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian, had previously indicated during public consultations that sections of the villages wish to be resettled north of the reservoir, near to Lak Sao (Lak 20), the Khamkerd District Centre, Bolikhamxay Province. A significant number of the households in the two villages were originally from this area. Figure 1 shows the location of Ban Sop Hia, Ban Nam Nian and Lak 20. The Project package for resettled villages includes new housing, water supply and sanitation, road access, irrigation facilities and other means of livelihood, electricity supply, and community facilities including community and health centers, rice mill, workshop and school. The Manager of the Resettlement Management Unit (RMU) had previously held discussions with Khamkerd District officials and had been shown drawings for a Houay Sot Irrigation Scheme located near to Lak Sao. Consequently the Irrigation Consultant visited Lak Sao on 5 and 6 June 2003 accompanied by the RMU Manager, Mr. Hoy Phomvisouk. They met with the District Governor, DAFO officials, principally Mr. Khampanh Xayavong, Deputy Head of Agriculture and Forestry, and made a site visit. The District officials proposed two areas: 1. Houay Sot Irrigation Scheme, area 63-ha, designed by Bolisat Phattana Khet Phoudoy (BPKP). BPKP had prepared one volume of drawings and a design report dated January 2001. 2. Nam Pan scheme under preliminary assessment by DAFO. Investigations had commenced in March 2003 and a topographical survey had commenced. The two areas are covered by 1:25,000 map sheet E-48-67-A-c. Lak Sao is shown on adjacent map sheet No. E-48-66-B-d. Figure 2 below is taken from these map sheets and shows the location of Lak Sao and the proposed Houay Sot and Nam Pan areas. Aerial photographs L-10B, 25 and 26, also cover the areas. 2.2 Number of Households to be Resettled near Lak Sao On 8 June 2003, the RMU Manager had further public consultations with the two villages. The household numbers that wished to be resettled near Lak Sao are shown in Table 2. Table 2: Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian Preferred Resettlement Locations Village No. of Households Totals Lak Sao Nakai Reservoir Elsewhere Sop Hia 21 32 4 57 Nam Nian 26 0 0 26 Total 47 32 4 83 The projected number of affected households to be resettled is based on a natural household expansion of 2.2 per cent per annum. At this time it is planned that the two villages will either move in 2004, or at the latest in 2005, in two years time. A rate of 2.2 per cent per annum equates to a total increase of 4.5 per cent over two years. This equates to 49 households. To include a minimum factor of safety, the number of resettled households considered in this report has been rounded up to 50. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 4 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning Figure 1: Topography and Village Location. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 5 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning Figure 2: Location of Proposed Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 6 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 2.3 Livelihood/Income Scenario 2.3.1 Farm Plot Area For the villages that will be resettled adjacent to the Nakai Reservoir, the following irrigation facilities per household will be provided: · 0.5-ha irrigated farm plot for growing field crops, perhaps wet season rice, vegetables, fruit trees, and fodder for livestock consumption; · 0.15-ha irrigated paddy for wet season supplementary irrigation and perhaps vegetables and fodder in the dry season. However, when resettled near the reservoir, the resettlers will have access and opportunity for: · Fisheries resources from the reservoir; · The Nakai Plateau Village Forestry Association which will pay each household US$ 100 per year and employ somebody from each household for at least 50 days a year; · Other employment opportunities created both during and after construction of the hydroelectric project. Near Lak Sao they will not have the same opportunities, therefore the irrigated plot size must be increased accordingly. Table 3 shows a comparison of projected household incomes from livelihood elements at full development. The table shows that a 1.5-ha size plot at Lak Sao will provide a similar income to the Nakai Plateau. Table 3: Projected Full Development Household Incomes, Nakai and Lak Sao Element & Nakai Plateau Lak Sao Component Remarks Projected Income Remarks Projected Income (US$/year) (US$/year) Agriculture Wet Season Rice 0.15-ha plot 45 1.5-ha plot (*1) 450 Other crops 0.5-ha plot 87 Dry Season Vegetables 0.03-ha plot 87 0.25-ha plot (*2) 290 Field crops (*3) 0.62-ha 100 1.25-ha 200 Fruits 70 trees 33 0 Buffalo 5 buffalo 65 As Nakai 65 Pigs 1 pig 40 As Nakai 40 Forestry Dividend 100 0 Wages 125 0 Fisheries 350 0 Employment 250 0 NTFPs 20 (*4) 75 Total 1,302 1,330 Notes: *1 Income based on an average yield of 3 tons per hectare and US$ 0.15 per kg price. Cost of seed, fertilizer and chemicals deducted. *2 An increased area is shown, as the resettlers will have no opportunity for forestry, fisheries and increased employment opportunity. *3 Field crops include maize, beans and peanuts. Forage crops for fodder production also included. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 7 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning *4 There is more potential for gathering non-timber forest products and hunting near the two possible irrigation areas than on the Nakai Plateau. Consequently a 1.5-ha irrigated farm plot has been chosen. 2.3.2 Irrigation Scheme Area Required For fifty households and a plot area of 1.5-ha, a net irrigation area of 75-ha is required. Allowing a 10 per cent increase for land lost by right of way for farm access roads and walkways, irrigation canals, drains, terrace berms, and other non-farm areas such as natural gullies, termite mounds, other local high spots and depressions, a 82.5-ha gross scheme area is required. 3 HOUAY SOT IRRIGATION SCHEME: CONSIDERED NOT FEASIBLE 3.1 Introduction The proposed Houay Sot scheme is located about 6-km northeast of Lak Sao. The Houay Sot is a tributary of the Nam Phao, which is the river that flash-flooded and caused a considerable amount of damage along its banks at the end of the last, 2002, wet season. As Stated previously, BPKP have prepared a volume of drawings and a design report. The design report concentrates on topographical survey results and canal design only, with no details of the dam and spillway design. It also contains an Engineers Estimate of total US$ 454,115.80. The scheme irrigation area is 63-ha. This is smaller than the 82.5-ha area required for the resettlement irrigation scheme and is sufficient for about 38 households. However the report and drawings were reviewed because it is not imperative that the two villages use the same irrigation area. 3.2 Scheme Components The drawings volume shows the following scheme components: 3.2.1 Embankment Dam No. 1 Embankment Dam No. 1, with spillway, is located fairly close to the confluence with the Nam Phao. Important dam details area as follows: · Crest length about 160-m · Crest elevation 520.50 masl · Full Supply Level (FSL) & Spillway elevation 519.00 masl · Crest width 4-m · Max. height from natural surface to dam crest 15.87-m · Upstream & downstream side slopes 1:4 and 1:2 The drawings indicate a zoned dam. There is no geotechnical information shown and consequently it is doubted that any investigations have been made. 3.2.2 Dam No. 1 Spillway A spillway consisting of a reinforced concrete box-culvert located on dam fill about 50-m from the left abutment. There are 7 boxes of dimension 2 x 1-m. Areas of hand-placed rock are shown on the dam upstream and downstream side-slopes adjacent to the culvert. This arrangement is inappropriate and discharge through the spillway will cause dam downstream erosion. The spillway should also be located on natural ground left of the dam fill. 3.2.3 Embankment Dam No. 2 and Main Canal Intake Structures Embankment Dam No. 2 is a saddle dam required to prevent impounded water from overflowing into another, southern, watershed area. The dam has similar characteristics to Dam No. 1 as follows: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 8 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning · Crest length about 150-m · Crest elevation 520.50 masl · Crest width 4-m · Max. height from natural surface to dam crest 15.6-m · Upstream & downstream side slopes 1:4 and 1:2 This dam has two Main Canal irrigation outlets (MC 1 and MC 2) shown to provide water to relatively flat southern area. Similar to the spillway, the outlets should be located in the adjacent natural ground away from the compacted fill. The MC outlet pipe diameters are 1-m and the invert elevations are shown at 518.00 masl. As the dam FSL level is 519.00 masl, all the water stored behind the dams is dead storage and there is no live reservoir storage for irrigation purposes. The addition of pontoon mounted pump sets and delivery pipelines to stilling basins would be required to utilize this water stored behind the dams. 3.2.4 Irrigation Canal System The canal system for the 63-ha irrigation area consists of trapezoidal compacted earth-fill open channels. The following canals are required: · MC 1 835-m long · SC 1, from MC 1 392-m · SC 2, from MC 1 186-m · MC 2 216-m There are no tertiary or quaternary canals shown to distribute the water further and to irrigate individual paddy plots. MC 1 crosses an area of low ground where there is a natural drain. The height of fill from top of canal bank to the culvert pipe invert elevation is 8.36-m. 3.3 Design Problems As stated above, there are no geotechnical details regarding embankment design for the two compacted earth-fill dams. This includes, but not limited to, no details on borrow pit materials for the different zones and depth to a suitable impervious dam foundation. The spillway arrangement is unsuitable as regard the downstream protection required to prevent erosion. It should be located away from the embankment compacted fill. There is no hydrological information or calculations regarding the spillway design flood. No hydraulic calculations and information on the estimation of spillway dimensions. The catchment area is about 9-km2 and the 50-year design flood should be about 52 m3/s. The arrangement and design of the components is such that even with two sizeable dams, there is no reservoir storage for times of low or no-flows in the Houay Sot. The scheme is basically a "run-of-the-river" type. As the catchment area is small, there will be some dry dry-season months and any economic analysis cannot include a full dry-season crop. A height of fill of 8.36-m on MC 1 is excessive. Consideration should be given to a canal inverted siphon structure under the drain at this location. The scheme is located adjacent to the Houay Phao. If the scheme had been constructed during the 2001/02 dry season, then not much of it would have survived the 2002 September flood. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 9 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 3.4 Scheme Costs The Engineers Estimate is US$ 391,479 plus 2% for construction supervision, 4% for transport and 10% for tax, total US$ 454,116. DAFO stated that if they were given the construction contract, they would not charge for supervision and tax. The main components of the estimate are as follows: Canal compacted earth fill, 34,795 m3 at US$ 2.50/m3 $ 86,989 (MC 1 fill is 30,816 m3) Dam compacted earthworks, 85,986 m3 at US$ 2.50/m3 $ 214,966 (Dam 1, 50,852 m3. Dam 2, 35,134 m3) For 63-ha, the cost is US$ 7,208 per hectare. This is too high for a scheme with dry season water supply problems and the risk of wet season flood damages. The final estimate may well be considerably more when considering the following: · A more suitable design for the spillway is included; · The results of the required geotechnical investigations are incorporated into the dam design; · If, similar to the Pilot Village Dam, a suitable foundation depth is 8-m below the stream bed level, then the dam embankment volumes will be considerably higher; · The inclusion of filters between the two zones and a downstream horizontal drainage blanket; · Rock protection on the upstream dam faces and sodding on the downstream faces. 3.5 Other Resettlement Village Components 3.5.1 Village Housing and Water Supply There are areas of higher ground located between the reservoir and the Houay Phao that could be cleared for a housing area. Then, with the addition of a pump water supply system, the impounded reservoir would be a source of the village water supply. 3.5.2 Access Road Access to the area would be from Road 8B. About 5-km from the centre of Lak Sao there is a good laterite surface road to Ban Nagnom. About 400-m along this road there is a narrow track, about 3-km long in a nearly due north direction, to Ban Nam Pan. A permanent bridge crossing, or a lower cost Irish Crossing, is required over the Nam Pan. Then it is about another 2-km to the possible housing area. The narrow 5-km long track is in undulating mixed forest with dense undergrowth and would require the following improvements: · Widening from the present 2.5 to 3-m width to at least 5-m plus tree and bush clearing/cutting for a further 2-m on neither side; · Some earth fill in lower areas and a gravel surface along most of its length; · Side drains and culverts were natural streams cross the road; · Some realignment in steeper sections and also along lower sections where farmers have cleared land for paddy development. 3.5.3 Electricity Supply Lak Sao has a good electricity supply from the Theun Hinboun Power Station. There is a power line to near the confluence of the Nam Phao and Houay Sot as there is a GoL Poultry/Fish farm located there. A further 1-km long extension, crossing the Nam Phao, of this line would be required to the housing area. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 10 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 3.5.4 Agriculture and Forest Lands The area under consideration is gently undulating with mixed forest and dense undergrowth. It is not heavily populated and there is no pressure on the land. Areas of shifting cultivation are noted, as are some areas of permanent paddy. The soils varied, but on the lower ground were suitable for paddy development. There is potential for the resettled farmers to gain income from NTFPs and growing vegetables on the reservoir banks. 3.6 Recommendation: Not Considered Feasible It is recommended not to pursue this area further because of the following problems with the proposed irrigation scheme: · The BPKP irrigation scheme estimate is expensive at US$ 454,116 or US$ 7,208 per hectare for 63- ha. · The final cost is liable to be considerably more: o The spillway design is poor. It will require repositioning and more downstream protection than that shown on the drawings; o More geotechnical investigations are required on the dam foundations and borrow pit areas. The investigations are likely to show that the depth from the Houay Sot streambed to an impervious foundation will be more than the 2-m shown on the drawings thus increasing the compacted earth fill volumes; o The two dams require additional features including slope protection. o The river has a small catchment area with low dry season discharge and no-flow some years. The two dams are required to raise river water levels only for diversion into the two main canals and will have no storage for irrigation purposes unless pumping arrangements are added. The proposed scheme is located near to the Nam Phao. If the scheme had been constructed in the 2001/02 dry season, the Nam Phao flash flood that occurred at the end of the 2002 wet season would have damaged much of the infrastructure. 4 NAM PAN SCHEME, DAFO PRELIMINARY PROPOSAL 4.1 Introduction The proposed irrigation area is located south of the Nam Pan in an undulating area of low hills between mountains to the east and the relatively flat Lak Sao town to the west. The undulations are between 509 masl and hills over 540 masl. The area is of mixed forest with dense undergrowth with few cleared areas. The Lak Sao DAFO has recently commenced investigations in March 2003 on this scheme. They have prepared a brief preliminary report, which appears to have been prepared to obtain funding for a topographical survey. A topographical survey has commenced and benchmarks were observed at the dam site. The location of a fairly large dam on the Nam Pan has been shown on a 1: 25,000 map. The Nam Pan also is a tributary of the Houay Phao and is the next southernmost watershed to the Houay Sot. However the location of the proposed dam is about 4-km from the Nam Phao and will not be affected by any Nam Phao flash flooding. The Nam Pan has a catchment area measured at 13.8-km2 above the proposed dam site. The area has a good forest cover with the highest point being Phou Chomvoy with an elevation of 1,219 masl. The river is perennial but with low dry season flows in March and April. There are existing narrow tracks from Road 8B to the dam site. The distance is about 12-km. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 11 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 4.2 Embankment Dam The principle preliminary embankment dam data as shown in the preliminary report are as follows: · Crest length between 750 to 800-m · Crest elevation 553.70 masl · Full Supply Level (FSL) & Spillway elevation 551.00 masl · Approx. river bed elevation 525.00 masl · Therefore, max. height from natural surface to dam crest 28.7-m · Crest width 5-m · Upstream and downstream side slopes 1:3 and 1:2.5 The DAFO sketch shows a reservoir behind the dam with a FSL surface area of about 1 km2 . No estimate of storage volume can be observed. From observing the 1:25,000 maps, it appears that a shorter dam at crest elevation 553.7 masl but repositioned for less storage could be about 380-m long. The DAFO sketch shows the dam being extended to also block two minor tributaries of the Nam Pan. A dam height of 28.7-m from natural surface to crest is high. If a suitable impervious dam foundation is around 5 to 8-m below the riverbed level, the total dam height will be around 35-m. Preliminary estimates of the dam cost are as follows: 5-m deep cutoff and Houay Sot report compacted earth fill unit rate of US$ 2.5/m3 US$ 1.5 million 8-m deep cutoff and Houay Sot rate of US$ 2.5/m3 US$ 1.6 million 5-m deep cutoff and Pilot Village contract compacted earth fill unit rate of US$ 1.4/m3 US$ 0.8 million 8-m deep cutoff and Pilot Village rate of US$ 1.4/m3 US$ 0.9 million 4.3 Spillway On the sketch of the dam site, a spillway has been shown on the left bank of the dam discharging into another small stream watershed and not returning to the Nam Pan. This is not acceptable because: · The Nam Pan will have a significantly reduced catchment area downstream of the dam, only 2-3 km2. Therefore there will be near to no discharge downstream of the dam thereby cutting off the households at Ban Nam Pan, located some 3-km downstream; · The spillway will probably discharge considerable amounts of water in the late wet season and a new river will be formed. The spillway must return discharged water back to the Nam Pan channel. The vertical drop from the spillway crest back to the streambed is about 26-m (551.0 ­ 525.0). 4.4 Irrigation Area The DAFO report shows the start of the canal system and no other details. The area is generally undulating with few flat areas. Only small areas have been cleared for shifting cultivation and paddy purposes. The start of the main canal (MC) is not clearly shown on the photocopy of the DAFO report obtained. It appears to be located around 540.0 masl. This will have the following problems: · Similarly to Houay Sot, the reservoir storage below elevation 540 (some 15-m height of storage) will be of no use for irrigation purposes unless additional pump sets are installed; · The control of the flow through the outlet structure pipe is usually by manually operated screw- gates. The gate handle must be above the flood discharge elevation in the reservoir. If the flood discharge level is, say 553 masl, then the outlet structure must be about 13-m high (553 ­ 540). This is excessive with regard to reinforced concrete volumes and gate stem length. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 12 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 5 NAM PAN SCHEME, CONSULTANTS PROPOSALS 5.1 General The preliminary DAFO proposal is appears to be heading in an oversized expensive direction. A dam 750-m long and 35-m high is a considerable structure. A spillway drop from FSL to riverbed of 26-m is likewise. In order to make the scheme more affordable, the following is recommended: · Do not attempt to create a large reservoir storage volume for dry season irrigation of rice. Consider dry season non-rice crops only, which require far less irrigation water. The stream is perennial but with low-flows in late dry-season months. Therefore just design the spillway elevation to store night- flows but allowing some water to pass downstream for Ban Nam Pan. · Do not attempt to command the whole area. Lower the elevation of the main canal water level to around 530 masl and attempt to keep it in hillside cut. It is still possible to command a significant area at this elevation; The above will greatly reduce the dimensions of the dam, spillway and main canal outlet structure. Figure 3 shows the proposed irrigation area and preliminary canal layout. 5.2 Embankment Dam For the design of the dam and spillway assume the following: · MC water level of 530 masl; · A spillway elevation of 530.50 is required to ensure this MC water level; · Allow around 2-m head for storing dry season night discharges only. Therefore the spillway level is now 532.5 masl masl; · Allow 1.8-m head over the spillway for 50-year flood discharge of 65 m3/s and safe freeboard. Allow a further 20-cm for any crest settlement. The dam crest elevation is now 534.5 masl. For a dam of lower crest elevation than the DAFO proposal, the dam location can be moved downstream of the DAFO proposal. For a dam of elevation 534.5 masl, there is a suitable location just before where the river valley opens out. The preliminary dam details are now as follows: · Crest length about 180 to 200-m · Crest elevation 534.50 masl · FSL and Spillway elevation 532.50 masl · Approx. river bed elevation 525.00 masl · Therefore, max. height from natural surface to dam crest 9.5-m · Approx. drop from spillway crest to riverbed 7.5-m The crest width should remain at 5-m width. However the embankment side slopes may be reduced to 1:2.5 but depends on the characteristics of the borrow pit materials. Similarly to the DAFO proposal, the depth from natural surface to an impervious dam foundation may be between 5 to 8-m. This equates to a 14.5 to 17.5-m total dam height. For the preliminary estimate of the dam cost, a 5-m deep foundation and a unit rate of US$ 2.5/m3 has been assumed. The indicative cost estimate shown in Table 4 is US$ 122,500, considerably less than the DAFO proposal. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 13 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning Figure 3: Proposed Nam Pan Irrigation Scheme, Irrigation Area and Preliminary Canal Layout. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 14 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning Table 4:Indicative Cost Estimate, Nam Pan Area Irrigation Scheme and Village Development. Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount (US$) (US$) A. ACCESS ROAD, From ROAD 8B to DAM SITE A.1 Improve existing track from Road 8B to Ban Nam Pan km 3 2,000 6,000 A.2 Clear & cut new 5-m wide track to Village Housing and Dam Site km 2 3,500 7,000 A.3 Improve existing culverts and bridges LS 1 10,000 10,000 Sub-total, Access Road 23,000 B. NAM PAN IRRIGATION SCHEME (assume 150-ha scheme) B.1 Embankment Dam on Nam Pan (assume 5-m deep foundation) B.1.1 Site clearing m2 6,400 0.50 3,200 B.1.2 Stripping and grubbing m3 3,200 1.00 3,200 B.1.3 Coffer dams, including dewatering and diversion channel LS 1 1,000 1,000 B.1.4 Excavation m3 5,000 1.00 5,000 B.1.5 Compacted embankment m3 40,000 2.50 100,000 B.1.6 Upstream slope riprap protection m3 1,500 5.00 7,500 B.1.7 Downstream slope sodding protection m2 2,900 1.00 2,900 Sub-total, Embankment Dam 122,800 B.2 Chute Spillway and Main Canal Intake Structure B.2.1 Site clearing m2 4,000 0.50 2,000 B.2.2 Excavation, including outlet channel m3 30,000 1.00 30,000 B.2.3 Compacted backfill around structures m3 500 1.40 700 B.2.4 Reinforced concrete, including formwork m3 150 200 30,000 B.2.5 MC intake structure slide gate LS 1 2,000 2,000 B.2.6 MC intake structure PC pipes, 1.0-m dia m 30 30 900 B.2.7 Gabion baskets, galvanized, supply, install and fill with rock m3 400 60 24,000 B.2.8 Geotextile filter under gabions. 1500UV. Supply & place. m2 300 3.00 900 Sub-total, Headworks Structures 90,500 B.3 Canal System B.3.1 Main canal excavation, to top of bank m3 56,000 1.00 56,000 B.3.2 Main canal excavation, trapezoidal waterway, and dispose m3 1,900 2.00 3,800 B.3.3 Main canal structures LS 1 10,000 10,000 Sub-total, Main Canal 69,800 B.3.4 Secondary canal clearing, to top of bank, and dispose m3 39,000 1.00 39,000 B.3.5 Secondary canal excavation, canal waterway m3 2,400 2.00 4,800 B.3.6 Secondary canal structures LS 1 9,000 9,000 B.3.7 Tertiary canal clearing, to top of bank m3 30,000 1.00 30,000 B.3.8 Tertiary canal excavation, canal waterway, and dispose m3 600 2.00 1,200 B.3.9 Tertiary canal structures LS 1 8,000 8,000 Sub-total, Secondary and Tertiary Canals 92,000 Sub-total, Canal System 161,800 B.4 Land Clearing and Leveling B.4.1 Clear trees and vegetation, by slash and burn ha 150 30 4,500 B.4.2 Removing tree stumps ha 150 50 7,500 B.4.2 Plot Leveling ha 150 400 60,000 Sub-total, Terracing 72,000 C. VILLAGE HOUSING and COMMUNITY BUILDINGS C.1 Clear site ha 6 100 600 C.2 Level plots ha 6 2,000 12,000 C.3 Timber houses Nr 50 3,500 175,000 C.4 Community buildings: centre, clinic, school, workshop & rice mill Nr 5 6,000 30,000 Sub-total, Village Housing 217,600 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 15 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning Item Description Unit Quantity Unit Price Amount (US$) (US$) D. WATER SUPPLY and SANITATION D.1 Hand dug well, 1-m dia concrete rings and apron Nr 4 500 2,000 D.2 TARA Handpumps, supply and install Nr 4 1,000 4,000 D.3 Pour flush latrines including local materials building Nr 50 50 2,500 Sub-total, Water Supply and Sanitation 8,500 E. ELECTRICITY SUPPLY and DISTRIBUTION E.1 22 kv 3 Phase Line, including installation, poles & fittings km 9 10,000 90,000 E.2 Transformer, 160 KVA, including installation, poles & fittings LS 1 9,000 9,000 E.3 Household distribution, including meters Nr 50 200 10,000 Sub-total, Electricity Supply 109,000 SUMMARY No. 1: NO COST SHARING A. ACCESS ROAD, From ROAD 8B to DAM SITE 2.9% 23,000 B. NAM PAN IRRIGATION SCHEME (assume 150-ha scheme) B.1 Embankment Dam on Nam Pan (assume 5-m deep foundation) 15.3% 122,800 B.2 Chute Spillway and Main Canal Intake Structure 11.2% 90,500 B.3 Canal System Main Canal 8.7% 69,800 Secondary and Tertiary Canals 11.4% 92,000 B.4 Land Clearing and Leveling 8.9% 72,000 Sub-Total, Irrigation Scheme 55.5% 447,100 No. of hectares 150 Cost per hectare 2,981 C. VILLAGE HOUSING and COMMUNITY BUILDINGS 27.0% 217,600 D. WATER SUPPLY and SANITATION 1.1% 8,500 E. ELECTRICITY SUPPLY and DISTRIBUTION 13.5% 109,000 GRAND TOTAL, A - E 805,200 No. of Households, Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian only 50 Cost per Household (no cost sharing) 16,104 SUMMARY No. 2: COST SHARING, 55 Families Only (Preferred Option) A. ACCESS ROAD, From ROAD 8B to DAM SITE 2.9% 23,000 B. NAM PAN IRRIGATION SCHEME (Dam, spillway & 82.5-ha of canal system & land leveling) B.1 Embankment Dam on Nam Pan (assume 5-m deep foundation) 15.3% 122,800 B.2 Chute Spillway and Main Canal Intake Structure 11.2% 90,500 B.3 Canal System Main Canal 8.7% 69,800 Secondary and Tertiary Canals (82.5-ha) 6.3% 50,600 B.4 Land Clearing and Leveling (82.5-ha) 4.9% 39,600 Sub-Total, Irrigation Scheme 46.4% 373,300 No. of hectares 82.5 Cost per hectare 4,525 C. VILLAGE HOUSING and COMMUNITY BUILDINGS 27.0% 217,600 D. WATER SUPPLY and SANITATION 1.1% 8,500 E. ELECTRICITY SUPPLY and DISTRIBUTION 13.5% 109,000 GRAND TOTAL, A - E 90.8% 731,400 No. of Households, Ban Sop Hia and Ban Nam Nian only 50 Cost per Household 14,628 Cost Sharing: Finance from Khamkerd District B.3 Canal System Main Canal 0 Secondary and Tertiary Canals (67.5-ha) 5.1% 41,400 B.4 Land Clearing and Leveling (67.5-ha) 4.0% 32,400 Total, Khamkerd District 9.2% 73,800 November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 16 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 5.3 Spillway The recommended spillway is a reinforced concrete chute type with straight inlet constructed in natural ground away from the dam earth fill. The spillway flood discharge must be kept clear of the dam embankment. The preferable location, as regard natural river configuration, is the southern abutment (or left abutment looking downstream). However the MC intake structure must be located on the left abutment. Similarly, the access road to the dam is on the left abutment and must be kept open for easy access for regular dam inspection and any maintenance works required. Consequently the spillway must be located on the right, northern, dam abutment. Unfortunately this will necessitate a large excavated outlet channel so that spillway discharge can return to the Nam Pan downstream. A "straight" inlet with flared entrance wing walls (at 450) is applicable. A spillway inlet width of 20-m and 1.8-m high sidewalls will accommodate a 50-year flood of 65 m3/s with freeboard and 100-year flood of 80 m3/s without freeboard. The flood discharges have been obtained from the "Pak Mong curves" which are commonly used in Lao PDR for a preliminary assessment. The spillway will discharge into an excavated trapezoidal channel about 100-m long. The channel bed width is 20-m, side slopes 1:2 and bed slope 0.0013 m/m or 13-cm per 100-m. The new channel will then discharge into a tributary of the Nam Pan before returning to the Nam Pan main channel. It would be ideal if the excavated channel material can be used for the dam earthworks. It is preferable if the Nam Pan tributary is excavated to the same dimensions as the outlet channel so that tailwater levels are controlled for a significant distance downstream of the spillway. 5.4 Irrigation Area The proposed irrigation area is irregularly undulating. The only information available is maps at scale 1: 25,000 with 10-m contour intervals and some 5-m intervals shown. Consequently a canal layout based on this information is provisional, to say the least, in an undulating area such as at Nam Pan. There are likely to be more undulations that are not shown on the map that will affect the canal layout. The irrigation area is south of the Nam Pan and is of roughly rectangular dimensions of 2.2 x 1.2-km. The area is defined by the following boundaries: North The Nam Pan. East The dam is located to the east of the irrigation area. Behind and adjacent to the dam are high ground and hills. To the southeast, a natural drain is the boundary. South A natural drainage gully flowing in a southwesterly direction. West Low ground between the scheme and a line of hills. Within these boundaries there is an area of approximately 265-ha. However within the area there are fifteen hills of various sizes shown that cannot be commanded. Consequently it is estimated that the area commanded by a canal system located at, or just below, the 530-masl contour will be about 200-ha. When taking into account: · There will be more minor undulations that are not shown on the map and some of the hillside slopes will be too steep for terrace development; · An area of swamp is shown on map; it is safer to consider an actual irrigation area of about 150-ha. This is sufficient for the 82.5-ha scheme required for the Sop Hia and Nam Nian resettled households plus 67.5-ha extra. It is appropriate, at this preliminary stage of the investigations to consider a 150-ha scheme area because of the following reasons: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 17 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning · The Khamkerd District officials will most probably wish to maximize the area as they wish to reduce shifting cultivation practices in the District as per Government of Lao policy; · The northwestern area of the scheme is close to the existing Ban Nam Pan. Part of the scheme area will most probably be within the Ban Nam Pan traditional village land use boundaries. Ban Nam Pan has no existing irrigation facilities and if some irrigated land is not allocated to this village, then it is likely to cause friction and problems later. 5.5 Irrigation Water Requirement The irrigation water requirement (IWR) for the design of the canals is based on: · Wet season supplementary irrigation of rice; · Dry season vegetables and field crops including maize, peanuts and beans. For the wet season supplementary irrigation of rice a peak IWR of 13 mm/day is assumed to take into account crop water requirements, canal conveyance and field application losses. For peak 12-hour irrigation this equates to a canal water duty of 3 liters per second per hectare (l/s/ha). 5.6 Main Canal and Main Canal Inlet Structure The wet season rice IWR is 3 l/s/ha and the irrigation scheme area is about 150-ha, therefore the MC should provide 450 l/s or 0.45 m3/s. A trapezoidal earth canal with a 1-m wide bed width, 1:2 (V/H) side slopes, water depth of 0.6-m, freeboard of 0.4-m and bed slope of 5-cm per 100-m, will provide this. The reinforced concrete MC inlet structure will be located on the left abutment of the dam. Assuming an arbitrary canal water level of 530.00 masl, the canal intake structure will have an invert elevation of 529.00 masl. Therefore the height of the structure is 5.5-m (dam crest of 534.5 ­ 529.0). 5.7 Canal System 5.7.1 General The canal conveyance and distribution system will be by open trapezoidal channels. A MC will feed four Secondary Canals (S1, S2, S3 and S4), which will feed tertiary canals. There will be some instances were quaternary canals will be required to distribute water from the tertiary canals. The MC should be a conveyance canal only and there should be no irrigation outlets direct from the MC to the farm plots. A canal compacted earth fill unit rate is far higher than the unit rate for excavation. To avoid high canal compacted fill volumes, the canals are excavated in side slopes of hills. This will not always possible and there will be some canal reaches in fill. 5.7.2 Preliminary Layout A preliminary canal layout is shown on Figure 3. Not all the tertiary canals have been shown. After topographical survey mapping, it will probably be found that more tertiary canals are required because of the undulating nature of the area. The provision of vehicle access along a canal bank considerably increases the earthworks volumes and cost. As there are few tracks in the area, it is proposed that the MC has vehicle access along it. Further consideration for vehicle access along the secondary canals should be given after topographical survey is complete and a more accurate assessment of the earthwork volumes is possible. Particularly the S3 canal should be considered as it is a continuation of the MC access track and a short extension can connect to the existing tracks shown on the bottom of Figure 3. A MC of about 2.1-km length is required to supply four secondary canals varying in length. These in turn supply about eight tertiary canals of varying length. At this stage in the investigations, it is not worth considering the layouts in any more detail. The MC only conveys the scheme full supply for about 700-m. Then it reduces in discharge after each Secondary Canal. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 18 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning Because the proposed area is undulating and the irrigation canals have to wind around hills, there will be relatively long lengths of canal required to irrigate the area. Four Secondary Canals, total length about 4-km, have been identified: S1 is about 1.3-km long and irrigates about 70-ha S2 is about 0.20-km and irrigates about 20-ha S3 is about 1.2-km long and irrigates about 35-ha S4 is about 1.2-km long and irrigates about 25-ha. The following minimum Tertiary Canals are required: S1 will require four tertiaries of total length about 3.7-km; S2, two tertiaries of total length about 0.6-km; S3, one tertiary of length about 0.2-km; S4, one tertiary of length about 0.8-km. A total tertiary canal length of over 5.3-km is required. 5.7.3 Canal Structures Examples of the canal structures that will be required in the canal system are as follows: · Turnouts to deliver water from a canal to a smaller order canal; · Pipe outlets, that can be easily blocked off, from a canal to individual farm plots; · Check and end structures to maintain water elevation in the canal when canal discharges are less than design; · Culverts to convey natural drains under the canal or inverted siphons to convey irrigation water under a natural drain; · Emergency spillways to prevent a canal from overtopping due to mis-operation or blocked canal; · Measuring structures are frequently not included because of the extra cost and head loss involved. However their inclusion will assist scheme management with the equitable distribution of water throughout the scheme. For long-life and easier operation, the structures should be reinforced concrete with steel gates rather than stone masonry and timber drop boards. 5.8 Irrigation Farm Plot Development As stated previously, there are only a few farm areas in the proposed irrigation area that have been already cleared. This is considered because the area has a low-density population rather than poor soils. The cleared areas are located in the lower "valley" areas between hills. To fully develop the undulating area, the area will have to cleared, tree stumps removed and terraces developed on hillside slopes. The extent of the terracing and plot sizes will be determined after topographical survey is completed. Because of the undulating nature of the area, several natural drainage systems exist: · The Nam Pan to the north; · The Nam Phao to the east; · The Houay Phaleng to the southeast Some deepening and widening of natural drainage gullies may be required, but not enough for any consideration in the cost estimates. Individual farmers can undertake any excavation where required. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 19 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 6 OTHER NAM PAN RESETTLEMENT VILLAGE COMPONENTS 6.1 Access Road An access road is required from Road 8B to the new resettlement village and dam site for construction purposes. The existing access from Road 8B to the dam site is a narrow winding 12-km long track. If the existing track were to be used, it would require the following improvements: · Widening from the present 2.5 to 3-m width to at least 5-m plus tree and bush clearing/cutting for a further 2-m on neither side; · Some earth fill in lower areas and a gravel surface along most of its length; · Side drains and culverts were natural streams cross the road; · Some realignment in steeper sections and also along lower sections where farmers have cleared land for paddy development. The road is winding because it connects isolated areas that have been cleared for cultivation. A new road from Road 8B direct to the dam site would be far less than 12-km long. There are several options available for the location of the new village housing and the final choice should be left to the resettlers. Below it will be explained that a location of the bank of the Nam Pan has been provisionally chosen. Apart from construction access to the dam, it will also be necessary to cut a road from the borrow pit site to the dam location. The final route of the road will be chosen after the geotechnical investigations and topographical surveys are complete. It is generally of lower cost to improve the existing track rather than construct a new road along a different route. Therefore the road to the new village could be a mix of improving the existing track and new construction. A provisional route is as follows: · Upgrade the existing track from Road 8B to Ban Nam Pan, approximately 3-km; · Construct a new reach along the hills on the southern bank of the Nam Pan to the housing area, approximately 2-km; · Upgrade the existing track to the dam site, approximately 1-km. 6.2 Village Housing As stated previously, the location of the village housing area should be left to the resettlers. However it is assumed that they will choose to live adjacent to the Nam Pan. Although the resettlers will be provided with a water supply and latrines, there are still other reasons for living near to a small river including recreational and some fishing possibility. There is a suitable 2-km long reach available between the existing Ban Nam Pan and proposed dam. The new village will be located above Nam Pan flood elevations. Other possible locations for the new housing are: · Above the new reservoir. This is nearer the forest area to the east of the dam and there will be the possibility of fisheries in the reservoir. · On the hills above the MC. This is a more central location with less walking distance to the southern irrigation plots. The village housing area has been estimated, based on the Pilot Village layout, at 0.07-ha per household for housing and village roads plus an extra 2-ha for the school, market, workshop, community centre and rice mill. 0.7-ha equates to a 28 x 25-m rectangle or a 25 x 25-m plot with a 3-m wide village road along one side. Consequently for the 50 households that wish to be resettled in Khamkerd District, a housing area of 5.5-ha is required. Generally, villagers wish to have immediate or close access to the main access road. Therefore a long, rectangular village boundary shape of about 500 x 120-m has been assumed, so that no house is far from the road. The general area where the new village can be located is shown on Figure 3. 6.3 Water Supply and Sanitation The three possibilities for a rural village water supply are: November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 20 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning · Rainwater collection from roofs via gutters into storage tanks; · Gravity fed supply from a perennial spring or stream located above the village; · Groundwater abstracted by handpumps or by rope and bucket from hand dug or bored wells. Rainwater collection is usually the most expensive and there can be problems with sufficient storage to last through the dry season. There are no perennial springs or streams located above the possible village locations that can be developed for a gravity supply. Groundwater is usually the cleanest source and if the village is located adjacent to the Nam Pan, then it will be only a short vertical distance from the natural surface to the water table. Therefore hand dug wells with handpumps is the chosen option. For shallow wells, the "TARA" hand pump, designed and manufactured in India, is the most reliable and are commonly used by UNICEF. However there are cheaper Thai and Lao manufactured pumps available. So that it is not too far from every house to a well, four wells have been proposed. Every household should have its own latrine. There are several types of latrines available in Lao PDR. The usual village choice is "pour flush latrines" with vent pipes. Pour flush latrines require between 1.5 to 2 liters of water for flushing but are odor free and are the safest type of latrine regarding the transmission of excreta related diseases. They have a long life and there is no need to move them for many years. They should be located at least 20-m from any wells. 6.4 Electricity Supply As stated previously, Lak Sao town has a good electricity supply from the Theun Hinboun Power Station. It is not proposed to extend the line from the GoL fish/poultry farm on the bank on the Nam Phao that was proposed for the Nam Sot scheme. This would be fairly short at about 4-km, but would necessitate crossing the Nam Phao and building a new road especially for this line extension. Consequently it is proposed that the supply to the new resettled village from Lak Sao along Road 8B, about 4-km, and then along the access road to the new village, about 5-km. Thus the total line length is about 9-km. A 22-KV line will be installed as will a 160-KVA transformer. The Bolikhamxay Branch of Elecricite du Laos (EDL) will probably undertake the installation. 6.5 Agriculture and Forest Lands Similar to the Houay Sot area, the area under consideration is gently undulating with mixed forest and dense undergrowth. It is not heavily populated and there is no pressure on the land. Isolated areas of slash and burn are noted, as were some areas of permanent paddy. The soils vary, but on the lower ground are suitable for paddy development. There is significant potential for the resettled farmers to gain income from non-timber forest products and hunting in the area. Behind and to the east of the proposed dam site there are mountains that stretch back to the Nakai Nam Theun NBCA. From aerial photograph observation, this area appears to be in fairly pristine condition. As there is no pressure on the land there is land available for cattle grazing. There is some potential for fisheries in the new reservoir, but more for recreation than income generation. 6.6 Indicative Cost Estimates An indicative cost estimate for the development of the irrigation scheme and the above village development components is found in Table 4. The estimate does not include the cost of the further studies required and cost of the preparation of detail designs, drawings and contract documents. The estimate has two summaries regarding the irrigation development: · Summary No. 1 is for no cost sharing. That is, the cost of developing a full 150-ha irrigation scheme even though only 82.5-ha is required for the Project resettled farmers. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 21 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning · Summary No. 2 concerns a possible cost sharing option. This is that NTEC finances the dam, spillway, main canal and 82.5-ha of the remaining canal system and land clearing and leveling. The estimated cost of this is US$ 731,400. The Khamkerd District authorities finance the remaining 67.5- ha at an estimated cost of US$ 73,800. The total estimated cost for the 150-ha scheme is US$ 805,200. The most expensive component is the construction of the irrigation scheme at about 56 per cent of the total cost. The estimates are indicative. For example, the irrigation scheme costs are based on information from a 1:25,000 map. The earthworks volumes for the earth dam and canal system may vary significantly after detail design. 7 NEXT STEPS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NAM PAN SCHEME 7.1 Technical Procedures Technically, the normal procedure to develop an irrigation scheme after a potential scheme has been identified and an outline proposal prepared, similar to the previous chapter, is: · Pre-feasibility study. · Feasibility study. · Prepare detail design and drawings and contract documents. · Undertake tendering procedures, contract award and construction. 7.1.1 Pre-feasibility Study The pre-feasibility study does not need to be a formal study. For example it is known that the Nam Pan is perennial. Local farmers have cleared some plots in the scheme for paddy, so these soils should be good. The Khamkerd District has commenced topographical survey of the area. If the survey maps shows that a canal system, similar to the one proposed, will command a suitably sized area, then this is sufficient for the technical side of a pre-feasibility study. As regard the social side of the study there are existing tracks in the area, probably cleared by the villages of the existing Ban Nam Pan while looking for new paddy areas. This village should be consulted as they may have, or consider they have, traditional rights to a considerable part of the area under consideration. The village traditional boundary should be identified, as should any other village boundaries that may extend into the study area. 7.1.2 Feasibility Study Further studies are required to produce a concise feasibility report. The studies include: · Embankment dam geotechnical investigations on foundation and borrow pits. Spillway foundation investigations. Location and cost of other local construction materials ­ sand, gravel and rock; · Nam Pan hydrological studies. Estimates on mean monthly discharges and further design flood calculations; · A full soil survey and mapping of the command area is probably not required. Perhaps just a more in depth examination by a soil scientist and agriculturist for a couple of days; · Compare options for different dry season dam storages and considering downstream riparian Nam Pan flows, cropping patterns, command area and canal arrangement. As stated previously, a general rule is the larger the reservoir storage, the higher the cost of the dam, spillway and MC intake structure. Dry season rice is an expensive option and should be eliminated at this stage. Consider full dry season storage for non-rice crops, overnight storage only and no storage. If no storage is required, consider a diversion weir rather than a dam and spillway; · Preparation of cost estimates for the different options. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 22 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 7.2 Involvement of Khamkerd District The involvement of the Khamkerd District will complicate the above procedures. The Khamkerd DAFO has their own irrigation development programme with regard to reducing shifting cultivation areas and poverty alleviation. It would be ideal if the District were to simply allow NTEC to develop the area without any conditions. However this is unlikely to happen. Therefore this section considers some of the non-technical problems involved in the development of the Nam Pan area for NTEC to consider and decide how best to proceed. There will have to be discussions, negotiations and agreements between NTEC and the Khamkerd District Officials. The subject matter could include: · Initially, the preliminary concept and size of the scheme. For example, the preliminary DAFO report indicates a large dam and this Consultant proposes a small dam. Also, should households from outside of Ban Sop Hia and Nam Nian be included in the scheme, particularly farmers from the existing Ban Nam Pan? · Cost sharing for the studies, design and construction, if any. · Who undertakes the design and construction? The Khamkerd officials may wish for District or Provincial Enterprises to undertake the design and construction without any tendering processes, e.g. BPKP or the Bolikhamxay Provincial Irrigation Service. NTEC will require competitive bidding, especially for the construction. More discussion on the above subject matter follows. 7.3 Scheme Concept and Size The potential for further irrigation development in Khamkerd District is not known. It is possible that the "best" schemes have already been developed. Therefore the District Authorities may wish to maximize the scheme area and include other resettled villages from within the District. In the case of the existing Ban Nam Pan, to not include the village would be unfair and may cause local friction and problems later. It is fairly typical in Lao PDR, and appears to be the case at Nam Pan, that the Khamkerd DAFO wishes to have a "large" scheme. This is apparent from the large 750-m long, 28-m high dam shown on their preliminary assessment with an estimate cost varying between US$ 0.8 to 1.6 million. The NTEC management is certain to consider this size of structure prohibitively expensive for fifty resettlers. The Consultants proposal for a much smaller dam, albeit with less storage volume, with an estimated cost of US$ 122,800 is much more likely to be considered positively by NTEC management. Similarly for the irrigation area. To increase the area as identified by the Consultant will require a significant increase in canal compacted earthworks and canal structures to convey water further than the identified scheme boundaries. Consequently the first NTEC discussion subject and agreement with the Khamkerd District officials is whether to include households from other villages in the Sop Hia/Nam Nian resettlement scheme? 7.4 Cost Sharing ­ Feasibility and Design Stages Further studies are required for the preparation of a feasibility report. Provincial and District administrations frequently do not undertake feasibility studies and do not consider alternatives ­ the original large-scale concept can be carried through to construction. Cost sharing for the studies and detail design is not recommended, NTEC should cover all the costs. The District administration may wish that BPKP or a District/Provincial Enterprise undertakes the study and detail design. It is recommended that an agreement with the Khamkerd District office should include that a local Consultant Company, after competitive bidding, undertakes a feasibility study with Terms of Reference prepared by NTEC. The contract award should be based on the Consultants previous experience, proposal methodology and work schedule, CVs of the team and price. If the Consultant prepares a good report, then it is preferable that the same company undertakes the detail design stage. If their bid is too expensive, then the work is re-advertised. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 23 Appendix M: Khamkerd Resettlement Village Site Planning 7.5 Cost Sharing ­ Construction If it is decided that the scheme will be larger than the 82.5-ha required for the Sop Hia/Nam Nian resettlers and assuming that NTEC do not wish to finance the whole scheme, then some sort of cost sharing agreement will be required. Any construction cost sharing between NTEC and Khamkerd District will have to be carefully considered. There are possible cost sharing options available, two options are considered below. 7.5.1 Possible Option 1 Assuming a 150-ha irrigation scheme rounded up estimated cost of US$ 450,000, the cost per hectare is US$ 3,000. The possible cost sharing could be: · US$ 247,500 to NTEC for a 82.5-ha scheme for NT2 resettled households only, and · US$ 202,500 to Khamkerd District for the remaining 67.5-ha for farmers from Ban Nam Pan. It would be difficult for the Khamkerd District to raise US$ 202,500 in a timely manner as typically District offices in Lao PDR have trouble funding infrastructure projects. To finance infrastructure projects some Provinces resort to paying Contractors through logging concessions. Others can make a few payments and then cease. Then the contractor has to accept whatever is offered. This can include non-inflation adjusted payments stretching over many years. 7.5.2 Preferred Option 2 Another alternative is that NTEC pays for the dam, spillway and main canal. The cost sharing is limited to secondary and tertiary canal construction and land clearing and leveling. This alternative is shown in the indicative cost estimate in Table 4 as Summary No. 2: Cost Sharing. The cost to Khamkerd District would be US$ 73,800, less than half the above amount. It may still be difficult for the District to raise US$ 73,800. However it is possible to prepare a construction contract for the development of 82.5-ha only. Secondary Canal S1 irrigates an area of around 70-ha. This canal could be allocated to the Ban Nam Pan farmers and the Sop Hia and Nam Nian resettlers use the rest of the scheme. 7.6 Competitive Bidding It is probable that the Khamkerd District has little or no experience with the competitive bidding process and usually uses either BPKP or a District/Provincial Enterprise using GoL unit rates for construction projects. If there is construction cost sharing with Khamkerd District, then the Khamkerd District may request that a local Contractor undertakes the work without competitive bidding. This is not recommended. November 2004 Nam Theun 2 Project ­ Social Development Plan ­ Volume 2 24